United States       Municipal Environmental Research  FPA-600' 9-82-002
Environmental Droteci.o-i   Laboratory            March 1982
Agency         Cincinnati OH 45268
Research and Development
Land Disposal of
Hazardous Waste

Proceedings of the

-------
         United States        Municipal EnvKorimoivai -ii>?"fi: :,i  • >'V\ GOO 9-82-00?
         Environmental Protection    Laboratory           1 < i :982
         Agency          Cincinnati OH 45268
         Research and Development
         Land Disposal of
         Hazardous Waste

         Proceedings of the
         Eighth Annual
         Research Symposium
Oo not remove. This document
should be retained in the EPA
Region 5 Library Collection.

-------
EPA
         Environments PfO!e~tior
Land Disposal of
Hazardous Waste

Proceedings  of the
Eighth Annual
Research Symposium
  Oo not remove. This document
  should be retained in the EPA
  Region 5 Library Collection.

-------
                                                                         EPA-600/9-82- 002
                                                                         March 1982
                                   LAND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS WASTE
                          Proceedings of the Eighth Annual Research Symposium
                              at Ft.  Mitchell, Kentucky, March 8-10, 1982)
                      Sponsored by the U.S. EPA, Office of Research & Development
                              Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory
                              Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Division
                                                  and
                              Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
                                 Industrial Pollution Control Division
j
                                      Edited by:  David W. Shultz

                                    Coordinated by:  David Black

                                    Southwest Research Institute
                                     San Antonio, Texas^ 78284
                                      Contract No. 68-03-2962
                                          Project Officer

                                         Robert E. Landreth
                              Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Division
                              Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory
                                        Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
                                    U.S. Environmental Protection Agencv
                                    Region 5. Library (PL-12J)
                                    77 W«st Jackson Boulevard, 12th FUw
                                    Chicago. II  60604-3590
                               MUNICIPAL ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
                                   OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
                                  U.S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                                         CINCINNATI, OHIO  45268

-------
                                 DISCLAIMER

     These Proceedings have been peer reviewed by the U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency and approved for publication.  Mention of trade names or
commercial products does not constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.
                U,S.  D°:v"r
                                     ii

-------
                                   FOREWORD
       The Environmental Protection Agency was created because of increasing
public and governmental concern about the dangers of pollution to the health
and welfare of the American people.  Noxious air, foul water, and spoiled
land are tragic testimony to the deterioration of our natural environment.
The complexity of the environment and the interplay between its components
require a concentrated and integrated attack on the problem.

       Research and development is the first necessary step in problem solution;
it involves defining the problem,  measuring  its impact, and searching for
solutions.  The Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory develops new and
improved technology and systems to prevent, treat, and manage wastewater and
the solid and hazardous waste pollutant discharges from municipal and community
sources; to preserve and treat public drinking water supplies; and to minimize
the adverse economic, social, health and aesthetic effects of pollution.  This
publication is one of the products of that research—a vital communications
link between the researcher and the user community.

       These Proceedings present the results of completed and ongoing research
projects concerning the land disposal of hazardous waste.
                                   Francis T. Mayo
                                   Director
                                   Municipal Environmental
                                     Research Laboratory
                                     iii

-------
                                   PREFACE

     These Proceedings are intended to disseminate up-to-date information on
extramural research projects concerning land disposal, incineration, and
treatment of hazardous waste.  These projects are funded by the U. S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency's Office of Research and Development and have been
reviewed in accordance with the requirements of EPA's Peer and Administrative
Review Control System.
                                     iv

-------
                                ABSTRACT
       The Eighth Annual Research Symposium on land disposal, incineration and
treatment of hazardous wastes was held in Ft. Mitchell, Kentucky, on March 8,
9, and 10, 1982.  The purposes of the symposium were (1) to provide a forum for
a state-of-the-art review and discussion of ongoing and recently completed re-
search projects dealing with land disposal, incineration, and treatment of
hazardous wastes; (2) to bring together people concerned with hazardous waste
management who can benefit from an exchange of ideas and information; and (3)
to provide an arena for the peer review of the Solid and Hazardous Waste Research
Division's and the Industrial Pollution Control Division's research programs
in hazardous waste management.  These Proceedings are a compilation of papers
presented by the symposium speakers.

       The symposium proceedings are being published as two separate documents.
In this document, Land Disposal of Hazardous Waste, seven technical areas are
covered.  They are as follows:

       (1)  Landfill Design and Operation
       (2)  Pollutant Movement
       (3)  Control Technology - Liner Systems
       (4)  Control Technology - Waste Modification
       (5)  Land Treatment
       (6)  Uncontrolled Sites/Remedial Action
       (7)  Economics

-------
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                           Page

Foreword	iii

Preface	   iv

Abstract 	    v


                SESSION A.  HAZARDOUS WASTE LAND DISPOSAL

Overview

Current Research on Land Disposal of Hazardous Wastes
   Norbert B. Schomaker and John V. Klingshirn
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	    1


A-l.  Landfill Design and Operation

Verification of the U.S. EPA HSSWDS Hydrologic Simulation Model
   Anthony C. Gibson and Philip G. Malone
   USAE Waterways Experiment Station 	   13

Statistical Analysis of Uncertainies of Flow of Liquids Through Landfills
   Elfatih M. Ali, University of South Florida
   Charles A. Moore and I.L. Lee, The Ohio State University	   26

Evaluating Landfill Containment Capability
   Charles A. Moore, Geotechnics, Inc.
   Michael Roulier, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 	   53


A-2.  Pollutant Movement

Laboratory and Field Studies of Factors in Predicting Site Specific
Composition of Hazardous Waste Leachate
   B.C. Garrett, J.S. Warner, M.P. Miller and L.G. Taft
   Battelle Columbus Laboratories	   67

Methods for Conducting Soil Column Tests to Predict Pollutant Migration
   Wallace H. Fuller, University of Arizona	   87
                                      vii

-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd)
Soil- and Clay-Catalyzed Reaction:  I.  Physicochemical and Structural
Relationships of Organic Chemicals Undergoing Free-Radical Oxidation
   James Dragun, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
   Charles S. Helling, U.S. Department of Agriculture	106

Predicting Mixing of Leachate Plumes in Ground Water
   Thomas L. Prickett and Harry E. LeGrand, Consultants
   Wayne A. Pettyjohn, Douglas C. Kent and Fred Witz
   Oklahoma State University 	  122

Effect of Soluble Salts and Caustic Soda on Solubility
and Adsorption of Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
   Sheng-Fu J. Chou, Robert A. Griffin and Mei-In M. Chou
   Illinois State Geological Survey	137

Verification of Gas Migration at Lees Lane Landfill
   Ronald M. McOmber, CTL/Thompson Inc.
   Charles A. Moore and Joel W. Massmann, The Ohio State University
   James J. Walsh, SCS Engineers	150

Chemical Volatilization Mechanisms From Surface Impoundments
in the Absence of Wind
   L.J. Thibodeaux, C. Springer, T. Hedden and P. Lunney
   University of Arkansas	161
A-3.  Control Technology - Liner Systems

Permeability of Cracked Clay Liners
   Charles A. Moore, The Ohio State University
   Elfatih M. Ali, University of South Florida 	  174

Effect of Organic Fluids on the Permeability of Clay Soil Liners
   David Anderson, K.W. Brown and Jan Green
   Texas A&M University	179

Effects on Liner Materials of Long-Term Exposure in Waste Environments
   H.E, Haxo, Jr, , Matrecon, Inc	191

Landfilling of Sludges Containing Metal Hydroxides
   Hang-Tan Phung and David E. Ross, SCS Engineers
   Philip S. Pagoria and Stephen P. Shelton
   University of South Carolina	212

Procedures for Installing Liner Systems
   David W. Shultz, Southwest Research Institute
   Michael Miklas, Stottler Stagg and Associates 	  224
                                     viii

-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd)

                                                                           Page
Assessment of Techniques to Detect Landfill Liner Failings
   Muriel Jennings Waller and J.L. Davis
   EarthTech Research Corporation
Electrical Resistivity Techniques for Locating Liner Leaks
   Wendell R. Peters, David W. Shultz and Bob M. Duff
                                                                            7 SO
   Southwest Research Institute ......................

Assessment of Time Domain Ref lectrometry and Acoustic Emission
Monitoring; Leak Detection Systems for Landfill Liners
   Peter Jay Huck, EarthTech Research Corporation .............
A-4.  Control Technology - Waste Modification

Leachate From Co-Disposal of Municipal and Hazardous Waste in Landfill
Simulators
   Riley N. Kinman and Janet I. Rickabaugh, University of Cincinnati
   James J. Walsh and W. Gregory Vogt, SCS Engineers ...........  274

Disposal of Treated and Untreated Electroplating Waste in a
Simulated Municipal Landfill
   Larry W. Jones and Philip G. Malone
   USAE Waterways Experiment Station  ...................  294

Exploratory Studies on the Encapsulation of Selected Hazardous
Wastes with Sulfur-Asphalt Blends
   Walter Brenner and Barry Rugg, New York University ...........  315

Experimental Evaluation of the RCRA Extraction Procedure
   Robert J. Larson and Philip G. Malone
   USAE Waterways Experiment Station  ...................  327

Studies on Leachate and Groundwater Treatment at Three Problem Sites
   Alan J. Shuckrow and Andrew P. Pajak
   Baker /TSA Division, Michael Baker, Jr., Inc ...............  346

The Behavior of Heavy Metals During Landfill Disposal of
Hazardous Wastes
   Frederick G. Pohland, Joseph P. Gould, R. Elizabeth Ramsey and
   Daniell C. Walters
   Georgia Institute of Technology ....................  360

A- 5 .  Land Treatment

Degradation of Pentachlorophenol and Pentachloronitrobenzene in a
Laboratory Composting System
   L.J. Sikora, D.D. Kaufman and G.B. Willson
   U.S. Department of Agricultural
   M.A. Ramirez, Maryland Environmental Service ..............  372

                                       ix

-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd)

                                                                           Page
The Fate of Mutagenic Compounds When Hazardous Wastes are Land Treated
   K.W. Brown, K.C. Donnelly and B. Scott
   Texas A&M University	383

Evaluation of Subsurface Effects of Long-Term Landfarming
   R.L. Huddleston, Conoco, Inc.
   J.E. Rucker, American Petroleum Institute
   K.W. Brown and L.E. Deuel, Texas A&M University	398

Field Evaluation on Land Treatment of Tannery Sludges
   Lam V. Ho, Hang-Tan Phung and David E. Ross, SCS Engineers	447

A-6.  Uncontrolled Sites/Remedial Action

Leachate Quality Improvements After Top Sealing
   William W. Beck Jr., Alison L. Dunn and Grover H.  Emrich
   SMC Martin, Inc	464

Evaluation of Landfill Remedial Action Alternatives Through
Groundwater Modeling
   Charles R. Cole, Battelle Pacific Northwest Laboratory	475

Case Study of Repairing Eroded Landfill Cover
   R.J. Lutton, V. H. Torrey III and J. Fowler
   USAE Waterways Experiment Station 	  486

Reclamation of Ash Disposal Areas
   Dr. Wladyslaw Wysoski, Poltegor
   Ronald D. Hill, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	495

Remedial Action Resource Document:  Building on the EPA TRD's
   John R. Ehrenfeld and Jeffrey M. Bass
   Arthur D. Little, Inc	508

Handbook for Remedial Actions at Waste Disposal Sites
   Paul J. Rogoshewski and Roger S. Wetzel, JRB Associates
   Donald E. Sanning, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 	  512


A-7.  Economics

Superfund:  Coping with Orphaned Hazardous Waste Sites and Spills
   Roger C. Dower and Edward J. Yang
   Environmental Law Institute  	  520

Costs of Remedial Actions at Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites
   James J. Walsh, Dennis P. Gillespie, Howard L. Rishel
   and Sheila M. Kennedy
   SCS Engineers	534

-------
                  CURRENT RESEARCH ON LAND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS WASTES
                                  Norbert B. Schomaker
                                   John V. Klingshirn
                          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                26 West St. Clair Street
                                 Cincinnati,  Ohio  45268
                                        ABSTRACT

    The Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Division (SHWRD), Municipal Environmental
Research Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  in Cincinnati, Ohio, has
responsibility for research in solid and hazardous waste management in the area of waste
disposal to the land.  To fulfill this responsibility, the  SHWRD is developing concepts
and technology for new and improved systems of solid and hazardous waste land disposal;
is documenting the environmental  effects of various waste disposal practices; and is
collecting data necessary to support implementation of disposal guidelines mandated by
the "Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA)" PL 94-580.  Also, SHWRD is
collecting data on existing construction technologies and applying these techniques to
the containment of pollutants emanating from uncontrolled dump sites.   This is being done
to assist in the implementation of the "Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980" (CERCLA)  PL 96-510.  This paper will present an
overview of the land disposal aspects of the SHWRD Hazardous Waste Program Plan and will
report the current status of work in the following categorical areas:

                        A.   LANDFILL DESIGN CRITERIA
                             1.   Waste Leaching
                             2.   Co-Disposal
                             3.   Pollutant Movement
                             4.   Pollutant Control
                             5.   Waste Modification
                        B.   LANDFILL ALTERNATIVES
                             1.   Land Treatment
                             2.   Surface Impoundments
                        C.   UNCONTROLLED SITES/REMEDIAL ACTION
                        D.   ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT
                        E.   TECHNICAL RESOURCE DOCUMENTS
INTRODUCTION
    The waste residual disposal research
strategy, encompassing state-of-the-art
documents, laboratory analysis, bench and
pilot studies, and full-scale field
verification studies is at various stages
of implementation.  Over the next 5 years
the research will be reported as guidance
documents for user communities.  The waste
disposal research program is currently
developing and compiling a data base for
use in the development of guidelines and
standards for waste residual disposal to
the land as mandated by the "Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976"
(RCRA).   Permit Writer's Guidance Manuals,
which provide guidance for conducting the
review and evaluation of permit
applications for new landfills are
currently being prepared.  Technical
Resource Documents (TRD) in support of the
Guidance Manuals are also being prepared
in specific areas to provide current

-------
technologies and methods for evaluating
the performance of the applicant's
design.  The information and guidance
presented in these manuals will constitute
a suggested approach for review and evalu-
ation based on best engineering judgement
and should be useful references for design
and operation of land disposal
facilities.

    The current hazardous waste land dis-
posal research has been divided into five
general areas:  (a) Design Considerations
for Current Landfill Disposal Techniques;
(b) Alternatives to Current Landfill
Disposal Techniques; (c) Remedial Action
for Minimizing Pollutants from
Uncontrolled Sites; (d) Economic
Assessment of Hazardous Waste Disposal
Practices and Alternatives; and (e)
Technical Resource Documents.

    The waste residual research program
has been discussed in the previous seven
symposia.  These symposia describe both
the land disposal of municipal and haz-
ardous waste.  The most recent symposium
was on "Research on Land Disposal of
Hazardous Wastes and Municipal Solid
Wastes:  Proceedings of the Seventh Annual
Research Symposium":  March 16-18, 1981,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, EPA-600/9-81-
002a-c.

LANDFILL DESIGN CRITERIA

Waste Leaching

    The overall objective of this research
activity is to provide techniques for
leaching a waste sample to obtain leachate
similar to that which will occur when the
waste is landfilled.  A leaching procedure
is being developed for use in determining
which pollutants will be of concern in
movement of leachates out of the landfill
and for evaluating leachate treatment
schemes in order to better develop
pollutant control technology.

    One effort (1) in the waste leaching
area was directed toward analytical
methods for applicability in leachate
analysis.  Physical and chemical methods
were evaluated for their applicability in
(1) Parenthesis numbers refer to the
    project officers listed immediately
    following this paper who can be
    contacted for additional information.
analysis of contaminated industrial leach-
ate streams.  The results of this com-
pleted effort are published in a report
entitled "Analytical Methods Evaluation
for Applicability in Leachate Analysis,"
EPA-600/2-81-046, March 1981.

    A second effort (1) has developed and
validated recommended test procedures for
toxicity of leachates and extracts of
wastes.  This completed effort has been
published in a report entitled "Toxicity
of Leachates," EPA-600/2-80-057, March
1980.

    A third effort (2) is developing a
detail laboratory procedure for extracting
or leaching a sample of solid waste so
that the composition of laboratory
leachate is similar to the composition of
leachate from the waste under field condi-
tions.  It is anticipated that this effort
will be identified as a Technical Resource
Document (TRD) and will be completed in FY
1982 and a field validation study will be
implemented (2) in FY 1983.

Co-Disposal

    The overall objective of the
co-disposal activity is to assess the
impact of the disposal of industrial waste
materials with municipal solid waste.
Because the environmental effects from
landfilling result from not only the
soluble and slowly soluble materials
placed in the landfill but also the
products of chemical and microbiological
transformation.  These transformations
should be a consideration in management of
a landfill to the extent that they can be
predicted or influenced by disposal
operations.

    One ongoing effort (3) involves a
study of the factors influencing (a) the
rate of decomposition of solid waste in a
sanitary landfill, (b) the quantity and
quality of gas and leachate produced
during decomposition, and (c) the effect
of admixing industrial sludges and sewage
sludge with municipal refuse.  Some of the
factors under investigation are:  varying
moisture infiltration rates, adding pH
buffering compounds, prewetting the wastes
and varying ambient temperatures.  A
combination of municipal solid waste and
various solid and semi-solid industrial
wastes was added to several field lysi-
meters.  The industrial wastes
investigated were: petroleum sludge,

-------
battery production waste, electroplating
waste, inorganic pigment sludge, chlorine
production brine sludge, and a
solvent-based paint sludge.  Also,
municipal digested primary sludge
dewatered to approximately 20 percent
solids was utilized at three different
ratios.  The results of approximately six
years of data generated under this effort
have been reported in a paper entitled
"Leachate From Municipal and Industrial
Waste Simulators:  Proceedings of the
Sixth Annual Research Symposium,"
EPA-600/2-28-010, March 1980, pp.
203-222.  The updated results of this
effort have been published in a paper
entitled "Leachate and Gas From Municipal
Solid Waste Landfill Simulators:
Proceedings of the Seventh Annual Research
Symposium," EPA-600/9-81-002a, March 1981,
pp. 67-93.

Pollutant Movement

    The objective of pollutant movement
work is to develop predictive relation-
ships which can be used in the design and
regulation of disposal facilities for
municipal and hazardous solid waste to
achieve safe release to the environment.

    Current research is intended to
develop tools for designing soil liners
that limit pollutant release to a predict-
able minimum.  The application is primar-
ily for landfills,  but the information is
also useful in design of soil liners for
surface impoundments and in predicting the
amounts of pollutants that will pass below
the zone of incorporation at land treat-
ment sites.  The work is proceeding in two
parallel  phases.  In the first, methods
for predicting movement of liquid
(leachate) are being developed and
improved and in the second, methods are
being developed for predicting how well
soil liners will remove pollutants from
any leachate that seeps through the
liner.   Work is in  progress on empirical
predictive techniques using samples of
wastes and soils from locations of
specific  interest.   This approach appears
to be the most promising in order to
integrate the effect of waste and soil
characteristics on  pollutant retention
processes.  The precision and accuracy
that will be achieved by this method
remains to be determined.

    One effort (2)  examined the extent to
which hazardous substances from specific
industrial and flue gas cleaning  (FGC)
wastes would migrate into groundwater at
disposal sites.  Procedures for conducting
such examinations have been developed.
Leachate from a municipal solid waste
landfill was used to extract the  following
industrial wastes:  electroplating,
inorganic pigment, water based paint, Hg
cell chlorine production and Ni-Cd
battery.  A sequential batch leaching/soil
adsorption procedure was developed which
provides information comparable to that
obtained from soil column studies, but in
a much shorter time.  The results of this
completed effort will be published in a
report entitled "Migration of Hazardous
Substances Through Soil."

    A second effort (2) was the develop-
ment and testing of numerical simulation
models for predicting movement of solutes
in saturated and unsaturated soils.  The
accuracy and computational efficiency of
several existing and newly developed
numerical schemes for solving flow and
transport equations were compared.
Additionally, a closed-form analytical
model was developed for predicting the
unsaturated hydraulic conductivity from
available soil moisture retention data.
Considerations in selection of numerical
models, including the effects of  soil
types, flow regime and magnitude  of soil
solute interaction parameters are dis-
cussed in a final report entitled "Mass
Transport in Saturated-Unsaturated Media,"
which is being prepared for publication.

    A third completed effort (2) was the
development of user oriented models for
predicting movement in soil as a basis for
improving selection of sites for disposing
of solid and hazardous wastes.   Average
movement rates of Cd,  Ni, and Zn from
industrial waste leachates in soils were
measured and the Lapidus Amundson solute
movement model was used to predict long
term steady state movement rates for each
set of experimental conditions.   Long term
movement rates were then correlated with
soil and leachate properties to develop
regression equations forming a basis for a
simplified predictive tool.  The work has
been completed and a report entitled
"Behavior of Cd, Ni, and.Zn in Single and
Mixed Combinations in Landfill  Leachates"
is being written describing use of this
tool in conjunction with soil  column tests
to predict solute movement in soil.

-------
    A fourth effort (2) studied vertical
and horizontal contaminant migration of
Zn, Cd, Cu and Pb at three secondary zinc
smelting plants and one organic chemical
manufacturing plant.  Migration patterns
were defined using soil coring and
monitoring well techniques.   Soil coring
was determined to be an investigative
tool, but not suitable by itself for
routine monitoring of waste disposal
activities.  The results of this study are
currently being published in a report
entitled "Field Verification of Toxic
Wastes Retention by Soils at Disposal
Sites."

    A fifth ongoing effort (2) is the
determination of the attenuation mecha-
nisms and capacity of selected clay
minerals and soils for hexachloro-
cyclopropentadial (HCCPD) and "hex"
wastes.  Also, effects of caustic-soda
brine on the attenuation of solubility of
HCCPD are being researched.  The develop-
ment of a chemical model to predict HCCPD
migration through soil is being pursued.
Mobility of HCCPD in soils is being
independently assessed by use of soil
thin-layer chromatography and column
leaching techniques.  The results of this
study will be published in a report
entitled "Assessment of Soil, Clay, and
Caustic Soda Effects on Land Disposal of
Hydrocarbon Wastes (HCCPD)."

    A sixth effort (2) studied organic
contaminant attenuation by selected clay
minerals and coal chars.  Initial work was
with Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs);
subsequent efforts were with Hexachoro-
benzene (HCB) and Polybrominated biphenyls
(PBB).  The mobility of Arochlors 1242 and
1254, and a used capacitor fluid were
measured by the soil thin-layer chroma-
tography technique and additional batch
adsorption studies were conducted.  PCBs
were found to be strongly adsorbed by soil
materials.  The adsorption capacity and
the mobility of PCBs were positively
correlated to the organic carbon content
and surface area of the respective soil
materials.  The results of the first phase
of this effort were published in a report
entitled "Attenuation of Water-Soluble
Polychlorinated Biphenyls by Earth
Materials," EPA-600/2-80-027, March 1980.
The results of the second phase were pub-
lished under the title "Attenuation of
Polybrominated Biphenyls and Hexachloro-
benzene by Earth Materials," EPA-600/2-
81-191, March  1981.
    A seventh effort (2) is looking at the
categories of water movement that occur in
connection with various types of landbased
disposal systems.  Methods of soil
hydraulic conductivity determination and
interpretation are discussed.  The results
of the effort are~currently being prepared
in the form of a technical resource docu-
ment (TRD) for peer review on methods for
measuring flow properties (permeability
and diffusivity).

    An eighth effort (2) has evaluated the
effects of organic leachates on clay liner
permeability and procedures for rapidly
testing these effects have been outlined.
The results of this completed effort will
be published in a paper entitled "Organic
Leachate Effects on the Permeability of
Clay Soils."

    A ninth effort (2) is currently under-
way to determine how accurately the EPA
Gas Movement Model predicts the maximum
distance that methane gas will move
through soils adjacent to landfills and
how accurately this model will predict the
relative effectiveness of control systems
(e.g., trenches, wells, barriers) for
minimizing methane gas movement.  Methane
movement was measured at three selected
landfills.  With data from each landfill,
the model will be used to predict the
maximum extent of methane movement.  The
measured and predicted methane movements
will be compared, reasons for any differ-
ences analyzed, and the accuracy and
effort of use for the model determined.

    A tenth effort (2) has resulted in
establishment of guidelines for design of
gas migration control devices for sanitary
landfills.  The migration control devices
studied included trenches venting under
natural convection, trenches with exhaust
pumping, trenches with recharge pumping,
barriers, hybrid systems consisting of a
barrier with a pumped (exhaust or
recharge) or unpumped trench on the land-
fill site, and pumped (exhaust or
recharge) pipe vents.  Computer codes
developed under a previous study (i.e.,
Moore and Alzaydi, 1977; and Moore and
Rai, 1977) were modified to  incorporate
pressure flow as well as diffusional
flow.  The results of this completed
effort will be published in  a report
entitled "Gas Control Design Criteria."

-------
Pollutant Control

    The overall objective of this research
activity is to reduce the impact of pollu-
tion from wastewater disposal sites by
technology that minimizes, contains,  or
eliminates pollutant release and leaching
from waste residuals disposed to the
land.  The pollutant control studies are
determining the ability of in-situ soils
and natural soil processes to attenuate   *
leachate contaminants as the leachate
migrates through the soil from landfill
sites.  The studies are also determining
how various synthetic and admixed
materials may be utilized as liners to
contain and prevent leachates from
migrating from landfill sites.

Natural Soil Processes

    The attenuation by natural soil pro-
cesses of pollutants from hazardous waste
and municipal refuse disposal sites is
being performed in the controlled lab
studies previously discussed in the
section on pollutant movement.

Liners/Membrane/Admixtures

    The liner/membrane/admixture
technology (4) is currently being studied
to evaluate suitability for eliminating or
reducing leachate from landfill sites of
municipal or industrial hazardous wastes.
The test program will evaluate in a land-
fill environment, the chemical resistance
and durability of the liner materials over
12 and 36-month exposure periods to
leachates derived from industrial waste,
sulfur oxides (SOX) wastes, and
municipal solid wastes.  Acidic, basic,
and neutral solutions will be utilized to
generate industrial waste leachates.

    The liner materials being investigated
under the hazardous waste program include
five admixed materials and eight polymeric
membranes.  Specimens of these materials
have been exposed for more than 3 years to
the following six classes of hazardous
wastes which utilized ten specific types
of wastes:  strong acid; strong base;
waste of saturated and unsaturated oils;
lead waste from gasoline tanks; oil
refinery tank bottom waste (aromatic  oil);
and pesticide waste.  Preliminary exposure
tests have been completed on the various
liner materials in the various wastes in
order to select combinations for long term
exposures.  The results of these tests
along with a discussion of the overall
hazardous waste liner material program are
presented in a report entitled "Liner
Materials Exposed to Hazardous and Toxic
Sludges First Interim Report," EPA-600/2-
77-091, June 1977.

    A second effort (4) relates to the
types of materials tested for use as
liners for sites receiving sludges
generated by the removal of SOX from
flue gases of coal burning power plants.
The volumes of SOX will, typically, be
much greater than those for other types of
wastes, and therefore the disposal sites
will be large.  Consequently, methods of
lining such disposal sites must have a low
unit cost for materials as well as labor.
The admixed materials consisted of the
following:  lime; cement with lime;
polymeric bentonite blend (M179); gray
powder-quartec (UF); asphaltic concrete;
TACSS 020; TACSS 025; TACSS C400; and
TACSS ST.  The prefabricated membranes
liner materials consisted of the follow-
ing:  elasticized polyolefin; black
neoprene - coated nylon; and black
neoprene - reinforced fabric.  The
spray-on liner materials consisted of the
following:  polyvinyl acetate; natural
rubber latex; natural latex; polyvinyl
acetate; asphalt cement; and molten
sulphur.  For this effort, a total of 72
special test cells were constructed to
perform 12 and 24 month exposure tests.
An interim report has been published
entitled "Flue Gas Cleaning Sludge
Leachate/Liner Compatibility Investi-
gation:  Interim Report," EPA-600/2-79-
136, August 1979.  A final report has been
published entitled "Effect of Flue Gas
Cleaning Sludges on Selected Liner
Materials," EPA-600/2-81-098, July 1981

    A third effort (4) is an ongoing study
to assess actual field procedures utilized
in (a) preparing the support sub-base soil
structure for liners and (b) placing the
various liner materials common to projects
requiring positive control of fluid loss.
Information obtained to date includes:
methods and equipment used to prepare the
subgrade and to place the liner material;
specific design and construction
considerations; and special problems
encountered during installation.

    A fourth ongoing effort (4) is con-
cerned with determining the soil require-
ments to act as bedding and protective
covers for flexible membranes.  Experi-
ments will be conducted using a variety of

-------
flexible membranes, thicknesses and
densities of base and sub-base sands and
soils, and then trafficked employing three
different vehicles representative of those
used for landfill construction.  A design
manual, applicable to the majority of the
country, can be developed which will
provide a design engineer with the data
necessary to determine the most economic
soil requirements above and below a
flexible membrane.  The interim results of
this effort to date have been published in
a paper entitled "Membrane Liner Systems
for Hazardous Waste Landfills:
Proceedings of the Sixth Annual Research
Symposium," EPA-600/9-80-010, March 1980.

    A fifth ongoing effort (4) responds to
the need for support of the guidelines and
hazardous waste criteria mandated under
RCRA.  This project has been designed to
provide the EPA with data to enable annual
revisions to the landfill liner Technical
Resource Documents now being finalized.
Furthermore, it will provide assistance in
permit application evaluation, assessment
of performance and expert testimony.

    A sixth effort (4), now ongoing, is
primarily concerned with the evaluation of
specific technologies (chemical liners)
for the disposal and recovery of sludges
from the metal finishing industry.
Specifically, this effort is evaluating
the use of three chemical liners, i.e.,
agricultural limestone, fly ash, and
hydrous oxides of iron in minimizing the
pollution potential from an electroplating
sludge.  Data are currently being
developed for mass flux values.

    A seventh effort (2), now completed,
relates to a laboratory study of agri-
cultural limestone and hydrous oxides of
Fe to evaluate their use as landfill liner
materials to minimize the migration of
metal contaminants.  The results of this
effort have been published in a report
entitled "Liners of Natural Porous
Materials to Minimize Pollutant
Migration," EPA-600/2-81-122, July  1981.

Uaste Modification (Chemical Stabilization)

    Chemical stabilization is achieved by
incorporating the solid and liquid phases
of a waste into a relatively inert matrix
which exhibits increased physical strength
and protects the components of the waste
from dissolution by rainfall or by  soil
water.  If this slows the rate of release
of pollutants from the waste sufficiently
and no serious stresses are exerted on the
environment around the disposal site,  then
the wastes have been rendered essentially
harmless and restrictions on siting will
be minimal.

    The initial chemical fixation effort
(4) which is ongoing relates to the
transformation of wastes into an insoluble
form to minimize leaching.   The test pro-
gram consists of investigating ten
industrial waste streams in both the raw
and fixed states.  The waste streams are
treated with at least one of seven
separate fixation processes and subject to
leaching and physical testing.  The lab
and field studies have been completed.
The results have been compiled and dis-
cussed in reports entitled  "Pollutant
Potential of Raw and Chemically Fixed
Hazardous Industrial Wastes and Flue Gas
Desulfurization Sludges - Interim
Report,"  EPA-600/2-76-182, July 1976 and
"Physical and Engineering Properties of
Hazardous Industrial Wastes and Sludges,"
EPA 600/2-77-139, August 1977.  The final
results of these studies will be reported
in three reports entitled "Small Column
Leaching Tests on FGD Sludges," "Small
Column Leaching Tests on Industrial
Sludges," and "Large Column Leaching Tests
on FGD Sludge."

    A second ongoing effort (4) relates to
the co-disposal of chemically treated and
untreated industrial wastes in a municipal
refuse environment.  Large  lysimeters are
being utilized to determine the difference
in leachate quality.  Results to date have
indicated that co-disposal  of treated or
untreated electroplating sludge with MSW
does not affect leachate quality.
Co-disposal of calcium fluoride/sewage
sludge with MSW apparently improves
leachate quality.

    A third completed effort (5) relates
to encapsulating processes  for managing
hazardous wastes.  Techniques for encap-
sulating unconfined dry wastes are dis-
cussed in a report entitled "Development
of a Polymeric Cementing and Encapsulating
Process for Managing Hazardous Wastes,"
EPA-600/2-77-045, August 1977.  Addi-
tional evaluations have been performed
whereby containers of hazardous waste
(i.e., 55 gallon drums) are placed in a
fiberglass thermo-setting resin casing and
covered with a high density poly-
ethylene.  The results of these evalu-
ations have been published in four reports

-------
 entitled "Securing Containerized Hazardous
 Wastes with Polyethylene Resin and Fiber-
 glass Encapsulates,"  EPA-600/2-81-138,
 August 1981; "Securing Containerized
 Hazardous Wastes with Welded Polyethylene
 Encapsulates," EPA-600/2-81-139, August
 1981; "Securing Containerized Hazardous
 Wastes by Encapsulation with Spray-On/
 Brush-On Resins," EPA-600/2-81-140, August
 1981.

     A fourth ongoing effort (4) is to
 determine how potentially useful sulfur-
 asphalt binder composites are for stabili-
 zation/solidification and disposal of
 toxic metal bearing wastes.  Indications
 from work carried out on paving material
'suggest that both solid and aqueous
 inorganic as well as organic materials can
 be readily stabilized and solidified with
 binders comprised of sulfur-asphalt blends.

 LANDFILL ALTERNATIVES

     Due to the concern for environmental
 impact and economics, alternatives to
 waste disposal in sanitary landfills and
 by incineration have been proposed.  The
 land treatment area of research activity
 has been transferred to the Robert S. Kerr
 Environmental Research Laboratory, Ada,
 Oklahoma.  The research tasks initiated by
 the SHWRD will, however, be described here.

 Land Treatment

     The SHWRD program included research
 and evaluation of spreading (or
 incorporating) of industrial hazardous
 waste onto the land for treatment by
 biological, chemical, and physical pro-
 cesses resulting from interactions of the
 soil (and its constituents) with the
 waste.  The technology is referred to as
 "land treatment."  Land treatment enhances
 degradation by providing an aerobic soil
 medium capable of supporting micro-
 organisms and providing exposure to sun-
 rays.  The land treatment research program
 has three basic objectives.  These are (a)
 to determine environmental effects from
 hazardous waste land treatment facilities
 and their monitoring requirements, (b) to
 determine hazardous waste land treatment
 facility closure requirements and post-
 closure monitoring requirements, and (c)
 to develop basic knowledge required to
 fully understand land treatment of
 hazardous waste.
    One effort (5) is designed to develop
a matrix of industrial organic and
inorganic, and municipal solid waste
streams versus operational parameters.
The final matrix of information will be
sufficiently complete to develop design
and guideline criteria.  The results of
this completed effort have been published
in a two volume report entitled "Land
Cultivation of Industrial Wastes and
Municipal Solid Wastes-State-of-the-Art
Survey," Volume I, EPA 600/2-78-140a,
August 1978 and Volume II, EPA 600/2-78-
140b, August 1978.

    A second effort (5) was aimed at
optimizing the operational parameters for
the biodegradation of API oil-water
separator sludge on the germination and
yield of ryegrass in order to generate
data on acceptable sludge loading rates
and to elicit mechanisms which affect
plant responses.  Long-term yield reduc-
tions largely resulted from impaired
water, air and nutrient relations
associated with recalcitrant hydrophobic
hydrocarbons.  The results of this
research effort will be published in a
report entitled "Optimization of Land
Cultivation Parameters."

    A third effort (5) began with a
critical review of current information
relevant to land treatment.  The ongoing
effort includes research on the fate and
effect of organic and inorganic waste
constitutents, with studies in the green-
house, in the laboratory, on new field
plots and on field plots at existing land
treatment sites.  A review of natural con-
trols that limit the adverse effects of
heavy metals in wastes has already begun.

    A fourth ongoing effort (5) iden-
tifies and prioritizes hazardous waste
streams likely to be amenable to land
treatment as a management alternative,
recommends laboratory and field research
to fill in significant data gaps, and
verifies the environmental acceptability
of land treatment as a waste
treatment/resource recovery method for a
significant fraction of the hazardous
waste generated.

    A fifth ongoing effort (5) assesses
technical requirements for effective
closure of hazardous waste land treatment
facilities.  Effective closure is accom-
plished when the environment is completely
protected from potential adverse effects

-------
of the land treatment facility.   At least
four closure techniques will be  evalu-
ated.  These include closing of  a land
treatment facility as if it were a land-
fill; removing contaminated soil; culti-
vating vegetative cover; and leaving the
site as is.  Although petroleum  land
treatment facilities will be used in
cooperation with the American Petroleum
Institute, tests will be designed so that
information is applicable to other
wastes.

    A sixth continuing effort (5) is
investigating the use of bioassays to
evaluate and monitor the performance and
environmental effects of hazardous waste
land treatment.  Two biological  systems
were evaluated as part of a battery of
bioassay systems used to determine the
acute toxic effects of ten selected
wastes.  Three wastes have been  selected
for further investigations to determine
the fate in the soil of mutagenic com-
ponents in the waste and in the  degrada-
tion products.  The three wastes are
representative of the wood preserving,
petrochemical, and refining industries and
are believed to contain mutagenic constit-
uents, which may degrade in the  soil.
Additional testing will be completed in
greenhouse and lysimeter systems.

    A seventh effort (5) is a field
investigation to determine the feasibility
of treating sludges from the Leather
Tannery Industry.  The project is to help
verify information available from
laboratory and greenhouse studies and will
help determine proper design and opera-
tional requirements for facilities land
treating similar wastes (i.e., containing
relatively high levels of inorganic
metals).  Eight 6.5 acre test plots (one
control) have been constructed in Santa
Cruz County.  Appropriate surface water
control and collection, groundwater
monitoring, and other provisions necessary
for conducting the 5-year study were
included.  Two tannery sludges (dehairing
and chromium) have been applied  in amounts
varying according to their chromium and
nitrogen contents.  The sludges  were
disced into the soil along with  appro-
priate amounts of pot ash and phosphate
fertilizer.  Sludge analyses, soil and
leachate analyses, plant analyses and
groundwater analyses will be done over the
life of the experiments.
    The eighth effort (5) is evaluating
potential subsurface contamination in land
treatment sites after long term use.   Core
samples have been taken at several active
petroleum land treatment sites, segmented
at different depths, and are being
analyzed.  Information generated will help
evaluate the fate of organics, metals, and
other contaminants on land treatment
facilites, and their potential for
migrating into the subsurface.

Surface Impoundments

    The temporary, or permanant retention
of liquid hazardous wastes in surface
impoundments (i.e., pits, ponds, or
lagoons) is an alternative to disposal in
a sanitary landfill, which SHWRD is
researching.  Surface impoundments require
special consideration to control vapor-
ization and volatilization in the air.

    An ongoing effort (6) is investi-
gating mechanisms of chemical movement of
pollutants from surface and near-surface
impoundments into the air.  Methods for
estimating air emissions of hazardous
chemicals from waste disposal sites are
being developed.  These methods include
transport coefficients and conceptual
models for those coefficients not avail-
able.  Methods for controlling or reducing
desorption from surface impoundments will
be suggested.

UNCONTROLLED SITES/REMEDIAL ACTION

    An ongoing study by OSW has identi-
fied incidence of water well contamination
due to waste disposal sites.  Seventy-five
(75) to eighty-five (85) percent of all
sites investigated are contaminating
ground or surface waters.  In order to
determine the best practical technology
and economical corrective measures to
remedy these landfill leachate and gas
pollution problems, a research effort has
been initiated (1) to provide local
municipalities and users with the data
necessary to make sound judgements of the
selection of viable, in-situ, remedial
action procedures and to give them an
indication of the cost associated with
such an action.  This research effort is
being pursued at a municipal refuse land-
fill site at Windham, Connecticut.  This
effort consists of three phases.  Phase  I
will be an engineering feasibility study
that will determine on a site specific
basis the best practicable technology to

-------
be applied from existing neutralization or
confinement techniques.  Phase II will
determine the effectiveness, actual field
verification, of the recommendations/first
phase study.  Phase III will provide a
site remedial guide to local munici-
palities and users.  The engineering
feasibility study has been completed and a
report entitled "Guidance Manual for
Minimizing Pollution from Waste Disposal
Sites," EPA-600/2-78-142, August 1978 has
been published.  This guidance document
emphasizes remedial schemes or techniques
for pollutant containment.

    The scheme currently installed and
monitored at the Connecticut MSW site is a
surface capping technique which could be
followed by a leachate extraction scheme
if required.  The results of this effort
to date have been published in a paper
entitled "Surface Sealing to Minimize
Leachate Generation at Uncontrolled
Hazardous Waste Sites" presented at the
National Conference on Management of
Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites,
October 28-30, 1981 in Washington, D.C.

    A second ongoing effort (1) is con-
cerned with the development of a manual on
remedial action for hazardous waste land-
fill sites in New Jersey.  This program
will consist of a quantitative site
assessment, selection and design of a
remedial system and implementation of that
design system.  Geophysical techniques
were used extensively in a site survey and
have provided a significant amount of data
from which a quantification program for
the site can be very effectively
formulated.

    A third completed effort (6) is a
technology analysis assessing the extent
of environmental damage associated with a
hazardous waste dump site, and planning
alternative programs for remedial action.
This effort relates solely to the
hazardous waste dump site in Conventry,
Rhode Island and was performed in con-
junction with the current effort
undertaken by the State of Rhode Island.
An analytical report has been prepared
which assesses the situation at the
Coventry site and evaluates the
engineering/technology options for the
abatement of the underground chemical
contamination at the site.  This report
has been published and entitled "Use of
Remote Sensing Techniques in a Systematic
Investigation of an Uncontrolled Hazardous
Waste Site," EPA-600/2-81-187, September
1981.  This effort has been expanded to
research the on-site chemical destruction
of PCB's.  Parallel test and control plots
have been constructed at the Coventry,
Rhode Island site.  Test plots are sprayed
with a sodium polyethylene glycol (PEG)
reagent which dehalogenates chemical
compounds.  The rate of reaction can be
increased with increased temperatures.
Two months of data have shown a 50%
reduction in the PCB concentrations and it
is predicted that one more month is
necessary to result in complete
dehalogenation, given constant weather
conditions.

    A fourth effort (1 and 6) provides for
a survey of ongoing and completed remedial
action projects.  Ten case study sites
were selected and these sites visited and
inspected for remedial action
information.  The results of this study
are published in a report containing case
study summary statistics of each of the
sites investigated.  The results of this
completed effort were published in a final
report entitled "Survey of On-Going and
Completed Remedial Action Projects,"
EPA-600/2-81-246, September 1981.  This
survey will be periodically updated.

    A fifth completed effort (6) is con-
cerned with the assessment of barrel and
drum reconditioning to determine environ-
mental impact and to make recommendations
for possible improvements in the recondi-
tioning processes.  Based on industry
characterization and specific facility
identification, two facilities were chosen
for sampling and analysis efforts, which
were monitored for air, land and water
pollutant discharges.  The results of this
effort have been published in two reports
entitled "Drum Reconditioning Process
Optimization," EPA-600/2-81-233, September
1981 and "Barrel and Drum Reconditioning
Industry Status Profile," EPA-600/2-81-
232, September 1981.

    A sixth effort (6) evaluated and
verified several selected concentration
techniques for compatibility with the
ultimate disposal/detoxification of
hazardous materials.  One concen-
tration/pretreatment scheme was selected
for further development and subsequent
field scale verification with an actual
waste stream containing hazardous
materials.  Studies were carried out using

-------
groundwater which had been severely con-
taminated with numerous organic com-
pounds.  Further bench scale laboratory
treatability studies, including activated
carbon adsorption,  resin adsorption,
aerobic and anaerobic biological,  and
stripping are under investigation.   The
results of this effort to date have been
published in a report entitled "Concen-
tration Technologies for Hazardous  Aqueous
Waste Treatment," EPA-600/2-81-019,
January 1981.

ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT

    The use of market-oriented incentive
(disincentive) mechanisms has received
very little consideration for pollution
control policy in the United States,
particularly in the area of hazardous
waste management.  Economic theory
suggests that incremental pricing  of
hazardous waste collection and disposal
would reduce the waste generation  rate and
enhance resource recovery of recyclable
materials.

    An initial completed effort (7)
developed a method  to analyze the  economic
and social effects  of alternative
approaches to hazardous waste management.
This method has been published in  a report
entitled "Socioeconomic Analysis of
Hazardous Waste Management Alternatives:
Methodology and Demonstration," EPA
600/5-81-001, July  1981.

    A second completed effort (7)  has
resulted in a report entitled "Cost
Comparison of Treatment and Disposal
Alternatives for Hazardous Wastes," Volume
I, EPA 600/2-80-188, February 1981  and
Volume II, EPA 600/2-80-208, February
1981.  Unit costs are estimated for
sixteen treatment and five disposal
techniques applicable to various hazardous
wastes.  Life cycle average unit costs are
presented in both tabular and graphic form.

    A ongoing third effort (7) analyzes
unit operations cost data for long  term
remedial action programs at uncontrolled
hazardous waste sites.  The analysis
includes an outline of the process  for
costing remedial action unit operations
and combining the unit operations  to yield
relative cost data  for an entire remedial
action scenario.

    An ongoing fourth effort (7) is a
cooperative agreement involving assessment
of generic or categoric risk
classification for implementation of
CERCLA; development of a legislative index
of major implementation issues related to
CERCLA; and analysis of actual remedial
action costs related to activities
performed under CERCLA.

TECHNICAL RESOURCE DOCUMENTS

    The Technical Resource Documents
(TRDs) consist of a series of documents
which represent Best Engineering Judgement
(BEJ) for the design, operation and
closure of hazardous waste disposal
facilities.  These documents are a
compilation of research efforts to date
and are being developed to assist in the
implementation of 40 CFR, Parts 264, 265,
and 267 regulations concerning hazardous
waste disposal facilities (landfills,
surface impoundments, and land treat-
ment).  These documents are technically
oriented and not policy oriented.  They
are not regulatory by design, but are
intended only to provide guidance in
decision making processes.  The documents
will be updated continuously as the bases
for understanding and need changes.  Some
of the manuals provide specific design and
operational information (i.e., closure and
lining TRD) while others are intended as
evaluation tools (i.e., hydrologic simula-
tion and performance evaluation).  Eight
draft TRDs have been completed to date and
submitted for public comment in the
Federal Register.  Following analyses of
public comment, these TRDs will be
finalized in FY 1982.  Six of these docu-
ments are related to landfills and one
document each is related to surface
impoundments and land treatment.  A list-
ing of these eight documents by title and
report number along with a brief descrip-
tion of document content is listed below:

    "Evaluating Cover Systems for Solid
and Hazardous Waste," SW-867; (4):  This
document presents a procedure for evaluat-
ing cover systems for solid and hazardous
waste.  The manual describes 39 steps,
with supporting documentation, that a
permit writer can use to evaluate a pro-
posed cover system.  The evaluation
considers available soils, site condi-
tions, details of cover design, and post-
closure maintenance and contingencies.

    "Hydrologic Simulation on Solid Waste
Disposal Sites," SW-868; (4):  This docu-
ment provides a computer package to aid
                                            10

-------
planners and designers by simulating
hydrologic characteristics of landfill
covers to predict percolation as a func-
tion or cover design and climate.  A large
number of stations (cities) within the
United States, for which 5 years of
climatic records exist, have been put on
tape for easy access and can be used in
lieu of on-site measurements.  The model
contains many default values of parameter
estimates which can be used when existing
data are not available.  The user must
supply the geographic location, site area
and hydrologic length, characteristics of
the final soil and vegetative cover, and
default overrides where deemed necessary.
From minimal input data, the model will
simulate daily, monthly, and annual run-
off, deep percolation, temperature, soil-
water, and evapotranspiration.  No prior
experience with computer programming is
required for model usage.  All necessary
commands to use the model are presented in
the user's manual.

    "Landfill and Surface Impoundment
Performance Evaluation," SW-869; (2):
This document describes how to evaluate
leachate collection systems using
compacted clay or synthetic liners to
determine how much leachate will be
collected and how much will seep through
the liner into underlying soils.  The
adequacy of sand and gravel drain layers,
slope, and pipe spacing are also covered.

    "Lining of Waste Impoundment and Dis-
posal Facilities," SW-870; (4):  This
document provides information and guidance
on liner systems.  It discusses waste,
liner types, compatibility, liner
selection,  specifications, design of
leachate collection systems, and case
study analysis methodology.  It also
includes a glossary of liner system
related terms.

    "Management of Hazardous Waste
Leachate,"  SW-871; (6):  This document
discusses leachate composition, leachate
generation,  selected management options,
available treatment technologies, unit-
treatment options, and system economics.
It presents management options that a
permit writer or hazardous waste landfill
operator may consider in controlling and
treating leachate.

    "Guide to the Disposal of Chemically
Stabilized  and Solidified Wastes,"
(SW-872); (4):  This document provides
basic information on stabilization/
solidification of industrial waste and
examines the regulatory considerations,
current and other options involved in
disposal systems using stabilization/
solidification of waste.  A summary of the
major physical and chemical properties of
treated wastes is presented.  A listing of
major suppliers of stabilization/
solidification technology and a summary of
each process is included.

    "Closure of Hazardous Waste Surface
Impoundments," SW-873; (2):  This document
discusses and references the methods,
tests, and procedures involved in closing
a surface impoundment in a manner that (a)
minimizes the need for further mainte-
nance, and (b) controls, minimizes, or
eliminates, to the extent necessary to
protect human health and the environment,
post-closure escape of hazardous waste,
hazardous waste constituents, leachate,
contaminated rainfall, or waste decomposi-
tion products to groundwater, surface
waters, or the atmosphere.  Problems that
have been overlooked in abandoned impound-
ments and have caused environmental
degradation are discussed.  The document
discusses closing an impoundment either by
removing the hazardous wastes or by
consolidating the waste onsite and
securing the site as a landfill.  Relevant
literature or procedures are documented
for more in-depth review as necessary.

    "Hazardous Waste Land Treatment,"
SW-874; (5):  This document discusses land
treatment medium, characteristics of
hazardous waste,  allowable waste loadings,
facility planning for land treatment, land
treatment permit process, closure, and
items to be considered during permit
evaluation.

    Additional TRDs are currently in some
phase of preparation.  They are discussed
briefly below:

    A TRD on methods for measuring flow
properties (permeability and diffusivity)
was submitted for peer technical review in
1981; it will be issued for public comment
in 1982 and finalized in early 1983.

    At least two additional TRDs on using
batch and soil column techniques to
predict pollutant removal from leachates
by soil liners will  be issued for peer
technical review in 1982 and for public
comment and final publication in 1983.
                                           ll

-------
Field verification of this information
will be achieved by a large scale field
project and by analysis of data collected
under the hazardous waste permit program.

    A TRD containing methods for deter-
mining emissions of hazardous chemicals
from waste disposal sites is in prepara-
tion.  The methods will be available to
allow realistic predictive calculations of
the fate of volatile chemical emissions to
the air from landfills, land treatment
sites and surface impoundments.  The
predicting methods will be based upon
theoretical and experimental research on
the transport processes affecting
emissions.

    Additional Technical Resource
Documents (TRDs) are being developed for
conducting performance evaluations of
surface impoundment under different
designs.  The source of information and
data will be generated from field surveys
where the advantages and disadvantages of
specific designs, management procedures,
geographic location and waste contained
are identified and evaluated.  This data
set is envisioned to produce information
that can be modeled to predict the success
or failure of future designs.  This is
expected to be available in early 1984.

CONCLUSIONS

    The laboratory and field research
project efforts discussed here reflect the
overall SHWRD effort in hazardous waste
disposal research.  The projects will be
discussed in detail in the following
papers.  More information about a specific
project or study can be obtained by con-
tacting the project officer referenced in
the text.  Inquiries can also be directed
to the Director, Solid and Hazardous Waste
Research Division, Municipal Environmental
Research Laboratory, U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency, 26 West St. Clair
Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268.
Information will be provided with the
understanding that it is from research in
progress and the conclusions may change  as
techniques are improved and more complete
data  become available.

PROJECT OFFICERS

    All the Project Officers can be
contacted through the Solid and Hazardous
Waste Research Division  (SHWRD), whose
address is shown above.
1.   Mr.  Donald E.  Sanning (SHWRD)
    513/684-7871

2.   Dr.  Mike H.  Roulier (SHWRD)
    513/684-7871

3.   Ms.  Norma M. Lewis (SHWRD)
    513/684-7871

4.   Mr.  Robert E.  Landreth (SHWRD)
    513/684-7871

5.   Mr.  Carlton C. Wiles (SHWRD)
    513/684-7871

6.   Mr.  Stephen C. James (SHWRD)
    513/684-7871

7.   Mr.  Oscar W. Albrecht (SHWRD)
    513/684-7871
                                            12

-------
                         VERIFICATION OF THE U. S. EPA HSSWDS
                              HYDROLOGIC SIMULATION MODEL
                        Anthony C. Gibson and Philip G. Malone
                             U. S. Army Corps of Engineers
                             Waterways Experiment Station
                                       ABSTRACT

     The Hydrologic Simulation on Solid Waste Disposal Sites (HSSWDS) model was devel-
oped for the U. S. EPA Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Division to assist landfill
designers and permit officials in accurately estimating the amount of percolation
through landfill covers.  The HSSWDS is a one-dimensional deterministic, computer-
based, water budget model developed and adapted from the U. S.  Department of Agricul-
ture CREAMS Hydrologic model which uses the Soil Conservation Service curve method for
calculating runoff.  The model takes engineering, hydrologic, and climatologic input
data in the form of rainfall, average temperatures, leaf area indices, and soil charac-
teristics of cover material and performs a sequential analysis to derive a water budget
including the runoff, percolation, and evapotranspiration.

     Data from an experimental landfill test cell in Boone County, Kentucky, was used
to evaluate the usefulness of the model in predicting the quantity of leachate appear-
ing at the bottom of the landfill test cell.  Data on the quantity of leachate obtained
from the cell are compared to the predicted transmission of moisture through the cover.
For the 3-year period from December 1972 to December 1975, the HSSWDS model underesti-
mated the total test cell drainage by 10 percent.  Water balance calculations under-
estimated moisture transmission by nearly 20 percent.  Both systems produced drainage
estimates that would be useful in assessing the potential pollution problem from the
test cell.  The cracking of the landfill cover during refuse settlement may account for
the drainage in excess of the quantity predicted.
INTRODUCTION

     The Hydrologic Simulation of Solid
Waste Disposal Sites (HSSWDS) was devel-
oped to assist engineers and permit
officials in evaluating the performance
of cover materials on landfill and in
estimating the amount of infiltration
into closed landfills or covered com-
pleted sections of landfills.  The model
accepts data on local daily rainfall,
average temperatures, leaf area indices,
and soil characteristics and thickness
of cover materials.  The model performs
a sequential analysis to derive a water
budget, including runoff, percolation,
and evapotranspiration (Figure 1).  The
percolation term represents the moisture
being added to the refuse below the
cover and directly relates to the amount
of leachate being produced at the base
of the landfill.  The HSSWDS model can
be useful in sizing treatment facilities
developed to handle discharge from a
landfill (5, 6).

     Water balance calculations for
landfills have generally been used to
predict the effectiveness of various
types and thicknesses of cover material
in limiting the amount of moisture
entering the refuse and to assist in
sizing landfill leachate collection and
treatment systems (1).  Results from
water balance calculations can vary
widely depending on the systems used for
runoff estimation, calculation of infil-
tration, and evapotranspiration.  A lim-
ited comparison using five field sites
(with quality of field data not speci-
fied) indicated errors in estimating
leachate could vary from 1.32 to
                                           13

-------
                ENTER CLIMATOLOGICAL
              DATA; RAIN, TEMPERATURE,
             RADIATION, LEAF AREA INDEX
             ENTER HYDROLOGICAL DATA
            COMPUTE DAILY TEMPERATURE,
           RADIATION, AND LEAF AREA INDEX
                   INITIALIZE ALL
                   PARAMETERS
             c
 READ ONE YEAR'S
DAILY PRECIPITATION

\
COMPUTE
SNOWMELT

*
COMPUTE
RUNOFF
                      COMPUTE
                 EVAPOTR ANSPI RATION
              AND SOIL WATER MOVEMENT
                 COMPUTE DRAINAGE
                   THROUGH COVER
           NO
                            YES
                    CALCULATE
                OVERALL STATISTICS
                                         NO
Figure 1.  Generalized flowchart for the hydrologic
simulation Model HSSWDS.
                         14

-------
5,389 percent depending on the estima-
tion technique and the site condi-
tions (4).  To develop a quick, reli-
able, and useful system, it will be
necessary to gather well-documented
field data and verify procedures
employed in water balance estimates.

     Detailed description of water
balance calculations and comparisons of
water balance estimates have begun to
appear in the literature.  Gee (2)
attempted to use equations developed in
a rainfall simulator, and predictions
based on a conventional water balance
method (1), and the hydrologic simula-
tion model (6) to obtain estimates of
leachate generation from the GROWS Land-
fill in Bucks County, Pennsylvania.  Un-
fortunately, the GROWS Landfill accepts
liquid waste and has a leachate recycl-
ing system, and has not yet been closed
(no final cover has been placed on the
fill).  Despite numerous assumptions as
to liner efficiency, pumpage rates and
times, cover integrity and character;
the predicted cumulative landfill drain-
age estimates for the 1980 data were
73, 103, and 116 percent of the "actual"
amount for the rainfall simulator pre-
diction, the water balance calculation,
and the hydrologic simulation  (HSSWDS)
model, respectively.  Any one of the
models would provide reasonable input
for cover assessment or preliminary
evaluation of treatment system sizing.

     In order to develop additional data
on the accuracy with which the HSSWDS
model predicts cover leakage and leach-
ate production, the model was run using
input from a completed lined test land-
fill cell where relatively reliable data
on the volume of leachate produced each
month were available.  Conventional
water balance calculations were also
made using input data similar to that
for HSSWDS model.  The test fill
selected was a lined refuse cell (Test
Cell No. 1) constructed by the U. S. EPA
at the Boone County Field Site near
Walton, Kentucky.  For the purposes of
this investigation, data on climate and
cover design such as might be used in
preliminary assessment of leachate gen-
eration were employed in the models.
The estimates of moisture penetrating
the cover are compared to actual data
developed on rainfall and cell drainage
at the site.
TEST SITE DESCRIPTION

     The research test cell  (Test Cell
No. 1) constructed near Walton, Ken-
tucky, consisted of a trench 45.5 meters
long and 9.2 meters wide with vertical
sidewalls and ramps at both ends sloping
approximately 1:7.  The trench was
equipped with two leachate collection
pipes but both pipes collect drainage
from inside a 0.76-mm-thlck synthetic
(Hypalon) liner that covers the base of
the cell to prevent leachate from
migrating into soil below the cell.  The
ramplike portions of the base were con-
structed and compacted so as to direct
all leachate onto the liner and into the
collection system (Figure 2).

     The lined cell was loaded with
395 metric tons of municipal refuse with
a wet density of 592 kg/cubic meter.
The maximum depth of refuse was
2.6 meters (8.4 feet).  Approximately
0.6 meter of soil was placed over the
refuse and compacted to a wet density of
116 kg/cubic meter at a moisture content
of 18.7 percent (dry weight basis)
(9, 11).

     The cover soil consisted of
6 percent sand, 66 percent silt, and
28 percent clay.  The liquid limit was
36.5 percent, the plastic limit was
23.8 percent, and the plasticity index
was 12.7.  The cover soil was classified
as "CL" under the USCS system or "SICL"
under the USDA system (10).  Top soil
was removed during the excavation of the
cell and replaced as the top layer of
cover soil.

     The cover soil was not seeded, but
weeds did grow over the top of the cell.
The area was mowed on a monthly schedule
during the growing season.  The vegeta-
tion never covered more than 50 percent
of the surface of the cell.  No attempt
was made to maintain the cover.  Some
compaction of the refuse and collapse of
the cover was noted.  No attempt was
made to replace soil that eroded off of
the cover but erosion was minor due to
the flatness (only 2 degree slope) of
the area (Personal communication, Dirk
Brunner).

     The landfill test cell was com-
pleted in June 1971 and data were
collected on rainfall and leachate
                                           15

-------
           Leachate Pumping and
           Monitoring Trench
                                     2M
RAMP
(Packed Soil)
11 t
II '
||-« — Leachate
II Collection Pif
LINER II LINER
II
|l 15M
es
RAMP
(Packed Soil)
45.4M
i
it
o>
1

                            PLAN VIEW
                         Soil Cover 0.6M Thick
                         8.8%

                  Leachate Pipes
45.7cm Clay


30 Mil. 10.76 mm)
Hypalon Liner
                      LONGITUDINAL SECTION
Details on Construction of Boone County Test Cell No.  1 Used in This Study.
Figure 2.   Schematic diagram of  Test Cell No.  1  at the
Boone County Landfill Site.  Modified  from Ref.  11.
                                    16

-------
generation through November 1975,
54 months.  A small weather station with
instrumentation for measuring relative
humidity, maximum-minimum temperatures,
continuous temperatures, and amounts of
precipitation was maintained at the
site.  A pumping and metering system was
used to remove and measure the amount of
leachate produced in the test cell.
Only data obtained after an appre-
ciable leachate flow was established
are used in this study  (9, 11).  This
included the period from December 1973
to the end of the test cell operation
(November 1975).
DETERMINATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS FOR
  HSSWDS MODEL

     The major input parameters used in
the simulation of the Boone County Test
Site are summarized in Tables 1 and 2.

Surface Area of Solid Waste Site

     The Boone County Site Test Cell
No. 1 as planned had a cover surface
area of 415 sq meters (4470 sq ft)
based on the trench length of
45.4 meters (149 ft) and a trench width
of 9.2 meters (30 ft).  During the
placement of the refuse the sides of
the excavation collapsed.  After the
last lift of refuse was compacted the
surface area of the refuse was deter-
mined to be 432.3 sq meters (Personal
communication, Dirk Brunner).  Previous
analysis of data from Test Cell No. 1
(9, 11) used the larger surface area and
the larger area is used in this study.

Soil Classification

     The cover soil on the Boone County
Test Cell is the local soil, the
Nicholson silt loam, a "CL" type soil
under the USC system and a "SICL" type
under the USDA classification (10).

Number of Layers in the Cover

     The cover at Test Cell No. 1 is
considered a two-layer cover.  Excava-
tion of the cover of the landfill after
the conclusion of the Test Cell Project
showed two layers were present:  a
clayey upper layer with root penetration
and a blocky compact clayey lower layer
(Personal communication, Dirk Brunner).
Thickness of the Cover

     When the cell was closed, the cover
was 0.6 meter (24 in.) thick and for the
purposes of this study the thickness was
maintained constant.  No erosion or
cracking of the cover is assumed in the
model although both were noted.  Excava-
tion of the cover showed the approximate
thickness of the upper clayey, root
layer was 13 cm (5 in.)  The lower
blocky, clay layer was approximately
48 cm  (19 in.) thick  (Personal communi-
cation, Dirk Brunner).

Hydraulic Conductivity of the Cover
  Soils

     The cover soil used at the Boone
County Test Cell 1 has a measured
permeability or hydraulic conduc-
tivity of 0.30 x 10   cm/sec
(0.042 in./hr) at dry density of
1597 kg/cu meter and a total head of
9.8 x  10  dynes/cm  (9, 11).  The
default hydraulic conductivityin the
HSSWDS model would be 0.3 x 10~  cm/sec
(0.042 in./hr) (6).

Soil Porosity

     The porosity of  the cover soil at
the Boone County Test Cell 1 is 0.58
(vol/vol) based on reported soil type
(9, 11)..  The default porosity value in
the model would have been 0.58 (6).

Evaporation Coefficient

     The evaporation  coefficient for
the cover soil was estimated to be
3.5 mm/day    .  This value is typical
for a  soil having a clayey character (7)
as reported from cover excavations
(Personal communication, Dirk Brunner).
The default/value would have been
4.2 mm/day    (6).

Available Water Capacity

     The available water capacity was
assumed to be 0.149 (vol/vol), typical
for this type of soil.

Impermeable Membrane  Cover

     No impermeable membrane cover
was used at the Boone County Test
Cell No. 1 and none was used in the
model.
                                           17

-------
                    TABLE 1.  HYDROLOGIC PARAMETERS INPUT TO HSSWDS

                           FOR BOONE COUNTY TEST CELL NO. 1
Parameter
       Value used
          Source
Area of cover
Soil classification
Number of soil
layers in cover

Cover thickness
432.3 sq m
Silty clay loam (CL)
0.6 m (24 in.)
Boone County Interim
Report, 1976 (9)
Personal communication,
Dirk Brunner

Boone County Interim
Report, 1976 (9)

Personal communication,
Dirk Brunner

Boone County Interim
Report, 1976 (9)
Personal communication,
Dirk Brunner
Hydraulic
conductivity

Soil porosity
Evaporation
coefficient
Available water
capacity

Impermeable  membrane
cover  present

SCS  curve number
Upper layer 13 cm (5 in.)
in thickness

Lower layer 48 cm (19 in.)
in thickness

         -4
0.30 x 10   cm/sec
(0.042 in./hr)

0.58 vol/vol
3.5
0.149  (vol/vol)
No
71
Boone County Interim
Report, 1976 (9)

Based on Boone County
Interim Report,  1976  (9)

Estimate based on Perrier
and Gibson, 1980 (6) and
Knisel, 1980 (3)
Personal communication,
Dirk Brunner

Perrier and Gibson,  1980  (6)
Wigh and Brunner,  1981  (11)
Estimate based  on U.  S.
Department  of Agriculture,
1969  (8) and Boone  County
Interim Report,  1976  (9),
and Personal communication,
Dirk  Brunner
                                            18

-------
                   TABLE 2.  CLIMATOLOGIC PARAMETERS INPUT TO HSSWDS

                           FOR BOONE COUNTY TEST CELL NO. 1
Parameter
            Value used
         Source
Daily rainfall
Mean monthly
temperatures

Mean monthly solar
radiation

Leaf area index
(LAI)
Winter cover
factor (WCF)
Records from Covington, KY
Records from Covington, KY
Records from Lexington, KY
Sparse weed cover
Maximum LAI = 0.18
Growing season day 140 to day 260

Sparse weed cover
(WCF = 0.90)
National Weather Service
records

National Weather Service
records

National Weather Service
records

Personal communication,
Dirk Brunner
Knisel, 1980 (3)

Personal communication,
Dirk Brunner
SCS Curve Number

     The Nicholson silt loam is a
hydraulic group "C" soil (8).  This soil
group, when it is meadow land, would be
assigned a curve number of 71 (6).

Daily Rainfall

     Only weekly rainfall records were
available from a rain gauge on the Boone
County site.  The closest location
having daily rain records that could be
used in the HSSWDS model was Covington,
Kentucky, 13 km (8 miles) north of the
site.

Mean Monthly Temperatures

     Mean monthly temperature data were
obtained from the weather records for
Covington, Kentucky.  This was the near-
est temperature recording station.

Mean Monthly Solar Radiation

     Records for mean monthly solar
radiation were obtained from Lexington,
Kentucky.  The recording station is
92 km (55 miles) south of the test site.

Leaf Area Index

     The cover for Test Cell No. 1 was
not seeded,  but weeds had grown over the
                       top of the cell by December 1973.  The
                       leaf area varied from 25 percent to
                       50 percent at maximum coverage.  Leaf
                       area index was reduced during the grow-
                       ing season by mowing each month  (Per-
                       sonal communication, Dirk Brunner).  The
                       growing season was estimated to  last
                       each year from day 140 to day 260.  The
                       leaf area indices were scaled according
                       to the schedule given by Knisel  (3), but
                       because of the sparse growth and the
                       monthly mowing of the site the maximum
                       leaf area index was held to 0.18.

                       Winter Cover Factor

                            To be consistent with the leaf area
                       index, the winter cover factor was given
                       a value of 0.90; which is equivalent to
                       sparsely vegetated ground.
                       DETERMINATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS FOR
                         WATER BALANCE CALCULATIONS

                            The major parameters used in cal-
                       culation of the water balances for the
                       Boone County Test Site are given in
                       Table 3.

                       Soil Moisture Storage

                            The cover material at the test
                       site was classed as a clay loam with
                       thickness of 0.6 meters (Personal
                                           19

-------
                TABLE 3.  PARAMETERS USED AS A BASIS FOR WATER BALANCE

                        CALCULATIONS FOR BOONE COUNTY TEST SITE
Parameter
        Value used
         Source
Soil Moisture Storage
Monthly Potential
Evapotranspiration

Runoff Coefficient
Rainfall
150 mm
25-year averages
0.13 - 0.17
Records from Covington, KY
Fenn, Hanley, and
DeGeare, 1975 (1)
Boone County Interim
Report, 1976 (9)

Fenn, Hanley, and
DeGeare, 1975 (1)

Fenn, Hanley, and
DeGeare, 1975 (1)

National Weather Service
records
communication, Dirk Brunner).  The soil
moisture storage was assumed to be
150 mm at field capacity (1).

Monthly Potential Evapotranspiration

     The potential evapotranspiration
(PET) values used for the Boone County
Site are the 25-year average values
developed by Thornthwaite for the
Cincinnati, Ohio area (1).  Cincinnati,
the nearest station with useable PET
values, is approximately 17 km
(10 miles) to the north of the test
site.

Runoff Coefficients

     The Boone Test Site was graded to
have approximately a two-degree slope so
a runoff coefficient of 0.17 was used
for the wet months  (December to May)
and 0.13 for the dry months  (June  to
November)  (1).

Precipitation

     The same precipitation  records used
in the HSSWDS model were used in the
water balance calculations.  The data
were collected at Covington, KY, 13 km
 (8 miles) north of  the  site.
 RESULTS  AND DISCUSSION

      A monthly  summary of  the  results  of
 both  the hydrologic  simulation and  the
                   water balance calculations are given in
                   Table 4 along with data on rainfall
                   (Covington and Walton, KY) and leachate
                   drainage at Boone County Test Cell
                   No. 1.  Transmission of moisture from
                   the base of the cover material through
                   8 feet of refuse delays the appearance
                   of water at the test cell drains.  In
                   two cases (January and February  1974),
                   the delay becomes apparent in the
                   appearance of over 100 percent of the
                   monthly precipitation in the drainage.
                   The data can be more easily interpreted
                   if the actual and predicted drainages
                   are compared over seasonal  (3-month)
                   intervals.

                         Table 5 shows the seasonal  varia-
                   tion  in the actual drainage and  the  pre-
                   dicted moisture transmission through the
                   cover for Test Cell No. 1.  Figure 3
                   compares the predicted percentages of
                   moisture transmitted each  season with
                   the actual percent of precipitation
                   observed as drainage.  Both predictors,
                   HSSWDS and conventional water balance
                   calculations, underestimate the  percent-
                   ages  of precipitation observed  as  drain-
                   age.  The hydrologic simulation  markedly
                   underestimated  the drainage during  the
                   wettest seasons  (winter and spring,
                    73 and  74).  The water balance  calcula-
                    tions markedly  underestimated  the  drain-
                   age during  the  dry seasons (summer  and
                    fall, 73,  74, and  75).  The widest
                   divergence between the predicted value
                    from  HSSWDS and  the  observed  drainage
                   was a 46  percent  underestimate  for the
                                           20

-------
TABLE 4.  COMPARISON OF RAINFALL, MONTHLY DRAINAGE FROM TEST CELL NO. 1
           AND PREDICTED MOISTURE TRANSFER THROUGH THE COVER

Month
Dec
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
June
July
Aug
Sept
Oct
Nov
Dec
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
June
July
Aug
Sept
Oct
Nov
Dec
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
June
July
Aug
Sept
Oct
Nov
Rainfall
at test
site
Year (cm)
1972 10.0
1973 4.4
4.0
12.7
16.6
8.9
18.2
11.0
9.4
12.8
2.8
16.1
9.4
1974 10.1
4.1
12.6
9.0
9.5
18.0
7.3
15.2
14.4
5.2
7.2
9.3
1975 9.7
13.3
13.5
20.0
4.5
23.2
7.1
15.8
13.2
7.0
7.2
Test cell
drainage
(cm)
7.2
3.7
3.5
9.0
13.2
7.3
6.8
4.0
2.4
1.2
2.2
7.8
6.3
10.1
5.3
8.1
5.2
1.8
2.3
1.8
1.8
7.3
1.2
2.1
6.9
5.7
8.3
10.5
5.9
2.3
5.1
1.5
1.5
1.2
3.9
1.4
Rainfall at
Covington, KY
(cm)
10.7
4.5
4.0
15.5
14.8
8.8
15.9
18.2
6.6
6.7
12.1
12.6
6.8
9.3
4.1
11.1
11.0
16.0
11.1
9.7
14.6
11.3
2.7
10.6
7.2
10.3
8.6
17.2
10.6
7.9
12.6
4.1
5.0
9.2
11.6
6.4
Predicted
moisture
transfer
from HSSWDS
(cm)
3.2
3.0
1.4
6.9
6.0
0.7
5.0
6.6
0.1
0.2
4.1
7.1
2.8
5.8
0.7
3.4
5.3
5.8
5.1
1.3
4.4
3.6
0.3
3.4
3.6
6.0
4.5
9.0
4.5
1.4
4.8
0.0
0.0
0.0
4.6
1.0
Predicted
moisture
transfer
from water
balance
(cm)
8.6
8.8
3.1
11.2
7.3
0.0
6.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
4.0
7.6
3.2
7.5
4.1
3.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
7.1
6.9
12.5
3.8
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
                                   21

-------
w
H
nJ   O



°   d
w   pj
o   u
^
     EH
     oo
<

O
<
H



O
     ctf
     w
     fa
     CO
fa   H
o
     o
     2

     O
     W
     H
     u
     M
     Q
     Cu


     Q








•o
0)
4-1
o
•H
13
01
t-i
Cu

IJH
O
4-1
C
01
CJ
r-l
01
Cu




















































01
4J t-l
C 3
0) 4-J
u to
M -H
0) O

01 !-i
r-l 01
3 U-l
to a
•H to
O t-l
E •*—'


*"d
r-l QJ
rH 4-*
10 O
U-l -H
C 'd
•H (U
10 t-i
t-i a

"d
0) 01
4_j p
O 3
13 to
ai -H
l-i O
fa B










IW
0

4_j
C
01
o
VJ
01
CM








-H
tO
C
•H
tfl
04










^
01

to
C
to
u
4-1
0)
4-J
5
*
E
o
t-l





to
tO





^J
0)
U-l
c
a>
IH
4-1
4-1
to
— f
rH
to
U-l
(2
•H
5



-H
r— 4
to
U-J
c
•H
tO
IH

rH
rH
01

4-"
to
01
H
4-»
to
01

4->
tO











01 01
4-J O
to C
S to
rH
E to
O ,0.
it-j
01
a
C ^
rH O

n


CO
ai o
60 3
C CO
•H rd
to
r< E
T3 O
^J
U-l
O
s
CO
~ O
o
E v^
o
U-l
X

c
O ^~N
60 O
C •-'
•H
O
0
to
to
01
60 60
C tO
•H C
IH -H
tfl tO
01 M
f\ T3
a
Ol
60
to >*•"*
C E
•H O
tO ^
t-l
13


01 /— .
•H O
to ^



r-l
to
01
>>
C
0
Ul
tO
01




~-< co
OO ~3-





m in
m oo
r— < I — 1






o in
-3" CO








\£> \O
r^> co
r~ 1





CM ON
ON oo
-H CO








oo i-^
T — r^






-3- m
-3- ON
—> CM




-3- CM
OO 00
— H CO


CO
T*^.
CM
r-.
M 60
0) C
4-1 T-t
CJ r-l
•H D.
3 oo



o






o
o







(^
CM








1 —
1 — 1
I— 1





'"•
0
-3-








^3-
CO






CM
CO
t— 1




VJD
00
CO






t-l
01
g
g
3
OO



0






o
o







NO
CO








•*
f— 1
1 — 1





CO
_l
CO








in
CO






CM
,_,
.— t




f~~
i— 1
CO








rH
rH
tO




CO
r —





oo
-sf
1 — 1






VD
-H 60
Ol C
4J T-l
a M
•H a,
!S co



C 0






o o
o o







CM ,-!
CM CM








CO ND
-3" in






I-- r-l
—i i--
CM CM








OO 
-------
             100 _
                                                       •  ACTUAL RAINFALL
                                                      —  HYDROLOGIC SIMULATION
                                                      A  WATER BALANCE METHOD
                     W
S   Su
  73
F   W    S   Su    F    W
          74
3-MONTH SEASONAL PERIOD
S   Su
 75
            Figure 3.  Plot of seasonal variation in the  percent of rainfall
            transmitted through the  cover at the Boone Test  Cell No. 1.
winter,  73-74.   The widest divergence
between  the  predicted value from water
balance  and  observed drainage was  a
40 percent underestimate for fall, 74.

     For the overall 36-month period
studied,  the hydrologic simulation model
predicted 35 percent of the incident
                        precipitation would  appear as drainage.
                        The water balance calculations indicated
                        26 percent of the precipitation would
                        appear as leachate.   The  actual percent-
                        age of incident rainfall  reported as
                        drainage was 45 percent.   Figure 4 sum-
                        marizes the cumulative  percent of rain-
                        fall (actual and predicted) passing
               100


               90

               80

               70
              t-

              §60
              OL
              tf
              uj 50

              I 40

              030

               20

               10

                0
                          • ACTUAL RAINFALL
                         — HYDROUMMC SIMULATION
                         A WATER BALANCE METHOD
                                                I
                      W
                            73
          F    W   S   Su   F   W

          3-MONTH SEASONAL PERIOD
                          S75SU
              Figure 4.  Plot of the  cumulative percent of  rainfall trans-
              mitted through the cover  at  the Boone County  Test  Cell No. 1.
                                            23

-------
through the cover.  After the fall of
1973, the end of the first dry season in
the study period, the cumulative per-
centages for predicted moisture movement
remain relatively constant except for
minor seasonal fluctuations.  There is a
trend for this cumulative percent of
reported drainage to decrease; perhaps
reflecting increase evapotranspiration
or compaction of the cover soil after
initial refuse settlement.

     The differences observed between
actual and predicted moisture movement
are relatively small (10% and 19%), and
well within the range required for
engineering evaluation of the cover.
The larger drainage from the test cell
may be due to some specific conditions
at the test site.  The cell was not com-
pletely lined so there is a possibility
that some of the water appearing as
drainage moved laterally into test pit
from surrounding soil (9).  Lateral flow
has never been quantified and is consid-
ered to be a very minor source of addi-
tional drainage  (Personal communication,
Dirk Brunner).

     Test Cell No. 1 settled 4 percent
of the refuse thickness during the
54 months it was used for data collec-
tion.  This amounts to a slumping of
approximately 10 cm  (9).  There is firm
evidence that cracking of the cover did
occur.  The cover was never compacted or
regraded after its installation.  Exca-
vations and cdrings made through the
cover after the termination of the
ieachate collection experiment showed
blocky fractures in the clayey material
in the cover and discoloration along the
fracture planes.  This would have in-
creased the permeability of the cover
and could account for the additional
cell drainage.   (Personal communication,
Dirk Brunner).   Closer agreement between
predicted and actual cell drainage could
probably be obtained if data from a
fully-lined test cell with  a well-
maintained cover were available.
 CONCLUSIONS

      In  general,  the HSSWDS model  and
 the  water  balance calculations  produced
 useful estimates  of the  potential  pollu-
 tion problem associated  with  landfill
 Ieachate from Boone County Test Site 1.
     a)  For the 3-year period from
December 1972 to December 1975 the
HSSWDS model underestimated the cumula-
tive percent of moisture transmission
through the cover by only 10 percent.
The water balance calculation underesti-
mated the percent of moisture transfer
through the cover by approximately
20 percent.  Either estimate would have
been useful in assessing the pollution
problem posed by the landfill test cell.

     b)  The hydrologic simulation model
predictions were markedly lower than the
actual percent moisture transmission
during the wet seasons (winter and
spring) of 1973 and 1974.  Water balance
calculations produced markedly low esti-
mates during all dry seasons (summer and
fall).

     c)  Much of the deviation of the
actual data from the predicted values is
probably due to cracking of the cover
soil as the refuse in the cell decayed
and settled.

     d)  Additional test runs on land-
fills with well-maintained covers should
produce closer agreement between actual
and predicted moisture transmission.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

     This study was part of a major
research program on the solid waste
management technology, which is now
being conducted by the U. S. Army
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station
and funded by the Environmental Protec-
tion Agency, Municipal Environmental
Research Laboratory, Solid and Hazardous
Waste Research Division, Cincinnati,
Ohio under Interagency Agreement,
EPA-IAG-D7-01097.  Robert E. Landreth
is the EPA Program Manager for this
research area.
REFERENCES

1.    Fenn, D.  G.,  K.  J.  Hanley  and T.  V.
      DeGeare.   1975.   Use  of  the Water
      Balance Method  for  Predicting
      Leachate  Generation from Solid
      Waste Disposal  Sites.   EPA/530/
      SW-163, U.  S. Environmental  Pro-
      tection Agency,  Cincinnati,  OH,
      40  pp.
                                           24

-------
Gee, J. R.  1981.  Prediction of
leachate accumulation in sanitary
landfills.  In:  Proceedings of the
Fourth Annual Madison Conference of       7.
Applied Research and Practice on
Municipal and Industrial Waste.
Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison WI,
pp 170-190.
                                          8.
Knisel, W. J., Jr., Editor.  1980.
CREAMS, A Field Scale Model for
Chemical Runoff and Erosion from
Agricultural Management Systems,
Vols I, II, III.  USDA-SEA, AR
Cons. Res. Report 24, 643 pp.
                                          9.
Lu, J. C. S., R. D. Morrison and
R. J. Stearns.  1981.  Leachate
production and management from
municipal landfills:  Summary and
assessment.  In:  Land Disposal:
Municipal Solid Waste.  EPA-600/          10.
9-81-002a, U. S. Environmental Pro-
tection Agency, Cincinnati, OH,
pp 1-17.

Moore, C. A.  1980.  Landfill and
Surface Impoundment Performance
Evaluation.  EPA-SW-869, U. S.            11.
Environmental Protection Agency,
Cincinnati, OH, 63 pp.

Perrier, E. R. and A. C. Gibson.
1980.  Hydrologic Simulation on
Solid Waste Disposal Sites.
EPA-SW-868, U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH.
Ill pp.

Ritchie, J. T.  1972.  Model for
predicting evaporation from a row
crop with incomplete cover.  Water
Resources Res. 8(5):1204-1213.

U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Soil Conservation Service.  1972.
SCS National Engineering Handbook,
Section 4, Hydrology.  U. S. Govt.
Printing Office, Washington, DC.
No pagination.

Wigh, R. J.  1976.  Interim Summary
Report:  Boone County Field Site—
Test Cell No. 1.  U. S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency, Cincin-
nati, OH  (unpublished draft).

Wigh, R. J.  1979.  Boone County
Field Site Interim Report, Test
Cells 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D, EPA-600/
2-79-058, U. S. Environmental Pro-
tection Agency, Cincinnati, OH.
192 pp.

Wigh, R. J. and D. R. Brunner.
1981.  Summary of landfill re-
search, Boone County field site.
In:  Land Disposal:  Municipal
Solid Waste.  EPA-600/9-81-002a,
U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, OH.
pp 209-242.
                                      25

-------
                          STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF UNCERTAINTIES
                           IN FLOW OF LIQUIDS THROUGH LANDFILLS
                                      Elfatih M. All
                               University of South Florida
                                  Tampa, Florida  33620

                                     Charles A. Moore
                                The Ohio State University
                                  Columbus, Ohio  43210

                                        I. L. Lee
                                The Ohio State University
                                  Columbus, Ohio  43210
                                         ABSTRACT
     This paper presents the results of a research program designed to provide  analytical
techniques to  assess the effects that uncertainties in landfill  design parameters  have on
the predicted flow of liquids through landfills.   It is shown that even though the  analyst
may lack considerable  information  about  the  details  of  the   geometery  and material
properties for  a  landfill,  it is still possible to estimate the flow characteristics of
that fill.  However, as the degree of uncertainty about the design  parameters  increases,
the degree  of  confidence  that  can be placed in the values calculate for the flow rates
decreases.
INTRODUCTION
     Conventionally, when a hazardous waste
landfill's  containment    capability    is
analysed, a deterministic approach is used.
Unique constant values are assumed for cell
size   and  shape,   for   thickness     of
intermediate and  final  cover,    and   for
coefficients of  permeability  of the waste
and of  the  cover  material.   Based  upon
these   assumed  values,  computations  are
performed to  determine  flow   rates   for
liquids in  the  landfill  and  to  predict
rates of transmission of  leachate  to  the
environment.    This  approach  is   deter-
ministic in  that,  for  a  given  set   of
initial  assumptions  regarding   the  input
parameters, the  analysis  results   in   a
single  value  for  the  flow  through  the
landfill.
     This  deterministic    approach    has
shortcomings   in  that   it   does     not
quantitatively account for uncertainties in
the values used for the  input  parameters.
In new landfills, these uncertainties arise
from usual  variations in control resulting
from the relatively inconvenient  construc-
tion environment  imposed  by  working on a
large, compressible   mass   of   material.
Normal random variations in type and amount
of material  received can result in further
deviations from the idealized  construction
plan.

     In old facilities,  the  uncertainties
about the  characteristics  of the site may
be greater.  They can  arise  from  factors
such as  poor construction control, lack of
adequate disposal  records,  or   lack   of
original design  drawings.  The unavoidable
conclusion  is  that,  compared  with  many
                                            26

-------
other types of contruction, hazardous waste
(and other) landfills can  be  expected  to
have   a  relatively   high   degree     of
variability with respect to  their  ability
to transmit liquids.

     The purpose of the  research  reported
in this  paper  is  to  provide  analytical
techniques for  assessing  the  effects  of
uncertainties about the exact configuration
of   hazardous  waste  landfills   on   the
prediction of the rate at which liquids are
transmitted through these fills.

     This paper presents a summary  of  the
work completed through November 1981 on the
Improved Assumptions for Flow of Liquids in
Landfills awarded  by  the  Negotiated Con-
tracts Branch  of  the   U.S. Environmental
Protection  Agency  under  Contract  Number
68-03-2963.  The  contract/award  is  being
monitored  by  the  Ohio  State  University
Research Foundation under the direction  of
Dr.  Charles  A.  Moore who serves as prin-
cipal investigator.
MATHEMATICAL DESCRIPTION OF WATER MOVEMENT
     In this study, water  flowing  through
hazardous waste landfills is conceptualized
as water  flowing  through a porous medium.
The pores in the medium are assumed  to  be
interconnected (Perloff  and  Baron (5)) so
that  water    movement    is    continuous
throughout the  medium.  It is also assumed
that a single  pore  is  analogous  to  the
"representative elementary  volume" concept
of Bear (2).  The first  assumption  allows
the water  movement  to  be  satisfactorily
described    by     continuum     mechanics
principles,  while  the  second  assumption
permits a statistical  description  of  the
process.  Because  the  size of the flow is
larger than that of a pore but smaller than
the smallest dimension of a waste cell, the
criteria specified in the  assumptions  can
reasonably be  expected  to  be  met  in  a
landfill.

     As indicated by Ali  (1), there are two
principal approaches  to   the  analysis  of
seepage.    One   is   the    deterministic
approach, and the other is  the  stochastic
approach.    Freeze   (3)   reviewed    the
mathematical and physical similarities  and
discrepancies between  the  terms determin-
istic and  stochastic.    The   distinction
between these  two  approaches is discussed
in the following section.

     The change in  net  storage  of  water
during   the  transport  process   can   be
calculated by considering the difference in
quantity between  the  water  entering  and
leaving the  system, plus any water that is
created (or destroyed) within  the  system.
The  above  statement  can  be  implemented
mathematically in a general form:
               5 =
         •J + S
(1)
where
   Q = the time rate of change in
       water quantity per unit volume

   J = flux of water (a vector)

   S = a source or sink term per
       unit volume per unit time
                                                           a
                                                           a
                   -= differential operator
     Adopting    the     postulates      of
irreversible thermodynamics, the flux J can
be related  to  the decrease in the spatial
change of the driving  force  by  a  linear
proportionality k:
                J = -k
                           (2)
     The  proportionality    constant    is
sometimes   called   the   phenomenological
coefficient or  the  coupling  coefficient.
Equation (2) is a generalization of Darcy's
law.

     The physical  description   of   water
moving  through  a  porous  medium  can  be
developed by integrating the  principle  of
conservation of  mass  and  the generalized
Darcy's Law.   Hence,  combining  equations
(1) and (2) yields
Q = -I
                                        (3)
     Equation   (3)    is    the    desired
mathematical description  of water movement
                                            27

-------
for the transport  process.    If  water  is
neither   generated  nor  lost  within  the
system, the source term, S,  will  be  zero,
and equation (3) becomes
               Q = -
       (4)
     If the phenomenological  coefficient   k
is constant, equation (4) can be written  as
                Q = -k
     Assuming   that    water
incompressible fluid  and  that
movement is steady state  (i.e.
equation (5) becomes
                                  is
the
 Q  =
       (5)
                                         an
                                      water
                                        0),
                                        (6)
     or, because k ^ 0,
                       = 0
       (7)
     Equation (7) is called Laplace's equa-
tion, and represents steady state saturated
flow in a porous medium.
PROBABILISTIC DESCRIPTION OF WATER MOVEMENT
     Flow paths for water in  porous  media
can   be  investigated  by   tracing    the
movements of many  single  water  particles
within the flow domain.  The movements will
be random  in  nature;  however, because we
do not want to know the exact trace of each
particle, the probabilistic  approach  will
provide   information  about  the   general
characteristics of the flow behavior.   The
mean (or  expected)  value and the variance
of a probability distribution function  can
be   used  to  quantify  these  statistical
characteristics.     The      probabilistic
approach to analysis can be accomplished by
choosing a  representative  system  from an
ensemble space  and  applying  the  ergodic
hypothesis to  study the average properties
of the   ensemble.    This   procedure   is
explained  in  detail  by  Harr  (4).   The
statistical  variability   of   the   input
parameters is  taken  into  account  in the
analysis by  using  a  stochastic  approach
(Freeze (3)).

     Ali (1) pointed out that two  distinct
aspects must  be considered when addressing
what Freeze (3) calls "questions of scale."
At the microscopic  level,  Scheideger  (6)
and Bear (2) considered parameters (such as
size, length and orientation of pores) that
exist   at  a  scale  smaller   than    the
representative elementary  volume   to   be
random variables.   They model the pores as
pipes connected in series  or  arranged  in
parallel, and  the  analysis  for  a  water
particle moving in the flow field  is  then
performed.

     The second  consideration  is  at  the
macroscopic level.   Freeze (3) defines the
hydraulic conductivity  as  a  function  of
location and  orientation.   The  hydraulic
conductivity is therefore a random variable
because of the randomness of  location  and
orientation.    He  generates  many  porous
medium cells using Monte  Carlo  simulation
techniques so  that  a  statistically equi-
valent uniform porous  medium  is  created.
The average  hydraulic conductivity and its
associated variance are  thereby  obtained.

     Ali (1), taking the advantage  of  the
random   walk  process   and    statistical
mechanics, developed a  random  flow  model
for seepage  in  heterogeneous  soils.  The
nature of the heterogeneity is regarded  as
stochastic.  The  probability  distribution
                   equivalent  permeability
                   obtaining the equivalent
                    a   large   number   of
                    paths.      Statistical
                   as   mean   values   and
              function for  the
              can be  found  by
              permeabilities of
              simulated   flow
              parameters  such
              variances are then computed.
              IMPLEMENTATION OF STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
                   Flow of  water  is  considered  to  be
              represented by  an assemblage of individual
              water particles.  They carry kinetic energy
              and are assumed to have  the  potential  to
              move randomly  in  any  direction in space.
              Suppose a cartesian frame of  reference  is
              chosen (Figure  1).   e-j  is  a unit vector
                                            28

-------
Figure 1 - Random movement of a particle W from initial  position
           0 to final  position after n steps.
                    "
  Figure  2  - Two dimensional mesh  for computer simulation
            of random walk  process.
                             29

-------
along  the   coordinate   axis   i.      The
coordinate of  a  water  particle  is  then
identified as (Sgi»  Sg2»  $03)  at a time t =
0.  The  position  vector  of   Ag  at   its
initial location is
                S0 = S0iei               (8)
     The particle moves  randomly  for  one
step during one time interval  so that after
n time  intervals, the final  position has a
coordinate (Sni, Sn2, Sn3).   The Laqrangian
description of a moving particle is used so
that the position vector for  the  particle
at its final  location, An, is
                                        (9)
     Sn can be related to Sg by
             Sn = S0 +
 £

i=t
                                       (10)
where V^ is a displacement vector from S-j_^
to S-j after time interal   ti   has  elapsed.
Assuming that the displacement vector V-j  is
a   random   vector,   it    posesses     a
probabilistic distribution
                                                                                      (12)"
                         of  staying   at   point   M   in  the  next  step.
                         Accordingly,  the    particle's     movement
                         through   the  mesh   from   one boundary   to
                         another  is   accomplished   with    computable
                         probability  at   each  nodal point along  the
                         path  if  the   probability   that  a  particle
                         stays  at any   nodal   point   is   known   in
                         advance.   A    complete   path    is   then
                         established.  Analogy  has  been made between
                         equation  (12)  and   the mean-value property
                         of  Laplace's  equation by researchers   to
                         find  a solution to  Laplace's  equation  (Harr
                         (4) and  Shih  (7)):
                                                =  0
                                                                                      (13)
     Note that the path is  also  a  random
variable.  By using statistical  techniques,
a large  number  of  complete  paths can be
simulated without difficulty.   Statistical
parameters such  as mean value and variance
for this random variable (i.e.,  flow  path)
are   thus  determined,  and  the   desired
probabilistic description of water movement
is achieved.
                         RANDOM FLOW  MODEL
             p  [V 4  V,-  i  V+dVj
                                       (11)
The final position of  the  water  particle
defined by  equation  (10)  is  then also a
random  variable.    Hence   the   particle
movement,   whether  it  be   discrete   or
continuous, becomes a random  walk  process
that is  stochastic in nature (Freeze (3)).

     A three-dimensional mesh can be set up
to implement  the   random   walk   process
conveniently.  Consider  a  water  particle
moving on a two dimensional mesh  as  shown
in Figure  2.  Assume that the particle has
probabilities P-j, Pj, P|<, and P-| of staying
at nodal   points   I,   J,   K,   and   L,
respectively, and an equal probability that
the particle moves from point M to I, J, K,
or L and vice versa.  Then the particle has
a probability
                              The model  used  to  analyze  flow in  this
                         study follows  the  principles  developed  by
                         Ali  (1).   His  Random Flow Model  is  designed
                         to solve steady state seepage for saturated
                         heterogeneous    soil  deposits.     In    his
                         original  work,  heterogeneous soil   deposits
                         were considered to   consist  of inclusions
                         within an otherwise  homogeneous  medium.  If
                         the manner  in  which  the  inclusions   are
                         distributed  within   the   medium is  known
                         (i.e., if the  lengths,
                         orientations are  known)
                         deterministic  from  the
                         characteristics of   the
                         other hand,  if insufficient  knowledge  about
                         the inclusions is  available,  the   analysis
                         might still  be carried   out provided  that
                         the soil   profile  could   be  simulated  by
                         using a rational transformation  to  create a
                         statistically  equivalent  stochastic domain.
                         This   transformed   profile     possesses
                         identical flow properties to  the   original
                         profile.   The  analysis  is then  performed on
                                                                         thicknesses    and
                                                                         the  analysis   is
                                                                        viewpoint  of  the
                                                                         medium.    On  the
                                            30

-------
the stochastic domain.

     All's original flow model  incorporates
the following assumptions:

   1. Analysis of seepage  is  complete  if
      all possible flow paths are analyzed.

   2. The flow  domain  is  taken  to  be a
      rectangular mesh  over   the   medium
      profile.  The interconnections within
      the mesh are called nodal points.

   3. A hypothetical   flow  unit  will  pass
      through the mesh.  This unit  is   not
      allowed to  subdivide during seepage.

   4. The random walk concept is applied to
      the flow path.   Flow will take  place
      in steps  from  one  nodal  point  to
      another to form part of a flow  path.

   5. A Complete flow path, starting from a
      point lying  on the entrance boundary
      and ending at a point  lying  on   the
      exit   boundary,  is  composed  of  a
      series of  line  segments  that   are
      connected by nodal points.

   6. Darcy flow occurs locally within  each
      step.

   7. The  hydraulic  conductivity  of   the
      waste cell is much higher  than  that
      of the cover material.

   8. The flow path will follow the line of
      least resistance.

   9. Water particles will not  reverse  flow
      direction in the next step;  however,
      they can  move   forward or diagonally
      to an upper or lower node.

  10. The following flow rules, illustrated
      in Figure 3, are obeyed:

     Rule 1: If the  adjacent  nodal   group
             contains   one  and  only   one
             waste cell point,  the particle
             will  go  directly to that waste
             cell  point.

     Rule 2: If the  adjacent  nodal  group
             contains only  cover  material
             points,  the particle  will   go
             directly to  the  next node if
             the  particle   is   presently
             within cover material.
     Rule 3: If the adjacent nodal point is
             a   waste  cell   point,   the
             particle will go  directly  to
             it.

     Rule 4: If the  adjacent  nodal  group
             contains waste   cell   points
             above and  below, but contains
             a   cover    material    point
             directly across,  the particle
             goes with equal probability to
             either of   the   waste   cell
             points.

     Rule 5: If the  adjacent  nodal  group
             contains cover material points
             only, the particle will go  to
             any one  of  these points with
             equal  probability   if    the
             particle  is  presently  at  a
             waste cell point.

     The determination follows the criteria
for one-step  foresight  (Ali,  (1)).   The
equivalent permeability,  ke,  of  one flow
path  in   a    statistically    equivalent
homogenous profile is
where

     X = apparent hydraulic gradient

     Q = total discharge rate.

They can be expressed (Ali (1)) as
                                       (15)
and
Q = [(cX)km Dy]
                                       (16)
where

   6H
  difference in hydraulic
  head between the boundaries
                                           31

-------
No.

1


2


3


4


5


6


7


8


9

First Nod«









or
o •











o


•

8«cond
Notfo
•
o
o
0
•
o
o
o
•
•
•
0
0






o
•
o
o
o
o
o
o
Probability
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0.5
0
0.5
0
1
0
0.33
O.33
0.33
Ruto




10








11





12


13


14

Figure 3 - Various possible modes for water particle movement.
                                32

-------
     Km =
length of the profile

correction factor of flow
path for hydraulic gradient

permeability of the
cover material
     Dy =  vertical distance
           between nodal points

     Ny =  number of nodal points on
           the exist boundary.

     The apparent  hydraulic  gradient   is
modified by the correction factor c because
the  total  hydraulic  head  difference  is
assumed to  be  uniformly  lost  along   an
equivalent length, Le, defined by
                                       (17)
where

   Lm = length of a complete flux path
        in the cover material

   L-j = length of a complete flow path
        in the waste cell

   k-j = permeability of waste  cell.

     Therefore,
     By simulating a large number  of  flow
paths,   a    probabilistic    distribution
function for ke can be obtained (Ali  (1)).
By   taking  the  mean   value   of    this
distribution, we can determine  an  average
equivalent permeability, K*:
                                                            (ke)i
                                       (20)
where m  =
paths.
                                                total   number of simulated flow
                                         If the domain is simulated many times,
                                    a mean value, AK, of the average equivalent
                                    permeability can then be estimated from the
                                    probabilistic distribution function  for  n
                                    domains:
                                                                                      (21)
                                    The variance is given by

                                       Var(K*) =
                                       (22)
                                       (18)
where X = the hydraulic gradient.

     By using equations  (15),  (16),  (17)
and (18), equation (14) can be put into the
following form:
                                       (19)
            **•*
                                    and the  coefficient  of variation is given
                                    by
                                                  c.v.(K*) =
                                                                           (23)
                                               DESCRIPTION OF HAZARDOUS WASTE LANDFILLS


                                                    The landfill  was considered to consist
                                               of waste  cells  covered  by   earth   fill
                                               material.   Rectangular shaped cells (X high
                                            33

-------
by   Y  wide)  with   uniform   size    and
distribution were analyzed.  The  earthfill
cover was assumed to have uniform thickness
(T) around  the  waste  cells.    Figure (4)
gives a diagrammatic representation of  the
landfill.   The  three  parameters  studied
were:

   R  = T/X

   RK = KC/KF

   A  = Y/X

   KC = permeability of waste cell

   KF = permeability of cover material

     The present paper contains  a  summary
of   results  obtained  when  a  degree  of
uncertainty is associated with  some or  all
of these parameters.  The uncertainty about
the   above  parameters  was  analyzed   by
assigning probabilities to the  values  that
the parameters can assume.

     Table 1 shows the values that each  of
the three  parameters can take, and the two
sets of probabilities associated with them.
Each parameter was considered to  take  any
one of five discrete values.

     In Case  A  equal  probabilities  were
assigned   to  each  possible  value  of  a
parameter.  Case B extends the  analysis  to
include unequal  probabilities.   Figures 5
through 7 show the probability  distribution
functions for the  three  parameters.   For
Case   B  the  distributions  chosen   were
typical of what  might  be  expected  in  a
landfill.  In figure 5b the cover thickness
frequently has  a  value  giving  R = 0.05;
however, thicker   covers   are   sometimes
attained.  This  would represent a landfill
where  the   cover   thickness    had   been
specified to be at minimum a certain value,
but where the cover thickness is thought to
have sometimes  exceeded the minimum value.
In figure 6b the  cover  frequently  has  a
coefficient of permeability resulting in RK
= 50;   however,  sometimes the cover has a
somewhat lower permeability.  In figure  7b
the waste cells usually have a  thickness to
width ratio  of  20;   however, both higher
and lower  values  of   A   are   sometimes
attained.

     The choice  of  these  two   sets   of
probabilities   is  for  the   purpose   of
presenting  the   methodology.     Case    A
represents complete  uncertainty  about the
parameter, while  Case  B  represents  some
degree of  confidence  about  the values of
certain   parameters.     Although    these
probability   distribution  functions   are
case-dependent,  the   approach   here   is
general in its nature.

     Each parameter was assumed to take any
one of five values at  random.   At  first,
only one  parameter  was considered to vary
randomly while  the   other   two   assumed
deterministic values.   The second step was
to consider  two   parameters   as   random
variables while the third parameter took on
deterministic values.   The  third step was
to consider all three parameters as  random
variables.  Probabilistic  independence was
assumed between all three parameters.

     The procedure followed was to generate
values for one or more parameters from  the
probability distribution  functions  of the
random   variables     describing     those
parameters.  The  deterministic parameters,
if any, were considered  to  have  constant
values.  The liquid flow in such a landfill
was then  analyzed  to obtain an equivalent
permeability K*.    A   large   number   of
landfills   were   simulated,    and    the
probability distribution function  for  the
equivalent   permeabilities  was  computed.
AK, its standard deviation, and coefficient
of variation were then estimated.

     The  results   of   Case   A    (equal
probabilities) are  given  in  Figures 8 to
13.  Figures 8, 9 and 10 show  the  results
obtained when  a single parameter was taken
as a random variable.  Figures 11,  12,  13
show the  cases  for two parameters varying
randomly.

     For Case A, where equal  probabilities
were assigned  to  all  possible  values of
each  parameter,   the   coefficients    of
variation were  found  to  be  as  large as
0.75.  This can be attributed to  the  high
degree   of  uncertainty  in   the    input
parameters.  For example, the value  of  RK
varies   from  1.0  to  100.0  with   equal
probability.

     Figures 14 through 19 show the results
for Case B.  Figures  14  to  16  give  the
results obtained  when  one  parameter  was
considered to  vary  randomly  each   time.
Similar   results  for  cases   when    two
parameters vary  randomly  are   given   in
Figures 17 to 19.
                                            34

-------
       /S\
             J   Earth FW
Figure 4 - Simplified  hazardous waste cell geometry showing
           disposal  cell  of  height X and width Y surrounded
           by cover  material of thickness T.
                           35

-------
        0.2


        0.1



         0     0.09 0.10  0.15 0.20 0.2ft



            (a) Case A uniform distribution.
            P
             A

        at
         0.5
         0.4
         0.2
         0.1
                                    I
               0.05 0.10 0.11 0,10


         (b) Case B non-uniform distribution.

Figure  5  - Statistical distributions  assumed for cover thickness
          to cell  height ratio, R.
                           36

-------
  0.2
                                                                 RK
         5 10    20
50
100
                (a) Case A  uniform distribution.
 0.6
 Q4
 0.2
        ,  I
                                                                RK
        6 10   20
                           too
             (b) Case  B non-uniform distribution.

Figure  6  - Statistical  distributions assumed for ratio  of coefficient
          of permeability for cover to that for waste  cell, RK.
                               37

-------
     0.2


     0.1
           5  10   20
40
00
              (a)  Case A uniform distribution.
     0.5
     0.4
     0.3
     0.2
     0.1
            5 10   20
40
 •0
             (b)  Case B non-uniform distribution.

Figure 7  -  Statistical  distributions assumed for ratio  of waste
           cell width to waste cell height, A.
                              38

-------
   c.v.
1.0
0.5
                                                                 RK
       510   20
50
1OO
   Figure 8 - Mean value  and coefficient of variation for Case A and
              for fixed variables A and RK and  random variable R.
                                39

-------
        AK
     15
     10
              •  0.05
                  0.25
              0.5   1.0
Figure 9  - Mean value and coefficient of variation  for Case A and
          for fixed variables A and R and random variable RK.
                             40

-------
    AK
 15
 10
             0.05
   •  0.25
        •   >
   C.V.
1.0  •
0.5
-•	9-
        5 10   20
                         60
100
                                                                RK
  Figure  10 - Mean value and  coefficient of variation for Case A and
             for fixed variables R and RK and random variable A.
                                 41

-------
        AK
      3  '
      2
        &v.
     0.5
                                                       •*  A
a 25 as  to        a,o
                                                      4X>
Figure 11  - Mean value and coefficient of variation  for Case A and
           for fixed variable A and random variables R and RK.
                              42

-------
   AK
15
10
 5
      5 10
100
Figure 12 - Mean  value and coefficient  of  variation for Case A and
            for fixed variable RK and random  variables R and A.
                               43

-------
  AK
   y.
15
10
1.0
   c.v.
            0.05       aio       an      o.ao      0.25
 Figure 13 - Mean value and coefficient of variation for Case A and
           for fixed variable R and random variables RK and A.
                              44

-------
   AK
40
30
20
10
    C.V.
0.3


0.2

0.1


  0
                  A


                 40


                 10
                                                                WC
               20
                                                           100
  Figure 14 -  Mean value and coefficient of variation  for Case B  and
             for fixed variables A and RK and random  variable R.
                                 45

-------
        AK
     40
     30
     20
     10
       c.v.
    0.5 <
 R

0.05

0.15

0.25
         0.25     1.0
                               -• A
                                4.0
Figure  15 - Mean value  and coefficient  of variation for Case B and
           for fixed variables A and R and random variable RK.
                              46

-------
      AK
  20   <
  15  <
  10
  5   '
      C.V.
                                                                  RK
                 20
100
Figure 16  - Mean value and coefficient of variation for Case B and
           for fixed variables RK and R and random variable A.
                                47

-------
        AK
    40
    30
    20
    10
        C.U,
    as  •
          0.25
Figure 17  - Mean value and  coefficient of variation for Case B and
           for fixed variable A and random variables R and RK.
                               48

-------
    AK
 15  <>
 10
  5  <
                                                                 RK
               10
100
Figure  18  - Mean value and coefficient of variation for  Case B and
           for fixed variable  RK and random variables R and A.
                                 49

-------
    AK
15
10
   C.V.
              0.05
0.15
0125
Figure 19 -  Mean value and coefficient  of  variation for Case B and
            for fixed variable R and  random variables RK and A.
                               50

-------
     For Case  B,  where  the   degree   of
uncertainty about  the  parameters was less
than in  Case   A,   the   coefficient   of
variation was  only 0.58.  The values of AK
obtained in this case were generally larger
than those obtained from Case A.   This  is
due   to  the  larger  probability   values
associated with larger  AK  and  smaller  R
values.
APPLICATION TO LANDFILL DESIGN
     The results  of  this  study  can   be
applied to  the  analysis  of  flow through
landfills when there  is  some  uncertainty
about one or more of the design parameters.
The parameters  that  can be considered are
the thickness of the cover relative to  the
width   of  the  cell  (R),  the   relative
coefficients of permeability  of  the  fill
and of  the  cover  material  (RK), and the
shape of the rectangular cell (A).  Figures
8 through 10 would be used  if  there  were
complete   certainty  about  two  of  these
parameters, but essentially no  information
were available  about  the third parameter.
For example, suppose that we  know  with  a
high degree  of certainty that a particular
landfill has  square  cells  and  that  the
cover thickness  to  cell  width  ratio  is
0.05;  however,  we  have  essentially   no
information about  the  permeability  ratio
between the  cover  and  the  waste.   This
implies a  Case  A situation with uniformly
distributed RK.    Figure   9   shows   the
permeability ratio  to  be  10.0  for  this
case, and the coefficient of  variation  to
be 0.45.  This implies that we could expect
a large deviation from the value of 10.0 at
any particular landfill.

     Suppose now that we  have the same case
except that we have reason to believe  that
the permeability ratio RK is distributed as
shown in Figure 6b.   This situation is best
represented by Case B with RK as the random
variable.   Figure  15  shows  AK to be 13.0
for  this   case.    The    coefficient   of
variation is  only 0.18.   Thus,  by imposing
some degree of certainty  on RK,  we are able
to reduce the coefficient of  variation  on
the equivalent permeability of the landfill
from 0.45 to 0.18.

     As a  second   example,   consider   a
landfill where  we  know  with a  high degree
of certainty that the shape of the cells is
square, but  where  we  have  very   little
knowledge about  either the cover thickness
or the permeability ratio between the cover
and the waste.  Here we  will  use  Case  A
uniform   distributions  on  R  and  RK  as
represented by Figure 11.   For  A  =  1.0,
this figure  gives  a  value of 2.2 for AK.
The coefficient of variation is 0.25.

     If we now consider the same situation,
but suppose that we have reason to  believe
that R  varies  as  shown in Figure 5b, and
that RK varies as shown in Figure 6b,  then
the Case B results shown in Figure 17 would
apply.  This  figure  gives  AK = 11.0, and
the coefficient of variation is 0.30.

     As a final example,  suppose  that  we
have a  landfill  where we have very little
certainty about  any  of   the   parameters
treated in  the analysis.  Here it would be
appropriate  to   use   Case   A    uniform
distributions   for  all  parameters.   The
results of the analysis give a value of 8.6
for AK.  The coefficient  of  variation  is
0.72, indicating  a  very  high  degree  of
uncertainty about the value  of  AK.   Thus
the   price  that  we  pay  for  increasing
uncertainty in input parameters is to  have
to accept  a  higher  degree of uncertainty
about the predicted flow rates through  the
landfill.
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
     Uncertainties about   the   parameters
controlling   the  flow  of   liquids    in
hazardous waste landfills were analyzed  by
assigning probability distribution function
to those  parameters.   The  choice  of the
probability distribution function  reflects
the degree  of  uncertainty (or conversely,
the level of confidence) that  we  have  in
those   parameters.     The     probability
distribution functions  chosen  in  Case  A
reflect a  high  level of uncertainty about
parameters R, RK and/or A.   Case B, on  the
other hand,  shows more confidence that the
parameters would take certain values.
                                            51

-------
REFERENCES
1.  All, Elfatih  M.    1979.    Stochastic
    Analysis of  Seepage  in  Heterogeneous
    Soils.   Ph.D.  Dissertation,  The  Ohio
    State University, Columbus, Ohio.

4.  Bear, J.   1975.  Dynamics of Fluids in
    Porous  Media.     American    Elsevier
    Environmental   Series,  Elsevier,  New
    York.

3.  Freeze,   R.     Allan.     1975.     A
    Stochastic-conceptual     analysis    of
    one-dimensional groundwater   flow   in
    non-uniform homogeneous  media.   Water
    Resources Research, 11(5):725.

4.  Harr, Milton Edward.  1976.   Mechanics
    of Particulate Media.   McGraw-Hill, New
    York, New York.

5.  Perloff, William H.  and William Baron.
    1976.  Soil  Mechanics,  Principles and
    Applications.

6.  Scheideger, A. E.  1974.   The  Physics
    of Flow  Through Porous Media.  3rd ed.
    University of Toronto  Press,  Toronto,
    Canada.

7.  Shih, S.   1973.   Modified Monte Carlo
    application to  groundwater   movement,
    the   simultaneity  procedure.    Water
    Resources Research, 9(4).
                                            52

-------
                                   EVALUATING LANDFILL
                                  CONTAINMENT CAPABILITY
                                     Charles A. Moore
                                    Geotechm'cs, Inc.
                                  Columbus, Ohio  43205

                                     Michael Roulier
                                         U.S. EPA
                                 Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
                                         ABSTRACT
     This paper presents analytical techniques for evaluating the performance of  landfill
drain-liner systems.   It  develops  an evaluation procedure that minimizes the effects of
uncertainties on the value of impingement rates on  the  liner.   Finally,  an  evaluation
procedure is recommended.
INTRODUCTION
     The design of drain-liner systems  for
hazardous waste  landfills involves a great
deal  of   uncertainty,    especially    in
predicting the amount of leachate impinging
upon the  system.  This can be particularly
frustrating for the designer and  evaluator
because the  drain-liner  system  is one of
the few   elements   of   hazardous   waste
landfill construction  over which there can
be inherent   control.    The   drain-liner
system is  constructed  of  select material
and  is   emplaced    using    construction
techniques   that  can  be  controlled  and
supervised.    Moreover,    the    finished
drain-liner   system  can   be    carefully
inspected.

     In this  paper  we  will  examine  the
movement of liquids through hazardous waste
and municipal   landfills,  and describe the
way in   which   this   movement   can   be
controlled by drain-liner systems.  We will
then examine  techniques  for analyzing the
flow and for quantifying the performance of
the design.   Next,  we  will  examine  two
drain-liner system  designs  —  a good one
and a poor one -- to determine what  design
characteristics most strongly influence the
performance of  these  systems.   Based  on
these parameter studies, we will then  draw
general   conclusions   about    how    the
performance of drain-liner systems  can  be
viewed in  a  way  that  de-emphasizes  the
importance of  impingement  rates  on   the
liner, and  thereby  reduces  the  inherent
analytical uncertainty resulting  from  our
inability   to  accurately  predict   these
impingement rates.  Finally,  the  concepts
described in the paper are synthesized into
a   recommended  procedure  for  evaluating
drain-liner  system    designs    from    a
regulatory point of view.
SOURCES OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION

     The procedures   described   in   this
document rely  upon  two Technical  Resource
Documents published by the U.S. EPA:

  (1) Hydrologic Simulation on Solid  Waste
  Disposal Sites  (SW-868)  produced by the
  U.S.  Army Corps of  Engineers  Waterways
  Experiment Station, and
                                            53

-------
  (2) Landfill   and   Surface   Impoundment
  Performance Evaluation  (SW-869)  produced
  by Geotechnics, Inc.

     Information provided by public  review
of these  documents  has  also  guided  the
interpretations presented herein.
DESCRIPTION OF LIQUID MOVEMENT
     The analytical  approach  described  in
this paper  presupposes  that  the landfill
designer has followed certain basic  design
principles   (c.f. SW-869,   Sect. 2)    to
eliminate inflow of groundwater through the
sides and bottom of  the  landfill.   Thus,
precipitation falling on the landfill cover
constitutes the  only  potential   source of
liquid for generating leachate.

     Figure 1 illustrates a  cross  section
through a typical hazardous waste landfill.
In practice,  landfill   designs may be more
or less complex than the  one  shown  here;
however, this figure is appropriate because
it contains  all  of  the  elements  to  be
discussed in  this   document.    Figure 1,
referred to  as a Liquid Routing Diagram in
Sect.3.5 of SW-869,   describes  the  course
liquid follows  as  it  moves  through  the
landfill.

     Liquid impinges on the landfill  cover
due to  precipitation.   Much of this liquid
never seeps below the  cover  because  some
runs off  the  surface, some returns to the
atmosphere through evapo-transpiration, and
some is  stored  in  the  cover   as   soil
moisture.  However,  a portion of the liquid
seeps   through  the   cover,   potentially
producing leachate if it comes  in  contact
with the  hazardous waste.  Document SW-868
and its associated computer program provide
the   analytical    tools    required    to
differentiate   between  the   portion   of
precipitation that  never  gets  below  the
cover and  the  portion that seeps into the
underlying waste.

     The  quantity   of   liquid    seeping
downward   through  the   waste   can    be
controlled  by   placing   one   or    more
drain-liner units  in  the landfill.  These
units consist of a  sand  or  gravel  drain
layer overlying  a  compacted  clay  liner.
The contact plane between the sand and  the
clay   forms  a  diversion  interface  that
partially redirects the liquid,  causing  a
portion to  flow  horizontally  through the
sand or gravel layer,  subsequently  to  be
collected   in  drains  and  treated.   The
remaining portion seeps vertically  through
the   clay  liner  and  continues  downward
through the  landfill.    Document   SW-869
provides the  analytical  tools required to
determine what portion  of  the  liquid  is
diverted into  collector  drains  and  what
portion continues seeping downward.

     The number, placement, and  design  of
liquid transmission control units depend on
the particular conditions at the site.  For
example,   if  very  little  liquid   seeps
through the cover, a landfill  may  consist
entirely of hazardous waste and may require
only one  drain-liner  unit  placed  at the
bottom.  If a relatively  large  amount  of
liquid seeps  through the cover, one option
for a landfill design may include an  upper
non-hazardous waste  cell  underlain  by  a
drain-liner unit.  The combination  of  the
landfill   cover  plus  this   intermediate
drain-liner unit would significantly reduce
the amount of liquid that could  seep  into
underlying hazardous waste cells.

     Referring back to figure 1, we  define
the following  seepage rates (cm/sec) to be
used  in   subsequent    definitions    and
calculations:

      eprec = precipitation rate        (1)

      eso   = seepage rate through      (2)
              the cover as determined
              from hydrologic
              simulation (SW-868)

      e-ji   = impingement rate on       (3)
              control unit 1;  usually
              taken equal to eso
              under the assumption
              of plug flow
            = seepage rate through      (4)
              the clay layer of
              control unit 1
      e-j2   = impingement rate on       (5)
              the bottom control unit

      eS2   = seepage rate into the     (6)
              ground underlying
              the landfill
                                            54

-------
    atmosphere
         waste
         cell
  Intermediate
  transmission
  control unit
        waste
         cell
        bottom
  transmission
  control unit
  region under
landfill to be
protected from
 contamination
   evapo-
transplratlon
                                    precipitation


                                    vegetation


                                *-»-topsoll

                                    compacted
                                    cover sol I
                                                  liquid flowing to collector drains
                                                                sand drain layer

                                                                col lector drain

                                                                clay liner
               12
                                                  liquid flowing to collector drains
                                    sand drain layer
                                    col lector drain

                                    clay liner
                                                               .native sol I
                Figure 1  - Cross  section of landfill showing liquid

                             transmission control  system and  liquid
                             routing diagram.
                                         55

-------
QUANTIFYING THE PERFORMANCE OF A DESIGN
     A  well    designed   hazardous    waste
landfill  contains  a  liquid  transmission
control system that consists of a  cover and
one or more drain-liner units.   These  units
collectively  must:

  (1) assure  that liquid does not  mound  up
  so high  in  the sand drain layer  that it
  overtops the  layer,  thus  coming   into
  contact with  waste  where  it can become
  further contaminated,

  (2) maximize the amount  of  contaminated
  liquid   diverted  to  and  collected  by
  drains, and

  (3) minimize the amount of liquid  seeping
  through hazardous waste cells.

       To quantify these three  aspects  of
performance,   we  recommend  an  analytical
procedure involving three steps:

  <1> Perform a  computation  (c.f.  SW-869,
  Sect. 4.2)  to  determine  if  the  sand or
  gravel drain layer  is  thick  enough  to
  prevent liquid  from  mounding up  so high
  that it  subjects   itself   to    further
  contamination by  rising above the top of
  the drain layer.  Figure 2 summarizes the
  physical situation.  The maximum depth to
  which the liquid will rise  in  the   sand
  layer   is    qiven    by    (c.f.  SW-869,
  eq. 4.2.5):
                                        (7)
/_
                       /
                       I
                       \
  where:
        e-j  = amount of liquid impinging
              on the drain layer (cm/sec)

        L   = spacing between drains (m)

            = slope of transmission
              control unit (degrees)

        ksi = coefficient of permeability
              of the sand (cm/sec)
                                       Figure 3 presents a solution to  equation
                                       (7) in  terms  of a parameter C »
                                       <2> Perform a  computation  (c.f. SW-869,
                                       Sect. 4.4) based  on  the  method of Wong
                                       (1) to determine the  efficiency  of  the
                                       drain-liner unit  comprising  a diversion
                                       interface.  The  method  (see  figure  4)
                                       considers a  rectangular  slug  of liquid
                                       saturating the drain  layer  to  a  known
                                       thickness   at  time  zero.    As    time
                                       progresses, the rectangle becomes thinner
                                       due to liquid seeping into the clay liner
                                       and shorter due to water flowing horizon-
                                       tally into  the  collector  drain.    The
                                       fraction,  f,  of  the  initial  slug  of
                                       liquid  passing   into   the   drain   is
                                       calculated by solving a sequence of three
                                       equations:
                                                        cot
                                                            -C
                                           n=l
                                           f =  1  +  n    if  nS.0
                                           f =
                                                        if  niO
                                  (8)


                                  (9)


                                (lOa)

                                (lOb)
                                       where:
SQ  =  L secg_ s-|0pe distance from
               collector drain to
               top of slope (m)

d   = thickness of clay liner (m)

ksi = saturated permeability of
      sand or gravel drain layer
      (cm/sec)

ks2 = saturated permeability of
      clay liner (cm/sec)

oc  = slope of drain-liner unit
      (degrees)

hg  = height of initial
      rectangular slug
      of water impinging
      on the liner  (m)

C   = dimensionless parameter
      defined by equation (8)

n   = dimensionless parameter
      defined by equation (9)
                                            56

-------
4- -a
n c
L_ n
 OJ
 >,
 
-------
          0.04
0.08        0.12
    tan *<
0.16
0.20
Figure 3 - Solution for equation (13)  used to determine
           maximum height of mounding  in drain layers.
    Figure  4  - Cross section showing basic assumptions
              used in Wong method  for calculating
              efficiency  on drain-liner unit.
                         58

-------
    f   = fraction of liquid entering
          collector drain.

In the event that the  cell   in   question
has a  synthetic liner, ks2  is assumed to
be zero for the design life  of the  liner.
Equation (10) can be  used   to   calculate
the efficiency  of  the drain-liner unit:
      E = 100 f
                         (11)
where:
      E = percentage efficiency  of  the
          drain-liner unit.
Equation (10)  can  also
calculate the  amount   of
through the clay liner:
      es =
   (1 -
               be   used    to
               liquid  seeping
                (12)
where:
      es = amount of liquid  seeping
           through clay layer  (cm/sec)

      e-j = amount of liquid  impinging
           on the drain-liner  unit
           (cm/sec).

We now define the following  efficiencies
for the  cover  and  for  each individual
drain-liner unit shown  in  figure  1:
                 -  e
                    sOfor  the  cover
              prec
                      for the
                      intermediate
                      transmission
                      control  unit
                         (14)
      E2 -  12
               _  (A
          for the  bottom  (15)
          control  unit
We also define the  following  cumulative
efficiencies for  segments  of the system
composed of  more   than   one  drain-liner
unit:
      EOI
e    -e
 prec  s_l
  eprec
for the cover
plus the
intermediate
transmission
control unit
(16)
                                        E02 =
                                      e    -e
                                       prec  ;
                                         prec
                              -for the cover    (17)
                               plus the
                               intermediate
                               and bottom
                               transmission
                               control units
                En.2 =  Ej       where Ej is     (18)
                              the total
                              efficiency
                              of the liquid
                              transmission
                              control system.

          Here the   subscripts   (02  for   example)
          indicate   that   the   efficiency  is  the
          cumulative efficiency  for   all   layers
          above and including layer 2.

          <3> Perform  a  computation  (c.f. SW-869,
          Sect. 4.3.6) to   determine an upper bound
          to the seepage   rate  through  the  clay
          liner.  This  analysis  is  based  on the
          assumption of  steady   state   saturated
          darcy  flow  under  a   unit   hydraulic
                                   gradient.  The  maximum
                                   rate   is   given    by
                                   eq. 4.3.33):
                                  where:
                                                   potential   flow
                                                      (c.f. SW-869,
                                                                       (19)
      es  = maximum potential
            seepage rate through
            the clay liner (cm/sec)

      kS2 = coefficient of permeability
            of the saturated  clay
            (cm/sec)

This calculation is based on  the implicit
assumption that   the   clay    liner   is
supplied from  above with whatever amount
of liquid is required to accommodate  the
flow   predicted   by   equation     (19).
However, the calculation is also based on
the assumption that there is   no  mounded
water standing  in  the sand  layer.   (The
assumption of a unit  hydraulic  gradient
dictates  this.)   An  alternative,   more
conservative approach would be to  assume
that water  continuously  mounds  in  the
drain layer to a height hmax  as predicted
by equation  (7).    In  this   case   the
maximum potential   seepage rate  through
the clay liner is  given by:
          fd + h  '1
      es -U-w-ta
                                                                                   (20)
                                         59

-------
     Sample calculations   for   a   single
drain-liner unit  and  for  a system having
multiple drain-liner  units  are  found  in
supplementary documents  A and B, available
from the first author.
FACTORS AFFECTING CONTROL
  SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
     This section   examines   the   inter-
relationships   among    the     parameters
affecting a  liquid  transmission   control
system's performance.   The objective is to
determine which  parameters  can  be   most
practically    adjusted     to      achieve
satisfactory  system   performance.      The
parameters to be examined include:

      ej  , the impingement rate on  the
            drain-liner unit
          , the slope of the unit
      d   , the thickness of the clay liner
      L   , the spacing between collector
            drains
      ksi , the saturated coefficient of
            permeability of the sand
            or gravel drain layer, and
      ks2 , the saturated coefficient of
            permeability of the clay
            liner.

     To show these  interrelationships,  we
will consider two contrasting designs.  For
the particular  site  under  consideration,
drain-liner unit A will be shown to  perform
quite well,  whereas  drain-liner  unit   B
performs  poorly.   Table  1  compares  the
design characteristics for these two units.
Selecting a value for the impingement rate,
ej,  on the liner is a complicated  process
because this  quantity  is highly dependent
upon geographic  location,  season  of  the
year, and  position of the drain-liner unit
within the landfill.

     The U.S. EPA  Municipal  Environmental
Research Laboratory  in Cincinnati used the
computer programs described  in  SW-868  to
provide us  with hydrologic information for
a typical landfill cover configuration used
at six  sites  representing  a   range   of
climatic  conditions  for  the  continental
U.S.  Seepage rates varying  from  zero  to
perhaps  0.5  inch/month  (4.9x10"'  cm/sec)
could be expected through a  well  designed
and   well  maintained  cover.    Moreover,
during   landfilling    and    prior     to
construction of  the cover, the drain-liner
system could   be   subjected   to   direct
rainfall   amounting  to  15   inches/month
(1.5x10" 5 cm/sec) or  more.   Because   the
rainfall   amounts  vary  so  much,  it  is
impractical to select a  single  value  for
e-j.  Rather,  the  authors suggest that the
performance of  the   liquid   transmission
control system should be evaluated by using
a   range  of  values  appropriate  to  the
particular site and design.

     For purposes of  this  discusssion  we
will examine the performance of drain-liner
units  A  and  B  using  impingement  rates
varying from zero  to  1x10"^ cm/sec  (10.2
inches/month).  Figure 5a plots efficiency,
E, versus  impingement  rate, en- ,  for these
systems;  figure 5b plots the seepage rate,
es,  through   the   clay   liner    versus
impingement rate, e-j, for the same systems.
     Several  conclusions can be drawn
this figure:
                                       from
  (1) Both designs have low efficiencies at
  low impingement  rates.   If a particular
  drain-liner unit has a low efficiency, it
  may be poorly designed.   Conversely,  it
  may be  quite  well  designed, but have a
  low impingement rate --  perhaps  due  to
  other well  designed drain-liner units or
  a good cover  overlying  it.   Thus,  the
  efficiency of  a  single drain-liner unit
  cannot be used as the sole criterion  for
  acceptability.

  (2) Design A shows a substantial increase
  in efficiency with increasing impingement
  rate.  Thus the greater the demand placed
  on this unit,  the  better  it  performs.
  Conversely,   design    B    shows      a
  disappointingly   low     increase     in
  efficiency as impingement rate increases.
  Thus design  B  does  not respond well to
  increasing demands.

  (3) Figure 5b  shows  that  both  systems
  allow   very  little  seepage   for   low
  impingement   rates.      However,     as
  impingement   rate  increases,  design  A
  quickly reaches a  low  asymptotic  value
  above which the steady state seepage rate
  never rises.   Conversely,  design B does
  not exhibit an apparent upper limit  over
  the range  of impingement rates examined.
  Rather, design B stays dangerously  close
  to the  45  degree line representing zero
  efficiency;  that is, most of the  liquid
  that impinges  on  the  system  continues
                                            60

-------
                          TABLE 1
PARAMETER
L
d

-------
      E  ($)
           100
            80 -
            60 -
            40 -
            20 -
                  t
               0.5  In/mo
            0.6
            0.5
            0.4
(cm/sec x 10  )
            0.3
            0.2
            0.1
                  1
                                                       I	1
                                               design A
                                                                             10 In/mo
                                                zero percent
                                                efficiency  IIne
                0    0.1     0.2   0.3     0.4    0.5    0.6   0.7    0.8    0.9   1.0
                                        e, (cm/sec  x 105)

           Figure 5  -  Efficiency and  effectiveness  as a  function  of  liquid
                        impingement rate for designs  A and B.
                                         62

-------
  seeping downward through the liner.
     In conclusion,   the   well   designed
drain-liner unit  not  only  performs  well
under  the   conditions   that   could   be
reasonably anticipated in the landfill, but
also exhibits  increasing efficiency if the
actual amount of impinging  liquid  exceeds
the expected amount.

     It is now important  to  examine  what
makes design  A  function well and design B
function poorly.   Figure  6  answers  this
question.  Figure 6a shows two designs that
have  unit  A's  design  features  of  high
slope, thick clay liner, and close
between drains.   Design
ratio of 1x10"^,  while  uco.yn  n<_  ,iaJ  a
ks2/ksi ratio  of IxlO"3.  Clearly, unit Al
performs significantly better than unit A2.
A similar  conclusion  can  be  drawn  from
figure 6b,  which  shows  two  designs that
have unit B's design features of low slope,
thin clay liner, and long  spacing  between
drains.  Design  Bl  has  kS2/ksi  equal to
1x10-4, whereas design  R2  has  a  kS2/ksj
ratio of IxlO"3.
           spacing
 Al  has a kS2/ksi
design  A2  has  a
     These comparisons demonstrate that the
ratio of the permeabilities  of  the  drain
layer to  the  clay  liner strongly affects
the efficiency of the drain-liner unit.

     Nevertheless, the reader is  cautioned
against   concluding  that  specifying  the
kS2/ksi ratio alone will  insure an adequate
design:  The above calculations  are  based
on theories  (expressed  in  equations  (8)
through (10)) that assume  saturated  darcy
flow.  This  means  that   the  quantity  of
liquid present must substantially fill  the
pore space  in  the  soil  mass.   This, in
turn, implies that the size of the  largest
particle   in  the  drain  layer  must   be
considerably smaller   than   the   mounded
liquid depth  as expressed, for example, by
"max-, In tne extreme, a  ks2/ksi  ratio  of
lxlO~4   could  be  achieved  by  having  a
boulder drain layer overlying a sand liner.
This clearly would  neither  constitute  an
acceptable design,  nor would it constitute
a system within which the flow approximates
the assumptions used in the theories.

     To avoid such situations, we  need  to
use   the  analytical  tools  provided   by
equations (19) and (20).    These  equations
predict the  maximum potential steady  state
seepage rate based upon the coefficient  of
permeability   of  the  clay  liner,   ks2-
Assuming for  the  moment  that   hmax   is
relatively small,  we can use equation (19)
which predicts that the  maximum  potential
steady state  seepage rate through the clay
liner is  equal  to  ks2-   Thus,  we   can
superimpose the value of kS2 on the es axis
of the  e-j  versus  es  plot  of  figure Ib
(redrawn as figure 7).   If  the  asymptote
approached by the e-j versus es relationship
for a  particular  drain-liner  system lies
well below the kS2 line,  and  if  the  ks2
line   is  acceptably   low,   then     the
drain-liner unit performs effectively.

     Finally, we examine the  influence  of
varying drain-liner  slope, o* ,  clay liner
thickness, d, and collector drain  spacing,
L, on  drain-liner unit effectiveness.  For
this    evaluation     ksi = IxlO"3  cm/sec
kS2 = IxlO'7 cm/sec and  ei = 5xlO~7 cm/sec
for all cases.  The combinations of #» ,  d,
and L  evaluated are summarized in Table 2,
and the results are presented in figure  8.

     It can be seen that both   and L  have
a measurable influence on the effectiveness
of the  drain-liner  unit.   Clearly,  they
should be  considered  when  optimizing   a
design.    However,  their  effect  is  not
nearly as  great  as  the  effect  of   the
ks2/ksi ratio.   It  is  also apparent that
the clay liner  thickness,  d,  has  little
influence on  the effectiveness of the unit
provided that  there  is  no  head  on  the
liner.
RECOMMENDED EVALUATION PROCEDURE
     Based on the results presented  above,
we recommend  the  following  procedure for
evaluating drain-liner  systems.
  (1) Determine  the  precipitation  record
  for the landfill  vicinity.    Select  the
  maximum monthly precipitation.

  (2)  Determine   the   percolation   rate
  through the  cover  as  predicted  by the
  techniques of SW-868.   Select the maximum
  monthly percolation.

  (3) Using equation (7) or figure  3,  and
  an   impingement  rate  equal   to    the
  percolation rate determined  in   step  (2)
  above, calculate  h
                    'max
                                                for  the  uppermost
                                           63

-------
(cm/sec x  106)
(cm/sac x 10 )
                 0     0.1     0.2   0.3   0.4   0.5    0.6    0.7     0.8   0.9   1.0

                                        a,(cm/sec x 105)
               Figure 6 - Effectiveness  as  a function of  Impingement rate
                          for designs  Al, A2, Bl, and B2.
         Figure 7 - Seepage  rate  versus impingement  rate with  maximum
                    potential  steady state seepage rate superimposed.
                                         64

-------
(cm/secxIO )
 (cm/secx10')
                 5.0
              60
                                          9.0
                           o» (degrees)
                                      (b)
                          too
                                          150
 (cm/secxIO7)  '
             2250
                                      (c)
                                          3600
 Figure 8 - Effect of  varying*,  d, and L
             on  drain-liner unit effectiveness.
                        65

-------
drain-liner unit.  Determine whether hmax
is less than the desiqn thickness of  the
drain layer.   If so, approve this aspect
of the design.

(4) Using equations  (10)  through  (12),
calculate   the   efficiency    of    the
drain-liner system.   Prepare  a   figure
similar to  figure  5  using  the maximum
monthly precipitation from step (1) above
as the maximum value for the range of e^ .
Assess the performance of the drain-liner
unit based on the curves of figure 5  and
the following criteria:

  (a) Evaluate the efficiency of the unit
  at the anticipated impingement rate  as
  determined in  step  (2) above.  If the
  efficiency is above 75%, this aspect of
  the desiqn should be approved.  If  the
  efficiency  is  below  75%,  we  cannot
  categorically  reject    the    design.
  Rather, we  must  determine whether low
  efficiency results  from  poor   design
  (grounds for  rejection) or whether low
  efficiency results from low impingement
  rate  on   the   unit   (grounds    for
  acceptance).

  (b) Evaluate  the  way  in  which   the
  efficiency  increases  with  increasing
  impingement rate  up  to  the   maximum
  monthly precipitation  rate  determined
  in step (1) above.  If the asymptote at
                    is  above  90%,  this
                    design   should    be
                              below  90%,
high values of e-j
aspect   of  the
approved.  If the  value is
reject the design.
(5) Prepare a figure similar to figure  7
over the  range  of  e-j   used  to prepare
figure 6.   Assess the performance of  the
drain-liner unit  based   on the curves of
figure    7     and     the     following
considerations:

  (a) Compare the  steady  state  seepage
  rate  at  the  anticipated  impingement
  rate as  determined in  step  (2)  above.
  If the  steady  state   seepage  rate in
  acceptable as an  impingement  rate  on
  the   region  below  the   unit   under
  consideration, approve this  aspect  of
  the desiqn.

  (b) Evaluate  the  way  in  which   the
  steady  state  seepage  rate  increases
  with increasing impingement rate up  to
  the maximum  monthly precipitation rate
  determined in step (1) above.   If  the
                                               asymptote is   well   below the  ks2  line,
                                               approve this  aspect  of the design.

                                             (6)  Using  equation   (19)  calculate   the
                                             maximum potential   steady  state  seepage
                                             rate,  es, through  the  liner.

                                             (7)  Repeat steps (3)   through  (6)  above
                                             for    each  successive  drain-liner   unit
                                             moving downward through  the   landfill.
                                             Use  step  (1)   precipitation  rates where
                                             called for;   however,  when  step    (2)
                                             values are  called  for,  use the  maximum
                                             potential steady state seepeage   rate  as
                                             calculated using  equation  (8)   for   the
                                             unit immediately overlying the unit  being
                                             analysed.

                                             (8)  In addition, if  the drain-liner   unit
                                             being  evaluated is  the bottom one in the
                                             landfill, perform  an   analysis  based  on
                                             figure   5;   however,   use  cumulative
                                             efficiencies for the unit being   analysed
                                             and  all   overlying units.  The assessment
                                             should follow  the  principles of  step  (4),
                                             however in  step  (4a)   the  acceptable
                                             cummulative   efficiency  should  be    in
                                             excess of  90%   (compared  with   75%   for
                                             individual unit efficiency), and  in  step
                                             (4b)   the     acceptable     cummulative
                                             efficiency should   be   in  excess  of 99%
                                             (compared with   90%  for  the individual
                                             unit efficiency).
REFERENCES
                                             1.   Wong,  J.    1977.    The   Design   of   a
                                                 system for collecting leachate  from  a
                                                 liner  landfill  site.  Water  Resources
                                                 Research,  13(2):  404-410.
                                          66

-------
                    LABORATORY AND FIELD STUDIES OF FACTORS
                    IN PREDICTING SITE SPECIFIC COMPOSITION
                          OF HAZARDOUS WASTE LEACHATE
             B.C. Garrett, J.S. Warner, M.P. Miller, and L.G. Taft
                       Battelle Columbus Laboratories
                           Columbus, Ohio  43201
                                  ABSTRACT

     The results from two studies on the nature of field and laboratory
leachates are presented.  The first study discusses an investigation into the
correlation or agreement found among field leachate, groundwater, and
laboratory-generated leachate from an existing hazardous waste site.  The
second study presents the effects produced on leachate profile by incorporat-
ing landfill soil with the waste as a part of the sample matrix. These studies
are portions of a continuing overall project that addresses the development of
a waste leaching procedure manual.
             BACKGROUND

     In the course of developing a
solid waste leaching procedure manual
(1), various factors associated with
leaching processes have been identi-
fied (2) and investigated.  This
paper reports results obtained from
two investigations into site specific
leaching:

     •  Correlation between labora-
        tory and field leachates
        for existing hazardous
        waste sites

     •  Effect of cover soil on
        leachate profile.

These results are being used as
guidance in the preparation of a
laboratory manual that will serve as
an aid to those personnel  involved in
design of hazardous waste  land dis-
posal facilities and in review of
facility permit applications. A major
goal of this manual preparation pro-
gram has been to achieve correspond-
ence between laboratory-generated
leachates and actual field leachates.
An outgrowth of this goal has been
the need to tailor the laboratory
procedure to reproduce the conditions
associated with some identified
disposal site.
   CORRELATION BETWEEN LABORATORY
        AND FIELD LEACHATES
Introduction

     Laboratory leaching procedures
should produce solutions having
similar composition to the leachate
to be encountered in the field, if
the laboratory procedure is to have
utility as a predictive tool for site
engineering and management.  In this
regard, a common practice has been
to leach samples in the laboratory
from an existing field disposal
                                     67

-------
site.  The data produced have been
used to assess the likely composition
of the field leachate presently
challenging the soil surrounding the
site and to gauge the potential threat
this field leachate would pose if any
underlying aquifer were infiltrated.

     Because of the need for data
showing what correspondence prevails
between laboratory and field leachates,
a study to provide samples allowing
comparisons to be made was undertaken.
Field leachates and groundwater
samples were collected from an exist-
ing hazardous waste site, along with
solid samples from selected bore-hole
sites and depths.  These solid samples
were leached, and the laboratory and
field leachates and groundwater
samples were analyzed and compared.

Experimental

Landfill Site

     This waste disposal site was
used from 1953 to 1977, with the
primary waste generator being a local
manufacturer of pharmaceuticals.  The
site contains approximately 800,000
cubic meters (one million cubic yards)
of chemical fill and contaminated
underlying soils.  Major chemical
components estimated to have been
disposed at this site are given in
Table 1.

 TABLE 1.  ESTIMATED QUANTITIES OF
           MAJOR CHEMICAL COMPONENTS
           DISPOSED AT LANDFILL SITE
Compound'
Kg
Arsenic                    2,740,000
1,1,2-Trichloroethane         32,000
Nitrobenzene                 130,000
Orthonitroaniline            680,000
Phenol                        12,000
a  All but orthonitroaniline are
   priority pollutants.
               EPA Region VII ordered the pri-
          mary waste generator, implemented
          remedial measures at the site.  Among
          these measures was the placement of
          monitoring wells along the site
          perimeters.  These wells were used
          during this study.  The waste genera-
          tor also drilled bore-holes into
          representative areas of the fill to
          determine the feasibility of in situ
          stabilization.  Sites for these
          borings were chosen on the basis of
          prior studies of the geohydrology
          and chemical fill composition of
          this site.  Core samples of chemical
          fill were obtained during the in
          situ stabilization feasibility
          assessment drilling.

          Materials
     Three types of samples were
collected from the landfill site.

Groundwater

     Groundwater samples were
collected by site personnel from
five monitoring wells: Well No. 4 -
Alluvial, Well No. 6 - Alluvial Deep,
Well No. 7 - Alluvial Shallow, Well
No. 7 - Alluvial Deep, and Well
No. 9 - Alluvial.  Samples were
stored at 4°C until prepared for
analysis.

Chemical Fill Samples

     Samples of the chemical fill
were collected by means of a split
spoon sampler at various depths from
five bore-hold sites.  Solid mate-
rials were transferred to glass
containers, capped, and stored at
4°C pending analysis.  These samples
were leached in the laboratory to
provide the laboratory leachate
(see Procedure, below).

Field Leachate

     Samples of leachate present
                                      68

-------
with the waste fill were collected
by means of a bailer from the freshly
drilled holes.  Bailer samples and
additional bore-hole site information
are given in Table 2.  Four bore-holes
provided samples of field leachate; a
fifth site had no liquid.  All bore-
holes were capped following drilling
and sampling.

Apparatus

Extractor

     Chemical fill samples were
leached using a rotary extractor
(Associated Design and Manufacturing
Company, Model //3740-4-BRE)*, which
                                        tumbled the sample plus water mixture
                                        in an end-over-end fashion.

                                        Filtration Unit

                                             Following tumbling, laboratory
                                        leachate samples were filtered using
                                        pressure filtration (Millipore Model
                                        //YT30-142-HW), in accordance with
                                        manufacturer's recommended procedure.
                                        This procedure required use of three
                                        * Manufacturers and suppliers are
                                        mentioned for identification purposes
                                        only.  Mention of a particular brand
                                        or model does not constitute endorse-
                                        ment on the part of the U.S. EPA.
                        TABLE 2.   LANDFILL BORE SITES






Bore
Site
Distance
to
Bottom Dis-
of tance
Chem- to
ical Water
Waste Table
Date Drilled (ft) (ft)
Depth
at
which
Liquid
Sample
(Bailer)
Taken
(ft)







Comments
L-l-80
L-2-80
8 July 1980
7 July 1980
23.5
18.5
                                  22.5    23.0   Nothing remarkable
L-7-80     9 July 1980    26.5    14.5    14.5


L-8-80     8 July 1980    21.0    24.5    24.5

L-17-80    9 July 1980    13.0    23.5    29.5
                                                 Dry hole.   No water,  even
                                                 after tornado of 9 July 1980.

                                                 Copious amounts  of water
                                                 present in the core material.

                                                 Nothing remarkable

                                                 Contained  a strange whitish
                                                 clay-like  waste.  Waste began
                                                 within 6 inches  of surfaces.
                                                 Noticeable nitrobenzene
                                                 ("shoe polish")  odor  from
                                                 bore site.
                                     69

-------
types of filter pads:  coarse glass
fiber prefilter pad; fine glass
fiber prefilter pad; and 0.45 microm-
eter nitrocellulose membrane filter.
Groundwater and bailer field leachate
samples were also filtered in an
analogous procedure.

Inorganic Analysis

     Filtrates from the laboratory
leachate process and groundwater and
field leachate samples were prepared
for inorganic analysis by the diges-
tion procedure given in Section 8.8.3,
EPA Interim Method 200.7 (3). Digested
samples were analyzed on a Jarrel Ash
Model 965 Inductively Coupled Argon
Plasma Spectrometer (ICAP).  Low
concentrations of arsenic were
determined by the hydride generation
technique, using a Perkin-Elmer Model
603 Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer
(AAS).

Organic Analysis

     Samples were analyzed for organic
constituents by gas chromatography
(GC) and gas chromatography/mass
spectrometry (GC-MS).  Listings of
substances suspected of having been
disposed at this landfill site aided
identification of mass spectra.  GC
and GC-MS operating conditions were:
SE-52 glass capillary column, 30
meters long and with linear velocity
of 50 cm/sec.  Column oven conditions
were 70° to 280°C at 4°/min, then
hold at 280°C for 8 min.  The gas
chromatograph used as a Hewlett
Packard Model 5730A equipped with
a flame ionization detector.  The
GC-MS system was a Finnigan Model
3200 GC-MS/electron impact.  Mass
range of 40 to 450 mass units was
searched at a scan rate of 1 to 2
sec.  Identification was aided by
a Finnigan/INCOS Library Search
unit, using an NBS mass spectral
library.
Leaching Procedure

     Chemical fill samples from
selected bore-hole depths were
leached by the following procedures:

     1.  An "instantaneous" leachate
was produced by tumbling 100 g
chemical fill with 2.0 liters dis-
tilled, deionized water for approx-
imately one minute.  This rapid
leaching was done to remove
interstitial liquid that might
represent field leachate that had
migrated to, but was not character-
istic of, the particular sample
being leached.

     2.  The filter cake remaining
after the separation of the instan-
taneous leachate through pressure
filtration was leached by tumbling
for 24 hours, using approximately
100 g filter cake with 2.0 liters
water.  The precise quantities of
filter cake and water depended upon
the amount of solid material remain-
ing after the instantaneous leaching;
however, the ratio of solid to liquid
was maintained at 1:20 (w:v).  This
ratio was chosen to conform to that
of the RCRA Extraction Procedure.
However, experience gained since this
work was performed suggests the use
of lower ratios, such as 1:10  (2),
is more appropriate.

Results
     The analyses of  the groundwater,
field leachate  (bailer), and  labora-
tory-generated  leachates are  pre-
sented  in Tables 3-6.   Although  the
results are varied, the overall  lack
of  agreement  among  the  data for  the
three distinct  sample types seems
evident.  This  lack of  correlation
arises  from more than just the
dilution effects for  the sample
types,  because  correlation is also
lacking within  specimens of the  same
                                      70

-------
     TABLE 3.   LANDFILL SAMPLES CONSTITUENT PROFILE -
               PRINCIPAL HAZARDOUS CONSTITUENTS
Sample
Identification
A.





Well Samples
4A
6AD
7AS
7AD
9A

ONA (b

0.56 (;
16
2.3
23
65
Constituent
) PNA(C^

ND
3.9
0.59
4.5
18

As

18.2
232
140
382
336
Ratio
As /ONA (e)

33
15
61
17
5
(a)   All results are in ppm (mg/1-solution)
(b)   ONA = ortho-nitroaniline = 2-nitrobenzenamine
(c)   PNA = para-nitroaniline  = 4-nitrobenzenamine
(d)   AS  = arsenic
(e)   As/ONA = ratio of As to ONA
     ND  = not detected
                             71

-------
                                      TABLE 3.  (Continued)
      Sample
  Identification
                           ONA
 1st   2nd   Liq
                                               PNA
               1st    2nd   Liq
                                        1st
                                                                   As
                                                                As/ONA
                                 2nd   Liq   1st    2nd   Liq
B.  Bailer and Solid Waste Leachate Samples

1.  Bore Site L-l
    3 ft
    14.5 ft
    17 ft

    Bailer (23 ft)

2.  Bore Site L-2*

    21 ft
    22,5 ft

3.  Bore Site L-7

    1.5 ft
    16.5 ft
    18 ft
    18.5 ft
    21 ft
 7.9   1.9
 2.4   4.6
 0.40  0.52
 3.6
 0.16
        __   130
 0.015  —
 0.021  —
              0.075
               ND
               ND
      0.24
       ND
26
 1.8
 1.9
 2.0
 3.1
    Bailer (14.5 ft) —
27
 0.34
 0.24
 0.24
  ND
        16
      0.26
       ND
       ND
       ND
       ND
4.  Bore Site L-8

    3 ft
    17 ft
    31 ft
    Bailer (24.5 ft)

5.  Bore Site L-17
 2.6
 4.0
 ND
 1.1
 0.30
  ND
      ND
—   1.5
      ND
14     _
             ND
             ND
             ND
 ND
 ND
0.32
 ND
 ND
 ND
 ND
              2.5
       —   101
              2.6
       4.4
14.2
 2.3
 ND
0.37   —
 ND
       3.3
 7.2
68.4
35.6
41.2
27.1
                                                     ND
 2.0
40.4
 0.9
        1.8
      141
        8.4
 1.4
 4.0
14.2
48.4
24.8
35.9
21.1
 3.4
 8.1
 1.4
        —   0.3    0.9
        —  42     31
        —   7     16
       374
      4
 —  14
      0.
 —  38
 —  19
 —  21
 —   9
635   —
 —   0.8
 —  10

284  —
 93
190
  0.5
142
103
150

        40
  3
 27

        20
9 ft
9.5 ft
21 ft
31 ft
Bailer
ND
0.18
ND
ND
(29.5 ft) __
ND
ND
ND
ND
—
_ ND
ND
_ ND
ND
0.81 __
ND
ND —
ND _
ND
ND
5.6
12.0
ND
ND
—
4.2 — —
5.6 — 67
ND — —
ND
64 —
— 	
— 	
— 	
—
79
 NOTE:   All results are in ppm (mg/1-solution)
        1st • leachate generated by washing with H»0 for one minute, S:L
                                                       1:20 (W/V)
        2nd - leachate generated by 24 hour tumbling with HaO, S:L
        Liq - liquid taken by means of the bailer
        All other abbreviations are the same as part A above

        * No bailer samples could be taken; dry bore hole
                                                 1:20 (W/V)
                                              72

-------








C/l
s
W
g

H
VI


O
M
as
 Ooo rxrvr*>. 9>O *OCMOm0i mf*>\O •tfCMCMCM
1 J J J | -< rH 0 1 0 ^ 0 »H ^ 0 0 1 *H rt 0 1 S 2 2 S I
ooo oo o o o o o ooo dddd
 »H *O *O O ^
•vaoo^eco i i i ^o ii iittif"t lito titltn
«nM-H<^ inn 0 ^H J oo^O 1
odd od ddddd  00 OO^^O\*H o»n scm*m* >A ^,u-v
•* w •* co CM oO m
	 *S!S ' S* SSSSS > SS* ' SSS-'d !
m tn m m m m m ^ m tn
** m \o oo
^ 3"" ! i ! i ! 1 ! M 1 j ! ! i ! i i
OOOOO it ' ' ' ' ' ^ '''en so
V co i-4 ax ,H
CM K £
1 i I ! ! 333 , SS SBS3S , SS3 | SSS3 ,
ddd' dd csodoo ' °°° °o=>°
V V
, | | | | CSS , SS SSSSS j ^§S , SSS3 ,
ooo oo ooooo i-t d d dddd1
1
f« &
^ « W «J u w
wo^w^ •« -i^ t;
^-s-s-a-s i ^ij, -^ i •; 2 "
S!> > > > at CM 0 • 2ai N **
Ssss* 2 2 2 2
pH i-< t-l rS iH -H U U *  *J  W W * ^4 WW * ^4 «JW •
< 3 < < 3 WW*"1-* M OTlM*H «QUU4M Jj (fl U4JIMIM M
	 So^^d S^l ! « 1 °. "! «> a 2 o=i^5 S o^ = <=~S
«* >« r^. rs. o^ 6 . •* r» 4 OHCM o • vo oo oo i-t « 5 . r* ^ « s -- ^ «
^^H^^ * «^M CA fll «MCM tf ^^^^M 2 £ «n53 M £ O^wSS 2
:$»:S$:*M ^ ^ ^ ^
















f^
>
J
o
(St
*> «-"
3 *
^ o
0 iH
^ a
I "O
a 1
W -H
M "
•O
TJ -H
v4 f-*
1 S
<0
•o v
o °
• * s
. c ^
2 .2 §•
g = 1
e v
O tl
ox 5
s
"2 »
£ *
°. B3 1
X S -9
« 1 §
H w
Mb 01
5 i S
JS ,C Vi «
<0 11 J=
s a 3 H-
- - t 1
•s -s ° ^
4J JJ i-H O
« <0 *4 U-,
Li H V
SO) > -O
« s s S
» °° g a
u 01 
-------
                  TABU; 5.  LANDFILL SAMPLE CONSTITUENT PROFILE -
                            ORGANIC CONSTITUENT IDENTITIES
                   Five samples were analyzed by gas chromatography/mass spectrometry
          (GC/MS).  The five were well 9 alluvial (W9A); well 9 alluvial-acidified
          (W9A  (acid)); bailer from bore site L-8 (BL8); bailer from bore site L-17
          (BL17); and the second leachate from the solid waste of bore site L-7  at
          18.5  ft (X2L7d).
                   The number of important peaks (peaks having a significant peak
          count area anj coining after the solvent peak) in the fi\^e samples ranged
          fiom  five to twenty.  The GC/MS data and a list of substances likely to
          be  in the wastes were used  to  assign identities  to  the  peaks.
                   Peak numbers are assigned according to relative retention times.
         Peaks for separate analyses having nearly the same relative retention  time
         arc given the same peak number.  The identity of peak r/9 for the well
         liquid samples does not match that assigned for peak //9 in sample X2L7d,
         a solid waste leachate.
Peak No.
          Peak Identity
        Samples for Which
   Peak Was Confirmed by GC/MS
    9
   10
   11
   12
   13
   14
aniline (benzenainine)
phenol
2-ethy1-1-hexanol
2-cliloroaniline
2-nitrophenol
4-chloroniliiie
ortho-pbenylonediamine
  (1,2-benzenediamine)
2-chloro-4-methylaniline
2-butoxyethanol
l-chloro-2-methyl-3-nitrobenzene
ortho-nitroaiiilire (ONA)
2-methylbeaziir.idazole
para-nitroaniline (PNA)
d i pheny1am i ue
2-chloro-4-nitroaniline
W9A, B18, B117
W9A, W9A (acid), BL8
BL8, BL17
W9A, W9A (acid), BL8
W9A, W9A (acid), BL8
W9A (acid), BL8
W9A, ELS, B117

W9A
W9A, W9A (acid)
X2L7d
W9A, W9A (acid), BL8,  BL17,  X2L7d
W9A
W9A, W9A (acid), BL8
W9A, BL8, BL17, X2L7d
W9A, W9A (acid)
                                           74

-------









i
w
g
H
CO
2
U
M
|
0
1
3
E
s
H
Z

p
M
H
U
3
i
M
pi
M
i
*
U
s
H












IM
pi


"s
x
I
g

Jri
1
IM
O
•
o
4k
•5
£
I
3
b
o
IM
£
£
J
^
1
•M
O
•H
4J



<
Q

|


41
a
M



•g
a
u
&
^

PH

pH

~

.s


-

CO

•*


ggg**"3

§§§§§§

40 40
g § g g °' «
1.0 00 •* f>
g M g N e o
m «
g ^ g g °' g
o> 4 
p* 01 o
«4
1 5
||| |


333333
"•T *O f^ r* O* Ci
iiiiii


	 " 	 "
i i I 1 I 1  o« •* 
•H
M

V

-------
























J
w
§



«
S
S
















•o
«u
IH O
O «
si
i *
i>
0.
•e

S2
fH
X

Is
o
S.H

.K
• o
tl -H
OK
IH
O
U
O
CO
•{{
A. r»
S*
b
O
IH
• m
M
g
3*
•i
B.
IH n
O
5
M CM
^

S^
•i
O 00
a a

«l

!§• 0-
Ig
*



W fH M N0 O W



! ! 1" ! g

f 3§8 1 5
CM CM

*
III"! g

OB
Ml"! g

§§§§0 §
fH fH fH «H iH
(H
•H « H fH >H fH

M M M g M ! M M ! g
,»
M M M « M M M M g
« CM
M* M 1 J MMMMS
M M M S M M M M g


•f CM
! ! S^ M ^ M M M M g
^
MM!!" M M M M g
co
M * M ! S M M M M 3

M"M!S MMMMg
1 1 1 1 1 1 f» 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CM
1 1 1 1 1 1 fH 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 WS
See fH
_ fH CO
«-*»gg S gg»ggggg °

w u
OO fH
i ii-cu".11 u u "I
• ClBfHCMfHCM CM • •OaOfHCMfHCM CM
U fH CM WtHCMfHCM
^4 4J44W4A*^ 44W4JW*
IHIH • IHIHIHIH 01
OJ OOOO fH • —.-- OOOO fH
H o o • • • • «H H o o m m • • • • ^
•• m
76

-------
precise effect selected soils might
have on various solid wastes.

Experimental

Materials

     This investigation involved
serial leachings of four samples:

           •  100% waste
           •  100% landfill soil
           •  90% waste/10% soil mix
              (90/10 mix)
           •  50% waste/50% soil mix
              (50/50 mix).

  100% Waste.  This sample was obtained
from a commercial chemical waste dis-
posal site and was identified as
chromate waste from electroplating
processes.  Elemental analysis showed
the major constituents to be:
chromium  (11%), zinc (5.9%), magnesium
(5.9%), iron (1.9%), phosphorus (1.7%),
and aluminum (1.2%).  The material
was pasty and agglomerated, with no
fine particles visible.  Moisture
content, determined by heating to
constant weight at 105°C was 87%;
however, this moisture was apparently
entrained or chemically-bound water
rather than readily expressed moisture.
On heating, this waste turned from
pale brownish green to dark black,
indicating the likelihood of a chemi-
cal reaction.  For all experimental
leachings, the waste was used in an
"as received" condition.

  100% Landfill Soil.  This sample was
obtained from a commercial landfill
operation (Unico Landfill,  Inc., Plain
City, Ohio 43064) as representative
of cover material used for current
operations.  The sample was collected
from the sidewall of a landfill
trench about 15 to 20 feet below
original ground level.   As received,
the soil was a brown clay loam glacial
till, having high content of calcareous
materials and 10% moisture.  For all
experimental leachings, the material
was ground to break up clods, and
noticeable stones or other debris
were removed.  The soil was riffled
prior to sampling for leaching.

  90/10 Mix and 50/50 Mix.  Mixtures
of 90% waste/10% soil and 50% waste/
50% soil were prepared by weight as
representative of lower and upper
extremes of waste/soil mixes to be
encountered at sites where cover
soil is used.

Apparatus

Extractor

     Mixtures of sample (solid waste,
soil, or waste/soil mix) and dis-
tilled, deionized water were ex-
tracted via rotary extractors
(Associated Design and Manufacturing
Company, Models //3740-4-BRE and
//3740-6-BRE), which tumbled the
mixture in an end-over-end fashion.
This means of mixing was found to
give thorough wetting of the sample
and to avoid stratification of the
solid and liquid mix.  Samples were
prepared for mixing in glass vessels
having Teflon-lined screw caps.

ICAP Analysis

     Filtrates from the leaching
process were prepared for analysis
by the digestion procedure given as
Section 8.8.3., EPA Interim Method
200.7 (ICAP) (3).

     Digested filtrates were analyzed
on a Jarrel Ash Model 965 Inductively
Coupled Argon Plasma Spectrometer
(ICAP).  This ICAP was configured
to screen samples for the following
twenty-nine elements:  aluminum,
antimony, arsenic, barium, beryllium,
bismuth, boron, cadmium, calcium,
chromium, cobalt, copper,  iron, lead,
magnesium, manganese, mercury,
molybdenum, nickel, phosphorus,
                                      77

-------
sample type, as shown by the disparity
in the ratio of arsenic to ortho-
nitroaniline (see Table 3).  Both
the concentrations and the multitude
of constituents found differ between
the field leachate (bailer) results
and the laboratory leachates (bore-
hole samples from similar depths), as
shown for inorganic elements in
Table 4 and organic compounds in
Table 6.

     These results demonstrate that
laboratory-generated leachates of
samples from an existing site cannot
be used readily to gain an accurate
profile of the field to leachates
or groundwater quality associated
with that site.  The reasons for this
apparent lack of correlation include:

     •  Field leachate may have
        migrated from elsewhere
        and is co-present with
        but not indicative of
        the chemical fill;
        consequently, samples
        taken from the fill
        were not indicative
        of that portion of
        the fill responsible
        for the field leachate.

     •  Leaching process used in
        the laboratory was not
        representative of the
        field leaching environment.

     •  Chemical fill materials
        had lost the most soluble
        or readily leached con-
        stituents and, hence,
        any further leaching
        could not reproduce the
        field leachate composition.

     The lack of correlation for this
single case does not preclude use of
leaching tests for all other sites.
These results do demonstrate the
need for careful site analysis during
interpretation of laboratory data.
Landfill conditions that should be
considered include age of waste,
amount of prior moisture infiltration,
and initial waste composition.  For
many existing landfills, some of
this information cannot be determined;
and laboratory leaching of small
samples taken from landfills that
are of unknown initial composition
and have undergone unknown field
leaching seems unpromising as a
means for predicting genuine field
leachate composition or potential
threat to groundwater.

       EFFECT OF COVER SOIL
       ON LEACHATE PROFILE

Introduction

     Conventional solid waste leach-
ing techniques specify the use of
the solid waste alone for generating
leachates characteristic of that
same waste under field disposal
conditions.  However, routine waste
disposal practices associated with
landfilled materials include the use
of some landfill soil as intermittent
and final covers for the water.  Such
soils can serve several purposes in
the landfill, such as improving
surface load-bearing strength,
reducing infestation by vermin and
flies, and retarding erosion and
moisture infiltration into the
waste cells.

     Because soil is frequently mixed
with or onto landfilled solid waste,
laboratory experiments were conducted
to determine whether this addition
of soil affects the waste leachate
profile.  Soils have been studied
extensively for characteristic
attenuation or mobilization of waste
leachate constituents.  This inves-
tigation differed in that the purpose
was to assess the reasonableness of
incorporating cover soil with waste
for generating a site specific
leachate rather than to quantify the
                                      78

-------
selenium, silver, sodium, strontium,
thallium, tin, titanium, vanadium, and
zinc.

Filtration Unit

     Following tumbling, samples were
filtered using pressure filtration
(Millipore Model #YT30-142-HW), in
accordance with manufacturer's
recommended procedure.  This procedure
required use of three types of filter
pads: coarse glass fiber prefilter
pad; fine glass fiber prefilter pad;
and 0.45 micrometer nitrocellulose
membr ane f i11 er.

Leaching Procedure

100% Waste and 100% Soil

     Serial leachings of the 100%
waste and 100% soil samples were
carried out as follows:

     1.  A 500-g sample was taken
from the original sample container.
This sample was mixed thoroughly,
then three 100-g subsamples were
withdrawn.

     2.  One liter of distilled,
deionized water was added to each
subsample, giving a solid-to-liquid
ratio of 1:10.

     3.  The solid/liquid mixture was
tumbled on the rotary extractor for
approximately 20 hours.

     4.  After filtering the mixture,
the filtrate was split for duplicate
analyses and the filter cake was- saved.

     5.  This filter cake was used
as the solid sample for the next
leaching iteration, and the process
was repeated for a total of six
leachings (initial one using fresh
subsample of waste or soil plus five
sequential leachings of the filter
cake).
     This experimental design for
the leachate generation is shown
schematically in Figure 1.  Each
original sample was leached in
triplicate.  Analytical results
are the averages of six determina-
tions per leaching sequence.

90/10 Mix and 50/50 Mix

     A similar leaching procedure
was used for the 90% waste/10% soil
and 50% waste/50% soil mixes, except
duplicate subsamples were used in
place of triplicate subsamples.
Therefore, each original sample was
leached in duplicate, and analytical
results are the averages of four
determinations per leaching sequence.

Results
     Initial leachates from the 100%
waste and 100% soil samples were
analyzed for twenty-nine elements
via ICAP.  The data were inspected
for those elements present at
detectable levels in the waste
leachate and at detectable but
demonstrably lower levels in the
soil leachate.  Elements leached out
of soil at equal or greater amounts
than out of waste may be significant
for site specific leachate profiles;
however, this aspect was not studied
during this investigation.

    Four elements out of the original
array of 29 were found to be detect-
able at higher levels in the waste
leachate than in the soil leachate.
These elements were calcium, chromium,
magnesium, and sodium.  The remaining
waste and soil leachates and all mix
leachates were analyzed for these
four elements.  The data are pre-
sented in Figures 2-5.  These data
show that for the three elements
calcium, magnesium, and sodium, no
significant difference can be seen
between the 100% waste leachate
profile and that for the 90/10 mix.
                                      79

-------


Filter
Cakel




Filtrate
1
ICAP
1

ICAP
2
                                 Repeat the procedure using the
                               filter cake in place of the subsample

                             I
                          Filter Cake
                Repeat the
                procedure
FIGURE 1.   EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN FOR LEACHATE GENERATION
                              80

-------
                234
                Extraction Sequence Number
FIGURE 2.  LEACHING RESULTS  FOR CALCIUM.   VALUES
           SHOWN ON GRAPH ARE  THE  AVERAGE OF SIX
           DETERMINATIONS FOR  100% WASTE  AND
           100% SOIL AND OF  FOUR DETERMINATIONS
           FOR THE 90/10 AND 50/50 WASTE/SOIL MIXES,
                        81

-------
   160
   140
   120
_  100
"Si

•a
0)
I
    60
   40
    20
                                                           Chromium
                        •100% Waste
                                  90/10 Waste/Soil Mix
h 100% Soil
                           I
                               I
I
                12345
                          Extraction Sequence Number

            FIGURE 3.   LEACHING RESULTS FOR CHROMIUM
                                  82

-------
            234
            Extraction Seqeuence Number
FIGURE  4.   LEACHING  RESULTS FOR MAGNESIUM
                   83

-------
   80
Sodium
   60
o
X
   40
s
i
   20
                       -100% Waste
                                •90/10 Waste/Soil Mix
                                     50/50 Waste/Soil Mix
                                     I
                           234
                           Extraction Sequence Number
                 FIGURE 5.   LEACHING RESULTS FOR SODIUM
                                  84

-------
Some change can be seen for the 50/50
mix leachate profile, but this change
seems likely to be attributable to
dilution effects in going from 100%
waste (100 g waste per liter) to
50% waste (50 g waste per liter).
Furthermore, these particular elements
are of low environmental concern due
to extremely low toxicities.

     Results for chromium are more
interesting in that incorporation of
soil with the waste during leaching
clearly affects the level of chromium
in the resultant leachate (see Figure
3).  These levels in the mix leachates
are also different from what would be
predicted if the leachate level were
purely equal to the proportionate
amounts from the 100% waste and 100%
soil leachates, as given in Table 7.
Both the shape of the overall profile
of amount leached versus leaching
sequence (Figure 3) and the cumula-
tive amount of chromium leached
(Table 7) have been altered.  The
significance of these results to
waste site operations is that site
management specifications drawn up
to satisfy the 100% waste leachate
profile for the potentially hazardous
constituent chromium would be over-
engineered for the levels that would
be seen during the initial leaching
stages for 90/10 and 50/50 mix
conditions.  Because of the uncer-
tainties regarding correlation
between actual field leachate and
laboratory generated leachate (as
discussed earlier in this paper),
overestimation may be prudent for
certain situations.  However, this
                 TABLE 7.  PREDICTED VERSUS OBSERVED CHROMIUM
                           LEVELS IN MIX LEACHATES   (yg/1)
Sample
Leaching
Sequence
1
2
3
4
5
6
Sum
90/10
Predictedt
153
71
39
28
33
29
353
Mix
Observed
72
48
25
52
47
47
291
50/50
Predicted5*
100
47
26
20
25
21
239
Mix
Observed
56
14.5
28
27
30
29
185
t Predicted = 0.90 (100% waste level) + 0.10 (100% soil level)
              for same leaching sequence.
              Example: Leaching Sequence No. 1
                Predicted = 0.90 (166) + 0.10 (34) = 153
* Predicted = 0.50 (100% waste level) + 0.50 (100% soil level)
              for same leaching sequence.
                                      85

-------
overestimation may also mean over-
design and unnecessary investment in
leachate treatment capabilities for
properly managed sites.

          CONCLUSION

     Soil representative of that to
be used at the land disposal site
should be incorporated into the sample
leaching procedure to provide an
adequate picture of the overall
leaching process.  This soil should
be present as an admixture with the
solid waste in the approximate pro-
portions to be encountered at the site.
This prooortion can be estimated from
anticipated lifting schedule for waste
cell development and concomitant
intermittent and final cover soil
requirements.

     The results presented in this
study demonstrate that landfill soil
mixed with waste has an effect on
selected analyte levels.  The nature
and mechanism of this effect has not
been studied, although attenuation of
chromium by the soil seems reasonable.
Because soil may exert a profound
influence on the nature of the leach-
ate actually generated from a waste
site, soil should be included in the
process of generating a laboratory
leachate from which sound site
engineering requirements may be
determined.

       ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     The work which is reported in
this paper was performed under
Contract Number 68-03-2970, "Leaching
Procedure Manual", with the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency,
Municipal Environmental Research
Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.

     The authors gratefully acknowl-
edge the support and help of Dr.
Mike H. Roulier, Project Officer.

             REFERENCES

1.   Garrett, B.C., M.M. McKown, M.P.
     Miller, R.M. Riggin, and J.S.
     Warner.  1980.  Manual for
     Solid Waste Leaching Procedure.
     Contract No. 68-03-2970.  Draft
     report to U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, Battelle-
     Columbus Laboratories,
     Columbus, Ohio.

2.   Garrett, B.C., M.M. McKown, M.P.
     Miller, R.M. Riggin, and J.S.
     Warner.  1981.  Development of
     a Solid Waste Leaching Procedure
     and Manual.  In: Land Disposal:
     Hazardous Waste, Proceedings of
     the Seventh Annual Research
     Symposium, Philadelphia, PA,
     March 16-18, 1981.  EPA-600/9-
     81-0026.  U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, Cincinnati,
     Ohio.  pp. 9-17.

3.   U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Environmental Monitoring
     and Support Laboratory.  1979.
     Inductively Coupled Plasma-
     Atomic Emission Spectrometric
     Method for Trace Element
     Analysis of Waste and Wastes.
     Federal Register, 44:69559-
     69564.
                                      86

-------
                      METHODS FOR CONDUCTING SOIL COLUMN TESTS TO
                               PREDICT POLLUTANT MIGRATION
                                     Wallace H. Fuller
                               Soils, Water and Engineering
                                   University of Arizona
                                     Tucson, AZ  85721
                                         ABSTRACT

The paper discusses procedures that have been used for conducting soil C9lumn tests with
various soils and wastes.  The soil column technique involves the selection of soil rep-
resentative of a disposal site, packing PVC columns (ranging from 5 x 10 cm to 10 x 45 cm)
to uniform soil densities, and passing various solutions representative of the waste
stream  (e.g. municipal solid waste leachates), organic solvents (e.g. xylene, alcohols,
etc.) or acids (HoS04, HN03, AcOH) through the columns.  Breakthrough curves (i.e. C =
Co; where, C is tne concentration of pollutant in the effluent and C0 is the original
influent solution or C/c0=l) are developed.  Data from breakthrough curves and the soil
characteristics may be used directly to predict pollutant movement for a single combin-
ation of waste and soil that has been studied.  Alternatively, the data may be used with
a simulation model to regress pollutant movement rates with soil  and waste characteristics
and develop simple, user-orientated equations to predict pollutant movement for specific
combinations of wastes and soils that have not been studied.
INTRODUCTION

     The uniqueness of the soil as a system
proficient in biodigestion of waste, reten-
tion of hazardous and toxic substances, and
destruction of diseases has protected liv-
ing organisms from these harmful factors
in the past.  The burden of the creeping
point-source waste, however, now is threat-
ening to pollute both our food chains and
underground water sources.  Prediction of
pollution movement through soil, therefore,
is essential for any waste disposal activ-
ity.

     Methods of determining the movement,
solubility, and availability to plants of
nutrient elements in soils, are well estab-
lished (Black (ed.), 1965; Pierre and Nor-
man, 1953; Walsh and Beaton, 1973; Cox and
Kamprath, 1972).  The success of these
methods is well  demonstrated in areas of
field and vegetable crop production, in
reclamation of saline and alkali soils
(USDA, 1954) and salt movement in irrigated
soils (Fuller and Halderman, 1975 and
Fuller, 1979).  Water movement under both
saturated and unsaturated conditions
(Millei, 1971; Warrick and Amoozegar-Fard,
1982, in press) also has reached the prac-
tical stage for predictions.  Develop-
ment of methods useful for the prediction
of pollutant movement through soil  and
soil materials, therefore, is within
reality.

     Despite this encouragement, the
direct application of this kind of soil
information to the control of migration of
pollutants from waste streams and solid
waste disposals has not been found to
share the same success (Korte, et al.,
1976 a, b; and Fuller, 1977, 1978).  Waste
disposal on land involves a great number
of additional  factors unfamiliar to the
agricultural  and plant production indus-
tries such as  a great diversity in kind
and concentration of the potentially haz-
ardous polluting components that differ
substantially  from the mild nature of the
natural aqueous soil solutions.

     At the present time, predicting atten-
uation of pollutants in land disposals
depends almost wholly on personal judgment.
This qualitative method is, of course,
                                            87

-------
subject to error of judgment,  is  highly
speculative,  and has provided  history with
many recorded failures to adequately pro-
tect the environment including the food
chain and underground waters.

     The usefulness of a  method for pre-
dicting pollutant attenuation  in  soils
depends on its capacity to be  simple,
rapid, reproducible, and  reliable.  It
should also be readily available  as a
field-oriented tool.  Foremost among pre-
dictive methods suggested are  those listed
by Phillip and Nathwani (1976).  We have
grouped them for convenience as:

     1.  field test, drilling  and sampling,

     2.  field test, involving suction
         lysimetry,

     3.  field tests, involving resistance
         measurements,

     4.  batch soil contact technique,

     5.  column soil contact technique,
         and

     6.  simulated aquifer method.

     None of the suggested methods are free
of limitations.  Our studies (O'Donnell,
et al., 1977; Fuller, 1977; 1978; Fuller
and Amoozegar-Fard, U.S.  EPA in press)
indicate the soil column technique (Item  5)
fulfills the above criteria the best.

     Attempts to quantitatively evaluate
pollutant migration under field conditions
have been met with a host of unresolved
problems mostly because of the great inher-
ent variability of soil and associated
geological material in its natural state.
Soils differentiate into horizons during
formation as a result of many weathering
forces.  The A horizon (or surface layer),
for example, is characterized as being
highest in organic matter and a layer from
which constituents move.   The downward
moving constituents tend to accumulate in
the B horizon  (or subsurface layer).  The
classical C horizon represents weathered
and partially degraded (altered) parent
material (rock, alluvium or aeolian depos-
its).  Heterogeneity of natural soils also
is related to different water-deposited
textural stratifications, dense clay layers
(clay pans), iron and lime concretions,
cracks, animal burrowings, etc.  Thus
field methods have the disadvantage of
being very costly and time consuming, com-
pared with laboratory methods, where the
purpose is to characterize the soil as an
attenuation barrier useful to minimize
pollutant migration away from the disposal
site.

     The costly and time-consuming field
test methods can be involved in a verifi-
cation program with the controlled soil
column methods, just as has been developed
with the laboratory controlled soil nutri-
ent element tests.  Substantial plant
science research has clearly demonstrated
a successful relationship between labora-
tory methods and field responses in an
effective predictive program for plant
nutrition requirement as related to the
food, fiber, and landscaping production.
There is no reason that a similar relation-
ship cannot be anticipated for prediction
of soluble pollutant attenuation and migra-
tion rates in soil.

     The soil column technique also has an
advantage of screening a large number of
soils of wide variability for pollutant
attenuation, while avoiding the multitude
of problems associated with field condi-
tions.  The soil column method also is
adapted to generating a large volume of
data (at a relatively low cost) necessary
for the development of a user-oriented
predictive equations of pollutant attenu-
ation.  Our approach, therefore, is to use
soil column techniques in association with
mathematics as finally applied to the con-
cept of certain simulation models, such as,
the "Lam'dus and Amundson" or "Error Func-
tion" models to be described.

     Predictive designs for land disposal
of hazardous wastes are established on
characteristics of the components of the
disposal environment affecting pollutant
migration rates.  These components must be
sorted-out, identified, and quantified.
The major components of the waste disposal
environment have been categorized  (Fuller,
1977;  1978) as follows:

     1.  Transport system  (e.g. water,
         leachates, solvents),

     2.  Medium through which the  trans-
         port vehicle moves  (e.g.  soil,
         ash, geologic material),

     3.  Pollutant itself  (e.g. heavy  metal,
                                            88

-------
organic molecules, pesticides, other toxi-
cants) .

     No two pollutants respond identically
to the same set of soil  or leachate para-
meters (Fuller, 1978).
OBJECTIVES

     The objectives, therefore, are (a) to
describe a column soil  contact technique
useful for predicting the migration rates
of certain land-applied waste pollutants
through soil, (b) to provide directions
for conducting soil column tests and (c)
to interpret the resulting data in terms
of movement (attenuation) of certain waste
pollutants in soil.
APPROACH

     The column soil contact technique
was designed to obtain "input-output" data
with little emphasis provided for identi-
fying and quantifying the multitude of
individual and isolated chemical, physical,
and biological mechanisms and reactions
that take place when waste streams come in
contact with the soil.  The soil  column
method has proved essential to identify
those readily measurable soil and leachate
parameters that correlate most closely
with the rate of pollutant migration.
Despite statistical correlations, actual
mechanisms usually are not clearly defined
since such type of investigation  is highly
time consuming and has been shown to pro-
vide little practical application for the
land-disposal managers and operators who
are now demanding practical disposal guide-
1i nes.

     This paper will describe the mechanics
of the soil column method, materials, and
equipment necessary for its operations.
The principles of the method do not differ
for the various transport vehicles or sol-
vents but the physical set-up may differ.
These differences also will be described.
The success of this technique to  generate
useful data depends on close adherence to
a  number of small but critical details and
integrity of continuity in developing
standardized procedures.   For example, the
placement of the soil into the column and
the method and the extent of compaction
profoundly influence the kind of  results
obtained since the method is empirical in
nature.
     The soil column technique will be
described as it varies according to four
types of transport systems:

     1.  Mild aqueous solutions,

     2.  Strong acids solutions,

     3.  Strong basic solutions,

     4.  Organic solvents.


MATERIALS

Soi 1 s

     Soils that represent the land dis-
posal area should be collected, stored
and some established as standards as well
as used for immediate column tests.  These
standards then can be reserved for all
other tests and thereby act as references
for comparative purposes for new or ex-
panded disposal site selections.  If sur-
face disposal is proposed, soil samples at
1-ft (30-cm) depth intervals should be
taken to at least a depth of 15 feet as
discussed in "Premonitoring Waste Disposal
Sites" (Fuller, 1980).  Soil representa-
tive of the bottom and sides of the exca-
vations for landfills, should be repre-
sented as well  as greater depths.

     Selection of soils for the column
tests and laboratory characterization may
be accomplished as follows:

     1.  Sample location - The deepest and
         most uniform clayey soils should
         be selected for a site.  The sam-
         ples then should be taken that
         adequately represent the disposal
         area.   Sampling then depends on
         (a) final site choice, (b) type
         of disposal (e.g. surface or sub-
         surface) and (c) solid or liquid
         or both involvement.

     2.  Surface disposals - Sample for
         surface disposal may be taken
         from a grid system, as few as 2
         or 3 per acre (5 or 6 per hectare),
         to a depth of 15 feet (5 meters)
         if the soil is reasonably homo-
         geneous and no variable textures
         or concentrations (lime, gypsum,
         clay pan, or iron pans) are pres-
         ent.  If the soil is highly heter-
         ogeneous, variable in texture,
         supports shall  water tables, or
                                            89

-------
         encompasses aquifers,  then sam-
         ples at more frequent  intervals
         should be taken to the depth  of
         expected fluid penetration.   The
         object is to fully characterize
         the disposal soil  profile.

     3.  Subsurface disposals  - Soil sam-
         ples should be taken  at greater
         depth for excavated disposal
         sites.  For example,  if a  dispos-
         al  is to be 25'  deep  (8 meters),
         enough samples from the 0-25'
         depth should be taken  to charac-
         terize the soil  material  for
         lateral as well  as vertical flow.
         The number taken depends on
         the homogeneity.  Sampling below
         25' should begin by withdrawing
         cores at regular intervals (e.g.
         5 feet) until  the  static under-
         ground water table or  bedrock  is
         contacted.

     4.  Size of soil sample -  Each 10-cm
         column of soil requires a  minimum
         of one pound (454  g) of material,
         therefore, a total of  four or  five
         pounds (2 to 3 kg) of  air-dry  soil
         should be supplied to  the  labora-
         tory analyst to satisfy both  the
         analytical and soil column tests.
         The minimum number of  columns  for
         a single test is two.

Quartz Sand

     Pure quartz sand is used  in the soil
column as an inert-distribution-layer  at
both ends of the soil column between the
soil and the solution intake and outlet
plates.  The sand is prewashed  in 2 M  HC1
and rinsed free of Cl~ with deionized  water
to ensure that reactive constituents and
impurities are minimized.  The  best mate-
rial gives about 2.58 g/cm3 particle den-
sity and 1.44 g/cnr bulk density when
packed into the column.  Both  particle  and
bulk density changes in direct  relationship
to percentage particle size distribution
of sand, silt, and clay.

Limestone

     A limestone liner may be  placed in a
layer over a soil barrier to help retard
pollutant movement from landfills (Fuller
and Artiola, 1978; Artiola-Fortuny  and
Fuller, 1980).  Limestone developed for
agricultural purposes characteristically
has a particle density of about 2.7 g/cm
with a broad range of particle sizes of
5 to 0.05 mm with the bulk the size
of sand particles.  In the column study,
most limestone may be compacted to about
1.67 g/cm^ bulk density and placed as a
liner of 2-5 cm over the column of soil as
described in an earlier publication (Fuller
1982).
EQUIPMENT

     The soil column apparatus and equip-
ment is diagrammatically illustrated in
Figures 1 through 4.  Briefly the necessary
equipment consists of:

     1.  Soil columns are cut from either
         5 cm i.d. PVC pipe in 12 cm
         lengths or 10 cm i.d. PVC pipe
         cut in 22 cm lengths.  This allows
         for 1 cm of quartz sand on the
         surface and bottom of the column.
         The minimum length of the test
         soil column is 10 cm, (Figure 2).
         Longer soil columns may be used
         when a larger volume of effluent
         is needed for chemical  analysis
         or when flux or solution movement
         through the soil is very slow;

     2.  C02 - gas tanks with suitable
         gages to accurately deliver low
         levels of C02 continuously is
         desired;

     3.  Peristaltic pump(s).  See Figure 2
         with accessories.  Always keep
         spare (special) plastic tubing
         available;

     4.  Constant head reservoir if grav-
         ity feed is selected instead of
         precision delivery pumps.  See
         Figure 1;

     5.  Manifold for distribution of test
         waste water;

     6.  Plastic collection bottles/caps;

     7.  A fraction collector is desirable
         if a large number of samples are
         to be taken and the soil column
         technique is to be frequently
         used as a tool for pollution
         migration evaluation;

     8.  Total organic carbon (TOC) furnace
                                            90

-------
 Figure  1.     Diagram of the soil  column  system used to study attenuation
                of landfill leachate metals with gravity feed.
                                                           BULK
                                                            RESERVOIR
                         CONSTANT
                           FLUX PUMP
Figure  2.     Diagram of the soil  column  system using the peristaltic pump
               and fraction collector.
                                        91

-------
              A                 B                C

Figure  3.      Diagram of the  detailed  soil  columns.
 Figure   4.  Soil column used to evaluate effect of solvents
             on soil retention of pollutants.
                            92

-------
    10.
    11.
if organics are to be determined
on effluents;

Soil  preparation equipment such
as a 2-mm sieve, rolling pins,
and firm roll platform.  For total
heavy metal determinations a ball
mill  pulverizer is needed;

Laboratory supplied with equipment
to adequately determine ppm of
common metals such as Ca, Mg, K,
Na, Fe, Si, P, etc., and ppb
levels of most heavy metals, and

Storage bottles (20-40 L) for
leachates and test waste waters.
CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL ANALYSES

Chemical Analyses

     Free oxides of the soils were deter-
mined by the method of Kilmer (1960), sur-
face area by the method of Heilman et al.
(1965) using the ethylene glycol moneothyl
ether technique, and manganese by modified
procedure of Bernas (1968).  For total
analysis, a sample size of 1 g of finely
ball milled soil, 10 ml of aqua regia, and
6 ml of HF were used for digestion.  Boric
acid (2.0 g) then was added and the sample
diluted to a final  volume of 50 ml.  The
pH values were measured using the glass
electrode.  Where pH, common ions, total
dissolved solids (EC), and cation exchange
capacity were evaluated, the methods recom-
mended by the USDA (1954) were used.

     Al, Fe, and Mn contained in the fluids
(influents and soil column effluents) were
measured by atomic absorption spectropho-
tometry using standard procedures recom-
mended for the 810 Jarrell-Ash atomic ab-
sorption unit.  Chemical interferences
were minimized by matrix adjustment using
La and K according to Ando et al. (1969).
Using the dual channel of the AA with one
channel  carrying a hydrogen continuum
lamp, we evaluated extent of background
for Cd.   Background corrections were found
not to be required because of the compara-
tively low interferences in diluted leach-
ate as compared with the digestion in
redistilled cone. HNO,.  All  samples were
collected in the presence of redistilled
HN03 to give a final  pH of 2.  The first
pore volume displacement was discarded
because it represented the deionized water
used to saturate the soil column.  The Ca,
Mg, K, and Na were measured by flame emis-
sion (USEPA, 1974) in a Beckman Du and
NH, N, P, and Si according to the conven-
tiSfial methods required by USEPA (1974)
water and waste water methods.

     Total organic carbon (TOC) was deter-
mined by a Beckman 915 A Model Total Organ-
ic Carbon Analyzer.

Physical Analyses

Standard X-Ray -

     The relative amounts of secondary clay
minerals types were determined by the stan-
dard x-ray technique.  (Jackson, 1963).

Mechanical Analysis -

     Procedures (Day, 1965) were used to
identify the <2/u clay minerals, silt
(0.002-0.05 mm) and sand (0.05-1.00 mm)
distribution of the soils.

Soil Bulk Density -

     Soil bulk density, £u (g/cm ), is
defined as the ratio of the mass of the
soil dried at 105 C to the apparent volume
of soil (i.e. volume of soil particles plus
pore space).  The bulk density of soil can
be determined in the field or an undis-
turbed sample, core or clod of soil, can be
determined in the field or an undisturbed
sample, core or clod of soil, can be taken
for laboratory determination of bulk den-
sity.  For a complete review or procedures,
see Blake (1965).  For laboratory column
study, the bulk density is calculated by
dividing the oven-dried mass of the soil
packed in column by the volume of the
column.

Soil Particle Density -
                                    o
     Soil particle density, fu, (g/cm ), is
defined as the ratio of the mass of the
soil dried at 105°C to that of the volume
of the solid particles.  Blake (1965) des-
cribes the procedure for the determination
of particle density.

Soil Porosity -

     Soil porosity a (unit less) is defined
as the ratio of the volume of pores to that
of the apparent volume of pores.  Soil
porosity can be calculated by the equation
                                           93

-------
The porosity of laboratory soil  columns are
determined using the column bulk density
and soil particle density.

Pore Volume -

     For a3giyen bulk volume of soil, pore
volume (cm ) is simply defined as the
volume of pores (i.e. PV - a x bulk volume
of soil).  For laboratory columns, pore
volume is calculated by multiplying the
column porosity and column volume.  By
convention, the volume of pores  or pore
volume of a column is taken as one unit
and is referred to as pore volume number.
SOIL COLUMN VARIABLES

     The homogeneous column of soil  has
inherent physical characteristics that
influence migration and retention of pol-
lutants just as does the undisturbed soil
in nature.  Fortunately, some of the char-
acteristics that cause highly variable
results in attenuation between replicated
soil columns can be avoided or minimized,
at least.  Certain other characteristics
can vary widely yet not significantly
influence attenuation.  This section is
aimed at reporting the effect of a number
of variables on attenuation of certain
pollutants and suggesting ways to minimize
those that are the least desirable to
critical data collection.

Flux

     Flux or flow rate plays a part in dif-
fusion of ions into and out of soil  aggre-
gates.  When diffusion or certain chemical
reactions are slow to completion, flow
velocities of solutions and solvents
through soils will influence attenuation
more than when diffusions and/or reactions
are rapid.  The attenuation of soluble
metal ions in natural systems may take
place during a number of possible flow
regimes (Bard and Lapidus, 1968; Lapidus
and Amundson, 1952; Biggar and Nielsen,
1960; Davidson and Chang, 1972; Lai  and
Jurinak, 1972; Nielsen and Biggar, 1962).
It was hoped that by developing information
on the influence of flux, predictions of
pollution retention may be made more real-
istic of field conditions.  Moreover, soil
modifications may be provided that control
flux which in turn may act to minimize
migration in the field (Fuller, 1980).

     By passing natural  MSW landfill-type
leachates containing soluble Be, Cd,  Cr,
Fe, Ni, and Zn through nine soils until
breakthrough (C/C  = 1)  occurred, it was
revealed that, the slower the rate of flow
the greater was the tendency for retention
of the metal ions in solution.  However,
statistically, flux significantly (95%
level) influenced the attenuation of only
A], Be, Cr(VI) and Fe(II).  Flux was  of
little importance for Cd, Ni, Zn.  There-
fore, by renovating the soil, lining the
excavation with clayey soil, and compacting
it to known densities, flux of leachates
can be usefully mechanized as an aid for
metal retention.

Bulk Density, Soil Packing, and
Stratification

     Packing of soils in the column is
critical to obtaining reproducibly accept-
able attenuation data.  Since the procedure
is empirical, each step requires the inves-
tigator to establish uniformity and stand-
ardization of one's self in all aspects.
For example, funnel ing loose soil into the
soil columns will result in particle segre-
gation and stratification of material.  To
avoid this as much as possible, a layer of
soil (1-2 cm thick) is spooned into the
column, packed uniformly with a round ended
thick glass rod or a steel rod covered with
durable plastic, and then repeated until
the column is filled to the predetermined
mark (10, 20, or 36 cm)  as desired.

Channeling and Piping

     Excessive channeling and piping
through the soil column is to be avoided.
Proper packing is the only means of mini-
mizing these problems.  Should unacceptable
channeling and piping be identified,  the
soil column must be discarded and replaced.

Sot! Structure

     Some soils form unusually stable
structures  (i.e. particle arrangement)
when removed from the natural habitat and
dried.  They subdivide poorly, if at all,
during packing and slake poorly during
rewetting.  Soils relatively high in hy-
drous oxides of Fe and Al and to a certain
extent Mn, typically form cemented durable
structures during the drying process in-
volved associated with preparation in the
                                            94

-------
laboratory.  Soils containing hydrous
silicates and free calcium carbonate (lime)
may also exhibit structure cementations
that are quite durable.  Unless tightly
packed, attenuation in such soil  is diffi-
cult to evaluate.  The structures may
arrange to form large, open pore  spaces
like sands rather than the smaller pore
spaces like the clays they should repre-
sent.  As a consequence, leachates and sol-
vents pass through so rapidly, penetration
and diffusion into the structures is un-
naturally slow as compared to that in the
field with undisturbed moist soil.  Test
fluids move through these soils so rapidly
that contact with internal structures may
have little or no opportunity to  take place
as may be expected under natural  condi-
tions.  Oven dried soils particularly are
not recommended for use in soil column
tests.  A separate 100-200 g sample of soil
may be taken and oven dried to determine
soil moisture levels as a means for calcu-
lating data on a dry weight basis.

     The permeability of a soil both under
natural and undisturbed as well as dis-
turbed condition (Fuller, 1975a,  b; Fuller,
1980) can be greatly altered by soil struc-
ture.  In fact, soil structure relation-
ships can dominate over most other physical
factors, even kind of clay mineral.  At
least four characteristics of natural soil
minimizes the importance of the kind of
clay mineral (montmorillonite, mica, Kao-
linite, etc.) for use in practical pre-
diction of pollutant attenuation:

     1.  Most soils are composed  of a
         mixture of different clay minerals
         in a great number of different
         proportions.  Therefore  rarely is
         there an opportunity for a pure
         form of clay mineral to  dominate
         chemical reactions in soil.

     2.  Clay mineral species occurs in a
         pure form in soils rarely.  They
         usually are modified in  some form
         that greatly influences  their
         cation exchange capacity (CEC).
         Moreover, ion substitutions within
         the clay mineral structures is
         more commonplace than the occur-
         rence of the ideal structure re-
         ported in the literature and
         textbooks.

     3.  The CEC of soils as usually cal-
         culated using NH/, Ba++, K+, Na+
         ions poorly reflects the heavy
         metal (e.g. Pb, Zn) CEC, and

     4.  Excessively stable soil structure
         can drastically alter soil perme-
         ability several fold independent
         of permeability as predicted by
         kind of clay mineral.

         Soils having excessively stable
         soil structures should be avoided
         unless the soil can be broken
         down by chemical or mechanical
         means to provide a more disoersed
         condition and greater surface
         exposures.

Soil Moisture

     Usually air dried soil samples are
used for the soil column tests.  Maintain-
ing the natural field moisture levels while
removing stones, roots, and other debris
and sieving to pass 2-mm for homogeneity
often is too unrealistic.  Most soils are
not too adversely affected by lab prepara-
tion recommended.  Moreover, once a soil
is removed from its natural surroundings,
it no longer represents an undisturbed
soil.  The value of establishing homogene-
ity within the test soil is so paramount
for comparative purposes among different
soils (to evaluate the impact of different
levels of soil properties) that arguments
in favor of an undisturbed soil sample
assume little significance.

     Soil columns are brought to a satura-
tion equilibrium with water and/or the
testing fluid prior to beginning the atten-
uation evaluations.  Thus the soil column
procedure attempts to provide some degree
of realistic standardization with respect
to soil moisture.
MILD AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS

Waste Streams

     The municipal solid waste (MSW) land-
fill-type leachate is typical of this
class.  Dilute industrial waste waters
from produce processing as related to can-
neries, mildly acid (pH 3-5) and mildly
alkaline (pH 8-10) industrial waste
streams, and certain animal and sewage
waste waters are also included.

     Solid waste landfill-type leachates
                                           95

-------
are usually anaerobic (oxygen deficient).
Therefore, like all  anaerobic solutions,
if the soil column test is to be valid,
oxygen deficient conditions must be main-
tained at the time of sampling and through-
out the test.  Anaerobic fluids are pre-
served under CCL at all times to prevent
precipitation of important constituents
(Korte et alI., 1976b).  Unfortunately bio-
logical activity within organic waste solu-
tions and leachates  may alter solution com-
position and pH level during prolonged soil
column testing.  This may be further com-
plicated by excessive bubbling CO- through
aqueous fluids.  The result with most
aqueous solutions, particularly solid
waste leachates, is  the formation of car-
bonates which are accompanied by a rise in
pH.  Excessive aeration with C(L is to be
avoided.  Even under highly anaerobic con-
ditions, variations  in concentrations of
soluble organic carbon compounds (TOC),
salts, iron, and other metals may occur.
The biological activity and changes with
time are more prominent with younger than
older leachates and  aqueous waste streams.
Formation of HS~ also must be avoided or
kept at a minimum during soil-column evalu-
ation studies.  Production of HS~ results
in strong precipitation of metals in the
waste fluids.  As favorable as it may be
for attenuation, it  causes a failure in
the ability of the soil column technique
to independently evaluate soil and fluid
characteristics for attenuation.

Procedure for Mild Aqueous Solutions

     Air dry soil is passed through a 2 mm
sieve then uniformly packed into a PVC
column.  Packing is  undertaken, 1-2 cm at
a time, until a desired density (usually
predetermined by test packing in considera-
tion for texture differences) is achieved.
This is physically accomplished by tamping
with a rod.  A 1-cm diameter glass rod was
found to possess certain advantages over
other types of rods  used.  Bulk densities
must be standardized for each soil at
values of about field condition or slightly
greater to minimize channeling.  The test
columns may vary in size from 5 x 10, 10  x
20 to 6 x 30 cm of soil depending on the
kind of waste fluid being tested, Figure  3.
The enclosed shorter columns (5 x 10 cm)
are the most suited to MSW-type leachates
where biological degration is expected to
be minimal during the test runs.
     A quartz sand (Ottawa) 1-cm thick
layer is placed at both ends of the soil
column and held in place with circles of
thin fiber glass cloth cut to fit the PVC
cylinder snugly.  The sand and cloth pro-
mote uniform dispersion of fluid over the
entire entrance to the soil surface and
aid in a uniform fluid flow at the column
exit.  The columns are enclosed by sealing
a PVC disc at either end of the column
with  PVC glue and epoxy.  Two ports are
provided through the PVC disc at the top
for exit and one port at the bottom for
intake of fluids.  The second, smaller port
on the top is used for gas exit that may
accumulate during testing.  It is kept
clamped off except for occasional release
of accumulated gas, Figure 3.

     After sealing, the columns are placed
into the box holder, Figure 2, and satu-
rated with deionized water.  All the air
is displaced from the soil pore space by
forcing water up through the bottom port
against gravity.  When complete saturation
is assured, the columns are disconnected
from the water reservoir and connected to
the test fluid.  Again forcing the solu-
tion through the soil against gravity.

     The rate of flow through the soil
column is controlled by a peristaltic pump
placed between the fluid storage tank and
soil.  A useful flux for the pumps ranges
between 2 and 5 cm-vcrn^/hr per column of
soil.  If gravity is desired, the soil
columns are fastened on a steel rack with
large clamps such that adjustments of head
may be made at any height from floor to
celling according to Figure 1.  Sandy soils
require less head than clay soils to deliv-
er equal volumes of solution over a fixed
period of time.  Two flow rates most use-
ful to use for gravity control were 0.5 or
1.0 pore volume displacements per 24 hours.

     During the first week of operation
column discharge effluent requires the
most attention.  If a fraction collector
is used, sample selection can well be
arranged every two hours depending on flux
and availability of collection-tubes.
Samples for heavy metals identification
are collected in containers (or tubes) to
which has been added 5 ml of IN^ HNO,. When
organic constituents are to be monitored,
the acid is not added to the collection
bottles (tubes) but the samples must be
refrigerated (not frozen immediately.
                                           96

-------
     For the development of breakthrough
curves at least 25 data points are desired
for modeling preferably distributed along
all values of C/Co (not bunched at 0 or 1
only.)
STRONG ACIDS AND BASES

Waste Streams

     Strong acids such as those from the
plating industry, mining, and metal  puri-
fication are most frequently disposed of
by:  a) open ponds or lagoons, b)  confined
containers, or c) placing with solid wastes
in landfills.  Disposals, therefore, may
be in direct contact with the air, at least
during the initial period of dumping.  The
soil column technique involved with  strong
acids and bases, consequently, is  adapted
to similar environment with the fluid sur-
faces exposed to the atmosphere and  the
soil-acid interface under a low head of
acid waste.

     Strong bases and caustic fluids also
attack soils causing selective dissolution
and solubilization.  The soil organic mat-
ter is notoriously solubilized at  pH levels
ranging as low as 8.4.  Black alkali soil
of high pH range (8.5-11) found in arid
lands is an example.  White alkali is more
closely associated with inorganic  salts
such as carbonates, chlorides and  sulfates
of Ca and Mg.  Silicates as well as  primary
and secondary minerals are particularly
susceptible to action of alkalies, (Nutting,
1943).

     Disposals of caustic soda on  land
results in pollutant migration problems.

     Monovalent cations, such as Na+, K+,
and NH.+, in strong basic waste tend to
drastically reduce permeability of water to
soils as compared with divalent cations
such as Ca++.  This phenomenon has been
well known for some time and forms a basis
for reclamation recommendations for  gypsum
(CaSO^^HoO) use on agricultural land.
Fuller, 1975 a,b; Fuller and Halderman,
1975; and Fuller, 1979a.

Procedure for Strong Acids and Bases

     The column soil contact procedure is
similar for strong acids and bases.   Except
for the exclusion of C02 from the  test
system for strong bases and avoiding
contact with quartz or glass equipment, we
have no specific details of differences in
techniques.

     Larger soil columns are used for
strong acids and bases than for dilute
leachates.  However, columns can be of any
convenient size to fit the specific condi-
tion.  We find that columns measuring 10 x
30 cm, 8 x 20 cm, or 6 x 36 cm with 10 to
20 cm of space above the soil surface in
the cylinders for the fluid head, to be
suitable.  Lucite or some acid-or-base-
resistant clear plastic allows for a view
of the soil during the period of wetting,
gas formation, swelling and other altera-
tions due to reactions between the soil
and fluid.  A plastic nipple screwed into
the plastic plate cemented onto the soil
cylinder bottom acts as an outlet port for
effluent collection, Figure 2.

     The test solution is poured onto the
soil surface protected by a snugly fitted
fiber glass cloth disc and covered to the
desired depth.  Either a moving or fixed
fluid head may be used.  We prefer a fixed
head equioped in a way to permit continuous
replenishment of acid.  Rate of acid flow
is controlled by adjusting the height of
head as it responds to gravity.  An elab-
orate system is not necessary unless there
is need to make a number of tests simul-
taneously with the same waste source.

     Data collecting for these as well as
all soil column should include the follow-
ing:

     1.  volume of influent
     2.  volume of effluent
     3.  rate of advance of wetting front
     4.  soil swelling
     5.  gas formation
     6.  rate of discharge of effluent
     7.  collection of effluent
     8.  composition of influent
     9.  composition of effluent
    10.  specific pollutant migration
    11.  total organic carbon
    12.  pH
    13.  electrical conductivity

     After breakthrough has occurred or
near steady state of concentrations have
been achieved, the soil columns are still
capable of providing valuable information.
Migration depths of different pollutants,
desorption data, and dissolution of the
soil particles can be determined by
                                           97

-------
segmenting the soil  columns into 5 or 10
equal parts and making water-soluble (1:5
ratio) and total chemical  analyses.  The
soil itself can contribute to subsurface
water pollution when strong acids and bases
solubilize the natural soil components
(Fuller et al. 1976).  Such information can
then be translated into the field as an
effective means for evaluating quality of
the soil  at different sites for land dis-
posal or for liner purposes.
ORGANIC SOLVENTS

Classes

     The class of waste streams called
"Organics" refers to organic fluids  (sol-
vent phase) containing other dissolved sub-
stances or chemicals (solute phase).   The
solute phase may be dissolved inorganic
chemicals (slats), organic substances
(organic salts and complex organic com-
pounds), or both inorganic and organic com-
ponents.  Although most attention concern-
ing organic waste streams has centered on
the solvent, the nature of the solute  car-
ried in the solvent can influence the
physical and chemical  properties of soil
associated with attenuation (Fuller, et
al., 1979b).

     A convenient grouping of organic
fluids has been suggested (Matrecon, Inc.,
1980; Anderson and Brown, 1981) as follows:

     a)  acids:  "organic-acid" is any
         organic fluid that represents
         acid functional  groups,

     b)  bases:  "organic-base" is any
         organic fluid that represents any
         organic cation,

     c)  neutral nonpolar:  organic  fluids
         that have no charge and small,
         if any, dipole moment,

     d)  neutral polar:  organic fluids
         that have no charge but exhibit
         stronger dipolar moments than the
         "neutral nonpolar" organics.

Procedure for Organic Solvents

     The soil-column technique involving
organic solvents is similar to that  for
strong acids and bases in that strict
anaerobic conditions»need not be maintained
as with anaerobic aqueous leachates.  How-
ever, water may be involved depending on
the need to begin with a water saturated
soil or not.  For example, one may wish to
simulate conditions resulting from spills
or leakage of organic fluids from container
failure in landfills surrounded with water-
saturated or near saturated soil.

     A suggested diagram of the soil column
apparatus used for study of organic sol-
vents may be seen in Figure 4.

     A step-wise detailed procedure is
suggested as follows:

     1.  Pack columns of glass, measuring
         6 x 30 cm or some convenient size,
         with the test soil to a known
         density similar to that in the
         field.  (See diagram of soil col-
         umn, Figure 3A, B).

     2.  Arrange for inflow of waste sol-
         vent either to dry soil or water
         saturated.  If the solvent is
         less dense than water (and non-
         miscible), connect the flow from
         the top.  If the solvent has a
         greater density than water or is
         miscible, connect the solvent
         tube to the port at the bottom
         of the soil column.

     3.  The organic solvent waste is
         metered into the soil column us-
         ing a peristaltic pump, water
         reservoir, and constant head
         manometer system as shown in the
         Figure 4.  Flow rates usually
         range from 2-3 ml/hr at atmos-
         pheric pressure.

     4.  The apparatus does not require
         placement into a vented hood
         since the whole circuit can be
         enclosed.  A hood is desired for
         preparation and manipulation of
         volatile and toxic solvents,
         however.

     5.  The peristaltic pump is used to
         control the flux of the solvent
         through the soil column indirectly
         since many solvents are not com-
         patible with the plastic tubing
         of the pump.  Water is pumped
         which in turn monitors the sol-
         vent into the column of soil at
         the selected rate of flow.
                                           98

-------
          I0r
                 WAGRAM
DAVIDSON
    C/Co   .5 -
                                10
        15        20
  PORE  VOLUMES
 Figure  5.     Relative Migration of Nickel  through 4 Diverse Soils.
       I Or
                                      NICKEL
  C/Co  .5 -
                                   PORE VOLUMES

Figure  6.      Relative  migration of nickel, beryllium, and selenium through
               ava  silty clay.
                                      99

-------
  C/Co   .5 \-
                                       TIME
Figure  7.     Types of breakthrough curves  generated  by  the  soil  col
               uecnmque.
umn
                                   too

-------
                       CD
                              CD    a
                                                        Q    O    CO      LU    CO
                       ca     a
                                                 O    LU     O    CQ      LU    c£
O
<_>

:c

£
LU
 01
CO
                                          I    UJ    LU     (J      O     O
                       <:     co    03
LU
13
<_)

u_
o
>-
I—

UJ
                <    o    o
             Q    Q    Q     LU     ILULUO      LU     Q
                <    <_>    o    o
                                                  I     LU    O    CO

                                                         •
                                                        U
                •      .      •           -r-     to
             o      •
                                  •r-    fc.     10    (J
                                                                      I/)
                                                  i    o
                                                                      at
        O
        co
        _                  o
        E    -r-    co     co
        tJtOttJ"O-^EOO
        S-           ^    •>-     O     •—    £    C     id
        en    10    (—     >    ^—     ITJ     cj    c    -C
        IO     >    Id     Id     O     Jd    >r-    Id     O
        :zzu-z
                                                                             •i—    O
                                                                               U   +J
                                                                                    c
                                        101

-------
     6.   A fraction collector can be  used
         for effluent sampling but manual
         collection may prove simpler and
         easier to control  the escape of
         volatile or toxic  solvents.   It
         is difficult to control  loss of
         volatile solvents  with a fraction
         collector unless it is placed
         into a vented hood.

     7.   Swelling of the soil in the  col-
         umn should be recorded.

     8.   After the pollutant migration
         data collection has been com-
         pleted, the soil column can  be
         segmented and suitable analysis
         made for the migration of the
         pollutant in question.
PREDICTIONS USING SOIL AND POLLUTANT BREAK-
THROUGH CURVES

     Soil  column data are provided as a
means predicting pollutant retention by
soils.   One example of this is illustrated
by heavy metal attenuation.  Breakthrough
curves  (e.g. C/CQ at increasing pore volume
displacements) for different soils with a
single  metal, Figure 5 9e.g. Ni x 4 soils)
and different metals with a single soil,
Figure  6 (e.g. Ava si c 1 x Ni, Be, Se)
are developed and used to construct a set
of typical  curves, Figure 7.  The types of
breakthrough curves for each soil and a
given element is given an identification
letter, A to E, Figure 7.  The values of
C/CQ obtained from any one soil column
correspond to one of the generalized curves
in Figure 7.  Weakly retained elements are
represented by curves A and B, i.e., com-
plete breakthrough where C/C0 = 1 occurs
rapidly.  The rise in pollutant concentra-
tion in the effluent of A begins earlier
than B  and breaks through earlier.  In
turn, B is more rapid than C, and so on.
Curves  C and D represent more of a steady-
state condition.  Curve E is an example of
an extreme situation of a soil (clay) that
did not permit the pollutatn (metal) to
exceed  C/CQ = 0.1 in the number of pore
volume  displacements taken place.

     To better understand this, elution
curves  obtained from each soil column are
coded in Table 1.  Sandy soils (Wagram,
Kalkaska, Anthony) are identified most
often with sharp breakthroughs.  Clay soils
(Nicholson, Molokai) demonstrate slow
leakage and high retention.  Mohave (Ca) is
an exception for Cr " but it contains free
CaC03 (lime) and a relatively high pH of
7.8, both of which decrease migration.
Again, if others characterize a soil or
soil-like material at some other location
or depth, for example, they can compare
the characteristics of the most similar
soil material used in this study and esti-
mate the attenuation characteristics of
their material for disposals.
APPLICATION

     The soil column data provide the
first step in the development of a simula-
tion model of pollutant attenuation with
the ultimate goal of a simple relationship
of a user-oriented predictive tool, inde-
pendent of a computer, for waste disposal
on land (Fuller and Amoozegar-Fard, U.S.
EPA, in Press).  The steps necessary for
predictive equations are:

     Quantatively measure the influence
     of selected soil and leachate prop-
     erties (soil texture, free-FeO, and
     surface area; leachate TOC, Fe, in-
     organic ion concentration, salts,
     and pH) on attenuation of selected
     pollutants (e.g. Cr, Cd, Ni, and Zn)
     alone and recognized orders) in the
     intended disposal area.

     Match theoretical curves from a com-
     puter model previously developed
     from soil column research data and
     approximately described pollutant
     metal movement through soil columns
     under saturated steady-state flow
     conditions, with the actual data col-
     lected in Item 1.

     Translate these parameters directly
     into migration rates for a particular
     element, using the data-curve patterns
     developed from measurable soil and
     leachate properties.

     Regress the metal velocities against
     the soil and leachate characteristics
     in such a way that the results will
     provide equations that describe a
     desired simple relationship of a
     user-oriented predictive tool (inde-
     pendent of computer) for waste dis-
     posal on land.

     Recommend guideline procedures for
                                           102

-------
     field verification of the equations
     (or tables) in predicting certain
     pollutant migrations through soils
     as applied to waste-disposal problems
     and site selection.

     The soil column also has a wider
application than just establishing univer-
sal equations as a technique for predictive
purposes.  The C/C0 breakthrough curves can
be used directly for predictions of pollu-
tion buildup rate in the soil and under-
ground water.  By knowing the initial pol-
lutant concentration of C0 and the final
migration rate of C to reach C/C0 = 1, a
time schedule can be calculated to deter-
mine how long permissible disposal can be
allowed and what volume of waste can be
discharged without exceeding the under-
ground water quality regulations.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT

     I wish to thank the U. S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH,
and Dr. Michael Roulier, the project offi-
cer, in particular for the partial  support
of this research under Grant No.  805731-010.
The soil column technique, reported here,
was developed over the last 8 years by the
contributions of a great number of graduate
student assistants and staff during my
tenure as principal investigator.  I thank
them and acknowledge the fact that this
method is the result of a joint effort by
a number of diligent research scientists.
Paper No. 3537.
 REFERENCES

 Anderson, D., and K. Brown.  1981.  Organ-
 ic  leachate effects on the permeability of
 clay  liners.  Iin D. W. Sehultz (ed.) Land
 disposal:  Hazardous wastes.  Seventh
 Annual  Research Symposium.  EPA-600/9-81-
 0026.   U.S. Environmental Protection
 Agency, Cincinnati, OH 45268.  pp. 400.

 Ando, H., M. Suzuk, K. Fuma, and B.L.
 Wai lee.  1969.  Atomic absorption of
 arsenic in nitrogen (entrained air)-
 hydrogen flames.  Anal. Chem. 41:1974-1979.

 Artiola, J., and W.H. Fuller.  1979.
 Effect  of crushed limestone barriers on
 chromium attenuation in soils.  J. Environ.
 Qual. 8:503-510.
Artiola-Fortuny, J., and W.H. Fuller.  1980.
Limestone liner for landfill leachate  con-
taining beryllium, cadmium, iron, nickel,
and zinc.  Soil Sci. 129:167-179.

Bard, Y., and  L. Lapidus.   1968.  Kenetic
analysis by digital parameter estimation.
Catal. Rev. 2:67-112.

Bernas, B.  1968.  A new method  for decom-
position and comprehensive  analysis of
silicates by atomic absorption spectrom-
etry.  Anal. Chem.  11(40):1682-1686.

Biggar, J.W.,  and  D.R. Nielsen.   1960.
Diffusion effects  in miscible displacement
occurring in saturated and  unsaturated
porous materials.  J. Geophys. Res. 65-
2887-2895.

Black, C.A.   1965.   Methods of soil  analy-
sis.  No.  9.   Am.  Soc.  Agron.,  Inc.,
Madison,  WI.   pp.  770.

Blake, G.R.   1965.   Bulk density.  I_n  C.A.
Black (ed.).   Methods in soils  analysis,
Part I.   Physical  and mineralogical  prop-
erties including statistics of measurement
and sampling.   Am.  Soc.  Agron.,  Madison,
WI.

Cox, F.R.  and E.J.  Kamprath.  1972.   Micro-
nutrient Soils Tests.  In:  Mortuedt, Gio-
dano, and Lindsay (eds).   Micronutrients
in Agriculture.  Soil Sci.  Soc.  Am.,
Madison,  WI.   p. 265-288.

Davidson,  J.M., and R.K.  Chang.   1972.
Transport of picloram in relation to soil
physical  conditions and pore volume  velo-
city.  Soil  Sci. Soc. Am. Proc.  36:257-261.

Day, P.R.   1965.  Particle fractional on
and particle-size analysis.   In C.A. Black
(ed.).  Methods of Soil  Analysis.  Part I.
Am. Soc.  Agron., Madison, WI.   pp. 545-561.

Fuller,  W.H.   1982.  The geochemistry of
hazardous  waste disposal.  In:   (ed. Cope).
The management of hazardous  waste disposal.
Birmingham Univ. Press  (in press).  Bir-
mingham,  G.B.

Fuller,  W.H.   1977.  Movement of selected
metals,  asbestos,  and cyanide in soil:
Application to waste disposal  problems.
EPA-600/2-77-020.   U.S.  Environmental  Pro-
tection Agency, Cincinnati,  OH.  45268.
257 pp.
                                           103

-------
Fuller, W.H.  1978.  Investigation of
landfill leachate pollutant attenuation by
soils.  EPA-600/21-78-158.  U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH.
45268.  219 pp.

Fuller, W.H.  1979.  Management of saline
soils.  Outlook on Agriculture.  10(1):13-
20.

Fuller, W.H.  1980.  Soil modification to
minimize movement of pollutant from solid
waste operation.  Critical Rev. Environ.
Contr. 9(3):213-270.  CRC Press, Inc.,
Boca Raton, FL. 33431.

Fuller, W.H., and A. Amoozegar-Fard.  1982.
Soil column procedure for predicting
pollutant attenuation.   U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency.   ^lERL.  Cincinnati, OH.
45268.

Fuller, W.H.,  and J. Artiola.   1978.   Use
of limestone to limit contaminant movement
from landfills.   In D.W. Shultz (ed.) Land
Disposal of Hazardous Waste.   Fourth Ann.
Res. Symp.  March 6-8,  1978.   San Antonio,
TX.  EPA-600/9-78-016.   U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency,  Cincinnati,  OH.  45268.

Fuller, W.H.,  and A.D.  Halderman.   1975.
Management for the control of salts in
irrigated soils.  University of Arizona
Agr. Expt. Sta.  and Coop. Ext.  Serv.  A-42
Bui.

Fuller, W.H.,  N.E.  Korte, E.E.  Niebla, and
B.A. Alesii.  1976.  Contribution of the
soil to the migration of certain common
and trace elements.  Soil Sci.  122(4):223-
235.

Heilman, M.D., D.L. Carter,  and C.L.  Gon-
zales.  1965.   The ethylene gycol  mono-
ethyl ether (EGME)  technique for determin-
ing soil surface area.   Soil  Sci.  100:409-
413.

Hillel, D.  1971.  Soil  and water,  physical
principles and process.   Academic Press,
Inc., New York.   pp. 288.

Jackson, M.L.   1963.  Soil clay mineralogy
analysis.  Jji C.I.  Rich and G.W. Kunze
(eds.)  Soil clay mineralogy, Univ. of
North Carolina Press, Chapel  Hill,  N.C.
p. 245-294.

Kilmer, V.J.  1960.  The estimation of
free iron oxides in soils.  Soil Sci. Soc.
 Amer.  Proc.  24:520-522.

 Korte,  N.E.,  W.H.  Fuller,  E.E.  Niebla,
 J.  Skop'p,  and B.A. Alesii.  1976a.   Trace
 element migration  in  soils.   Desorption
 of  attenuated ions and effects  of  solution
•flux.   Jjn  W.H.  Fuller (ed.)   Residual
 management by land disposal.   EPA-600/9-
 76-015.  U.S.  Environmental  Protection
 Agency,  Cincinnati, OH.  45268.   p.  280.

 Korte,  N.E.,  E.E.  Niebla,  and W.H.  Fuller.
 1976b.   The  use of carbon  dioxide  to  sample
 and preserve  natural  leachates.  J. Water
 Pollut.  Control Fed.  48:959-961.

 Lai, S., and  J.J.  Jurinak.   1972.   Trans-
 port of cations in soil  columns  at
different pore velocities.   Soil Sci.  Soc.
Am.  Proc. 36:730-733.

Lapidus, L.,  and N.R.  Amundson.  1952.
Mathematics of absorption in beds.   VI.
The effect of longitudinal  diffusion in ion
exchange and chromatographic columns.
J. Phys. Chem. 56:984-988.

Matrecon,  Inc.  1980.   Lining of waste
impoundments and disposal facilities.   SW-
870.  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency,
Cincinnati, OH. 45268.

Nielsen, D.R., and J.W. Biggar.  1962.
Miscible displacement:  III.  Theoretical
considerations.  Soil  Sci.  Soc. Am. Proc.
26:216-221.

Nutting, P.E.  1943.  The action of some
aqueous  solution in clays of  the Montmoril-
lonite  group.  Prof.  Paper  197F.  U.S.
Geological Survey,  pp. 219-235.

O'Donnell, D.F., B.A. Alesii, J. Artiola-
 Fortuny, and  W.H.  Fuller.   1977.  Predict-
 ing  cadmium movement  through  soils  as in-
 fluenced by leachate  characteristics.  J_n
 S.K. Banerji  (ed.)  Management  of gas and
 leachate in landfills.   EPA-600/9-77-026.
 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
 Cincinnati, OH. 45268.   p.  289.

 Phillips,  C.R.  and J.  Nathwani.  1972.
 Soil-waste interactions:   A state-of-the-
 art review.   Solid waste management report.
 EP5-3-EC-76-14.  Environmental  Protection
 Service, Minister  of  Supply and Service.
 Canada,  Mississauqa,  Ontario,   pp.  214.

 Pierre, W.H.  and A.G.  Norman.  1953.  Soil
 and fertilizer phosphorous.   Academic
                                           104

-------
Press, Inc.  New York, N.Y.

U.S. Department of Agriculture.  1954.
Saline and Alkali soils.  USDA Agric.
Handbk. No. 60.  U.S. Government Printing
Office, Washington, D.C. 20202.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1974.
Methods for chemical analysis of water and
wastes.  EPA-625/6-74-003.  U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
20402.  298 p.

Walsh, L.M. and J.D. Beaton (eds.)  1973.
Soil testing and plant analysis.  Soil Sci.
Soc. Am. Inc. Madison, WI.

-Warrick, A.M., and A. Amoozegar-Fard. 1982.
Field measurement of unsaturated hydraulic
conductivity and soil-water diffusivity.
Jji:  Klute (ed.) Methods of Soil Analysis,
.Monograph No. 9.  Soil Sci. Soc. Am., Madi-
son, WI.  (In press).
                                           105

-------
                           SOIL- AND CLAY-CATALYZED REACTIONS:

               I.   Physicochemical  and Structural  Relationships  of Organic
                       Chemicals Undergoing Free-Radical  Oxidation

                                      James Dragun
                          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                 Washington,  D.C.   20460

                                           and
                                    Charles S. Helling
                             U.S. Department of Agriculture
                                  Beltsville, MD  20705
                                        ABSTRACT

    This paper is the first in a series of studies which analyzes soil- and clay-
catalyzed reactions; the purpose of this series is to present general  guidelines for
predicting the occurrence of these reactions.   In this study, 93 organic chemicals which
undergo soil- and clay-catalyzed oxidation were analyzed to identify (a) similarities in
molecular structure and (b) similarities in physiochemical  properties;  based on this
analysis, these chemicals were divided into four groups.  Group 1 comprises aromatic
chemicals that contain electron withdrawing and weak electron donating fragments and that
have a lower water solubility limit of 200 ppm.  Group 2 comprises aromatic chemicals
that contain electron withdrawing fragments and a very strong electron donating fragment;
the chemicals within this group have a lower water solubility limit of 112 ppm.  Group 3
comprises aromatic chemicals that contain only electron donating fragments, these
chemicals have a lower water solubility limit of 29 ppm.  Group 4 comprises aromatic
chemicals that contain extensive conjugation;  in general, these chemicals have a lower
water solubility limit in the very low ppm to high ppb range.  The relationship between
the lower solubility limit and chemical structure to chemical reactivity was explained
using simple kinetic theory.  Finally, the applicability of the solubility and structure
characteristics of the four groups as guidelines for predicting the occurrence of
free-radical oxidation was discussed.
INTRODUCTION

    Knowledge concerning the environmental
fate of organic chemicals is essential for
assessing the hazard to human health and
the environment associated with various
wastewater, sludge, and chemical use and
disposal methods.  Legislation such as the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act and
its amendments, the Toxic Substances
Control Act (TSCA), the Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide
Act (FIFRA), and the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA) has created a need
for fate data.  The fact that soils and
clays transform certain organic chemicals
has been'recognized for some time; these
reactions are gaining more attention since
the susceptibility of organic chemicals to
accelerated degradation may result in
their increased agricultural use or in
diminished concern over their potential
hazard to human health and the
environment.

    The recent scientific literature shows
that several high production volume
chemicals and pesticides undergro trans-
formations which are not microbe or enzyme
catalyzed.  For example, _s-triazines (45),
organophosphorus pesticides (23, 47), and
poly-(dimethylsiloxane) (2) undergo soil-
                                            106

-------
or clay-catalyzed hydrolysis.   Benzene and
phenol polymerize into high molecular
weight species by a free radical oxidation
reaction at smectite surfaces saturated
with transition metal cations (27).
Willis et al.  (1974) reported the
reduction and subsequent degradation of
trifluralin in soil suspensions.  Although
theoretical mechanisms exist for some of
these reactions, the general lack of
understanding of these surface-catalyzed
reactions prevented accurate predictions
of their occurrence and of the resulting
degradation products.  This is the first
of a series of papers that will  discuss
these reactions and present general  guide-
lines for predicting their occurrence.

SOIL- AND CLAY-CATALYZED REACTIONS

    Crystalline aluminosilicate  materials
that catalytically transform organic
chemicals have been used for many years in
petroleum refining and in the chemical and
petrochemical  industries.  These catalysts
are important in many high temperature,
high pressure reactions such as  in ammonia
synthesis; the conversion of hydrocarbons
with water vapor to synthesis gas;
dehydrocyclization; the Fischer-Tropsch
synthesis; isomerization of paraffins and
cycloalkanes;  hydroisomerization of
olefins, dienes, and aromatics;  isomeri-
zation of ethylbenzene to xylenes;
oxidation; and reduction (22).  Scientists
have recently recognized that soils and
clays catalyze the chemical oxidation,
acid-base neutralization, reduction, and
hydrolysis of organic chemicals  at ambient
pressure and temperature (2, 32, 36).

    The specific role that the colloid
surface plays depends upon the type of
transformation; this section will high-
light the role of sediments and  soils in a
general fashion.  Future papers  in this
series will discuss their role in detail.

    Soils and clays, when dried  to low
water contents, behave as acids; the
reactive protons originate from  the
dissociation of residual water molecules
due to polarization by exchangeable
cations (36) and from the dissociation of
the functional groups in organic matter.
Protons provide a reaction pathway of low
energy in acid catalyzed hydrolysis by
withdrawing electrons and weakening the
molecular bond to be broken (14).
    Iron (28), aluminum (32), trace metals
within layer silicates (36), and adsorbed
oxygen (9,  13) have been identified as the
catalysts promoting free-radical oxida-
tion.   This paper will deal with the
physicochemical properties and molecular
structure of organic chemicals that
undergo soil- and clay-catalyzed free-
radical oxidation.  Other papers in this
series will discuss in detail the reaction
mechanisms, the reaction conditions, and
the role played by clays and soils during
chemical reduction, hydrolysis, acid-base
neutralization, and oxidation.  The fact
that not all soils and clays will catalyze
these reactions cannot be overemphasized.
The guidelines presented in this paper on
chemical structure and on physicochemical
properties must be analyzed along with
guidelines on mechanisms and conditions
before conclusions concerning the
potential reactivity of an organic
chemical are made.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF FREE-RADICAL
OXIDATION

    Oxidation is the removal of electrons
from a chemical species.  In general, it
will occur for organic chemicals by two
different pathways:  in the heterolytic or
polar reaction pathway, an electrophilie
agent attacks an organic molecule and
abstracts an electron pair; in the
homolytic or free-radical reaction path-
way, an agent abstracts only one electron
(17).

    In general, free-radical oxidations
require much less activation energy than
is needed for either cleavage of a
covalent bond or a polar oxidation.
Free-radical oxidations consist of at
least two steps; the first, initiation,
involves the reversible formation of a
free radical through the removal of a
single electron from the molecule.  This
step may happen by (a) the thermal
(spontaneous) dissociation of molecules
which have weak covalent bonds; (b) the
disruption of molecules by exposure to
radiant energy; (c) the disruption of
molecules by high energy particles or
electrons such as alpha or beta radiation;
or (d) single electron transfer from ions
of transition elements that have
incomplete inner electron shells (17) such
as those elements bound in layer lattice
silicates in soils and clays.
                                           107

-------
    The interaction of benzidine with
clays provides a classic example of the
initiating step of a free-radical
oxidation catalyzed by layer lattice
silicates in an aqueous environment (33).
An electron from the diamine is abstracted
by the clay with formation of a blue,
monovalent, radical cation:
                                     HA
  uncharged
   base
  (colorless)
monovalent
 radical
 cation
 (blue)
divalent
 radical
 cation
(yellow)
The monovalent species exists only at a
pH  > 2; at pH  < 2, the radical cation
accepts a proton on the lone pair of
electrons on one of its nitrogen atoms,
forming a yellow, doubly charged radical
cation.

    Propagation is the second step in the
free-radical reaction pathway; its occur-
rence will depend upon the nature of the
reactants and  reaction conditions (17).
Most free radicals are highly reactive and
will react with the first available
species they contact.  When the total
concentration  of radicals is low, the free
radical will most likely react with a
molecule instead of another radical.  The
resulting product (s) may be another free
radical:
                                          (2)
 In this step, the  aromatic  radical  A-
 attacks the  ring in the  same manner as  an
 electrophile or nucleophile would.   This
 particular intermediate  is  relatively
 stable because of  reasonance.

     The third and  final  step in  the free-
 radical reaction pathway, termination,
 involves  the destruction of the  free
 radicals  initiated in  steps one  and two;
 termination  results in bond formation and
 ends the  reaction  pathway (17).   Termi-
 nation occurs in three ways:

 By simple coupling
                                                                          (3)
                                By disproportionate

                                                   A
                                                                                         (4)
                                                                           H   H
                                               or by abstraction provided  a  species
                                               (R-) is present which  abstracts  hydrogen
                                                                           A
                                                        k-
                                                    RH
                                                           (5)
                                The hydrobiphenyls formed  in reactions  3
                                and 4 will oxidize to the  corresponding
                                biphenyls.

                                    Many variations of and deviations from
                                these simplified descriptions  and  defini-
                                tions exist.  These variations  and
                                deviations are too complex to  discuss in
                                this introductory section; however,  they
                                will be discussed in detail as  needed in  a
                                future paper on reaction mechanisms  and
                                conditions.

                                ORGANIC CHEMICAL STRUCTURE

                                    Table  1 lists organic  chemicals  that
                                are potentially oxidizable at  soil and
                                clay surfaces.  This list  of chemicals
                                originated from many laboratory studies
                                which were performed under a very  wide
                                variety of experimental conditions and
                                procedures.  The authors'  conclusions
                                eoncerning chemical reactivity were  the
                                result of  the analysis of  available
                                information:  reaction products,  reaction
                                intermediates (e.g., the  benzidine blue
                                reaction), reaction conditions.  In  some
                                studies, the available information was
                                insufficient and did not  allow a straight-
                                forward identification of  the  primary
                                reaction mechanism; the  identification
                                process was significantly  complicated
                                since competing reactions  may  have
                                occurred.  Table  1  and the guidelines
                                presented  below represent  the  authors'
                                best judgement on chemicals which
                                potentially undergo free-radical  oxidation
                                at  soil and clay  surfaces.

                                    A number of general  observations can
                                be  obtained from  an analysis  of the
                                            108

-------
Tab Is 1.   The Names of  Organic  Chemicals  that Potential ly Oxidize at Soil and Clay Surfaces;
          the Classification  of the  Sigma Constants, or, of their Ring Substltuent Fragments
          as either Donating  (-)  or  Withdrawing  (+); their Half-wave Potentials, EI/T'  'n Volts
          and the pH at which this Potential was Measured; and their Estimated or Measured Water
          SolublI I ties.
No. Chemical Name (Ref) CIp
1. Acetophenone, p-amino- (11) +-
2. Alanine, 3,4-dl hydroxy=
phenyl- (38)
3. Al Izarln Red S (21)
4. An II [ne (11)-
5. -, 4-amIno-N,N-d!ethy 1- (11)
6. -, 4-am!no-N_,_Nrdlmethyl- (3,11,12) -
7. -, 4-bromo-N_,j^-dimethyl- (11) t-
8. -, 2-chloro-4-nltro- (11) +-
9. -, N,N-dlethyl- (11)
10. -, jM-d I methyl- (11)
11. -, N-ethyl- (11)
12. -, _N_-ethyl-N-hydroxymethyi- (11)
1 3. -, N-hydroxymethy I- (11)
14. -, 4-nltro- (11) +-
15. -, 2-nitro-N_,_N_-dlmethyl- (11) +-
16.. -, 4-n ltro-JVJ_-d I methyl- (11) +-
17. -, 3-nltro-_N_-methyl- (11) +-
18. -, 4-n!tro-N_-methyl- (11) t-
19. -, 4-n!troso-jVJ_-dlmethyl- (11) +-
E,x, PH
0.82 5.6
-2.38

i.OO 0.9
0.93 2.2
0.85 3.6
0.72 7.4
0.64 1 1.5
0.38a 7.0
0.45b 2.5-
-2.04
-l.06b
-2.09b
0.58 5.6
0.58 5.6
0.57 5.6


1.24 1.5
1.18 3.6
1.15 7.4
1.12 11.5

-0.38b
-0.33
0.82 5.6

0.06 2.3
(Ref)
(19)
(20)

(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(5)
(20)
( 19)
(19)
(19)
(20)
(20)
(20)


(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)

(20)
(20)
(19)

(19)
log Sc
5.88
3.70
Infinite
4.57
4.54
2.28
3.28
2.24
2.95
1. 92
4.15
3.82
2.25
2.87
4.51
2.70
2.78
2.39
3.09
2.99
2.99
2.26
(Ref)
est.d
(8)
est.
(35)
(8)
est.
est.
est.
est.
est.
(24)
(35)
est.
est.
est.
(24)
(8)
est.
est.
est.
est.
est.
                                                                                  (Continued)
                                         109

-------
No. Chemical Name (Ref) ^p
20. 2.~Anls!dlne (11)




21. _p_-An!sld!ne (11,38)




22. Anlsole (7,25)
23. Anthranll ic acid (11)

24. Azobenzene, 4-amIno- (11) +-
25. -, 2-amfno-4',5-dImethyi- (43) +-
25. -, 4-am lno-2', 3-d 1 methyl- (43) +-
27. -, N,N-dimethy 1-4-amIno- (43) +-
28. Benzaldehyde, N,N-dlmethy 1-
4-am!no- (38) +-
29. Benzene (27)

30. -, 1 ,3-dlhydroxy- (42)
31. -, 1,2,3-trlhydroxy- (41,42)
32. Benzldlne (3,11,12,43)



33. Benzole acid, 4-amIno- (11) +-




34. -, 3,4-dIhydroxy- (38,41,42) +-

35. -, 3,5-dIhydroxy- (42) +-
36. -, 2-hydroxy- (38) +-

E j/2
0.84
0.73
0.67
0.65
0.56
0.75
0.67
0.57
0.47
0.41
1.76
0.68

0.74


-0.92


2.38
2.30
0.89b
0.06b
0.69
0.55
0.42
0.45
1.07
0.96
0.90
0.85
0.81



0.85

pH
0.9
2.6
4.0
7.4
1 1.5
0.9
2.6
4.0
7.4
1 1.5

5.6

4.1







7.0
7.0
1.5
4.0
7.4
1 1.5
0.9
2.6
4.0
7.4
1 1.5



5.6

(Ref)
(19)
(19)
(19)
(19)
(19)
(19)
(19)
(19)
(19)
(19)
20)
(19)

(18)


(20)


(20)
(20)
(19)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(19)
(19)
(19)
(19)
(19)



(20)

loq Sc (Ref)
4.31 est.




4.47 est.




3.27 est.
3.54 (40)
4.70 (35)
2.85 est.


2.30 (8)

3.47 est.
3.27 (8)

6.36 (40)
5.59 (35)
2.70 ( 100) (24)
4.04 (100) (8)


3.53 (12.8) (8)
4.80 (35)



4.26 (14) (8)
5.34 (80) (8)
3.67 est.
3.34 (24)
3.26 (20) (8)
                                         (Continued)
110

-------
No,
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
Chemical Name
-, 4-hydroxy-
Benzolc acid, 4-hydroxy-
3,5-dImethoxy-
-, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxy-
-, 3,4,5-trIhydroxy-
Benzophenone, 4,4'-
bl s (JVf-d 1 methy 1 ami no )-
Bromphenol blue
Congo Red 48
o-DIan Is Id 1 ne
Dlphenyl , 4-amlno-
Dlpheny lamlne
-, 4-amIno-
-, 1 sopropoxy-
Fluorene, 2,5-dI amlno-
-, 2,7-dIamIno-
Fuchsln basic
Hexamethyl violet
Hydroqulnone
Indole
3- Indolyl acetic acid
3-lndoly 1 prop Ion Ic acid
Indolylpyruvlc acid
Metanll ic acid
(Ref) ^p E,/2 pH (Ref) log SC (Ref)
(41,42) +- 0.72 5.6 (19) 3.81 (24)
(41,42) +- 3.80 (35)
(41,42) +- 0.22 (20) 3.18 (14) (8)
0.53 (20) 4.41 ( 100) (8)
(41,42) +- 0.40b 3.61 (19) 3.08 (20) (8)
5.41 (100) (8)
(It) - 2.60 (20) (35)

(21)
(ID - 0.58e (20) 2.87 est.
(11) - 0.98 1.5 (20) 1.81 est.
0.80 4.0 (20)
0.74 7.4 (20)
0.58 N.5 (20)
(ID - 0.78s 1.5 (20) 1.46 (20) (35)
0.73 4.0 (20)
0.59 7.4 (20)
0.45 11.5 (20)
(11,38) - i.go est.
<"' 0. I4e (20) 1.59 est.
(12) - 2.17 est.
(12) - 2.17 est.
(6,21)
(1)
(48> - 0.68 (20) 4.90 (25) (24)
0.40 (20) 4.73 (15) (8)
(38) 3.39 est.
(38)
(38) 0.45 2.5 (20)
(38)
d1' - 4.22 (25) (35)
(Continued)
111

-------
No.
59.
60.

61.
62.

63.
64.


65.
66.
67.

68.
69.
70.
71.

72.




73.




74.
75.




Chemical Name
Methane, b I s(4-aml nophenyl )-
-, bis (_N_,_N_-d!methyl-
4-amInophenyl )-
-, trlphenyl-
-, tr!s(N_,_N.-d!methyl-
p-aml nophenyl )-
Methy lene violet
Naphthy lamlne, 1-


-, 2-
-, N.-phenyl-2-
Oxalate, _N_,IN_-dImethy 1-4-
amlnophenol-
o-Phenet Idlne
_p_-Phenet Id I ne
Phenetole
Phenol

-, 2-amIno-




-, 4-amlno-




Phenylenedlaml ne, di-g,_p_-
-, m-




(Ref) a~p
(11)

(1,11)
(34)

(44)
(21)
(11)


(11)
(11) -

(38)
(11)
(11)
(38)
(27)

(48)




(10)




( :)
(11)




E1/2


0.78b




0.68
0.53
0.44
0.50
0.73


0.50
0.39

0.63

0.62
0.58
0.45
0.40
0.08
0.63
0.52
0.36
0.35
0.30

0.85
0.76
0.67
0.60
0.51
pH







1.2
5.1
9.0
9.0



5.6
5.6

5.6

0.9
2.2
4.0
7.4
1 1.5
0.9
2.6
4.0
7.4
1 1.5

1.5
2.6
4.0
7.4
11."
(Ref)


(20)




(18)
(18)
(18)
(18)
(20)


( 19)
(19)

(20)

(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(19)
(19)
(19)
(19)
(19.

(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
log Sc (Ref)
2.34 est.






3.23 (20) (8)


3.53 est.



4.45 est.
4.45 est.
3.03 est.
4.97 (24)
4.89 (20) (8)
4.23 (0) (8,24)




4.04 (8,24,40)




4.59 (35)
5.4 (24)




                                             (Continued)
112

-------
No.
76.



77.




78.
79.

BO.
81.

82.
83.
84.
85.
86.

87.
88.




89.




90.




91.
Chemical Name
-, o-



-, P-




-, b!s(N,N-dimethy 1 )-p-
Propenolc acid, 3-(3,4-
dlhydroxypheny 1 )-
-, 3-(4-hydroxypheny 1 )-
-, 3-(3-methoxy-
4-hydroxyphenyl )-
Safranlne 0
Safran Ine Y
Tann In
o-To 1 i d I ne
To luene

-, 3,5-dIhydroxy-
Toluldlne, m-




-, 0-




-• £.'




Trlazole, 3-aml no-l ,2,4-
(Ref) ^p
(11,12)



(3,11,12,38) -




(12)

(41,42)
(41,42)

(41,42)
(6)
(21)
(15)
(11)
(29)

(41,42)
(11)




(11)




(11)




(30)
£,/•>
0.58
0.40
0.34
-0.20
0.53
0.44
0.33
O.I 1
0.08



-1.55



-0.25

0.61
2.28


0.96
0.88
0.78
0.75
0.69
1. 1 1
0.90
0.80
0.76
0.62
0.92
0.85
0.76
0.66
0.53

PH
0.9
4.0
7.4
1 1.5
1.5
2.6
4.0
7.4
1 1.5









2.5



0.9
2.2
4.0
7.4
1 1.5
0.9
2.2
4.0
7.4
1 1.5
0.9
2.6
4.0
7.4
1 1.5

(Ref)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)



(20)



(39)

(20)
(20)


(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)
(20)

log SC (Ref)
4.48 (24)
4.61 (35) (8)


4.58 (24) (35)
4.65 (24) (8)












2.97 est.
2.67 (16) (8,40)
2.69 (25) (35)

4.15 est.




4.23 (24)
4. 18 (25) (8,35,40)



5.38 (22) (35)
3.86 (21) (40)



5.45 (23) (31)
                                             (Continued)
113

-------
No. Chemical Name
92. Tryptophane
93. Tyros Ine
(Ref) °p
(38)
(37)
E,/7 pH (Ref)
-2.39 (20)

log S (Ref)
4.04 (20) (35)

a.   E°,  the standard potential.

b.   Ep/2, the half peak potential.

c.   Logarithm of the solubility (PPM).  Unless otherwise noted, measurements were made
    between 25 and 30°C.  Parantheses indicate temperature (°C) if outside of this
    range.

d.   Log S was estimated from predictive equations in Lyman and Rosenblatt (1981).

e.   Ep,  the peak potential.
                                           114

-------
structures of these chemicals.   First, all
chemicals contain at least one aromatic
ring; 9 of these 93 are heterocyclic
(#54-57, 63, 82, 83, 91, 92), and 14 are
fused ring structures (#3, 43,  49,  50,
54-57, 63-66, 82, 92).   Second, nine
chemicals have extensive conjugation (#42,
43, 51, 52, 61-63, 82,  83).   Third,  69 of
the aromatic chemicals  (those without
extensive conjugation)  contained at  least
one ring substituent fragment;  each
fragment was classified, based on the
magnitude of its Hammett sigma constant
for the para position (ap),  as either
electron donating (ap < 0) or electron
withdrawing (ap > 0).  Table 1  shows which
chemicals have only electron donating
substitutent fragments  (ap is designated
as "-") and those which have both electron
donating and electron withdrawing substit-
uent fragments (ap is designated as
"+-").  Hammett constants can only be used
rigorously and quantitatively when one
reaction mechanism prevails  for a series
of chemicals.  Our analysis  of reaction
products for some of these chemicals in
Table 1 showed that a number of mechanisms
may prevail; therefore, cr values could
only be used in a qualitative manner.
Approximately 70% of these ring fragments
contained only substitutent  fragments that
were electron donating; none of these
fragments contained only electron with-
drawing fragments.  However, approximately
30% of these ring fragments  were sub-
stituted with both electron  donating and
electron withdrawing groups  (this is
indicative of a partial or total can-
cellation of the donating and withdrawing
effects upon the ring).

REDOX AND HALF-UAVE POTENTIALS

    The intensity of oxidation-reduction
reactions is a function of the electrical
potential in the reacting system.  This
potential is usually stated  in volts and
is measured in a soil system with a
reference electrode in  combination with a
metallic electrode,  such as  platinum,
which is sensitive and  reversible to
oxidation-reduction conditions.  The
principles of redox reactions are rela-
tively simple when each reaction is
considered alone with respect to the
reactants and products  in true solution;
however, the soil system is  very complex,
and the contribution of each phase to the
total potential cannot  be deduced.
Organic matter, iron, manganese, sulfur,
and numerous other substances at
                                            115
equilibrium in the soil - each has some
finite ratio of oxidation states and/or
molecular species that combine to give the
observed redox potential.  Furthermore,
the effect of each phase will also vary
with factors such as water content, oxygen
activity in the soil, and pH.

    In order for oxidation to occur,' the
potential of the solid phase must be
greater than that of the organic chemical
in question.  Since very-well-oxidized
soils may register a redox potential as
high as 0.8 v(4), we would expect most of
the half-wave potentials, E]/2, of the
chemicals in Table 1 to be below this
limit.  In general, the potential of these
chemicals did fall below this limit.  Most
studies cited in this paper, unfortu-
nately, did not measure and report the
redox potentials of the clay or soil
systems.  This represents a serious
shortcoming in the available data and
complicated its analysis; redox data would
have given valuable insights on the rela-
tionship between the energy factor and the
orientation factor of the reaction.

WATER SOLUBILITY

    Due to the solvation of metal exchange
ions, the surfaces of clay minerals are
hydrophilic; therefore, these surfaces may
not adsorb organic molecules having low
water solubilities (26).  Since the
oxidation reaction site is the hydrophilic
clay mineral surface and since adsorption
precedes soil- and clay-catalyzed
oxidation, the water solubility of an
organic molecule, depending on its
magnitude, may or may not allow oxidation
to occur.  Therefore, chemicals having
water solubilities above some lower limit
should oxidize; chemicals whose
solubilities are below this limit should
not oxidize.

    The water solubility values listed in
Table 1 and the structural information
presented above provide a basis for
dividing this list of chemicals.  First,
21 aromatic chemicals have both electron
donating and electron withdrawing sub-
stitutent fragments.  These 21 chemicals
can be subdivided into two groups.  Group
1 comprises those aromatic chemicals
"Faving weak electron donating substituent
fragments (0>op>-0.50) in association
with an electron withdrawing substitutent
fragment (s); the 14 chemicals within this
group (#1, 8, 14, 24-26, 33-40) have water
solubilities from 200 to 759,000 ppm.

-------
Group 2 comprises 8 chemicals (#7,  15-19,
27, 28) having a strong electron donating
substituent fragment (op <-0.50) in
association with an electron withdrawing
substituent fragment; the lowest water
solubilities for these chemicals were 112
ppm (#7) and 134 ppm (#19).   Note that the
lower solubility limit of Group 2 is lower
than that of Group 1.

    The 48 aromatic chemicals which have
only electron donating substituent frag-
ments were classified as Group 3; the
lowest water solubility for these chemi-
cals was 29 ppm (#46).  Note that the
lower solubility limit of Group 3 is lower
than the lower solubility limit of Group 2.

    Nine chemicals (#42, 43, 51, 52,
61-63, 82, 83) which have no measured
water solubilities have one common
structural feature:  all contain extensive
conjugation.  These chemicals are classi-
fied as Group 4; their lower water
solubility limit should be well below 29
ppm, probably in the high ppb to low ppm
range (J. Dragun, personal data).  Note
once again that the lower solubility limit
of Group 4 is lower than the lower
solubility limit of Group 3.

    Although quantitative solubility data
were not found for 16 additional chemi-
cals; furthermore they contained struc-
tural anomalies that prevented the
quantitative use of the estimation
techniques (16).  Accordingly, solubility
estimates were derived using approximate
correction factors for these anomalies.
These chemicals include derivatives of
aromatic acids (#3, 55, 56, 57, 67, 79,
80, 81, 93) aniline  (#60, 66, 78) azo-
benzene (#25, 26) phenol (#84), and
toluene (#87).  They belong in Group 3 for
several reasons:  they are aromatic; they
contain electron donating substituent
fragments; they do not contain electron
withdrawing substituent fragments; the
lowest estimated water solubility is
approximately 30 ppm  (#78).

CHEMICAL STRUCTURE. SOLUBILITY, AND
KINETIC THEORY

    This classification of chemicals into
groups  reveals a compromise between struc-
ture and the  lower water solubility limit;
this trade-off can be explained using
simple  kinetic theory.  The rate of
reaction k, can be expressed as:
         k = CF x EF x OF
(6)
where CF is the collision frequency, EF is
the energy factor, and OF is the orienta-
tion factor (24).  The EF is inversely
proportional to the activation energy of a
reaction Ea, or:
         EF ^ l/E
(7)
Assuming that OF was the same for all
chemicals and systems referenced in this
study, k will remain constant if a
decrease in CF is compensated by a
decrease in Ea.  Since the oxidation
reaction site - the clay mineral surface -
is hydrophilic, the number of collisions
will decrease as the water solubility
decreases, therefore, the lower the
solubility limit for a Group, the lower
the CF.

    The decrease in CF was apparently
compensated by a decrease in AE.  This
trend in Ea among groups can be verified
only through an indirect, qualitative com-
parison of the chemical structures between
groups since quantitative activation
energy data are not available for most of
these chemicals.  Group 2, the group that
contained strong electron donating sub-
stituent fragments, should exhibit a lower
Ea in transforming to the free-radical
intermediate than Group 1, the group
possessing weak electron donating frag-
ments.  Since Group 3 chemicals have no
electron withdrawing substitutent frag-
ments, their activation energies should be
lower than those of either Group 2 or
Group 1.  Since Group 4 chemicals have
extensive conjugation which will easily
stabilize a free-radical intermediate
(17), the activation energies needed to
transform these chemicals to the corre-
sponding  intermediates should be the
lowest of all the groups.

CHEMICALS WHICH DO NOT UNDERGO FREE-RADICAL
OXIDATION

    One approach in  validating these
groups' solubility and chemical structure
characteristics is to determine if they
exclude chemicals which do not undergo
free-radical oxidation.   It  is unfortunate
that only two  studies which  reported this
type of data were retrieved  from the
scientific  literature; however, this lack
of data is  probably  due to the fact that
publishing  negative  data  is  rarely
advocated.
                                            116

-------
    Table 2 lists chemicals that probably
do not undergo soil- or clay-catalyzed
oxidation.  A color reaction (viz.,  the
benzidine-blue reaction) on clay surfaces
was the main selection criterion in  the
two studies cited (11,43).  The first
study (11) listed 28 organic chemicals
which do not undergo the color reaction;
however, the absence of a color reaction
is by itself insufficient evidence to
conclusively prove that oxidatiofl did not
occur; therefore, 24 of these chemicals,
which were aromatic, were excluded from
consideration in this paper.  Four of the
chemicals which were included in Table 2
are simple substituted aliphatic chemicals
(A, G, H, I).  Aliphatics apparently do
not undergo free-radical oxidation at soil
and clay surfaces.

    The second study (43) utilized acidic
and basic clays:  chemicals B, C, D, E, F,
J gave a benzidine-blue type color
reaction with acid clays but not with
basic clays.  Free-radical reactions, in
general, should not be affected by changes
in acidity; the authors of the second
study concluded that another reaction
mechanism was probably responsible for the
color reaction.  Since these chemicals owe
their electron donating or basic prop-
erties to their conjugated double bond
systems, a heterolytic oxidation pathway
was probably involved.  This mechanism
will be discussed in detail in a future
paper on heterolytic oxidations.  Note
that none of the chemicals listed in Table
1 contained conjugated double bond systems
similar to those within chemicals B, C, D,
E, F, and J.

PREDICTING THE OCCURRENCE OF OXIDATION

    A primary problem which has challenged
and will continue to challenge chemists is
predicting chemical reactivity.  Available
experimental data are usually used to
create a theoretical foundation upon which
general guidelines for chemical reactivity
are formulated.  This study has attempted
to create such a theoretical foundation.
The general guidelines are the chemical
structure characteristics and the lower
solublity limits of the four groups:

    Group 1:  Aromatic chemicals with weak
    electron donating ring substituent
    fragments (0    p   -0.50) and
    electron withdrawing substituent frag-
    ments.  Lower water solubility limit
    is 200 ppm.
    Group 2:  Aromatic chemicals with
    strong electron donating ring sub-
    stituent fragments (  p   -0.50) and
    electron withdrawing ring substituent
    fragments.  Lower water solubility
    limit is 112 ppm.

    Group 3:  Aromatic chemicals with only
    electron donating ring substituent
    fragments.  Lower water solubility
    1imit is 29 ppm.

    Group 4:  Aromatic chemicals con-
    taining extensive conjugation.  Lower
    water solubility limit in the high ppb
    to low ppm range.

These guidelines, when used in conjunction
with a measured or estimated water solu-
bility and the structure of the organic
chemical in question, can provide an
initial estimate of an organic chemical's
potential for undergoing free radical
oxidation at soil and clay surfaces.  The
guidelines presented in this paper must be
used in conjunction with guidelines on
mechanisms and conditions, before con-
clusions concerning the reactivity of an
organic chemical are made.  For example,
there is some indication that soil water
content (degree of saturation) is an
important controlling condition.  Soil-
and clay-catalyzed oxidation may be more
likely to occur in the partially saturated
soils at land treatment sites than in the
saturated soils at the base of landfills
and surface impoundments.  Mechanisms and
conditions will be discussed in detail in
future papers in this series.

    The guidelines presented in this paper
indicate that, in general, many sub-
stituted aromatic chemicals may undergo
free-radical oxidation.  For example,
benzene, benzidine, ethyl benzene,
naphthalene, phenol, and others among the
129 priority pollutants should undergo
this reaction.  However, these guidelines
also indicate another large group of
organic chemicals are unlikely to be
oxidized.  The second group includes, for
example, tetrachlorodibenzo-jD-dioxin,
hexachlorobenzene, hexachlorocyclo-
pentadiene, kepone, mirex, polybrominated
biphenyls (PBB) and polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCB).  Although the available
data which served as the basis for these
guidelines were more qualitative than
quantitative, the research which is
presently underway should further refine
these guidelines and expand our knowledge
                                            117

-------
    Table 2.  Eleven Chemicals  that  do  not Oxidize  at
                 Soil and Clay  Surfaces
       Chemical Name                           (Ref.
A.  Acetamide                                   (11)

B.  Acetone, anisilidene-                       (43)

C.  -, dianisilidene-                           (43)

D.  -, dicinnamylidene-                         (43)

E.  -, dibenzylidene-                           (43)

F.  8-Carotene                                  (43)

G.  Cyclohexylamine                             (11)

H.  Monoethanolamine                            (11)

I.  Triethy1amine                               (11)

J.  Vitamin A                                   (43)
                         118

-------
concerning the extent and importance of
this reaction in soils and clays.

                DISCLAIMER

    The content and opinions expressed in
this article do not necessarily reflect
the views and policies of the U.S.
Department of Agriculture or the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.

REFERENCES

1.  Bloch, J., J. Charbonnelle, and F.
    Kayser.  1953.  Mineral chemistry:
    the oxidizing activity of mont-
    morillonite.  C.R. Hebd. Seanc. Acad.
    Sci. Paris 237:  57-59.

2.  Buch, R.R., and D. N. Ingebrigston.
    1979.  Rearrangement of poly-
    (dimethylsiloxane) fluids on soil.
    Environ. Sci. Tech. 13:  676-679.

3.  Dodd, C. G., and S. Ray.  1960.
    Semiquinone cation adsorption on mont-
    morillonite as a function of surface
    acidity.  Clay Clay Miner. 8:  237-251.

4.  Dragun, J., and D. E. Baker.  1979.
    Electrochemistry.  IN  The
    Encyclopedia of SoiT~Science Part  1.
    Physics, Chemistry, Biology,
    Fertility, and Technology.  Dowden
    Hutchinson, & Ross, Inc., Stroudsburg,
    PA, pgs. 130-135.

5.  Fasman, G. D., and H. A. Sober.
    1976.  CRC Handbook of Biochemistry
    and Molecular Biology.  CRC Press,
    Cleveland, OH.

6.  Faust, G. T.  1940.  Staining of clay
    minerals as a rapid means of
    identification in natural and
    beneficiated products.  U.S. Bureau
    Mines Rpt. Inv. 3522.

7.  Fenn, D. B., M. M. Mortland; and T. J.
    Pinnavaia.  1973.  The chemisorption
    of anisole on Cu (II) hectorite.   Clay
    Clay Miner. 21:  315-322.

8.  Freier, R. K.  1976.  Aqueous
    Solutions.  Vol. 1.  W. de Gruyten,
    Berlin, NY.

9.  Furukawa, T., and G. W. Brindley.
    1973.  Adsorption and oxidation of
    benzidine and aniline by mont-
    morillonite and hectorite.  Clay Clay
    Miner. 21:  279-288.
10.  Hambleton,  W.  W., and C. G. Dodd.
    1953.   A qualitative color test for
    rapid  identification of the clay
    mineral groups.   Econ.  Geol. 48:
    139-146.

11.  Hauser, E.  A., and M. B. Leggett.
    1940.   Color reactions  between clays
    and amines.  Amer. Chem. Soc. 62:
    1811-1814.

12.  Hendricks,  S.  B. and L. T. Alexander.
    1940.   A qualitative color test for
    the montmorillonite type of clay
    mineral.  J. Amer. Soc. Agron. 32:
    455-458.

13.  Hirschler,  A.  E.  1966.  Proton acids
    as electron acceptors on alumino-
    silicates.   J. Catalysis 5:  196-197.

14.  Hoffmann, M. R.   1980.   Trace metal
    catalysis in aquatic environments.
    Environ. Sci.  Tech.  14:  1061-1066.

15.  Kyuma,  K.,  and K. Kawaguchi.  1964.
    Oxidative changes of polyphenols as
    influenced by allophane.  Soil Sci.
    Soc. Amer.  Proc. 28:  371-374.

16.  Lyman,  W. J.,  and D. H. Rosenblatt
    (eds.).  1981.  Research and develop-
    ment of methods  for estimating
    physicochemical  properties of organic
    compounds of environmental concern.
    Final  Report,  Phase II, Parts 1 and
    2.  U.S. Army Medical R & D Command,
    Fort Detrick,  Frederick, MD.  Contract
    No. DAMD 17-78-C-8073.

17.  March,  J,  1977.  Advanced Organic
    Chemistry:   Reactions,  Mechanisms, and
    Structure.   Second Ed.   McGraw-Hill,
    NY.

18.  Meites, L.  (ed).  1963.  Handbook of
    Analytical  Chemistry.  McGraw-Hill, NY.

19.  Meites, L., and  P. Zuman.  1974.
    Electrochemical  Data.  John Wiley, NY.

20.  Meites, L., and  P. Zuman.  (eds).
    1977.   CRC Handbook Series of Organic
    Electrochemistry.  Vol. 1, 2, 3.  The
    CRC Press,  Cleveland, OH.

21.  Mielenz, R. C.,  and M.  E. King.
    1951.   Identification of clay minerals
    by staining tests.  Proc. Amer. Soc.
    Test.  Matl. 51:   1213-1233.
                                            119

-------
22.  Minachev, Kh.  M., and Ya. I. Isakov.
    1976.  Catalytic properties of metal -
    containing zeolites.  _IN Rabo, J. A.
    (ed).  Zeolite Chemistry and
    Catalysis.  ACS Monograph 171, pgs.
    552-611.

23.  Mingelgrin, U., S. Saltzman, and B.
    Yaron.  1977.   A possible model for
    the surface induced hydrolysis of
    organophosphorus pesticides on
    kaolinite clays.  Soil Sci. Soc. Amer.
    J. 41:  519-523.

24.  Morrison, R. T., and R. N. Boyd.
    1973.  Organic Chemistry.  Third Ed.
    Allyn and Bacon, NY.

25.  Mortland, M. M.  1975.  Clay-organic
    complexes and interactions:  aromatic
    molecules.  Proc. IUPAC Symp.
    Environ.  Qual. Safety 3:  226-229.

26.  Mortland, M. M.  1980.  Surface
    reactions of low-molecular weight
    organics with soil components.  IH_
    Banin, A., and U. Kafkafi (eds).
    Agrochemicals in soils.  Pergamon
    Press, NY.

27.  Mortland, M. M.  and L. J. Halloran.
    1976.  Polymerization of aromatic
    molecules on smectite.  Soil Sci. Soc.
    Amer. J. 40: 367-370.

28.  Page, J. B.  1941.  Unreability of the
    benzidine color  reaction as  a test for
    montmorillonite.  Soil Sci.  51:
    133-140.

29.  Pinnavaia, T. J., P.  L.  Hall, S. S.
    Cady, and M. M.  Mortland.   1974.
    Aromatic radical cation formation on
    the  intracrystal surfaces of
    transition metal  layer lattice
    silicates.  J.  Phys.  Chem.  78:
    994-999.

30.  Plimmer, J. R.,  P.  C. Kearney, D. D.
    Kaufman, and F.  B.  Guardia.   1967.
    Amitrole decompostion  by free-radical
    generating systems  and by soils.   J.
    Agri. Food Chem.  15:   996-999.

31. Reinbold, K. A.,  J. J. Hassett.  J.  C.
    Means, and W.  L.  Banwart.   1979.
    Adsorption of  energy  related organic
    pollutants.  U.S. Environmental
    Protection Agency,  Athens,  GA,
    EPA-600/3-79-086.
32.  Solomon,  D. H.  1968.  Clay minerals
    as electron acceptors and/or electron
    donors in organic reactions.  Clay
    Clay Miner. 16:  31-39.

33.  Solomon,  D. H., B. C. Loft, and J. D.
    Swift.  1968.   Reactions catalyzed by
    minerals - IV.  The mechanism of the
    benzidine blue reaction.  Clay
    Minerals 7:  389-397.

34.  Solomon,  D. H., and J. D. Swift.
    1967.  Reactions catalyzed by min-
    erals:  Part II.  Chain termination  in
    free-radical polymerizations.  J.
    Appl. Polymer Sci. 11:  2567-2575.

35.  Steven H., and T. Steven.  1963.
    Solubilities of Inorganic and Organic
    Compounds.  Vols. 1 & 2.  Pergamon
    Press, NY.

36.  Theng. B. K. G.  1974.  The Chemistry
    of Clay-Organic Reactions.  Adam
    Hilger, London.

37.  Thompson, T. D., and A. Tsunashina.
    1973.  The alternation of some
    aromatic amino acids and polyhydric
    phenols by clay minerals.  Clay Clay
    Miner. 21:  351-361.

38.  Turner, E. R.  1955.  The reaction
    between bentonite and certain
    naturally occurring compounds.  J.
    Soil Sci. 6:  319-326.

39.  Van  Damme, H., M. Crespin, M.  I.  Cruz,
    and  J. J. Fripiat.   1977.  Adsorption
    of safranine by Na+, Ni+2, and
    Fe+3 montmorillonites.  Clay Clay
    Miner. 25:  19-25.

40.  Verschueren, K.   1977.  Handbook  of
    Environmental Data on Organic  Chemi-
    cals.  Van Nostrand Reinhold,  NY.

41.  Wang, T. S. C., S. W.  Li,  and  Y.  L.
    Ferng.   1978a.  Catalytic polymer-
    ization of phenolic compounds  by  clay
    minerals.  Soil Sci.  126:  15-20.

42. Wang, T. S. C., W. Li,  and  P.  M.
    Huang.   1978b.  Catalytic  polymer-
    ization of phenolic  compounds  by  a
    latosol.   Soil Sci.  126:   81-86.

43. Weil-Maiherbe,  H., and  J.  Weiss.  Oct.
    - Dec. 1948.   Colour  reactions and
    adsorption of  some aluminosilicates.
    London Chem.  Soc.  J.,  pgs.  2164-2169.
                                            120

-------
44. Weyl, W. A.  1949.  Active oxygen
    formed at the surface of silica and
    clay as possible cause of silicosis.
    Amer. Ceramic Soc. Bull. 28:  362.

45. White, J. L.  1976.  Determination of
    susceptibility of ^-triazine herbi-
    cides to protonation and hydrolysis by
    mineral surfaces.  Arch. Environ.
    Contam. Toxicol. 3:  461-469.

46. Willis, G. H., R. C. Wander, and L. M.
    Southwick.  1974.  Degradation of tri-
    fluralin in soil suspensions as
    related to redox potential.  J.
    Environ. Qual. 3:  262-265.

47. Yaron, B.  1978.  Some aspects of
    surface interactions of clays with
    organophosphorus pesticides.  Soil
    Sci. 125:  210-216.

48. Ziedmann, W.  1959.  Production of
    humic acids in the heterogeneous
    system with neutral reaction.  Z.
    Pflanzen. Oueng. Boden 84:  155-158.
                                            121

-------
                  PREDICTING MIXING OF LEACHATE PLUMES IN GROUND WATER
                                   Wayne A. Pettyjohn
                                  Department of Geology
                                Oklahoma State University
                                  Stillwater,  OK 74078

                                   Thomas L.  Prickett
                                    #8 Montclair Road
                                    Urbana, IL 61801

                                     Douglas C. Kent
                                  Department of Geology
                                Oklahoma State University
                                  Stillwater,  OK 74078

                                    Harry E.  LeGrand
                                    331 Yadkin Drive
                                  Raleigh,  N.C. 27609

                                       Fred  E.  Witz
                                  Department of Geology
                                Oklahoma State University
                                  Stillwater,  OK 74078
                                        ABSTRACT
Methods were developed to provide a numerical rating system for the evaluation of waste
disposal sites and the mixing of leachate plumes.  The Site Evaluation System examines
four key hydrogeologic factors (Phase I).   The Plume Rating System is divided into three
stages in Phase II.  These consist of predictive techniques that are based on a nomograph
(Stage 1),  a code for a hand-held calculator  (Stage 2)  and a TSO option for an IBA 370
computer.  All three stages are based on a single transport equation.  Phase III is a
discussion of complex computer models that can be used to predict leachate mixing and
migration.
INTRODUCTION

Purpose and Scope of Investigation

     The purpose of this study is to
develop a manual that will serve as a guide
to U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
permit writers in evaluating permit appli-
cations dealing with hazardous waste
storage, treatment, and disposal facilities,
as described in Section 3004 of the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act.
This investigation, only one of several
others under development, is designed
generally for predicting leachate mixing
and movement in ground water and specifi-
cally addresses three major questions:
   1.   How much will leachate contaminant
concentrations be reduced by mixing with
ground water?
   2.   In what direction will the leachate
plume travel and how will its shape change
along the travel path?
   3.   Which ground-water models are appro-
priate for predicting movement of solutes
in ground water at a site with specific
hydrogeologic characteristics, assuming
that the solutes do not interact with
                                            122

-------
aquifer materials?

     It is assumed that the permit appli-
cants will use a variety of methods for
predicting effects of a disposal site
on ground water and that the permit writer
will not have a strong background in hydro-
logy.  Consequently, the manual will
provide a method of standardizing a variety
of predictive techniques that range from
simple to complex.

     This report is merely a summary of
a large document that is in the final
stages of preparation (Pettyjohn and
others, in review).   Detail is lacking
herein because of space considerations.
MAJOR APPROACHES TO BE USED

     Two major approaches have been taken
toward fulfilling the needs of the permit
writer in the field of hydrogeology.   As
a basis for these approaches it is neces-
sary to focus on the fact that the behavior
of contaminated ground water and the migra-
tion and mixing of leachate plumes, which
may originate at existing or proposed waste
disposal sites, are controlled by the
hydrogeology.  It is the ever-present and
continuously moving ground water that
prevents wastes from being routinely
contained and isolated.  The approach has
led to the recommendation of two consider-
ably different systems for use by the permit
writer.  These will be referred to as the
Site Rating System (SRS)  and the Plume
Rating System  (PRS).   The SRS is required
in all cases, while the PRS is needed only
if the proposed site is likely to cause
ground-water pollution (Fig. 1).

     The SRS is qualitative and parametric.
It weighs values of various pertinent
parameters for specific sites in a numeri-
cal method [LeGrand (11)].  The SRS is
empirical in that it is based on the
trends and behavioral patterns of past
waste-management and contamination
occurrences.   Although it does not concen-
trate on prediction of leachate plume
migration and mixing,  it treats the subject
qualitatively and indirectly.  A modified
form of the SRS was extensively used by
EPA during the nationwide Surface Impound-
ment Assessment program.

     The PRS is quantitative and centers on
an equation [Wilson and Miller (25)]  that
will provide an exact solution if precise
input values are available.  It i? suitable
for modeling and computer manipulation and
is directed to determining the extent of
plume migration and mixing under varying
conditions.  Because of its logically
precise and deterministic framework, the
PRS is especially suitable for critical
waste and contamination situations where
collection of more accurate information can
be economically justified.  With less
precise input data, the PRS is useful in a
conceptual way to approximate the hazard
potential.  It may be considered as having
two discrete levels of precision.  At one
level the input data are both accurate and
precise; the results are then both precise
and accurate.  At the other level the best
input data may have accuracy no closer than
one order of magnitude in some cases, but
the results may help to visualize or under-
stand the extent of the plume.

     It is well recognized that the various
parameters used in the equations herein can
range within wide limits and the accuracy
of the results will depend to a large
degree on the values estimated or deter-
mined by the permit writer.
RATING SYSTEMS

     Two distinctly different rating
systems were developed into three phases.
In Phase I the potential site is rated by a
numerical system (SRS) to determine if the
site is likely to lead to ground-water
pollution.  In Phases II and III it is
assumed that ground-water pollution has
occurred or will occur and a methodology is
established to evaluate the mixing
and evaluation of the potential plume, the
results of which can then be placed in a
ranking system.  In the latter case the
ranking system is based on Federal drinking
water standards with respect to the level
of dilution.

     It should be noted that the authors
are not suggesting that "dilution is the
solution to pollution," but rather, if a
facility will be releasing leachate, the
extent of dilution in ground water must be
known to evaluate the impact of the
facility or to select sites with maximum
dilution.  The most desirable option is no
leachate release, while the second option
is rapid dilution.

     Throughout the manual a well documen-
ted field study was used as an example in
                                           123

-------
   Oj
   o
   EH
   CO
    O
    tn
    co
                         o
                         EH
                         CO


E
i
H
XI
Possi
H  O
CD   o  z

0)
rH
O
VJ
BJ
o
2
(1)
rH
rd
•H
M 3
O CO
0)
4-1
•H
CO
 3  "  C
rH  U  0
 O  .^ -rH

    R  OH
rH  -{J O

 S  d o

*2%
 (V iH

 23-

 "™  &
    « 5
    21 to
                                               j3  CO

                                               CO
                                                                                                           0)
                                                                                                           rH

                                                                                                           X!
                                                                                                    5      (o
                                                                                                    CD      -P
                                                                                                   rH      -rH
                                                                                                    f~j      rjj

                                                                                                    O  M  CO
                                                                                                    k4  O

                                                                                                   Qj      0)
                                                                                                    O
W
CO
                                                                                                       C  E
                                                                                                       •H  (D
                                                                                                       .y  4-1
                                                                                                       C  in
                                                                                                       id  >.
                                                                                                       OS  co

e

rH
XI
O
Vl
fli


                                                                                                                  U
                                                                                                                  •rH

                                                                                                                  T3
                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                  •rH

                                                                                                                  Q
                                                                    T5
                                                                    0)
                                                                    N
                                                                                                                   3
                                                                                                                   tJ>
                                                                                                                  •H
   o
   EH
   CO
                                                         PJ
                                                         O
                                                         EH
                                                         CO
                                                      124

-------
order to illustrate consistency of results.
The example is a site on Long Island, N.Y.,
that has been contaminated for more than 40
years by chromium wastes discharged from an
aircraft factory.  Specific details are
found in Perlmutter and Lieber (13).

Site Rating System  (Phase I)

     The Site Rating System (SRS)  described
herein was formulated by LeGrand  (11).   It
differs substantially from other similar,
earlier versions of this system [LeGrand
(10) ; Silka and Swearingen (17) ].

     The SRS weighs various parameters for
specific sites in a numerical method
resulting in a gradational scale that
considers both the consequences and the
probability of site failure.   Thus, the end
product is in a form useful for the permit
writer.  The system considers the pertinent
factors in a simplified standard method
that displays a continuous graphic record
of a situation's individual and composite
good and bad features.  The SRS is
empirical, based on the trends and behavior
patterns of past contamination occurrences,
and does not concentrate on prediction of
leachate plume development.

     A chart forms the framework for the
general site evaluation system.   The system
is divided into 10 steps within 4 stages
(Fig. 2) .

Stage 1, Steps 1-7:  The Numerical Method
  of Describing Site Hydrogeology

     A major problem of site evaluation is
the great variety and complexity of the
geologic materials and the great range of
conditions of the flow of water through
these materials.

     The site description method is based
on weighing four key hydrogeologic factors
or variables and assigning numerical values.
  1.  The distance from a source of con-
tamination to the nearest well,  stream, or
property boundary.
  2.  The depth of the water table below
the waste or contamination source.
  3.  The approximate slope of the water
table.
  4.  The character, expressed in terms of
permeability and sorption, of the  earth
materials through which a contaminant is
likely to pass.
     The method of rating site hydrogeology
operates by assigning a rating of 9 for the
least favorable setting for each factor and
0 for the most favorable.  The point value
for each of the four factors is added and
the total expressed as a number between 0
and 32.

     The rating and expression of identify-
ing characteristics are performed in steps.
The first four steps involve the recording
of estimated values for each of the para-
meters .  Steps 5 and 6 provide for the
addition of letters that identify special
features.  In Step 7 the separate ratings
and identifying letter suffixes are
recorded, and the separate values are added
in order to establish the total description.

     A given site may have favorable ratings
on several parameters and still be
unacceptable because of serious problems
with one parameter.  For example, the site
may be ideal in all respects except for a
very high water table.  Therefore, the
total point value is to be followed in
sequence with the values of the separate
parameters.  This allows both the weak and
strong features of a site to be graphically
recorded.

     A site description is composed of four
separate digits representing values from
the first four steps and four or more
letters derived from Steps 4, 5, and 6.
The first letter identifier is derived from
the permeability sorption matrix  (Step 4),
the second letter  (A, B, or C)  assigns a
level of confidence to the overall values
previously derived, and the third letter
(Step 6) indicates whether the distance
from a contamination source is to a well,
spring, perennial stream, or property
boundary.  The fourth letter identifier is
selected from the most appropriate charac-
teristic listed with the letter identifiers
in Step 6; an additional letter identifier
from this list may also be added.
     Step 7 is accomplished by adding the
separate point values determined in the
first four steps and following the sum with
the appropriate number of values and letter
suffixes.  At this stage the site can be
rated in terms of relative hydrogeologic
conditions, but not necessarily with
respect to the possibility of contamination.
A table included as part of Step 7 shows
general rating categories based on hydro-
geologic conditions only.
                                           125

-------
Step 1

Determine the distance
on ground between con-
tamination source and
water supply
Point value   0
                                                                 35-49    20 44   15-19  0-14
Distance in 2000+1000-200
meters



1
Gradient
almost
Hat







2
Gradient
less than
2 percent
toward
water
supply but
nor the
anticipated
direction of
flow
^
Gradient less
than 2
percent
toward
water suppl\
and is the
anticipated
direction of
flow

4
Gradient
greater than
2 percent
toward
water supph
but not the
anticipated
direction of
flow

<5
Gradient
greater than
2 percent
toward
water suppl)
and is the
anticipated
direction of
flow

 Step 4
                                  CUy with
                                  no more
                                  than S0%
                                    sand
                              Sand with
                               IS-WJf,
                                clay
                                  Sand with
                                  less than
                                  1 S-v, clay
                                                Clean
                                    Clean fine   gravel or
                                      sand    coarse sand
                                  Z 5
                                  C Z

More than 30

25-29
20-24
15-19
10 14
4- 9
Less than 3
OA">
I' 	 '
OB 1(
0(, 2(,
OD 4B
OF. 4B
IB 6B
2B 8B
2A
I 11
ID 2F
IE 1D
IF -t(.
2D 5B
2E TB
3C 8C
4A
I II
4F 4C,
4O 5E
+E 6(.
4F 6D
5C. if.
5D 9B
6A
I II
5F 6E
5O 6F
5H ^D
51 ••F
5J 8D
5K 9«.
8A
I II
^F 8E
•"d 8F
"'H 8d
^I 9D
••J 9E
7K 9F
9A
I II
90 9M
9H 9N
9I 9O
9J 9P
9K 9Q
9L 9R
More than 95

^5-94
60-^4
46 59
28-45
10-2"7
Less than HI
Bedrock at land surface. I = 5Z, II = 97.
                                                                                             HA/ARD POTtMIAI MATRIX
                                                                                            > of ( onumirution Jnd Dtgrcc ttf Attcptantt)
         DEGRFE OF SERIOUSNESS
            Moderately U>w
         DFGREE Oh SEHIOl'SNESS
DEGREE OF SERUX'^NESS
   Moderately High
                              DEC.REE OF SERIOI'SNESS
                                  Moderately Low
                                                      ,HFF OF SERIOIJSNFSS
                                                       Extremely High
      DEGREE OF SERKX'SNESS
             High
                                                   DEGREE OF StRIOi S
                                   MODERAll                HK.H
                          [N( HFASTNG C ONTAMINANT SE\J-RIT>
                                                                        Record Oescnption Par Value, and Rating
                                                                        as noted in example
                                      Figure  2.   Rating  Scheme  Worksheet

                                                                126

-------
Stage 2, Step 8:  Evaluating Degrees of
  Seriousness

     The degree of seriousness of contami-
nation is one of the two aspects of the
total hazard potential, the aquifer
sensitivity being the other.  The "degree
of seriousness" is somewhat independent of
the numerical rating description of Stage 1,
but it is an essential part of any evalua-
tion.  The analysis of the degree of
seriousness is made with a matrix that
includes the sensitivity of the site to
contamination and the severity of the
contaminant.

     The term "aquifer sensitivity" is used
to indicate the likelihood of, and degree
to which, ground-water resources may be
contaminated at a particular site.  It also
concerns the aquifer's areal extent and
importance, or potential importance, as a
ground-water source.

Stage 2, Step 9:  Evaluating Probability
  of Contamination and Degree of Acceptance

     The same matrix used in Stage 2 is
also used in Stage 3, and a site's position
in the matrix of Stage 2 is identical to
that in Stage 3.

     Step 9 shows how the final situation
rating is made.  The Protection of Aquifer
Rating or PAR within the isometric zone
where the site lies is subtracted from the
site's numerical description  (Fig. 2).  The
combined subtracted values represent the
final situation rating, which gives an
indication of the probability of contamina-
tion and degree of acceptability, as shown
in the Situation Rating Table.

     Step 10 provides means of rating sites
for engineering modifications.  To obtain
the modified site rating the site's position
in the Hazard Potential Matrix is moved
laterally if "contaminant severity" is
changed and vertically if "aquifer
sensitivity" is changed.  Most engineering
improvements would move the site's position
across only one or two PAR lines.
                                               zone dilution, adsorption, decaying, and
                                               dispersing begins.  These processes immedi-
                                               ately begin to reduce the concentration of
                                               the contaminant as it flows away from the
                                               source area.  With the exception of the
                                               radioactive or biological decay process, the
                                               degree of concentration reduction is largely
                                               dependent on naturally occurring aquifer
                                               conditions.  Granular or fractured aquifer
                                               materials create dispersive mixing with the
                                               resident ground water, the ion-exchange
                                               capacity of the aquifer retards the movement
                                               of some contaminant species, the existence
                                               of aquifer stratification adds to dispersive
                                               mixing, inflowing ground waters mix and
                                               dilute the leachate as the flow passes the
                                               landfill site, and thick aquifers, as
                                               compared to thin ones, have the potential
                                               for greater dilution.  The rule is that
                                               aquifers with differing coefficients have
                                               widely varying capabilities to disperse
                                               contaminants.   All of the above processes
                                               have been unified into a system herein
                                               defined as Aquifer Attentuation Capability.
                                               As a total process of reducing contaminant
                                               concentrations, an aquifer with a high
                                               attenuation capability is desirable.

                                                    The primary site ranking system is
                                               based upon differing aquifer attenuation
                                               capabilities in such a manner as to reveal
                                               in a numerical fashion which aquifer, among
                                               many, is best suited for attenuating contam-
                                               inants .  This method provides the permit
                                               writer with the capability to compare land-
                                               fill sites on an aquifer basis and choose
                                               the best one for his definition of good,
                                               bad, or indifferent scenarios.  Once the
                                               capability is developed to rank aquifer
                                               sites, one is then in a position to further
                                               evaluate, for particular aquifers and
                                               contaminant species, the final effectiveness
                                               of the aquifer to attenuate the contaminant
                                               species down to or below some acceptable
                                               standard, such as the EPA drinking water
                                               standards.

                                                    Aquifer Attenuation Capability

                                                    The fundamental equation [Wilson and
                                               Miller (25)] upon which the analytical
                                               techniques are based can be written as
PLUME RATING SYSTEM (PHASE II)

Aquifer Attenuation and Landfill Evaluation
  System
     Once a contaminant reaches the under-
lying aquifer, the processes of saturated
                                                     C=QC
exp___B__
Dim (D D )%
      x y
W(u,-;:-)£  (1)
     B J
                                               C is the resulting concentration of a
                                               contaminant load, QCO, initiated from a
                                               point source.  The bracketed term describes
                                               the ability of the aquifer to dissipate or
                                            127

-------
or attenuate the contaminant load.  Defini-
tion of other terms will be given later in
the report.

     To obtain high attenuation or low
v  ues of C, one must be dealing with low
values of the bracketed portion of the
equation.  Keeping this inverse relation-
ship in mind and realizing the association
of high attenuation with low concentration
values, an "aquifer attenuation factor"
(AAF)  can be defined as
                      site  to  site.

                           The acceptance  or rejection of a land-
                      fill  site is  not  made  on the sole basis of
                      the attenuation factor or the above landfill
                      ranking  system.   The AAF and the landfill
                      ranking  values  are characteristics of the
                      landfill loads  and aquifer attenuation
                      capabilities .

                      Graphical and Computer Methods for Leachate
                        Plume  Evaluation
     AAF = Aquifer Attenuation Factor
                   1
exp_jx/B)_
     ~(D D )
       x y
,  r/B)
                                        (2)
The AAF can be evaluated from one aquifer
to another for the same space and time
situation, which allows comparative analysis
and definition of which aquifers might be
best suited for locating a landfill.
Determination of AAF can be accomplished by
the nomograph, computer program, or calcu-
lator code by computing QCO and C from
known or defined input data and taking the
ratio of the two as defined by Equation 2.
Based upon the widely varying values of the
aquifer parameters that can go into
Equation 2, one should realize that the
Aquifer Attenuation Factor will range over
several orders of magnitude.

     Aquifer Attenuation/Landfill Site
       Ranking

     Although one can escape from dealing
with the following ranking system when
accepting/rejecting sites, the permit writer
may be interested in comparing the AAF with
the 0 to 9 ranking system outlined in Phase
I.  The following ranking equation has been
designed for this purpose.

      Landfill  Ranking  =  9-log    (AAF+1)  (3)

     This equation is nonhomogeneous in
units but it does provide the AAF value
transformation for most real problems to
ranking numbers from 0 to 9.  Equation 3
will, however, produce numbers less than 0
for very large attenuation factors; low
landfill rankings coincide with high atten-
uation factors.

     Comparative rankings among sites can
be accomplished only by consistent use of
the same units  (gallon-day-foot or metric
units) for expressing the AAF value from
     Graphical and computer techniques were
developed to evaluate the severity of
contamination once a leachate had reached
an aquifer.  To make results comparable
from one method to another, the literature
was searched for a single equation that the
authors considered to be satisfactory to
model plume migration and mixing.  The
equation was obtained from Wilson and
Miller  (25) and the following techniques
are all based on it.  The Wilson and Miller
(25) analytical model was chosen because it
is a simpler model with fewer parameters
than the other types examined.  The simpler
solution lended itself better to developing
the nomograph and the TSO user-oriented
calculator and computer programs.

     Phase II consists of three individual
stages, each of which can operate indepen-
dently and produce the same results .  Stage
1 is represented by a nomograph that can be
used to calculate the concentration in a
plume at some designated time and distance
along a flowpath that begins at the point
source.  The system is not designed to map
a plume .

     Stage 2 relies on a programmable cal-
culator.  The calculator code allows
modeling of dispersion, retardation, radid-
active decay and dilution.  Repeated
calculations will permit plume concentration
mapping.  The program was devised for a
Texas Instruments TI-59 hand-held
calculator.

     Stage 3 is a computer program developed
to calculate plume concentration by means of
an IBM  370 computer.  The program is written
in VSBASIC for use with any TSO interactive
facility and can calculate and display
concentration values for a specified time at
selected points on a grid map.
                                            128

-------
     Stage 1;  Nomograph

     A graphical solution has been developed
to provide a simple computational tool for
the prediction of leachate plume movement
and corresponding concentration.  It is
often necessary to estimate the potential
distance of travel or length of time required
for a leachate chemical to migrate some
distance in the saturated zone from a point
directly below a point source, such as a
landfill or lagoon.  The concentration of a
conservative element, such as chloride, can
be estimated for some selected downgradient
(downslope) point in space and time along a
flow path that begins at the source.  An
initial concentration and volume of leach-
ate reaching the water table is estimated
for a point directly below the source.
Ordinarily the thickness of vertical
mixing in the ground-water system is
assumed to be the entire saturated thick-
ness of the aquifer; however, this can be
modified to approximate the effects of
layering or density stratification.

     The fundamental equation used for
development of the nomograph is Equation 1
[Wilson and Miller  (25)].   This equation is
used to provide an analytical solution to
determine the concentration distribution in
a two-dimensional plume in ground water.
The equation was reformulated to provide
the basis for the nomograph, which allows a
one-dimensional graphical calculation of
concentration along the axis in the direc-
tion of ground-water flow.  Dilution-
dispersive mixing and ion-exchange
retardation parameters are included in the
equation.

     Assumptions on which the nomograph is
based are as follows: (I)  the ground-water
flow regime is saturated,   (2) ground-water
flow is continuous and uniform in direction
and velocity, (3) the leachate source is a
point in plan view,  (4)  the leachate is
evenly distributed over the vertical
dimension  (aquifer thickness), and  (5) the
leachate source supplies a constant mass
flow rate.

     The nomograph is designed to provide a
simple technique to estimate, along the
direct down-gradient flowpath, one of the
following:

     Application 1:  The concentration  (C)
at a selected distance (x) and time (t).
     Application 2:  Distance (x) at which
a selected concentration  (C) and time  (t)
will occur.
     Application 3:  Time  (t) when the
concentration will reach a selected concen-
tration  (C) at a selected location  (x).

Results for large time  (steady rate) can be
determined for the first two applications:

     Application la:  Maximum concentration
(C) that would occur at a selected distance
after a long time period.
     Application 2a:  The maximum distance
(x) at which a selected concentration  (C)
will occur after a long time interval.

The advantage of applications la and 2a is
that it is possible to predict, for example,
the maximum distance of plume migration for
a given concentration threshold or limit.
Such concentrations might be those that have
been established as standards for safe
drinking water by EPA.  Alternatively, it
is also possible to predict the maximum
leachate concentration that could be reached
at a specified distance from the landfill
or lagoon.

     The estimate of distance  (x), time  (t),
and concentration  (C) may require an
adjustment of the concentration value  to
correct for significant background concen-
tration levels in the ground water.  In
applications 1 and la the estimated
concentration  (C) must be added to the
natural background concentration level.  In
applications 2, 2a, and 3 the concentration
value used must be the remainder after
subtracting the natural background
concentration.

     The information needed to obtain  a
solution for the concentration of a leachate
species in aquifer  (C) using the nomograph
includes the following:

Primary variables:

     x  =  distance from source, measured
           along the flowpath

     t  =  time from the beginning of
           leachate source flow to date of
           sampling

Aquifer parameters:

     m  =  effective aquifer thickness (zone
           of vertical mixing)

     n  =  effective porosity
                                            129

-------
     K  =  coefficient of permeability
           (hydraulic conductivity)

     I  =  gradient of ground-water flow

Transport parameters .-
     D  =  dispersion coefficient for the
           x direction
     D  =  dispersion coefficient for the
           y direction
 x   =-
 D    v
                1.5
      T  =
                                                              (1.5)
      Q  = nm(DxD  ) 2  =  (.35) (110) ^(105) (21)

         = 1800  ft3/day
     R, =  retardation factor
      d

Source parameters:
  x_ = 4200_ft
 V; = -70Yf
                     =  60,  Locate  at  A
     QC =  mass flow rate of leachate
           chemical species
     C  =  initial concentration of leachate
           chemical species in source
     Q  =  volume flow rate of source

     The basic equation was reformulated
using three scale factors  (the y distance
is set at 0 since the nomograph applies
only along the direct down-gradient
flowpath).   Thus, the nomograph is one-
dimensional (x direction) only.  The scale
factors are:
       _£_  =  2333_davs  = 5Q^  Locate Qn curve at
                                                T     46.6 days
                T  =
                      D
                     R, D
                      d  x
              Q  = nm(D D ) Jj
               D       x y
                                         (4)
                                         (5)
(6)
     The factors are used in the nomograph
solution as ratios with the primary
variables x (distance), t (time) and QCO
(mass flow rate from source) in the forms
of x/XD, T/TD and QC0/QD.

     As an example  (Fig. 3), let us assume
that the permit writer wants to determine
the concentration of chromium at a point
4200 ft from the source after a contamina-
tion period of 2333 days, where R^ = 1,
n = .35, v = 1.5 ft/day, m = 110 ft, Dx =
105 ft2/day, Dy = 21 ft2/day and QCO =
52 Ib/day.
 *D    1800  ft  /day

       at D

Draw a line vertically from A to inter-
section with t/Tp curve  (B); draw lines
horizontally from B to C and from C through
QCO/QQ scale at D to intersect the mg/1
scale at C(3 mg/1), which is the solution.
Thus, under the given conditions the
concentration of chromium 4200 ft from the
source after 6.39 years would be 3 mg/1.
The process can easily be repeated for
various x and t values.

     Note that the nomograph diagram
provides a visual representation with which
to gain a "feel" for the nature of the
plume.  For instance, it is easy to see
that  (before steady state) small changes in
x or t will cause large changes in
concentration:  the "leading edge" of the
plume passes quickly.

     Stage 2:  Calculator Code for
       Evaluating Landfill Leachate Plume

     A calculator code was developed to
evaluate the concentration distribution in
a leachate plume due to seepage from a
landfill.  With proper input data, the code
will allow modeling of dispersion, ion-
exchange or retardation, radioactive decay,
and dilution from native ground water
passing beneath the landfill from up-
gradient sources.  The calculator model
includes the capabilities to analyze
variable rate  leachate sources, areally
                                            130

-------
               STEADY STATE
                 (t —«)
                       NOMOGRAPH FOR
                     PLUME CENTER-LINE
                       CONCENTRATION
                     500
                       1.000
                         2,000
                            5,000
                               10.000
                                  20,000
                                    50,000
                IO'6-


                I0'5


                IO"»


                IO'3


                ID'2
              QC0
               QDl
             (lb/ft3)

               r°
                IO2

                IO3

                IO4
                                               IO5
IO7
                                                   -IO8
                                                   I09
       10       100     1,000
                    X
                   XD
10,000   100,000
                                                   10'
                                                    ,10
                                                           HO'2
        MO'1

           c
         (mg/1)

         1  I
                                                            10
        IO2
        IO3
Figure 3.  Nomograph Solution to a  Leachate Plume Mixing Problem
                              131

-------
distributed landfill sites, and the plan-
view description of plume concentrations
under non-steady as well as steady-state
conditions.
     The first step is to determine a
minimum distance from the site to an obser-
vation point for which the point source
assumption is acceptable.
     The use of the calculator code is not
simple nor is the understanding of the
program code easy.  Considerable study,
familiarization with the TI-59 hand-held
calculator, and practice is necessary to
gain confidence with its use.

     An example of operation and output of
the program is as follows, using the Long
Island chromium contamination scenario for
which a point source landfill is used:

Long Island, New York Chromium Contamination
[see Wilson and Miller  (25)].

The basic data set is as follows:

     V    =1.5 ft/day

     a    = 69.9 ft*
      x
     a    = 14.0 ft*
      Y
     n    = 0.35

     m    = 110 ft

     X    =0  (radioactive decay constant)

     QC   = 52 Ibs per day

     R.,   =1.0  (no retardation)
      d
*Note that ax and ccy are aquifer
dispersivity:  to convert to dispersion
coefficient (DX,DV), multiply by velocity.

The landfill approximates a square 130 ft
on each side.  Background chromium
concentration is 0 mg/1.

     As a permit writer might look at the
Long Island situation, there is a stream
nearby that is draining  (discharge area)
the ground-water reservoir and it may be  a
point of contention in the permitting
process.  Based upon a map of the area, the
stream is 4200 ft directly down-gradient
from the source of contamination.  For this
case the permit writer would choose x, y,
and t coordinates for an evaluation point
at the stream and for a worst case maximum
time of steady-state condition.  This would
necessitate x = 4200, y = 0, and a t value
of several years, say t = 10,000 days.
v
                             ;5;'
                              y
where
     a V
     _x_
     a~V
      Y
(7)
         = minimum distance to observation
           point

         = side of landfill = 130 ft

         = 69.9 ft

         = desired accuracy, in percent=10%
           2x69^9  .130  2
             10    69.9
                69^9_x_1^5
                14.0 x 1.5
     r   = 290 ft (assuming N = 10% accuracy)

     The r distance is the minimum distance
from the landfill for an observation point
such that the areal effects of the landfill
can be ignored.  For accurate results,
observation points should be beyond the
distance.  Since the evaluation point  is at
4200 ft, the point source assumption is
satisfied.

     The second step calls for an evaluation
of the chromium concentration at the
evaluation point.  The TI-59 calculator is
loaded with the program and the variables
are entered according to the calculator
instructions.

     1.  Partion the calculator to 639.39.
     2.  Feed all four sides of the two
program cards.
     3.  Press user defined key D to label
the printout.
     4.  Press user defined key 2nd E1 to
initialize entry.
     5.  Enter in order values of x =  4200,
y = 0, t = 10,000 via user defined A and the
R/S key.
     6.  Enter ax = 69.9, ay = 14.0,
n = 0.35 and V =  1.5 via user defined  key
2nd A' and the R/S key.
     7.  Enter X  = 0, and Rd = 1 via the
2nd B' and R/S key.
     8.  Enter aquifer thickness, m =  110,
via the 2nd C1 key.
     9.  Enter x-^ = 0, Yi = 0  (position of
                                            132

-------
point source) via the user defined B and
R/S key.
     10.  Enter QC0 = 52 and t1 = 0 via the
C and R/S key.
     11.  Press user defined E key and
watch the printer for the output  (Fig.4).

               4200.
                  0.
              10000.
                 69.9
                 14.
                  0.35
                  1.5
                  0.
                  1.

                  1.        I
             3.0042918 01   B
             1.6791569 01   C
             1.6791569 01

   Figure 4.  EPA-Landfill Plume Management

     The concentration at the chosen
observation coordinate is 16.79 mg/1, which
is listed on the printout at 1.6791569 01
(1.679 x 101 or 16.79) on line C.  The
local background for chromium is 0 and the
drinking water standard is 0.05 mg/1, thus
this landfill site would be rejected since
16.79 > 0.05 mg/1.

     While the calculator program is still
up and running, the investigator can check
concentrations at other locations and time
situations and, in addition, evaluate the
aquifer attenuation factor  (AAF) and land-
fill ranking.

     The AAF value pertains to the particu-
lar observation point coordinates and
aquifer parameters.  Let us use x = 4200,
y = 0, and to = 10,000 days and the given
aquifer parameters.  For this set of
parameters C = 16.79 mg/1.  If we use QCO
= 52 Ibs/day and take the ratio QC to Co we
get from Equation 2:
           16018QC
     AAF =
16018 x_52
  16.79
                    = 49,609 ft /day

Next obtain a value of the landfill ranking
as follows:
Landfill Ranking = 9-log  (AAF + 1)

                 = 9-10g10(49610)
                 = 9-4.7

Landfill Ranking =4.3

This landfill is situational and if x, y, t,
or the coordinates of the evaluation point
are changed, the operator will obtain
another ranking.

     Stage 3:  IBM 370 TSO VSBASIC Program
       for Calculation of Plume
       Concentrations

     A computer program was developed from
the basic equation (Eq. 1) to calculate
plume concentrations by means of the IBM 370
computer.  The program is written in VSBASIC
for use with any TSO interactive facility.
The program can calculate and display the
value of the concentration at a single point
or a grid map of concentrations for a given
area.

     As shown by the flowchart in Figure 5,
the program operates on the basis of
requesting a command code from the user
which designates a particular operation to
be performed.  The codes may be entered in
any order, one at a time.  Of course, the
desired parameters must be set before
requesting the calculation of concentration.

Landfill Evaluations Requiring Advanced
  Computer Models (Phase III)

     There may be occasions when more
complex analysis is called for, particularly
when an applicant believes there are
extenuating circumstances of their landfill
design and chosen location that go beyond
the evaluation techniques of Phases I and
II.  Some extenuating circumstances may
relate to the effects of pumping wells,
changes in land use, ground-water recharge
as a dilution mechanism, the effects of
recharge, constant head, and no flow
boundaries in the vicinity of the site,
nonhomogeneities in aquifer and dispersive
coefficients, special landfill containment
designs, and effects of the unsaturated
zone, or attenuation.

     Under special circumstances advanced
techniques may be necessary to sort out the
effects of unusual conditions.  When this
becomes the case the permit writer should
examine the possibility of using the
following selected models and special
articles to make final judgements.
                                            133

-------
(  Start  J
   Input
  Command /
   Code  r
             Code = 'M
             Code = 'D1
             Code = 'C1
   Compute
toncent ration!
                              Other Display Codes
                     Figure 5.  General Flowchart
                                134

-------
     The discussion of advanced modeling
techniques fall into four categories.
First is a group of flow models that can be
applied to judging the design of the land-
fill containment system itself and the
volume of ground water that would be avail-
able for dilution of the leachate [Trescott
et al. (21);  Townley and Wilson (19);
Prickett and Lonnquist (14); Thrailkill
(19)].  Second is a group of credible
numerical models on mass transport
processes in the saturated zone [Konikow
and Bredenhoeft (9); Ahlstromm et al.  (1);
Prickett et al. (15); Reddell and Sunada
(16)].  Among models of the second group
are those that can account for nonhomogene-
ous aquifers and the effects of ground-
water recharge, irregular external
boundaries,  ion-exchange, and radioactive
decay.  Output is the concentration
distribution for nonsteady as well as
steady-state conditions.

     The third group of models addresses
some aspects of the unsaturated zone
[Davis (5);  Wilson and Gelhar (23 & 24);
Enfield et al.  (7); Hillel (8)].  These
models are not all inclusive of the
complicated processes of mass transport,
but do allow consideration of the zone
between the bottom of the landfill and the
underlying aquifer.

     The fourth group addresses a variety
of conditions that may be directly of
concern to the permit writer [Burkholder
(2); Castillo et al. (3); Duquid and Lea
(6); Nelson (12);  Segol et al.  (17);
Cleary (4)].   unlike the first three groups,
this group does not necessarily contain
codes in the descriptions.  Discussion
papers are included in the fourth group
that cover fissured rock modeling,
advective or sharp front modeling, density
difference procedure for cross-sectional
view analysis,  and one advanced model
group that allows analytical expressions to
be used for evaluating mass transport
processes similar to Wilson and Miller's
equation, but for unusual boundary and
initial conditions.

     Mention of trade names or commercial
products does not constitute endorsement or
recommendation for use.
REFERENCES

1.   Ahlstrom, S. W.,  H. P. Foote,  R. C.
    Arnett, C. R. Cole, and R. J.  Serne,
    1977.  Multicomponent mass transport
    model:  Theory and numerical implemen-
    tation (discrete-pareel-random-walk
    version).  Battelle BNWL-2127  (UC-70,
    UC-32) prepared for ERDA and Atlantic
    Richfield Hanford Co.

2.   Burkholder, H. C., 1976.  Methods and
    data for predicting nuclide migration
    in geologic media.  International
    Symposium of Management of Wastes from
    the LWR Fuel Cycle, Denver, CO.

3.   Castillo, E. R.,  J. Krizek, and G. M.
    Karadi, 1972.  Comparison of dispersion
    characteristics in fissured rock.
    Proceedings of the 2nd International
    Symposium of Fundamentals of Transport
    Phenomena in Porous Media, Guleph,
    Ontario, v. 2: 778-797.

4.   Cleary, R. W., 1978.  Groundwater
    pollution and computer programs.
    Report No. 78-WR-15, Water Resources
    Program, Princeton University.

5.   Davis, L. A., 1980.  Computer analysis
    of seepage and ground-water response
    beneath tailings  impoundments.  Report
    to the National Science Foundation
    under award number DAR-7917109.  Waste
    and Land Systems, Inc., 1501 Lemay aVe.,
    Suite 207, Ft. Collins, CO 80524.

6.   Duquid, J. 0. and P. C. Y. Lea, 1977.
    Flow in fractured porous media.  Water
    Resources Research, v. 13, no. 3.

7.   Enfield, C. G., R. F. Carsel,  S. Z.
    Cohen, T. Phan, and D. M. Walters, 1980.
    Methods of approximating transport of
    organic pollutants to ground-water.
    Robert S. Kerr Environmental Research
    Laboratory, Ada,  Oklahoma, and Hazard
    Evaluation Division, Office of
    Pesticide Programs, Washington, D.C.
    (in press).

8.   Hillel, D., 1977.  Computer simulation
    of soil-water dynamics.  Publication
    No. IDRC-082e of  the International
    Development Research Ce4ntre of Ottawa,
    Canada.
                                            135

-------
 9.   Konikow,  L.  F.  and J.  D.  Brederhoeft,
     1978.   Computer model  of  two-
     dimensional  solute transport and
     dispersion in ground water.   U.S.G.S.
     Techniques of Water Resources Investi-
     gations,  Chapter C2, Book 7,
     Automated Data Processing and
     Computations.

10.   LeGrand,  H.  E., 1964.   System for
     evaluating the contamination potential
     of some waste sites.   American Water
     Works  Association, Jour., v. 56, no.
     8:  959-974.

11.   LeGrand,  H.  E. , 1980,  A standardized
     system for evaluating  waste  disposal
     sites.  National Water Well  Associa-
     tion,  Worthington, Ohio:  42  p.

12.   Nelson, R. W.,  1976.   Evaluating the
     environmental consequences of ground-
     water  contamination.   Prepared under
     United States Energy Research and
     Development Administration Contract
     E(45-l)-2320.   Report  No. BCSR-6/UC11
     of the Boeing Computer Services, Inc.

13.   Perlmutter,  N.  M. and  M.  Lieber, 1970.
     Dispersal of plating wastes  and
     sewage contaminants in ground water
     and surface water, south Farmindale-
     Massapequa area, Nassau County, N.Y.
     U.S. Geological Survey Water Supply
     Paper  1879-G:  67 p.

14.   Prickett, T. A. and C. G. Lonnquist,
     1971.   Selected digital computer
     techniques for ground  water  resource
     evaluation.  Illinois State Water
     Survey, Bull.  55: 62 p.

15.   Prickett, T. A., T. Naymik,  and C. G.
     Lonnquist, 1981.  A random-walk mass
     transport model for selected ground-
     water  quality evaluations.  Illinois
     State  Water Survey Circular, in
     press.  Urbana, Illinois.

16.   Reddell,  D.  L. and D.  K.  Sunada, 1971.
     Numerical simulation of dispersion in
     groundwater aquifers.   Colorado State
     University Hydrology Paper 41.

17.   Segol, G., G.  F. Finder,  and W. G.
     Gray,  1975.   Numerical simulation of
     saltwater intrusion in coastal
     aquifers.  Part 2:  Technical
     completion report.  Water Resources
     Program,  Princeton University.
18.   Silka,  L.  R. and T.  L. Swearingen,
     1978.   A manual for  evaluating
     contamination potential of surface
     impoundments.  U.S.  Environmental
     Protection Agency,  (EPA 570/9-8-003):
     73 p.

19.   Thrailkill, J., 1972.  Digital
     computer modeling of limestone ground-
     water systems.  University of Kentu :ky
     Research Report Number 50.

20.   Townley, L. R. and J. L. Wilson, 1980.
     Description of and user's manual for a
     finite element aquifer flow model
     AQUIFEM-1L.  Report  No. 252 of the
     Ralph M. Parsons Lab. of MIT.

21.   Trescott,  P. C., G.  F. Finder, and
     S. P.  Larson, 1976.   Finite difference
     model for aquifer simulation in two
     dimensions with results of numerical
     experiments.  U.S.G.S. Technical Water
     Resources Investigations Book, Chapter
     Cl.

22.   Vandenberg, A., 1975.  Program front
     two dimensional simulation of a moving
     intrusion front in a thin horizontal
     confined aquifer.  Inland Waters
     Directorate, Water Resources Branch,
     Ottawa, Canada.

23.   Wilson, J. L. and L. W. Gelhar, 1974.
     Dispersive mixing in a partially
     saturated porous medium.  Ralph M.
     Parsons Laboratory,  Massachusetts
     Institute of TEchnology, Report No. 191.

24.   Wilson, J. L. and L. W. Gelhar, 1980.
     Analysis of longitudinal dispersion in
     unsaturated flow - Part 1.  The
     Analytical Method.  Water Resources
     Research  (in review process).

25.   Wilson, J. L. and P. J. Miller, 1978.
     Two-dimensional plume in uniform
     ground-water flow.  Journal of the
     Hydraulics Div. Am.  Soc. of Civil
     Eng., Paper No. 13665, HY4: 503-514.
                                            136

-------
                EFFECT OF SOLUBLE SALTS AND CAUSTIC SODA ON SOLUBILITY
                       AND ADSORPTION OF HEXACHLOROCYCLOPENTADIENE
                 Sheng-Fu J. Chou, Robert A. Griffin, and Mei-In M. Chou
                            Illinois State Geological Survey
                               Champaign, Illinois 61820
                                        ABSTRACT

     The photolysis, aqueous chemistry, and the effect of soluble salts on solubility and
adsorption of hexachlorocyclopentadiene (C-56) by soil materials were studied in the
laboratory.  Sodium hydroxide and sodium chloride decreased the solubility of C-56 in
water, and sodium hypochlorite slightly increased its solubility.  A caustic soda brine
composed of a mixture of the salts was intermediate in decreasing solubility.  The effect
of soluble salts upon C-56 solubility was shown to be approximately additive.

     C-56 was found to be very photosensitive to sunlight or long wave UV light; the
half-life was less than 3.5 min in aqueous solution and less than 1.6 min and 2.5 min
in hexane and methanol, respectively.

     At least five degradation and photolysis products were identified.  Hexachloro-
cyclopentenone and pentachlorocyclopentenone were the major products found in distilled
water.  Cis- and trans-pentachlorobutadiene, tetrachlorobutenyne, and pentachloropenta-
dienoic acid were the major products identified in mineralized water.  Pentachlorocyclo-
pentenone was not stable under high temperature conditions and was found to be dimerized
and then converted to hexachloroindone.

     Freundlich adsorption isotherm plots of C-56 sorption on two soils yielded linear
regression lines with coefficients of correlation (r2) of at least 0.98.  The presence of
salts in solution dramatically affected the adsorption of C-56.  Brine, NaCl, and NaOH
caused an increase in adsorption while NaOCl caused a decrease in adsorption.  The
increase in adsorption was inversely related to the Setschenow parameter indicating that
the change in adsorption was directly related to the effect of the salts on the solu-
bility of C-56.
INTRODUCTION

     Environmental concerns have created a
demand for information regarding the land
disposal of toxic organic substances such
as hexachlorocyclopentadiene (C-56 or "hex"
waste).   C-56 is a highly toxic compound
that produces systemic toxicity of unknown
mechanism in mammals (17) and has been
reported to have caused significant de-
creases in survival of fathead minnows at
concentrations as low as 7.3 ppb (13).

     C-56 has no end uses of its own but
is commercially important as a chemical
intermediate for production of chemical
feed stocks, pesticides, adhesives, resins,
and other related products  (2,10).  The
present environmental concern is the dis-
posal of large quantities of industrial
wastes containing C-56.

     A major source of C-56 wastes comes
from the manufacture of chlorinated in-
secticides.  The liquid waste stream from
a plant that is representative of the
industry varies daily in chemical com-
position but typically consists of a
caustic soda brine containing a saturated
suspension of C-56 with small amounts of
insecticides and other chemical inter-
mediates.  The mineral content averages
                                           137

-------
12% sodium chloride, 4% sodium hypochlorite,
and 3% sodium hydroxide.  The pH of the
waste water is typically 11.9 to 12.0 (4
and personal communications) .

     The phenomenon of salting-out of a
nonelectrolyte from an aqueous solution by
addition of salt is well-known (14).  Thus,
the presence of the high salt content of
the caustic soda brine waste water would be
expected to cause changes in the aqueous
solubility of C-56.  Because adsorption of
C-56 by soil materials is a function of
concentration (3), knowledge of how the
solubility changes with brine concentra-
tion is important to accurate predictions
of attenuation and mobility.

     The solubi]ity of C-56 in water has
been reported as about 0.8 ppm (7), 1.8 ppm
(18), 2 ppm (1), and to range from 1.03
to 1.25 ppm in waters, soil extracts, and
landfill leachates  (3).  C-56 is extremely
volatile and photoreactive in sunlight.
Near-surface half-lives of C-56 in aquatic
systems are less than 10 minutes  (18,3).
C-56 shows an unexpected tendency to under-
go the Diels-Alder reaction with many
dienophiles at temperatures between 20°
and 200°C.  It condenses even with simple
olefins, which normally do not react with
dienes, and with polynuclear aromatic
hydrocarbons  (16).  Thus, the apparent
disappearance of C-56 from the environment
should not be construed to mean that it is
always degraded to smaller molecules; it
may condense into larger molecular weight
compounds.  Although C-56 has been used in
the chemical industry for decades, there
is a dearth of information with regard to
the environmental impacts of the compound
on aquatic or soil systems.

     It is the purpose of this paper to
report studies of the effect of caustic
soda brine and its component salts on
solubility and adsorption of C-56 by soil
materials and to identify the major
degradation products of C-56 in the en-
vironment.  This is a report of work con-
ducted as part of Grant No. R806335-010
from the U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio.  The results
should be considered preliminary and
subject to reinterpretation if future
results require it.  Mention of trade
names does not constitute endorsement.
MATERIALS AND METHODS

Experimental Materials

     A reagent grade C-56 was obtained from
Pfaltz and Bauer, Inc., Stamford, CT, and
was used without further purification.  An
analytical standard of C-56 (lot #0213)
was obtained from US-EPA, Research Tri-
angle Park, NC.  Both materials were
identical and the purity was approximately
98%.  Analytical reagent grade sodium
hydroxide, sodium chloride, and sodium
hypochlorite were used in the solubility
and adsorption studies.  Adsorbents used
in these studies were Catlin silty loam
(total organic carbon, 4.04%), and
Flanagan silty clay loam (total organic
carbon, 2.40%).

Effect of Soluble Salts on Solubility

     To determine the effect of caustic
soda brines and soluble salts on the
aqueous solubility of C-56, several con-
centrations of soluble salts were added
to tap water and the changes of solubility
of C-56 were measured as reported else-
where  (3).  The concentrations and salts
used were:  0.513, 1.026, 1.465, and
2.051 M NaCl; 0.135, 0.270, 0.405, and
0.541 M NaOCl;  0.188, 0.375, 0.563, and
0.750 M NaOH; and 0.836, 1.671, 2.433, and
3.342 M Nad + NaOCl + NaOH.

Photolysis Experiments

     In the photolysis study, 10-mL
aliquots of the- supernatant of the C-56
saturated in distilled water were placed
into 22-mL screw-cap closed vials and
exposed to either sunlight or long wave
UV light (Chromato-Vue Cabinet, Model CC-20,
Ultra-Violet Products Inc., San Gabriel,
CA) for 0, 1, 3, 5, and 7 minutes.  The
sunlight intensity was measured by using
a YSI-Kettoring Model 65A Radiometer
(Yellow Springs Instrument Co., Inc.
Yellow Springs, OH).  The average sunlight
intensity was 740 joules-sec/m2 (or watts/
m2).  To free C-56 from the ketone hy-
drolysis products reported by Chou et al.
(3), 0.5 mL of 1 N NaOH solution was added
into each vial before the extraction for
analysis.  Analyses were conducted by gas
chromatography (GC) using the methods
described by Chou et al. (3).
                                           138

-------
     In a separate st-udy, 5 mL of C-56  (2
ppm) in hexane and methanol were individu-
ally placed in 15 mL vials capped with
teflon-lined caps, the vials were then  ex-
posed to either sunlight or lonq wave UV
light for 0, 1, 3, 5, and 7 minutes.  The
extracts and organic solvent soluble C-56
were analyzed by gas chromatography  (3).
The half-lives and photodegradation rates
were also calculated.  The major hydrolysis
and photolysis products were identified by
mass spectrometry by the Institute of
Environmental Studies Laboratory, Univer-
sity of Illinois using a Hewlett-Packard
5985 GC mass-spectrometer and data system.

Adsorption

     Catlin and Flanagan soils were select-
ed to determine the effects of varied con-
centrations of soluble salts and brine  on
the adsorption of C-56.  C-56 saturated
in tap water, NaCl, NaOCl, and NaOH solu-
tions, and a solution of the three salts
in combination were used.

     Adsorption studies were carried out
by shaking known volumes of C-56 solution
and varying weights of soil materials in
amber glass serum bottles at a constant
temperature of 22 ± 1°C.  Amber glass was
used to prevent photolysis of the C-56,
and the bottles were sealed with a teflon-
faced septum and an aluminum crimp-cap  to
prevent volatilization.  The rate of ad-
sorption of C-56 by soil materials was
relatively rapid.  A study indicated a
shaking time of 2 hours was sufficient  to
reach constant concentration of C-56 in
solution.   Therefore, all samples were
shaken at least 4 hours to ensure
equilibrium.  Samples were then treated
and analyzed by procedures reported else-
where (3) .

     A blank was carried through in all
experiments to determine the degree of ad-
sorption of C-56 onto the surface of the
bottles.   The amount of adsorption in each
case was determined from the difference
between the initial concentration and the
equilibrium concentration multiplied by
the volume of solution.  The amount ad-
sorbed by each tested material was com-
puted on a unit basis by determining the
equilibrium concentration, subtracting the
appropriate blank, and then dividing by
the dry weight of the adsorbent.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Effect of Soluble Salts on Solubility

     The effect of several soluble  salts on
the solubility of C-56 was determined by
fitting the solubility data to  the
Setschenow equation  (1892):
              log — =
                  KC,.
(1)
The results are given in Table  1;  listed
are the observed solubility ratios, S°/S
where S  is the solubility  (mole/L) of
C-56 in tap water and S its solubility
(mole/L) in a salt solution of  concentra-
tion Cs (mole/L).  Table 1 also gives the
Setschenow parameter, K (L/mole).  The
best values of K were determined by linear
regression analysis of log S°/S as a
function of Cc; the coefficient of
              o
correlation (r ) is also given  in  Table 1.
Representative solubility data  for C-56
plotted according to the Setschenow
equation are shown in Figure 1.  Of the
three individual salts studied, sodium
hydroxide and sodium chloride decreased
the solubility of C-56 in tap water (K =
positive)  and sodium hypochlorite
slightly increased its solubility  (K =
negative).  The three-salt mixture (brine)
was intermediate in its depression of
solubility of C-56.  The results indicated
that the effect of soluble salts upon C-56
solubility is approximately additive.   A
similar additive effect of sea  water upon
hydrocarbon solubility has also been re-
ported  (5,6).   The Setschenow K value for
combined salt solutions can be  calculated
by knowing the values of K for  the in-
dividual component salts and using the
following equation presented by Gordon
and Thorne (5,6) :
log
          ^^ = log S? -  .^
(2)
where S. is the solubility of C-56 in the
salt solution, S? is the solubility of the
C-56 in water, N^ is the mole fraction of
the i/th salt component in the combined
salt, Kj^ is the Setschenow parameter of
the ith salt component in the combined
salt solution, Cs is the sum of the indi-
vidual salt molarities,  and n is the number
of salts in the solution.  Agreement be-
tween the observed K value (0.147, L/mole)
and the calculated K value (0.149, L/mole)
                                           139

-------
TABLE 1.  EFFECT OF SOLUBLE SALTS ON THE WATER SOLUBILITY OF
          C-56 AT 22°C AND SETSCHENOW PARAMETER
                   Setschenow Parameter
salts
NaCl



NaOCl



NaOH



NaCl +NaOC 1 +NaOH



K (L/mole) r2 Cg (mole/L)
+ 0.161 0.970 0.513
1.026
1.465
2.051
- 0.058 0.889 0.135
0.270
0.405
0.541
+ 0.266 0.996 0.188
0.375
0.563
0.750
+ 0.147 0.993 0.836
1.671
2.433
3.342
S°*/S
1.306
1.622
1.683
2.239
0.998
0.956
0.942
0.940
1.099
1.239
1.396
1.563
1.212
1.563
2.168
2.767
*S° = 4.00 x 10 6 Mole/L (1.08 ppm)
using equation (2) for the caustic soda
brine solution data reported in Table 1 was
quite good.  From equation 2, we can also
roughly predict C-56 solubility in salt
solutions of varying concentration.  Values
of S^ calculated from equation 2 and the
observed S^ values for the brine are shown
in Table 2.  The agreement between observed
S^ values and calculated Sj_ values was
satisfactory for many applications.

Aqueous Chemistry of C-56

     The mass spectra of the major degrada-
tion products in the aqueous solution were
obtained using a Hewlett-Packard 5985 GC/MS.
The total ion chromatograms of the C-56 in
distilled water and tap water showed strik-
ing differences in product distribution.

     The major degradation products found
in distilled water are interpreted to
contain six chlorines and to have a molecu-
lar weight of 286.  The key fragmentation
patterns show m/e, 286 (parent peak); m/e,
251  (-C1); m/e 258 (-CO); m/e, 223  (-CO,
-CD; m/e, 216 (-2C1) ; and m/e, 188  (-CO,
-2C1).  These fragmentation patterns are
                                consistent with formation of hexachloro-
                                2-cyclopentenone  (I) and hexachloro-3-
                                cyclopentenone  (II) .   The formation  of
                                compounds I and II  of  C-56  in  distilled
                                water is given support from GC and mass-
                                spectral data.  Newcomer and McBee  (11)
                                also reported that  hexachlorocyclo-
                                pentadiene can be converted to octa-
                                chlorocyclopentadiene  in the presence of
                                Cl2 or Aids and  further converted to
                                compounds I and II.  They also noted that
                                C-56 can be converted  to 2,3,4,4,5-
                                pentachloro-2-cyclopentenone  (III) in
                                sulfuric acid solution.  This  compound
                                was also found in the  present  study  when
                                C-56 was added to distilled water.
                                      (I)
(II)
(III)
                                      Simonov et al.  (15)  also found these
                                 three hvdrolysis products of C-56 in water.
                             140

-------
                                            INCREASED C-56 SOLUBILITY
                                            DECREASED C-56 SOLUBILITY
                      .8        1.2       1.6      2.0      2.4      2.8


                            SALT CONCENTRATION (moles/liter)
Figure 1.   Effect of dissolved salts  on  the water solubility of C-56  at  22°C — plot

           according to the Setschenow equation.
          TABLE 2.   SOLUBILITY OF C-56 IN CAUSTIC SODA BRINE SOLUTION AT 22°C*
              C   (mole/L)
S ,      (mole/L x 106)
 observ
S  ,  ,  (mole/L x 10b)
 calcd
                0.836



                1.671



                2.433



                3.342
        3.30



        2.56



        1.84



        1.44
       3.00



       2.25



       1.74



       1.27
          *Solubility of C-56 in tap water was 4.00 mole/L x 10  (1.08 ppm),
                                         141

-------
Compound III was not stable under high
temperature (120°C); it dimerized and then
converted to hexachloroindone (IV).

     Compound IV has also been identified
in the present study by GC/MS.  The key
fragmentation patterns show m/e, 334
(parent peak); m/e, 299 (-C1); m/e, 271
(-CO, -Cl); m/e, 236 (-CO, -2C1); and m/e,
166  (-CO, -4C1).  These key fragmentation
patterns were identical to standard hexa-
chloroindone synthesized from compound III
using the methods of Newcomer and McBee
(11).  It should be noted that compound IV
may form from compound III under the high
temperatures of the GC column during
analysis.  This should be kept in mind when
interpreting data from environmental
analyses.
                            and m/e, 188 (-COOH, -Cl).
             Cl
                    (IV)
     In the tap water  (or mineralized water)
sample, the three major transformation pro-
ducts were different from those in the
distilled water samples.  They were Ci,Clit
(V) and isomers of C^HCls (VI and VII).
The mass spectral data for compound V show
m/e, 188 (parent peak); m/e, 153  (-Cl); and
m/e, 118 (-2C1); for compound VI and VII
show m/e, 224  (parent peak); and m/e, 189,
(-C1); and m/e, 153 (-2C1, -H).  The
structures were postulated to be:
                                    Cl
(VI)
                                     H

                                   (VII)
A small amount of tetrachloroethylene
 (Cl2C=CCl2) was also identified in the tap
water sample.

     In acidified aqueous extracts, one GC
peak also matched our standard, pentachloro-
cis-2,4-pentadienoic acid (VIII).  This was
confirmed by GC/MS where the major key ions
showed m/e, 268  (parent peak); m/e 251
 (-OH); m/e, 233  (-Cl); m/e, 223  (-COOH);
                 (VIII)

     Pentachloropentadienoic acid  (VIII)
has also been reported by Russian workers
(15) in a study of C-56 hydrolysis pro-
moted by various metals.  The rate of
formation of VIII would be expected to be
slow in distilled water but could be
catalyzed in mineralized waters or by
adding base, finally ending with the
formation of compounds V, VI, and VII.

     From the mass-spectral data presented
above, the laboratory data, and the limited
information in the scientific literature,
the degradation pathway of C-56 shown in
Figure 2 was postulated.  Experimental
verification for the proposed sequence
comes from several sources.  The Russian
workers noted COa evolution in their
studies as predicted in the step from penta-
chloropentadienoic acid to the pentachloro-
butadiene isomers.  Most compelling are the
facts that pentachlorobutadiene isomers and
tetrachlorobutenyne are consistent with
the mass spectral data and that these com-
pounds were found only in the mineralized
water samples, and only ketones were found
in distilled water.  In addition, the
postulated degradation pathway predicts
that two isomers will form and one isomer
will be preferred because of steric consid-
erations.  This could possibly account for
the uneven doublet peaks that occur in GC
traces of samples from mineralized water
samples.

     The only evidence at present for
postulating the degradation step from hexa-
chloro-3-cyclopentenone comes from the GC/
MS identification of tetrachloroethylene in
mineralized water samples.  The second com-
pound proposed in that step, 3-chloro-
propynoic acid, has not been identified in
any samples to date.

Photolysis Study

     In the photolysis study, we found that
C-56 was very photosensitive to sunlight
and long wave UV light.  The rate of
                                            142

-------
                         C-56
 PENTACHLORO-2-    HEXACHLOROINDONE
CYCLOPENTENONE
                                                 C|   high temp.   Cl
            HEXACHLORO-3-
         CYCLOPENTENONE
                              Cl
             PENTACHLORO-
        PENTADIENOIC ACID
         CIS-PENTACHLORO-  Cl
                BUTADIENE  C|,
                                   kCO,
                      HEXACHLORO-2
                      CYCLOPENTENONE
               I-HCI
               V
          CI2C = CCI2

         CIC^CCOOHl  3-CHLOROPRO-
                                                             TETRACHLORO-
                                                             ETHYLENE
                                                           )
                                                             PYNOIC ACID
                                           TRANS-      TETRACHLORO-
                                       PENTACHLORO-     BUTENYNE
                                         BUTADIENE
                                                                      ISGS 1981
       Figure  2.  Proposed pathway for the degradation of C-56 in aqueous solution.
photolysis  of  C-56 in aqueous solution and
organic solvents  followed a first-order
reaction.   Values of the first-order rate
constant (K),  the half-life (ti ) ,  and
regression  coefficient  (r2) for the photo-
lysis of C-56  in  solutions exposed to sun-
light and long wave UV  light are given in
Table 3. C-56 photolyzed much faster in
hexane than in tap water and methanol.
       The photolysis  rate  of C-56 in water was
       less than 3.5 min.   A similar result was
       also reported elsewhere  (18).

            The degradation products were identi-
       fied by their mass spectra.  A representa-
       tive GC chromatogram of photolyzed C-56 in
       aqueous solution with identified peaks is
       shown in Figure 3.   The peak with relative
                                          143

-------
             TABLE 3.  FIRST-ORDER RATE CONSTANT (K), HALF-LIFE (tx/2)/
                       AND REGRESSION COEFFICIENT (r2)  FOR THE PHOTO-
                       DEGRADATION OF C-56 IN DISTILLED WATER, METHANOL,
                       AND HEXANE UNDER SUNLIGHT AND LONG-WAVE UV LIGHT
         Treatment
                               K (mirT1)
                              Sun
                   UV    Sun
                                                    UV    Sun
                                                                    UV
         C-56 in water

         C-56 in methanol

         C-56 in hexane
           0.24   0.30   3.47   2.28  0.9976   0.9969

           0.30   0.32   2.32   2.17  0.9980   0.9949

           0.45   0.45   1.55   1.55  0.9998   0.9993
retention time of 2.53 in Figure 3 has been
identified as pentachloro-2-cyclopentenone
(III).   An unidentified peak with a reten-
tion time of 4.72 was found by GC/MS to
have a molecular weight of 251 and a
similar mass fragmentation pattern to that
of compound III.  Compound III was found to
be the major product of C-56 photolysis in
three different solvents (water, methanol,
and hexane).

     Secondary product identification in
the photolysis studies of C-56 in hexane
and methanol indicated that, except for the
major product which was compound III, the
secondary product in hexane was CiiHjaCls
(IX); the products in methanol were 1,2,3,
4,-tetrachloro-5,5-dimethoxyl-cyclopenta-
diene (X), and 1-methylol-pentachlorocyclo-
pentadiene  (XI):
       C6H1;
    (IX)
(X)
(XI)
The results of the study of the photolysis
of C-56 indicated that two types of re-
actions were involved.  One was C-C1 bond
dissociation of C-56  (C5C16->C5C15 • + -Cl)
and the other was UV light initiated oxygen
oxidation of the C-56 product.  The C-C1
bond dissociation of C-56 will form product
IX in hexane solution and give products X
and XI in methanol solution.

     Replacement of C-C1 bonds by C-H is
well known in environmental photo-chemistry
                             (9).  The replacement product, penta-
                            chlorocyclopentadiene has been identified
                            by  GC/MS to be present in samples  exposed
                            to  light in this study.  This is postu-
                            lated to be an intermediary compound that
                            could be oxidized to form compound III.
                            Compound III was not only found during C-56
                            photolysis in water and methanol,  but was
                            also found in hexane.  Thus we speculate
                            that the source of oxygen involved in the
                            photo-oxidation was from air, rather than
                            from the solvent.  The interpretation is
                            supported by Molotsky and Ballweber's  (8)
                            work in which they showed that bubbling
                            O2  through a C-56 solution produced com-
                            pounds I and II.

                            Effect of Soluble Salts and Brine  on
                              Adsorption

                                 The results for C-56 adsorption by
                            Catlin and Flanagan soil from tap  water,
                            salt solutions, and brine are shown in
                            Figures 4 and 5.  All data were fitted by
                            linear regression to the log form  of the
                            empirical Freundlich adsorption equation:
                                                     log X/M = log Kf +  1/n  log C
                                                                     (3)
                            where X = yg of comoound  adsorbed;  M =
                            weight of adsorbent  (g);  C = equilibrium
                            concentration of the  solution  (yg/rnL);  and
                            Kf and 1/n are constants.

                                 Values of Kf and 1/n were obtained
                            from the regression equations as  the inter-
                            cepts at a concentration  of 1 ppm and the
                            slope, respectively.   These Freundlich
                            parameters and the regression coefficient
                            (r2) are shown in Table 4.  All the
                                           144

-------
             O)
             cvj
                C-56
                                                  Cl
                                                                Cl
                                                      Cl
                                                         III
                                                       CO  sj-
                                                       in  at
                                                       CM'  CNJ
                                                            C-56
                            IS
                           in
                           r*
                           in
                                            (B)
                                                                                 ISGS 1981
Figure 3.  GC chromatograms of C-56 in distilled water exposed under long-wave UV light.
           (A) 0 min  (B) 10 min
regression lines generated had coefficients
of at least 0.98, which indicate a good
fit of the data by the Freundlich equation.
The molar K, (KF),  is also shown in Table 4.
It was calculated from mass K, (Kf),  using
the equation described by Osgerby (12).
 K  (molar) = —
              Kf (mass)   (Mol. Wt.)
                                    1/n
                      Mol. Wt.
(4)
where Mol. Wt. is molecular weight of the
compound, Kf  (mass) is the Freundlich Kf,
and 1/n is the slope of the isotherm
plotted according to the Freundlich
equation.

     The results shown in Figures 4 and 5
clearly indicate that all the salts and
brine dramatically affected the adsorption.
The change in adsorption followed the
inverse trend of the Setschenow parameters
reported in Table 1.  The salts causing
the greatest depression in solubility,
caused the largest increase in adsorption
and vice versa.  The effect of soluble
                                           145

-------
   200



   iooH


    60

    40
 .05 20
  en
     10H


      6

      4



      2H
 3% NaOH
12% NaCI
                                                     Tap water
                                             4% NaOCI
      1
      0.01   0.02    0.040.06  0.1     0.2     0.4  0.6   1.0

           EQUILIBRIUM  CONCENTRATION  OF  C-56 (ppm)

                                                           ISGS 1981
Figure 4.  Freundlich adsorption isotherms of C-56 adsorption  on Catlin soil
         from tap water, salt solutions, and caustic brine at 22°C.
                                146

-------
 O)
 3.
 200



 iooH


  60

  40



»  20-



  10-


   6

   4



   2H
                                                  3% NaOH
                                              4% NaOCI
                                                     Tap water
     1
     0.01    0.02    0.040.06  0.1     0.2     0.4  0.6   1.0
         EQUILIBRIUM CONCENTRATION  OF C-56 (ppm)
                                                         ISGS 1981
Figure 5.  Freundlich adsorption isotherms of C-56 adsorption on Flanagan
         soil from tap water, salt solutions, and caustic brine at 22°C.
                              147

-------
 TABLE 4.  FREUNDLICH Kf, 1/n, REGRESSION COEFFICIENT  (r ), AND MOLAR Kp FOR ADSORPTION
           OF C-56 BY CATLIN SOIL AND FLANAGAN SOIL FROM TAP WATER, SALT SOLUTIONS,
           AND CAUSTIC BRINE AT 22°C
Soda brine
Tap water
4% NaOCl
12% NaCl
3% NaOH
4% NaOCl
+ 12% NaCl
+3% NaOH


Catlin
54
27
186
261
247

Kf
Flanagan
28
22
153
136
127
Freundlich
1/n
Catlin Flanagan
0.93 0.92
0.60 0.83
1.01 1.10
0.28 0.29
1.07 1.19
Parameters
r2
Catlin Flanagan
0.9982 0.9944
0.9976 0.9954
0.9960 0.9968
0.9808 0.9930
0.9795 0.9996

KF
Catlin Flanagan
59 31
45 27
183 134
670 344
225 99
salts on the solubility of C-56 appears to
be directly related to its adsorption by
soil materials.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     The authors wish to acknowledge
partial support of this project under Grant
No. R806335-010 from the U.S. Environment
Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH; Dr.
Michael Roulier, Project Officer.

     The authors also wish to thank Barry
Fisher for technical assistance and Dr.
Richard Larson of the University of
Illinois for aid in the mass-spectral
analysis.
REFERENCES

1.  Atallah, Y. H., D. M. Whitacre, and
    R. G. Butz. 1980. Fate of hexachloro-
    cyclopentadiene in the environment.
    ACS preprints, 180th National Meeting,
    San Francisco, California, p. 501-502.

2.  Bell, M. A., R. A. Ewing, and G. A.
    Lutz. 1978. Review of the environmental
    effects of mirex and kepone. Prepared
    for the U.S. Environmental Protection
    Agency, Office of Research and
Development, by Battelle Columbus
Laboratory. EPA 600/1-78-013.

Chou, S.F.J., B. W. Fisher, and R. A.
Griffin. 1981. Aqueous chemistry and
adsorption of hexachlorocyclopenta-
diene by earth materials. Proceedings,
Land Disposal: Hazardous Waste. 7th
Annual Symposium. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, EPA-600/9-81-002b.
p. 29-42.

Gibb, J. P., Keros Cartwright, D. E.
Lindorf, and Arnold Hartley. 1978.
Field verification of hazardous wastes
migration from land disposal sites.
Final report for Contract No. R-803216-
01-3, U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, OH 45268.

Gordon, J. E., and R. L. Thorne. 1967a.
Salt effects on the activity coefficient
of naphthalene in mixed aqueous
electrolyte solutions. I. Mixture of
two salts. The Journal of Physical
Chemistry, v. 71, no. 13, p. 4390-4399.

Gordon, J. E., and R. L. Thorne. 1967b.
Salt effects on non-lectrolyte activity
coefficients in mixed aqueous electro-
lyte solutions-II. Artifical and
natural sea water.  Geochimica et Cosmo-
chimica Acta. v. 31, p. 2433-2442.
                                            148

-------
 7.   Lu,  P.,  R.  L.  Metcalf,  A.  S.  Hirive,
     and  J. W.  Williams.  1975.  Evaluation
     of environmental distribution and fate
     of hexachlorocyclopentadiene, chlor-
     dene,  heptachlor, and heptachlore-
     poxide in a laboratory model  ecosystem.
     J. Agr.  Food Chem.  23_(5) :967-973.

 8.   Molotsky,  H. M., and E. G. Ballweber.
     June 11, 1957. U.S.  Patent No.
     2,795,608.  To Velsicol Chemical Corp.
     for  preparation of hexachlorocyclo-
     pentenones from hexachlorocyclo-
     pentadiene.

 9.   Hosier,  A.  R., W. D. Guenzi,  and L.
     L. Miller.  1969. Photochemical decom-
     position of DDT by a free-radical
     mechanism.  Science 164. p. 1083.

10.   National Academy of Sciences. 1978.
     Kepone/mirex/hexachlorocyclo-
     pentadiene: An environmental  assess-
     ment.  Washington, D.C.  73  pp.

11.   Newcomer,  J. S., and E. T. McBee.
     1949.  The chemical behavior of
     hexachlorocyclopentadiene. I. Trans-
     formation to octachloro-3a,4,7,7a-
     tetrahydro-4,7-methanoindene-1,8-
     dione.  JACS 71,  p.  946-956.

12.   Osgerby, J. M.,  1970. Sorption and
     transport processes in soils. S.C.I.
     Monograph No.  37, Society  of  Chemical
     Industry,  London, S.W.  1,  p.  63-78.

13.   Sephar,  R.  L., G. D. Veith, D.  L.
     DeFoe,  and B.  V. Bergstedt. 1979.
     Toxicity and bioaccumulation of
     hexachlorocyclopentadiene, hexa-
     chloronorbornadiene and heptachloro-
     norbornene in larval and early
     juvenile fathead minnows, Pimephales
     prpmelas. Bull. Environ. Contain.
     Toxicol. 21, p. 576-583.

14.   Setschenow, M., 1892. Action De
     L'Acide Carbonique Sur Les Solutions
     Des Sels. Ann. Chem. Phys., v. 25:226.

15.   Simonov, V. D., et al.  1975. Hydro-
     lysis of hexachlorocyclopentadiene.
     Vsesoiuznoe Khimicheskoe Obshehestvo
     Imeni D. I. Mendeleeva Zhurnal.
     v.  20, p. 477-478.

16.   Ungnade, H. E., and E.  T. McBee.
     1958. The chemistry of perchloro-
     cyclopentadienes and cyclopenta-
     dienes. Chem. Rev. v. 58:249-314.

17.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
     1977. Early warning report on hexa-
     chlorocyclopentadiene and its
     derivatives. Office of Toxic
     Substances, Washington, D.C. 20460.

18.   Zepp, R. G., N. L. Wolfe, and
     G.  L. Baughman, P. F. Schlotzhaner,
     and J. N. MacAllister.  1979.
     Dynamics of processes influencing
     the behavior of hexachlorocyclo-
     pentadiene in the aquatic environment.
     American Chemical Society Preprints,
     178th National Meeting, Washington,
     D.C. p. 122-124.
                                           149

-------
                   VERIFICATION OF GAS MIGRATION AT LEES LANE  LANDFILL
                                    Ronald M.  McOmber
                                    CTL/Thompson  Inc.
                                 Denver,  Colorado  80204

                          Charles A.  Moore and Joel  W.  Massmann
                                The Ohio  State University
                                  Columbus, Ohio   43210

                                      James J. Walsh
                                      SCS Engineers
                                Covington, Kentucky   41017
                                         ABSTRACT
     This paper presents results of a field verification of computer models   that   predict
methane migration  around landfills.   These computer predictions  were compared  to  observed
field methane concentrations at  Lees  Lane  Landfill   near  Louisville,   Kentucky.    Good
agreement was found for steady state methane distributions.
INTRODUCTION
     Methane gas   is   produced   by   the
anaerobic   decomposition  of   refuse   in
landfills.  This methane can migrate  large
distances  through  the  soils  surrounding
such landfills, and if allowed  to  collect
within basements  of  adjacent  below-grade
structures or inside buildings  resting  on
the soil, it can explode.

     To help control the  explosion  hazard
associated with  the  methane that migrates
from landfills, Alzaydi, Moore and Rai  (1)
developed   analytical
describe the  migration
soils.    These  authors
resulting   analytical
developing  computer  models  that  predict
time dependent concentrations of  gases  in
the soils around a landfill (Moore, Rai and
Alzaydi (3)).   Later,  the computer models
were extended  to   include   the   effects
produced by  gas  migration control systems
(Moore, Rai and Lynch (4)).
expressions   that
of  gases  through
 then  solved  the
 expressions    by
                           Previously,  these models  were verified
                      in one-dimensional  laboratory  tests,  and  in
                      a controlled  study  at  a   field  location
                      where geologic  conditions   were relatively
                      simple (McOmber et  al. (2)).

                           The work   described  in  the   present
                      paper extends   the   model  verification to a
                      field site  at  Lees  Lane   Landfill    near
                      Louisville,   Kentucky.   At  this  site,   a
                      moist  silt    capping   stratum    and    a
                      fluctuating  ground   water table presented a
                      more complex geologic environment.
SITE HISTORY AND DESCRIPTION
                           The Lees   Lane   Landfill    site   is
                      situated   south  of  the   most   southern
                      excursion of the ice sheet  of  Pleistocene
                      glaciation (Sauer (5)).    Outwash  from the
                      melting ice filled the Ohio River bed to  a
                      depth of  about 150 feet.  With  the retreat
                      of the glacier northward, the river cut its
                                           150

-------
present path and eroded the top  20  to  30
feet of the outwash terrace.  The resulting
soil deposits  consist  of  interlensed and
intermixed glacial  clay,  silt,  sand  and
gravel.    More  recent   deposition    has
superposed 9 to 15 feet of alluvial  soils.

     The landfill is located on a  125-acre
tract southwest  of Louisville in Jefferson
County, Kentucky (Figure 1).  The site  was
identified by  Stearns,  Conrad and Schmidt
Consulting Engineers, Inc.  (SCS)  of  Long
Beach, California  for  use  in this study.
The landfill is  located  in  an  abandoned
sand and gravel pit, and is bordered to the
west by  the Ohio River and to the south by
the Louisville Gas and  Electric  Co. power
plant.    To  the   east   a    residential
development known  as   Riverside   Gardens
borders the landfill.

     Excavation  and   filling   operations
extending to  depths  of  approximately  40
feet began in the northern portion  of  the
site in  the  early  1950's  and  proceeded
southward over  a  period  of  many  years.
Muncicpal  solid waste was first received at
the site  in  1952.   The landfill served as
the primary   waste   disposal    site   for
Louisville from  1952 through 1955, and for
Jefferson County from  1952  through  1962.
Deposition of  waste  decreased  after 1962
and was discontinued in 1975.

     In March,   1975  several   flash  fires
were reported  in  Riverside  Gardens.   The
Jefferson County   Department   of   Public
Health monitored  methane concentrations in
several   homes    and    detected    methane
concentrations    as   high  as   20%.      In
response,  the Health  Department  installed
monitoring probes  in the soils to the east
of the  landfill    and   measured   methane
concentrations  and pressures.   In 1978, the
Jefferson County Department of  Public Works
contracted with  SCS  Engineers  to monitor
the presence  of   gases   in   the   soils
surrounding the  landfill.    The results of
this study prompted  the  Health  Department
to install   a  gas migration control  system
adjacent to the east side of the  landfill.
The system  was  designed  and  installed by
SCS Engineers and was put into  operation in
September,  1980.
 INSTALLATION OF MONITORING PROBES
     Ten nests of methane monitoring probes
were installed for this study in July, 1980
along Lees Lane in the northeast portion of
the site (Figure 2).  Each  nest  consisted
of   three  probes  installed  in  adjacent
boreholes, with the exception of nest  V-l,
where all  three probes were installed in a
single borehole.   Two  nests   of   probes
installed previously by SCS were also used.
The shallow,  intermediate, and deep probes
within each nest were designated as  A,  B,
and   C  respectively.   The  probes   were
initially  constructed   using   1.5   inch
diameter PVC  pipe  which  had been slotted
over a three-foot section  at  the  bottom.
The borehole  outside  of  the slotted pipe
was filled with sand.  Bentonite was placed
in the borehole above the sand  to  isolate
the probe  from  the  overlying soil and to
prevent intrusion  of  atmospheric   gases.
The  probe  construction  was  modified  in
October, 1980 by inserting 3/8-inch plastic
tubing into  the  PVC  pipe  to  the  probe
depth.  The inside of the PVC pipe was then
filled   with  enough  sand  to  cover  the
slotted section, and bentonite  was  poured
over  the sand  to seal  the sand reservoir
and tube tip from the atmosphere.

     The subsurface conditions  within  the
study area  were  evaluated  by split-spoon
sampling  of   soils   during   the   probe
installations   (figure  3a).   The   soils
encountered were  variable,  and  generally
consisted of  7  to  15 feet of clayey silt
underlain by granular soils which  extended
to the  maximum  depth  explored (60 feet).
The granular soils consisted  of  loose  to
medium   dense  silty  sand  underlain   by
relatively clean,  medium  dense  sand  and
gravel.     The  moisture  content  of   the
near-surface silt was about 20%  while  the
silty sand  contained  about  10% moisture.
The sand and gravel  above the  water  table
was relatively  dry.   Soils in the vicinity
of probe  nests  V-6A  and  V-7   contained
significantly    less    moisture      than
corresponding soils  both nearer to and much
farther from the landfill.   The water table
was encountered at depths of 50 to 58  feet
and gradually  dropped  in elevation toward
the landfill  and river.

     Refuse   was     encountered     while
installing   nest  V-l.   The  refuse   was
covered  by approximately  5  feet  of  soil
fill  and  extended  to  a  depth  of 18 feet
                                           151

-------
Figure 1 - Lees Lane site map.
               152

-------
LEES LANE LANDFILL
        AV-1
      Pump Hou««


      -f	•	
                           V-3
                           V-3
   Flood w
                           V-f
                          V-OA 4
            Howard A v».
                           V-7
           Putnam  Av*.   111-4 A
           U«lro*« A v«.    V-C A
                                     c
                                     •
 100 ft.
« - +\

     L6QENO:



  t  Migration  Control
     M*th«n« Monitoring

     Prob • t
              Figure  2 - Location of monitoring probes.
                                 153

-------
                   CUN1UOL
3a)  Subsoil Profile
                                   Scale
                                                50 ft HorizoiiUl
                                         lift  ft  Vertical
                                            Ground Surface
                                            Assumed Impermeable
;>;£v£;'«
* * \ •*,**•*•**
                        t  •   » t
                        t  t   11
                       ^—  Assumed Impermeable
3b)  Profile Assumed for Analysis
LEGEND:
       R»f US3
      Silt, clay.y
       Sand  and  Gravul
                            Fill, silt,
                            Clay
                            Sand, sI Ity
                            • I th son*
                            gravel
                                              Probe LocatI on
Probe location
for ana I ys I «
                                              Water table measured at
                                              tin* of drl I I Ing
          Figure 3 - Soil  profile at Lees Lane  landfill.
                                154

-------
where drilling  refusal  occurred.   County
records  indicate  that  refuse  depths  of
about 40 feet are likely.
FIELD MONITORING OF METHANE
     The concentration of methane  in  each
of the  probes  was monitored on a periodic
basis from  July,  1980  through   January,
1981.  Methane  concentration  measurements
were made  using  portable  explosive   gas
detectors   (Bacharach   Model H).     From
September, 1980  through   January,   1981,
measurements   of  pressure   relative   to
atmospheric were  obtained  using  a  Dwyer
vertical tube manometer.

     The monitoring program  at  Lees  Lane
Landfill was  separated  into four periods.
The first  period  ran  from  July  through
September, 1980.   During this time methane
concentrations were measured  on  a  weekly
basis.    The  data  obtained  during  this
period can be considered to approximate the
steady-state distribution of methane in the
soils adjacent to the landfill.

     Data taken  while  the   gas   control
system   was  in  operation  represent  the
second period  of  this  study.   The   gas
migration   control  system  at  Lees  Lane
Landfill  was   put   into   operation   on
September 16,  1980  and  ran  continuously
through December  15,  1980.   The  control
system   consists  of  a  line   of   wells
extending down to  the  water  table.   The
wells were  installed  on  100-foot centers
about 70 feet  east  of  the  landfill.   A
common header pipe connects the wells to an
exhaust fan in the blower house.

     The data obtained during the summer of
1980, the first period,  demonstrated  wide
variability at each of the probe locations.
Measurements varied  with  time  of day and
with changes  in  atmospheric   conditions.
Thus a monitoring program, which became the
third period  of  study,  was  designed  to
analyse this  variability.   The  migration
control  system  was  shut  down on December
15, 1980  so  that  methane  concentrations
could be  measured  as  the  methane  front
moved  out   from   the   landfill.     Gas
concentration   and  pressure  measurements
were made once every  three  hours  through
December 18.   The data obtained was used to
evaluate the  short  term effects caused by
changes in  atmospheric  conditions.   From
December 19, 1980 through January 17, 1981,
at   which  time  the  control  system  was
reactivated, qas concentration and pressure
were measured   once   each   day.    These
measurements, which  represent  the  fourth
period of study, were used to evaluate  the
effects of  relatively long term changes in
atmospheric conditions.  To establish those
atmospheric conditions, hourly  records  of
barometric pressure  and  temperature  were
obtained from   a   nearby   meteorological
station.
COMPUTER MODELS OF METHANE MIGRATION
     The mathematical  analogues  used   to
model gas  flow  in  soils are described in
detail by Alzaydi et al.  (1):   A  gradient
in gas  partial  pressure  or a gradient in
total gas pressure produces the flow of gas
molecules.  If gradients  in  both  partial
pressure and  total pressure are present, a
combination of  diffusional  and   pressure
flows   will  occur.   The  magnitude   and
direction of combined flow will depend upon
the magnitude and direction  of  the  total
and partial pressure gradients.  Collisions
with other  gas  molecules  and  with  soil
particles impede the flow of gas molecules.
The relative predominance of intermolecular
versus molecule-particle collisions depends
upon the relative  magnitude  of  the  pore
radius and  the  mean  free path of the gas
molecule.
     Because gas  can  only  flow
portion of  the  soil that is not
liquids or solids,  we  introduce
porosity:
               n  =
 in   the
filled by
 the  gas
      (1)
where Vg  is  the gas volume within soil of
total volume  Vt.   This  porosity  can  be
expressed as  a  function  of  conventional
porosity, n, and degree of  saturation,  S,
as:
           n  =
      (2)
                                            155

-------
Soil generally  consists of an aggregate of
solid particles of varying size.   The  size
of the  pore  spaces  between adjacent  soil
particles, called  the  pore   radius,    is
therefore usually  not constant,  and can be
characterized by a volumetric  distribution
of pore radii whose sum is the conventional
porosity.  Moreover,  pore  spaces  in  soil
are not connected linearly.   This  reduces
gas flow  rates  by forcing molecules to go
around solid  particles.   The   tortuosity
factor   of  the  soil   quantifies     this
randomness of flow.

The analytical  expressions  developed    by
Alzaydi et al. (1)  solve  for the combined
pressure and diffusional flow of   gases  in
soils.  Reductions  in flow rate  due to the
presence of solid particles are taken  into
consideration in  these  expressions.   The
parameters employed in  the  solutions   are
fully decoupled,  i.e.,  certain  parameters
are unique  to  each  gas  and others   are
unique   to  the   porous   medium.       No
experimentally supplied parameters need  to
be determined  for  a particular  gas-porous
medium combination,   and   there   is    no
necessity   to    determine    experimental
parameters for  every   gas-porous   medium
pair.  Each  parameter  can  be  determined
once  for   the   specific   component    of
interest.    In  addition,  the  parameters
required to describe the gases are  usually
obtained from  standard  tables.   Thus, the
models are predictive in that there  is  no
need to obtain calibration factors for  them
based on field data.

     The computer models developed by Moore
et al. (3) to predict  migration   of  gases
into soils  surrounding landfills solve the
expressions developed by Alzaydi  (1).   The
several  models  available  differ  in   the
complexity of   the   input   landfill-soil
geometry, the  flow  processes treated, the
method of  solution,  the  spatial   domain
examined, the  way  in  which  landfill gas
concentrations are  determined,   and   the
ability to include the effects of migration
control   devices.   For  the   Lees   Lane
Landfill study,  two  of   these    computer
models   were  used   to   predict    field
conditions.

     The pressure   measurements    obtained
during the  field  testing  program at  Lees
Lane Landfill ranged from 1.4 inches  water
above to  0.4  inch water below atmospheric
pressure.  The pressures  generally  varied
with  time  of  day  and  with  atmospheric
conditions.  It is believed that  the  flow
of   gases  outward  from   the    landfill
occurring  prior   to   this   study    was
predominately  diffusional.   However,  the
positive pressures observed at  the  probes
indicate that  pressure  developing  within
the landfill may have  contributed  to  the
gas flow.   Moreover, the clayey silt layer
capping the study  area  may  have  allowed
landfill  pressure  to  transmit  laterally
into the  underlying  granular   soils   by
partially sealing  the  ground surface.  In
addition, water table measurements indicate
that fluctuations  in  the  level  of   the
nearby Ohio  River  may  have increased the
pressure of the gases within  the  landfill
and adjacent  subsoils.   Because  of these
conditions, a  computer  model  was  chosen
that   included  pressure  effects.    This
computer program, referred to as  Code  IV,
is   a  two-dimensional  finite  difference
solution of multi-component gas  flow  that
accounts both  for pressure and diffusional
gas flow.  Code IV also simulates migration
control systems.  The Lees  Lane  situation
required this particular capability because
the control  system  was active for 90 days
during the field monitoring program.

     The results  of  a   second   computer
model, Code  I, were compared with the Code
IV predictions of flow  prior  to  pumping.
Code I  accounts  for diffusional flow of a
single gas component.  The assumptions made
for each of the  computer  simulations  are
outlined in the following section.
APPLICATION OF THE COMPUTER MODELS
  TO LEES LANE LANDFILL
     The computer  models   used   in   the
simulation of field conditions at Lees Lane
Landfill   were   two-dimensional.    These
models assumed  that  the  shapes  of   the
landfill and the total solution domain were
rectangular in  cross  section.   The cross
section shown in Figure 3b was developed to
approximate the field conditions.   A  mesh
size of 16 feet was chosen to fit the probe
locations.    The  lower  boundary  of  the
solution domain,   corresponding   to   the
gas-impervious water  table, was assigned a
depth of 50 feet.  The landfill was assumed
to be 33 feet deep.

     The soils  adjacent   to   Lees   Lane
Landfill consisted  of  7  to  15  feet  of
                                           156

-------
clayey silt underlain  by  granular  soils.
The granular  soils consisted of silty sand
over sand  and  gravel.   The  clayey  silt
layer   was  simulated  in   the   computer
solutions by  assuming  that   the   ground
surface was impervious.  The granular soils
exhibit spatial  variations  in  grain size
distribution and moisture content.  It  was
felt that  the relatively large, open pores
of the sand  and  gravel  would  contribute
most   to  the  observed  lateral   methane
migration;  therefore, the soil adjacent to
the landfill was assumed to be  homogeneous
and was  assigned  a  porosity  of  0.45, a
single pore radius of 100,000 Angstroms,  a
tortuosity factor  of 1.09, and a degree of
saturation of 0%.

     Code IV reguires that generation rates
be specified  for  each  gas   within   the
landfill.  In  order to determine these gas
generation rates,  field  measurements   of
methane concentration  at  probe  nests V-l
and V-2 were taken  during  the  summer  of
1980.    Methane  concentrations  ranged  as
high as 75% and averaged about  60%.    Thus
in the  computer  codes,  the  landfill gas
concentration was  initially  set  at   70%
methane and  30%  carbon  dioxide,  and the
generation   rates    of    methane     and
carbon-dioxide were  adjusted  so  that the
landfill gas remained in the range of 50 to
70% methane and 50 to 30%  carbon  dioxide.
Pressure within  the landfill was initially
atmospheric, but generally remained  a  few
inches of water above one atmosphere during
gas   generation.   The   soil   atmosphere
outside the landfill was set  initially  as
100% air.
     The Code I solution was
comparison with  the Code IV
I solves only for diffusional
gas component.   Landfill gas
is input directly into Code I
of  time  and  concentration
concentration of methane  in
was assumed  a  constant 60%
analysis.  Temperature of the
analyses was  assumed  to  be
Kelvin.
performed  for
results.   Code
 flow  of  one
 concentration
 as  a  series
 values.    The
 the  landfill
for the Code I
 gases in  all
  298  degrees
     Because the flow of gases in soil  is a
time dependent  process,  the  age  of   the
landfill adjacent to the study area must be
estimated.  Deposition  of  waste  at  Lees
Lane Landfill began in 1952 in the northern
portion  of   the   site   and    proceeded
southward.  The  southern third of the  site
was not landfilled,  and  remains  an  open
                  pit.  Landfilling decreased in 1962 and was
                  fully terminated  in  1975.   It  is likely
                  that the  refuse  in  the  study  area  was
                  placed there  in  the  late 1950's or early
                  1960's.  Thus, the age of the landfill  was
                  taken to be 20 years.
                  COMPARISON OF COMPUTER PREDICTIONS
                    AND FIELD OBSERVATIONS
     As  explained   earlier,   the   field
monitoring program  at  Lees  Lane Landfill
was separated into four time periods.  Data
from the first period can be thought of  as
an   estimate  of   the    steady     state
distribution of   methane   in   the   area
adjacent to  the  landfill.   Data from the
three subsequent periods represent 90  days
of active migration control and evaluations
of   short  and  long  term   environmental
effects on field data.   In  the  following
paragraphs,   the  results   of    computer
predictions for the steady state  migration
are compared  to  field observations during
the first period of this study.

     The data obtained during the summer of
1980 represent an estimate  of  the  steady
state distribution  of  methane adjacent to
Lees Lane Landfill.  These data include  14
measurements of  methane  concentration  at
each of the gas probes.  The mean value  of
methane   concentration  as  well  as   the
standard deviation  of  the  data  at  each
probe nest were calculated and are shown in
Figure  4.   The  concentration  data  were
highly variable as indicated by  the  range
of   deviation.    Measurements   generally
varied with time  of  day  and  atmospheric
conditions.

     The Code IV (pressure  and  diffusion)
and Code  I (diffusion only) solutions were
each performed for a simulated time  of  20
years.    The  predicted  distributions  of
methane for 20 year landfill age  are  also
shown on  Figure 4.  The Code IV and Code I
results are quite similiar.  Differences in
the two predictions can  be  attributed  to
the flow  processes  treated,  the landfill
gas concentration, and the  number  of  gas
components considered  in  the simulations.
The Code IV prediction results  in  a  much
more   gradual   decrease    in     methane
concentration near the landfill edge.  This
is due  to  the  slight  positive  landfill
pressure which  developed  in  the  Code IV
                                           157

-------
            V-2
                                  LEGEND:
9U
^^
*
«*


o
H 90

»-
JE
IU
o M^
Z 40
o
u

Ul
* 20
<
t-
ui
I
0
*

V-l

T

T (
1


•


^ f °T Observed Values- Range indi-
u (i) cates mean value plus and
T minus one standard deviation
u - o *
V-4

V
Vx
>.
\

c





-3

\
\(
)\





— — Code I Prediction for 20-year
. .. Landfill Age
1-b
^

>V 5
\
\


<







V(
'\



•

— — Code IV Prediction for 20-year
Landfill Age
V-6A

)
T"6
L
iV<
*ir * X
T v
N
i

4

U 7
V

)

\ (
\v
\ ^
1 ^

- 1



>

*%.
^^m-4 v_8
. — — ^" 	
           0          300         900         900



        DISTANCE  EA9T  OF LANDFILL  (ft)
Figure 4 - Steady state methane distribution at  Lees Lane landfill.
                           158

-------
solution.  Beyond probe nest 1-6  the  Code
IV   prediction  is  below  the   Code    I
prediction.  The probable  causes  of  this
difference   are  the   landfill    methane
concentration used in the analyses (Code IV
predicted concentrations  which   were   at
times below 60%) and the fact that the Code
IV solution  included  three qas components
while Code I used one.

     The computer  predictions  of  methane
distribution adjacent to Lees Lane Landfill
compare  quite  well  with  observed  field
concentrations.  A measure of the  accuracy
of the  predictions  was calculated at each
of the j probe nests as
                                        (3)
where Ej is the  model  error,  Oj  is  the
observed average  methane concentration and
P-j is  the  predicted  concentration.     An
average error for all probes was calculated
by taking the square root of the average of
the sum  of  the  squares of the individual
probe errors.  Model error calculations for
each prediction are summarized in Table  1.
For the  Code  I  prediction,  model   error
ranged from -10% to 8% methane.    The  root
mean square average error for all 11  probes
was 5.2%.   For Code IV, model error  ranged
from -13% to 13% methane.   The  root  mean
square average  error for all 11 probes was
7.2%.
CONCLUSIONS
     The  computer   predictions   of   the
steady-state methane  distribution  in  the
soils adjacent  to   Lees   Lane   Landfill
compare quite  well   to field observations.
The error of the predictions  for  20  year
landfill age averaged less than 15% methane
for observations  at thirty-three gas probe
locations.   The root  mean  square  averaqe
error for  all  probes was 7.2% for Code IV
predictions,  and   5.2%   for    Code    I
predictions.  Previous  field  studies  (2)
have indicated that  the rate  of  migration
of methane   outward   from  a  landfill in a
simpler geologic setting is also adequately
predicted by the computer models.  Thus, it
appears  that   with   proper   engineering
judgment, the models can be used to predict
both the  rate  of  methane  migration into
soils around a landfill and the  extent  of
hazardous contamination  over  long periods
of time.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
     The research described in  this  paper
was supported  under  grants from the Solid
and Hazardous   Waste   Division   of   the
U.S. Environmental    Protection    Agency,
Cincinnati, Ohio.   We  especally  wish  to
thank Dirk  R. Brunner  and Mike H. Roulier
of the EPA Municipal Environmental Research
Laboratory    for     their     assistance.
Throughout   the  research,  the  Jefferson
County Departments  of  Health  and  Public
Works offered  invaluable cooperation.  Our
thanks are extended to Mr. Edward  Robinson
of the  Department  of  Public Works and to
Mr. P. Clark Bledsoe of the  Department  of
Public   Health.   Finally,  we   wish   to
acknowledge  Mr. Tom   Schadt   of   Meyers
Construction Co. and  Mr. Charles Walker of
Milton M.  Greenbaum  Associates,   Inc. of
Louisville for their help in acquiring data
during the study.
REFERENCES


1.  Alzaydi, A. A., C. A. Moore, and  I.  S.
    Rai.    1978,  Combined  pressure   and
    diffusional transition region  flow  of
    gases   in  porous   media.    American
    Institute   of    Chemical     Engineers
    Journal, 24(11): 35-42.

2.  McOmber, R. M., C. A. Moore, and  B.  W.
    Beatty.  Field  evaluation   of  methane
    migration    predictions.       Canadian
    Geotechnical Journal, in press.

3.  Moore, C. A.,  I. S.  Rai,    and   A.  A.
    Alzaydi.    1979,   Methane   migration
    around sanitary landfills.   Journal   of
    the Geotechnical  Engineering Division,
    ASCE, 105(GT2): 131-144,  Proc.    Paper
    14372.

4.  Moore, C. A., I. S.  Rai, and  J.  Lynch.
    1982.  Computer  evaluation  of methane
    migration  control    facilities     for
    sanitary  landfills.    Journal   of  the
    Environmental  Engineering     Division,
    ASCE, 108(EE1).
                                            159

-------
                      TABLE  1.  ERROR  OF  COMPUTER MODEL PREDICTIONS
          Probe   Observed
          Nest  Concentration
,  Code I Prediction
  Predicted     Model
Concentration   Error
 L    Code IV Prediction
  Predicted      Model
Concentration    Error
           (j)   (% Methane)    (% Methane) (% Methane)   (% Methane)  (% Methane)
V-l
V-2
V-3
V-4
V-5
1-6
V-6
V-6A
V-7
III-4
V-8
Root mean
58
54
42
45
26
35
22
23
17
1
0
square averages
60
59
48
42
36
32
28
19
9
2
0

-2
-5
-6
3
-10
3
-6
4
8
-1
0
5.2
58
58
55
45
37
31
26
15
4
0
0

0
-4
-13
0
-11
4
-4
8
13
1
0
7.2
5.  Sauer, C.  0.   1927.   Geoqraphy  of  the
   Pennyroyal.   The  Kentucky  Geological
   Survey,      Frankfort,        Kentucky.
   pp.  258-259.
                  NOTATION
                                                         E,-    =  model  error for
                                                                  probe  nest j;

                                                         n     =  soil  porosity;

                                                         n1    =  effective soil porosity;

                                                         0-j    =  observed average methane
                                                                  concentration at probe
                                                                  nest j;

                                                         P,-    =  predicted methane
                                                                  concentration at
                                                                  probe  nest j;

                                                         S     =  degree of saturation;

                                                         Vg    =  volume of gas
                                                                  within soil;

                                                         Vt    =  total  soil volume.
                                            160

-------
                        CHEMICAL VOLATILIZATION MECHANISMS FROM
                       SURFACE IMPOUNDMENTS IN THE ABSENCE OF WIND
                 L.  J.  Thibodeaux,  C.  Springer,  T.  Hedden,  and P.  Lunney
                          Chemical  Hazards Research Laboratory
               Department of Chemical  Engineering,  University of Arkansas
                              Fayetteville,  Arkansas  72701
                                        ABSTRACT

Anthropogenic chemicals, both organic and inorganic, are transported in both directions
across the interfaces of surface waters.  Attempts at realistic prediction depend upon
identifying the correct transport mechanisms and then using the appropriate thermodynamic
and transport coefficients.  From the standpoint of fate it is important to be able to
treat vaporization and absorption from water surfaces; but it is equally important to
consider all the sources and sinks associated with air-water interfaces.  Those interfaces
are:  industrial wastewaters from manufacturing, wastewater treatment, the receiving
streams, rivers, ponds, lakes and the oceans.  Some of these interfaces can be sources and
others can be sinks.  The ramifications of the natural environment presents interface ex-
tremes and corresponding variability in air and water phase transport coefficients.  This
paper considers the transport mechanisms that are operative near the interface of surface
impoundments when no wind is present.  A review of the literature indicates that specific
information related to chemical volatilization other than water evaporation is lacking.
Models based on natural convection heat transfer and mass transfer are proposed to esti-
mate transport coefficients for both stable and unstable air in the interface micro-region.
Preliminary results from a laboratory no-wind surface impoundment simulator are presented
and compared to the model calculations.
INTRODUCTION
     Much is known about the physicochemical
processes which control the movement of
volatile substances across air-water inter-
faces.  The volatile substances of concern
include pesticides and a host of other man-
made chemicals.  Although the latter are
not specifically applied to the natural
environment, they do find their way to this
place.  There is a continuing need to up-
date and re-think existing models, validate
existing models with field data and to
fabricate new, more general models that
will encompass all the variations in trans-
port that exist in nature.  As the desire
for more realistic prediction methods devel-
ope, highly sophisticated models will be
needed.  The new models will need to have
time, position, and circumstance as inde-
pendent variables.
     Where the focus has been mainly on
water bodies, such as oceans and large lakes,
it has now changed to include smaller por-
tions of such bodies and also small lakes,
rivers, streams and surface impoundments.
The occurrences of interest are accidental
chemical spills on water, treatment, and
storage of hazardous waste in impoundments,
etc.   With increasing frequency, these
occurrences involve population centers where
there is the need to assess the hazard in
exposing humans and related biota to vola-
tile chemicals.  See Table 1.

     At the moment, there is little alter-
native but to use such models in attempts
at determining sources and sinks of some
substances on a global scale.  In 1974, Liss
and Slater1 used this method to calculate
                                           161

-------
                TABLE 1  BRIEF SCENARIOS OF CASES INVOLVING VOLATILIZING
                              CHEMICALS FROM WATER SURFACES
        PCB from the Hudson River; the source of which are contaminated sediments

        Chlorinated hydrocarbons from a hazardous waste storage impoundment

        Odorous and nuisance substances from wasteuater treatment basins

        Ammonia from a stream receiving ammonium nitrate

        Miscible chemicals spilled in bulk quantities on water which have appreciable
             vapor pressures

        Chemical slicks created from immiscible floaters which are pure or mixtures
the direction and flux of methane, carbon-
tetrachloride, freon, methyl iodide, di-
methyl sulfide, S02, N«0 and CO across the
air-sea interface.  In the calculation the
average coefficients k  (H_0) = 3000 cm/hr
and k1 (CO ) = 20 cm/hr" were used in the
resistances in series relation.  That same
year Thibodeaux and Parker  used the same
general formulation to calculate emission
rates of alcohols, aldehydes, acids and
related organic residuals present in waste-
water treatment.  The wastewater basins
varied in size from a few hectares to sev- ,
eral hundred hectares.  Mackay and Leinonen"
also used the same method for estimating
volatilization half-life from water of
sixteen organic chemicals and metallic
mercury.  The organics included the pesti-
cides DDT, lindane, dieldrin and aldrin.

     In the case of the wastewater vola-
tiles, the simple resistance in series
idea was inadequate.  Due to the placement
of mechanical surfacewater stirrers in the
basins there were localized regions in
which coefficients were enhanced and
driven by altogether different mechanisms.
It was necessary to account for the paral-
lel volatilization paths by
            (n)
where K .and K   are overall coefficients
that are characteristic of the natural and
turbulent zones respectively, and where
the total water-air interfacial area is
A = A  + A^ which is made up of the natural
area
     A  and
the turbulent area
    Details of transport coefficients for
the turbulent zones and areas of influence
will not be given here.  Obviously, these
parameters will be a strong function of the
energy imparted to the water surface by the
mechanical stirrers and the number of stir-
rers employed.  Freeman^ and Freeman and
Klieve-3 extended the parallel resistance
concept, further developed the methodology
for characterizing the turbulent zone and
essentially verified the model by measuring
the volatilization of acrylonitrile from a
laboratory simulated wastewater treatment
reactor.  Thibodeaux, Parker and Heck
recently completed extensive field measure-
ments on methanol emissions which verify
significant aspects of the model.  Typical
transport coefficients for this partially
natural and partially machine-influenced
volatilization process are shown in Table 2.

     It is fairly obvious that in the above
case of volatilization from wastewater
treatment it is necessary to account for
variations of transport mechanisms on the
surface in order to obtain realistic emis-
sions.  Even this degree of adapting to
circumstance will not satisfy some critics
who make the case for diurnal variation in
meteorology, particularly the wind, as being
unaccounted for, and indeed, most equations
are only valid if wind is present.  Most
equations reflect the wind speed as a param-
eter.  Emissions will continue under no-wind
conditions and chemical concentrations in
air will likely be much higher in the near-
field of such surface impoundments.  Alter-
native mechanisms are operative and alterna-
tive parameterized expressions reflecting
the transport circumstance need be developed
and verified.  Despite these criticisms,-,the
general model is being proposed by Hwang  to
calculate source strength when volatilization
from surface impoundments is occuring in an
                                           162

-------
                                       05
CD
O
05
 CD
+•>
 C
                 O
                 c.
                 O
                O
                            05
                            O

                            E
                            CD
                            .c
                            O
      L-
      O
      o.
      05
     O
      CM
     31
     UJ
     I    I
    O5  CO
    L.  CO
    o  —
    O.  E
    05  CD

•H CD  i-H
 05     05
 CD L.  O
JC CD  —
   •H  E
**- 05  CD
 O 3:  £
        O
 c  -
 o $-  -a
— CD  C
+•"•*-  05
 O CO
 CD C  C
 J- 05  O
                            Q.
                            E
                            CD
                           L.
                           O
                           CO
                           
-------
                  TABLE 2  NATURAL VS TURBULENT TRANSFER COEFFICIENTS FOR
                             METHANOL IN SURFACE IMPOUNDMENTS6
Zone
Symbol
                                                     Average
Range (cm/hr)
gas-side, natural zone

liquid-side,

natural zone
gas-side, turbulent zone
liquid-side,
turbulent zone
k(n>
g
Cn)
i {"•)
kl
k
g
kit}
2,680

9.30
13,900
8,700
630

2.87
6900
2560
to

to
to
to
3920

18.0
18,800
13,700

attempt to predict downwind concentrations
in air.

     In order to obtain realistic volatil-
ization rates of chemicals from specific
water bodies, it will be necessary to have
available the specific meteorology, micro-
meteorology, hydrology, water chemistry,
geometry, location of man-made structures
and other circumstances of the site.  Coupled
with this information, realistic mixing
models, reaction (chemical, biochemical,
photochemical) kinetics, thermodynamic,
sorption, and interphase transport coeffi-
cients will be needed.  The next section
will consist of a review of what is avail-
able with respect to natural convection
transport coefficient estimation, a listing
of gaps in this area which must be addressed
and some numerical results that point out
the variability of coefficients.
NATURAL CONVECTION VOLATILIZATION

     Most formulas for estimating volatili-
zation transport coefficients are limited
in that they do not generally apply to those
atmospheric conditions characterized by
very low wind speeds or no wind.  It is
these conditions which are referred to as
extreme meteorological conditions and that
require modification of the bulk transfer
method.  Estimation of the chemical volatil-
ization rates in the presence of surface
winds may tend to grossly overestimate the
rate if an average daily rate or an average
yearly rate is desired.  On some days and
on many nights wind ceases altogether.
During this period natural convection pro-
cesses would appear to control  the emission
rate.  Sill and Gaertner° and Ryan and
Harleman^ consider the natural  convection
transport aspects of water in the gas phase
above cooling ponds.
               Figure 1 shows hypothetical profiles
          of a common natural convection volatilization
          situation for surface impoundments when the
          water (water is chemical B) is warmer than
          the overlying air (air is chemical A).  This
          scenario can also occur when lakes are
          cooling in the fall of the year.  The center
          profile demonstrates a decrease in water
          temperature as the surface is approached,
          equilibrium at the interface and then a
          further decrease in temperature with increase
          in distance from the interface.  Both micro-
          regions (i.e., air and water) immediately
          adjacent to the interface are unstable
          thermally.  The left profile demonstrates
          the decrease in water vapor content of the
          air with increase in height above the inter-
          face.  The evaporating water creates an
          additional instability in the air micro-
          region above the interface.  The right pro-
          file demonstrates the change in concentration
          of the volatile chemical of interest from
          the water side, through the interface and
          then above the interface.  The discontinuity
          at the interface is due to phase equilibrium.
          Due to the low concentrations on either side
          of the interface, it is unlikely that
          sizable density gradients exist due  to the
          chemical concentration gradients there.
          Formally, the density gradient on the air
          side can be expressed by
          where 6 =  —
          are the coefficients of thermal expansion
          of the air and the coefficient of mass ex-
          pansion respectively.
               Correlations exist, based upon numerous
                                            164

-------
experimental measurements, for heat trans.fer
from a heated plate facing upward in a fluid.
This situation simulates, to a degree, the
heat transport of either side of the inter-
face of a surface impoundment.  The corre-
lation for turbulent heat transfer is:
             k  = k  „ + k
              g    g.T    g,y
                                                                                     (6)
           Nu = 0.14 (GrPr)
                           1/3
                                       (3)
where Nu (Nusselt No.)5hL/K, Gr (Grashoff
No.)EL3gBAT/v2, Pr(Prandtl No.)=Cppv/K, and
h is the surface heat transfer coefficient,
L is length of the heated surface, K is the
thermal conductivity of the fluid, g is the
acceleration of gravity, AT is the tempera-
ture difference between the interface and
well beyond, v is the kinematic viscosity of
the fluid, Cp is the heat capacity of the
fluid and p is the density.  Based upon a
thermal difference a heat transfer coeffi-
cient, h, can be obtained and transformed
to an equivalent mass-transfer coefficient,
k   , by use of the Chilton-Colburn
 S 9 T!
analogy:
                                       (4)
An equation analogous to Equation 3 can be
used to estimate k   , generated by the
                  8,y
water vapor density difference:
                           „ a/3
            Sh_ =0.14 (Gr
              D           O
                            3       2
where ShD = k    L/D, Gr = L g?Ay /v .
        tt    2, Y                 O
                                       (5)
     For the purposes of demonstration, a
calculation was made based on a water tem-
perature of 31°C and air temperature of
24°C.  These are typical summer temperatures
for industrial lagoons.  Methanol was chosen
as the volatile chemical for calculation
purposes.  Equation 3, for each phase,
yielded hg = 3.27J/M2.S«K and h  =
149.36J/M2«S.K and T±  (interface) = 30.8°C.
Converting to the "heat transfer" generated
mass-transfer  coefficients yields k  „ =
811 cm/hr and k    = 0.540 cm/hr.   g>
Using Equation 5'for the gas-phase yielded
a water vapor mass-transfer coefficient of
913 cm/hr.   This value corrected for meth-
anol is k    = 668 cm/hr.  If it is assumed
that the thermal and water vapor instability
derived mechanisms of transport are additive
so that the sum of the coefficients can be
made; then the entire gas-phase coefficient
for methanol is:
which yields k  = 1479 cm/hr.
              &
                      9
     Ryan and Harleman  combine the thermal
and water vapor gradients by use of a vir-
tual temperature.  For the gas phase, the
equation for water vapor transformed by
diffusivity ratio to the 2/3 power becomes:

                        *
                                                             876
                                      (7)
                                               with k     in cm/hr, T in °R, A is latent
                                                     g> y
                                               heat of vaporization of water in Btu/lb and
                                               AT  is the virtual temperature difference
                                               defined as:
                                                    AT
                                                          1-.378 Pi7PT    1-.378P2/P
                                       (8)
                                     T
where T. is the surface temperature,  R,
Iy is air temperature two meters above the
surface,  R, f>? is the vapor pressure of
water at T.,   p°, is the partial pressure
of water vapor at two meters and p  is total
pressure.

     Ryan and Harleman admit that their
proposed equation is somewhat conservative
at very high virtual temperatures.  Devia-
tions of 40 percent to 110 percent were
displayed when compared to pond data.
Transfer coefficient calculation for meth-
anol based on the virtual temperature
equation resulted in a value of k    =
                                 o * Y
830 cm/hr.  This value is lower than that
obtained by the additive mechanisms (Eq.6).
The additive mechanism yields a value which
is 80 percent higher and therfore, more in
agreement with pond data.

     The above considers the case of unstable
microregions near the air-water interface.
For the case of neutral and stable condi-
tions without wind, there appears to be no
published material with respect to volatili-
zation from water.  In both these cases,
the volatilization is controlled by mole-
cular diffusion processes.  By invoking
some reasonable scenarios and simple
transport models, it is possible to obtain
some order-of-magnitude estimates of k  and
kn for the neutral and stable conditions.
                                            165

-------
5

.c
1= 4
o
c
o 3
CM
Id
O
H- 2
O)
^
1
j*:
O>
0
_J
-
zero

-

o o o o o o ^
v!7* v^/ ^^" v_y vJ^^?_y
= r^^/[
/
/
/
X /
S^ o /
o
• measure
© calcula
-0- accepte
i i i i i i i

water flux rate



n o n n P n
1 -^ i J f ' u o u
^N unstable
Ns
stable X
X
V^
x^

d i n f i eld
ted values
d ocean average





P.
v_J





0
o


1 1
   0    4  6   10 12    16 20   2f   4
m i dn i ght        noon         m i dn i ght
FIGURE 2 Diurnal Variation of  Gas-Phase
         Coeff i c i ent
                  166

-------
 E
 O
  CM
 O
 O
1
0
   -1
   -2
 D)
 O
                zero water flux rate
     e e e- e- -e- -e- e-e- -e-e-e-e- -e- e- -e-
                               unstable
                                        o-
          •
          o
                      **o«
measured in field
calculated values
accepted ocean average
    0    4  6   10 12    18 20   24   4
m idn i ght          noon        mi dn i ght
FIGURE 3 Diurnal Variation of Liquid
         Phase Coeff i c i ent
                   167

-------
     The occurrence of radiation fog over
low lying land or water on clear nights
confirms the calmness of the winds on those
nights.  As the land or water radiates heat
and becomes cooler, it cools the air imme-
diately above the surface.  This causes a
temperature inversion to form, the temper-
ature for some distance upward increasing
with height.  When the air is cooled to its
dew point, fog forms.  Radiation fog is
often quite shallow and is usually most
dense at the surface.  Even on nights with-
out fog formation extremely calm conditions
do exist.

     On such nights molecules of volatile
chemicals desorb from the surface and dif-
fuse upward.  The molecular diffusion pro-
cess becomes dominant in the evening after
the convective effects of wind and thermals
have subsided.  It is unlikely that abso-
lutely still air exists throughout the
entire evening, but it is not unrealistic
to assume that such conditions exist for a
few hours.  The penetration theory, which
allows for unsteady state diffusion after
periods of interruption, will be used as
the model for chemical vaporization from
the water surface and diffusing into the
air layer.  This process is interrupted
periodically by stray air currents, the
remnant of Jay-time currents.  The pene-
tration theory interpretation of the gas-
phase coefficient is:
                                     (9)
where t is the lapse time between stray air
current interruptions.  Using carbon diox-
ide with a diffusivity in air of 0.164 cm /s
at 25°C, yields k  values of 27.4, 19.4,
13.7 and 11.2 cm/nr for interruption times
of 1, 2, 4 and 6 hours.

     Another order-of-magnitude estimate
can be obtained by assuming laminar air
flow across the water surface and using the
laminar boundary layer theory:
       kg =
(10)
For a wind of 5400 cm/hr across a water
surface of L = 100m in length, the gas-
phase coefficient obtained for CO^ is k  =
12.2cm/hr.  The computed values for botn
models are approximately 300  times less
than the unstable day-time values.

     Calculations similar to  the above, but
for the liquid phase coefficient, can be
         made using  oxygen  as  a basis.   The  penetra-
         tion theory model  suggests  that k   =  .287,
         .203,  .144  and  .117 cm/hr for  02 with
         interruption  times of 1, 2,  4  and 6 hours.
         Interruption  times are the  same as  for air
         currents  since  the air is assumed to  be  the
         same source of  disturbances  for the water.
         Assuming  the  water velocity  is 3.5  percent
         of  the air  velocity,  a2diffusivity  of oxygen
         in  water  of 1.80E-5 cm /s yield a k =
         0.0086 cm/hr  for the  laminar boundary layer
         equation.   It appears that  the model  pre-
         dicted liquid phase coefficients can  be
         approximately 100  times  less for neutral
         and stable  water than for unstable  or day-
         time values.
               In  summary,  it  is  instructive  to  dis-
          play  the transport coefficients  in  graphical
          form  with time-of-day as  the  independent
          variable.   This display is  shown in Figures
          2  and 3  for log k and  log  k.  of the values
          computed above.   The diurnal  variation is
          assumed  to be  dominated by  calm  conditions
          at 5:00  a.m. and  windy  conditions at
          2:00  p.m.   These  times  are  where the min-
          imum  and maximum  environmental extremes
          are suspected  to  be  on  a  "typical"  day.
          The variation  in  both coefficients  is
          dramatic.   Emission  of  volatiles likely
          decreases at night.  This is  also the  time
          of day in which most odor complaints associ-
          ated  with surface impoundments are  made.
          Although the rate of emission is lower,  the
          concentration  of  volatile material  in  air
          is higher, due to the lack  of mixing by
          winds or thermals.
EXPERIMENTAL APPARATUS AND PRELIMINARY RESULTS

     A specialized laboratory apparatus was
designed and constructed to simulate the
chemical transport phenomena which occur
under conditions of no wind.  A cut-away
view illustration of the no-wind simulator
appears in Figure 4.  This device is essen-
tially a small surface impoundment.

     It was decided to build a simulator
large enough so that no scaling factors
would have to be introduced when applying
laboratory volatilization results to actual
surface impoundments.  A galvanized metal
tank 1.83 meters in diameter and 0.55 meters
in depth was chosen.  The tank was fitted
inside with 15 meters of copper coils,
3/8 inches diameter, for steam addition to
heat the water.  In the center, a rod stand
was positioned and thermocouples fixed at
                                            168

-------
OJ
•O
cd
0)
X!

cti-
                                                          CD
                                                          O
                                                          13
                                                         CO

                                                          L.
                                                          O
 ZJ W
 E-H
— C
<-O 
-------
six locations to measure both water and air
temperatures.

     Volatilization experiments were per-
formed batchwise.  The water was heated to
35° to 40°C by admitting steam to the coils.
Approximately five hundred milliliters of
liquid chemical was added and the solution
mixed with a paddle.  A period of thirty
minutes was allowed for the mixing induced
currents to subside and the natural convec-
tion currents to develop.  The polyethylene
enclosure, 3.0 meters high, with open top
protected the natural convection process
from air currents that may be present in
the laboratory.  These stray air currents
would induce a component of forced convec-
tion (i.e., wind) and possibly interfere
with the natural convection processes.

     Water samples  (ImL) were withdrawn
with time, bottles sealed and stored in
ice-bath for GC analysis.  Overall liquid
phase coefficients were obtained from:
                      1^,,   ,
                                      (11)
where h is water depth, cm, t = tf - t^ in
hours, C. is initial concentration and C.p
is final concentration of the chemical in
cne water.  Desorption experiments were per-
formed with isopropanol, acetone and acet-
aldehyde.

     The results of three laboratory exper-
iments appear in Table 3.  Experimental
mass transfer coefficients obtained from
Kq. 11 appear in the last column of the
Table.  The measured values reflect resis-
tances that may exist in either phase.  The
two resistance theory is:
            1_
            K,

                      mk C,
                                      (12)
where k,
             1    1
         is the water-side coefficient in
cm/hr,  k   is the gas-side coefficient in
cm/nr,  m^is Henry's law constant in mole
fraction form (i.e., y=mx) , C , , is the molar
density of air (approximately 0.000043
mol/cm ) and C~ is the molar density of
water, .056 mol/cm .  Based on k =0.54 cm/h
from Eq. 3 ana kg = 1479 cm/h from Eq. 6 for
methanol from model calculations at 31 C, it
is possible to calculate K. values.  Inverse
square root of molecular weight was used to
convert methanol values to the chemical of
interest.  Table 4 contains calculated K-^
values for 31°C.
                                               TENTATIVE CONCLUSIONS

                                                    The following are some tentative con-
                                               clusions for volatilization from warm
                                               water surfaces (i.e., unstable microregion)
                                               under no-wind conditions:

                                                    1.  Volatilization of acetaldehyde,
                                                        acetone and isopropanol does
                                                        occur at an appreciable rate.

                                                    2.  Transfer coefficients under
                                                        no-wind conditions are likely
                                                        smaller than when wind is pre-
                                                        sent.  Compare Table 2 and
                                                        Table 4 coefficients.

                                                    3.  Model calculated coefficients
                                                        underestimate the observed
                                                        coefficients by a factor of
                                                        six.  Compare last column in
                                                        Table 3 and Table 4.
REFERENCES

1.  Liss, P. S. and P. G. Slater. 1974.
    Flux  of Gases Across the Air-Sea
    Interface. Nature, 247, pp. 181-184.

2.  Thibodeaux, L. J. and D. G. Parker.
    1974.  Desorption limits of Selected
    Industrial Gases and liquids from
    Aerated Basins.  Presented at 76th
    National American Institute Chemical
    Engineers Meeting, paper No. 30,
    Tulsa, Oklahoma, March, 1974.

3.  Mackay, D. and P. J. Leionen.  1975.
    Rate of Evaporation of Low-Solubility
    Contaminants from Water Bodies to
    Atmosphere.  Environmental Science
    Technology, 9  (19), pp. 1178-1180.

4.  Freeman, R. A.  1979.  Stripping
    Hazardous Chemicals from Surface
    Aerated Waste Treatment Basins.
    Speciality Conference on Control
    of Specific (Toxic) Pollutants,
    Gainesville, Florida, Feb. 13-16, 1979.

5.  Freeman, R. A., and J. R. Klieve.
    1980.  Experimental Studies on the
    Rate of Air Stripping of Hazardous
    Chemicals from Wastewater Treatment
    Systems.  Air Pollution Control
    Association Meeting, Montreal,
    Canada, June, 1980.
                                            170

-------
                    TABLE 3  OVERALL LIQUID PHASE TRANSFER

                    COEFFICIENT - NO WIND SIMULATOR RESULTS

Experiment
Number Chemical
TH4 acetone
isopropanol
acetaldehyde
acetone
TH5 acetone
isopropanol
acetone
isopropanol
TH6 acetone
isopropanol
acetone
isopropanol
Sample Air Temp. Water Temp. °C , , .
Location °C initial @6hrs 1 (-cm/nr^
mid-tank
mid-tank
edge
edge
mid- tank
mid-tank
edge
edge
mid-tank
mid-tank
edge
edge
25
25
25
25
24
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
41
41
41
41
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
2.1
3.3
2.3
1.8
.55
1.1
.65
.40
2.92
1.66
2.08
1.99

TABLE 4 MODEL CALCULATED OVERALL
LIQUID COEFFICIENTS

Chemical mol. vt.
methanol 32.04
acetaldehyde 44.05
acetone 58.08
2-propanol 60.09
k (cm/hr)
0.540
0.46
0.40
0.39
k




(cm/hr)
1479
1261 6
1099 2
1080
M
.32
.0*
.3
.60*
K (cm/hr)
.22
.43
.33
.22
*                                o
 denotes approximate values at 31 C.
                                      171

-------
6.   Thibodeaux,  L.  J.,  D.  G.  Parker and
    H.  Heck.   Measurement  of  Volatile
    Chemical Emissions  from Wastewater
    Basins.   Final  report  U.  S.  Environ-
    mental Protection Agency, Industrial
    Environmental Research Laboratory
    Cincinnati,  Ohio (1981).   Also Paper
    No. 137E, Annual American Institute
    Chemical Engineers  Meeting,  New Orleans,
    Louisiana, November 1981.
7.   Hwang,  S.   Land Disposal Toxic Air
    Emissions  Evaluation Guideline.   Guid-
    ance Document for Subpart F,  Air Emis-
    sion Monitoring, 46 Federal Register
    11158-11159, Office of Solid  Waste,
    U.  S. Environmental Protection Agency,
                                               9.
Washington, D. C., December 1980.

Sill, B. L. and J. P. Gaertner.  Cal-
culation of Evaporation for Extreme
Meteorological Conditions.  In:
Advances in Heat and Mass Transfer at
Air-Water Interfaces, American Society
of Mechanical Engineers, New York,
1978.  pp. 61-69.

Ryan, P. J. and Harleman, D. R. F.
An Analytical and Experimental Study
of Transient Cooling Pond Behavior,
Ralph M. Parsons Laboratory, Depart-
ment of Civil Engineering, Report
No. 161, Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts,
January 1973.
                                            172

-------
         LIST OF SYMBOLS
 1.
 2.
 3.
 4.
 5.
 6.
 7.
 8.
 9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.

25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
    A - interfacial area at air-water interface, cm
    C.  - chemical concentration in water, g/cm
                                                                      3
    C* - chemical concentration in water in equilibrium with air, g/cm
                            3
    C0 - water density, g/cm
                                                                                       3
    C  - air density at existing interface conditions of temperature and pressure, g/cm
    C  - heat capacity, cal/g •   C
     P                           2
    D - molecular diffusivity, cm /h
                                         2
    g - acceleration of gravity, 980 cm/s
                                              3        2
    Gr - Grashoff number for heat transfer, =~L g g AT/v
                                               3        2
    Gr^ - Grashoff number for mass-transfer, =L g £Ay A)
                                         2   o
    h - heat transfer coefficient, cal/cm  •  C • h or depth, cm
    K - thermal conductivity, cal/cm •   C • h
    K-.  - overall liquid phase mass-transfer coefficient, cm/h
    k  - individual gas phase mass-transfer coefficient, cm/h
     O
    k.  - individual liquid phase mass-transfer coefficient, cm/h
    L - length of heated plate,  cm
    m - Henry's law constant in mole fraction form (i.e., y=mx)
                                                             2
    N, - chemical flux rate through air-water interface, g/cm -h
     A
    Nu - Nusselt number, shL/K
    Pr - Prandtl number sCp pv/K
    Sc - Schmidt number, =\>/D
    Sh - Sherwood number, =kL/D
    T - temperature,  C
    T  - virtual temperature of moist air is defined as the temperature of dry air with
         the same density, see Eq. 8,  R
    t - lapse time in Eq. 9 and sample time in Eq. 11, h
    V - velocity, cm/h
    y - vertical space coordinate, cm
    y
- mole fraction of water vapor in air, mol water/mol air
                                   -1
    g - coefficient of volume expansion, T
    p  - air density, g/cm
     3.
    £ - coefficient of mass expansion, mole fraction
                               2
    v - kinematic viscosity, cm /h
                                              -1
SUBSCRIPTS AND SUPERSCRIPTS
1.   A - chemical species A
2.   a - air
3.   B - water
4.   g - gas
                                        5.  i - interface or initial
                                        6.  1 - liquid
                                        7.  n - natural
                                        8.  t - turbulent
                                            173

-------
                            PERMEABILITY OF CRACKED CLAY LINERS
                                     Charles A.  Moore
                                The Ohio State University
                                  Columbus,  Ohio  43210

                                      Elfatih M. All
                               University of South Florida
                                  Tampa, Florida  33620
                                         ABSTRACT
     This paper presents the results of a computer simulation of the effects  that   cracks
in clay  liners  have  on the containment capability of hazardous waste landfills.   It  was
found that the percentage penetration of the cracks contributed significantly to the  flow
rates, whereas  the  frequency of occurrence of the cracks was a less important  parameter.
INTRODUCTION
     Clay liners  are   impervious   layers
constructed  at  the  bottom  of  hazardous
waste landfills  to  retard  the  flow   of
liguids   from  the  landfill   into    the
underlying environment.   They  function  by
diverting the  flow  through internal  drain
layers and into collector systems.  Because
cracks in a  liner  would  render  it   more
permeable,   they  could   jeopardize    the
liner's containment capability.
     The mechanisms causing cracks in
liners   are  not  fully  understood.
factors  postulated   to
include stresses  due  to
and tension forces due to
may   also  result   from
stresses caused by the
water   by   leachate.
characteristics of
affect  the  crack
1iner.
                    clay
                     The
        cause   cracking
       internal  loading,
        drying.    Cracks
         physicochemical
    replacement  of  soil
        Finally,     the
the leachate itself  may
 susceptibility  of  the
     This paper   presents   a   simplified
probabilistic   model   for  evaluating  the
effects of  cracks  in  clay  liners.    The
                            model  is then used to perform a preliminary
                            evaluation of a typical  liner.
                            PROBABILISTIC CRACK MODEL
     Flow in a cracked liner was modeled as
saturated flow in a  heterogeneous  medium.
Cracks   having  high   permeability   were
introduced randomly   into   an   initially
homogeneous   saturated  clay  liner.   The
thickness of the liner was assigned a value
D, and the coefficient of  permeability  of
the homogeneous  clay  was assigned a value
K],  Vertical cracks, one of which is shown
in Figure 1, were initiated at the  top  of
the liner  and  propogated downward through
the liner.

     The clay liner was  represented  by  a
rectangular - mesh  generated  within   the
computer.  The  probability  that  a  crack
would occur  at  a  particular location was
assigned a value Pc.  This probability is a
uniformly  distributed   random    variable
ranging from  0.0  to  1.0.   Cracks having
permeability, Kc, were  randomly  initiated
                                           174

-------
                                     T
             T
                         Figure 1. Liner of thickness, D, showing
                                   crack penetrating to depth L .
on the nodal points representing the top of
the liner in the computer model.

     Once  initiated,   the   depth,    Lc,
attained by  a particular crack was modeled
as a uniformly distributed variable  having
the range  0.0 to D.  The penetration ratio
of the crack, defined as
                 Rc = LC/D
varied from 0.0 to 1.0.
(1)
     After a predetermined number of cracks
had been thus formed, the flow through  the
liner was  evaluated  using  the analytical
techniques described  by  Ali,  Moore   and
Lee (1).  The output of the analysis was an
equivalent permeability  ratio, K*, defined
as the ratio of the equivalent permeability
of the cracked liner to the permeability of
the intact clay.

     The entire  crack  generation  process
was then  repeated  numerous  times.   This
resulted in a probabilistic  assessment  of
the equivalent  permeability of the cracked
liner.
RESULTS


     The values of the parameters used  for
this study were:

   K-| = 1.0 cm/sec

   Kc = 50.0 cm/sec

   Pc = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3

   Rc = 0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1.0

where

   K] = permeability of intact liner

   Kc = permeability of cracks in liner

   Pc = probability that a crack occurs

   Rc = penetration ratio of the crack
            Figure  2    gives    the     probability
       distribution  function of  K* for  the  case  of
       Rc  =  1.0 and   for  the   various   Pc  values.
       The mean value  for K* is  also  given  on  the
                                           175

-------
    xo-
                          A* • '-
           I    t   3    ¥
           jj]
                            /»t- tf.
                      Mlu
            /    z
Figure 2. Histograms showing density functions for K*
        for different probabilities of crack occurrence.
                    176

-------
J.o  -
                                                                    >°c ' 0.3
                                 o.ro
  Figure 3. Effective permeability ratio, K*, as a function of depth
            of crack penetration, D, for different probabilities of
            crack occurrence.
                                   177

-------
figure.  Figure 3  shows  the  relationship
between Rc  and  the  average  permeability
ratio taken from figure 2.

     It can be seen from Figure 3 that  for
the liner  studied,  the  penetration ratio
for the crack must exceed 0.75  before  the
effective  permeability  of  the  liner  is
significantly increased.  For lower  values
of   penetration  ratio,   the    effective
permeability increases as  the  probability
of cracking  (Pc)  increases,  however  the
effect of  increasing  the   frequency   of
cracking is  not  nearly  as  great  as the
effect of increasing the penetration  ratio
to values exceeding 0.75.
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
  FOR FURTHER STUDY
     The flow  of   fluids   in   saturated
cracked liners  was  investigated  using  a
simplified, preliminary  statistical    flow
model.   The  cracks  were  assumed  to  be
highly permeable  relative  to  the  intact
liner material.   It  was  found that while
the frequency  of  cracking   is   somewhat
significant, the probability that the crack
will penetrate  more than 75 percent  of the
way through the liner is the most important
parameter of those studied.
     It is recommended that further studies
be undertaken to determine the relationship
between the probability of crack occurrence
and such other factors as  the  soil  type,
the   method  of  construction,   and   the
operating conditions   at   the   landfill.
Moreover,   laboratory  studies  should  be
undertaken to  determine  the  relationship
between leachate  characteristics and crack
susceptibility.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
     The authors wish  to  acknowledge  the
financial support  of  the  U.S. EPA  under
contract   number    68-03-2963    entitled
Improved Assumptions  for  Flow  of Liquids
through Landfills.  The results reported in
this paper are an  outgrowth  of  a  single
phase of this multi-task project.
REFERENCES

1.  Ali, Elfatih  M., Charles A. Moore, and
    I. L. Lee.  1982, Statistical   analysis
    of uncertainties  in  flow  of  liquids
    through landfills.  In the  proceedings
    of this  symposium.   U.S. Environmental
    Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio.
                                           178

-------
            EFFECT OF ORGANIC FLUIDS ON THE PERMEABILITY OF CLAY SOIL LINERS

                          David Anderson, K. W. Brown and Jan Green
                            Texas Agricultural Experiment Station
                              Soil and Crop Sciences Department
                                    Texas A&M University
                                College Station, Texas  77843
                                        ABSTRACT

     Chemicals selected to represent four classes of organic fluids were used in
permeability tests on four soils containing diverse clays.  Results indicate the need to
test the permeability of prospective clay liners using the leachate to which they will be
exposed.     Laboratory investigations on the influence of organic chemicals on the
properties of clay indicate that organic fluids can substantially increase the permea-
bility of compacted clay soils.
INTRODUCTION
     EPA (1980) has banned the disposal of
free and containerized liquids in hazard-
ous waste landfills.  Typical descriptions
of the content of barrels in industrial
landfills however illustrate  that a wide
range of organic fluids have been placed
in these disposal facilities (Table 1).
Furthermore, the adsorption of liquid
waste on a solid matrix, which is still
permitted, often does not allow the
retention of liquids against gravitational
forces once they are stacked in a landfill.

     Standard testing of clay soils to be
used for lining hazardous waste landfills
and surface impoundments have only
evaluated liner permeability to a standard
aqueous leachate such as 0.01N CaSO,.
Following is a discussion of a study on
the permeability of four clay soils to a
standard leachate and four classes of pure
organic fluids commonly placed in indus-
trial landfills.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

     Permeability of four compacted clay
soils (Table 2) were evaluated using a
standard aqueous leachate (0.01N CaSO,)
and four classes of  pure organic  fluids
(Table 3). Permeability testing procedures
and a discussion of the four organic fluid
classes were presented in earlier reports
(Anderson, 1981; Anderson and Brown, 1981;
Brown and Anderson, 1980; Anderson, Brown
and Green, 1981).  Briefly, the soils
were compacted to 90% proctor in standard
permeameters. Permeability  tests,  using
constant  elevated pressures of  10  and  60
psi, were conducted with 0.01N  CaS04.
Once steady values were obtained, the
water was replaced with the organic
chemical to be tested.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

     Permeability values for the clay
soils were plotted against cumulative pore
volume of effluent that passed through the
compacted soils.  Volume of effluent was
divided by volume of pore space in a given
core to obtain the fraction of a pore
volume passed at each permeability value.
Vertical dashed lines on each graph were
used to indicate the point at which water
(0.01N CaSO.) was replaced by organic
fluids.  Percentage of organic fluid in
the effluent has been plotted across the
top of several of the permeability graphs.

Water (Q.01N CaSO,)

    Permeability of four compacted clay
                                           179

-------
               TABLE 1.  TYPICAL DESCRIPTIONS  OF  THE  CONTENTS OF DRUMS
                             PLACED IN  INDUSTRIAL LANDFILLS*
       Dibromo propanol
       Methylene chloride bottoms
       Fractional bottoms
       Pesticides
       Distillation bottoms
       PCB waste
       Oil sludge
       Solvent bottoms
       Chlorinated still bottoms
       Trichlor bottoms
       Ink. sludge
       Phenol sludge
       Paint sludge
       Tank sludge
       Still residues
       Organic residues
       Terephthalate sludge
       PCB bottoms
       Laboratory chemicals
       Sulfonated still bottoms
       Heavy metal sludge
       Chlorinated solvent sludge
       Mercury filter press sludge
       Tank bottom residues
       Still bottom residues
       Chlorinated organic residues
       Plating sludge
 Urethane lacquer
 Toluene still bottoms
 Methanol slurry
 Resinous sludge
 Phenol tar sludge
 Fuel oil sludge
 No. 6 fuel oil sludge
 Contaminated fuel oil
 Glycol waste
 Heat transfer oil sludge
 Acetic acid sludge
 MEK distillation bottoms
 Liquid resins
 Freon bottoms
 Oil and grease sludge
 Miscellaneous liquid wastes
 Chlorinated xylene sludge
 Benzyl alcohol bottoms
 Grinding oil sludge
 Filter sludge
 Transformer oil sludge
 Methyl chloroform bottoms
 Organic sludges
 Perchlor bottoms
 Waste solvents
 Kasins and solvents
 Mixed solvents
          From the Public Records of the State of Mew York on Chem-trol
          Pollution Services Scientific Landfill No.3 containing approx-
          mately 680,000 ft3 Of industrial wastes.
soils to standard leachate (0.01N CaSO )
are depicted in Figure 1.  Depressuriza-
tion which occurred at the dashed line
appears to have had little effect on
permeability.  Noncalcareous smectite and
mixed cation kaolinite soil permeability
values were essentially constant during
passage of approximately two pore volumes
of standard leachate.  In contrast, per-
meability of calcareous smectite decreased
slowly while that of the mixed cation
illite increased slowly.  Both permeabi-
lity changes were, however, relatively
small.

     Relative permeability values for the
four clay soils to water are consistent
with values typical for those clay types
(Anderson, 1981).  Kaolinite exhibited
the highest, noncalcareous (partially
sodium saturated) smectite showed the
lowest, and calcareous  (calcium saturated)
smectite and mixed cation illite had
intermediate permeabilities.

     After passage of two pore volumes of
standard leachate, the four clay soils
exhibited no visible aggregations and
appeared to have retained their initially
massive structure.  In addition, the
surface of the soils showed no signs of
structural changes or large pore develop-
ment (Anderson, 1981).

     Traditionally, permeability tests on
prospective clay liners for hazardous
waste landfills and surface impoundments,
have used only standard aqueous leachates
(such as 0.01N CaSO, or CaCl) as the
permeant fluid.  All four of  the clay soils
used in this study, if only evaluated by
this traditional test, would  qualify as
adequate for lining hazardous waste
disposal facilities on the basis of their
                                           180

-------
                    TABLE 2.    DESCRIPTIONS  OF  THE FOUR  CLAY SOILS
Clay Soil
Description
% Sand (> 50nm)
% Silt (50-2. Onm)
% Clay (<2.0nm)
Predominant clay
minerals*
Shrink-Swell
Potential
Corrosivity
(Steel)
Cation Exchange
Capacity (meq/lOOgms)
Total Alkalinity
(meq/lOOgms)
Noncalcareous
Smectite
35-37
26-28
36-38
1. Smectite
2. Mica
3. Kaolinite
Very high
High
24.2
3.3
Calcareous Mixed Cation
Smectite Kaolinite
7-8 39-41
42-44 17-18
48-50 42
1. Smectite 1. Kaolinite
2. Kaolinite 2. Mica
Very high Moderate
High High
36.8 8.6
129.2 0.8
Mixed Cation
Illite
14-15
38-39
47
1. Illite
2. Smectite
Moderate
N.D.
18.3
4.2
 *  In  order  of descending quantity in  the soil.

 N.D.   Hot determined.
                           TABLE  3.   PROPERTIES  OF  THE FLUIDS
                              Temp.  Range     Density     Viscosity     Dielectric    Water    Dipole   Vapor      Molecular
                               of Fluid       at 20°C      at 20°C      Constant at  Solubi-   Moment  Pressure      Weight
                              State (oc)      (gm/cm3)     (Centipoise)      20°C
                                                                                   lity  at   (debyes)  at 20°C
Organic Fluid      Name
          --- - --       - - --
         Melting  Boiling
          Point    Point
                                                                                                     (m
Acid, Carboxylic   Acetic
                  Acid
                  (Glacial)    17

Base, Aromatic
Araine;             Aniline      ~6
   r ra-L Polar,
Neutral  Polar,
Ketone
Neutral Polar
GJ., :ol
                  Methane]    -98
Acetone     -95

Ethylene
Giycol      -13
Neutral  Non-polar,
Alkane             Heptane     -91
                    113
                                      184
                                       65
                                      198
                                      98
                              1.05
                                                0.79
                                                0.6
                                           1.28
                                                             It.UO
                                                             0.3J
                                                            21.0
                                                             0.11
                                                                         31. 'i
                                                                          38.7
                                                                            1.04     11.£
                                                                                     34.0      1.55
                                                                                              2.28
                                                                                     0.003    0.0
                                                                                                       0.4
                                                                                                       96.0
                                                                                                      184.8
                                                                                                        0.06
                                                                                                      35.6
                                                                                                60.1
                                                                                                                  62.j
                                                                                                                 100.2
Neutral  Non-polar,
Alkyl-Benzene      Xylene    ^ -47
                                      139
                                                0.87
                                                             0.81
                                                                          2.4
                                                                                     0.20     0.40
                                                                                                       6.5
                                                                                                                 106.2
Water
                                      100
                                                0.93
                                                             1.0
                                                                         80.4
                                                                                              1.83     17.5
                                                                                                                 18.0
                                                         181

-------
 10'
             NONCALCAREOUS  SMECTITE   4
             CALCAREOUS  SMECTITE     A
             MIXED  CATION  KAOLINITE    o
             MIXED  CATION ILLITE      •
                          WATER (0.01 N CaS04)
   05
        0.0
0.5    L'O    T5~
  PORE  VOLUMES
                               2.0
                                    2.5
                                          3.0
Figure  1.  Permeability of the Four Clay
           Soils  to  Water (0.01N
having permeabilities  lower than 1 x 10
cm see"  .

Organic  Acid - Acetic  Acid

     All four clay  soils  permeated with
acetic acid showed  initial decreases in
permeability (Figure 2).   However, a
significant amount  of  soil piping occurred
in these cores,  indicated by soil particles
clinging to the  inside walls of the outlet
tubing and deposited on the bottom of
effluent collection bottles.   In addition,
effluent from these cores was usually
tinted (red, creamy, or black)  indicating
that soil components were dissolved by the
acid.  Initial decreases  in permeability
are thought to be due  to  partial dissolu-
tion and subsequent migration of soil
particles.  These migrating particle frag-
ments could lodge in the  fluid conducting
pores, thus decreasing crossectional area
available for fluid flow.

     Two  of the  soils  treated with acetic
acid (calcareous smectite and mixed cation
kaolinite) showed continuous permeability
decreases throughout the  test period.
After passage of approximately  20% of a
pore volume, the acid  treated kaolinitic
                                                                   NONCALCAREOUS  SMECTITE
                                                                   CALCAREOUS  SMECTITE     A
                                                                   MIXED CATION  KAOLINITE    o
                                                                   MIXED CATION ILLITE      •
                                   Figure 2.
                                                             0.5    L'O     IS
                                                               PORE  VOLUMES
Permeability of the  Four  Clay
Soils to Acetic Acid.
                                   clay generated a dark red colored effluent
                                    that smelled of acetic acid.  The  color
                                    was probably due to dissolution of  iron
                                    oxides which comprise about 13% of  the
                                    solids in the kaolinitic clay soils.  The
                                    acid treated calcareous smectite began
                                    passing cream colored foamy effluent
                                    after passage of about 28% of a pore
                                    volume.  Since the solid fraction  of  this
                                    clay soil is approximately 33% calcium
                                    carbonate, the largest portion of  the
                                    creamy material was probably dissolved
                                    calcium, while the foam was the result  of
                                    CO^ liberation from the dissolved
                                    carbonates.

                                         Both noncalcareous smectite and  the
                                    mixed cation illite eventually showed
                                    permeability increases after the initial
                                    decreases, but the increase did not begin
                                    until passage of 39% and 62% of a  pore
                                    volume respectively. Effluent  from the
                                    noncalcareous smectitic clay contained
                                    soil particles and a black  ash-looking
                                    material, while effluent from  the
                                    illitic soil contained red  tinted  soil
                                    particles that became increasingly
                                    darker as more effluent was passed.
                                    Permeability increases with both of
                                    these soils were probably due  to
                                            182

-------
progressive soil piping that eventually
cleared initially clogged pores.

     In light of the across-the-board
piping that occurred with the acid treated
clays, any fluid (such as acids and bases)
capable of dissolving clay liner components
could potentially cause increases in the
permeability of the liner.  It would seem
that neutralization of acids and bases
prior to their disposal would be the best
safeguard against clay liner failure in
these cases.

     The density to viscosity ratio of
acetic acid  (0.82) infers that permeability
should decrease approximately 18% from the
value obtained with standard leachate.
However, the large permeability decreases
and subsequent increases  (in two of the
soils) indicate that soil piping was the
predominant  influence responsible for per-
meability changes.  All four acid treated
soils maintained permeabilities below 10~7
cm sec"-'- through the test period.

Organic Base - Aniline

     Permeabilities and breakthrough curves
for the four clay soils treated with ani-
line are given in Figure  3.  While all four
clay soils showed significant permeability
increases, calcareous smectite  showed the
least.

     Both noncalcareous smectite and mixed
cation illite had breakthrough of aniline
with concurrent permeability increases at
lower pore volume  values (<0.5) than the
other two clay soils. There was some indi-
cation that the permeability of the non-
calcareous smectite was reaching a constant
value just above 1 x 10~^ cm sec~^.

     Permeability climbed above 1 x  10
 cm sec~l  and aniline broke  through  after
passage Of one  pore volume  for  the kaoli-
nitic  soil.  Only the calcareous  smectite
 clay maintained a permeability  value below
 1  x 10~7  cm  Sec~l.  Its permeability
 increased  rapidly at first,  but showed
 substantial  decrease concurrent with ani-
 line breakthrough.  After the permeability
 decrease,  this  soil exhibited  a slow but
 steady permeability increase.

      There were no  signs  of migrating  soil
 particles  in any effluent samples  collected
 from  the  four  aniline treated  cores.
    100
UJ
z
_i
                    NONCALCAREOUS  SMECTITE   a
                    CALCAREOUS  SMECTITE     A
                    MIXED CATION  KAOLINITE    O
                    MIXED CATION ILLITE      •
      05
      0.'5    1.0    (.5
       PORE VOLUMES
  figure  3. Permeability  and Breakthrough
            Curves of  the Four  Clay  Soils
            Treated with  Aniline.

   Apparently,  aniline is too weak a base  to
   cause  significant dissolution  of  clay soil
   components.  However,  examination of the
   cores  subsequent to the permeability tests
   indicated  that the  organic base caused
   extensive  structural changes in the upper
   half of  the  soil cores.  The massive
   structure  of the four  soils  after treatment
   with standard leachate was altered by
   aniline  into an aggregated,  platy structure
   characterized by visible pores  and cracks
   in the surface of the  soils  (Anderson,
   1981).

        According to equations  for intrinsic
   permeability, a permeant fluid  with density
   and viscosity of aniline should result  in
   soil permeability 77%  lower  than  that
   obtained with water.   However,  the four
   soils  tested underwent permeability
   increases  of between 100% and  200% when
   permeated  with aniline.  It  appears that
   the predominant factor affecting  permeabi-
   lity was the ability of  aniline to alter
   the structural arrangement of particles
   making up  clay soils.
183

-------
Neutral Polar Organic-Ethylene  Gylcol

     Permeabilities of the  four clay soils
to ethylene glycol are depicted in  Figure 4.
As with aniline-treated cores,  permeability
trends with ethylene glycol showed  little
consistency with predicted  intrinsic permea-
bility values.  The ratio of density to
viscosity of ethylene glycol suggests  that
resulting soil permeability should  be  only
5% of that obtained with water.   However,
actual permeability values  indicated that
it was the ability of ethylene  glycol  to
alter  tne soil fabric that was the domina-
ting influence on permeability.

     Three of the clay soils treated with
ethylene glycol showed initial  permeability
decreases.  The kaolinitic  clay soil
continued to undergo permeability decreases
as long as it was being tested.   The illi-
tic clay soil began showing a permeability
increase after passage of 0.5 pore  volumes.
In contrast, the calcareous smectite
followed its initial permeability decrease
with a substantial increase, a  second
decrease, and finally reached a nearly
constant value that continued until the
end of the test period.  None of the three
clays that showed initial permeability
decreases ever reached permeabilities
greater than 1 x 10~7 cm sec~l.

     The noncalcareous smectitic clay  soil
treated with ethylene glycol showed an
initial rapid increase in permeability and
a slower but continuous increase after
passage of 0.5 pore volume. Its permea-
bility exceeded 1 x 10~^  cm sec~l after
passage of two pore volumes.

     Permeability trends  in ethylene
glycol treated cores emphasized the need
to pass at least one pore volume of an
organic leachate to determine if the  fluid
is likely to affect permeability of a
prospective clay liner.   In addition,  if
the permeability increases  during the
passage of the first pore volume, an
additional pore volume should be passed
through the core to determine the upper
limit of the permeability  increase.

Neutral Polar Organic - Acetone

     Permeabilities of the  four clay  soils
to acetone are given in  Figure  5.  Three
of the acetone-treated soils  reached
permeabilities in excess  of 1 x 10""'  cm
                    NONCALCAREOUS  SMECTITE
                    CALCAREOUS  SMECTITE
                    MIXED CATION  KAOLINITE   o
                    MIXED CATION ILLITE
 10
Figure 4.
   0.5     LO
    PORE VOLUMES
Permeability of the  Four  Clay
Soils to Ethylene Glycol.
                  NONCALCAREOUS  SMECTITE
                  CALCAREOUS  SMECTITE     A
                  MIXED CATION  KAOLINITE    o
                  MIXED CATION ILLITE      •
10
  0.5
       0.0
             0.5    10    l!5
               PORE VOLUMES
                  3.0
                        25
Figure 5.
Permeability  of  the Four Clay
Soils to Acetone.
sec   prior to  the  passage of one pore
volume, while the calcareous  smectitic
soil exceeded this  permeability within
1.5 pore volumes.

     While density  to  viscosity ratio of
                                            184

-------
acetone (2.4) indicates that permeability
should increase 240% over values obtained
with water, the observed permeability
increases actually exceeded 1000% for the
acetone-treated soils.  The illitic and
calcareous smectitic clay soils underwent
100 fold (10,000%) permeability increases,
while the noncalcareous smectitic clay
soil had a 1,000 fold increase.

     It is interesting to note that all
soils treated with acetone had initial
permeability decreases.  These decreases
continued until passage of approximately
0.5 pore volume.  During passage of the
next 0.5 pore volume, however, the soils
underwent large permeability increases.
One possible explanation for this sequence
of permeability changes is as  follows:

     1.  The higher dipole moment of
         acetone caused intial increase in
         interlayer spacing between
         adjacent clay particles as
         compared to water alone.

     2.  As more acetone passed through
         the soil cores, however, more
         water layers were removed from
         clay surfaces.  This  resulted in
         gaps not completely filled by
         adsorbed acetone layers, resulting
         in more pore space available  for
         fluid flow.

While  acetone can displace water  from  clay
surfaces due to its higher dipole moment,
it cannont  form as many adsorbed  fluid
layers  as water due to  its lower  dielectric
constant and higher molecular  weight.

     Examination of the soil after  acetone
treatment showed extensive shrinkage  and
cracking.   Such soil  shrinkage is usually
associated  with dehydration, indicating
that acetone had extracted water  from soil
particle surfaces.

Neutral Polar Organic - Msthanol

     Permeabilities of  the  four  soils
treated with methanol  and  a  breakthrough
curve  for  the illitic  clay  soil  are  given
in  Figure  6.  As with  acetone-treated
soil cores,  soil  permeated with  methanol
reached permeabilities  greater than
1 x  10-7  cm sec~l.   Unlike  soils  treated
with  acetone, methanol-treated soils
underwent  no  initial  permeability decrease.
100
                  NONCALCAREOUS  SMECTITE   A
                  CALCAREOUS  SMECTITE     *
                  MIXED CATION  KAOLINITE    o
                  MIXED CATION ILLITE      •

                           METHANOL "V"
             0.5    10    1.5
               PORE  VOLUMES
                             2.0
                                   25
                                        30
Figure 6.  Permeability of the Four Clay
           Soils to Methanol and the
           Breakthrough Curve for the
           Methanol-Treated Mixed Cation
           Illitic Clay Soil.

     Percent methanol in the effluent from
the illitic clay soil paralleled an
increase in permeability of the soil. After
passage of 1.5 pore volume, the hydraulic
gradient was reduced from 61.1 to 1.85 and
another pore volume of methanol passed
(Figure 7).  Permeability of the soil
continued to steadily increase at the lower
hydraulic gradient to a value greater than
1 x
               -1
     No particle migration was detected  in
effluent from methanol-treated cores,  and
therefore soil piping was discounted  as  a
mechanism for observed permeability
increases.  If these increases were due
solely to the 1.46 density to viscosity
ratio, permeability of the cores would have
leveled at values 150% of those obtained
with water.  Instead, the cores showed
steady permeability increases to values
greater than 1,000% (kaolinitic soil)  and
10,000% (illitic and noncalcareous
                                            185

-------
                                              \00^
icr-i
             0.5    to     s     o
               PORE  VOLUMES
Figure  7. Permeability  of  the  Methanol-
           Treated Mixed Cation Illitic
           Clay Soil  at  Two Hydraulic
           Gradients.

smectitic soils) of permeability values
with water.

     Examination of methanol-treated soil
cores revealed development  of large pores
and cracks visible on the soil  surface.
The lower dielectric  constant of methanol
may have  caused a decrease  in interlayer
spacing of the clay minerals present in
the soils and thereby promoted  the struc-
tural changes (Anderson, 1981).

Neutral Nonpolar Organic -  Xylene

     Permeabilities and  breakthrough curves
of the four  clay soils treated  with xylene
are given in Figure 8.  Xylene-treated
soils showed rapid permeability increases
followed  by  nearly constant permeabilities
roughly two  orders of magnitude greater
than  their permeabilities to water.

     Permeability increases due to the
ratio of  density to viscosity of xylene
(1.07) accounts for only a  7% increase in
permeability over values obtained with
water.  Since permeability  increases
averaged  10,000% (two orders of magnitude),
                                                                 NONCALCAREOUS  SMECTITE   4
                                                                 CALCAREOUS  SMECTITE     A
                                                                 MIXED CATION  KAOLINITE    o
                                                                 MIXED CATION ILLITE      •
                                                                            XYLENE
                                                05
                                                           0.5    10    1.5
                                                             PORE  VOLUMES
                   2.0
                        25
                              30
                                              Figure 8.
Permeability and Breakthrough
Curves of the Four Clays Treated
with Xylene.
                                              other mechanisms are obviously involved.
                                              An indication of these mechanisms was the
                                              structural changes in the xylene-treated
                                              soils examplified by massive structure
                                              before treatment and blocky structure
                                              after the soils were treated with xylene.
                                              Neutral Honpolar Organic - Heptane

                                                   Permeabilities and breakthrough
                                              curves of the four clay soils treated with
                                              heptane are given in Figure 9.  Permeabi-
                                              lity patterns for the heptane cores closely
                                              approximated those shown by the xylene
                                              treated cores.  That is, the cores under-
                                              went initial permeability increases of
                                              roughly 10,000%.  Following these initial
                                              large increases, rate of permeability
                                              increase slowed until nearly constant
                                              permeability values were observed.

                                                   Only the calcareous smectitic clay
                                              showed a significant difference in its
                                              permeability to the two neutral nonpolar
                                          186

-------
  100
 10-
                  NONCALCAREOUS  SMECTITE  A
                  CALCAREOUS SMECTITE    A
                  MIXED CATION KAOLINITE   o
                  MIXED CATION ILLITE      .
                              HEPTANE
   05
         00
              0.5    10     1.5
                PORE  VOLUMES
20
Figure 9.  Permeability and Breakthrough
           Curves of the Four Clay Soils
           Treated with Heptane.

liquids, with its permeability to heptane
well below its permeability to xylene.

     The constant permeability values
eventually reached by the neutral nonpolar
treated cores were probably related  to the
limited ability of these fluids to pene-
trate interlayer spaces of the clay
minerals.  Permeability trends for neutral
nonpolar fluids differed from the
continuous permeability increases observed
in clay soils treated with neutral polar
fluids, acetone and methanol.
Reintroduction of Water on Aniline-Treated
Noncalcareous Smectite Clay Soil.

     As stated earlier, changes in permea-
bility for clay soils treated with organic
fluids do not follow trends that would be
predicted simply from changes in viscosity
and density of the permeant fluid.
Figure 10 gives the permeability and break-
                                                10
                 Figure 10.
 0.5    1.0    15
   PORE  VOLUMES
Permeability and Breakthrough
Curves for the Noncalcareous,
Smectitic Clay; Soil Treated
Sequentially with Water
(0.01N CaSO,); Aniline, and
Water (0.01N CaS04).
                 through history of the noncalcareous
                 smectitic clay soil sequentially permeated
                 with water (0.01N CaSO,), aniline, and
                 water (0.01N CaS04>.

                      According to intrinsic permeability
                 theory, more viscous aniline should render
                 the soil less permeable than water.
                 In fact, the opposite trend was observed.
                 Aniline increased permeability nearly two
                 orders of magnitude.  Reintroduction of
                 water caused a subsequent decrease in the
                 permeability of roughly one order of
                 magnitude.  Since reintroduction of water
                 did not return the soil to its original
                 permeability to water, there was at least
                 partially irreversible structural altera-
                 tions caused by the interaction of aniline
                 with the compacted clay soil. Permeability
                 did, however, remain below 10~7 cm sec~l
                 after reintroduction of water.
                                            187

-------
Use of Elevated Hydraulic Gradients

     Two elevated hydraulic gradients were
used to shorten the time required for these
permeability studies.  A gradient of 361.6
was used with the smectitic clay soils and
a gradient of 61.1 was used with both the
illitic and kaolinitic clay soils.  There
were no signs such as particle migration
or turbulent flow in the clay soils at
either gradient.  In addition, the
gradients used did not appear to effect the
permeability trend established by water or
the organic fluids.

     A disadvantage of using the higher
gradient (361.6) was the rapidity with
which permeability changes occurred.  On
several occasions, an increase occurred so
quickly that the entire fluid reservoir
was depleted before the end of a sampling
period, thus permitting air to blow
through and dehydrate the soil.

    There were two main advantages of using
the low hydraulic gradient (61.1).  First,
the lower gradient retained the advantage
of a shortened testing time.  Secondly,
permeability changes at the lower gradient
occurred slowly enough to obtain several
points along a changing permeability curve.
CONCLUSIONS

     A delineation of the physical classes
of hazardous waste indicated that many
contain organic fluids.  Furthermore, the
organic fluids in these wastes may, in the
presence of overburden or hydraulic pres-
sure gradients, permeate the liner of a
disposal facility.  Leachates generated by
the organic fluids in hazardous wastes
were found to fall into four major catego-
ries: acidic, basic, neutral polar, and
neutral nonpolar organic fluids.

     Permeability remains the primary
criterion for evaluating the suitability
of clay liners for the lining of hazardous
waste disposal facilities.  Permeability
of clay liners have in the past been
determined by using a standard aqueous
leachate such as 0.01N CaSO,.  Since clay
liners may be exposed to organic fluids, a
testing procedure was developed to compare
the effects of a standard leachate and
organic fluids on the permeability of clay
liners.
     Evaluation of the clay soils used to
construct liners showed that the predo-
minant clay minerals in these soils are
smectite (montmorillonite), illite, and
kaolinite.  Four native clay soils that
contain these clay minerals were selected
for evaluation of the comparative permea-
bility procedures.

     All four of the clay soils used in
this study, when evaluated by the tradi-
tional permeability test using water
(0.01N CaSO ),  would qualify for lining
hazardous waste disposal facilities on the
basis of their having permeabilities
lower than 1 x 10~7 cm sec~l.  However,
these same clay soils underwent large
permeability increases when permeated by
basic, neutral polar, and neutral nonpolar
organic fluids and showed the potential
for substantial permeability increases
when exposed to concentrated organic acids.
Relative Performance of the Four Clay Soils

     Of the four clay soils studied, the
noncalcareous smectitic clay soil showed
lowest initial permeability but least
resistance to increases in permeability
when exposed to organic fluids.  The
calcareous smectitic clay soil had inter-
mediate initial permeability but showed a
much larger resistance to permeability
changes than its noncalcareous counterpart.
The result was that the noncalcareous clay
generally had a higher final permeability
than the calcareous smectitic clay soil.
In addition, with the two smectitic clay
soils, organic fluids tended to appear in
the effluent of the noncalcareous smecti-
tic clay soil after less fluid had passed
through the soil.

     While the kaolinitic clay soil had
highest initial permeability of the four
clay soils studied, it generally showed
greatest resistance to permeability
changes.  Organic fluids generally appear-
ed in the effluent of this soil after
passage of greater fluid volumes than with
the illitic or noncalcareous smectitic
clay soils.

     The illitic clay soil had both
intermediate initial permeability and
resistance to permeability changes.
However, the organic fluids tended to
appear in the effluent of the illitic clay
                                           188

-------
soil after passage of less fluid than with
the other clay soils.

     Overall, the kaolinitic and calcareous
smectitic clay soils performed best of the
four clay studied.  These two clays showed
greater resistance to permeability
increases, and organic fluids appeared in
their effluent after passage of more fluid
(larger pore volume values) than the
illitic or noncalcareous smectitic clay
soils.  It should be noted however that all
four clay soils showed permeabilities
greater than 1 x 10"' cm sec"-'- when exposed
to several of the organic fluids tested.

Relative Effects of Organic ^luids on
Permeability of Clay Soils

     Organic acids apparently affect perme-
ability by different mechanisms than other
fluids studied.  The operative mechanisms
for permeability changes with acetic acid
appeared to be dissolution of soil
particles followed by piping of the
particle fragments through the soil.  A
sharp initial permeability decrease
resulted as the migrating particle
fragments clogged the fluid-conducting
pores.  However, permeability increased
gradually (with two of the soils) as the
acid dissolved soil particles that clogged
the pores.  Permeability of the acid treat-
ed soils did, however, remain below 10~7
cm sec~l.
     Uo dissolution or piping was observed
for the soils permeated by the weak organic
base (aniline) or the neutral organic
fluids.   These fluids tended to cause per-
meability increases via alterations in soil
structural fabric.
     Neutral nonpolar fluids caused initial
soil permeability increases of approximate-
ly two orders of magnitude.  The soils so
treated, however, tended  to reach rela-
tively constant permeability at that point.
The basic and neutral polar fluids showed
continuous permeability increases with no
apparent tendency to reach maximum values.
While the large viscosity of ethylene
glycol and aniline slowed the rate at
which these  fluids increased permeability
relative  to  less viscous  acetone and
methanol, all four fluids increased perme-
ability  of soils  as  compared to values
obtained with water  (0.01N  CaSO,).
RECOMMENDATIONS

       Results of this  study  indicate  the
need to  test permeability  of clay  liners
to whatever organic  fluids the  liner  may
be exposed.  Permeability  tests  using the
actual fluids present  in a waste would be
both an  economically feasible and  environ-
mentally sound alternative to only testing
clay liner permeability to water.

     In  addition,  an effort  should be made
to evaluate permeability of  clay liners in
existing landfills  and surface  impoundments
where  organic fluids have  been  disposed.
Due to the large number of these facilities,
priority should be  given to  evaluating the
clay liners of disposal sites in close
proximity to potable groundwater resources.
ON-GOING  STUDIES

     As is often  the  case  in  research,  this
study has raised  as many new  questions  as
it has answered old ones.  It has been
established that  the  permeability of clay
liners should be  determined using the
leachates they are meant to contain.
Following is a list of the on-going study
objectives being  pursued as a part of this
EPA project:

1.   Laboratory permeability  evaluation of
     clay soils and commercially prepared
     clays as effected by mixtures of
     solvents ,    aqueous dilutions of
     miscible solvents, and waste solvents.

2.   Laboratory evaluation of the effects
     of hydraulic pressure gradients on the
     permeability of  clay liners.

3.   Laboratory investigations into the
     physical mechanisms of permeability
     changes in clay  liners.   This will
     include the use  of x-ray diffracto-
     metry;  light, petrographic, electron
     and epi-fluorescence microscopy;  thin
     sectioning techniques; pore size  dis-
     tribution  determinations; and adsorp-
     tion energy of organic fluids on  clay
     minerals.

4.   Field scale evaluation of the impact
     of waste solvents on the permeability
                                           189

-------
     of compacted clay liners.   Twenty-
     eight test cells have been constructed
     in the field, each consists of an
     under-drainage system and a clay liner,
     compacted to standard engineering
     specifications.   The clays utilized
     in constructing the liners include
     montmorillonite, mica (illite) and
     kaolinite.  Leaking barrels of dye
     labeled industrial wastes containing
     primarily either acetone or xylene
     have been placed on the clay liners
     and covered with soil.  Leachate is
     being collected and analyzed for the
     presence of the waste and to
     establish flow rates and permeabi-
     lities. Once steady state permeabi-
     lities are reached, the liner will
     be removed to determine the extent
     of any physical and chemical
     changes.  These analyses will
     utilize most of the techniques
     listed in Number 3 above.
REFERENCES

1.    Anderson, David.  1981.  Organic
     Leachate Effects on the Permeability
     of Clay Soils.  M.S. Thesis, Soil and
     Crop Sciences Dept., Texas A&M Univ.,
     College Station. (192 pages).

2.    Anderson, D. C., and K. W. Brown.1981.
     Organic Leachate Effects on the
     Permeability of Clay Liners:  In
     Proceedings of the 7th Annual Research
     Symposium.  EPA-600/9-81-002b, pp.119-
     130.

3.    Anderson, D. C., K. W. Brown, and
     J. Green.  1981.  Organic Leachate
     Effects on the Permeability of Clay
     Liners:  In: Proceedings of the
     National Conference on Management of
     Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites.
     October 28-30, 1981.  Washington,
     D.C. pp. 223-229.

4.    Brown, K. W. and David Anderson. 1980.
     Effect of Organic Chemicals on Clay
     Liner  Permeability.  In:  Proceedings
     of the Sixth Annual Research Symposium.
     EPA-600/9-80-010.  pp. 123-134.

5.    EPA.  1980. Hazardous Waste Management
     System:  Standards for Owners and
     Operators for Hazardous Waste Treat-
     ment Storage and Disposal Facilities.
     Federal Register, Vol. 45, May 19,
     1980. pp. 33249-33250.
                                            190

-------
                   EFFECTS  ON  LINER MATERIALS OF LONG-TERM EXPOSURE
                                IN WASTE ENVIRONMENTS
                             Oak
   H.  E. Haxo, Jr.
   Matrecon,  Inc.
land,  California 94623
                                       ABSTRACT


     Information  is presented  regarding the effects of exposure in waste environments  for
up to nine years  upon  various  materials  of  low permeability  that are  candidates  for  the
lining of waste storage and  disposal facilities.  The information includes data on lining
materials exposed  in muncipal  solid waste  landfills  and  in  selected  hazardous waste  and
test  fluid environments.    The  data  are  drawn  from  laboratory  and pilot  scale  studies
which were conducted  for the  EPA,  from  the  sampling  and  testing of  liners  exposed  in
three demonstration landfills,  and  from  the testing of  a  liner of a  full-scale sludge
disposal   pond.   The  scope  of  information  includes  data on  soils,   admixes,  asphaltic
membranes, and flexible polymeric membranes.

     The   effects  of  up  to  nine  years  of  exposure  to  MSW  leachate,  though  differing
among  the materials,   were  generally  modest.    A urethane  rubber gasket  deteriorated
badly  and a  polyester elastomer membrane  showed  polymer deterioration.   The  asphalt
admixes  lost  severely in compressive  strength but  not  in  permeability  during  the  56
months of exposure.   Asphaltic  membranes  swelled  and  catalytically-blown  asphalt became
"cheesy"   in  consistency.

     The   effects  of  exposure  to the  hazardous wastes  varied   greatly  and  showed  the
need  to  run   preliminary  compatibility  tests  in  the  selection   of  liner materials  for
specific  disposal  facilities.
INTRODUCTION

     Lining  waste  storage  or  disposal
impoundments  with  man-made  materials  of
low permeability has  now  been demonstrated
to be  an effective  means of  preventing
leachate and waste liquid components from
leaking  from an  impoundment  and subse-
quently entering and  polluting  the ground-
water.    Such materials  can  also prevent
the migration of dangerous concentrations
of methane  and  other  gases  from a waste
containment site.   A wide range of ma-
terials  is  available for  these  uses;
however, there  remains concern as to the
durability and  service  life  of the ma-
terials  in  waste  storage  and  disposal
environments.
                   EPA research  projects  of lining
              materials  for waste  disposal  and storage
              facilities  have  been  underway since 1973.
              These  research  studies  have  covered
              the  effects of exposure of  liner materials
              to  municipal  solid  wastes, to  flue  gas
              desulfurization  (F6D)  sludges,  to hazard-
              ous  waste,  and to chemical  wastes.   Also
              included  was  a  small  field  verification
              study of liners  at  MSW  disposal  facili-
              ties.   Under the  auspices  of EPA, liners
              have  been  used  in various demonstration
              projects.   General  field  use began in  the
              early 1970's.   From  these  sources infor-
              mation has  been  accumulated  on  lining
              materials  under  a  variety  of  exposures,
                                           191

-------
some  of which are  up to  nine years'
duration.

     This  paper consolidates and reviews
the  status  of  the  long-term  tests  and
exposures  of lining materials,  makes some
general  observations  and  conclusions,
and  points  out some  areas  of concern.
BACKGROUND

     From  the  standpoint  of  pollution and
need for  containment, we  are  primarily
concerned  with  the  waste  liquids, as they
carry dissolved  pollutants  and  have the
capability  of flowing and  migrating out of
a disposal  site.  A polluting species in a
solid waste must first  dissolve into a
liquid  before  it can migrate  through a
liner and  into the  ground.   Furthermore,
the liquids and the dissolved constituents
are  the aggressive  species  to  liner
materials.   Water,  itself,  can  be  an
aggressive  constituent causing a  lining to
become  permeable or lose  integrity and
other physical  properties.    The  problems
of  containment are  magnified by the
complexity  of  waste  fluids,  which include
water,  dissolved organic  and  inorganic
components, a  great variety of organic
chemicals  and  solvents, and  bacteria.

     Waste  liquids  can vary from  highly
polar solvents,  such as  water, through
highly  nonpolar materials,  like lubri-
cating  oils  and  hydrocarbon  solvents.
Most of  the wastes contain water  which can
dissolve many species of materials,  as all
have to a  certain degree  a  solubility in
water;  consequently,  contaminants  or
pollutants  can be  carried  in the  water.
Also, many  organic solvents can  be totally
miscible with   water.   The  complexity of
wastes  can  result in combined effects with
respect  to many of the liners.    Further-
more, even minor  amounts  of the organic
materials  in  the water  or  leachate can
preferentially combine  with  organic
materials, e.g.  asphalt,  or all of the
polymeric materials which  might  be used as
lining  materials.    Dissolved  organic
constituents,  even  in minor  amounts, will
gradually  be  absorbed  in  the  organic
material  and,  over extended periods of
time, may  cause the failure of a  liner
based upon organic materials.   There are
indications that organic waste liquids can
also have  major  adverse  effects on some
soils and clays.
     The durability  and  service  life of  a
given liner depend  to a great  extent upon
the  specific fluids  with  which  it is  in
contact  from the time  it  is  originally
placed.    It  must be recognized  that,   in
almost  all  disposal impoundments,  the
waste and the waste fluids are  continually
changing in composition with time.

     In  1973, when  the  liner studies were
initiated by  the EPA, there  was  a  general
lack of knowledge concerning the durabil-
ity  of  lining  materials  in contact with
waste liquids  and leachates  from solid
wastes.    The principal experience  in the
field use of  lining materials had been for
the  impoundment and  conveyance of  water.
Materials used  for  such  purposes  included
asphaltic materials,   in  the form  of
concrete  and  sprayed-on  membranes, soil
cement,  and  compacted  soils  and  clays,
including bentonite.  The use of  polymeric
membrane  liners  for water  conserva-
tion and  conveyance  began in  the  1940's,
with the  butyl  rubber membranes used for
lining  canals.  By  1973,  a  variety of
other membrane  materials  had  been  de-
veloped  based  on  polymers  such  as poly-
vinyl chloride  (PVC),  low-density poly-
ethylene (LDPE),  ethylene propylene rubber
(EPDM),   neoprene  (CR),  chlorosulfonated
polyethylene  (CSPE  or  CSM),  and  chlori-
nated polyethylene (CPE).
LINER MATERIALS

     A liner material  for  a waste  storage
or disposal  facility is considered  to  be  a
material  having  low  permeability   and
constructed  or  fabricated  by man.   Such  a
definition  includes  soils  and clays which
are  either brought  to  a site  or   are
available  on  the  site  and which   are
compacted  or  remolded  to   reduce  permea-
bility and  increase  strength.   In their
performance  liners  function  by   two
mechanisms:

     1.  To  impede  the  flow (flux)  of the
         pollutant  and  pollutant carrier,
         usually  water,  into  the  subsoil
         and thence  into  the groundwater.
         This  requires  a  construction
         material having low permeability.

     2.  To  absorb  or  attenuate  suspended
         or  dissolved  pollutants,  whether
         organic or  inorganic, in order to
         reduce  the  concentrations so
                                          192

-------
         that  they  fall  within  the  ranges
         set  by the  EPA  for  groundwater.
         This  absorptive  or  attenuative
         capability  is  dependent  upon  the
         chemical composition of the liner
         material and its mass.

     Liners  can vary greatly in  chemical
composition  from compacted soils and clays
to highly crystalline polymeric materials
which are highly chemically  resistant  and
have very low  permeability.

     Table 1 presents a list  of potential
materials  for  lining   waste  storage
and  disposal   facilities.   Most   liner
materials function  by both mechanisms  but
to different degrees  depending on the type
of liner material  and the waste fluid  and
its  constituents.   For  example,   while
membrane  liners are  the  most  impermeable
of the  liner  materials they have  little
capacity to  absorb  materials  from  the
waste.    They  can  absorb  organic  material
from a  waste,  e.g.  solvents,  but  due  to
their small  mass,  their  total  absorption
is small.   (Jn  the  other  hand,  because  of
their large  mass,  soils can  have a large
capacity to  absorb  materials  of- different
types,  but  they  are  considerably more
permeable  than polymeric  membranes.
However, the greater  thickness of the soil
can result in  low flux  through  the  liner.
                         various wastes,  depending
                         1 iquid  and the soil.
                            on the  waste
     In this paper,
discussed  by type:
liners  materials  are
       Soils  and clays
       Admixed  liners
       Polymeric membranes
       Sprayed-on  liners
       Soil  sealants
       Chemisorptive liners.
SOILS AND CLAYS

     Water and wastes  are commonly stored
or  impounded directly  on  the ground  or
native soil.   Soils, however, vary greatly
with  respect to  their  capability  of
containing fluids and preventing losses  by
seepage.   They are highly variable and
heterogeneous materials;  some  possess  low
permeability to various  fluids  and can
contain these fluids.    Furthermore,  soil
can be modified by compaction, remolding,
and treatment to reduce  permeability  and
enhance  its containment capability.
Soils have effectively contained water  and
                              The  composition  and  the  relative
                         quantities  of  different  constituents  in
                         the  soil  solution are, generally,  "equi-
                         librium" values.   The soil  solution  is
                         simultaneously the cause and the  effect  of
                         a particular set of properties of the  soil
                         matrix.   As soon  as  the  soil  solution  is
                         changed  to  a foreign solution (waste-
                         leachate) the  soil   itself will tend  to
                         develop  new properties.   This  change  is
                         important since it requires  time  to  assess
                         the  performance of the soil  liner.
ADMIX LINERS

     A variety  of  admixed  or  formed-in-
place liners  have  been  used  for  the
impoundment  of  water.   They include  such
admixes  as  asphalt  concrete, soil   as-
phalt, and  soil  cement.

     Hydraulic  asphalt  concretes,  used as
liners for  hydraulic  structures  and waste
disposal  sites,  are  controlled  hot  mix-
tures of asphalt cement  and high  quality
mineral  aggregate, compacted  into  a
uniform,  dense mass.   They are similar to
highway paving  asphalt concrete but have a
higher percentage of  mineral fillers and a
higher percentage  (usually  6.5  -  9.5%) of
asphalt cement.

     The aggregate  can  also  be  a major
factor in the  performance of asphalt mixes
as  liners  for  confining   wastes.    The
aggregate  must  be  compatible  with  the
waste, e.g.  aggregate  containing  carbo-
nates  should be  avoided  if  wastes  are
acidic.

     Soil asphalt  is  a  mixture  of avail-
able  on-site  soil,  usually low  in  plas-
ticity,  and   liquid  asphalt.   A  silty,
gravelly  soil  with 10-25%  silty  fines is
the preferred  soil  type.  The permeability
of  soil  asphalt after  compaction  varies
with  the  percent compaction  and  the
percent asphalt.
                              Asphalt  has  been used  for  centuries
                         as  a water sealing  material.   More  recent
                         usage has  shown that asphalt materials  are
                         also resistant  to  acids,  bases,  inorganic
                         salts (to  a  30% concentration), and to
                         some organic  compounds found in industrial
                                          193

-------
               Table 1.  POTENTIAL  MATERIALS  FOR LINING WASTE STORAGE AND
             	DISPOSAL  FACILITIES	

             Soils and clays:
               - Compacted native fine  grain  soils
               - Bentonite, modified  bentonite, and other clay sealants

             Admix compositions or  hard surface compositions:
               - Paving asphalt concrete
               - Hydraulic asphalt  concrete
               - Soil asphalt
               - Concrete with bituminous  seals
               - Soil cement with bituminous  seals

             Sprayed-on liners:
               - Liquid rubbers,  e.g.  polyurethanes
               - Catalytically blown  asphalt  sprayed on soil
               - Emulsified asphalt sprayed on soil or on fabric matting
               - Asphalt seals

             Prefabricated asphalt  panels  and sheetings

             Soil sealants:
               - Chemical
               - Lime
               - Rubber and plastic latexes
               - Penetrating polymeric  emulsions

             Flexible polymeric sheetings:
               - Butyl rubber
               - Chlorosulfonated polyethylene (CSPE)
               - Chlorinated polyethylene  (CPE)
               - Elasticized polyolefin (ELPO)
               - Ethylene propylene rubber (EPDM)
               - Polychloroprene (neoprene)
               - Polyester elastomer
               - Polyethylene (LDPE and HOPE)
               - Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
             Chemisorptive  liners
wastes.   Asphalts are  generally  not
resistant to  organic  solvents  and chemi-
cals, particularly  hydrocarbons  in  which
they  are partially or  wholly  soluble.
Consequently, asphalts  are not  used as
liners  for  disposal  sites  containing
petroleum  derived  wastes  or petroleum
solvating compounds  such  as  oils,  fats,
aromatic  solvents,  or  hydrogen  halide
vapors.   Asphalt  does  show good resistance
to  inorganic chemicals  and low  permea-
bility to corrosive  gases such as  hydrogen
sulfide  and  sulfur dioxide.

     Soil  cement  is  a  compacted mixture of
Portland  cement,   water,   and   selected
in-place  soils.    The  result  is  a  low
strength  portland  cement concrete  with
greater mechanical  stability than natural
soil.    The permeability  of  this mixture
varies  with  the type  of  soil; a  more
granular  soil  produces  a  more   permeable
               To reduce  permeability  of
               coatings  such  as epoxy
              epoxy  coal-tar  have  been
soil  cement.
so i1  cement
asphalt  and
used.
SPRAYED-ON LININGS  AND SOIL SEALANTS

     Liners for disposal impoundments can
potentially be  formed  in  the field  by
spraying onto a prepared surface a liquid
which then solidifies to form  a continuous
membrane.    Such  liners  have  been  used  in
                                          194

-------
water  control  and  impoundment,  e.g.  for
canals, small  reservoirs, and ponds.   Most
of the experience with this  type of  liner
has  been  with  airblown  asphalt; however,
new  materials  such as  rubber  asphalt  are
becoming   available  and have been used  in
small  water  control   installations.
Sprayed-on   liners  are  seam-free,   but
preparing them pinhole-free  in the  field
sometime poses  serious  difficulties.

     The  permeability of some soils can be
significantly reduced  by the  application
of various chemicals or latexes.  They may
be  waterborne,  mixed  in  place,  spray
applied, or  injected  below the  soil
surface.   Water borne  or spray-on polymer
soil sealants  can reduce permeability  of
earth  lined  impoundments.   However,  the
sealing  effect is confined  to the  upper
few  centimeters and  can  be  significantly
diminished  by  the  effects   of  wet-dry
and/or  freeze-thaw cycles.
CHEMISORPTIVE  LINERS

     The use of chemical absorptive  liners
is  a  new and  promising concept  in the
lining of waste disposal facilities.  This
type  of  liner  functions  primarily  by
removing pollutants  from  the  liquid  waste
as  it  passes  through  the  liner  mass.
FLEXIBLE  POLYMERIC MEMBRANES

     Prefabricated  liners  based  upon
sheeting  of  polymeric materials are of
particular  interest  for  the  lining of
waste storage and  disposal  impoundments.
As  a group,  these  materials  exhibit
extremely low permeability.   They have
found substantial   use  in  water  impound-
ments in  reservoirs  and  are being used in
the  lining of  MSw  landfills  and various
waste impoundments.

     Liner technology  is  relatively new
and a wide variety  of liner materials are
being manufactured  and  marketed.    These
materials  vary   considerably  in  physical
and  chemical  properties,  methods of
installation,  costs  and interaction  with
various  wastes.    Not only are  various
polymers  used, but  also lining materials
of a  given polymer  type  can  vary due to
compounding,   construction,  and   manufac-
turing differences   among  the  producers.
     Polymers  used in the  manufacture  of
lining materials  are  listed  in Table  1.
They  include  rubbers and  plastics dif-
fering in  polarity,  chemical  resistance,
basic  composition,  etc.   They  can  be
classified  into  four types:

     - Crosslinked  or  vulcanized  polymers
       such as rubbers.

     - Thermoplastic polymers which do  not
       need to  be vulcanized,  such  as  CPE
       and  CSPE.

     - Thermoplastic  polymers  that  are
       unvulcanized  and   plasticized
       such as PVC.

     - Thermoplastics that have relatively
       high crystalline  content,  such  as
       the  polyolefins.

     All  of the  above  types,   except  the
partially crystalline  thermoplastics,  are
available with  fabric  reinforcement.   The
polymeric materials most frequently  used
in  liners  are  polyvinyl  chloride  (PVC),
chlorosulfonated  polyethylene  (CSPE),
chlorinated  polyethylene   (CPE),  butyl
rubber,  ethylene propylene  rubber  (EPDM),
neoprene,  high-density  polyethylene
(HOPE),  and  low-density   polyethylene
(LOPE).   The thickness  of  polymeric mem-
branes for  liners  ranges from  20 to  120
mils,  with  most  in the  20-60  mil  range.

     Most  of  the  lining  materials  are
based on individual polymers; however,
plastics  and rubber  technology has been
developing blends  or rubber-plastic
"alloys"  for improved  properties.   Con-
sequently,  generic classifications  are
based on  the  indvidual  polymer  that
predominates in  the compound.  Blending  of
polymers  introduces  the  necessity of  long
range  performance  specifications.

     Most of the membrane liners currently
manufactured  are based  on unvulcanized
or uncrosslinked polymeric compounds  which
are  thus  thermoplastic.   Even  if  the
polymer  in the  vulcanized form is more
chemically resistant,  such as  CPE  and
CSPE,  it  is generally supplied  unvul-
canized  because it is  easier  to obtain
reliable  seams  and to  make  repairs  in  the
field. Thermoplastic polymers  can  be heat
sealed or  can  be seamed with  solvent  or
bodied   solvent  (a  solvent  containing
                                          195

-------
dissolved  polymer to increase  the vis-
cosity  and  reduce the rate  of  evapora-
tion) .
EXHOSURE  OF LINING MATERIALS  IN
 MSW LANDFILL ENVIRONMENTS

     At present,  the data  covering  the
longest duration  of  exposure of materials
to  wastes  are for  lining  materials  in
contact with  MSW  leachate.   These  include
exposures  in  laboratory  and pilot-scale
simulators of  up to 56  months,  and  ex-
posures  in demonstration landfills  and
full-scale landfills of periods  up  to nine
years.   These data are summarized  and
discussed  in this section. Also discussed
in  this section  is  the  environment that
lining materials  encounter  in  MSW land-
fills, both as  liners on the  bottom of the
fill  to  prevent  pollution of the  ground-
water and as  covers  for  the fill  to
prevent entrance  of water.
ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE CONDITIONS
  OF LINING  A MSW LANDFILL

     In service,  the  liner  is  placed upon
a  prepared  surface  that  has  been sloped
slightly (1-2%  grade) for drainage.   The
amount  of  surface preparation  required
depends  on  the  specific type  of  liner
material  being  installed  and  on the soil
base on which the  liner  is to be placed.
Above the liner  is  a porous soil on which
refuse is compacted.   Leachate  generated
by water percolating through the  refuse is
intercepted  by  the  liner,  drained through
the  porous  soil,  and  collected for ul-
timate disposal in  a sanitary  sewer system
or  recycled  through the  landfill  to
hasten stabilization  of the fill.  Land-
fill  covers can  also be  considered  as
liners as the same materials  can  be used.
The  liner is usually  covered  with a soil
layer  and  is  designed  to  prevent  the
entrance  of water into  the  fill  which
increases  the generation of  leachate.

     Important conditions at the  bottom of
a  MSW  landfill   that  can  affect  the
properties  and the  service life of a  liner
are:

     1.  An  anaerobic   environment,
         i.e. with  no  free oxygen to  cause
         oxidation  of a   liner  material.
    2.  Absence  of  ultraviolet  light,
        which  normally  degrades  many
        organic materials,  e.g. polymers,
        asphalts,  etc.

    3.  Humid to wet  conditions, particu-
        larly  if leachate   is  being
        generated  regularly.    The pres-
        ence  of  moisture can  result  in
        swelling of  a  liner  and,  in the
        case   of   polymeric  membrane
        linens,  leaching  of  compounding
        ingredients.

    4.  Cool temperatures,  normally 40 to
        70°F.   Higher  temperatures might
        be  generated  within  a fill  if
        aerobic  decompositon  of  the
        refuse is taking place.

    5.  Moderate acidity from the leach-
        ate.

    6.  High  concentration  of  dissolved
        salts  and  ions  in the  leachate.
        Many  of  the  ions, depending  on
        their  concentrations,  can  ex-
        change with  a  clay in a soil and
        increase  the permeability  of a
        compacted liner.

    7.  Dissolved organic constituents in
        the  leachate.    Organic solvents
        and chemicals  can swell  and
        degrade  asphaltic  and  polymeric
        liners  and increase permeability
        of  some soils.

    8.  A  moderate  hydraulic  head pres-
        sure.   Drainage above  the  liner
        in  the field  should take place
        continually.

    9.  Localized strains in  the liner
        when  load   is  placed,   due  to
        irregularity  of the soil base.  A
        brittle or weak liner might crack
        and  fail  under  such conditions.
CHARACTERISTICS OF MSW LEACHATE

     From the  standpoint of  lining ma-
terials,  MSW leachate  is  a  relatively
dilute aqueous  solution  of  inorganic and
organic  species  that  can  be  aggressive to
a  liner  material.  The  inorganic  species
can  damage  many soil  liners,  such  as
causing  increases   in   permeability.
                                         196

-------
Except  for pH  extremes, the  inorganic
components  generally have little  effect on
polymeric  membranes  and  probably  asphalt
membranes.   On the other hand, the  organic
constitutents   can  cause   considerable
damage  even  at low levels to  asphaltic and
polymeric materials through dissolution or
swelling.   Certain  soils  can also  be
damaged  by  organics,  particularly  at
higher concentrations (Brown  et  al,
1981).

     Composition  of   leachate   can  vary
greatly from one landfill to another and
at given  landfills can  vary with time.
Generally,   the  concentrations of  various
constituents  in a  leachate go through
maxima,  and drop  to  low  values  after
several years.   The composition  of the
leachate at  near its maximum  concentration
in  the pilot-scale  simulator  in  the
project we  carried  out is given in Table
2.     Organic  content  is   indicated  by
volatile  solids  and volatile  acids;
dissolved   inorganics   by  the nonvolatile
solids  and  pH.
     TABLE  2.  ANALYSIS OF MSW  LEACHATE3
         GENERATED IN SIMULATORS
             Test
Value
 Total  solids, %

 Volatile solids, %

 Nonvolatile  solids, %
 3.31

 1.95

 1.36
 Chemical  oxygen demand (COD),  g/L    45.9

 pH                                 5.05

 Total  volatile acids (TVA),  g/L     24.33
 Organic acids, g/L
   Acetic  acid
   Propionic
   Isobutyric
   Butyric
11.25
 2.87
 0.81
 6.93
 aAt the end of the first year  of opera-
  tion when the first set of liner speci-
  mens were recovered and tested.
SIMULATOR  AND LABORATORY STUDIES

      In the course of the study of lining
materials  for MSW landfills,  approximately
65 materials were  subjected  to  at  least
one of 7 different exposure  tests.   These
materials  include 4  admix  materials, 2
asphaltic  membranes,  50 commercial  poly-
meric  membrane  liner materials,  and 9
miscellaneous  materials.   The  scope of
these  tests  is  presented  in  Table 3.

     The  results  of  the exposure tests of
the  liner   materials  are  discussed by
the type  of material  with emphasis on  the
long-term  effects.    The detailed  results
of the exposure  studies are  presented in
the  final  report  on  EPA project,  "Liner
Materials  Exposed to  Sanitary  Landfill
Leachate"(Haxo, et al, 1981).

     Four  admix materials  were tested as
primary liners  at  the bottom  of the
landfill  simulators  constructed  for   this
project.  They  were:

         -  Paving asphalt concrete
         -  Hydraulic asphalt concrete
         -  Soil  asphalt
         -  Soil  cement

     During  the  56 months of  exposure in
the  simulators,  none of the  admix liners
increased in permeability when measured on
cores  cut   from  the two-foot  diameter
specimens,  but  seepage  did occur in
several.   No seepage  occurred through  the
hydraulic  asphalt concrete.   The paving
asphalt concrete  specimen, that was
removed from exposure at 12 months,
seeped, but  the  second  specimen,  removed
at 56  months,  did not  seep as  shown in
Table 4.   The  soil asphalt specimen
removed from exposure at 12 months seeped
leachate  and the  second specimen,  removed
at  56 months,   seeped  a small  amount.

     Of the  two  soil  cement specimens,
only the  soil  cement removed at 56
months seeped and that was late during  the
exposure.

     All of the  asphalt  admixes  lost
considerably in unconfined  compressive
strength, as shown in Table 5, whereas the
soil   cement  retained approximately
60% of its  strength.  The soil cement is a
brittle material  which normally  shrinks
during cure and would probably crack when
used  over  large  areas  and, thus,  would
be  unsuitable  for lining  waste disposal
facilities.

    Two asphaltic membranes  were  exposed
as  primary liner  in  the simulators:
                                         197

-------
TABLE 3.  SCOPE AND DURATION OF LABORATORY AND LANDFILL  SIMULATED  EXPOSURE  TESTS
Type of exposure
Primary, in simulators
Buried, in simulators
Immersion, in tanks
Pouch test:
With leachate
With NaCl solution
Water absorption
(ASTM D570)
At room temperature
At 70°C
Number of
1 iners
6
4
2
31
9
28

14
12
11
11
Type of
liner or material
Polymeric membrane
Admix
Asphaltic membrane
Polymeric membrane
Miscellaneous materials
Polymeric membrane

Polymeric membrane
Polymeric membrane
Polymeric membrane
Polymeric membrane
Length of ex-
posure, months
12, 56
12, 56
12, 43, 56
12, 13, 43, 56
12, 43, 56
8, 19, 31

11-40
10-38
43
43
      TABLE 4.  AMOUNT OF LEACHATE SEEPAGE  THROUGH  ADMIX  LINER  SPECIMENS
                                   IN  SIMULATORS
Admix
Paving asphalt concrete
Hydraulic asphalt cement
Soil cement
Soil asphalt
Simulator dismantled
at 12 months
Amount collected, Kg
0-12 mo
1.23a
0
0
12. lb
Simul ator
at 56
Amount col
0-12 mo.
0
0
0
0
dismantled
months
lected, Kg
13-56 mo
0
0
0.233
1.42b
  Subsequent pressure test  snowed  only  one  leak.
  ^Subsequent pressure showed  several  leaks.
                                        198

-------
      TABLE 5.   UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF PRIMARY ADMIX LINER SPECIMENS,
                  BEFORE AND AFTER EXPOSURE TO WATER AND  TO  MSd LEACHATE
Exposure
Original strength, MPa
Water soak, 24 h at 60°C,
% retention
Exposure in simulators,
12 months, % retention
Exposure in simulators,
56 months, % retention
Paving
asphalt
concrete
19.34
80
Ib
9
Hydraul ic
asphalt
concrete
18.72
86
13
6
Soil
cement
13.17
69a
62
62
Soil
asphalt
8.40
15
1.2
20
    aAt room temperature.
     - Emulsified
       fabric.
aspahalt  on nonwoven
     ~ Catalytically-blown asphalt sprayed
       on soi1.

    The  asphaltic membranes did  not  seep
leachate during  the exposure,  nor  did
they  change  in  permeability.   The  cata-
lytically blown  asphalt, however,  absorbed
a considerable  amount of leachate and lost
ductility and became "cheesy".   This type
of material  absorbs  the  organic  constit-
uents of a waste stream which might cause
difficulty on  prolonged exposure.

     The six  polymeric membranes that were
exposed  as primary  liners in the  simu-
lators were:

     - Butyl  rubber.
     - Chlorinated polyethylene (CPE)
     - Chlorosulfonated polyethylene
        (CSPE)
     - Ethylene  propylene rubber (EPDM)
     - Low-density   polyethylene (LDPE)
     - Polyvinyl  chloride (PVC)

     During  the 56  months  of exposure
these materials  did  not seep any  leachate
and  changed  only  modestly in physical
properties  as shown   in Table 6.   The  CPE
and CSPE liners  did  swell and lose some of
their physical  strength, but both  retained
their integrity  as liners.

     Thirty-one  polymeric  membranes  were
buried  in  the  simulators  and underwent
similar  exposure  to the  primary  liner
specimens,  except that they were complete-
ly immersed  in the  leachate during  the
exposure.   The results of the exposure of
the buried  specimens  were essentially the
same  as those  of  the primary liners that
were  taken  from the  same lot of material.
Comparison of swelling  in MSW  leachate
of materials  as primary specimens, buried
specimens,  and  immersed   specimens  is
presented  in  Table  7.
                           FIELD  VERIFICATION OF LINER PERFORMANCE


                               Though  considerable   information  has
                           been  and  is  being  developed  in laboratory
                           and  pilot studies,  information  regarding
                           the  performance  of lining  materials  in
                           extended service  in MSW  landfills with
                           exposure  to  leachate  has  been  very  limit-
                           ed.    First,  the   lining  of  landfills,
                           particularly  with  flexible  polymeric
                           membranes,  is  relatively  new,  i.e. from
                           the  early 1970's.    Second,  effective  and
                           economic  methods  have  not been  developed
                           for  sampling  and  repairing  the holes  cut
                           in the  linings of landfills.

                               Several  lined  disposal  sites   which
                           were  being  closed became available for
                           sampling  of the liners that had been used.
                           These  sites  were  either  small  cells
                           made  in  demonstration  projects  or   full-
                           scale  sites  that  were  being closed
                           because  of  their  inadequate size.   These
                           sites  were:
                                          199

-------

<_>
>
cr: CL
0
t—

<
UJ
_l
R
LU
rv 1 1 1
^ Q-
OO 00
O c_>
0.
X
LU
00
^
1 —
z
o
s

LO LU
LO Q-
(_>
Q
Z
<
CM |
r-l 1
U.
0
OO • — 0)
cr: >> JD
LU -M J")
^E 3 ^3
i—. GO 1_
	 1
UJ
z
<;
cr:
CO
21 01
UJ J=
S Cl> •*->
&- C
(_> 30
t— i 01 E
ce o
111 Q. ••
Z X - UJ E
i .|—
O •*-*
Q_

fe
OO


t—
ct

o_
Q
fV
Q_

-y


h—
{j
UJ
U_
U_
UJ
v£>
1 1 1
_j
GO

C QJ
3 C
Q-Q •*
Q. V- O
§QJ -r-
Q g
(_)£•*->


O *»o
l_ C
CU QJ -r-
§;- §
^Li

Cft LT> oo no "s*-
O LO O • •
• • • r^ *J-
O no CNJ no no



§CNJ un . r-.
O Cft -no
O O t-n f)



O ^J- ^J- co m
tn un r*^ •
• • • —t co
O m tn ro CNJ




Cn CO O OO ^~
CNJ r^ en •
. . . no f*^
O CNJ no
»-H r-H





O ^" •— i uo «— i
^H 00 VJO • '
• • • r — un
O ^O r^.






• CNJ r*^ o 2O
. O no • •
• • • t-H Cft
CNJ CNJ f-M







°as °s













-J


^_^
f_l

un
Q
gO t— 1
QJ
•(— 4_>
4_> fO
ir. X
0> -C
a »
O CNJ t/l
S. ^— QJ
Q. r-
l/l ,Q
i — 
tJ -1— (J

*-» TJ U
>> ^- 4-»
— O X
*O >> UJ
<

CO O *i)
• ^H 0
r-s. i— i •— t
•— i



oo in o
• f— 1 CNJ
r—4



CNJ CO CO
• Cn Cn
O
r— |




«— i no O
• cr> CNJ
CNJ ^H
i-H






\O o r-
• CO CO
in
•— t






Cn r-* I-H
• Cn o
Cn <—*








O CNJ \JD


















 0 0
l_ en -^ -r-
CL 4-> 4->
QJ C C
— r- 0) QJ
 OJ QJ
r- c cr: oi
t/l QJ
>l »-
O-
>i
U -4->"O "O T3
OCO>-H uncnno vo^-un <;<:<: ocLotnco
co < — i CNJ •c-^.cn -noCO ^JDCNJ^- +-JQJ***
CNJr-ti-H n CO •— t VJDI+ UE'JO';J"rr)
T— t un fO 5) /\ /\
u_ o

-o -o -0
unor^. r-*.unun uDLOun ... 4_junocn
OOO 'Cno *uDno ... ^Qfo*..
un — i ^ /\ A A


QJ
^j) >
O^Ot-H CNJCOUO r^coCNj ==C 
CT3
O o »— i ^CNJ^H uncNjr*-. 


.
•*-> o
C "-
O QJ-O 4--
Oco^ r-*.r^o yDvor*^  o <— ' en i/>
•—icncn .r-*-co »CNjtjo rx.Lnr*-» __i. — ,_,.. na
^- en ^-r-i r-^..i oA'sOCNj, —
<3- r-4 OO A O_
•— t o
t E
QJ
jr
+-> -a
o>
QJ U
> T- O
'jo<*no r^o«-H uncNjno •>
i- U
u •*- w
1- C
>> jn o
i — fO T-
i — 4- ^
 QJ
•M •»"- it-
OCNJvO OCNJl^ OCNJ^O OCNJ\,O ••OCNJuO 1- p»~
•-nun •— im i-Hun t— iun ..r-i^n i^i,-T3
• • O- QJ
C QJ
II 'I- Wl

X QJ
O to >
QJ (/>
• ». 4-* C
 ~r— -t-J *
t>n -O E
TO c ~a 'Q
,-H i — ••- c a>
1 r> fQ co
E C O ce
o e QJ i*~
^ tn r- u ••» c O
^ +J 4-> QJ 1- •"—
c as JT QJ ^: QJ
X « -r- u +->.au"O
ej O *O «— E *O >r~
^ -- ^ a Q. i u 3 E ^
0 fO <_> QJ E C -*->
^ o_ s- i- a. c ^
 -^ *O
t_ «, ^ Qjwitn E . * -i- en c
J2 o — £•*->+-»  Q ^ i. •*-••- tnQj+-> ,^tn. — -i-
W»-»'Q*^4_>»»3OO 4-» Ol C (T3U
cc CNJCC cncc oao-jc^tnc .-i/i>a>
coo oocoo 4->o>,Qj r— - a.
Q .f- .f- ^ .,_ >r_ cu -^ -r- * * * ^71 en i_ en i_ 4- en
•r-4J-4-> T34_>4_> U+J-4-> 1/lOJOJ CC +-> t/»OO
4->cc cc -i-rcc toa^cn cuooi^ o -4-> c
T3QJQJ unQJQJ tnQjQj QJCC i_*-C i-(_)CL)1'~
O>-M +J t/>4->4-> -4-»4-» C *O *O -4-> 4-> •<— )V_ OT3CT>
CDQJ CUQJQJ l-CUQJ "O.C-C cn'O'a'O l_T3-i^
o^ai i-crrct: Tsct:^: i- <-J 'o UCQJ 11 +j i. *o
-— 4_> QJ 'O EO°-C CQJQJ
UJ OO 1— 3= ?9_jCOoO _JO>1-
a> x o < CQ
OO *O J3 U TD
200

-------
          TABLE 7. SPELLING3  OF  POLYMERIC MEMBRANES ON  EXPOSURE TO MSW LEACHATE
                                    Exposed in simulators, months
                             Liner      Primary           Buried
                             number
12
56
                              Immersion  in flowing
                                leachate, months
12
56
8
19
Measured  by percent volatiles  of  the exposed material.

DForty-three months in simulator.
30.5
Butyl rubber
Chlorinated polyethylene
Chlorosulfonated polyethylene

Ethyl ene propylene rubber
Polybutylene
Polyethylene
Polyvinyl chloride


7/44
12
3
6R
16/18
20/98
21
11
17
19
2.0
6.8
...
12.8
5.54

0.02
...
3.6

2.4
7.61

13.90
5.74

1.95

2.08

1.8
9.0
20.0
13.6
6.0
0.3
0.3
5.0
3.3
0.8
2.0
10.1
14.7
17.0
6.5
0.2

2.0
1.30b
0.5
1.4
7.9
18.6
12.1
2.9
-0.2
0
2.4
2.3
0.9
2.6
14.4
22.8
14.9
3.8
0.7
0.2
4.4
4.4
1.9
1.96
9.95
17.24
14.53
5.98
0.46
0.10
3.87
3.02
1.45
      -  A  demonstration  MSW  cell  in
        Crawford  County,  Ohio,  which  had
        been in  service  for six  years.

      -  A  sludge lagoon in the northeastern
        United States.

      -  The  Boone  County, Kentucky, field
        site of tne  EPA, which  had been
        operating  for  more than  nine
        years.

      -  Two  experimental  cells  wnich  had
        been  in  operation for four  years
        at Georgia Institute  of Technology.

      Samples of the liners  were  taken from
 each of  these  sites  and   submitted  to
 laboratory  tests  to  assess the  physical
 properties  and  compositions  of  the
 exposed samples.     However,  no  unexposed
 samples  were  retained for reference
 purposes to  determine  the retention in
 properties.   Observations  on  the  liners
 from each  of  the  sites   are  discussed
 below.

      The  Crawford   County, Ohio  demon-
 stration  landfill  was placed in  the  spring
        of  1971  and  lined with a 30 mil (0.76 mm)
        PVC sheeting.   It  had been  designed
        to  compare  conventionally-processed solid
        waste  with  a  shredded waste,  and  with  a
        rough compacted waste.  The  three types of
        refuse were placed in cells  lined wtth the
        PVC  membranes  that were  essentially large
        water-proof bags.

         The effect of water  content on consoli-
        dation  and decomposition  of  the  refuse
        was  to  be  determined  but  the  cells were
        flooded  with  water  in  a heavy rainfall
        just  before  the  cells were  to be  sealed.
        As  a consequence,  the refuse   in  all
        cells was flooded  and probably remained so
        from 1971  until they  were  opened  in
        May  1977.  A layer of clay had been  placed
        on  the  PVC  liner  and when the cells were
        opened and  the clay  tested, it was found
        to  have a  low permeability.   Thus,  it
        appears  that  none of the leachate   in the
        cell  had contacted the liner.

             The testing results  of  both the liner
        that  was at  the top  of the  cell under two
        feet  of clay and the  liner that was  at the
        bottom of  the  cell  are  reported  in Table
                                           201

-------
8.   The  liner beneath  the  refuse had
swollen  somewhat  and  softened.   There was
also an indication that the  liner  at the
top  had  lost some  plasticizer.   The
sheeting itself had sustained considerable
distortion  during  its exposure  due to
rough ground  or to the gravel  on which  it
was  placed.   In  spite of  the lack of  a
retained  sample  for  comparison,  it ap-
pears,  judging by the  test  values of tne
exosed  sheeting,  that  the  overall  proper-
ties,   including the seam strength,
probably  changed little  during the ex-
posure.

     A   disposal   facility  containing   a
brewery sludge and  lined  with  a 15 mil
(U.38 mm)  PVC  sheeting was  being  closed
after  having  been  in operation  for
6.5 years.    Both  weathered  and buried
samples  were  obtained  from  the  site.
Testing  indicated a broad range of effects
upon the  PVC liner,  i.e.  from complete
deterioration,  where  the  liner had  been
exposed  to  the  weather,  to  almost no
apparent  deterioration where the liner had
been under  either  soil  or  sludge.   No
retained  sample was available, however, to
use as  a control  for  assessing  changes.
Also,  it  is  not certain whether any  of the
sheeting  had been exposed to anaerobic
conditions.

     The  samples  taken from the under the
soil  or  sludge ranged  in volatiles content
from approximately 1%  to  more tnan 8%.
           TABLE 8. PROPERTIES OF 30  MIL  (0.76 mm) POLYVINYL  CHLORIDE LINER
           RECOVERED FROM A DEMONSTRATION LANDFILL IN CRAWFORD  COUNTY, OHIO
         Liner  number
         Exposure
Top
96
of fill
      97A
Bottom of  fill
         Analytical properties:
           Volatiles, (2 h at 105°C), %

           Specific gravity (dry basis)

           Ash  (dry basis), ASTM D297, %

           Extractables, (dry basis)
            ASTM  D3421, %

         Physical  properties:
     0.41

    1.260

     6.14


    34.10
                  1.33

                 1.265

                  6.01


                 34.43
Thickness, mm
Tensile strength, MPa
Elongation at break, %
S-100, MPa
S-200, MPa
Tear strength, kN m~l
Hardness, Durometer points
Puncture resistance, N
Elongation, mm
Seam strength (shear), kN m~l
Locus of failure3
0.76
18.1
350
8.8
12.3
65.1
70A
186
16.8
8.7
SE
0.71
17.3
340
7.8
11.7
59.9
72A
167
16.5
8.0
SE-BK
         aSE  =  Break at seam; BRK = break  in tab.
                                          202

-------
They also  ranged  in  extractables  from  29
to  36.7X,  indicating  that  PVC  sheeting,
even under a cover, can lose plasticizer.

     The sheeting  that had been exposed  to
the  weather was  taken  from  the berm
and  had  become  so brittle  that  it  frag-
mented  on  touch.   Analytical  and  physi-
cal  test  data of  samples  of three  of  the
recovered sheetings  are  presented   in
Table y.   It is quite apparent from these
data that  a  PVC liner must be covered  and
probably  should be  thicker  than 15 mils
(0.38 mm).

     The  closure   (Emcon,  1981)  of the
Boone  County Field Site  provided  an
opportunity to recover CSPE,  CPE, and LUPE
lining  materials  that  had  been   under
exposure to conditions  of  an MSW landfill
environment  for  more  than  nine years.
This site  had been operated  by  the  Solid
and  Hazardous i^aste  Research  Division  of
the EPA from  1971  through  1980  (Wigh  and
Brunner,  1981).

     Four  samples  of  sheetings,  three
chlorosulfonated   polyethylene   (CSPE)
and  one   low-density  polyethylene  (LDPE)
were  taken  from  Test  Cell 1  and  six
samples  of  the  chlorinated  polyethylene
(CPE)  liner  were  taken from  Test Cell
2-D;  four  of  the  latter were taken  from
the bottom of  the  cell  and  two  that  had
been  exposed to  weather  from above ground.
All  three liner  materials  were  unsup-
ported,  and all  samples, except  the  two
that  were  above  ground, were exposed  to
leachate.   No  retained samples of  the
original   materials  were  available,
nor were  any  test  data  available  on  the
specific  lots  of sheetings used  in  these
cells.   The  data  on  representative samples
are presented  in Table 10,  which includes
data on  LDPE, CSPE,  CPE taken   from  the
bottom  of the  cell  and CPE  taken from
      TABLE  9.   PROPERTIES OF 15 MIL (0.38  mm)  POLYVINYL CHLORIDE LINER SHEETING
               EXPOSED AT A SLUDGE LAGOON  IN  THE  NORTHEAST FOR 6.5 YEARS

                                      Covered  by soil or sludge    Exposed  to  weather
Analytical properties:
Volatiles, %
Ash (db), %
Specific gravity (db)
Extractables (db)a, %
Physical properties^:
Thickness, mm
Tensile at break, kN m~l
Elongation at break, %
S-100, kN m-1
S-200, kN m-1
Tear strength, Die C, N
Hardness, durometer points
8.15
4.35
1.31
29.0
0.38
7.53
225
6.08
7.34
30.1
86A
3.13
3.97
1.25
36.7
0.41
7.97
375
3.68
5.13
22.4
75A
8.46
5.83
1.32
25.8
0.41
6.75
175
6.21

30.5
81A
3.41


24.8
0.29
5.62
7




Extractions  performed with a 2:1 blend  of  carbon tetrachloride and methyl  alcohol.

^Tensile  and  tear values are averages of machine and transverse directions.
                                          203

-------
above  the  ground.    Test  results  on
all  of  the CSPE samples  were  very similar
and  are  averaged in the table.

     During  the  operation of  the cell, an
attenuated  leachate  contacted  the CSPE
sheeting.   The quantity that  permeated
through  the  soil  and  was collected
was  a  fraction  of one  percent of  the
amount  generated  in  the  cell.    The
quality  of this leachate was more  dilute
than the  leachate  that  was  collected
above the clay.  In other  words,  these
CSPE  samples  were in  contact  with  a
dilute  leachate for  approximately  nine
years.

     The  CSPE  liner samples  showed  a
substantial   absorption  of  the  dilute
leachate,  ranging in swelling from  23.9  to
28.4%.  For  the sample  that  had  a  28.4%
volatiles  content, this is equivalent  to  a
39% increase in weight or  an  increase  of
57% in  volume  based  upon  the original
composition.
        TABLE  10.  EFFECTS ON CHLORUSULFONATED POLYETHYLENE, LOW-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
              AND CHLORINATED POLYETHYLENE SHEETINGS OF tXPOSURE  IN MSW CELLS
                         AT BOONE  COUNTY FIELD SITE FOR 9  YEARS
Property
Analytical properties:
Volatilesd, %
Ash (db)e, %
Specific gravity (db)
Extractables (db), %
Physical properties:
Thickness, as received, mm
Thickness, after drying, mm
Tensile at yield, kN m~l
Breaking factor, kN m~l
Elongation at break, %""
S-lOO, kN m-1
S-200, kN m-1
Tear strength, N
Hardness, Durometer points
Puncture strength
Stress, N
Elongation, mm
In
CSPEa>b
Below cl ay
layer

26.5
22.4
1.446
3.27

1.11
l.lbf
. . .
9.21
325
3.36
5.67
29.2
57A

153
22.6
Cell 1
LDPEC
In contact
witn cement


0.15

1.10

0.18
0.17
1.73
1.86
285
1.68
1.69
12.8


31.0
y.4
In Cell
CPEa
Under
waste

18.8
13.36
1.372
4.81

1.05
1.00f

49.8
280
4.71
6.96
32.8
67A

164
19.8
2-D
CPEa
Above
ground

6.63
13.21
1.34
4.42

0.86
0.85

64.3
305
6.51
8.60
32.3
71A

208
17.3
aNominal thickness of  sheeting = 30 mils  (0.76 mm).
bAverages of the  results on three samples  of the CSPE liner;  all  three were taken from
 below the clay layer  and had been in contact with full-strength  leachate.

cNominal thickness of  sheeting = 6 mils  (0.13 mm).

dVolatiles equals the  accumulated weight  loss on drying for seven days in  air at room
 temperature, six days  in oven at 50°C,  and two hours in air  oven at  105°C.

eDry basis.

fSpecimens shrank and  became thicker.
                                         204

-------
     The LDPE  film was clear  after the
surface  stain was  removed  by washing.
and  appeared  to  be  unaffected  by the
exposure to  the  MSW  leachate during the
nine years of  exposure. The  sample  which
was  in direct  contact  with  the  full-
strength leachate  showed  little  swelling
and  its properties appeared to be  normal
for  a  LUPE of 6-7  mils  (0.15-0.17 mm)
thickness.

     The samples   of  CPE  lining  material
taken  from the bottom  of the  cell had
been in direct contact  with  the  leachate
generated  in  Cell  2-D  and  were  stiff
and  leathery.   They showed a  significant
absorption  of the  leachate,  ranging
in  volatiles  content from 16.7 to  18.8%.

     The volatiles  content  of  18.8% is
equivalent  to an  increase of  23% in
weight  based upon  the  original,  or an
increase  of  31.7% on the volume basis.
The data on the volatiles  and the data on
the  devo1 ati1ized   samples  indicate
that  two  different  compositions  were
involved.   The A and C samples  are one
composition  and  the  8   sample  another
composition.   The  two  B samples  have
somewhat  less  ash content,  lower vola-
tiles,  and  lower  extractables.   Differen-
ces  also  occur  in the  results  of the
physical property tests.

     In spite  of  the  significant  swell of
the  CPE sample that  had been exposed to
the full-strength  leachate, the  properties
of  the  swollen CPE were reasonably  good.

     Compared  with the  samples  that had
been  exposed  to  the leachate  in the
cell,  the  weathered materials are sig-
nificantly higner in tensile  strength,
moduli, and  puncture resistance (Table
10).   The  lower  values  for the leach-
ate-exposed  CPE  probably  reflect  the
swelling by leachate;  however,  crosslink-
ing during  exposure may  contribute to the
higher  values  of  the  weathered  samples.

     The pilot scale  landfill  cells at
Georgia  Institute  of  Technology  were
constructed and put into  operation  as  part
of  a research  investigation to study the
effect  of  leachate  recycling  upon the
consolidation  and  stabilization  of  muni-
cipal  solid waste.    The  cells consisted
of  two  adjoining   structures,  each with  a
3x3 meter base and 5.2  meters  in  height.
They were  built  of  concrete  and  fully
   lined  with an unsuppported  CSPE  membrane.
   One cell  was left  open  at  the  top  and the
   other  sealed.   Two  drain  systems were
   incorporated  in  the bottom of each cell,
   one in  the  gravel  layer above  the liner
   and one  in  the  gravel   layer  between  the
   liner  and  the concrete base.  Shredded MSW
   was added  to the cells  and  compacted to a
   density of  319 kg m~3.   The open cell
   had 2.75  meters of  waste   and the  closed
   cell  2.6 meters of  compacted  waste.
   In both  cases  another layer  of  gravel
   with  the leachate  distribution system was
   above  the compacted waste.   Two feet  of
   soil  were then  added  to cover  the cell.
   The amount of rainfall  reaching the open
   cell   was  monitored   and   an  equivalent
   amount  of water was  added  to the  closed
   cell.

        At  the  conclusion  of  the  study after
   four  years  of  operation,  the cells were
   emptied  and  the  liners recovered.  Because
   the linprs in the two  cells  were  exposed
   to a  variety of  conditions  within  the
   cells,  the  effects of  this variation  in
   location of  a liner within  a site on liner
   performance  could  be measured.   The liner
   in the  cell that  was  open  at the  top
   encountered  normal  weather  conditions and
   sunlight,  as  well  as differences  in
   exposures  between  the  waste and the soil
   cover.   The  liner in  the  sealed cell
   encountered  the moist  air  in  the cell
   above  the  soil,  the  soil,  and  the  refuse.
        The  data on the  different  exposures
   are presented in Table  11.    In  particu-
   lar, they show  the greater  absorption of
   leachate  and moisture  by  liners in the
   soil and  in  the  waste.  They also show the
   difference  between  the liner that was on
   the north wall  facing  the  south and the
   sheeting  on   the south wall  facing north.
   The sheeting  on  the north wall  yielded the
   maximum   increase  in  modulus and  in
   cure.  The  sheeting that  was below the
   waste appeared  to  lose  in  ash, perhaps
   due to solubi1ization  by  the leachate.
   LINERS IN  HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE
     AND DISPOSAL FACILITIES

        The  service conditions encountered by
   a liner  in  a  hazardous  waste  impoundment
   contrast  greatly with those encountered by
   a liner  in a landfill. In the latter case,
   the  usual  environment  of a liner is
205

-------
     TABLE  11.   EXPOSURE  OF UNSUPPORTED CSPE LINER IN PILOT SCALE MSW LANDFILL CELLS
                          AT GEORGIA INSITIUTE OF TECHNOLOGY3
Cell
Compass orientation
Level in cell
Thickness, mm
Analytical properties:
Volatiles, %
Extractables, %
Ash (db), %

N
Above
soil
0.74
3.62
41.9
Open
SE
Above
soil
0.74
9.01
1.50
39.9
Cell
N
In
soil
0.81
13.8
40.3
Closed cell
SW
Below
waste
1.34
23.7
36.6
SW
Above
soil
0.84
2.3
2.00
40.6
N
In
soil
0.87
19.0
40.7
E
Below
waste
0.99
26.5
37!8
 Physical  properties^3:
   Tensile at  break,  MPa        16.4    15.1    12.0     9.2       12.2    lO.Q    10.0
   Elongation  at  break, %        360     350     545     485        570     545     485
   Set after break, %            95      72     227     170        206     206     154
   S-100,  MPa                    4.5     4.2     2.8     2.2        2.9     1.9     2.3
   S-200,  MPa                    6.4     5.1     3.5     2.9        3.5     2.6     3.1
   Tear resistance, kN rn'1      35.0    24.5    32.7    26.4       37.3    27.9    24.1

   Puncture resistance:
     Thickness, mm              0.77    0.56    0.88    1.02       0.83    0.92    1.05
     Stress, N                  164     124     149     179        145     162     183
     Elongation,  cm             2.24    1.30    3.38    4.09       2.84    4.37    4.34
   Hardness, durometer
     points                     76A     78A     b4A     56A        75A     60A     51A
Seam strength:
Shear
Peel,
, kN m-1
average , kN m-1
6
2
.04
.92
6
2
.22
.28
5
2
.25
.10
7
2
.09
.31
6.01
2.38
3.89
2.42C
 aPohland et al.,  1979
 DTensile and tear values  are  averages of machine and transverse directions.
 cValue reported is the  maximum  stress.  Seam failed after initial maximum.
anaerooic,  cool,  dark, and  continually
moist (Haxo, 1976).  Also,  the waste  fluid
or leachate, though  varying from  landfill
to landfill  and even  within  a  landfill,
will  not be  as  widely varying  or  as  highly
concentrated in pollutants  or  in  constitu-
ents  that  are aggressive to  liner ma-
terials,  as  that  encountered  in  a  waste
disposal  facility  that  contains  industri-
al, hazardous,  and  toxic wastes.

     Some of  the  conditions that are
encountered  by liners  in  hazardous  waste
impoundments include:
     - Exposure  to  a vast
       ferent materials  in
       or under soil cover.
array  of  dif-
direct contact
- Exposure to weather,  e.g.  sunlight,
  rain,   wind,  ozone,   and  heat.

- wave  action of  the fluid in the
  pond.

- Intermittent exposure to both  waste
  fluids and weather.

- Low and high temperatures.

- Burrowing  and  hoofed animals.

- -Ground movement.

- Irregularity of the  soil beneath  a
  liner.

- Changing temperatures.
                                           206

-------
     These  conditions  were  recognized  in
the laboratory and in  pilot-scale research
that we  have  been  conducting  since  1975
(Haxo,  1981;  Haxo et  al,  1982)  on the
durability of liner materials to hazardous
and toxic sludges.  Our basic approach  in
conducting  the  liner  research  was  to
expose  specimens  of  various commercial
lining  materials  under conditions  that
simulated  real  service.   We  used  actual
wastes,  measured  seepage  through the
specimens,  and  measured  the effects  of
exposure by  following  changes in important
physical  properties   of  the respective
lining  materials.   Six types of wastes
were used:  acidic  waste, caustic  waste,  a
lead waste  from  the petroleum industry,  a
pesticide  waste,  an  aromatic  oily  waste,
and a naphthenic oily  waste.

     The specific  types  of materials,
with  their respective  thicknesses,
selected for the  primary exposure  testing
were :

     Admixes:
        Hydraulic  asphalt  concrete
        (2.5 in.)

        Modified  bentonite  and  sand
        (5.0 in.)

        Soil  cement,  with  and  with-
        out  surface seal (4.0 in.)

     So i 1:
                                               Neoprene,
                                               (32 mils)
                    fabr i c   rei nforced
   Compacted   native   fine-grain
   soil  (12.0 in.)

Sprayed-on:
   Emulsified  asphalt on  a non-
   woven fabric  (0.3  in.)

Polymeric membranes:
   Butyl  rubber, fabric reinforced
   (34 mils)

   Chlorinated polyethylene  (32
   mils)

   Chlorosulfonated  polyethylene,
   fabric  reinforced  (34  mils)

   Elasticized  polyolefin   (20
   mils)

   Ethylene  propylene  rubber  (50
   mil s)
                                               Polyester elastomer,
                                               mental  (8 mils)
                                exper i -
        Polyvinyl   chloride  (30 mils).

     All  lining  materials  were  subjected
to two  types of exposure  testing:

     -  Bench   screening  tests  in  which
       small  specimens  were  immersed  in
       wastes  for  up to  three  months.

     -  One-side  exposure  to  wastes  in
       primary exposure  cells  for  up  to
       three years.

      In  addition  to these two  types  of
tests,  selected  polymeric  membranes  were
subjected  to  the  following  additional
tests which  simulate  different aspects  of
actual  field service:

     -  Immersion in  wastes  up  to  2.25
       years.

     -  Roof exposure on rack.

     -  Outdoor exposure of small  membrane
       lined  tubs   containing  wastes.

     -  Water absorption.

     -  Membrane  pouches containing wastes
       and  placed   in deionized water.

     The  exposure  cells  for  the  primary
specimens allowed  one-side  exposure
of liner  specimens  of one square foot area
(926 cm2)  under a one foot  (30.5 cm)
depth of waste.    Each  membrane  specimen
was  prepared  with  a centered  field-type
seam made  according to  the recommended
practice  of the respective  supplier of the
membrane.   Two primary specimens  of each
liner material  were placed in  separate
cells which  were loaded  with  portions  of
the  same waste.   Two  sets  of  cells were
placed  in exposure.   Cells  were dismantled
at  two times  and   the  specimens  were
recovered,  analyzed, and  their  physical
properties measured.

     Concurrent with  the exposure of the
primary liners in the  bases  of the
cells,  supplemental polymeric membrane
liner specimens  were hung  in  the wastes.
                                    207

-------
The effects of exposure were determined by
measuring  the  increase  in  weight,  ana-
lyzing  the exposed  specimens,  and measur-
ing selected  physical properties.
Results  of  Testing of the Primary  Liners

     Results  of  the  exposure of  liner
samples  to  the  various  wastes  for  up
to 45 months were reported  at the last
Symposium  (Haxo, 1981)  and  will be re-
ported   in  detail  in  the final  report  on
the project  now  under  preparation  (Haxo,
et al,  1982).

     The results varied  greatly from
liner  to  liner  and  from waste to  waste.
All of  the membrane  specimens  absorbed
waste liquids,  primarily  water  and,  in
the  case  of  the lead  waste, some low
molecular  weight  hydrocarbons.   The
pesticide  waste  had  a low  ion  concen-
tration  which resulted  in  high absorption
of water.  The lead  waste contained  minor
amounts   of  oily  constituents  which were
absorbed by the  neoprene.   The two  liners
that absorbed the  least amount of  volatile
materials were the elasticized polyolefin
and the  polyvinyl chloride membranes.  The
neoprene,  chlorinated  polyethylene and
chlorosulfonated   polyethylene  membranes
absorbed  the most  and  sustained the
greatest changes  in properties.

     The retention of ultimate elongation
of the  membrane  liners  is an important
factor   in  durability  of  this   type  of
liner.   The  loss of  elongation  by the
polyester  elastomer  in  the  nitric acid
waste  was  almost  complete.   The  other
lining   materials  retained  most  of  their
respective   elongations.    Other  than the
polyester  elastomer,  the CSPE showed the
greatest  loss,  retaining  68% of its
original elongation.

     Though varying with the waste stream,
the soil and clay liners under the various
wastes   are  seeping  liquids at rates that
are  close to those predicted by the
permeability tests of  cores  of   an  unex-
posed soil  liner  specimen.   However, the
seepages  now  show  variation in   their
composition.

     In  the beginning  of  the exposure,
the composition  of the liquid that  seeped
through the liner  reflected the  compo-
sition of  the pore water  in  the liner,
which  contained much salt because  the soil
had been  taken from dry dredgings  from the
San Pablo  Bay.   The  liquids  currently
seeping  through  the liner  are  showing   a
lower  solids  concentration  and  electrical
conductivity.

     The  asphaltic  liner  that  had been
placed under  the  lead waste  deteriorated
badly  because  of  a small concentration of
oil in the  waste.

     Results of the immersion tests  for up
to 27  months  of exposure were  reported at
the 1981  Symposium (Haxo,  1981).   They
show the  great variation in  the  amount of
waste that  is absorbed  by different
polymeric  membranes  in the  various  wastes
and the  need  to determine  the compati-
bility of  a  given  liner material with
a given waste.
Outdoor Exposure  of Small  Lined Tubs

     A  second  polyolefin  liner  on ex-
posure  in  a tub that  contained an oily
waste failed  at 43 months.  As  in the case
of the  first elasticized  polyolefin  liner
that failed,  the  second liner  also  failed
by cracking at  the folds  of the sheeting.
Test  specimens were  cut  from different
areas of the  exposed liner:

     - North  side  at top of tub.

     - North  side  at waste-air
       interface.

     - Under  waste at  bottom of
       tub.

     - South  side  of tub at waste-
       air  interface

     The  results  of the  testing are
presented in Table 12.  They show a great
variation  in the  effect  of  the exposure,
the  worst  being on  the north  side  at  the
waste-air  interface where  the  losses  in
tensile,  tear,  and modulus  are  large.

     The liner  that  was not exposed to the
waste,  however,  retained  its  properties
during  the 43 months of exposures.   These
results  again  indicate the  importance  of
location within  a  waste facility  as  it
affects the liner  material.
                                          208

-------
The  Effects  of Low  Concentrations of
  Organic  Constituents in Wastes

     The  ability  of organic  lining ma-
terials,  such  as  aspnaltic  and  polymeric
membrane - Hfiers,  to  absoro  dissolved
organic  constituents  of  an  aqueous
waste,  even  from dilute  solutions, can
have  a  highly  significant  effect upon
liners  on  long  exposures.   This was
ooserved in  the case of the  asphalt con-
crete liner  below the  lead waste which
contained  a very low concentration  of oily
material.   An  experiment  was,  therefore,
performed to  demonstrate  the effect of
minor amounts  of an  organic chemical upon
polymeric membrane  liners.   Liner ma-
terials  were imersed in a saturated
aqueous solution of tributyl phosphate
which contained  only  0.1%  of  tributyl
phosphate.   The results  tor  a  group of
selected memoranes  after  17.2 months  of
             immersion are shown  in  Table 13.  The data
             show a  great  range  in  the  weight  gain  of
             the various materials and the correspond-
             ing effects  upon  properties.   The weight
             gains ranged  from 0.56%  for high-density
             polyethylene to 107% for  a thermoplastic
             CPE.    The effect  of crosslinking  in
             reducing swelling  is shown  by  the cross-
             linked  CPE which gained considerably less
             in weight.

                  It  is  recognized  that  the  tributyl
             phosphate can be used as a plasticizer for
             a  variety  of materials,   such  as  PVC.
             Consequently, it will swell  liners of such
             polymers,  but not  swell  a butyl ruboer
             sheeting,  which  is less   polar  and  is
             crosslinked.  On the  other hand,  other
             organic chemicals  with  different  solu-
             bility  parameters will  affect  the  poly-
             meric liners differently.
       TABLE  1Z.  EXPOSURE3 OF ELASTICIZEU POLYOLEFIN AS  LINER OF SMALL TUB
                             CONTAINING AN OILY WASTE
                           Variation  in Location in Tub
Property
Analytical properties:
Volatiles, %
Extractables, %
Properties of
unexposed
1 iner
0.15
5.50
Properties or percent retention of
properties at various locations in tub
(b)
1.65
7.54
(cj
6.2
32.7
(d)
8.6
20.7
(e)
8.4
23.0
  Physical  properties:
    Thickness
    Tensile  at break
    Elongation at break

    Tensile  set
    S-100
    S-200
    Tear strength
0.58 mm

18.1 MPa

 665 %

 465 %

6.36 MPa

7.02 MPa

6.63 kN m-1
98

84

80

92

97

95

94
112

 29

 63

 62

 49

 47

 41
107

 48

 89

 80

 63

 61

 56
112

 37

 83

 76

 59

 56

 48
Puncture resistance:
Stress
Elongation

118 N
2.46 mm

119
144

71
132

68
118

69
116
  aForty-three months on laboratory  roof  in Oakland, CA.
  ^North side at top of tub.

  cNorth side at waste-air interface.
  ^Under waste at bottom of tub.

  eSouth side of tub at waste-air  interface.
                                          209

-------
    TABLE  13.    EFFECTS  OF EXPOSURE ON SELECTED POLYMERIC MEMBRANE  LINERS  IN WATER
   CONTAINING  A LOW  CONCENTRATION OF UISSOLVED ORGAiUL CHEMICALS3 FOR  17.2 MONTHS
Polymer
Type of
compound13
Butyl
XL
Liner number
Initial
thickness, mm
1
44
.60

0
CPE
TP
77
.76
CPE
XL
100
0.91
CSPE
TP

0
55
.84

0
PVC
TP
59
.84
HOPE
CX
105
0.81
Analytical  properties:
  Weight gain,  %                       21.9    107.2

Physical properties0:
  Final  thickness,  mm                   1.63     1.22

  Tensile strength,  %  retention          107       10

  Elongation at break,  %  retention       115      155

  Stress at 100% elongation,
    % retention                          74        6      46

  Tear resistance,  % retention           ...       14      29

  Hardness  change,  durometer  points      -2A     -60A    -20A
          34.4


          1.04

            63

            79
31.6


0.96

  48

  79


  80

  39

-14A
 46.2


0.92

  31

  89


  28

  23

-33A
"0.1% Tributyl  phosphate  in  deionized water.
'DTP=thermoplastic,  XL=crosslinked, CX=partially crystalline thermoplastic.
C0ata for tensile,  elongation,  S-100, and tear are the averages of measurements
 made in both machine  and  transverse directions.
0.56


0.80

  88

 101


  92

  81

 -1A
Puncture test:

Stress, % retention
Elongation, 5
I retention

73
126

20
127

85
125

112
131

48
133

101
107
REFERENCES

Brown, K. W., and D.  C.  Anderson.   Organic
     Leachate Effects on  the  Permeability
     of  Clay  Soil.   U.  S.  Environmental
     Protection  Agency,   Cincinnati,  OH.
     In press.

Emcon,  Inc.,  1981.   Field Assessment  of
     Site  Closure -  Boone  County, Ken-
     tucky.   Solid  &  Hazardous  Waste
     Research Division,  U.  S.  Environ-
     mental Protection Agency, Cincinnati,
     OH.  In preparation.

Fong,  M.  A.,  and  H.  E.  Haxo, Jr.,  1981.
     Assessment of  Liner  Materials for
     Municipal Solid  Waste Landfills.  In:
     Land Disposal: Municipal  Solid Waste.
     Proceedings  of  the  Seventh Annual
     Research  Symposium.    EPA  600/9-81-
     002a.  U. S. Environmental  Protection
     Agency,  Cincinnati, OH.   pp  138-162.
Haxo,  H.  E.  1981. Durability of  Liner
     Materials  for  Hazardous  Waste  Dis-
     posal  Facilities.   In:  Land Disposal:
     Hazardous Wastes.   Proceedings of the
     Seventh  Annual   Research  Symposium.
     EPA 600/9-81-002b.   U.  S.  Environ-
     mental  Protection  Agency,  Cincinnati,
     OH.  pp.  140-156.
Haxo, H.  E.,  et  al.   1982.  Final Report
     on  EPA  Contract 68-03-2173.   Liner
     Materials  Exposed  to  Hazardous   and
     Toxic  Wastes.    In  preparation.


Haxo, H.  E., R. M. White,  P. D.  Haxo,  and
     M. A. Fong.   1981.   Liner  Materials
     Exposed  to  Municipal  Solid  Waste
     Leachate  -  Final Report.   U.  S.
     Environmental  Protection  Agency,
     Cincinnati,   OH.    In  preparation.
                                          210

-------
Jones, R.  C.   1973.  Comparing  Conven-
     tionally  Landfilled  Solid  Wastes
     with  Processed  Landfilled  Solid
     Wastes.  Final Report.   Demonstration
     Grant  1-606-EC 00297,  Office  of Solid
     Waste Management  Programs,  U.  S.
     Environmental  Protection  Agency,
     Washington,  DC.   NTIS  No.  PB 81-166-
     365.

Matrecon,  Inc.   1980.  Lining of  Waste
     Impoundment  and  Disposal  Facilities.
     SW-870.    U.  S. Environmental Pro-
     tection  Agency,  Washington,  DC.
     NTIS   No. PB 81-166-365.

Pohland, F. G., D. E. Shank, R.  E. Benson,
     and  H. H.  Timmerman.   1979.   Pilot
     Scale  Investigations   of  Accelerated
     Landfill  Stabilization with  Leachate
     Recycle.   In:  Municipal  Solid  Waste:
     Land   Disposal.   Procedings of  the
     Fifth  Annual Research Symposium.  EPA
     600/9-79-023a.   U.  S.  Environmental
     Protection  Agency,   Cincinnati,  OH.
     pp 283-295.
Wigh,  R.  J., and D.  R.  Brunner.  1981.
     Summary  of  Landfill Research  -- Boone
     County  Field  Site.   In:  Land Dis-
     posal :Mimicipal  Solid  Waste.  Pro-
     ceedings  of  the  Seventh   Annual
     Research  Symposium,  EPA  600/9-81-
     022a.  U. S. Environmental  Protection
     Agency,  Cincinnati, OH.  pp  209-242.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     The work reported  in  this  paper
was performed  under Contracts  68-03-2134,
"Evaluation  of Liner  Materials Exposed to
Leachate",  68-03-2173,  "Evaluation  of
Liner  Materials  Exposed to Hazardous and
Toxic  Wastes",  and  68-03-2824,  "Field
Verification  of  Liners",  with  the  Muni-
cipal  Environmental Research Laboratory of
the  Environmental   Protection   Agency,
Cincinnatti, Ohio.

     The  author  wishes  to  thank Robert E.
Landreth, Project Officer,  for  his  support
and guidance in these projects.
                                         211

-------
                     LANDFILLING OF SLUDGES CONTAINING
                             METAL HYDROXIDES
                               Hang-Tan  Phung
                               Davi d E.  Ross
                               SCS Engineers
                       Long Beach, California  90807
                             Philip S.  Pagoria
                             Stephen  P.  Shelton
                        University  of South  Carolina
                      Columbia, South Carolina  29208
                                  ABSTRACT


     The potential  use of three chemical  liners (fly ash, limestone, and
hydrous oxides of iron) in retaining heavy metals leached from metal hy-
droxide sludges was assessed in a 4-year  field study.  Seven test cells
were constructed within a secure landfill  site.  The sludges were deposited
over the chemical liners in the cells,  and were covered with a suitable
layer of native soil,  simulating actual  landfill  practice.  Leachate was
withdrawn through a 10-cm PVC pipe which  extended into the bottom of the
eel 1 .

     Large concentrations of Fe were released from the control cell and
cells lined with fly ash, and hydrous oxides of iron.  More Mn was  released
from the iron oxide cells than from the other cells.  There was no  correla-
tion between metal  concentration and the  quantity of leachate generated in
each eel 1 .

     Concentrations of the trace metals measured in the leachates were  rel-
atively high and fluctuated greatly the first 6 to 12 months, regardless of
the chemical liner used.  Overall, no significant migration of Cu, -Cd,  Pb,
Ni,  and Zn was apparent in any of the cells.

     Although the concentrations of various heavy metals declined with
time, preliminary data indicate significant variations among the perfor-
mances of the chemical liners tested.  To date, the data are inconclusive
regarding the reliability of the chemical  liners for use in landfills ac-
cepting metal hydroxide sludges.
INTRODUCTION

     The metal finishing industry      streams containing acids, cyanides,
generates a variety of wastewater      hexavalent chromium, and other heavy


                                     212

-------
metals.  These wastewater streams
are generally treated separately to
remove or render inactive hazardous
constituents.  The resulting sludge
contains about 85% (dry weight
basis) metal hydroxides and has a pH
of 7-9.5.   Several  relatively new
technologies (e.g., chemical fixa-
tion, encapsulation, metal  recovery)
have been proposed for electroplat-
ing sludges, but none is  suffi-
ciently developed to be used on a
wide scale.  Another approach with
more immediate promise is to bury
the sludge  in a segregated  and se-
cure landfill.

     Since  the metal  sludges have a
high potential for recovery in fu-
ture years, it is necessary to
demonstrate, through field  investi-
gations, an environmentally accept-
able, cost-effective disposal
method.  Under contract to  the U.S.
Environmental Protection  Agency, SCS
Engineers started a field demonstra-
tion project in October 1978.  The
objectives  of the study are to:

     o  Determine the effectiveness
        of  using various  inexpensive
        or  waste materials  to line
        disposal  sites for metal  hy-
        d rox i de sludges.

     o  Prepare a conceptual design
        (including cost estimates)
        of  a full-scale disposal
        site using such liners.
        Petermi ne
        retrieval
        metals in
        sludges.
the fea si bi1i ty of
or recovery  of the
landfilled
     This paper reports the study
period of October 1979 to July 1981.
The project will  be completed in
March 1983.
LITERATURE REVIEW

     A literature review was conduc-
ted on the state-of-the-art technol-
ogy relative to use of chemical  lin-
ers for reducing leaching, or re-
tarding migration of contaminants
from landfills  receiving metal
                     hydroxide sludges.  Various tyes of
                     chemical liners were reviewed, in-
                     cluding clay, lime/limestone, hy-
                     drous oxides of iron, fly ash, acti-
                     vated carbon, activated alumina,
                     zeolite, and flue gas desulfuriza-
                     tion (FGD) sludges.  As a result,
                     limestone, fly ash, and hydrous
                     oxides of iron were chosen for field
                     evaluation.  All  have a high poten-
                     tial for metal  removal , but none
                     have been proven  under rigorously
                     controlled field  conditions.  The
                     other liner materials have either
                     been extensively  studied and docu-
                     mented (e.g., clay) or are not con-
                     sidered to be viable for large-scale
                     applications.  Research on the three
                     chemical liners selected represents
                     a far more important and valuable
                     advance in the state-of-the-art than
                     any of the other  materials which
                     might have been selected.
MATERIALS AND METHODS

Study Site

     The study site is situated
within the NU quadrant of SCA Servi-
ces, Inc., a secure landfill located
near Rimini, in Sumter County, South
Carolina.  The secure landfill is
situated in an open-pit opal clay-
stone mining operation.

     The area generally has a mild,
humid climate; normal temperatures
range from the low 90s in the summer
to the 30s in the winter months.
Average annual precipitation is just
under 119 cm (47 in.), fairly evenly
distributed throughout the year,  but
heavier in summer and lighter in  the
fall.  Average annual potential
evapotranspiration ranges from 91 to
99 cm (36 to 39 in.).

     Data available at SCA Services,
Inc. show the occurrence of two
water-bearing zones,  a shallow water
table aquifer contained within the
overburden, and the confined Tusca-
loosa formation aquifer which lies
below the Black Mingo formation
(Figure 1).  Mining of the opal
claystone requires the complete
removal  of the overburden, leaving
                                    213

-------
PERIOD



>UA TERNARY





K
TERTIA




D
O
a
<
c
o:
u
I
u
UJ
K

ISTOCENE
UJ
n!




at
UJ
u
%




(/)
ft "J
It
=> UJ
£
u











B M FORMAT








FORMATION

ALLUVIAL DEPOSITS
=!ED CLAYEY SAND
UNCONFORMABLE
UNO I FFERENT I ATED
ALLUVIAL DEPOSITS
• UNCONFORMABLE 	
/ARIEGATED CLAY
-UNCONFORMABLE 	
BUHRSTONE UNIT
RED SAND UNIT


OPAL CLAYSTONE
UNIT

BASAL CLAY UNIT

L UNCONFORMABLE 	

T FORMATION


COLUMNAR
SECTION

•.:?•-*••.;•••;&/&•'••.
.iX^?:%^v$tj5
	 — _
*
p?-:X;
THICKNESS
IN METERS

0-3
0-3.4
o-
0-2.6
0-0.6
0-4.6



0-21.3





61 +


CHARACTER

SAND, SILT, CLAY
RED CLAYEY SAND
PREDOMINANTLY RED, TAN,
AND WHITE C.F. SANDS;
SILTY TO CLEAN, LITTLE
FINE GRAVEL
LAMINATED SILTY CLAY
TO CLAYEY SILT; TRAN-
SITION ZONE AT BASE
WHITE BUHRSTONE
ORANGE-RED M.F. SAND
(OFTEN CROSS-BEDDED)
TO CLAYEY SILT
BLACK, GREY TO WHITE OPAL
CLAYSTONE; THIN TO THICK
BEDDED; 0CC. SILTY, IMPURE
OR SANDY BEDS; JOINTED,
TYPICALLY CAPPED WITH
VENEER OF RESIDUAL CLAYS;
WEATHERS TO A BROWN OR
LIGHT GREY, DRYS UPON
EXPLOSURE TO THE AIR

BLACK UNCTUOUS CLAY; THIN-
BEDDED, SEMICONSOLIDATED,
JOINTED, BASAL SANDSTONE
AT CONTACT

INTERBEDDED BLUE- WHITE
CLAYEY SANDS, GREY SANDS,
AND PURPLE-GREY CLAYS;
HIGHLY MICACEOUS, SOME


Figure 1.   Geologic column of formations encountered  beneath
           study site.
                             214

-------
only one water-bearing  unit,  the
confined Tuscaloosa  aquifer,  lying
beneath the claystone.
Cel1  Desi gn

     Several  designs were drawn
initially  with variation  mainly in
the  side slopes.   Due to  the limita-
tions in size of  the study site and
sludge quantity,  a box-type design
was  selected  (Figure 2).   Special
features of the cell are:

     o  Dimensions - The  cell  is a
        square box with each side
        measuring 2.4 m (8 ft).

     o  Conti ngency Plan  - A poly-
        meric membrane [~2 0 - m i 1  P V C )
        lines the entire  surface of
        the test  cell bottom and
        sides.  It is intended  to
        contain leachate, should the
        chemical  liner fail.  A pro-
        tective layer of  native soil
        lies  beneath the  PVC liner.
        The selection of  PVC was
        based on  the low  material
        cost, flexible form, and
        short duration (<3 yr)  of
        this  study.  Note that  com-
        patibility of the liner with
        sludge leachate was not de-
        termined  prior to selection.

     o  Crushed gravel  layer
        (30 cm) - This layer sup-
        ports the chemical  liner and
        facilitates the vertical
        flow  of leachate  towards the
        collection device.
     o  Native soil  layer (15 cm)  -
        Thi s 1ayer ,  sandwiched be-
        tween  the  gravel  layer and
        chemical  liner,  prevents  the
        migration  of chemical  liner
        particles  through gravel
        into the  leachate collection
        device.   Thickness can be
        increased  to 30  cm (12 in.).

     o  Chemi cal  liner  1ayer
        (30  cm)  -  A  30  cm 1ayer was
        selected  to  allow the liner
        to "filter"  the  leachate  as
        it passes  through, while
        retaining the heavy metals
        or other hazardous constitu-
        ents.  A thinner layer (<15
        cm) might result in uneven
        distribution of the chemical
        liner; continuous cracks or
        holes might form, allowing
        direct passage of the leach-
        ate.  A thicker layer (>30
        cm) might reduce leachate
        passage toward the collec-
        t i on devi ce .

     o  Sludge layer (76 cm) -Al-
        though the quantity (thick-
        ness) was arbitrarily deter-
        mined, it is not anticipated
        from the content and solu-
        bility of the heavy metals
        of concern that the sludge
        would be exhausted of these
        metals by leaching under the
        experimental conditions.

     o  Cover soil layer (36 cm) -
        Soil excavated from the pit
        is used as a cover, simulat-
        ing actual landfill condi-
        tions.  Thickness of this
        layer can be reduced to
        30 cm.

     o  Leachate collection system  -
        The system consi st s of a TO
        cm (4 in.) PVC pipe extend-
        ing into the bottom of the
        gravel layer.  Leachate that
        has accumulated in the
        gravel layer is drawn
        through a screened portion
        of the pipe under
     Due to budgetary and resource
constraints, only seven cells were
to be constructed.  Two cells each
used liners of fly ash, agricultural
limestone, and hydrous oxides of
iron; one control cell used native
soil in place of a chemical liner.
Cell  Construction

     Construction was started on the
seven cells in July 1979.  Design
specifications were followed as
closely as possible during construc-
tion.  The area, measuring 49 m x
17 m, was first cleared of
                                    215

-------
                                                                    03
                                                                   T3

                                                                    C
                                                                    O>
                                                                   •r—
                                                                    1/1
                                                                    
-------
vegetation, and a road leading to
the cells was graded.  After the
area was surveyed, the cover soil
was removed and a table (flat area)
was cut into the claystone.  One
side of a hill  next to the table was
cut to make room for maneuvering
field equipment.

     The cells  were laid out accord-
ing to the design in Figure 2.  They
were constructed by excavating
square holes into the claystone with
a backhoe.  Due to the hardness and
compaction of the claystone, the
sides of the cells were trimmed and
smoothed by hand using a hatchet.
This precaution was needed to pre-
clude puncture  of the PVC liner that
was placed subsequent to excavation.
The bottom of the cell was back-
filled with 30  cm (12 in.) of top
soil (bank sand) and contoured to a
1 on 12 slope with a 15 cm (6 in.)
deep sump in the center.  This
facilitated leachate collection and
served to support and protect the
PVC liner from  puncture.

     The PVC liner was placed and
folded into each of the cells, with
the lip of the  liner placed in a 30
cm  (12 in.) trench which encircled
each cell.  A 10 cm (4 in.) PVC pipe
with a cap and  fabricated well
screened bottom was placed in the
center of the cell into the sump and
secured with guy wires.  A 60 cm (12
in.) layer of crushed and washed
gravel  was then placed on top of the
PVC liner.  Top soil  (15 cm [6 in])
was placed on top of the gravel  and
a 30 cm (12 in.) layer of chemical
liner was placed over the top soil.
A rectangular 30 cm (12 in.) yoke
was pulled down over the PVC pipe
and cemented around it.  The lower
protion of the  yoke was buried
approximately 5 cm (2 in.) in the
chemical  liner.  This was designed
to prevent short-circuiting of
leachate along  with the pipe.  The
liner was then  tamped to assure
uniform compaction.

     The sludge was then introduced
into the cell  and spread to a depth
of 76 cm (30 in.) on top of the
chemical  liner.  Two hundred eight
liters (55 gal) of water, equivalent
to 3.5 cm (1.38 in.) of rainfall,
were added to each cell.  After a
few days of equilibration, the cell
was then filled with top soil from
the area.  The top of the pipe was
packed with a clay plug to preclude
short circuiting down the pipe.

     The entire area was leveled and
diked to gain uniform percolation
through the site area for each cell.

     The site team encountered many
difficulties during cell construc-
tion and sludge filling due to thun-
derstorms and persistent rains.  The
area was slippery and muddy.  The
backhoe broke down three times while
excavating the claystone material.
Water that accumulated  in the sump
was pumped almost daily.  Although
all cells were pumped dry prior to
the onset of the test,  it was sus-
pected that some channeling effect
of percolating water through the
chemical  liner may have occurred.

     When the study is  completed,
materials in the cells  will be ex-
cavated and buried at the SCA land-
fill.  The site will be restored to
its original  condition.
Characterization of Raw Materials

     Surface and subsurface soils
and the chemical liners used (fly
ash, agricultural limestone, and
hydrous oxides of iron) were charac-
terized in the laboratory.  The sur-
face soil  served as a native as well
as cover soil in cell construction
(Figure 2).  Subsurface soil is
typically opal  claystone material
that lies beneath the test cells.
Selected characteristics of the
soils are given in Table 1.  Both
soil types are acidic but exhibit
marked differences in organic carbon
content, cation-exchange capacity
(CEC ), and texture.

     Fly ash was obtained from a
coal-fired power plant in South
Carolina.   It had a pH of 6.8 and
contained 2.49% Al, 0.01% Fe, 0.46%
Ca , 22.6 ppm As, and 1.4 ppm Se.
                                    217

-------
                TABLE 1.  SELECTED CHARACTERISTICS  OF  SOILS
                    Organic C    CEC
                                       Particle Size Distribution
Sample
Surface Soil
Subsoil
PH
5.0
4.8
(*)
0.354
0.030
(meq/lOOg)
12
35
Sand
70.4
24.9
Silt
16.6
25.5
Clay
13.0
49.6
Texture
Sandy Loam
Clay

The hydrous oxides of iron were
prepared by mixing an oven-dry
reagent-grade ferric sulfate with
sand at 5% of the mixture, resulting
in a mixture with pH of 6.3 and
total  Fe of 0.17%.  Agricultural
limestone was purchased through a
distributor.  Eighty-one percent of
the limestone particles passed U.S.
si eve  No. 8 (0.0937 in.) .

     Due to the considerable dalay
in cell construction and availabil-
ity of the quantity of sludge
needed, two sources of sludge were
used in this study (Table  2).  The
Crescent Tool  sludge (at 17.0%
solids), was first introduced at
0.77 m3/cell (1 yd3/cell); the re-
maining void (3.61 m 3) was filled
with dry, powdered Wolverine Brass
sludge.  They were not mixed in the
cells  prior to placing a final soil
1ayer.
Leachate Monitoring

     Leachate samples were taken
from all cells on or about the 15th
of each month.  Prior to the first
sampling in December, 1979, the
cells were pumped dry.  Sampling was
performed by placing a plastic hose
into the PVC pipe and lowering it to
the base of the gravel layer.
Leachate was collected by pumping
into a sample container which had
been purged with and was continu-
ously purged with C02 during sam-
pling.  The sample was then trans-
ferred into two air-tight sample
containers, one of which contained
nitric acid for metal analysis.  All
leachate samples were refrigerated
(4°C) during transport to the labor-
atory; analyses were generally per-
formed within 48 hr.

     After sampling was completed,
the cells were pumped dry.  This
assured that leachate sampled each
month was truly representative of
the liquid percolating through the
sludge and liner material during
that period .

     Leachate volume in each cell
was measured during the second year
of sampling.  Rainfall was recorded
throughout the course of the study.

     The leachate samples were ana-
lyzed for pH, electrical conductiv-
ity (EC) , Cr (VI ), Cr(III) , Cd , Cu ,
Fe, Mn, Ni, Pb, Zn, Se, As, and CN
using EPA approved methods.

     It has been determined that
when the last set of leachate sam-
ples is collected, core samples of
the different layers in the cells
will be taken and analyzed for ver-
tical distribution of selected
metals in the individual cells.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Leachate Generation

     Beginning in December 1980, the
water depths and volumes of leachate
removed during the monthly sampling
                                    218

-------
        TABLE  2.   CHEMICAL  CHARACTERISTICS OF SLUDGES USED

Parameter
PH (1:1)
Cr
Fe
Ni
Zn
Mg
Pb
Cu
Mn
Hg
Cd
Se


Wol veri ne Brass
8.8 - 9.1
	 _ yt _ .
2.71
0.70
1.16
1.57
0.16
2.06
56.0
23.0
0.8


*
Crescent Tool
8.8
0.002
3.60
2.00
0.73
1.8
0.28
650
1.0
6.5
-

* Obtained from Department of Health and Evnironmental  Control,
  Columbia, South Carolina.

t Oven-dry weight basis.
                               219

-------
were measured.   Such information is
essential  to the quantification of
mass flux  across the chemical  liners
for various metals of interest in
the metal  hydroxide sludge.   Leach-
ate volumes pumped from the  seven
cells through July 1981, are summar-
ized in Table 3.  The data indicate
that the limestone cells generated
the largest quantities of leachate
and exhibited the greatest variabil-
ity.  The  opposite was true  for the
fly ash cells.   Since all test cells
received equal  rainfall and  runoff,
it is speculated that the differen-
ces in leachate volumes generated
among the  seven cells were due in
part to hydraulic permeabilities of
the liner  materials tested.

     Preliminary examination of the
rainfall data showed little  correla-
tion between rainfall and leachate
volume.  It was later confirmed that
the leachate was not pumped  out com-
pletely when the pump lost suction
and no further  leachate could  be ob-
tained at  that  moment.  The  leachate
pumping technique and time are being
corrected  to insure that leachate
volume and quality are truly repre-
sentative  of the month the sample is
taken.
Contaminant Concentrations in Leach-
ates
    . Concentrations of the various
trace metals measured in the leach-
ates were relatively high and fluc-
tuated greatly the first 6 to 12
months, regardless of the types of
chemical  liners used.  In addition,
these concentrations were not re-
lated to the leachate volume.  Al-
though at some sampling periods, a
dilution effect was observed for Fe
concentrations in the cells lined
with hydrous oxides of iron.

     The metal concentrations de-
clined gradually and stabilized
beginning in January 1981; for
Cr(VI), CR(III), and Cd, the concen-
trations were generally from non-
detectable to a few hundredths of a
milligram per liter.  For illustra-
tion purposes, concentrations of Ni
versus sampling time are shown in
Figure 3.  It appeared that the
limestone cells was more effective
than other cells in retaining Ni ;
i.e., less Ni was passing through
the limestone layer.  However, there
is no evidence that one chemical
liner was superior to the others or
to the control.

     Overall, the data to date indi-
cate no significant migration of Cu,
Cd , Pb, Ni,  and Zn from any cell
including the control.  This may be
attributed,  in part, to the hydrox-
ide forms of these metals that are
only sparingly soluble in water
(less Teachable).

     Initially, large concentrations
of Fe were detected in the fly ash
and iron oxide cells.  While the Fe
concentration continued to increase
in the iron  oxide cells (to about
100 mg/1), it decreased in the fly
ash cells.  Iron in the control cell
was released gradually and had
reached about 20 mg/1.  The soil
used in the  control cell contained
high Fe content which is expected to
be released  under reducing condi-
tions.  The  concentration trends of
Mn in the seven cells were similar
to those of  Fe, except that the
concentrations were not in the same
range.

     The leachate pHs fluctuated
over sampling time.  The differences
among leachate pHs had narrowed sub-
stantially since March 1981.  These
pHs (5.8 to  6.8) were considerably
lower than the original sludge pH
(8.8).  This suggests that the
sludges and  chemical liners had
undergone considerable leaching and/
or chemical  reactions, and that a
more weathered, chemically stabil-
ized condition may have been
reached.

     In light of the observed hy-
draulic behavior of the test cells,
the leachate quality data are incon-
clusive in assessing the performance
                                    220

-------
         TABLE 3.   LEACHATE VOLUMES FROM THE TEST CELLS*
Cell No.

1
2
3
4
5
6t
7
Liner Type

Nat i ve soil (control )
Limestone
Li mestone
Fly Ash
Fly Ash
Iron Oxides
Iron Oxides
Range
_ _ _ _
62-175
80-550
65-516
20-60
18-24
33-348
26-45
Medi an
- liters -
86
305
398
21
20
61
40
Mean
_ _ _ _
96
311
373
28
21
121
37

* Data for December 1980 to July 1981.

t Cell No. 6 leachate volumes ranged  from 33 to 91 1  (avg.  =  59)
  up to June 1981.   In July the volumes  jumped  to 348 1.
                               221

-------











_l I
o co
K. <
i-
z >-
0 -1
o u.









Ul
z
o
(-
co
UJ
s:
n
_l
z
o
IT
n
U.
0
CO
Ul
Q
X
0

CO
D
0
Of.
Q
>-
r
                                                                            ^ N
                                                                                   00
                                                                                               en
                                                                                               01
                                                                                               u
                                                                                               m
                                                                                               O)
_ ^
" Ul
i
r^
<
Q
«H
rt ,J
Z
_J
.0 o!
^ 2
<
CO

0
c
o
^_)
(O
S-
4_J
c
01
0
c
o
CJ
                                                                           hco
                                                                                     01
                                                                                     t.
                                                                                     13
                                                                           I- 10
                                                                           h-*
                                                                              tvj
00
 •
o
r-
 •
o
                            in
ro
 •
o
                                                       
-------
of the chemical  liners.  Thus, it
will  be necessary to examine the
mass  flux for the individual metals
and hydraulic characteristics of the
test  eel 1s .
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     This work was supported by the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
under Contract No. 68-01-5059.  The
authors wish to acknowledge the en-
couragement and assistance of their
former Project Officer, Mr. Eugene
Grumpier, Jr., and present Project
Officer,  Mr. Robert Landreth.
                                    223

-------
                           PROCEDURES FOR INSTALLING LINER SYSTEMS

                                     David W. Shultz
                               Southwest Research Institute
                                 San Antonio, Texas 78284

                                  Michael P. Miklas, Jr.
                              Stottler Stagg and Associates
                                 San Antonio, Texas 78284
                                         ABSTRACT

The field placement procedures used to construct a variety of generic types of liner
systems for landfills and surface fluid impoundments are discussed.   These include
procedures to install flexible polymeric membranes, sprayed-on membranes,  native
materials, soil sealants and admixes.  In addition to placement procedures, methods
and equipment used to prepare the subgrades are discussed.

Placement procedures used to install polymeric liner systems have certain  commonalities,
such as anchoring methods and approaches to material positioning.  There are differences,
however, with respect to seaming technology.  For example, solvents  and heat are two
methods used to field seam the same material.

Liner material placement procedures and subgrade conditions  as recommended by manu-
facturers and installers are compared to field observations.  Generally, field practice
appears to follow these recommendations.

The critical aspects of subgrade preparation and liner placement generally accepted by
the industry as important to a good job include proper subgrade compaction, installation
by knowledgeable, experienced crews familiar with the liner material, and  a strong
quality assurance program during installation.
INTRODUCTION AND OBJECTIVES

     This study was initiated in 1979 to
investigate various aspects of liner place-
ment procedures and subgrade preparation
during the construction of lined fluid
surface impoundments and landfills.  The
purpose of lining such facilities is to
reduce the risk that polluting fluids will
migrate away from the site and contaminate
surface or ground water resources.  The use
of impoundments and landfills to store,
treat and/or dispose of unwanted materials
has been common practice for industry and
municipalities.  Since these types of
facilities often prove to be cost effective
solutions to hazardous waste handling re-
quirement, their use is expected to con-
tinue.
     Liners for hazardous waste containment
facilities reduce the risk of water re-
source contamination in two ways as
follows:

     (1)   by reducing the flow of poten-
tially polluting fluid by providing a
relatively impermeable barrier between the
waste and surrounding environment; and

     (2)   by reducing the concentration
of pollutants in the waste fluid as it
moves through the liner by either ab-
sorption and/or attenuation.

     Generally all liners function in both
ways but to different extents.  A detailed
                                            224

-------
discussion of liner functions and attri-
butes is presented elsewhere.  (Matrecon,
Inc., 1981).

     The proper planning, design and con-
struction of lined containment facilities
involves numerous steps, including the
following:

     (1)  defining facility function and
geometry;

     (2)  selecting a liner type which is
compatible with the substance(s)  to be
stored or treated;

     (3)  planning suitable subgrade pre-
paration, seepage monitoring, and collec-
tion systems (if appropriate);

     (4)  planning proper liner instal-
lation; and

     (5)  developing appropriate post-
installation operation, maintenance and
closure plans.

     This study is intended to address
subgrade preparation techniques and place-
ment procedures for a variety of liner
materials.   The lining materials included
are admixes, soil/clays, sprayed-on
membranes,  and  polymeric membranes.

     The objectives of the study are:

     (1)  to identify recommended liner
installation practices within the in-
dustry;

     (2)  to identify the methods and
equipment used  for subgrade preparation
whenever possible;

     (3)  to identify methods and
materials utilized to install liners;

     (4)  to compare recommended vs actual
practices;  and

     (5)  to identify special problems
which can be avoided by following proper
placement procedures.

     Liner industry recommendations and
field observations regarding subgrade
preparation and liner placement procedures
are included in "Lining of Waste Impound-
ment and Disposal Facilities" (Matrecon,
Inc., 1981).  Shultz, et al, 1980, and
1981 presents a discussion of observed
subgrade preparation and field instal-
lation techniques at various sites.  This
paper presents a general summary of the
research methodology utilized in this
study and a discussion of industry-
recommended liner installation practices,
and a comparison of field observed prac-
tices to those recommended by the manu-
facturers .

APPROACH

     To meet the primary objectives of
this project, a literature review and
telephone survey of various liner manu-
facturers, fabricators and installers
were accomplished.  The information
gathered was used to define industry
recommended liner installation prac-
tices and to develop a list of sites
which could be visited by a field ob-
servation crew.  As part of the data
acquisition phase all state solid waste
control agencies in the contiguous
United States were contacted to identify
planned or currently active construction
sites.

     A master list of recommended prac-
tices and current or forthcoming con-
struction sites was developed as a result
of tne information collection effort.
This list is continuously updated as
new information is obtained.  Arrangements
for site visits were often made directly
with the owners, with concurrent approval
from the installer.

     It was decided to investigate five
generic types of liners as follows:


     (1)  compacted soils and clays;

     (2)  admixes;

     (3)  polymeric membranes;

     (4)  sprayed on membranes; and

     (5)  soil sealants.


     Every effort was made to locate
construction sites representative of the
five generic liner types included in the
project plan.  Whenever possible, site
visits were scheduled when both subgrade
preparation and liner installation were
in progress.
                                           225

-------
     Table 1 lists basic information ob-
tained during each site visit.   Addi-
tional comments or observations were
recorded as necessary.  Field notes were
augmented by photographs taken at each
site visited.  Numerous site visits were
cancelled because photographs were not
allowed.
industry wide, generally accepted or recom-
mended practice.

     Manufacturers, designers, and in-
stallers of the five generic liner types
were contacted by phone or in person in
order to obtain recommended construction
procedures.  Field observations to be
                           TABLE 1.  SITE DATA REQUIREMENTS
     General Information:
      Subgrade Preparation:
     Liner Placement:
     Site name
     Location
     Date of visit
     Type of facility
     Liner material
     Manufacturer
     Fabricator
     Installer
     Designer
     Site geometry, topography
     Waste to be stored
     Soil typed
     Climate
     Weather conditions

     Subgrade type
     Compaction methods
     Grading
     Equipment used
     Special treatment
     Surface texture
     Penetrations
     Side slopes
     Geotextile used
     Seepage monitoring
     Seepage collection

     Site storage of material
     Positioning sheeting
     Equipment used to place liner
     Seam overlap
     Field seaming technique
     Adhesives used
     Tools required
     Crew size and experience
     Sealing around penetration
     Anchoring system
     Soil cover details
     Quality assurance program
      Details  about  each  site were  first
 obtained  from the owner  or  contractor
 prior to  the  site visit.  This  allowed
 the  field personnel to be aware of con-
 ditions prior to their visit.   The field
 staff could  then evaluate whether  the
 actual installation procedure followed
used for comparison were made at twenty-
one construction sites.  The facility and
liner type are listed in Table 2.

DISCUSSION/RESULTS

     A  general discussion  of industry wide
installation recommendations observed
                                           226

-------
                 TABLE 2.  FACILITY AND LINER TYPES INCLUDED IN STUDY
          Facility Type

    Tailings Storage
    Municipal Landfill
    Evaporation Pond
    Potable Water Storage
    Municipal/Industrial Wastewater
    Geothermal Brine Storage
    Municipal Landfill
    Evaporation Pond
    Tailings Storage
    Potable Water Storage
    Evaporation Pond
    Municipal Landfill
    Potable Water Storage
    Evaporation Pond
    Hazardous Materials Landfill
    Naphtha Spill Containment
    Industrial Wastewater Storage
    Municipal Landfill Cover
    Municipal Wastewater Storage
    Cooling Tower Slowdown Treatment
    Fuel Oil Spill Containment
         Liner  Type

     Polymeric membrane
     Polymeric membrane
     Sprayed-on  membrane
     Polymeric membrane
     Soil sealant
     Polymeric membrane
     Asphaltic concrete
     Polymeric membrane
     Polymeric membrane
     Soil sealant
     Clay
     Soil sealant
     Polymeric membrane
     Polymeric membrane
     Clay/polymeric membrane
     Polymeric membrane
     Polymeric membrane
     Polymeric membrane
     Polymeric membrane
     Soil sealant
     Polymeric membrane
techniques used in subgrade preparation and
liner placement, and deviations from the
accepted norms is presented in this section.

Clay Liners

     Clay liners are often utilized for
fluid impoundments or landfills when a
relatively higher fluid permeability can
be tolerated.  Typically, clay liners will
have permeability coefficients of 10"? cm/
second.  The clay may be native to the
site or brought to the site and recom-
pacted, generally, in lifts of four to
eight inches with six inches being a
common lift thickness.  For obvious
reasons, there are no formal manufac-
turer's recommendations regarding in-
stallation of clay liners though each
installer will have an installation
methodology that they will utilize.
When native, in place clays are used
for liners, design engineers should
specify the degree of compaction (at
a given moisture content) required to
achieve the desired permeability.  When
clay is brought to the site and remolded
and compacted to form a clay liner, the
installation specifications should in-
clude compaction energy required, proper
soil moisture  to be maintained during
compaction, and limitations on the
height  (thickness) of each lift.

     Clay soils have different permeabil-
ities with different fluids.  It is
recommended in Chapter 5 of "lining of
Waste Impoundment and Disposal Facilities.'
(Matrecon, Inc., 1981) that permeability
tests be conducted using the fluids to be
contained in the clay lined facility.
Tests by Anderson have shown that
some fluids can dissolve or 'break-down'
the clays resulting in the failure of the
clay as an inhibitor of liquid flow.
(Anderson, 1981).


Field Observations—

     In the case of off-site clay being
recompacted for use as a liner, field
studies indicated that the most important
parameters were soil-moisture, compaction
energy, and lift height.   At one site
geotechnical engineers monitored con-
struction by the earthwork contractor,
taking field density measurements on a
periodic basis.  It appeared that general-
ly accepted geotechnical  engineering
                                           227

-------
practices were followed at this site.
Company representatives familiar with the
clay liner previously installed at the
site were monitoring construction activ-
ities primarily through visual inspections
though some clay moisture content mea-
surements were taken.

Admixes-Asphaltic Concrete

Industry Recommendations for Installation—

     The Asphalt Institute has several
technical publications which provide use-
ful information regarding the installation
of asphaltic concrete liners for fluid
impoundments or landfills.  Publication
MS-12, Asphalt in Hydraulics, indicates
asphaltic concrete used for liners should
normally contain a higher percentage of
mineral filler and asphalt than standard
paving asphaltic concrete.  This produces
a liner having more void spaces filled and
therefore, a greater density.  This
property decreases the liner permeability.

     For proper placement of asphaltic
concrete liners, subgrades must be smooth
and flat.  Normally, a smooth, flat
surface is produced by using a steel
vibratory roller or similar equipment after
the desired grading is achieved.  A stable
subgrade is critical to a successful
installation since the asphaltic concrete
liner will not support significant loads
by itself.  The top six inches of subgrade
should be compacted to 95 percent of
maximum Proctor density.  A herbicide
should be applied if the potential exists
for week growth through the liner.  Next,
hot liquid asphalt is applied to the
subgrade and allowed to cure.  The asphal-
tic concrete is applied using standard
paving machines if the area to paved is
large.  These machines normally are capable
of spreading courses 10 to 15 feet wide.
If the area is small, such as a patch,
intensive manual laber is utilized in
lieu of a paving machine.  The applied
asphaltic concrete course should be smooth
and have a consistent minimum thickness of
two to three inches.  Where greater thick-
ness is required, a  second course is
recommended over the first with staggered
construction joints.  Staggered joints
enhance tightness, impermeability, and
strength.  Application and placement of
any asphaltic concrete liner  should be
planned to avoid cold joints.   If this  is
not possible, cold joints should be heated
prior to the forming of a new joint.

     Compaction is required immediately
after placement.  Light steel-wheel rollers,
or rubber-tired rollers can be used for
compaction.  Self-propelled rollers are
suitable for relatively flat surfaces.
On side slopes, towed rollers may be
required to achieve compaction.  After
compaction, a hot asphalt surface sealer
is often applied.  This protects the
asphaltic concrete surface from degradat-
ion and eventual penetration by the stored
fluids.

Field Observations—

     Field observations at an asphaltic
concrete liner installation site indicated
adherence to most Asphalt Institute
recommendations.  Several exceptions
were noted.  Void and density specificat-
ions were similar to road paving asphaltic
concrete specifications.  The Asphalt
Institute recommends a higher percentage
of mineral filler to avoid void spots.  It
is not known whether this installation
contained an undesirable number of voids,
if any.  A prime coat of hot liquid asphalt
was not applied to the subgrade prior to
paving.  This may result in a decreased
effectiveness for the particular liner.
The reasons for the aforementioned
deviations from recommendations are not
known.

Polymeric Membrane Liners

Introduction—

     Polymeric membrane liners are popular
materials utilized to seal fluid impound-
ments and landfills.  These materials offer
the potential for achieving a very low
(essentially zero) permeability.  The
materials are manufactured from plastic
and/or rubber polymers or roll stock by
approximately twenty companies.  Panels
of the flexible membrane are produced in
various dimensions by fabricators using
roll stock approximately five feet  in
width.  The fabricated panels are then
shipped to a construction site and  seamed
together during installation to produce a
continuous sheet.

     Many different types of liner
materials are being produced and marketed
                                            228

-------
today.  Because these materials vary with
respect to physcial and chemical properties
installation requirements vary consider-
ably.  Table 3 lists the various polymeric
materials used in flexible liners.  The
liner may be constructed with or without
a fabric scrim sandwiched between two plys
of polymer sheet.  The polymer may be
either in a vulcanized or thermoplastic sheet.
provide protection against ultraviolet
light  (in the case of polyvinyl chloride),
and mechanical damage from hail, wind or
equipment.  Gas vents are recommended
whenever gas generation is anticipated
below  the liner.  If naturally occuring
ground water is expected below the liner,
a drain system is necessary to relieve any
hydrostatic head pressure.
              TABLE 3.   POLYMERIC MATERIALS FOUND IN FLEXIBLE MEMBRANE LINERS



Polymer
Butyl rubber
Chorinated polythylene
Chlorosulfonated polyethylene
Elasticized polyoelfin
Elasticized polyvinyl chloride
Epichlorohydrin rubber
Ethylene propylene rubber
Neoprene (chloroprene rubber)
Nitrile rubber
Polyethylene
Polyvinyl chloride
Use in
Thermo-
plastic
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Vra c

Yes
Yes
liners

Vulcanized
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

No
No
Fabric
reinforcement
With W/0
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
No Yes
Yes No
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
v&c

No Yes
Yes Yes

          Source:   Matrecon,  Inc.,  1981.

     A detailed discussion of the liner
industry is not presented here but can be
found in "Lining of Waste Impoundment and
Disposal Facilities" (Matrecon,Inc.,1981).

Industry Recommendations for Installation—

     Various industry recommendations
regarding subgrade conditions and impor-
tant placement procedures are summarized
in Table A for the most popular materials
in use today.

     There are industry recommendations
regarding the condition of the subgrade
which are common to all membrane liner
materials.  The subgrade provides support
for the liner.  Therefore, the stability
and integrity of the subgrade is critical
to proper function of the liner.  Subgrades
should be smooth,  preferably mechanically
rolled and free of sharp rocks or
vegetation which could cause punctures.

     Dry conditions are important to
enhance field seaming of the sheets.   A
soil cover is generally recommended to
     The liner must be secured at the top
of any slope.  Most manufacturers and
installers recommend that the liner be
placed into an earthen trench at the top
of the slope.  The trench is then back-
filled with soil.

     Proper sealing around any penetrations
must be accomplished.  The manufacturers
suggest using an appropriate adhesive
compound, combined with a mechanical de-
vice to seal the liner to concrete, metal,
or plastic structures which protrude
through the liner.   If PVC pipe is used
for structures, and PVC membrane is
specified, these can be heat or solvent
welded together.

    Other important installation factors
such as tools, manpower, weather condit-
ions, on-site storage of the liner,
field seaming, crew experience, and
quality control procedures are often
site specific or vary amongst the various
installers and manufacturers.  Specific
information is available in product
brochures supplied by the manufacturers.
                                           229

-------
                    TABLE 4.  POLYMERIC LINER  INSTALLATION PARAMETERS

Liner
Type
Chlorinated
Polyethylene
(CPE)

Adhesive
System
Used
bodied
solvent
solvent
welded,
Field Seam
Width Range
(inches)
2


Field
Overlap Range
(inches)
6-12


Min. Suggested
Material Temp.
(F°)
60


Soil
Cover*
not
required

   Chlorosulfon-
   ated Poly-
   ethylene
   (CSPE)
                 bodied
                solvent,
                  heat,
                 solvent
                 welding
2-4
2-6
60          not
         required
   Ethylene
   Propylene
   Rubber
    (EPDM)
   Polyethylene
   High-Density
    (HDPE)

   Polyvinyl
   Chloride  (PVC)
    (PVC)


   Neoprene
                 contact
                adhesive
                  heat
                 welding

                 solvent
                 welded
                  heat
                 welded
                                2-4
2-4
                                2-4
                 contact
                adhesive
*Usually recommended by most manufacturers
                4-6
                4-8
2-6
                6-12
                  60
                  60
60
                                              not
                                           required
   not
required

required
                  60          not
                           required
Field Observations—
    Field observations made at fourteen
flexible membrane liner construction
sites indicate installers generally
follow applicable industry recommendat-
ions.  For all sites visited, considerable
effort had been made during the design
phase in attempting to anticipate instal-
lation  problems and develop solutions.
Crew experience varied considerably.  In
one case only the foreman had previous
experience while in others the entire
crew had previous experience.  The extent
of experienced personnel at a given pro-
ject may have been influenced by instal-
lation company/or owner policy and/or
the magnitude or complexity of the job.
In all cases, there was either an experi-
enced installation crew chief on site or
a technical advisor representing the
manufacturer or fabricator of the sheet,
or roll goods.
                                               The effect of crew  experience  and/or
                                            technical advice provided by extremely
                                            knowledgable parties on the quality  of  a
                                            given  liner installation can not be
                                            quantified.  However, all industry repre-
                                            sentatives stress the importance of  prior
                                            experience in the liner installation
                                            phase.  Apparently, the presence of  at
                                            least  one experienced,  knowledgable  liner
                                            installer at a given site will  tend  to
                                            alleviate the severity  of installation
                                            problems, while elevating the overall
                                            'quality' of a given installation.   The
                                            end result to the 'user' may be an
                                            acceptablefinal product with minimum
                                            unplanned monetary expenditures due  to
                                            unforseen occurances, difficult to solve
                                            problems, or routine annoyances.

                                               There were three installation
                                            activities which at more than one  site
                                            appeared not to follow  industry suggestions
                                            or reasonable planning  practice.   These
                                            were as follows:
                                            230

-------
(1)  working during marginal/adverse
     weather;
(2)  sealing around penetrations; and
(3)  qualitative and/or qualitative field
     or laboratory testing inspection of
     field seams.

     Each of these is discussed below:

(1)  Effects of Marginal/Adverse Weather

     Both excessive precipitation and cool
temperatures can adversly effect the
quality of a given liner installation.
Precipitation during seaming can cause
poor adhesion of the seams unless the
areas being seamed are kept very dry.
Most manufacturers state that seams must
be kept dry during the seaming process.
Similarly, cool weather can causes seams
to be of a lower quality than seams formed
in warmer conditions.  Most material
manufacturers recommend that seaming cease
where ambient temperatures are less than
60°F (15°C).  Seams formed under cool
conditions may cure improperly, or not
bond properly depending on the seaming
technique utilized.

     Installers often can not control the
time of year jobs are constructed.  There-
fore, weather conditions may not always
be ideal, i.e., dry and warm, for install-
ing a liner.  In addition, contractual
agreements often specify a limited time
for completion.  This may force the
installer to work in less than desirable
weather conditions, including hot, cold,
or wet weather.  Some materials expand
excessively in hot weather forcing night
work in cooler temperatures.

     The experienced, competent installer
recognizes that these situations may
develop and requires adverse weather
clauses in a given contract.  An inexper-
ienced installer or owner wanting to
install a liner himself may work under
adverse weather conditions, thus increas-
ing the risk of poor quality seams or
inadequate subgrade.

     There are ways to mitigate the effects
of working in adverse weather, such as
using heat guns for seaming in ambient
temperatures below 60°F.   Heat seaming
does not work on all materials, however.
The responsible installer who is required
to work in less than ideal conditions will
take advantage of specialized tools and
techniques.

(2)  Sealing around penetrations

     Sealing around penetrations is
critical to the integrity of any lined
facility.  Improperly devised and/or sealed
penetrations may leak.  Because pipes,
columns, footings, etc. which pass through
the beam or floor of a facility may exist
in many different shapes and forms,
specialized sealing applications must be
adopted.

     Field observations of techniques
used to seal liners to structural
penetrations suggest that industry
recommendations as to the best techniques
are not always followed.  Sealing pene-
trations requires proper liner configu-
ration design to fit around the structure;
proper adhesive that is compatible with
the materials; smooth, clean ring contact
surfaces; and usually, a mechanical device
of some sort such as a stainless steel
clamp.

     The industry recommendations may not
be followed if the installer is not in-
volved in the selection or has prior
approval of the sealing approach specified.
At one site visited by the field crew
the installer did not have any input into
the sealing design around concrete
structures.  It was obvious that the
chosen, specified plan was unsatisfactory.
The user required the installer to utilize
the 'less than satisfactory' penetration
sealing method which the user specified.

(3)  Qualitative and/or quantitative field
     or laboratory testing/inspection of
     field seams

     The industry suggests that  some form
of inspection of field seams be accomplish-
ed at each job site.   A quantitative test
is preferable coupled with qualitative
inspection based on rigorous inspection
tenets.  Improperly or poorly constructed
seams can demean the integrity of a
facility resulting in leakage of contents
and potentially significant monetary loss
to the user.

     At approximately one half of the
sites visited during this study, there
appeared to be a general lack of attent-
                                           231

-------
ion paid to inspection of completed field
seams.  Recommended practice by the
industry includes visual and often air
lance inspection of seams.   Design firms
have incorporated statistical sampling
programs where samples of field seams are
mechanically tested for integrity.  At
least two installers are presently using
a non-destructive device to test the
tensile strength of field seams.  Field
seam integrity generally determines the
integrity of the entire job.  Therefore,
it is important that every reasonable,
available field seam inspection method
be utilized during construction.  This
will reduce the risk that the liner will
fail to perform its intended function.

     Tables 5, 6, and 7 present various
field observations made at the fourteen
lined facilities visited during the project.
Table 5 presents a summary of selected sub-
grade preparation activities.  Table 6
shows liner placement activities observed
at the field sites, and Table 7 lists
quality assurance activities.  These data
are presented only to inform the readers
of the kinds of activities found at the
sites visited.  No attempt is made to
judge the quality of the installation,
or compare design specifications to actual
field practice.

Sprayed-On Liners

     These liners  are formed in the field
by spraying a  liquid such as latex rubber
or urethane asphalt with activator onto a
supporting surface.  The mixed liquid dries
or hardens to  form a semi-flexible mem-
brane.  One sprayed-on liner installation
visited utilized a liquid urethane modified
asphalt, applied to a geotextile  fabric
secured to the soil.  There are other
types of sprayed-on liners, such  as emul-
sified asphalt,  latex rubber compounds,
and air-blown  asphalt.  These three were
not observed during this project  because
installation sites could not be identified.

Industry Recommendations for Installation
of Urethane As£halt—

     The subgrade  should be compacted,
smooth and free  of large rocks or vege-
tation.  Provisions for gas venting and
soil sterilization should be made, con-
ditions indicate a need for these options.
The support fabric, normally made from
polypropylene, is  placed on the subgrade
using a six inch overlap at the joints.
The premix is blended with an activator
and applied to the fabric mat at ambient
temperature.  The activator must be main-
tained at a temperature greater than 60°F.
Using a fabric mat with a weight of
3.1 oz/yd , the asphalt should be applied
at the rate of .28 gal/yd  to obtain a
50 mil membrane.  The fabric must be
saturated completely by the asphalt in
order to produce a complete seal.  At
the top of the side slope the mat should
be extended into an anchor trench and back-
filled after the asphalt has cured.  Some
type of cover is recommended if the liner
will be exposed to direct sunlight and
otherwise unprotected.

Field Observations—

     The site visited during this study was
constructed by the manufacturer of the
urethane modified asphalt mixture.  The
installation team followed their own
company's recommendations precisely.  This
installation was relatively small, so a
hand-held spray gun connected to a five-
gallon container was used to apply the
asphalt.  A truck with a slotted spray-bar
distributor is used for large areas.

     This type of field constructed mem-
brane has no field seams, as such.  How-
ever, the fabric mat overlap must be
thoroughly soaked with asphalt if poten-
tial leak paths are to be eliminated.

Soil Sealants

     Soil sealants reduce the permea-
bility of soil through a variety of
mechanisms, including ion exchange and
porosity reduction.  Sealants currently
used for reducing permeabilities in
soil liners at landfills and surface
impoundments are primarily polymeric
enhanced bentonite sealants which swell
when wetted.  One product contained
linear and cross-linked polymers.  The
linear polymer sorbs to the soil to
produce a flexible network.  The cross-
linked polymers flow into the soil pores
and reduce porosity and permeability.
The matrix of bentonite clay is primarily
the sodium variety clay mineral, mont-
morillonite.  This mineral swells up to
ten times its dry volume when wetted.
Sodium montmorillonitic bentonites are
found primarily in South Dakota and
Wyoming.  Reductions in permeability
                                           232

-------
     TABLE 5.  SUMMARY OF SUBGRADE PREPARATION  OBSERVED AT FOURTEEN LINED FACILITIES
Facility
Type
Tailings
Storage
Municipal
Landfill
Evaporation
Pond
Potable Water
Storage
Brine
Storage
Tailings
Storage
Potable Water
Storage
Evaporation
Pond
Hazardous
Materials
Landfill
Spill
Containment
Industrial
Waste Storage
Municipal
Landfill
Cover
Municipal
Wastewater
Storage
Spill
Containment
Compaction
(% Modified
Proctor Density)
90
Mot 1
Applicable
90
Not
Applicable
90
90
95
90
90
Not
Applicable
90
Uncon- Surface
trolled Compaction
90
Not Done
Surface
Texture*
4
(fabric over rock)
3 (elsewhere)
2
Not
Applicable
3
3
4
3
2
Cushioning
Medium
Utilized
(Fabric)
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Not Yes
Applicable (Over Concrete)
2
3
3
3
No
No
No
No
Standing
Water
on
Subgrade
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Soil
Sterilized
No
No
Yes
Not
Applicable
No
No
Yes
No
No
Not
Applicable
No
No
No
No
* Surface Texture Code 1 = IRREGULAR - Some  pebbles  or  angular particles largen than 2" in
                                       diameter;  subgrade  not  smooth;  2" or greater
                                       surface  relief  on subgrade

                       2 = MODERATE  - Some  small  pebbles  less than 2" in diameter,
                                       surface  not smooth,  1/2" to 2"  relief on surface

                       3 = REGULAR   - Only  very  small  pebbles; relatively smooth surface,
                                       less  than  1/2"  relief  on surface

                       4 = PLANAR    - No  pebbles  in evidence; surface fine finished, no
                                       relief on  surface
                                           233

-------












CO
w
M
H
tJ
CJ
0

gj
H


gr
f-.
ri
E— j
g
o
fa
H
<^

P
W
£>
pt!
W
CO
PQ
O
W
H
I-H
] |
H

B
o o
4J -rl
4J
T3 rH CO
O CO M
X OJ 4J
4-1 CO OJ
01 B
S 01
PL,

00
C S
•H OJ
I-H 4J
CO CO
0) !*.
VI CO




(04-1 •
CO -H iH
a
CO X *~*>
r-H 4J •
tJ T3 B
0) iH iH
CD "* V~X


CO
00 01
C 3
•ri cr
4-1 iH
4J IB
O f
a o
CO Ol
H

I oo c
P B O
1) H -rl
O. IH 4J
S 3 CO
U <5 rH x-v
H rH 0
OJ CO ^
tJ ^ 4J
•H 3 CO
 <1 fa CO

CO
01

•o
01
^
IH
01
CO
ft
o

4J
O
z


4J
C
01
^
rH
O
CO



CO


VO




01
> iH
i-H 0) -O
OJ C OJ O>
U CO C 4J
E-H PH *rl CO
c a o co
OJ CO CO CO
H s s <:



o
O
rH
i







4J
TJ OJ
IH rH
CO rH
O CO
X- CO PH
T3 QJ
rl X T3
CO O C
O 03 CO

CO
00 U
C 00
•rl CO
rH l-i
•rl O
CO 4J
H CO




X
O
C X
Ol 4J
M IH
H 5

rl -O
O U
X rH rH
C -H O
< fa CO


£



0)
rH
X
CO
O
iH
rH
4J a
o a.
a <

c
S

4-1
CO
OJ
SB



CM
i— 1

vO
1
CM



r-t
01
c
CO
Pu
^^,
C
rl
•*




O
LTI
1
cn






•o
Ol CO
4J 4-1
CJ 01
Ol i-H
4J rH
O CO
rl Pu
0.
C C
0 0

CO i-t
CXrH
IH -H
O MH
•H -O
C C
3 CO





•0
U
rl rH
O rH
X iH rH
O fa -rl
c o
^3 .'"I C>0
O
 o
W PL,




CO
a
•H 0)
rl 4J
4J Ol
CO P
rj
C C
2 CJ
CO O
tO 4-1


£


f
4J i-H
•H CO
3 O
•H
O IB
•H CO
4J X rH
CO O CO
CO U 01
S S co


4J
IB
Ol

rH
O
CO



f


CM
r-H



rH
11
C!
«*
PL,

c"
CO
S
00




LO
vD
1
O
LO







cn
T3 1)
rl I-H
CO rH
O CO CO
X 01 PL,
rl X
CO O IB
o pq O


01 Ol
rH 00
X rl CO
CO 01 b
4-1 4-1 O
O CO 4-1
PL, 3 CO


rH
•H
o
4J X CO
•H CJ
I-H e x
CO U 4-1
rl IH
rH H *
CO
0 VJ -O
•H O U
H O rH
2$Z


£


r*
4J
•H 00
3 C
•H
CJ X 4-1
•H i-H X
4J rl 00
CO U iH
CO > U
S 0 S


4-1
B
01
^
rH
O
cn



CM


VO



X
00
•H
W rH
0)
O B
4-1 CO i-H
PL, CO
IH -v. 3
3 B C
O CO CO





O
T
o
oo







4-1
•O OJ
rl rH
CO rH
0 CO
X CO PL,
•O 0)
rl X 13
CO O B
CJ PQ CO


01
00
Ol CO
B IH
•H O
V4 4J
PQ CO


rH
•H
O
4J x cn
•H O
rH B X
cn 01 4-1
t-l IH
rH H »
CO
O M -O
•H O OJ
rl O rH
0) B iH


£

•o
OJ

IH
01
CO
n
O

4J
£


4J
B
Ol

rH
O
cn



CM


VO



•a
01
)-,
u
CO
^rl
O
4J
o





in
1
g







•O T3
rl B
CO CO
O 4-1
X co 1)
•O 0) rH
rl X i-l
CO O CO
CJ PQ PL,

CO
00 U
B 00
•H CO
rH V4
•H O
CO 4J
H cn
OJ
OJ
CJ
IB
uxcS
iH CJ
rH B X
cn u 4J
M iH
rH H 3
CO
0 IJ T3
•H O 0)
M O rH
0) C -H
> 
-------











S— \
T3
4-1
C
O
u
CO
w
H
M
l-J

CJ

S

„
[jj
S3
l-J
S3
w
W
H
P^

O
PL,
H
Q
W

W
CO

O

CO
w
H
M
[>
H
H
Q_J
*
CO CO

1ST
0) T3 B
CO iH -H
CL
Id J= s~.
i-H 4-1 •
M -0 B
41 iH iH
^ ?Z ^x
o


CO
00 41
B 3
IH cr
4-1 Tt
4-J B
o .c
a u
CO 41
H

1 00 B
IH B O
41 iH iH
O. IH 4-1
B 3 «
41 (5 rH ^
H rH 0
01 CO ^-^
M M 4-1
•H 3 CO
< 4-1 C
Id t-H

4)
4-1
iH
CO i-H
a id cu
6 -H oo
M cd
UH 41 M
O 4-1 O
01 £ CO
1


^
4-1
•H 01
rH O.
iH >>
O H
cd
PH
f
CJ

41 iH
IH O
(-> CO

M J—
O 4-1
X iH
CJ $
f rH
i-H i-H
Id iH




O
ss



•o
B

•o
fl) ^
> B
•H O
CO iH
CU CO *T3
X B B
T3 0) Id
<: H pa

01
•H
CO
0)

5


CM


VC
1
-3


4-1
_r*
00
•H rH
W 01
B
o id
•M PL)
*^,
X B
•i-t td
CO £



T
o




to
01
M X
41 O
aS"
> TJ
•H rH IH
4J $ Id
O IH O
4) M .O
i-H 01 TJ
UH 4-1 |H
41 Id CO
ft £ 0
B
O
TH
4-1
id
M
O.T3
id B
W PH


,_4
•H
O
CO

I-l J=
O 4J
£. iH
u 3
< .E T3
O O1
UH B i-H
rH O> rH
Id rl -H
33 H PH




£





0)
rH
,0
id
o
iH
rH
4-J O.
o a


4-1
B
0>

rH
O
CO


-3-


vo
1
^^


t3
01

I-,
CU
to
,0
O

4-J
Q
^



O
OO
1
o
VO




B
O
13
4-J
U
CU CO
4*J | '
O 01
IH i-H
a rH
S2


CO CO
3 rH rH
O Id i-H
T3 iH iH
IH M UH
10 41 T)
N 4-1 B
tO (0 to
33 £ >J




CO
a.
iH 41
IH 4-J
4J 01
CO IH
B B
ScS
4J
10 O
tO 4-1




O


rQ
B
10

M
B T3
O O>
•HUM
CO -H 41
cu 4-j a.
J5 co E
TJ id 4)
< £ H

B
3

4-1
id
01


CM



^3-




X
•H
CO rH
0)
0 B
4-J CO
PH

3 B
o id




o
oo
0







•O T3
M B
CO id
O 4-J
43 CO 4)
T3 01 i-H
M X i-l
id o co
0 P3 PH
4-1
B
41
a
B
•H
rH Id
rH 4-1
•H B
0. 0
co o
r*
O
6 rH
01 iH
M O
H CO

M .C
O 4-J
x: -H
u »
41
r— ( rH
33 PH




£



•o
01

IH
01
CO
ri
O
4-J
O
B5

01
> D. 4-1
•H CO B
CO iJ Id
0) rH
X T3 Id
•0 B 4)
< id co


^3-



VC



4-1
_!-*
00
•H rH
WO) T)
B 4) 01
O 10 C 4-1
4-1 PH iH tO
~- JC -H
X B u to
•H 41 CO CO
to £ £ <



O
7
0





•o
0)
O.
O.
at
^

a
CO CO
i-H i-H
IH rH
3 0
PQ p^

rH
CO
•H
M 41
4-1 00
to 41 cd
3 4J M
•O CO O
B tO 4-J
M 3 CO
.C
u
B rH
0) iH
M O
H CO

rJ «d
O 4-J
J3 -H
U 3
41
UH rH
rH rH
a £



CO
£



X!
4-1
•H rH
3 id
U
4-1 
£,3cS


rH
Tt
O
4-1 .B CO
•H CJ
rH B J=
CO 01 4J

rH H 3
CO
U IH -O
•rl O 01
4-1 f i-H
M U i-H
0) B iH



CO
.S



T3
4)

^1
41
to
ri
O
4-1
£

B
3

4-1
CO
41
33


O«J



^3-




X
•H
CO rH
4)
O B
4-1 CO
PH
M --.
3 B
O CO




m
00
1
o
r-






•a -a
M B
CO CO
O 4-1
.O CO 41
T) O) rH
M X rH
id o id
0 « PH

M
rH 41
CO 4-1
O. Id 4J
•H 3 oo
O 41 10
•H 4-1 M
B to O
3 CO 4-1
£ 3 to
,c
u
B i-H
41 IH
M O
H CO

rJ .C
O 4-1

O 3
 IH
•H B
co id
41 X rH
f u cd
T3 41 4)
 P. 4-1
•H to B
co »J id
41 rH
f T3 Cd
T3 B 01
•< id co

vO
1
-3


vO






i-l
o>
B
cd
11 PH
0) ^~
IH B

H £



I
O
CT\








£j
O
fi
1

B
01
B
C
•H
rH Id
i-H 4J
•H B
(X O
co o
235

-------
























n
w
£>
erf
w
en
CQ
O
W
U

3 en
en n
en H
< H
rJ
>H rH
H e_)
M <;
.
Xi














0)
£>
•H
to
4-1
•H
J_)
a
g
o-












0)

•H
4-1
cd
4-1
•H
j 	 I
CO
3
O

cd e
3 CO
CO X
•H W
>

I — 1
CO
rl -H B
cu s-i cd
C cu X
•H 4J [d
0) OC
T3 C
cd -H
rl 4-J
OO CD
Xl CU
3 H
cn
01 1
13 O
CO 01 C
*-i ft O
OO CO -H
XI C 4J
3 H
en
C .H
•O O CU
>-, CU -H d
rH 4J 4J g
rH cd O O
O O Ol CD
XI -H ft M
5 13 CO 0)





£>•>
4J
•H CU
rH ft
•H >,
0 H
CO
0)
•H
1 i
O
3
rl
4-1
CD
01
O
01
•H
4-1
O
3
M
4-1
CO
Ol
Q
1
C
0
z



CO
01
rH









O
z













CO
01
rH





CD
CU
rH




CO
cu
>H


CO
0)
rH






CO
01
rH





CO
01
rH







CO
00 Ol
C 00
•H CO
rH rl
•H O
CO 4-1
H en


CO
01
rH









O
%%













co
cu
>H





CD
01
rH




CD
01




0







CD
0)
rH





CO
01
£H






rH
CO rH
ft rH
•H -H
O 14H
•H 13
II



o
z








co
Ol
rH













co
0)






CD
0)





cn
0)
>H


cn
cu







CO
01
rH






O






C
o
•H
4-1
CO
l-l
O
ft 13
CO C
> 0
W n i



o
z









0














cn
0)






CO
cu





CO
Ol




o







CO
CU







o
£5



rl
0)
4-1
CO


Ol 01
rH 00
XI cd
CO rl
4-1 0
0 4-1
PH C/2



o
z









0
z













cn
01






en
01
rH




CO
0)



CD
Ol
rH






CD
CU







O
Z








01
00
01 cd
a rl
•H 0
rl 4-1
M cn



o
z









0














CD
0)
>H





CO
Ol
rH




CD
0)



co
0)







CO
Ol







o








co
00 Ol
(3 00
•H CO
rH rl
•H 0
cd 4-1
H cn



o
z









0
z













CD
eu
>H





co
0)
>H




CD
0)
>H


CO
01
>H






CD
01
rH





CO
01
>H



rl
01
4-1
CO


O) CU
rH 00
,o cQ
CO rl
4-> 0
0 4J



o
z









0
z













en
0)






CD
01
rH




CD
01



CD
cu
rH






CD
CU






co
eu
rH





0
•H
4J
CO

o
ft -d
cij c3
£2



0
z









o














CD
cu
rH





CO
01
>H




CO
0)




o o

t2





CO
0)







o
z






CD CO
3 rH rH
0 CO rH
13 -H -H
rl rl UH
CO CU 13
N 4-1 C
cd cd cd
W X r4



0










o
z













CD
cu
rH





CO
eu
rH




CO
0)




o







cn
0)






CD
01






4-1
a
0)

M
•rl
rH Cd
rH 4-1
•H ti
£e3



o










o
z













cn
0)






co
01





CO
Ol
rH


cn
0)







CO
01






CO
0)




eu
00
CO
rH rl
cd o
•H 4->
M en
4J
co o>
3 4J
13 CO
C cd
M J2



o
z









o
z













CO
0)
>H





CD
01





CO
eu




o
z






CD
0)






CO
01



M
0)
[>
eS
rH
CO rH
ft rH
•H -H
O MH
•H 13
§ §
S r4



o
z








en
Ol














CO
eu






en
cu





CD
Ol



CD
eu







CD
0)







0
z





(_,
rH CU
Cd 4-1
ft CO 0)
•H ;s oo
o cu cd
•H 4-1 l-l
d co o
3 cd 4-1
S 13 en



o
z









o
z














o
z





CO
0)
>H




CO
cu
rH



o
z






CO
0)
>H






o
z





4-1
d
OJ
g
d
•H
rH CO
rH 4-1
•H C
ft O
en o
236

-------
down to 10   cm/sec are achievable
according to the manufacturers of
polymer bentonite sealants.

Industry Recommendations for Installation—

     The major manufacturers of polymer
modified bentonite soil sealants recom-
mended dry blending with the soil for
construction of a soil liner.  The ap-
propriate sealant application rate to
achieve the desired permeability is
established in the laboratory.  The
sealant is then applied to the soil at
the predetermined rate.  Typical appli-
cation rates range between one and two
pounds per square foot of area.  Appli-
cation is accomplished using mechanical
or pneumatic spreaders such as those used
to spread lime or fertilizer.  The
sealant is blended with the top four
to eight inches of soil using an agri-
cultural disc, rototiller, or spring
harrow.  Equipment selection depends
upon soil type and equipment availability.
The rototiller appears to provide the
highest level of blending-
     After blending, the mixture ±s
compacted.  Recommended compaction
densities range from 85 to 95 percent
modified proctor density.  Water may have
to be added to the soil/sealant blend to
achieve the desired density.  In place
samples of prepared soils may be taken
and tested for specified permeability.
After the proper blend has been achieved,
the mixture is saturated with fresh
water to effect the swelling of the clay
mineral montmorillonite.

Field Observations—

     Four bentonite soil sealant construc-
tion sites were included in this study.
At one site, a pneumatic spreader was used
for application of the sealant.  Mechanical
spreaders were used at the other three
sites.  Both techniques produced adequate
results.  At only one site did the in-
staller actually measure the amount of
sealant spread on the soil to confirm
that the proper application rate was
being obtained.  Quality control procedures
such as this are not specifically recom-
mended in manufacturers' or suppliers'
literature, however, adequate blending is
critical if any effective soil liner is
expected.  In the author's opinion,
quality control tests should be an inte-
gral part of any liner installation.

     Rototillers, agricultural discs,
and chain harrows were used to blend the
sealant.  All four sites had relatively
sandy soils.  The rototillers appeared
to blend the mixture most efficiently.
Clods were broken up more easily by the
rototiller.  Steel rollers were used for
compaction at two sites, following the
manufacturer's recommendation.  Bull-
dozers were used at the other two sites.
It appears that the bulldozer compaction
technique does not comply with manufac-
turer's suggestions.

     Compacted density measurements were
taken at two sites as quality control
measures.  This procedure is not speci-
fically recommended in the available
manufacturer's literature.  However,
installers verbally recommend it, and
knowledgeable owners will require quality
control testing.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

     Field observations at twenty-one liner
construction sites indicate installers
generally comply with industry recom-
mendations regarding subgrade preparation
and liner placement procedures.  Two
important construction apsects which
there are no consistent recommendations
or definitions within the flexible liner
industry are quality control inspection
procedures and field seam testing require-
ments.  Several manufacturers and
installers of polymeric membrane liners
are developing and implementing methods to
test the quality of field seams.  In-
creasing owner awareness of the impor-
tance of quality control/quality assurance
procedures during construction should be
encouraged and will help develop this
area within the liner industry.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT S

     This study is being supported by the
Solid and Hazardous Waste Research
Division, Municipal Environmental Research
Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio (Grant R806645010)
and Southwest Research Institute, San
Antonio, Texas.  The authors want to thank
Mr. Robert Landreth, Project Officer, for
his continuing guidance and support.
                                           237

-------
REFERENCES

Asphalt Institute, 1976, Asphalt in
Hydraulics, (MS-12),  College Park,
Maryland, pp. 65.

Matrecon, Inc., 1981, Lining of Waste
Impoundment and Disposal Facilities.
SW-870.  U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency.  Washington,  D.C., pp. 385.

Shultz, D.W., and Miklas, M.P., 1980.
Assessment of Liner Installation Pro-
cedures.  In:  Disposal of Hazardous
Waste-Proceedings of  the Sixth Annual
Research Symposium, David Shultz, ed.
EPA-600/9-80-010.  U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH,
pp. 135-159.

Shultz, D.W., et. al., 1981. Installation
Practices for Liners.  In:  Land Disposal:
Hazardous Waste-Proceedings of the Seventh
Annual Research Symposium, David Shultz,
ed.  EPA-600-81-002b.  U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH,
pp. 157-167.

Anderson, D., et. al., 1981.  Organic
Leachate Effects on the Permeability  of
Clay Liners.  In:  Land Disposal:  Hazar-
dous Waste-Proceedings of the Seventh
Annual Research Symposium, David Shultz,  ed.
EPA-600-81-002b.  U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH, pp.
119-130.
                                           238

-------
              ASSESSMENT  OF  TECHNIQUES TO DETECT LANDFILL LINER FAILINGS

                                 Muriel  Jennings  Waller
                                       J.  L.  Davis
                             EarthTech  Research Corporation
                               Baltimore,  Maryland,  21227
                                        ABSTRACT

     The results of a state-of-the-art review are summarized,  and a  multiple objective
ranking matrix, used to compare and assess candidate techniques is presented and
summarized.  The results indicate that no single technique or  group  of techniques  exist
which can detect liner failings or leachate leaks with absolute certainty in either
existing or planned sites.   Several techniques used in combination will  improve upon
conventional water quality  monitoring techniques in existing sites.   In  planned lined
landfills, several techniques hold out promise for future development.
INTRODUCTION

     At present, despite the numerous
lined impoundments and disposal  sites in
use throughout the country, methods to
monitor the performance of liners have not
been adequately developed.  When liner
failures take place at a site, a monitor-
ing system ideally should provide warning
before significant environmental damage
can occur.  Further, such a system must be
capable of locating a leak position with
precision so that remedial repairs can
concentrate on the faulty area.   Finally,
the system must be nondestructive in
nature.  Efforts spent in determining the
precise location of liner system leaks may
be repaid many times by the reduced
impacts of environmental damage, leading
to costly litigation, and by the reduced
cost of subsequent repair programs.

     During the course of this program,
recommendations were developed for moni-
toring systems that will permit effective
in-situ detection of leaks in both new and
existing landfill liner systems.  Both
solid and liquid impoundment sites were
considered, but emphasis was placed on
liquid waste impoundments.

     Since the problem of liner perform-
ance assessment and liner leak detection
in existing sites varies in approach and
complexity from the problem in sites that
are planned for some future date, each
situation was considered separately.  In
the case of existing sites, the leak
detection program faces limited options
due to site considerations, areal extent,
depth of impoundment, and the presence of
waste already in the landfill, and thus
are almost totally site dependent.  For
sites still in the planning stage, it will
be possible to tailor the site to a moni-
toring program.  Thus, it may be possible
to implace a leak detection system direct-
ly underlining a planned site prior to
construction, or even to select a con-
figuration for site layout that will
readily lend itself to a routine monitor-
ing program.

     At the outset of this program, the
primary objective for each candidate
detection technique was the ability to
pinpoint a landfill liner failure within
a maximum area of one square foot (1 ft^)
[O.lm2].  However, due to restrictions
placed on detection systems at existing
sites, which in most cases will limit them
to surface use, it was decided to broaden
this goal to encompass any system that
could feasibly improve upon current con-
ventional monitoring techniques.  There-
fore, any system that has the potential
                                           239

-------
to detect a leachate plume prior to con-
tact with the groundwater, was reviewed
and evaluated.  In the case of detection
techniques applied to planned disposal
sites, the one square foot (1 ft2) goal
still pertains.   Thus, a distinction is
made between plume detection at existing
sites and actual leak detection at
planned sites.

     Program objectives were met with a
two-part approach beginning with a review
of the literature to establish the state-
of-the-art in the leak detection field
and then to identify a list of possible
candidate methodologies.  A Multiple
Objective Ranking Matrix was then de-
signed and executed.  This tool was used
to rank each candidate technique against
all others in the survey according to a
pre-defined set  of parameters covering
pertinent technical, economic and opera-
tional objectives.  The final result of
this program will be the necessary in-
formation by which to prioritize research
and development  goals and allocate
resources for future development of
techniques that  show promise as leak de-
tection systems.
TECHNICAL APPROACH

     To assist in defining potential  leak
detection systems, certain phenomena  that
were expected to be associated with liner
leaks were identified.  Then, various
leak detection techniques having the
ability to locate or identify these
phenomena were selected.  In addition,
techniques that had seen field applica-
tion in various environments and for  a
variety of purposes, as well as those
which seemed to have conceptual appli-
cation to the leak detection problem  were
reviewed.  Phenomena that might yield to
leak detection techniques are:

     o  Leachate Conductivity
     o  Subgrade and Landfill Materials
     o  Groundwater Flow Fields
     o  Liner and Soil Distress

     Various geophysical techniques might
be applied to the detection of these
phenomena under favorable site conditions.
Certain of these techniques were selected
for review and evaluation here based  on
the following criteria:
     o  The ability to see out beyond
        their point of application to a
        depth greater than 30m
     o  The ability to be applied in-situ;
        they are nondestructive
     o  In existing sites, the ability to
        improve upon conventional ground-
        water monitoring techniques
     o  In planned sites, the ability to
        detect a leak within one square
        foot (1 ft2).

Some geophysical techniques have applica-
tion to both existing and planned sites,
whereas others may be employed in either
one or the other or both.

     The performance of a leak detection
system depends upon the site environment
and the landfill contents.  Any particu-
lar site may be subject to natural or
cultural interferences, which will de-
grade performance of the monitoring
system.

     Particular limitations inherent in
geophysical sensing techniques have im-
pact upon their application to leak
detection, particularly at existing waste
sites.  Many of the geophysical methods
are limited in their capabilities to
detect leaks by the waste material itself
and background  materials, rendering sur-
face measurements far from ideal;  in
many cases they may not be useful for
detecting leaks under a site at all and
will have to rely upon their ability to
detect changed conditions, over time, in
the unsaturated zone, prior to the point
at which a contaminant reaches the ground-
water.  Borehole methods improve the
probability of detecting leaks because
potentially they can see under the site
and do not have to look through it.  Bore-
hole geophysical techniques are most use-
ful when the distance between boreholes
is not greater than about 30 meters,
although this distance will vary depend-
ing on the soil type and conductivity of
the host material.  Most techniques fail
to penetrate at greater distances.

     The problem of leak detection in
sites that might undergo construction at
some future date, while not trivial, is
much less complex than for existing sites.
There are a variety of sensing systems
that might be placed near the liner which
would be capable of detecting the presence
                                          240

-------
of leachate or its effects, or of evalua-
ting the mechanical  integrity of the liner
itself.  Ultimately, it may be advantage-
ous to design a system utilizing several
different geophysical  techniques in com-
bination which might monitor several
changes in materials properties such as
the presence of leachate and the occur-
rence of mechanical  failures.

     In the case of  planned sites, the
program goal of detecting leaks within a
one square foot (1 ft2) range becomes a
very real possibility.  It may eventually
be possible to design an inbuilt system
to meet the needs of any particular site,
in terms of cost, and technical precision.
Thus, a small site or a municipal landfill
where less hazardous materials are im-
pounded could use a  relatively inexpensive
system, monitored on a quarterly or twice
yearly basis.  In the case of vast im-
poundments for hazardous liquid wastes,
where the cost of liner failures would be
great, it will eventually be possible to
build in a continuous monitoring system
with equipment and procedures designed
for cell-by-cell monitoring and daily
retrieval, processing, interpreting,
analyzing, recording and storing of liner
performance data.
STATE-OF-THE-ART-REVIEW

     Based upon these technical considera-
tions, a literature search was conducted
to identify possible candidate methodolo-
gies undergoing laboratory research or
being applied in the field as leak de-
tection systems in existing or planned
lined landfills.  Five data bases were
searched including GeoRef, EnviroLine,
Pollution Abstracts, NTIS, and DOD Docu-
mentation Center, followed by a manual
search.

     The literature review provided little
information on actual leak detection
techniques, either in existing or planned
lined landfills.  Considerably more in-
formation was available regarding the
problem of leachate plume detection at
existing sites.  However, in no case was
successful leachate leak detection re-
ported prior to its detection by ground-
water quality monitoring, which assumes
fairly widespread contamination.  This is
not so much a reflection of the limitation
of current geophysical  leak detection
techniques as it is an  indication of the
state of-the-practice in groundwater
quality monitoring.  Attempts at actual
leak detection in existing sites tend not
to bo made on a routine basis until con-
tamination is indicated by water quality
analysis.  No cases of  techniques being
applied in the field to actually evaluate
liner integrity came to light during the
     All  possible leak detection techni-
que.. reviewed in the course of the survey
are summarized in Table I.  Among those
techniques identified as having seen
application in the field to detect a
leachate plume are:

     i)  HF Pulse Techniques
     o  Electromagnetics
     o  Resistivity
     o  Seismic Techniques

Resistivity techniques appear to have seen
the greatest field application; these are
followed by electromagnetic techniques,
which are beginning to see wide applica-
tion both for leachate plume identifica-
tion -is well as area! site surveys.  A
number of other techniques, which are
either conceptually applicable, or have
seen field use in related applications,
such as petroleum exploration, or in ex-
tensive site evaluations were also identi-
fied.
Mill TIPLE OBJECTIVE RANKING MATRIX

     Finally, a multiple objective ranking
matrix was structured in order to compare
the effectiveness of the candidate method-
ologies, in meeting a defined set of
assessment criteria.  In addition to the
criteria set forth above for geophysical
techniques considered for review, it was
decided to eliminate any techniques from
the matrix that were not identified in
the literature survey as having at least
the potential for producing satisfactory
results;  also, only techniques that did
not pose significant risk factors, either
to the operators or to the environment,
were considered.  Thus, any technique that
could not possibly work without substan-
tial penetration of the dumpsite and the
1  iner were rejected for further consid-
eration.  This limitation severely reduces
                                          241

-------
Q Z
LU o; o
1- O HH
< LL h-
2: o
1-1 1- ^ LU
h- in < i-
en o LU UJ
LU <_) — 1 Q
o 2:
(n h- ^ (T>
LU LU I-H LU
1— I—* I — Q i— '
< H CO LU h-
X CL < S CL
O LU IV. LU
< Q- 1- 1- Q-
LU O Z CO O
_i o; o o Q:
Q- O X Q-
1-
z >-
UJ _l
h- <
x 2:
UJ O
Z
-1 <

UJ LL
CL 0



CO
LU CL
CD LU
Z 1-
< LU
CL 2:



21
O
CL
LL

Q
LU
to
^>




Q
LU 0-
£* O
Z) Z
en Z)
< 0
LU CL
2: CD

in LU
I-H X
1-
1-
< z
X i i
^








LU
Z)
O'

z

o
LU
1-



1















































































O
HH
o;
i—
o
UJ

LU







^
0
	 1






I— .
• .
CN
Al




X
H
Q_
UJ
Q

1 j





cn
•-
o
o
r-H
VI


LU
UJ _J
oo
< X
U- LU
CL CL
Z> o
en CQ




_,
<£
1- Z
Z O
< O -i
M 1-
IV 1— 1 HH
LU o; en
> 0 0
O X CL

UJ • _l
o to <
Z > 0
< -1
1- X 1-
tn i- CL
HH CD LU
cn Z >
LU LU
CL — 1 W>




>_
1-

>
HH
1-
cn
i — i
CO
LU
CL






^
O
	 1






i-H

O
i-H
Al


cn
CL
LU
^-~
UJ
^"

; J









•-H
V 1


UJ
LU _J
(_) O
< X
LL LU
CL CL
3 O
CO CQ





>-
CO

o
LU
1- -1

CL O
LU i—
Z 21
LU LU
O X
O
LU O CO
CD CL Z
< 1- O
1- 0 -i
_l LU 1—
O -1 O
> LU <








Q.
in



















































































o
HH
	
JJ
z
o
<£
2:
0

—
;_)
LU
_J
LU




^
O
	 1






l-H
• •
CM
Al




X
H
Q-
LU
Q

H







O
o
1— 1
VI



LU
U
<£
LL
CL
Z>
tn








-7
0
tn HH
> Q 1-
Z i— i
>- < in
1- 0
HH _1 Q.
> "^
1-1 H —1
H Z <
O O O
Z> |N1 HH
Q HH H-
Z CL CL
O O LU
0 X >


O
>- HH
0 h-
Z LU
LU Z
3 O
O' <(
LU 21
 >


V 0
O i-i
Z 1-
UJ UJ
^> z
O'O
LU <
CL 2!
LL O
CL
X H
c_D (_)
HH UJ
X -I
UJ
















































































O
HH
	
yi
^
0
U
<^




UJ
1-

IV
UJ
Q
O
2:




l-H

CM
Al




X
1-
Q_
LU
Q

LTl
•
O
^


en
—
o
o
o
•a


LU
LU _J
0 0
< X
LL LU
CL CL
3 O
en cQ




cn
>
CO
cn LU
UJ -H
>-! 1-
1- CL
o: Q LU
LU Z Q-
Q- < O
O CL
CL —1 Q-
0- <
1- -I
O Z <
i-i O 0
1- M I-H
CO HH |-
< CL CL
_1 O LU
UJ X >






O
H- 1
2:
CO
HH
LU
en





LU
1-

cL
LU
Q
O

en
S LU
O CL
-1 O
LL O-
z
Q HH UJ
HH (J;
Q- Oi
*t *t
CL -J






1









(V.




UJ

o
X
LU
CL
o
CQ






2! in
O -1
CL I-H
LL O
cn
Q
LU Z
h- i-"
| —
1—1 IS
21 0
LU _l
LL
eo
Q Q
Z 1-1
z> z>
0 -J
CO LL





0 Z
I-H O
1 — 1— 1
en en
Z) in
0 I-H
o 2:
< LU














































































CO
LU
l-
HH
CO

Q
LU
Z
Z
<^
	 1
Q.

CL
0
LL




X
CD
i — i
X





i— i
• •
CN
A 1



LL
O
CD UJ
Z Z
HH HH
0 -1
<£
Q- LU
CO X
H
'


LU
en ^
—
o
0 CD
"Z.
vl O
_l
cn
LU
CL
HH
15
Z
-1 0
LU I-H
_l LU H
-J Z 0
< O LU
CL CL
< Z ~
0- i-i Q

en
LU
i — i
\-
CL UJ
UJ Z
Q- Z I-H
O O -1
o:
Q- Z Z
O O
O 1-1 1-1
HH |- 10
cL I-H in
h- cn HH
UO2:
LUQ.cn
_l Z
LU • <
I-H CO CL
Q > 1-






Q
1 — 1
CL
CD

CL
Q
1 —







X
O
HH
X







1




ca
LL Z
o i-i
o
LU <
IXI Q.
I-H CO
in
Q
?' HH
CL
CD

en
—
o
o
o
HH
VI
cn
LU
CL
HH
2 cn
Z
-I 0
LU HH
-J 0 1-
-J -3. o
< 1- LU
(V. Q£
< Z -i
CL i- Q
1 ~^~
LU CL <
O O UJ
Z 0 _l
<£
I- O >-
en I- CQ
i — t
CO LU Q
LU Z) UJ
£* Q CO
Z)
LL LU <
O CL O
i — i
UJ 2 Z
CD O
Z < 1-
< CO
X LL O
0 0 CL






Q
i— i
CL
CD

O
Q




                                                                 LO
                                                                 OJ

                                                                 cn
                                                                 O
                                                                 i—
                                                                 O
                                                                 -o
                                                                 o
                                                                 (O
                                                                 O
                                                                 01


                                                                 ro
242

-------
the number of techniques that can be used
in existing sites and also the probability
of success for detecting leaks under the
waste site itself.

     The completed matrix is displayed in
Table II.  Note that parameters are
listed across the top of the matrix, and
each major subject heading is broken into
a number of factors which further define
the parameter (1).  Thus, the major head-
ing SENSITIVITY is further defined as
soil type, waste type, and cultural noise,
and so forth.  The candidates are listed
along the left margin of the matrix.
Finally, the score in each cell of the
matrix applies to one objective and one
candidate.  Each cell thus represents a
judgment as to how well the candidate
meets the objective.  The candidates are
scored by summing the matrix cells.  Note
that no attempt has been made to make the
scores fully quantitative, since the in-
formation to provide such an assessment
is lacking.

     It is clear that some of the para-
meters are more vital for success than
other parameters; therefore, to account
for this, a weighting scale was devised.
Weighting factors are displayed along the
top of the matrix.  For example, under
"Technical Factors" the range was con-
sidered to be most significant, and was
given a weight of five, followed closely
with a weight of four, for resolution,
threshold sensitivity, and contrast.
Flow direction and precision were next in
importance, with a weight of three, fol-
lowed lastly with a weight of two for the
capability of the techniques to measure
the vertical and the lateral extent of
the leak.  Thus, if a technique has a
very large penetration range and can
detect the expected properties of the
leak, then it will get a higher rating
compared to a technique with similar capa-
bilities but very limited penetration
range.  Similar considerations were made
when determining the weights in each of
the other five groups of parameters.

     In addition, a weighting was applied
to the total score of each group of para-
meters.  It is interesting to note that
about 77% of the total weighting is given
to the geophysical factors, 14% to the
site and safety factors and 9% to the
economic factors and system capabilities.
Though the group weights were not deter-
mined using any sort of percentage criter-
ion, the percentage weights shown seem
very reasonable and acceptable based on
the judgment of a board of consultants
selected for their experience in the field.
The weighting curve applied to matrix
parameters is shown in Figure 1.  All the
values are given on a relative scale of
one to ten; ten being the maximum value
obtainable in each parameter group.
MATRIX RESULTS

     It is necessary to consider the sig-
nificance of the values shown in the
matrix.  Initially, in all of the groups
the ratings were given on a scale of one
to three, except in the "Technical
Factors" group which was rated on a scale
of one to five.  These coarse scales were
decided upon because any larger scales
would have been meaningless due to the
variability of the factors involved and
the subjectivity of the people rating
the techniques.  Thus, the values in the
matrix are only significant to ±1.7 in
all cases except in the "Technical
Factors" which are significant to ±1.0.
The average of all factors column is
significant to ±1.5.  Matrix results are
summarized and displayed in Tables III
and IV.  The first column to be studied
is the "average of all parameters"
column.  It is noticed that all the values
tend to group around 6.7 with the excep-
tion of the two grid techniques which are
about 7.8.  There is clearly no signifi-
cant variation among the techniques con-
sidered here when the average of all the
parameters is compared.  Considering the
assumptions under which methodologies
were included in the matrix, the value
of the average of all  parameters is
neither surprising nor unreasonable.

     We note that all  of the techniques
are very sensitive to the soil type and
waste type.  All the techniques have an
average value of about 4.  This value in-
dicates there is a large probability that
none of the techniques will work in
certain situations found in a typical
waste dumpsite.  The two grid techniques
are less sensitive to the site conditions
because they are only feasible for planned
sites where optimum conditions can be sel-
ected for the operation of the techniques.
                                          243

-------
Data
duct
Candidate
thodologie
  •dinbj • ipu\/-uo.nonpajj
                   - uoiieaadfl
               uopdnjsia 3515
                   V Hd :pediui
  •dinbj uoiipnpay
           3UU1
                          ejsg
           auuj. uoL
              uoi:}isLnb:>\/
                     uoispajj
                     p|.ou,sajqj.
                luajxj
                as ION
                    adA~i
                           [IDS
  PL8LJ ui
                   }ON/paildd\/
luauipunodwi aispfl pinbn/pi[os
                                                                                                         rn
                                                                                                         tr
                                                                                                         u
                                                                                                         CJ
                                                                                                         O

                                                                                                         O)

                                                                                                         Q_
                                                                                                          QJ


                                                                                                          rO
                                                244

-------
Technical  Sensitivity    Data
 Factors                Reduction
Impacts    Economic     System
            Factors   Capabilities
    Figure  1.  Weighting Curve applied to Matrix Parameters
                            245

-------
Technique
Significance
of Values
Mutual
Inductance
VHP Wave Tilt

HF Pulse Surface


Resistivity
Schlumberger/
Wenner
Resistivity
Pole-dipole
SP Surface
Seismic Surface

Technical
Factors
±1
6,2
'6,1 "

j.i


6.9
7,1
•;:$-:3':i;
7.J5

Sensi-
tivity
±1.7
Hill
3.7

•..4.7...


4.0
4.0
3.5
4.0

Data
Reduction
±1.7
•
7.4

'7.5


6,1
$.3
•
fr'v -

Impacts
±1.7
10.0
10.0

10.0


9.4
9.4
10.0
10.0

Economic
Factors
±1.7
10.0
10.0

7.6


8.5
8.2
10.0
8.6

System
Capabil-
ities
±1.7
10.0
10.0

6.8


8.6
7.9
9.2
9.9

Average
of all
ira meters
±1.5
' 7.1 '
. $,*

. ia-


'• 6.6
< 6,5
6.6
6.9

8.1-10
6.1-8
4.1-6
Less than
   4.1
   Table  III.   Applied Methods Summary of Ranking Matrix
                                 246

-------
   Technique
Technical
 Factors
Sensi-
tivity
  Data
Reduction
                                              Impacts
       Economic
        Factors
      Sys tern
     Capabil-
      ities
       Average
       of all
     ferameter
Significance
  of Values
           ±1.7
         ± 1.7
           ±1.7
        ± 1.7
       ± 1.7
Seismic
  Surface to
  Borehole
  7.4
 4.0
    6,7
 9.2
7.7
9.9
Seismic
  Borehole to
  Borehole
  7.3
 A. 7
    6,7
 9.2
7.7
9.9
HF Pulse
  Borehole to
  Borehole	
  7.2
 .4.7
            10.0
          7.2
         7.7
Resistivity
  Borehole to
  Borehole
            4;4
                   10.0
                      5.7
Resistivity
  Borehole
            "4.3
                                             '  6.7
Induced
  Polarization
            4.0
           6.7
             9.4
          7.4
                 -6,4
CW HF
  Borehole to
  Borehole
            4.0
           5.-
              .0
          6.1
         5.9
CW HF

  Surface
  6.2
 4.0
    5,1
10.0
6.6
7.2
6.0
SP Borehole
  4,8
                                                9.5
                                      9.2
                                       6.4
                                Planned Sites
        .1-10      6.1-8
              4.1-6      Less than
                           4.1
        Table IV.     R  &  D  Methods  -  Summary  of  Ranking Matrix
                                      247

-------
     It is interesting to note that all
the values in the "impacts"  group have
very high ratings.   This is  because only
techniques that did not have any signi-
ficant risk factors either to the
operators or the waste dumpsite were con-
sidered.  The lower values were given if
holes for short rods on, or  boreholes
near, the site were necessary.  Obviously,
if there is any risk to the  operator or
the site, then the  technique is impracti-
cal.  This limitation severely reduces
the number of techniques that can be used,
and with it the probability  of success
for detecting leaks under the waste site
itself.

     All of the values in the "technical
factors" group for  existing  sites tend
to have values of about 6.7.  This appears
to be discouraging  at first, and certainly
indicates the difficulty in  using any of
the geophysical, or any other techniques,
for monitoring or detecting  leaks from an
existing waste dumpsite.  It is clear that
no one technique stands out  as superior
for detecting leaks in existing sites.
This matrix makes it abundantly clear
that a composite of techniques must be
used to solve this  complex problem, parti-
cularly in existing sites.  All the tech-
niques are sensitive to the  different
electrical properties of a leachate in
the host medium except the seismic and
acoustic emission techniques which are
sensitivt to the elastic properties and
density changes caused by a  leak or the
acoustic emission from the fluid flow
from a leak.  Exercised in combination,
a composite geophysical survey can be
designed to monitor a complex of materials
properties, thus enhancing confidence in
the survey results.

     Note that those techniques evaluated
for planned sites received overall higher
scores.  This reflects the reality of the
problem, as described in both the litera-
ture survey and the matrix results.  It
will be easier to design for landfill
liner  integrity and performance monitor-
ing programs when the design is included
and planned for at the conception of a
total waste disposal program.  Note that
despite the problems associated with geo-
physical techniques, they still hold out
greater promise of success under optimum
site conditions than do the conventional
monitoring methods.  Leak detection at
existing lined sites is, and will continue
to be  more problematical.  However,
skillful use of the techniques described
herein, should lead, in many cases to
leak detection prior to the occurrence of
extensive groundwater contamination.
SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATIONS

     This review and assessment of candi-
date leak detection techniques for exist-
ing and planned lined waste disposal sites
has summarized the state-of-the-art in
leak detection technology.  Ultimately,
the purpose of any leak detection techni-
que is to identify the point source of a
hazardous contaminant plume in time to
execute effective repairs and to minimize
possible damage to the environment.

     Results of the survey and the ranking
matrix indicated that there currently
exists no single technique that is appli-
cable in all or even many situations,
particularly in existing sites.  Each geo-
physical technique has both theoretical
and site specific limitations.  Further
research is necessary to demonstrate the
advantages and limitations of a number of
the candidate methodologies in different
dumpsite configurations.  These should
include both solid and liquid sites in
various soil types, and should include
an array of techniques used in a composite
mode.  The optimum configuration for
planned sites that are to be monitored
may be long trenches of up to 30 meters
width.  This should reduce the range
limitations that exist when using geo-
physical monitoring techniques.

     Although no single technique or
group of techniques have been identified
as a solution to the leak detection
problem, the group of techniques reviewed
and evaluated here can be applied system-
atically and synergistically to existing
lined sites with the eventual hope of
detecting leachate contamination prior to
damage to the groundwater.  Certainly,
such techniques should be applied routine-
ly in conjunction with water quality
sampling at any site identified as a
potential problem,  in the case of planned
sites, several possible solutions hold out
promise for future development.
                                          248

-------
REFERENCES
    Waller, M. J., and Davis, J.  L.,
    Assessment of Innovative Techniques
    to Detect Landfill Liner Failings,
    Draft Final  Report, Contract  No. 68-
    03-3029, submitted to Environmental
    Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH,
    October 30,  1981.
                                           249

-------
                ELECTRICAL RESISTIVITY TECHNIQUES FOR LOCATING LINER LEAKS


                                     Wendell R. Peters
                                      David W. Shultz
                                        Bob M. Duff

                                 Department of Geosclences
                                Southwest Research Institute
                                     San Antonio, Texas


                                         ABSTRACT
     Flexible membrane materials have been used as liners at landfills and surface
impoundments to inhibit fluids from contaminating surrounding water resources.  These
materials will act as an electrical insulator in such installations.  Therefore, any leak
in the liner will form a detectable electric current path by which a leak may be detected
and located.  The primary objective of this project is to develop a method to detect and
locate leak paths in membrane liners.  The work reported here consists of:  (1)
two-dimensional electrical modelling of liners with leaks using computer techniques; and
(2) three-dimensional modelling using a physical scale model.  Equipotential plots from
both models resulted in the determination of leak dependent surface effects.  A system
design is underway to develop and demonstrate a search technique based on electrical
measurement and leak-dependent signatures as observed in the model studies.
INTRODUCTION

     An important aspect of hazardous waste
treatment and disposal in landfills or
surface impoundments is the prevention of
surface and groundwater contamination by
fluids containing hazardous constituents.
Relatively impervious flexible membrane
liners have been used to establish the
facility boundaries and to prevent fluids
from migrating into the surrounding water
resources.

     Research and evaluation projects are
underway to investigate the effectiveness
of waste containment liner materials,
including the long-term deterioration of
liners exposed to various waste products.
Early landfill liners consisted of clay
hardpans, and wood or metal barriers.
Improved liners have been developed more
recently using flexible polymeric materials
to provide lower liquid permeability and
longer waste containment lifetimes.
     While these newer liner materials are
demonstrating improved resistance to
prolonged waste exposure, no methods are
presently available to non-destructively
test their physical integrity in service
environments.  A tear or rupture in a liner
system will allow fluid to migrate from the
facility and thus violate the original
intent of the liner.  The work reported
herein has been directed towards developing
a non-destructive electrical system which
can be used for detecting and locating
leaks in waste containment liners while the
facility remains in service.

     Since the philosophy of impervious
liners is to contain rather than absorb or
filter contaminates, the physical
characteristics of the liner materials will
usually differ significantly from the
underlying soil and the contained hazardous
waste.  In particular, liners made of
impervious plastics and rubbers will
exhibit very high electrical resistance
                                            250

-------
which will act as an electrical insulator
between  the internal and external liner
surfaces.  If the liner is physically
punctured or separated so that fluid passes
through  the liner,  the electrical
conductivity of the fluid and saturated
underlying soil will form a detectable
electric current path through the liner  by
which the leak may be revealed.  Electrical
methods  are attractive because they can  be
applied  on the surface of the landfill or
fluid impoundment.  The methods are
completely nondestructive in operation and,
by means of automated field equipment, can
be made  very efficient and cost-effective
for facility monitoring operations.  The
resulting method, when fully developed,
will be  useful for  surveying existing as
well as  new facilities where electrically
resistive membrane  liners are installed.

     Two- and three-dimensional computer
models were used to examine the current
distribution in the cross-section of
several  simulated liner geometries having
different leak locations.  In addition to
these analytical model studies, a
three-dimensional physical scale model was
also constructed using a plastic liner in a
wooden frame.  Soil was placed inside the
model to simulate a landfill.  Water was
used to  simulate a  fluid impoundment.
Electrical potential distributions on the
surface  of the soil and water were measured
to determine the effects of punctures in
the liner.  The effects of multiple leaks
as well  as those caused by subsurface
anomalies contained within the liner were
also studied.  Based upon these application
concept  studies, the most promising
electrical testing methods have been
identified and subsequent project
activities are now directed towards the
design and fabrication of an appropriate
experimental field instrumentation system.
Computer software is also being developed
and tested to allow on-site analysis of
field data.
EXPERIMENTAL METHOD

     Figure 1 shows the basic electrical
testing concept where one current electrode
is located away from the facility and a
current path exists over through a leak
penetration in the liner as well as over
the buried edge of the liner.  This figure
illustrates that when a leak penetration is
present in the liner, current flow between
electrodes located inside and outside the
   FIGURE 1.  LEAK-FREE LINER.  ARBITRARY
         SEARCH ELECTRODE POSITION.

facility will  follow  two  paths,  namely,
through the leak and  over the buried  edges
of  the liner.   Since  surface  potentials  are
directly related to the  current  distribu-
tions in the vicinity of  the  search
electrode,  they can be used to locate the
leak.

     Figure 1  represents  an idealized case
of  a non-conducting liner.  Actual liner
materials have high but  finite volume
resistivity.   The voltage to  current  ratio
at  the source  electrode  can be expressed as
a resistance due to the earth in the
absence of  the liner  in  series with a total
resistance  across the liner.   If the
current density is assumed to be uniform
over the entire area  of the liner, then
this liner  resistance may be  expressed as
             RT =
                   PLt
(1)
where:
       RL = The total liner resistance;

       PL = the volume resistivity of
            the liner material;

       t  = thickness of the liner; and

       A  = total surface area of the
            liner.

     For a liner 0.030 inches  (30 mil)
thick and five acres in area,  and a
material with a volume resistivity of 2 x
IQlO ohm-meter, Equation 1 gives a total
liner resistance of 750 ohms.  Thus, even
though the resistivity of the  liner
material is high, the total series
resistance due to the liner can be
relatively small for a large facility.
While Equation 1 is useful for estimates of
liner resistance, it is inaccurate since
the current density is very non-uniform
over the liner surface in an actual
facility.
                                            251

-------
     An accurate analytical solution for
potential and curent flow is not possible
for a realistic facility geometry and
numerical methods must be used.   An
examination of the nature of solutions is,
however, very useful in the development of
the leak detection technique.  The surface
potential within the facility can be
expressed in terms of the current density
across the liner as:
      2irr
                                         (2)
where:
       r      = the distance from the
                current injection electrode
                (inside the facility)
                to the point on the surface
                at which the potential is
                measured;
       V(r)    = the potential at point r on
                the surface;
       I      = the total injected current;
       r'     = the distance from the
                current injection electrode
                to the point of integration
                on the liner;
       R      = the distance between the
                potential measuring point r
                and the integration point
                r' ;
        Jn(r/)  = t^6 component of current
                density perpendicular to
                the surface of integration,
                i.e., liner;
       SL     = the surface defined by the
                liner;
       SL     = the surface SL with leak
                areas removed;
       Pi     <* the volume resistivity of
                material within the
                facility, i.e., liquid or
                solid waste;
       Pi     = the volume resistivity the
                earth surrrounding the
                facility;
       PL     " the volume resistivity of
                the liner material;
       t      = the thickness of the
                liner;
       n      = a unit vector normal to
                the surface S.
The current density Jn which appears in the
integrands of Equation 2 is unknown and is
dependent upon the geometry of the
facility, the resistivities of the
materials inside and outside of the liner,
and the position of the current injection
electrode.  Examination of Equation 2
reveals two important features of the
electrical method.  First, the influence of
the liner on the surface potential
decreases with distance from the
measurement point if the same current
density is assumed.  Second, the influence
of any portion of the liner on the surface
potential is proportional to the current
density crossing the liner at that point.

     It is apparent that the current
density crossing the surface SL is
dependent upon the effective resistance
across that portion of SL.  The effective
resistance across the surface, now assumed
to be of thickness t, may be computed from
Equation 1 if the area A is taken
sufficiently small for the current density
to be essentially constant.  Considering
two small areas, one containing liner
material of resistivity PL, the other a
leak for which the resistivity is p^, then,
from equation 1, the ratio of resistances
is the ratio of the resistivities, PL/PI-
The resistivities of typical liner
materials are in the range 1 x 10
ohm-meters to 1 x 10^  ohm-meters while the
resistivity of material within a facility
will generally be 1 to 10 ohm-meters or
less.  It may, therefore, be concluded
that in the vicinity of a leak, the current
density crossing the liner will be many
orders of magnitude less than the current
density at the leak.

     Referring to Equation 2, it is seen
that the surface potential at points above
a leak will be significantly influenced by
the shunting effect of the leak on the
current density across the liner.  To
obtain more precise information a numerical
solution of the problem is required.

     The  first numerical model study used a
general purpose circuit simulation computer
program  (SPICE).  Circuits containing
resistors, capacitors, inductors, and
voltage and current sources may be
simulated with  the program.  A
two-dimensional resistor network model
designed  to simulate a membrane liner was
modelled  using  the program.  The
resistivity of  the liner fill and the
                                            252

-------
surrounding earth is modelled using
normalized resistance values of one ohm.
The insulating effect of the liner is
represented in the model by using parallel
10,000 ohm resistors along the path of the
liner.  A leak (conductive path) in the
liner is simulated by replacing one of the
10,000 ohm resistors in the liner with a
one ohm resistor.  The shunting effect of
the surrounding soil across the liner edges
is simulated by using two-ohm resistors at
the surface.  Current and voltage sources
are used to inject current into the surface
of the model.

     The output of the model analysis is
the voltage at each of the nodes connecting
the sensor elements.  These values are
stored in an array which is then used in a
second program which plots the results in
the form of equipotential contours.  Fig-
ure 2 illustrates a contour plot showing
the two-dimensional potential distribution
around a liner without leaks.  The network
used to model this cross section was a
rectiliner array of 21 by 11 resistors for
a total of 494 elements.  The current
injection point is at the top center of the
figure with the other reference electrode
connected to a conducting path along the
bottom and sides of the cross section.
This reference is far enough from the liner
to be located at effective infinity.  The
outline of the liner has been sketched in
the figure and is represented by the three-
sided trapezoidal figure in the center of
the plots.  The equipotential lines showing
the voltage distribution patterns were
computer generated.  The current flow paths
are at right angles to the equipotential
lines and were sketched in by hand.
Figure 2 illustrates the current flow over
the edges of the liner and into the
surrounding earth.
    FIGURE 2.   COMPUTER-MODELLED  VERTICAL
        CROSS-SECTION OF  WASTE  LINER
               WITH  NO LEAKS.
     In parallel with the computer analysis
work described above, a three-dimensional
physical scale model was constructed in an
outdoor environment where ground is used as
the soil underlying the physical scale
model.  Figure 3 shows the model and the
instrumentation van.  The 11 foot square
framework is lined with a 6 mil
polyethylene sheet.  Shunt resistors on the
edges couple the interior of the liner to
the surrounding earth.  To facilitate
voltage measurements, most of the work to
date has been done with water in the liner.
Current is injected into the liner using a
single electrode with the return electrode
located approximately 300 feet away from
the model.  Various liner fill depths could
be easily modelled by varying the depth of
the water.

     Surface voltages were measured with
both potential measurement electrodes
located in the basin.  The potential
reference electrode was fixed in position
near one corner of the model.  The
exploration measurement electrode is one of
many electrodes mounted on a fiberglass
beam at 2-1/2 inch spacings.  Initially,
data were taken on a rectangular grid but
it was determined that better quality data
could be acquired using a polar grid with
the current injection electrode at the
center.

     Initially, a constant current source
was used in the experiments.  However, this
device did not have the range of current
needed for the measurements.  Subsequently,
a laboratory oscillator was used to supply
25 Hz signal which was amplified by an
audio power amplifier.  The output of the
amplifier was transformer-coupled to the
current injection electrodes.  A digital
ammeter was used to monitor the
50-milliampere injection current.

     The leaks in the bottom of the liner
were generated by driving a 1/2 inch
diameter copper-clad steel rod through the
liner and into the soil.  This rod provided
a good conducting path between the water
and the soil without loss of water.

     Figure 4 shows a close-up of the
fiberglass beam with the measurement and
current injection electrodes in place.
Wave action around the current injection
electrodes was found to cause problems in
maintaining a stable constant current.  For
this reason, a PVC still-well was placed
around the current injection electrode as
                                            253

-------
                                                             w
                                                             o
                                                             §
                                                             w
                                                             3
                                                             o
                                                             C/3
                                                            u  >
                                                            M
                                                            to  !s
                                                            >H  O
                                                            K  M
                                                            2; W
                                                            M S
                                                            J 5
                                                               Di
                                                            W H
                                                            H W
                                                            O
254

-------
                                                                 W
                                                                 o

                                                                 §
                                                                 H   •
                                                                 O  CO
                                                                 W  H
                                                                 <-3  tJ
                                                                 W  W
                                                                     E^
                                                                 2  fc
                                                                 O  W
                                                                 l-l
                                                                 H  W
                                                                 U  >
                                                                 W  
-------
seen in the photograph.  Monofilament nylon
lines were used to accurately locate the
current injection electrode.

     For one placement of the beam, data
were acquired by making measurements at
increasing radial distances away from the
current injection electrode.  The beam was
then rotated by a specified angle about the
current electrode position and another
series of radial readings taken.
Proceeding in this manner, measurements
covering the entire model surface were
obtained.
EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS

     In developing and employing the
technique, it is important to know the
electrical properties of the liner
materials being used in landfills.  Since
              the electrical parameters of liner
              materials is not provided by their
              manufacturers, a laboratory electrical test
              of samples of liner materials was
              performed.  Table 1 shows a sample of the
              measurements made on the materials.  The
              resistivity values were calculated using
              measured values of resistance.

                   Figure 5 illustrates the results of
              one of the computer generated two-
              dimensional analyses of a liner having
              a leak in the bottom.   The equipotential
              lines which appear in the figure are
              generated and plotted automatically by the
              computer program described earlier.

                   This result shows that, as predicted,
              when a leak penetration is present in the
              liner, current flow between electrodes
              located inside and outside the liner will
              follow two paths, namely, through the leak
               TABLE  1.  ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF LANDFILL LINER MATERIALS
          Sample Type
Thickness
  (mils)
Area of
Samples    Resistance
 (cm2)	(ohms)
  Volume
Resistivity
 (ohm - cm)
      High Density
        Polyethylene  (A)

      High Density
        Polyethylene  (B)

      Polyethylene

      Chlorosulfonated
        Polyethylene  (A)

      Chlorosulfonated
        Polyethylene  (B)

      Chlorosulfonated
        Ployethylene
        - nylon reinforced

      Polyvinyl Chloride

      Polyvinyl Chloride
        - oil resistant

      Chlorinated
        Polyethylene

      Chlorinated
        Polyethylene
        - reinforced

      Urethane Asphalt
   55.0       100.0     4.00 x 1013     2.86 x 1016


  121.0        45.5     3.25 x 1013     4.81 x 1015

    6.0       100.0     1.80 x 1011     1.18 x 1015


   40.0       100.0     3.20 x 108      3.14 x 1013


   36.0       100.0     3.75 x 1010     4.10 x 1013



   34.0       100.0     3.60 x 109      4.16 x 1012

   29.0       100.0     1.52 x 108      2.06 x 1011


   30.0       100.0     1.70 x 108      2.23 x 1011


   32.5         9.0     7.20 x 1010     7.84 x 1012



   36.0       100.0     6.70 x 108      7.32 x 1011

   69.0       100.0     2.20 x 1011     1.25 x 1014
                                            256

-------
    FIGURE 5.   COMPUTER MODELLED VERTICAL
     CROSS-SECTION OF A WASTE LINER WITH
            A  LEAK IN THE BOTTOM.

and around the buried edges of the liner.
Note the non-symmetry of the equipotential
lines terminating on the surface of the
landfill above the liner.  The voltage
gradient is clearly steeper along the
surface on the side of the current
injection electrode above the leak.
Asymmetries such as this were investigated
in subsequent work to develop field
measurements which could locate liner
leaks.

     The relatively inexpensive nature of
the two-dimensional computer model and its
precise control make it a very productive
method of investigating electrical testing
concepts related to liner leaks.  Even
though it is a two-dimensional model that
does not accuretely simulate the
three-dimensional volume of a landfill or
surface impoundment, the ability to
accurately predict the potential
distributions in various simulations of
liner conditons makes it a valuable tool.
The sensitivity of this model to a
simulated leak is greater than for a true
landfill condition because of the
two-dimensional character of the model.
Nevertheless, the results obtained are, in
general, indicative of the full-scale
equipment sensitivity requirements.

     Figures 6 and 7 show examples of
equipotential contours measured using the
physical scale model.  For both cases, a
single leak was located at an arbitrary
position in the bottom.  For all plots, the
current injection point is located at the
center of the polar coordinate system.

     Figure 6 clearly shows  the distortion
of the equipotential lines in the
neighborhood of the leak which is on the
  FIGURE 6.  EQUIPOTENTIAL LINES ON THE
  SURFACE OF THE WASTE LINER MODEL WITH
       A LEAK ON THE 340° RADIAL.
                120   100-
             LINER BOUNDARY
  FIGURE 7.  EQUIPOTENTIAL LINES ON THE
  SURFACE OF THE WASTE LINER MODEL WITH
A LEAK ON THE 0° RADIAL AND A CONDUCTING
      ANOMALY BENEATH THE SURFACE.
                                            257

-------
340 degree radial.  A steep voltage
gradient in the radial direction crossing
over the leak distorts the equipotential
lines.

     Figure 7 is a similar plot for a
different current injection point.  Again
the current injection point is at the
center of the polar coordinate plot.  An
aluminum block was also placed between the
current injection point and the leak.  The
same pattern of perturbed equipotential
lines as observed in Figure 6 can be seen
in Figure 7 about the leak.  No observable
distortion was generated by the
introduction of the conducting block.  Many
data acquisition runs were conducted using
different combinations of water depth,
distance between current injection point,
leak position, number of leaks, and
conductive anomalies in the water.  All of
the tests resulted in similar types of
equipotential plots in which the leak
position could be accurately inferred.

     A sample of data taken along one
radial crossing over a single leak is
presented in Table 2.  This radial data was
taken from the results illustrated in
Figure 7.  The X(I) column is the distance
in inches from the current injection point.
The corresponding voltage measurements
(millivolts) are given in the column
labeled Y(I).  A logarithmic curve fit was
made to these data with the general
equation Y = a + b In (X) resulting in the
empirical relationship
              TABLE 2.  DATA FROM 0° RADIAL
         Y = 8374 -1897 In X
(3)
A plot of this curve and the measured data
is shown in Figure 8.  The effect of the
leak is discernable at a radial distance of
72.5 inches.

     Referring to Table 2, the third column
labeled Y(l)' are the calculated values of
voltage based on the fitted curve.  The
data in the column labeled RESIDUALS are
calculated by taking the difference between
Y(I) and tfl^.  At a radial distance of
72.5 inches, a very noticeable perturbation
caused by the leak occurs in the residuals
column where it reaches a minimum value of
-156.91.  This data reduction technique
will be used in the equipment design and
data processing to extract the leak
generated signatures from the field data.

     Using the residual analysis described
above on more than one radial line and
XII)
10. 00
12.50
15.00
17. 50
20 00
22.50
25.00
27. 50
30.00
32.50
35 00
37. 50
40.00
42 50
45.00
47.50
50.00
52. 50
55.00
57.50
60.00
62.50
65 00
67.50
70. 00
72.50
75.00
77. 50
80. 00
82.50
7000 r- 1

	
4000 -
3000 -
2000
1000 -
0 1
0

Y(l)
3992 00
3581 . 00
3269 . 00
2987 . 00
2740 . 00
2532 00
2331 00
2146 . 00
1992.00
1837 00
1678.00
1548.00
1424 . 00
1325.00
1213.00
1087 00
985 . 00
883 00
798 . 00
702 00
611 . 00
516 00
399 . 00
283 . 00
164.00
90.00
74.00
51 .00
26.00
14.00



\
^-t^
i i i i
20

/\
4004 . 88
3581 . 58
3235 . 71
2943 29
2669 . 98
2466 . 55
2266 . 68
2085 . 87
1920. 81
1768.97
1628.39
1497. 51
1375.08
1260.07
1151 .64
1049 . 08
951 77
859 . 22
770 97
686 . 64
605 . 91
528 . 47
454 . 07
382 . 47
313.48
246 . 91
182.60
120.40
60. 17
1 .80




~^"*"-i
i i i i i
40
INCHES
RESIDUALS
-12.88
-0.58
33 29
43. 71
50.02
65.45
64 .32
60. 13
71 . 19
68 03
49.61
50.49
48.92
64.93
61 .36
37.92
33.23
23.78
27 .03
15.36
5.09
-12 47
-55 07
-99 47
-149.48
-156.91
•108.60
-69 . 40
-34 . 1 7
12.20




'-r^_
60 80

         FIGURE 8.   LOGARITHMIC  CURVE  FIT  FOR THE
              DATA TAKEN ON A RADIAL CROSSING
                      OVER THE LEAK.
                                            258

-------
plotting the analyzed results along the
radials gives a contour plot as shown in
Figure 9.  Here the physical scale model
was configured with two leaks located on
radials which were 40 degrees apart.  As
observed in this figure, the region near
the two leaks are clearly discernable from
the closed contours which surround the two
leak positions.  The center of the contour
on the left was above one of the leaks and
the contour on the right missed the leak by
about five inches.  In both cases, the leak
targets were in the correct azimuth
direction with only small errors in the
radial distance.  Additional measured
values along other radials crossing the
first will result in a more precise
determination of the leak location.
                       CURRENT INJECTK1N
   FIGURE 9.  POLAR PLOT OF THE RESIDUALS
     CALCULATED BY TAKING THE DIFFERENCE
   BETWEEN THE FIELD DATA AND LOGARITHMIC
   FITTED CURVES.  THE LEAKS SHOWN ARE ON
          RADIALS SEPARATED BY 40°.

FUTURE WORK

     The analytical and laboratory model
studies of electrical liner testing
completed to date have revealed some
promising approaches for leak detection.
Based on these results, specifications for
field instrumentation are being
established.  Sufficient model testing has
been completed to permit full specification
of equipment operating characteristics,
field requirements, data recording, and
data processing software.

     To supplement the data base obtained
to date using the water-filled physical
scale model, similar tests are in progress
using a soil-filled model.  The
inhomogeneties associated with this type of
fill will better approximate the conditions
anticipated at full-scale landfill sites.

     At the conclusion of the work in
progress, an experimental field system will
be assembled for performance demonstration
testing and verification of data
acquisition precision.  The system
operating functions will be implemented
using a desktop computer and a digital data
recording system.  The system will be
semi-automatic in that several electrodes
will be laid out in advance and
automatically scanned and read by the
computer.  Software written for the
computer will be used to process the data
in the field to generate plots similar to
those obtained in the model studies.

     After completion of the system
assembly, a field test plan will be
developed based upon information describing
existing landfill sites and surface
impoundments utilizing polymeric membrane
liners.  Candidate sites will include
liners with and without leaks if possible.
CONCLUSIONS


     Computer modelling of electrical
techniques of leak detection in liners were
successful in proving the fundamental
concepts needed to develop a practical
system for finding liner leaks in hazardous
waste facilities.  Two-dimensional analysis
provided valuable insights into current
flow patterns and equipotential patterns
associated with liner geometry and leaks.

     The computer work also provided the
foundation for the physical scale model
studies which were used to generate scaled
measurements simulating ideal facility
liners with leaks.  Equipotential plots of
the voltages measured on the surface of the
model showed leak-dependent patterns which
may be used to locate the leaks.  The model
studies showed that multiple leaks may also
be resolved and that anomalies such as
blocks of conductive material buried near
the search area do not have a serious
effect on the field data.  Parametric
studies of surface effects versus depth
showed that the surface perturbations are
reduced for greater fill depths.  However,
measurable potential patterns in the leak
regions still generate useful information
which can be used to locate the leaks.
                                            259

-------
     The results of this investigation are
very encouraging in regard to the
feasibility and usefulness of a practical
leak detection and location system.  This
technique appears to show promise  for
detecting and locating membrane liner leak
paths for new as well as existing  landfills
and surface impoundments.  Future  field
tests will help verify the system
capabilities and the conditions where the
most reliable date are produced.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     The research which is reported  in  this
paper is being performed under Contract  No.
68-03-3033  "Investigation of Electrical
Techniques  for Leak Detection in Landfill
Liners" with the Environmental Protection
Agency, Municipal Environmental Research
Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.  The support
and quidance of Mr. Carlton Wiles, Project
Officer, is gratefully acknowledged.
                                             260

-------
                        ASSESSMENT OF TIME DOMAIN REFLECTROMETRY
                            AND ACOUSTIC EMISSION MONITORING;
                       Leak Detection Systems  for Landfill  Liners
                                     Peter Jay Huck
                             EarthTech Research Corporation
                               Baltimore, Maryland 21227
                                        ABSTRACT
     The feasibility of applying time domain reflectrometry (TDR)  and acoustic emission
(AE) monitoring for the early detection of leaks in landfill  liners is investigated.
The objective is to provide tools by which the practicing engineer may monitor landfills,
detecting any leaks so that remedial action may be taken in a timely fashion.
INTRODUCTION

     Leaks in landfill  liners are fre-
quently not discovered  until  considerable
damage has been done to the groundwater,
even when the best available current
technology is used.   If reliance is placed
upon monitoring wells and groundwater
quality tests, a leak cannot be discovered
until the leachate plume has extended
beneath the landfill far enough to inter-
sect the first monitoring well, a process
that may require years.  Methods by which
a leachate leak might be discovered as
soon as it develops  are sought.  Two
candidate methods are time domain reflect-
rometry (TDR) and acoustic emission (AE)
monitoring.

     Time domain reflectrometry has been
used in the past to  map soil  moisture
content along the length of buried trans-
mission lines.  Assuming that the trans-
mission lines may be placed in dry back-
fill material under  the landfill liner
during construction, the possibility
exists for detecting any leachate enter-
ing the backfill through the liner.  The
major concern regarding this application
is the range and resolution that may be
obtained.

     Acoustic emission  monitoring has been
used to detect groundwater flow beneath
earthfill dams.  Fluid  flow through a
porous medium emits  acoustic signals
which, under certain circumstances, may be
detected.  The technique potentially might
be used on either existing or newly con-
structed landfills, but is restricted to
reasonably quiet sites.  The primary con-
cern in the consideration of AE monitoring
is the range over which the acoustic sig-
nals may be detected.  Because relatively
little basic research in the emissions
from fluid flow has been conducted, it is
necessary to determine the operational
factors that relate the acoustic emission
rate to the fluid flow field.
TIME DOMAIN REFLECTROMETRY

     Time domain reflectrometry, or TDR,
was originally developed within the com-
munications industry as a means of locat-
ing faults in long transmission lines.
Shown schematically in Figure 1, the
technique has been likened to one-
dimensional radar in which the signal is
confined to the cable under test.  In
operation, a pulse, either a step pulse
or a half-sine, is introduced into the
transmission line and travels down the
cable at a propagation velocity (V) which
is given by:
           V =
                                          261

-------
          in which:

             c = 3 x 108 M/sec
             K = the dielectric constant
                 of  the cable being tested

If the propagating pulse impinges u"on a
change in the dielectric constant of the
transmission line, some portion of the
energy will  be transmitted across the im-
pedance interface, and some will  be re-
flected back toward  the TDR system.  The
time between insertion of the test pulse
and detection of the reflected pulse is
used to determine the distance to the
cable fault, assuming that the velocity
of propagation is known or can be deter-
mined.

     For use as a soil moisture detection
system, a balanced parallel line as shown
in Figure 2 is used.  In such a trans-
mission line, some of the electromagnetic
energy fringes into  the soil between the
conductors,  making the soil effectively
part of the transmission line.  Given
that the dielectric  constant of most geo-
technical minerals is in the range of 2
to 5, while that of  water is near 80, it
is easily seen that  the system is sensi-
tive to the volumetric moisture content
of the soil  in which the transmission line
is buried.  The dielectric constant for a
particular soil is shown in Figure 3.

     A variety of transmission line geo-
metries, such as previously shown in
Figure 2, may be used.  The most sensitive
to the moisture content of its surround-
ings is the parallel line configuration
comprised of two parallel conductors.
These may be rods, as shown at the bottom
of Figure 2; or simply wires plowed into
the ground parallel  to one another.  The
disadvantage that may be associated with
transmission lines of such high sensi-
tivity is that their very sensitivity
tends to cause them to be lossy, and only
short ranges may be achieved.  Another
type of transmission line that may be
used is conventional RF transmission line,
300 ohm TV twin lead, or 450 ohm ladder
line.  These commercially available lines
are less sensitive to soil moisture con-
tent because of the presence of relatively
low dielectric constant plastic in the
high field density regions directly
between the conductors, and reasonably
should be less lossy when buried in soil.
The conductors in such twin lead are so
closely spaced that only small  soil
volumes are sensed.  The best results
achieved in our laboratory tests to date
have used parallel  wires separated by
about 15cm (six in.).  As the conductor
spacing increases,  the usable frequency
is lowered, increasing range of the sys-
tem and worsening the system resolution.
Clearly, an optimum conductor spacing
exists for use with any particular TDR
instrument.  Site geometry (thickness of
backfill material,  distance across site,
etc.) will also impact instrument selec-
tion and configuration of the array.

    In use for landfill liner leak detec-
tion, the transmission lines would be
buried in the dry granular backfill  be-
neath the liner during construction.
Periodically, the TDR system would be used
to map the moisture content along the
line to detect any  changes caused by  the
development of leachate leaks.

    Assuming that it was desired to
emplace transmission line pairs across
the landfill at a spacing of three meters
(10 ft.), one would require only 3400
linear meters of transmission line per
hectare of landfill (4360 ft/acre).

TDR Study Areas

    Assessment of this application for TDR
requires that several questions be addres-
sed.  First, what combination of range
and resolution may  be achieved with
reasonable transmission line geometries
and currently available or buildable  in-
strumentation?  Second, what survivability
may be expected of  commercially available
transmission lines  using conventional
jacketing materials?  Finally, assuming
that the technique  is found to be techni-
cally feasible, what may we expect the
cost and performance of an optimized
system to be?

    Addressing the  first question requires
tests of various line configurations  in
appropriate soils in the laboratory.
Figure 4 shows a laboratory fixture con-
taining a four meter long TDR line.  This
test fixture permits flooding the soil
from the lower end.  Test data using this
fixture are shown in Figure 5.   Note that
the dry/wet soil interface can clearly be
seen, and that the reflection from the
termination of the test line is likewise
always visible.  Scaling this system up
                                          262

-------
 o
 S- CO
 C  O
 o  ro
•r- 4-
4->  S-
 O  01
 CU +->
, —  c


   (O
  l/l 4-
  •r-  S-
  -C  13
     CD
                                >
                                n
                                >
o
(O
                                                s-
                                                01
o
03
                                            S.
                                            O)
 c:
•r—
 E
                                                                                      i-
                                                                                      O)
                                                                                      ID

                                                                                     Q

                                                                                      CU
                                                                                      CL
                                                                                     CO
                                                                                       i
                                                                                      OJ
                                                                                                                                     ce
                                                                                                                                     Q
                                                                                                                                      o
                                                                                                                                      c:
                                                                                                                                      o
                                                                                      O)
                                                                                      CO
                                                                                      01

                                                                                      Q.
                                                                                      Oi
                                                                                     ce
                                                                                                                                     QJ
                                                                                                                                     -C
                                                                                     O)
                                                                                     i.
                                                                 263

-------
                 300^ Twin Lead (full scale)
<3
                  450^ Transmission Line (full scale)
     Field Lines
                                                1
                                            1cm diameter
                        5cm spacing
Isolated Parallel  Conductors
(full  scale)
       Figure 2.  TDR Transmission Lines For Use in Soil
                  Moisture Measurement
                                264

-------
                                                        o
                                                       o
                                                             -I-J
                                                             OJ
                                                             o
                                                             >

                                                             -a
                                                                 00
                                                             C
                                                             03  i
 o +J
O  OJ

 U  Q-
•i-  Q.
 S-  O
+-> t—
 U
 Oi  E
•—  O
 o>  s-
•i- 4-
Q
     C
 C  O)
 a) -i<:
 01  03
 •3. +^

 01
CO 4->

 c  a)
 o +->
•i-  C
-P  O
 O3 O

'oi  s-
 S-  
-------
                       To TDR

' ° '* 0
° '•.'.'•''

•"•*.'.'
. I '•- ••',
* "•'• ".»'.
' ? "•• '. ' •
f\rv^\*1
/
:'•
'•.
-
•'.;


d.
r
•• .' '.'• '

Si
if
m
;»;•';*!
\j O*^*
IISV9
	 *jj o uciin
x— TDR Line
s- Dry Sand
Rising
/^ Water
Level
J Pressure
Transducer
q E
Filter
Bed

^^

?-"•" ' ," * '
'»'.'* •
».'*!•"
bW;Q
[1^
T
/ — ' c
\^

1
8
l&s
o AE
ystem
Fall ing
Water
Level
- 2" PVC Pipe
J Pressure
Transducer
x — Sand Column
3
Filter
Bed

From To
Pump Drain
Set up for Set up for
TDR Tests AE Tests
Figure 4.   Laboratory Fixture For Conducting TDR or AE Tests
                                266

-------
                                                  Water  Depths
                                                  Noted  in  Meters
Figure 5.   TDR Traces - Sand in Four Meter Laboratory Fixture
           TDR Wires at 15cm Separation
                                267

-------
to a useful  configuration for field  use
would require the use of a high power TDR
system.   The Techtronix 1503 long range
system,  typical  of systems that might be
used in  the field, has pulse durations of
10, 100  and 1000 nsec.  Taking the velo-
city of  propagation as 1.5 x 108 meters/
sec, one then may be able to achieve
resolutions on the order of 1.5, 15, or
150 meters, depending upon the pulse
lengths  selected.  The 10 nsec pulse
seems a  likely candidate, and fits well
with the previously assumed line spacing
of three meters.

     If  the TDR system is to be useful,
it must  have an anticipated lifetime at
least as long as the landfill liner.  The
possibility of leachate attack on the
transmission liner material is not a major
problem, inasmuch as the transmission line
is protected by the landfill liner until  a
leak actually occurs.  Thus, our primary
concern  is not with the hostile chemical
environment that may be expected above
the liner, but rather the less abusive
environment offered by the dry backfill
material.  Further, it happens that many
of the plastic materials used for land-
fill liners are also used for cable
jackets.  We thus anticipate that chemical
or biological attack by leachate will not
be a major problem with the TDR trans-
mission  line.  By the time the line is in
a position to be attacked, it will have
served its purpose by detection of the
developing leachate leak.  A worse hazard
than leachate attack is insuring the phys-
ical integrity of the transmission line
conductors and jacket material during in-
stallation and service life.  The line
itself should be sufficiently robust that
it can be plowed into the sand during
landfill construction, and sufficiently
compliant that it can accommodate the
strains that may be associated with sub-
sequent earth movements and  settlements
throughout its service life.
ACOUSTIC EMISSION MONITORING

     Fluid flow through porous media is
associated with the emission of acoustic
signals that may be detected by sensors
coupled to the soil.  Acoustic emission
(AE) monitoring has been used for 50 years
for detection of structural distress in
rock and soil, but only recently has it
been applied to the detection of fluid
flow.  Current experience with AE moni-
toring of seepage flow is almost totally
limited to field tests on earthfilled
dams, and we know of only one instance in
which laboratory data were obtained.
Application of AE monitoring as a leak
detection technique would require periodic
monitonny of the landfill to detect any
areas in which the background AE rates
were anomalously high.  Our own experi-
ence in the use of AE monitoring indicates
that the desired monitoring configuration
would be as shown in Figure 6.  The AE
sensor should be as close to the liner as
possible, and should be well below the
ground surface to eliminate interfering
noise from the surface.  It is essential
that the site be quiet.  AE monitoring
for seepage may not be considered during
working hours if the sHe is active.
Cultural noise from trucks and earth-
movers would mask any reasonable seepage
signal.

    Preliminary AE tests in the laboratory
have shown that the frequencies of
interest are generally below 5000 Hz.
Typical AE spectra obtained using the
fixture previously shown in Figure 4 are
shown in Figure 7.  It can be seen that
only the highest flowrates used here
generated significant signals of frequen-
cies higher than 5000 Hz.  Further, the
higher frequencies roll off as the flow-
rate is decreased.  Clearly, low frequency
AE systems will be required for leak
detection systems.

    Actual signal levels are shown in
Figure 8.  While the laboratory, being
above ground and thus subject to high
levels of cultural interference, is not
the ideal location for AE testing, it can
be seen that the signal levels are gen-
erally large as compared to background
levels.  Laboratory background levels
appear to be on 1 to  10 events per second,
about an order of magnitude higher than
may be expected on a quiet field site.

    One of the goals  in the laboratory
effort is to identify the operational
parameters that may be used to predict
AE rates.  The flow field in a porous
medium is defined by  the physical geo-
metry, the coefficient of permeability
and  the hydraulic gradient.   Parameters
of possible  interest  thus include the
headloss  (h) and flowrate (Q).  We  con-
jecture that of the  particular
                                          268

-------
                      To AE
                     -System
                    Earth Can
                                  AE
                                  Accelerometer

                    Waveguide
                   (stsel  rod)
    PVC Pipe
    (capped at
     bottom)—
                  Leachate Flow
                  Through Leak
                                                            Level of
                                                            Leachate
Figure 6.   Typical  AE Sensor Installations For Leak Detection
                              269

-------
                                                              >,
                                                              o
                                                              c
                                                              CT
                                                              OJ
                                                                    l/l

                                                                    Ol
                                                                    ro
                                                                    D;
                                                                     3
                                                                     o
 c



 01
<4-
M-


Q



 03


 c
 E
 ^


 O



T3



OO


i*-
 O



O
                                                                     s-
                                                                     o
                                                                     O
                                                                     OJ
                                                                     o.
                                                                    OO
                                                                    -O
                                                                    <=c
                                                                    I—


                                                                     d)
(gp)
 270

-------
    1000
 o
 u
 0>
D.
 I

 ai
u


4->
o
u
       1 -
      0.1-
             -1	1	T


 45      6789


Flow Rate - Gallons  Per  Minute
                                                                10
11
             Figure 8. Acoustic  Emission  Count Rates for 1.0 M

                       Column of Sand
                                    271

-------
combinations of these two factors,  one
that may be particularly useful  is  the
hydraulic energy dissipated in the  flow-
field.  Laboratory data are needed  to
elucidate the functional relationship
between flow through porous media and
emissions of acoustic signals.

     Implementation of AE monitoring in a
leak detection system will require  estab-
lishing an array of monitoring points
near the liner.  The best configuration
for a monitoring station is a PVC pipe,
capped at the bottom and sealed  into the
landfill so that a sensor may be lowered
to a point near the liner.  Acoustic coup-
ling to the soil is achieved by  putting
water in bottom of the PVC pipe  and using
a hydrophone AE sensor.  An alternative
system involves the use of a waveguide -
a steel rod driven, into the landfill
itself with an accelerometer-type AE
sensor mounted at the top.  This has the
disadvantage that the accelerometer is
subject to airbourne cultural noise.  A
critical question is the spacing that must
be used for such monitoring stations.
Later in this project tests will be con-
ducted on a landfill to obtain initial
attenuation data.  If it turns out  to be
possible to monitor an entire landfill
from a relatively small number of
stations, then the system will be of a
significant value.  If, on the other hand,
the signal can be detected only  at  close
range, a large number of monitoring
stations would be required, and  the tech-
nique would be less attractive.

     It should be noted in closing  that
the best pla.ce to use AE leak detection
may be in lined la.goons rather than land-
fills.  The liquid in a lagoon,  even
though it may vary in density from  top to
bottom, is certain to be a better acoustic
medium than a landfill. One can  conceive  of
an AE sensor or array of sensors towed
across the surface of a lagoon to survey
the emissions over the area of the  site.
If a single sensor were used, one would
look for locations on the lagoon having
high emission rates.  If a multiple sensor
array were used, it would be possible to
use source-location systems to pinpoint
the source distance and bearing from the
array based on time of arrival and/or
signal phase information.  Such systems
have been successfully used in the mining
industry to warn of roof falls and rock
bursts, and should work in the liquid en-
vironment of a liquid waste impoundment
after suitable modification.
SUMMARY

    Two new techniques presently under
study have the potential for detection of
landfill liner leaks at an early stage.
The possibility that leaks may be detected
before the leachate has migrated from
beneath the landfill itself is worthy of
rather extensive effort.

    The first technique discussed above,
time domain reflectrometry, or TDR, is a
system for mapping soil moisture content
along the length of a pair of wires which
may be buried beneath the landfill liner.
In a properly designed landfill, the
groundwater should be well below the
liner, and any moisture discovered im-
mediately below the liner would be indica-
tive of a leachate leak.  Because TDR
requires that the wires be placed in the
sand bed below the liner, its use may
only be considered for new sites at which
the sensing wires may be built in during
construction.  The range and resolution
that may be expected for particular site
conditions has not been determined at the
time of writing, and higher power instru-
ments may require development if the
method is to be used successfully.  It
should be remembered that TDR sensors
buried beneath a landfill liner may also
be used as instrumentation leads for other
sensors such as thermocouples or as
electrodes for resistivity or acid poten-
tial.  Ultimately, geophysical systems
should be married and used in concert.

    The second candidate under assessment,
acoustic emission (AE) monitoring operates
by detecting the minute sounds of leachate
seeping through soil.  This system may be
used on existing sites if the AE sensors
can be emplaced below the landfill surface
in some reasonable proximity to the liner.
This would require driving a steel rod
down from the surface or placing a sealed
PVC pipe through the landfill earth cap,
taking care not to approach the liner so
closely as to risk penetration.  A primary
advantage of this approach is that it is
actually leachate flow which is detected
rather than the accumulation of some
volume of leachate beneath the landfill
liner.  Most other systems require at
least some leachate to escape to form a
                                           272

-------
target that may be detected.  AE monitoring
may also be used in liquid impoundments,
which are difficult to survey by electro-
magnetic means because of the relatively
high conductivity of most liquid wastes.
In fact, it appears that AE monitoring for
leaks will  probably work better in a
lagoon than in a landfill.  Thus the first
demonstrations of AE leak detection may
actually be in liquid sites.

      In any discussion of geophysical
monitoring  systems, it must be remembered
that there  exists no single omnipotent
geophysical system.  High confidence in
the results of geophysical surveys is best
obtained through the use of several dif-
ferent geophysical systems.  Similarly, it
is not anticipated that either of the
systems discussed above will replace more
conventional landfill monitoring systems
such as groundwater monitoring wells or
electrical  resistivity.  Rather, they and
others still to be considered should form
components  of a comprehensive monitoring
system that may be tailored to the condi-
tions and monitoring needs of each parti-
cular site.
REFERENCES

1.  Topp, G. C., Davis, J. L., and Annan,
    A. P., Electromagnetic determination
    of soil water content:  measurements
    in coaxial transmission lines.  Water
    Resources Research, Vol. 16, No. 3,
    pp 574-582, June 1980.
                                           273

-------
                LEACHATE FROM CO-DISPOSAL OF MUNICIPAL AND HAZARDOUS WASTE

                                  IN LANDFILL SIMULATORS
              Riley N. Kinman
            Janet I. Rickabaugh
         University of Cincinnati
             Cincinnati, Ohio
              James J. Walsh
              W. Gregory Vogt
               SCS Engineers
            Covington, Kentucky
                                         ABSTRACT
     In late 1974, a simulated landfill study was initiated to study landfill behavior
under controlled conditions.  A total of 19 test cells was constructed to study different
infiltration rates, pH buffering compounds, prewetting the wastes and co-disposing refuse
with sewage sludge and various industrial wastes.  Each cell received approximately 3.2
metric tons of municipal refuse.  Twelve received municipal refuse plus small quantities
of industrial wastes and other materials.  Water additions were made on all cells on a
preset schedule to approximate Midwest U.S. infiltration rates.  Quality and quantity data
were collected on leachate and gas produced.

     This paper addresses data collected from leachate and gas analysis for the cells
which contained municipal refuse plus industrial wastes.  Data encompass the period from
November, 1974 to August, 1981.  Mass releases of leachate constituents were plotted and
studied.  Gas quantities and qualities were studied also.  Data continue to be collected
and analyzed on this project.
               INTRODUCTION

     Under the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA),  an inventory of
all solid waste disposal sites is to be made
across the nation.  In addition, all sites
identified by the inventory must be classi-
fied as either a "sanitary landfill" or an
"open dump".  Sites found to be in compli-
ance with the Classification Criteria for
Solid Waste Disposal Sites^1) (and thus
posing no significant threat to human health
or the environment) will be classified as
sanitary landfills.  Sites found to be in
non-compliance with the criteria will be
classified as open dumps.  Open dumps must
be either closed immediately or upgraded as
necessary to mitigate the hazard identified
by the inventory.  The closure and upgrading
procedures required will depend in large
measure on the degree and status of the
hazard.  That is, if the hazard is large and
yet to be fully exercised, expensive confine-
ment and/or waste removal procedures may be
dictated.  If the hazard is large but most
of the damage is already done, money would
be better directed toward clean-up than
confinement and/or removal.  Lastly, if the
hazard is small, the site may be simply
closed and funds used elsewhere.

     A framework to assist in these deci-
sions needs to be established.  From numer-
ous previous studies, data for such a frame-
work has been generated on the decomposition
processes in landfills and the release of
contaminants from landfills into the envi-
ronment.  However, many of these efforts
have had relatively shortlived monitoring
terms.  In addition, the variability and
unknowns of initial conditions among such
studies have made comparisons of data and
compilation of large data bases difficult
and often impossible.

     This project was motivated by the need
                                            274

-------
for such a data base.   The broad objective
of the program was to study solid waste de-
composition and contaminant release at vari-
ous types of landfills.  Specific objectives
were to determine:

     1.  The effect of different water
         infiltrations on solid waste de~
         composition.

     2.  The effect of sewage sludge addi-
         tions on solid waste decomposition.

     3.  The effect of pH buffer addition on
         solid waste decomposition.

     4.  The effect of six selected indus-
         trial sludge additions on solid
         waste decomposition.

     5.  The effect of initial water addi-
         tion on solid waste decomposition.

     6.  The survivability of poliovirus
         in landfills.

     7.  The effect of different air and
         soil ambient  temperatures on solid
         waste decomposition.

     8.  The ability to duplicate monitor-
         ing data from two test cells con-
         structed and  operated under simi-
         lar conditions.

          TEST CELL CONSTRUCTION

     The experimental  test facility  for
this project is located at the U.S.  Environ-
mental Protection Agency's Center Hill La-
boratory in Cincinnati, Ohio.  A total of
19 test cells were constructed for this
effort in November, 1974 and April, 1975.
Fifteen of these are located outdoors and
below the ground surface.  These exterior
test cells are arranged in a horseshoe
alignment as shown in Figure 1.  The remain-
ing 4 cells are located inside the high bay
area of the Center Hill Laboratory and are
above ground resting on the concrete slab.

     Individual test cells consist of steel
tubes 1.83 m in diameter, 3.66 m high and
4.76 mm thick.  Steel sidewalls were coated
with coal tar epoxy as a moisture seal.
The outside test cells were placed on con-
crete slabs in an excavated area.  Soil was
then backfilled around the sidewalls to
within 0.3 m of the top of the cell.  Sev-
eral layers of fiberglass cloth were placed
inside at the base of these cells and ex-
tended 0.3 m up the sidewall to provide a
watertight and gas tight seal.  The interior
test cells were placed atop steel bases
welded into place.

     Provisions for leachate drainage were
installed for all cells.   Exterior cells
had a small depression in the concrete slab
and connective piping to a leachate collec-
tion well.  This well serves as a central
leachate collection point for all exterior
cells.   It is also used as a groundwater
drawdown to prevent pressure and infiltra-
tion of groundwater into the test cells.
Interior cells are mounted on concrete
blocks and leachate drains are attached be-
low the cell bottoms.
                     EXTERIOR TEST CELLS
     INTERIOR TEST CELLS
                          INSTRUMENTATION
                            BUILDING
                     ©©©©©
                     ©   tn    Q
                     £    Qv    ®®
                     ©    ®\   ©
                                   ©

                                                      BUILDING  WALL'
                              LEACHATE
                              COLLECTION
                              WELL
                           Figure 1.  Test Cell  Location Plan
                                           275

-------
     The test cells were then  readied  for
waste loading.  To minimize  the  exposure
time and more closely simulate actual  land-
fill conditions all test cells were  com-
pletely loaded and covered within  7  days  in
each loading period.  First, a 15.2  cm thick
layer of silica gravel was applied at  the
bottom of each cell.  This serves  as a re-
servoir for leachate and prevents  refuse
from clogging the drain.  Silica gravel was
selected to prevent any chemical reaction
with collected leachate.  Refuse was then
delivered to the site and added  in eight
0.3 m thick increments or lifts.   Each lift
was compacted with a wrecking  ball to  a den-
sity of approximately 270 kg/m^.   Sludges
and other materials added to selected  cells
were applied to the top of each  lift (ex-
cept the first) in proportionate amounts.
No additives were applied to the first lift
to avoid any premature leaching  of moisture.
Temperature probes were installed  atop the
second, fourth and sixth lifts in  each celL
Gas probes were installed atop the second
and sixth lifts.

     At completion of waste  loading  a  0.3 m
thick layer of silty clay cover  soil was
applied atop the waste.  An  additional
0.3 m thick layer of pea gravel  was  placed
atop the cover soil, and a gas probe and
water distribution ring installed  in the
gravel.  A settlement indicator  was  affixed
to the top of the gravel and mounted inside
a sight glass through the steel  lid  on each
cell.  This lid is bolted down to  the  test
cell and caulked to provide  an airtight
seal.  A cross-section of a  typical  test
cell is shown in Figure 2.

          WASTE CHARACTERIZATION

     As mentioned previously,  sludges  and
other materials were added to  selected cells.
These additives are identified in  Table 1
along with other pertinent initial loading
conditions such as weight and  moisture con-
tents.  The intent of these  additions  was
to allow an investigation of what  effects
codisposing these materials  with municipal
refuse would have on solid waste decompo-
sition.  More specifically,  this arrang-
ment provided test cells which fulfilled
the earlier objectives as follows:

     1.  Different water infiltration  rates;
         Test Cells 1, 2, 3  and  4.

     2.  Sewage sludge additions:  Test
         Cells 5, 6 and 7.
                - SETTLEMENT INDICATOR
                • 9MHTTUW

                           JMTCT INPUT CONNECTOR
             *••».
     TEMPERATURE pnoac
      OA3 PMW
     TEMPERATURE PROBE
                           .0.3m PEA «RAVEL

                            0.3 m SILTY CLAY
                           • 2.4 m MUNICIPAL REFUSE
                            0 13m SILICA 9RAVEL


                            •CONCRETE SLAB
                          LEACHATE DRAIN
  Figure 2. Cross-section of Typical Test Cell


     3.  pH buffer addition:   Test Cell 8.

     4.  Six selected  industrial sludge
         additions:  Test Cells  9, 10,  12,
         13, 14 and  17.

     5.  Initial water addition:  Test  Cell
     6.
11.

Survivability of poliovirus:
Test Cell 15.
     7.  Different ambient  air and soil
         temperatures:
         16.
                         Test  Cells 2 and
     8.
Duplication of monitoring  data;
Test Cells 16, 18 and  19.
     Before loading, all  solid waste for
each lift in each cell was  weighed and
sorted.  Eleven sort categories were used
and the average composition in each cell
was then computed.  A summary of the solid
waste composition  of each  cell is shown in
Table 2.  In addition to  categorization,
two samples were extracted  from each lift.
An 11.4 kg sample was used  for moisture
content determination;  these were then
averaged over each cell to  determine the
                                            276

-------
i
a
<
o
to
LU
LLJ

_l

CO
.
l~
03
\
z
i
i s

i
I
I „
~
=
0

to
-

.
„
^.

«
r*J
Pa tM O fJ
O 0* O I i i i I
3  tM >OJCTJ*uTl^O
9t r*t V ^- — ifl—SOfMOG
S S g f> | I ! ! 1
,
2 S 3 5 " u i i i i
O eri O o — i i i i
=
S 2= «^"S '-
» m » -. I| £d-«-
1 " S 2 Jo. SS^-S
SSSS s^ ^§SS3
S 22 .z. S = c"~
O\ O S _.^ (SI f— 

1
_
a
s
CO X
rsj
1
S
s
o
tNI
O

1
i
„
2
en
I
           3 "  5
                                                           v  o

                                                           li


                                                           V  O

                                                           I  5
                                                            I s


                                                            •r o

                                                            1 i
                                                           s  s
                                                           W O


                                                           I i
               3  i
                             S 1 i -s  2 I I i I -I!--;  1 i _
                             277

-------
moisture  contents shown in  Table  1.   An
18.2 kg sample was used for chemical analy-
sis;  results were computed for each sort
category.   A sample composited according  to
average sort categories in all cells was
also  chemically  analyzed (see Table 3).
                            TABLE 2.  REFUSE    COMPOSITION  IN  TEST CELLS
                                                                           (2)
ac










L
2
4
5
6
7
a
9
I.
4.
«t.
Food

9.5
6.3
11.0
3.9
11.3
1. 1
5.3
t.6
7.6
11.2
.7
.2
.0
1 .7
.3
.0
6.2
8.5
t.l

2.2
C«d.

13.1
21.
30.
22.
It.
23.
20.
11.
17.
8.
It.
»•
11.
a.
16.
13.
9.
11.
1J.

S.
a

37.1
11.5
34.9
37.8
11.2
43.6
53.1
11.3
44.0
39.1
It.S
37.1
2.1
1.8
5.7
t.3
3.2
7 41. 8

3 4.3
Hue Ic,
rubber

6.2 5 0 1.
3.4 1 S :.
8.3 3.3
6.1 1.1 2.
6.9 8.0 1.
6.4 3.1 1.
8.3 3.9 1.
11.9 2.1 1.
6.1 1.0 1.
5.5 5.6 1.
5.3 2.7 1.
6.8 5.6 1.
7.3 3.5 2.
10.1 3.8
5.3 S.O I.
6.1 3.3 3.
7.5 2.7 1.
t.» 1.1 1.

1.8 1.5 1.


12
8
8
5
8
9
5
8
8
3
7
9
7
8
7
9
7
1 8

3 1


2 9.
S 9.
6 3.
9 8.
0 7.
1 9.
0 6.
i 6.
9 5.
3 7.
1 9.
7 8.
9 8.
1 7.
9 6.
7 6.
3 8.
1 10.
3 7.

1 1.
A»h,

3.3 2.! 1 0
3.3 1.2 35
3.1 2.3 ! 1
1.1 3.2 3 5
1.6 1.8 ! 9
3.5 1.5 3 C
2.9 2.1 2 8
1.6 16 1
2.8 .9 2
1.7 2.9 3
!.0 2.1 3
6.1 1.3 1
1.1 1.8 1
1.3 2.5 3
1.3 2.7 2
!.7 1.6 2
3.0 2.9 3
1,9 3.0 3
8 2.9 2.1 3.2

1 1.3 I. a .1
                        Percent by IMC ueli
                                 TABLE  3.   REFUSE CHEMICAL  ANALYSIS
                                                                      (3)
Gaioontnt
COM
TKH
Total Phoaphato
Up Ida
Aah
Crud. (lh.r
Total carbon
Inorganic carbon
Organic carbon
Sagar ao Sucre*.
Starch
Aabaatoa
Arianlctt
8«l*nltaatt
Morcurjrtt
Uadtt
a»rylllu>tt
Cadaluartt
Irontt
Zljictt
Chronliwrt
Maafanaaatt
Fotaaalimrt
Macn.aluatt
Calclwtt
Sodluxtt
Coppcrtt
Hickaltt
Moiatura
Molaturall
Composition
Co.eo«lclonl1
Fapar
0.904
0.028
0.048
2.47
91.0
21.7
58.0
4.30
53.7
<0.1
3.40
HA1
<0.1
>A
HA
HA
HA
0.36
375
50.0
1.2
13.1
11.2
160
77.5
9.70
4.5
15.7
5t.7
35.20
42.6
41.62
Cardan
0.315
0.171
3.14
3.04-
36.5
16.6
14.4
4.66
9.74
1.71
7.42
HA
HA
HA
HA
HA
HA
HA
330
106
1.1
194
0.133*
4173
0.830*
183
9.34
15.7
156.4
56.91
10.7
15.77
Hacal
0.492
0.022
2.79
0.420
4.95
0.235
4.90
3.40
1.40
<0.1
<0.1
HA
<0. 1
HA
HA
HA
HA
20.9
625*
173
13.3
870
1.00
80.5
<0.25
37.0
0.221*
113
8.80
6.18
12.2
8.21
Claaa
0.011
0.140
0.049
1.54
2.25
0.040
0.750
0.220
0.530
<0.1
<0.1
HA
10.2
HA
HA
HA
HA
2.7
3220
9.75
1.1
13.7
2.70
472
16.2
60.0
2.54
19.0
2.00
1.65
12.2
7.83
1
Food
0.754
3.09
10.4
13.8
41.6
10.5
19.5
2.38
17.0
6.08
8.57
HA
HA
HA
HA
HA
HA
HA
305
39.0
1.3
12.2
0.162*
377
0.465*
804
8.53
12.5
216.5
70.07
3.6
7.56
Plastic* ,
rtibbar.
Itachar
2.14
1.25
1.40
5.02
182
21.5
15.8
5.75
10.1
<0. 1
3.42
HA
HA
HA
HA
HA
HA
1.8SS
444
118
2.0
12.1
98.7
289
912
163
12.4
32.0
57.04
49.27
8.7
10.91
Hn..t
0.935
0.131
1.97
4.33
49.5
6.39
16.4
4.30
12.1
1.18
7.20
HA
1.2
HA
HA
HA
HA
4.2
0.392*
322
13.1
113
135
1.02*
2.11*
400
33.3
33.2
123
49.36
2.9
3.53
Aah,
rock*.
dire
0.040
0.119
4.48
1.52
19.6
5.85
13.4
7.90
5.60
<0.1
6.40
HA
3.6
HA
HA
HA
HA
4.5
0.340
181
10.1
177
553
2.63*
4.08*
0.209*
32. S
10.1
30.79
18.52
3.2
3.36
Diaper*
0.720
0.138
2.65
2.26
96.0
13.7
44.3
0.740
43.8
<0.1
<0.1
HA
<0.1
HA
HA
HA
HA
0.25
99.0
343
0.5
3.90
750
279
360
0.110*
4.14
3.36
133
66.28
1.3
2.47
Hood Co.po.lt.
0.503
0.223
0.103
1.00
77.9
20.8
51.0
0.380
50.7
<0. 1
0.79
HA
<0.1
HA
HA
HA
HA
1.6
0.373
59.4
1.1
50.0
90.0
253
590
572
38.2
27.0
21.43
17.10
2.6
1.99
0.320
0.247
2.32
2.34
25.3
11.3
24.8
3.08
21.3
3.50
16.2

-------
          OPERATION AND MONITORING

      To more closely simulate actual infield
environmental conditions,  all test cells are
operated  in  accordance with a strict monthly
schedule.  First,  gas systems on each cell
are controlled by  top positions. As shown in
Table  1,  tops may  be (1)  permanently open as
for Test  Cells 9,  10, 12,  13 and 14;  (2)
permanently  sealed closed as for Test Cells
3, 4,  16,  17,  18 and 19;  or (3) opened and
closed in accordance with a monthly schedule
as for Test  Cells  1,  2,  5,  6, 7, 8,  11 and
15.  The  schedule  of open/closed gas  sys-
tems is shown in Table 4.   These gas  sys-
tems are  closed only during selected  months
to simulate  temporary infield conditions of
frozen or saturated ground  cover.
months of March,  April and May.   No appli-
cations are made  in the normally dry months
of January, July,  August and September. Low
applications  are  made in the remaining
months.

     Physical data recording,  sampling and
analysis are  performed in accordance with
the schedule  in Table 5.  To summarize this
schedule, gas volumes,  refuse  temperatures
and refuse settlements are recorded regu-
larly.  Gas samples are collected each
month and analyzed via a gas chromatograph
for five major constituents.  Leachate sam-
ples are collected each month, their vol-
umes recorded and  representative samples
prepared.  Monthly samples are then analyzed
for 22 parameters.   An additional 12
                           TABLE  4.  MONTHLY CELL OPERATION  SCHEDULE
                         Sat System Scfadule

                         Position on Open/
                         Closed Cill Toot
                            Open

                            Open

                            Closed

                            Closed

                            Open

                            C1o«d

                            Closed

                            Open

                            Cloud

                            Open

                            Clostd

                            Cloud
                                                Infiltration Schedule
Amount oer month (liters)
Type per
Month
None
Low
High
High
High
Low
None
None
None
LOW
Low
Low
203.2 Ml
Annual Rate
0
48.52
96.90
96.90
96.90
48.52
0
0
0
48.52
48.52
40.52
406.4
Annual Pate
0
96.90
194.17
194.17
194.17
96.90
0
0
0
96.90
96.90
96.90
609.6
Annual Hate
0
145.72
291.45
291.45
291.45
145.72
0
0
0
145. 72
145.72
145.72
312.3
Annual Rate
a
194.17
388.34
388.34
388.34
104.17
0
0
0
194.17
194.17
194.17
                  Total
                                             533.30
                                                     1067.01
                                                             1602.95
                                                                     2135.87
     Secondly, water is applied  to  each
test cell in accordance with  the annual in-
filtration rates listed in  Table 1.   As
shown, with the exception of  Test Cells 1,
3 and 4, all test cells receive  an  annual
water application of approximately  400 mm.
Test Cells 1, 3 and 4 receive annual appli-
cations of approximately 200,  600 and 800
mm respectively.  In this way, the  goal of
varying the moisture regimen  is  realized in
Test Cells 1, 2, 3 and 4 (with 200,  400,
600 and 800 mm of infiltration,  respective-
ly) .  Water is applied in accordance with
the schedule shown in Table 4.   As  shown,
an attempt has been made to duplicate in-
field conditions.  Specifically,  high appli-
cations are made in the normally rainy
parameters are determined  quarterly and 7
parameters semi-annually.   All analyses are
performed at the Center Hill  Laboratory
using facilities and equipment used exclu-
sively for this project.   Strict  quality
assurance program procedures  are  utilized
to ensure the validity of  sampling results.
Analytical data derived from  the  project is
punched onto computer cards and entered
into the memory banks of an EPA in-house
computer.  This computational facility then
can be used for plotting project  data as an
aid in evaluating results.

        MOISTURE BALANCE EVALUATION
     A previous paper
                      (4)
on this project
                                            279

-------
                    TABLE 5.  DATA RECORDING,  SAMPLING AND ANALYTICAL  SCHEDULE
SAMPLE
Gas





Soil/
Rtfust


Leachate








































ANALYSIS
CR.
Oh
"2
Oz
HZ
Volume

Temperature
Temperature
Settlement
TOO
COO
Total Solids
Total Volatile SoHds
pH
OOP
Specific Conductance
Alkalinity
TKN
ortho-POi.
ft
Cd
S"
Cl
MS
V
Be
Se
a
Phenol
As
Cr'
Cu
Pt>
N1
In
Asbestos
Sn
T1
Total P0»
Organic Adds Cj to Ct
Fecal Colifora
Fecal Streptococci
Cr total
As
Phenol
Be
T1
B
V
Sb
TEST CELL
All
All
All
All
All
16, 17. 18, 19

1 - 15
16, 17, 18, 19
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
2, 4, 10. 13
2, 4, 9. 10, 12, U, 14
2, 4, 9. 12, 13
2, 4, 10, 13
2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9
2, 4, 14
2. 4. 9. 13
All
All
All
All
2. 4, 5, 6, 7, 13, 14
All
2. 4, 14
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
FREQUENCY
Hontnly
Monthly
Monthly
"onthly
Monthly
Daily

Biweekly
Dally
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly -
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Quarterly
Quarterly
Quarterly
Quarterly
Quarterly
Quarterly
Quarterly
Quarterly
Quarterly
Quarterly
Quarterly
Quarterly
Semi-annually
Semi -annually
Se»1 -annual ly
Semi-annual ly
Seni-annually
Semi-annually
Semi -annual ly
addressed the moisture balance for these
cells.  Figure 3 is a plot of the moisture
added and moisture leached for Test Cell 2,
which is the control cell for the exterior
industrial waste loaded cell comparison.
All of the cells loaded with industrial
wastes received the same moisture applica-
tions as Test Cell 2.  Test Cell 16 was the
control for Test Cell 17 comparison.

       LEACHATE QUALITY EVALUATION

     A total of 41 parameters were measured
on leachate samples collected for this pro-
ject.  Thirteen of these were selected for
discussion here.  These were discussed in a
previous paper^^ in March, 1980.  It is
useful to remember that plots shown depict
mass leached (cumulative mass contaminant/kg
of dry solid waste) as a function of leach-
ate volume (cumulative 1 of leachate/kg of
dry solid waste).
PH
     Figures 4 and 5 are plots of pH as a
function of time (days since cell construc-
tion) for the control Test Cell 2 and Test
Cell 12 which received plating wastes. This
is an example of a waste which influenced
the pH of the leachate to be generally high-
er than the control— usually approximately
0.7 units higher than the pH of the controL
Sewage sludge addition did not appear to
cause any appreciable change in pH of the
leachate.  Other industrial wastes which
did not appreciably change leachate pH were
the chlorine production sludge, paint sludge
and water softening sludge.  Petrochemical
wastes, battery wastes and inorganic pig-
ment wastes resulted in noticeably higher
pH values similar to the plating wastes. So
Test Cells 9, 10, 12 and 13 all exhibited
leachate pH values that were noticeably
higher than the control.  This would appear
to reflect some toxic effect on the organ-
isms producing acids in the cells, which
resulted in less acid production and higher
pH values.  The pH values for these cells
appear to be approaching control pH values
as time goes on.
                                            280

-------
    ANNUAL INFILTRATION = 400 MM
                                           r
MOISTURE ADDED • 	 .. /*"**
\ /
MOISTURE LEACHED \ ^
\ /--*•' f

f*"
*~'
/
t

r' J
"
^.^*
t'
/
/
irx~^
/
.ft S~
-S f'J
f~ r'
f ~~J
/" S^
>r" f^-/

,-"'' _ _./
  0    313   625    938   1200   1563   1875    2188   2500
             TIME (DAYS SINCE CELL CONSTRUCTION)

  Figure  3.   Moisture  at  Test  Cell  2
  0    313   625    938   1250   1563  1875   2188   2500
                   TIME (DAYS)
 Figure  4.  pH vs. Time:   Test Cell  2
  0    313   625    938   1250   1563  1875   2188   2500
                      TIME (DAYS)

Figure  5.   pH vs.  Time:   Test Cell 12

                      281

-------
                                   1.0
                                        1.5
                                             2.0
                                                  —I—
                                                   2.5
                                                         3.0
                                                              3.5
                                  MOISTURE LEACHED (I 1 H,0/kg SOLID WASTE)
              Figure  6.   Mass Leached:  Alkalinity At  Test  Cell  2
                              0.5   1.0   1.5   2.0    2.5   3.0    3.5

                                  MOISTURE LEACHED (E 1 ttjO/kg SOLID HASTE)
             Figure  7.   Mass  Leached:  .Alkalinity At Test Cell 17
Alkalinity
     Figures 6 and 7 are alkalinity plots
for the control Test Cell 2 and the Solvent
Based Paint Sludge Waste Test Cell 17.
These plots illustrate the reduction effects
on alkalinity caused by this industrial
waste.  Note that the control plot is a
curve which appears to be approaching an
asymptote, but the Test Cell 17 plot has a
straight line configuration and the values
for alkalinity are considerably lower than
the control.  This could mean that the in-
dustrial waste was retarding decomposition
and hence the production of alkalinity in
the period presented.  Test Cells 8, 9, 13
and 17 exhibited this kind of effect.  Sew-
age sludge in Test Cells 5, 6 and 7 had an
opposite effect.  An increase in alkalinity
was noted in this case.  Test Cells contain-
ing plating wastes and chlorine brine pro-
duction waste also exhibited this effect of
an increase in alkalinity.  Alkalinity is
important in methane production and study
of the plots reveals that there is consider-
able alkalinity available to withstand mo-
mentary increases in acids without drastic
changes in pH.

Total Solids

     Total solids release followed the a-
symptotic configuration in every case. Fi-
gures 8 and 9 are plots for Test Cells 2
and 12 respectively.  Test Cell 12 had a
much higher release of solids than did Test
Cell 2.  Test Cell 14 also had a greater
release of solids than the control.  All of
the other cells loaded with sewage and vari-
ous industrial waste had a lower release of
                                            282

-------

                          s
                           —I—
                            1.5
                                      2.5
 Figure  8.   Mass Leached:   Total Solids At  Test  Cell  2

                           —i—
                            1.5
	1—
 2.0
                  0.5   1.0    1.5   2.0    2.5   3.0   3.5
                    MOISTURE LEACHED (E 1 HjO/kg SOLID WASTE)
Figure 9.   Mass  Leached:   Total  Solids  At Test Cell 12


             0    0.5    1.0   1.5    2.0   2.5   3.0   3.5    4.0
                   MOISTURE LEACHED (I 1 HjO/kg SOLID WASTE)

     Figure 10.   Mass Leached:   TOC At  Test Cell  2
                              283

-------
                                   s~
                Figure  11.   Mass  Leached:   TOG At  Test  Cell  12
                                   J
                        0    0.5    1.0   1.5   2.0   2.5    3.0   3.5    4.0
                                MOISTURE LEACHED (I 1 H,0/kg SOLID WASTE)

                 Figure  12.  Mass  Leached:   COD  At Test Cell  2
solids than the control.   Only the plating
wastes cell and the chlorine production
brine waste cell had a release of solids
higher than the control.

     Total solids contain both an organic
fraction and an inorganic fraction, both of
which vary with time from initial placement
of the refuse.  This makes interpretation
of why the solids release from one cell is
greater than the solids release from ano-
ther cell difficult, but it appears that in
the two cases where the solids levels were
greater than the control the greater re-
lease resulted from a high contribution of
inorganic materials that were amenable to
leaching.  In all of the other cells where
total solids release was less than the con-
trol, there appeared to be a slowdown in
the rate of solubilization, probably caused
by decreased biological activity in the
cells and decreased levels of inorganics
readily soluble  in water.  This suggested
that the wastes were exerting an effect on
biological activity and solids release.
TOC
     Total Organic Carbon values were plot-
ted in Figures 10 and 11 for Test Cell 2
and Test Cell 12 respectively.  Test Cells
8, 9 and 10 released TOC at a reduced rate
when compared with the control.  Also the
release follows a different pattern as evi-
denced by the straight line plot.  The con-
trol, Test Cell 2, followed an asymptotic
release.  Test Cells 12, 13, 14,17 and the
sewage sludge cells followed a release pat-
tern similar to the control.  Both major
mechanisms of TOC release in the leachate
                                           284

-------

                          0     0.5   1.0    1.5    2.0   2.5   3.0   3.5    4.0
                                  MOISTURE LEACHED (E 1 HjO/kq SOLID WASTE)

                 Fiqure  13.   Mass Leached:   COD At  Test Cell 10
(chemical and biological) were probably af-
fected by the wastes which lowered the re-
lease.
COD
     Chemical Oxygen Demand values were
plotted in Figures 12 and 13 for Test Cell
2 and Test Cell 10 respectively.  COD was
released at a reduced rate by Test Cells 8,
9, 10 and 13.  Release followed a similar
asymptotic configuration as the control with
the exception of Test Cell 10, which follow-
ed a straight line release at a much lower
rate.  COD values that are higher than most
parameters on a mg/1 basis result from the
many organic and inorganic substances in the
refuse leachate amenable to chemical oxida-
tion in this test.  Test Cells 8 and 10
(CaCO. and battery wastes respectively) show-
ed less TOC release and COD release than the
controls.  Test Cells 5, 6, 7, 12, 14 and 17
had COD release similar to the control.

TKN

     Total Kjeldahl nitrogen release follow-
ed an asymptotic pattern.  Figures 14 and 15
represent the control, Test Cell 2, and Test
Cell 8, which was significantly lower than
the control, but now is higher than the con-
trol.  Substances in these cells may have
interferred with the biological denitrifica-
tion reactions.  All of the other cells, 5,
6, 7, 14 and 17 had approximately the same
release of this form of nitrogen.  Note that
the sewage sludge addition had little effect
on this important leachate parameter.

Metals:  Fe, Cu, Cr, Pb, Ni, Cd, Zn

     Seven metals were selected for review
here.  In general the release of metals fol-
lowed three types of curves or combinations
thereof.  Either a straight line release or
series of straight line releases was a com-
mon configuration.  Another was the familiar
curve approaching an asymptote with a de-
creasing rate of increase.  The third type
was a curve with an increasing rate of in-
crease.  Many mechanisms work in a landfill
to cause the release of specific metals in
the leachate.  It appears that any metal, no
matter what its theoretical solubility in
water, may be leached from the refuse over a
period of time.
Fe
     Figures 16 and 17 depict the mass re-
lease of iron for Test Cell 2 and Test Cell
14 respectively.  The straight line release
in Figure 16 is typical for Test Cells 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13 and 17.  Figure 17 de-
picts the mass release for Test Cell 14 and
has an increasing rate of increase type of
release.  Release from Test Cells 8, 12, 13,
14 and 17 was less than the control.  These
wastes appeared to slow down the release of
iron.  Two of the sewage sludge Cells, 6 and
7, had greater releases of iron than the
control.
Cu
     Figure 18 depicts the mass release of
copper from Test Cell 2.  All of the Cells
released copper in a similar manner.  Cell
14 released more, while Cells 8, 9, 10, 11,
12 and 13 released  less.  Sewage sludge in
Cells 5, 6 and 7 did not appear to effect
any change in release of copper.  Copper was
released from different locations in the
                                            285

-------
                                 ^-•-»•*
                 —I	
                  1.0
—I	
 2.5
—I	
 3.0
—r—
 4.0
Figure  14.  Mass Leached:   TKN At Test Cell 2
        0    0.5   1.0   1.5   2.0   2.5   3.0    3.5   4.0
        .       MOISTURE LEACHED (C 1 HjO/kg SOLID WASTE)

Figure  15.   Mass  Leached:   TKN  At Test Cell 8
                   J
        0    0.5   1.0   1.5   2.0   2.5    3.0   3.5   4.0
                MOISTURE LEACHED (I 1 HjO/kg SOLID WASTE)

 Figure 16.   Mass Leached:   Fe  At  Test Cell  2
                          286

-------
                  I
                         f
        0     0.5   1.0    1.5   2.0   2.5   3.0   3.5   4.0
                MOISTURE LEACHED (E 1 HjO/kg SOLID WASTE)

 ""iqure  17.   Mass Leached:   Fe At  Test  Cell  14
             0.5    1.0   1.5   2.0   2.5   3.0    3.5   4.0
               MOISTURE LEACHED (I 1 H.,0/kq SOLID WASTE)

 Fiqure 18.  Mass  Leached:   Cu At Test Cell  2
        0     0.5   1.0    1.5    2.0   2.5    3.0    3.5   4.0
                MOISTURE LEACHED (I 1 H20/kg SOLID WASTE)

Figure 19.   Mass  Leached:   Cu  At Test  Cell  12
                          287

-------
cells at different rates.  Even the Test
Cell 12 (Figure 19) with the Plating Wastes
released less than the control.
Cr
     Figures 20 and 21 depict the mass re-
lease of chrome from Test Cell 2 and Test
Cell 12 respectively.  All of the Cells re-
leased chrome in a similar manner.  Each
Cell containing industrial waste released
less chrome than the control Cell.  Chrome
was present in the leachate in sub-mg/1 con-
centrations in the trivalent state only.
Chrome release from landfill refuse appeared
to be a slow process.
Pb
     Figures 22 and 23 depict the mass re-
lease of lead from Test Cells 2 and 12 re-
spectively.  All of the test cells loaded
with industrial wastes released less lead
than the control.  This may be due to some
influence on the biological activity, but
this is not known for sure at this time.

Ni
     Figures 24 and 25 depict the release
of nickel from Test Cells 2 and 12 respec-
tively.  Note that both were asymptotic,
but the electroplating waste cell had a
higher total release.  Only Test Cells 12,
14 and 7 released nickel at higher values
than the control.  Test Cells 5, 6, 8, 9,
10, 13 and 17 released nickel at either the
same or lower values as the control.
Cd
     Figures 26 and 27 depict the release of
cadmium from Test Cells 2 and 10 respective-
ly.  Note the straight line release pattern
and the different rates of release.  Only
the battery wastes in Test Cell 10 showed a
higher release of cadmium than the control.
Test Cells 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14 and 17
released cadmium at either the same or
slightly lower values as the control.
Zn

     Figures 28 and 29 depict the release of
zinc from Test Cells 2 and 17 respectively.
Release followed an approximate asymptotic
configuration.  All of the Test Cells re-
leased zinc at either the same rate or lower
rate than the control except Test Cell 11,
which was slightly higher.

             GAS EVALUATION
     Gas samples were extracted from all
test cells on a monthly basis for CH,, 0 ,
CO. and N_ analyses.  Gas quantity data
wererecoroed for the interior cells 16, 17,
18 and 19 on a daily basis.  Figure 30 de-
picts the quantity of gas generated at Test
Cell 16.  Gas volumes from Test Cell 17
with the solvent based paint sludge do not
appear to be greatly different from the con-
trol Test Cell 16.

     Figures 31 and 32 depict the methane
composition in the gases from these same
two cells.  Percent methane appeared to be
about the same for these two cells, although
there have been periods when Test Cell 17
had higher values.  It appeared the toluene
xylenes, etc., were readily amenable to con-
version to methane.

                          0     0.5   1.0    1.5    2.0   2.5   3.0   3.5    4.0
                                 MOISTURE LEACHED (E 1 HjO/kg SOLID WASTE)

                   Figure 20.   Mass Leached:   Cr At  Test Cell 2
                                            288

-------
   Ui  en -
   $  '"
        0     0.5    1.0   1.5    2.0   2.5   3.0    3.5    4.0
                MOISTURE LEACHED (£ 1 H2O/kg SOLID WASTE)

Figure  21.   Mass Leached:   Cr At Test Cell  12
        0    0.5    1.0   1.5    2.0   2.5    3.0    3.5   4.0
                MOISTURE LEACHED (I 1 HjO/kq SOLID WASTE)

Figure 22.   Mass  Leached:   Pb At  Test Cell 2
                       i

               r

        0     0.5   1.0    1.5   2.0    2.5   3.0    3.5    4.0
                MOISTURE LEACHED (I 1 HjO/kg SOLID WASTE)

Figure  23.   Mass Leached:   Pb At Test Cell  12
                           289

-------

            —I
             0.5
        —I	
        1.5
—1	
 2.0
Figure  24.
   1.0   1.5    2.0   2.5    3.0   3.5   4.0
MOISTURE LEACHED (I 1 HjO/kg SOLID WASTE)


Mass  Leached:   Ni  At  Test Cell  2

       0     0.5   1.0   1.5    2.0   2.5    3.0    3.5   4.0

                MOISTURE LEACHFD (I 1 HjO/kg SOLID WASTE)


Figure  25.    Mass  Leached:  Ni  At Test  Cell  12
       0    0.5    1.0    1.5    2.0    2.5   3.0    3.5    4.0

                MOISTURE LEACHED (I 1 HjO/kg SOLID HASTE)


 Figure  26.   Mass  Leached:  Cd At Test  Cell 2
                           290

-------
                                                —r
                                                 4.0
Figure  27.   Mass Leached:   Cd  At Test Cell 10

        0    0.5   1.0    1.5   2.0   2.5    1.0   3.5   4.0
               MOISTURE LEACHED (I 1 HjO/Kg SOLID WASTF)

 Figure 28.   Mass Leached:  Zn At Test Cell 2
                     —I—
                      1.5
—1	
 2.0
	1—
 2.5
	1—
 3.5
       0    0.5   1.0   1.5   2.0   2.5   3.0
               MOISTURE LEACHED (E 1 HjO/kq SOLID WASTE)

Figure 29.   Mass Leached:   Zn  At Test Cell 17
                         291

-------
 <¥   o .
 D   m
 C
                          «,
                          \
     0    312    625   938   1250   1562   1875    2J87   2500
               TIME (DAYS SINCE CELL CONSTRUCTION)

Figure  30.   Gas Quantity At Test Cell  16
                            /

                           /     
-------
            ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     The work upon which this paper is based
was performed pursuant to Contract No. 68-03-
2758 with the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency.  The Authors would like to express
their appreciation to Mr. Dirk R. Brunner
and Ms. Norma M. Lewis, Project Officers,
for their assistance.  The data base used in
preparing this paper was obtained from the
efforts of Systems Technology, Inc., pursu-
ant to EPA Contract No. 68-03-2120.  The
Authors would also like to express their
appreciation to Susan Hines for typing tnis
paper.
               REFERENCES

1. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
     "Solid Waste Disposal Facilities,
     Proposed Classification Criteria."
     Federal Register.  February 6, 1978.
     Part II. pp 4942-4955.

2. Swartzbaugh, Joseph T.; Robert C.
     Hentrich; Gretchen Sabel.
     "Evaluation of Landfilled Municipal
     and Selected Industrial Solid Wastes."
     U.S. EPA Contract No. 68-03-2120.
     June, 1977. p. 15

3. Streng, D.R. "The Effects of the
     Disposal of Industrial Waste Within
     a Sanitary Landfill Environment."
     Residual Management by Land Disposal,
     Proceedings of the Hazardous Waste
     Research Symposium. February 2-4, 1976.
     pp. 67, 68.

4. Walsh, J.J.; Kinman, R.N.;  "Leachate
     and Gas Production Under Controlled
     Moisture Conditions."  Municipal Solid
     Waste;  Land Disposal, Proceedings of
     the Fifth Annual Research Symposium.
     March 26-28,  1979.  p. 46.

5, Kinman, R.N.; Walsh, J.J. "Leachate from
     Municipal and Industrial Waste Land-
     fill Simulators." Disposal of Hazar-
     dous Waste: Proceedings of the Sixth
     Annual  Research Symposium.  March,
     1980. p. 203.
                                           293

-------
                    DISPOSAL OF TREATED AND UNTREATED ELECTROPLATING
                         WASTE IN A SIMULATED MUNICIPAL LANDFILL
                           Larry W. Jones and Philip G. Malone
                            USAE Waterways Experiment Station
                                  Vicksburg, MS  39180
                                        ABSTRACT

     Untreated and treated (solidified/stabilized) electroplating waste (EPW) were co-
disposed with municipal solid waste (MSW) in a large-scale landfill simulators or test
cells.  The amounts of EPW and MSW were in the ratio of one part EPW to four parts MSW
(on a dry weight basis).  Deionized water was added to the test cells to simulate rain-
fall infiltrating at a rate of 1.27 cm/wk.  The chemistry of the leachate produced was
determined periodically for a 1053-day leaching period.

     The codisposal of untreated electroplating waste with MSW did not significantly
alter the quality of the emerging leachate.  Seven out of nine of the constituents
(cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, manganese, zinc, and chloride) determined in the
leachate were lost to the contacting water in lower total amounts when untreated EPW
was included in the MSW.  Waste solidification/stabilization using cement or fly-ash/
pozzolan-based techniques offered no benefit over codisposal of untreated EPW directly
into MSW.

     Analyses of leachate available to date indicate that the untreated EPW alters the
rate of contaminant loss by raising the pH of the leachate.  The pH of leachate from
test cells containing untreated EPW was 0.5 pH units higher (more alkaline) than leach-
ate from tanks containing no EPW or treated EPW.

     Although much longer leaching periods and experience with other wastes are needed,
these preliminary results suggest that codisposal of selected industrial wastes with
MSW may be a reasonably sound environmental alternative.  Pretreatment of such indus-
trial wastes by solidification/stabilization techniques does not seem to be necessary
or beneficial when the rate of loss of potentially toxic material is considered.
INTRODUCTION

     The disposal of industrial wastes
(IW) is becoming increasingly complex
and expensive due to necessary regula-
tory control and environmental con-
straints.  A great many alternative
treatment and disposal techniques are
being studied by government and indus-
trial groups to determine their economic
and environmental feasibility (8).  This
study addressed the effects of a dis-
posal method which has been used his-
torically by many segments of the manu-
facturing industry—that of mixing their
wastes with municipal solid wastes (MSW)
before disposal using land filling tech-
niques (2, 19).  This method has been
adopted by the British government after
extensive studies as a useful IW dis-
posal method  (15).

     Three industrial wastes are in-
cluded in the overall project—electro-
plating waste, chloride production
brine, and a glass etching (calcium
fluoride) sludge.  This report focuses
upon the codisposal of electroplating
wastes and its effects on the leachate
produced.  Electroplating wastes (EPW)
                                           294

-------
typically are produced In lesser quanti-
ties in many smaller industrial facili-
ties and therefore are quite likely to
find their way into municipal landfills
under the RCRA small-producer exemption.
Widespread environmental contamination
of groundwater with high cadmium and
chromium from electroplating waste
depositories has been reported (16, 17).
Groundwater samples containing
50-150 ppm chromium and 10 ppm cadmium
have been reported near plating waste
lagoons.  The electroplating waste used
in this study is a sludge produced by a
plating plant waste water treatment
system.

     A second aspect of this study is
directed toward the possible use of
solidification/stabilization of the in-
dustrial wastes to lessen the contami-
nant loss in the codisposal industrial
and municipal wastes.  Two methods which
are now commercially available are in-
cluded—a cement-based process (A) and
a fly-ash pozzolanic process (B).
Separate test cells were set up includ-
ing untreated electroplating waste and
material treated by each process
(Table 1).

     The major environmental problem
posed by the disposal of these wastes is
their potential loss of inorganic con-
stituents to leaching waters.  This has
been shown by previous studies from this
and other laboratories (5, 9).  The
physical and engineering properties of
the electroplating waste and its treated
products have previously been character-
ized (1), and samples have been sub-
jected to small-scale, long-term column-
leaching (10).  Leachates from untreated
samples of the electroplating waste ex-
ceeded drinking water standards when
average concentrations of cadmium,
copper, manganese, lead, and sulfate
over the 2-year column leaching
experiment are considered, and in
addition untreated EPW produced indi-
vidual leachate samples with excessive
levels of arsenic and selenium.
                       TABLE 1.  TEST CELL LOADING AND CONTENTS

Parameters
MSW dry (kg)
Total EPW (kg)
% dry EPW
% dry additives
Dry Sludge Solids (kg)
Calcium* (kg)
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Iron
Lead
Manganese
Sodium
Zinc
Untreated EPW
(Cell 19)
2035
2200
32
-
704
60.5
0.41
45.7
70.4
7.0
0.42
0.20
11.3
5.56
Process A
(Cell 14)
2038
1951
16
26.5
312
26.8
0.18
20.3
31.2
3.12
0.18
0.09
4.99
2.46
Process B
(Cell 11)
2028
2317
15.5
51
359
30.8
0.21
23.3
35.9
3.59
0.21
0.10
5.74
2.84
EPW Bulk
Analysis
-
-
-
-
-
86000**
580
65000
100000
10000
600
290
16000
7900

NOTE:  MSW only test cells 15 and 16 had 2038 and 2096 kg dry MSW.

*kg introduced into test cell in EPW only—metal in MSW or in the treatment additives
not included.

**mg/kg dry sludge solids.
                                          295

-------
Solidification/stabilization of the
wastes did tend to lessen the pollutant
potential, but each treated waste also
lost larger amounts of some contami-
nants.  High concentrations of heavy
metals were not lost to leaching from
untreated EPW in the column experiment
due to the low permeability, and high
(basic) pH values, of the untreated
wastes.  In the present study, the
wastes are leached with MSW leachate
which is mildly acidic and has a high
buffering capacity due to a large con-
centration of organic acids.  Natural
MSW leachate is very different from the
carbonic acid leaching solution used in
earlier studies (10).

     This report describes and discusses
the metal content and character of the
leachates obtained from the test cells
containing untreated and treated elec-
troplating wastes codisposed with MSW.
The concentrations and total amounts of
selected constituents removed from the
test cells after 1053 days of leaching
are summarized.  The experiment is con-
tinuing and is now projected to termi-
nate after 3-1/2 years (1300 days) of
leaching.  Details of test cell con-
struction and loading, leachate collec-
tion, leachate analysis, and sample
preparation are included in a previous
report  (13).  Two of the test cells in
this report containing MSW only were
hermetically sealed so that gas produc-
tion rates and composition could be
monitored; preliminary results of the
measurement of gas production these from
these test cells have also been reported
(12, 14,  18).
MATERIALS AND METHODS

     A previous report  (13) presented
the details concerning  the test cell
construction profiles and loading, MSW
composition and characteristics, and the
leachate collection and analysis proce-
dures.  These topics are only briefly
summarized here.

Test Cell Construction  and Loading

     Eleven large steel tanks (3.66 m
high by 1.83 m ID) coated on all inte-
rior surfaces with coal-tar epoxy to
prevent corrosion were  each filled with
approximately 2000 kg  (dry weight) of
MSW collected in Warren County, MS in
April 1978.  The waste composition was
typical of MSW reported in several other
studies (4, 6).  Nine of the test cells
also had between 1950 and 2600 kg of the
treated or untreated industrial wastes
placed within the waste (Table 1).  The
treated industrial wastes were molded
into cylindrical cores (61 cm in diame-
ter by 65 cm in height), eight of which
were placed in two layers in each test
cell and surrounded with compacted MSW.
Untreated sludges were placed in two
layers and embedded in about 2000 kg of
MSW.  The combined wastes were compacted
to a density of 400 kg/m  (wet weight)
to simulate the moderate compaction
effort typical of a working municipal
landfill.

     An eight-cm thick layer of washed
pea gravel was placed in the tanks above
the wastes to prevent erosion of the
surface and to aid in dispersion of the
infiltrate.  Thirty-one cm of compacted
sandy soil (80% sand, 4% silt, and 16%
kaolinite clay) underlies the wastes.
Leachate samples are collected above and
below the soil layer using specially de-
signed collectors.  The bulk of the
leachate is allowed to percolate through
the soil and is collected from a tap at
the bottom of the tank.

     The industrial wastes were selected
from five sludges originally studied by
Mahloch et al. (9) and are listed using
their identifying numerical codes.  The
physical and engineering properties of
the sludges (1) and their chemical char-
acterization (13) have been presented
elsewhere.  These same wastes were also
included in a small-scale leachability
study using 10 cm ID columns (10).  The
details of the treatment processes and
the mixing and curing techniques used in
this study are included in an earlier
report (13).

Leachate Collection and Analysis

     After the test cells were loaded
and sealed, deionized water was added to
the top of the tank at a rate of
26.3 liters per week  (equivalent to
1.27 cm infiltration per week).  Leach-
ate was drained from the tanks at
monthly intervals and samples from the
collectors were subsampled and treated
for subsequent analyses.  The first
                                          296

-------
leachate appeared after eight months
(247 days) of water addition.  Ten pa-
rameters were determined at monthly
intervals—cadmium, chromium, iron,
zinc, chloride, pH, conductivity, total
organic carbon (TOC), total volatile
acids (TVA), and alkalinity.  Nineteen
other parameters were determined
quarterly—aluminum, arsenic, boron,
beryllium, calcium, copper, fluoride,
lead, magnesium, manganese, nickel,
potassium, selenium, sodium, chemical
oxygen demand  (COD), biochemical oxygen
demand (BOD), total Kjeldahl nitrogen
(TKN), and total phosphate  (TP).  Stan-
dard EPA sampling, preservation and ana-
lytical techniques, including quality
control, were used throughout (13).

     This report discusses  the concen-
trations and accumulated masses of chlo-
ride, cadmium, chromium, copper, lead,
iron, manganese, sodium, and zinc and
changes in pH in the leachate samples
collected from the bottom of the test
cells containing MSW only or treated or
untreated electroplating waste.  The
overall water balance of the leaching
test cells is described.  These are dis-
cussed in relation to the pollution
potential of MSW, treated and untreated
electroplating wastes (EPW), and their
combination in a landfill environment.
RESULTS

Moisture Budgets in the Test Cells

     Leaching medium (deionized water)
was added to all test cells at a rate of
26.3 liters per week, to simulate an
average percolation rate of 66 cm/year
(26 in./year).  Leachate was first de-
tected in measurable amounts 36 weeks
after the test cells had been sealed and
was produced sporadically for the next
2-3 months (Table 2).  Leachate produc-
tion rates remained relatively constant
throughout the leaching period with only
minor variations as shown in Figure 1.

     The volumes of leachate which were
retained in the test cell were calcu-
lated by subtracting the amount of
leachate collected from the total amount
of leaching fluid added for each samp-
ling time (Table 2).  The amount of
water retained remains generally con-
stant over the period of experiment, the
changes being due to the breakdown of
the waste material into an amorphous,
high-moisture-content mass and/or to
losses due to evaporation and leakage.
The latter are believed to be minor as
the test cells remain sealed and no
major leaks have occurred.  Between
700-1200 liters of leaching medium are
retained in the test cells.  Including
the water present in the original MSW
(14.7% moisture average), between 0.290
and 0.422 1 of water were retained per
kg MSW loaded into the cells (MSW
only—0.327 and 0.363 I/kg; untreated
EPW—0.422).  Using these leachate
retention figures, the expected time of
appearance of first leachate is 223 ±
30 days after the leachant additions
begin.  Leachate appeared on schedule
247 days after tank sealing.  The mois-
ture retention rates for the tanks are
typical for test cells containing MSW.
No major leaks or unscheduled water
additions occurred in these test cells.

Leachates from MSW-only Test Cells

     The concentration of the selected
parameters in the MSW-only leachates are
given in Table 3 which lists the average
of the values in the leachates from the
two MSW-only test cells.  As expected
(15), the typical leaching pattern is an
initial high concentration which is fol-
lowed by gradually decreasing levels
throughout the length of the leaching
period.  This pattern (Table 3) holds
true for all metals included in the
study except iron.  The initial high
concentrations of all the metals (except
copper) in the MSW leachates are well
above drinking water standards (7).
Cadmium and lead exceed the standards
only in the first few samples, their
values quickly falling to acceptable
levels.  Chromium and zinc are only
slightly above these standard levels
(3-5 times) but remain consistently
above these levels for 2 to 3 years of
leaching before they drop below them.
Iron and manganese exceed the standards
by 500-1000 times in the initial leach-
ing samples.  Manganese concentrations
decrease significantly throughout the
leaching period, but remain over
100 times the standard levels.  Iron
concentrations slowly increase until
they peak at about 650 days of leaching
after which they begin to decline.  Cor-
rosion may have decreased the surface
                                          297

-------
TABLE 2.  LEACHATE VOLUMES  COLLECTED  AND VOLUMES RETAINED IN TEST CELLS

Elapsed time
since cell
loading Cell
(days)
247
282
303
331
359
388
437
458
486
514
542
570
598
633
664
689
724
752
780
815
843
878
906
934
969
1053













15
234.4
0.0
92.7
0.0
166.9
122.0
152.9
0.0
135.1
145.7
130.0
127.6
141.4
95.0
132.1
129.3
120.6
105.9
124.9
51.9
123.8
99.2
103.0
100.3
115.9
303.1





3
LU
|
Q
t-
I


Volumes Collected from
Test Cells (liters)
Cell Cell
16 19
156.1 153.0
0.0 0.0
81.7 114.3
0.0 0.0
153.3 210.7
127.3 134.5
147.2 158.2
0.0 0.0
127.9 127.2
176.4 115.5
72.2 106.8
117.0 118.5
138.6 111.7
173.0 135.9
119.6 137.8
115.3 127.1
119.9 87.1
119.6 109.4
117.3 110.9
106.0 92.7
109.8 99.2
118.1 107.1
84.8 51.5
77.2 61.7
96.5 0.0
447.8 320.6
4000-



3000-


2000-


1000-
o
LEGEND
• MSG ONLY
• RAW
V PROCESS A
• PROCESS B






e
0 200
Cell
14
89.0
0.0
114.0
179.0
136.3
123.9
155.9
0.0
158.2
113.6
113.6
126.1
153.7
137.4
155.2
147.1
158.0
108.3
110.0
104.5
110.5
92.7
127.9
115.1
0.0
361.2










dfi
jT
400
Cell
11
38.0
0.0
86.7
0.0
207.4
134.9
145.3
0.0
138.6
105.2
111.7
111.3
128.7
107.1
145.3
136.2
94.5
53.4
85.5
115.1
64.0
87.4
110.1
94.6
0.0
396.7







A
^
<&F
r

600
Volumes Retained in
Test Cells (liters)
Cell
15
694
826
812
917
856
843
874
953
923
883
858
836
790
826
811
776
787
786
766
846
827
860
862
867
843
856





*&
,<**&
&r
r*~



800
Cell
16
773
904
901
1007
959
940
978
1056
1034
963
996
984
951
909
906
885
897
882
870
896
891
905
925
954
989
857




S&
&&
t*ji-v
*^






Cell
19
776
907
872
977
881
855
881
960
938
928
927
914
907
903
882
848
893
889
883
992
928
953
1006
1050
1182
1177



x£>
^
/






1000
Cell
14
840
971
936
863
832
817
845
924
871
863
854
834
785
779
741
688
661
658
654
681
675
714
692
682
813
768













Cell
11
891
1022
1015
1120
1018
992
1031
1110
1076
1077
1070
1064
1041
1065
1036
994
1031
1083
1103
1120
1161
1205
1200
1211
1342
1262













                                 DAYS OF LEACHING







       Figure 1.  Accumulated volumes  of  leachate from test cells.





                                   298

-------
             TABLE 3.  AVERAGE CONCENTRATIONS OF SELECTED CONSTITUENTS IN
                LEACHATES FROM THE TWO MSW-ONLY TEST CELL NO'S 15 & 16

Elapsed time
since cell
loading
(days)
247
282
303
331
359
388
437
458
486
514
542
570
598
633
664
689
724
752
780
815
843
878
906
934
969
1053
Cd
(mg/1)
0.0145
N
B
0.0111
0.0030
0.0056
0.0051
0.0015
B
0.0019
0.0009
B
0.0021
0.0012
B
B
B
0.0006
B
B
0.0007
0.0009
0.0010
0.0007
0.0015
N
Cr
(mg/1)
0.333
N
0.121
0.285
0.196
0.165
0.146
0.122
0.101
0.102
0.081
0.044
0.056
0.050
0.155
0.067
0.059
0.236
0.049
0.031
0.066
0.062
0.084
0.045
0.087
0.049
Cu
(mg/D
0.030
N
N
B
N
N
0.011
N
N
0.009
N
N
B
N
N
B
N
N
0.015
N
N
0.002
N
N
0.033
0.004
Fe
(mg/1)
290.0
N
291.5
370.0
346.3
332.5
246.3
386.3
377.5
425.0
480.0
528.8
506.3
585.0
506.3
452.5
457.5
427.5
461.3
567.5
550.0
417.5
475.5
479.6
442.5
384.4
Pb
(mg/1)
0.089
N
N
0.007
N
N
0.003
N
N
B
N
N
B
N
N
0.019
N
N
B
N
N
B
N
N
B
0.007
Mn
(mg/1)
24.35
N
N
21.15
N
N
14.25
N
N
11.76
N
N
10.57
N
N
9.92
N
N
8.97
N
N
7.77
N
N
8.80
10.96
Zn
(mg/1)
15.45
N
14.32
13.90
12.50
11.47
11.04
8.57
8.42
6.97
5.87
5.47
5.42
5.24
5.44
4.72
4.14
6.52
4.31
3,39
3.29
2.86
2.77
2.77
3.00
5.16
Na
(mg/1)
1359
N
N
1143
N
N
905
N
N
810
N
N
650
N
N
515
N
N
476
N
N
433
N
N
478
393
Cl
(mg/1)
N
N
1384
1344
1278
1188
1060
1045
994
871
849
747
754
693
676
696
657
621
524
535
405
543
510
478
544
501
PH
(std.
units)
N
N
5.35
5.25
5.29
5.11
5.25
5.25
5.20
5.32
5.50
5.55
5.65
5.67
5.05
5.25
5.90
5.45
5.60
5.37
5.60
5.65
6.35
5.75
5.40
5.45

B = Below detection limits (See Ref. 13)
N = Not determined
area of iron fragments and limited the
dissolution of iron scrap.  Levels of
copper are near the lower detection
limit for this element throughout the
experiment.

     Sodium and chloride data are in-
cluded as an indication of the rate of
loss of highly soluble constituents in
the refuse.  High levels of both con-
stituents continue to be lost after over
1000 days of leaching, at which time the
concentrations are still at levels near
one third of their maximum levels.
Figure 2 is a plot of the accumulated
masses of sodium and chloride leached
from the two MSW-only test cells.
This figure shows the rapid decline in
concentrations of soluble leachate com-
ponents and the reproducibility of major
soluble constituents between the two
MSW-only test cells.

     The pH values found in MSW-only
leachates average 5.46 over the entire
leaching period.  The first leachates
collected typically had pH values 5.2 to
5.3.  These values tended to rise over
the leaching period but were rarely
greater than 6.0.

Effects of Added EPW on MSW Leachate
  Quality

     Since the treated and untreated
industrial wastes were dispersed through
                                          299

-------
              UJ
              o
              I
              o
              8
1800-


1500-


1200-


900-


600-


 300.
                            200      400     600     800

                                      DAYS OF LEACHING
                                         1000
                                                 1200
               Figure 2.  Concentrations of sodium and chloride  leached
               from MSW-only test cells.               Circle and hexagon
               are sodium from test cells 15 and 16, and triangle and
               square are chloride from cells 15 and 16, respectively
the municipal solid wastes, the actual
leaching medium acting upon the EPW is
assumed to have characteristics typical
to the leachate produced by MSW in which
they were imbedded.  The leachate from
the bottom of the two test cells con-
taining MSW-only then is representative
of the strongest leaching medium to act
upon the EPW.  The strength of this
medium would be expected to rise as the
leachate permeates further through the
MSW, reaching its maximum as it is col-
lected at the bottom.  The effects of
this leach liquid on the EPW will then
be seen as additions to or subtractions
from concentrations on this MSW leachate
background.

     The concentrations of the selected
parameters are listed for leachates from
untreated EPW test cells in Table 4,
process A-treated EPW in Table 5, and
process B-treated EPW in Table 6.

     Table 7 summarizes the highest sin-
gle concentrations found, and the accu-
mulated mass leached over 1050 days of
leaching, for each parameter.  These
values are compared for leachates from
test cells with EPW and corresponding
average values in the MSW-only test cell
leachates.  The comparison is made as a
                               simple  ratio—values greater than one
                               indicating greater losses from the EPW-
                               containing test cells and values less
                               than  one  lower losses than the average
                               MSW-only  test  cells.  These data are
                               shown in  the plots of the accumulated
                               mass  of each constituent in leachates
                               from  the  different test cells
                               (Figures  3-12).

                               Soluble Univalent Ions

                                    Over 2 Kg (approximately 1 g/kg
                               dry sludge solids) of both chloride
                               (Figure 3) and sodium (Figure 4) were
                               lost  from all  test cells.  Although the
                               rate  of loss is diminishing, both con-
                               stituents are  still being lost at about
                               one third of the original rate.  Total
                               chloride  losses (from all but the test
                               cell  containing EPW treated by pro-
                               cess  A) are within 5% of each other
                               throughout the leaching period
                               (Table  7). The untreated waste does
                               not appear to  have any effect on
                               chloride  leaching.  EPW is not high
                               in chlorides.   Leachates from the test
                               cell  containing process A-treated EPW
                               consistently lost larger amounts of
                               chloride  than  all others—perhaps due
                               to chloride salts in the treatment
                               additives.
                                          300

-------
            TABLE 4.   CONCENTRATION OF SELECTED CONSTITUENTS IN LEACHATES
                      FROM UNTREATED EPW TEST CELL (CELL NO. 19)

Elapsed time
since cell
loading
(days)
247
282
303
331
359
388
437
458
486
514
542
570
598
633
664
689
724
752
780
815
843
878
906
934
969
1053
Cd
(mg/1)
0.0112
0.0030
B*
0.0081
0.0011
0.0015
B
0.0005
B
0.0007
B
0.0025
B
0.0010
0.0002
B
B
B
B
B
0.0005
0.0032
0.0072
0.0025
0.0250
0.0002
Cr
(mg/1)
0.188
0.125
0.093
0.241
0.124
0.170
0.128
0.155
0.114
0.030
0.317
0.020
0.06^
0.065
0.025
0.175
0.045
0.180
0.130
0.047
0.155
0.127
0.107
0.072
0.065
0.130
Cu
(mg/1)
0.033
N*
N
B
N
N
0.008
N
N
0.005
N
N
0.022
N
N
B
N
N
B
B
N
0.007
N
N
0.020
0.005
Fe
(mg/1)
330.0
322.3
342.5
372.5
385.0
352.5
662.5
612.5
572.5
575.0
705.0
642.5
665.0
722.5
680.0
590.0
600.0
682.5
700.0
592.5
715.0
415.0
146.5
22.3
29.3
33.8
Pb
(mg/1)
0.019
N
N
B
N
N
B
N
N
B
N
N
0.010
N
N
0.002
N
N
B
N
N
0.010
N
N
0.027
0.017
Mn
(mg/1)
17.40
N
N
15.60
N
N
14.50
N
N
12.65
N
N
11.15
N
N
9.70
N
N
12.35
N
N
7.67
N
N
0.34
0.16
Zn
(mg/1)
1.32
1.06
1.35
2.08
1.27
3.10
0.16
B
B
B
B
B
0.04
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
N
B
N
0.17
0.18
B
Na
(mg/1)
2180
N
N
1355
N
N
1388
N
N
1140
N
N
1038
N
N
928
N
N
1075
N
N
994
N
N
958
880
Cl
(mg/1)
N
1445
1070
1122
1100
920
1010
1014
862
808
814
716
750
522
740
653
729
756
756
704
870
771
845
836
735
586
PH
(std.
units)
N
5.35
5.65
5.50
5.70
5.50
5.70
5.70
5.60
6.05
6.05
6.05
6.25
6.30
5.80
6.10
5.70
5.80
5.60
6.00
5.80
6.70
6.90
7.50
7.10
6.90
B = Below detection limit (See Ref. 13)
N = Not determined
                                          301

-------
             TABLE 5.   CONCENTRATION OF SELECT CONSTITUENTS  IN LEACHATES
                       FROM EPW TREATED BY PROCESS A  (CELL NO.  14)

Elapsed time
since cell
loading
(days)
247
282
303
331
359
388
437
458
486
514
542
570
598
633
664
689
724
752
780
815
843
878
906
934
969
1053
Cd
(mg/1)
0.0060
0.0073
0.0360
0.0136
0.0103
0.0015
0.0025
0.0003
B*
0.0010
0.0010
0.0012
0.0017
0.0010
0.0007
B
0.0002
B
0.0007
B
0.0012
0.0035
0.0005
0.0002
0.0007
0.0005
Cr
(mg/1)
2.750
0.445
0.373
0.241
0.174
0.220
0.213
0.410
0.151
0.115
0.102
0.070
0.075
0.125
0.142
0.035
0.060
0.057
0.160
0.072
0.127
0.047
0.110
0.080
0.047
0.065
Cu
(mg/1)
0.030
N*
N
0.009
N
N
0.015
N
N
0.005
N
N
B
N
N
B
N
N
0.010
N
N
0.005
N
N
0.022
0.002
Fe
(mg/1)
407.5
322.3
367.5
282.5
307.5
355.0
365.0
340.0
345.0
372.5
410.0
382.5
397.5
392.5
380.0
372.5
397.5
375.0
387.5
377.5
382.5
395.0
425.0
442.5
457.5
487.5
Pb
(mg/1)
0.054
N
N
0.020
N
N
0.003
N
N
0.002
N
N
0.002
N
N
0.010
N
N
0.007
N
N
0.002
N
N
B
0.007
Mn
(mg/1)
29.70
N
N
25.00
N
N
14.40
N
N
12.60
N
N
14.00
N
N
12.82
N
N
9.80
N
N
9.17
N
N
8.63
10.35
Zn
(mg/1)
25.80
16.60
23.80
14.40
14.00
10.50
9.40
6.63
7.20
6.07
5.40
6.25
6.25
5.45
3.40
2.85
3.20
2.57
2.65
2.87
2.40
1.99
1.81
1.35
2.08
1.35
Na
(mg/1)
1895
N
N
1578
N
N
1203
N
N
1065
N
N
908
N
N
730
N
N
578
N
N
490
N
N
473
470
Cl
(mg/1)
N
1737
1627
1839
1618
1424
1372
1263
1148
943
904
896
832
810
704
776
582
482
465
519
543
493
470
420
395
417
PH
(std.
units)
N
5.15
5.30
5.25
5.55
5.50
5.55
5.50
5.40
5.45
5.65
5.65
5.60
5.35
4.90
5.20
5.00
5.20
5.30
5.20
5.40
5.90
5.90
5.40
5.10
5.30
B = Below detection limit  (See Ref.  13)
N = Not determined
                                           302

-------
             TABLE 6.  CONCENTRATION OF  SELECTED CONSTITUENTS IN LEACHATES
                       FROM EPW TREATED  BY  PROCESS B (CELL NO. 11)

Elapsed time
since cell
loading Cd
(days) (mg/1)
247
282
303
331
359
388
437
458
486
514
542
570
598
633
664
689
724
752
780
815
878
906
934
969
1053
0.1087
0.0078
0.0118
0.0224
0.0158
0.0078
0.0315
0.0058
B
0.0022
0.0040
0.0022
0.0097
0.0045
0.0042
0.0025
0.0005
0.0052
0.0022
0.0022
0.0030
0.0017
0.0010
0.0020
0.0007
Cr
(mg/D
0.028
0.900
0.101
0.094
0.154
0.125
0.170
0.090
0.114
0.037
0.072
0.027
0.040
0.035
0.045
0.065
0.040
0.037
0.047
0.065
0.050
0.122
0.057
0.047
0.037
Cu
(mg/1)
0.030
N
N
0.016
N
N
0.025
N
N
0.007
N
N
0.002
N
N
B
N
N
B
N
B
N
N
0.012
0.005
Fe
(mg/1)
240.0
294.8
295.0
285.0
272.5
290.0
297.5
320.0
285.0
377.5
397.5
332.5
340.0
327.5
335.0
312.5
327.5
335.5
375.0
372.5
407.5
435.0
440.0
448.7
475.5
Pb
(mg/1)
0.034
N
N
B
N
N
B
N
N
0.002
N
N
B
N
N
B
N
N
0.015
N
B
N
N
B
0.030
Mn
(mg/1)
26.20
N
N
25.00
N
N
17.60
N
N
18.15
N
N
16.40
N
N
15.90
N
N
14.30
N
13.62
N
N
12.13
14.55
Zn
(mg/1)
38.80
33.00
27.80
27.00
47.50
12.30
15.10
14.20
9.00
9.82
7.97
8.70
9.85
9.22
9.97
10.15
27.00
7.50
9.42
9.05
10.92
8.25
8.25
11.38
10.97
Na
(mg/1)
1210
N
N
1295
N
N
1025
N
N
1000
N
N
835
N
N
758
N
N
725
N
653
N
N
589
600
Cl
(mg/1)
N
1310
1319
1552
1347
1123
1087
1038
1019
1036
1000
696
823
745
789
895
600
595
618
645
595
550
520
510
520
PH
(std.
units)
N
5.30
5.35
4.20
5.40
5.30
5.40
5.30
5.20
5.15
5.35
5.20
5.25
5.25
4.80
5.10
5.10
5.10
4.85
5.10
5.70
5.80
5.60
5.10
5.20

B = Below detection limit  (See Ref.  13)
N = Not determined
                                           303

-------
    TABLE 7.  MAXIMUM  LEACHATE CONCENTRATION AND  ACCUMULATED  MASS LEACHED
             FROM TEST  CELLS WITH AND WITHOUT ELECTROPLATING WASTE
Constituent
and
Parameter
Cadmium
Max Cone
Ace Mass
Chromium
Max Cone
Ace Mass
Copper
Max Cone
Ace Mass
Lead
Max Cone
Ace Mass
Iron
Max Cone
Ace Mass
Manganese
Max Cone
Ace Mass
Zinc
Max Cone
Ace Mass
Sodium
Max Cone
Ace Mass
Chloride
Max Cone
Ace Mass
Average
from MSW-only
(Test Cells
15 & 16)

O.OH**
6.27+

0.33
333.40

0.033
26.47

0.089
29.85

585.00
1333858

24.35
37694

15.45
21138.6

1358.75
2101782

1384.00
2160658
Untreated
Waste
(Test Cell
No. 19)

0.025
3.70

0.32
326.70

0.063
22.15

0.027
17.33

722.50
1345930

17.40
29668.7

3.10
1070.79

2180.00
3206437

1445.00
2089280
Process A
Waste
(Test Cell
No. 14)

0.036
10.82

2.75
634.11

0.030
20.99

0.054
26.81

487.50
1237779

29.70
44945

25.80
20849.3

1895.00
2880648

1839.00
2706842
Process B
Waste
(Test Cell
No. 11)

0.109
19.49

0.90
196.25

0.030
19.55

0.034
17.89

475.00
965888

26.20
45516.1

47.50
39202.3

1295.00
2292683

1552.00
2204828
Ratios based on MSW-only Valtu
Untreated
Waste

1.724
0.59

0.95
0.98

1.881
0.84

0.037
0.58

1.24
1.01

0.71
0.79

0.20
0.05

1.60
1.53

1.04
0.97
Process A
Waste

2.483
1.73

8.25
1.90

0.896
0.79

0.603
0.90

0.83
0.93

1.22
1.19

1.67
0.99

1.39
1.37

1.33
1.25
Process B
Waste

7.497
3.11 ^

2.70
0.59

0.896
0.74

0.380
0.60

0.81
0.72

1.08
1.21

3.07
1.85

0.95
1.09

1.12
1.02
*To form this ratio each concentration or accumulated  mass is divided by the average concentra-
tion or accumulated mass obtained from the  leachate from the test  cells containing only MSW.

**Maximum concentrations (Max  Cone) are in  rag/1 or ppm.

^Accumulated masses (Ace Mass) are in mg.
                                           304

-------
     3000-


     2500-


     2000-


      1500-
    i 1000-
    o
      600
  LEGEND
• MSG ONLY
• RAW
V PROCESS A
• PROCESS B
                  200
                 400
                                     600
                                               800
                                                        1000
                             DAYS OF LEACHING
Figure 3.   Accumulated mass  of  chloride leached  from MSW test  cells
   8
   v>
      4000-
      3000-
     2000-
      1000-
             LEGEND
            •  MSG ONLY
            •  RAW
            V  PROCESS A
            •  PROCESS B
          0        200       400      600       800      1000

                             DAYS OF LEACHING

 Figure 4.  Accumulated mass  of sodium leached  from MSW test cells
                                  305

-------
    8-
^   6-1
o
2
    5-
         LEGEND
       •  MSG ONLY
       •  RAW
       V  PROCESS A
       •  PROCESS B
           —1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1
           100   200  300   400  500   600   700  8OO   900  1000  1(00

                         DAYS OF LEACHING
         Figure  5.   pH of leachates from MSW test cells
    I500-,


    1250-


    1000-


  3  750-


  ~  500-


     250-
            LEGEND
• MSG ONLY
• RAW
V PROCESS A
• PROCESS B
                 200       400      600       800

                            DAYS OF LEACHING
                                                       -r
                                                       1000
Figure  6.   Accumulated mass  of iron  leached from MSW  test cells
                                306

-------
      20-1
      15-
      10-
      5-
            LEGEND
          • MSG ONLY
          • RAW
          V PROCESS  A
          • PROCESS  B
        0        200      400       600       800      1000

                            DAYS OF LEACHING


Figure 7.   Accumulated  mass of cadmium  leached from MSW  test cells
    800-

    700-

    600-
 1  500H
    400-

    300-

    200-

    00-

      0.
  LEGEND
• MSG ONLY
• RAW
V PROCESS A
• PROCESS B
                200      400       600       800

                           DAYS OF LEACHING
                                                     1000
Figure  8.   Accumulated mass  of  chromium leached  from MSW test cells
                                  307

-------
 8
     30-
     25-
 -§   15-1
       LEGEND
     • MSG ONLY
     • RAW
     V PROCESS A
     • PROCESS B
                200
                         400       600

                           DAYS OF LEACHING
                                         800
                                                  1000
Figure  9.   Accumulated  mass of copper  leached from  MSW test cells
 D
 
-------
      50-1
      40-
  -5,  30-
  UJ
  in
  UJ
      20-
      10-
  LEGEND
• MSG ONLY
• RAW
V PROCESS A
• PROCESS B
         0        200      400       600      800       1000

                            DAYS OF LEACHING

Figure  11.   Accumulated mass  of  manganese leached  from test cells
  u
  z
  N
     40-1
     30-
     20-
     10-
           LEGEND
         • MSG ONLY
         • RAW
         V PROCESS A
         • PROCESS B
                200      400       600      800

                           DAYS OF LEACHING
                                            1000
 Figure  12.   Accumulated  mass of zinc leached  from test cells
                                309

-------
     Both the untreated and process A-
treated EPW test cells lost larger
amounts of sodium.  The EPW is over 1%
sodium which may be responsible for the
appearance of larger amounts (60%
larger) in the untreated EPW leachates.
Waste treated by process A again lost
greater amounts (40% greater) of sodium
than either the MSW-only or process B-
treated EPW cells.

pH Values

     The pH of the leachates from the
test cells averaged 5.46 for the two
containing MSW-only (15 averaged 5.27
and 16, 5.66).  MSW with untreated EPW
averaged about 0.6 pH units less acidic
at 6.05, while both treated EPW test
cells had pH values near or slightly
more acidic than the MSW-only leachates
(process A leachates averaged 5.40 and
process B leachates averaged 5.23).

     The pattern of the pH values over
the test period is shown in Figure 5.
No seasonal or externally triggered
cycles are evident in the data.  There
is a general trend toward less acidic
leachates through the leaching experi-
ment.  The only exception is the much
greater basic trend seen in the leachate
from the test cell containing the un-
treated EPW.  Evidently the strongly
alkaline raw sludge has overcome the
organic acid production in the decompos-
ing MSW.  The larger basic pH shift
after day 800 will cause fundamental
changes in the metabolic processes and
microbial flora in the tank, and pos-
sibly alter its leachate composition.
It is too early to fully assess the
ultimate effect of this pH shift but
early results can be seen in the lower-
ing of iron and manganese concentrations
in these leachates.

Iron
      Iron was  leached at high and  in-
creasing rates  from  all test cells
throughout  the  experiment  (Tables  3-6).
The  loss of  iron  from landfilled MSW is
a  function  of  the anaerobic conditions
in the  landfill environment and the
action  of chemolithotrophic bacteria
which use ferric  iron as a source  of
oxidant for their metabolic processes.
Ferrous iron,  the major product formed
in the  MSW,  is  easily leached and  is
responsible for an appreciable amount of
the chemical oxygen demand in the leach-
ate.  The ferrous ion is easily oxidized
to the insoluble ferric ion in air form-
ing a yellow-orange precipitate in the
leachate; in the presence of sulfide,
black ferrous sulfide is precipitated.

     MSW leachates commonly have from
200-500 tng/1 iron (3, 7).  Leachates
from the MSW-only test cells averaged
435 mg/1 iron over the entire 1053-day
leaching period.  Iron levels in initial
leachate samples were between 300 and
350 mg/1; the level gradually increasing
to the 500 mg/1 level after about
700 days of leaching  (Figure 6).  A
gradual decline was seen after about
850 days of leaching.  This broad
maximum probably represents the peak of
biological activity in the landfill
simulators.

     Addition of untreated EPW to the
MSW increased the iron levels in samples
collected up to day 900.  An abrupt de-
crease is seen after  day 900.  Coinci-
dentally, the leachate pH values in-
creased to around 7 (peaking at 7.50 on
day 934) .  A similar  drop off is seen
for manganese which is also sensitive to
the pH, biological activity, and aero-
bicity of the decomposing MSW.  No such
deviation is seen in  the very soluble
sodium or chloride concentrations.
Leachate from EPW which had been treated
by process A follows  the MSW-only leach-
ate very closely indicating little
effect of this solidified product upon
the pH or biological  character on the
MSW in which it is embedded.

Cadmium

     Cadmium appears  in its highest con-
centrations in the very early leachates
after which it rapidly falls off to near
the detection limits  (Fig.  7).  By
day 400 the bulk of cadmium that will be
lost in the first 1050 days has already
been leached.  Cadmium levels from the
untreated EPW test cell  leachates were
about one half of those in  the MSW-only
cell leachates.  Cadmium may enter the
solidified waste as a contaminant in  the
treatment additives.  The  levels of cad-
mium in the leachates and  the EPW are
relatively low.  Total losses of cadmium
from the worst case,  process B, are  less
than 20 mg over the whole  leaching
                                           310

-------
period—this is less than 10 micrograms
per kg MSW in the cell while over 300 g
of cadmium were included in the added
EPW waste in the process B samples.  In
contrast, 408 g were included in the un-
treated waste cell in the EPW alone but
less than 2.5 mg had been lost to leach-
ing by day 1050.

Chromium

     Chromium makes up 6.5% of the dry
sludge solids and is one of the major
contributors to potential pollution
problems.  Over 30 kg of chromium in the
form of Cr(OH). were added in all of the
cells containing EPW.  The rate of loss
of chromium was practically equal for
the MSW-only and the untreated EPW test
cells over the period of leaching
(Figure 8).  Leachates from cells con-
taining EPW treated by process B lost
less chromium than the MSW-only test
cells.  Process A showed the highest
rate of chromium release, over twice
that observed in untreated waste.  This
is due largely to a high concentration
in the first leachate sample  (over
8 times that observed in the MSW-only
leachates).

Copper, Lead, and Manganese

     Copper represents about  10% of the
dry weight of the EPW sludge.  Fifty to
70 kg of copper were added to the MSW in
the EPW test cells.  Only very low
levels of copper were lost from any of
the test cells—less than 30 mg in all
cases—and the greatest loss occurred in
the MSW-only test cell.  Evidently cop-
per is effectively immobilized by the
decomposing MSW and the EPW is actually
taking up copper from the MSW leachate.

     Lead, although present in the EPW
in much lower quantities also appears to
be well contained in the MSW.  The MSW-
only test cell, again, had both the
highest single leachate concentration
and the greatest accumulated mass of
lead leached.
leach at higher (and nearly identical)
rates.  The untreated waste test cell
ultimately lost appreciably less manga-
nese after 1050 days of leaching than
the cells with only MSW.

Zinc

     Elevated levels of zinc have been
associated with MSW disposal areas
(7, 11).  Leachates from test cells con-
taining only MSW have high initial zinc
concentrations.  The levels of zinc drop
throughout the leaching period but re-
main at 20 to 30% of initial values
after 1050 days of leaching.  EPW addi-
tions increase the zinc loadings in the
cells significantly—an average of
4.5 kg of zinc as Zn(OH). was added to
each EPW-containing test cell in this
study.

     Addition of untreated EPW to the
MSW test cells dramatically decreased
zinc mobility; leachates from this test
cell exhibit a maximum level only 20% of
the average for MSW-only tanks, and an
accumulated mass leached after 1050 days
of around 5%, of the average MSW-only
test cell leachate.  It is possible that
a change in average pH values from 5.45
for the MSW-only leachates to 6.05 upon
addition of untreated EPW could produce
such a wide divergence in zinc concen-
tration.

     Addition of EPW treated by pro-
cess A does not have pronounced effect
upon the total zinc released from the
test cell, however, the cell containing
treated EPW did have a higher maximum
zinc concentration (167% of that ob-
served in MSW-only leachate).  Tanks
containing EPW treated by process B lost
almost twice the total zinc (39 g) as
MSW-only (21 g) cells and had consis-
tently higher zinc concentrations in in-
dividual leachate samples.  Process B
test cells were slightly more acidic
(averaging 5.25) than MSW-only test
cells (averaging 5.45).
     Manganese is leached from all cells
at very similar rates, but at higher
rates than observed with lead or copper.
For the first 600 days the data are
nearly identical for all test cells.
Only after 600 days do the two test
cells containing treated EPW begin to
DISCUSSION

     The codisposal of untreated EPW
with MSW appears to have little effect
upon the quality of the MSW leachate as
measured by leachate concentrations or
accumulated masses of several heavy
                                          311

-------
metals released after 1050 days of con-
trolled leaching.  The total amount of
the metals leached is less from the un-
treated EPW-MSW containing test cell
than from the MSW-only test cell for
cadmium (59%), manganese (79%), and zinc
(5%).  Total iron and chloride losses
were within 3% in leachates from the two
test cell types.  Only sodium was
leached in larger amounts from the test
cell containing EPW and MSW (158% of
MSW-only).  These results occur in spite
of the large metal load added in the
EPW; the EPW-MSW test cell contained an
equivalent amount of MSW plus 34% addi-
tional EPW on a dry weight basis.  All
of the metals should have salts which
are moderately soluble at the pH of the
MSW leachates produced.

     Maximum concentrations found in in-
dividual leachate samples were higher
for several of the EPW-MSW test cell
metals—cadmium  (172% of MSW-only maxi-
mum values at 0.025 mg/1), copper  (188%
at 0.063 mg/1),  iron  (124% at  722 mg/1),
and sodium (160% at 2180 mg/1).  Maximum
levels of chromium  (95% of MSW only),
lead  (31%), manganese  (71%), and zinc
(20%) in the EPW-MSW  test cell leachates
were all below comparable levels from
MSW-only leachates.   Chromium and  chlo-
ride maximum values were within  5% of
each other for leachates from  the  two
types of test cells.  These differences
in the maximum concentration found are
not far outside  the range of highest
concentrations which  were found  in the
two identical MSW-only test cells.  For
comparison, the  ratio of concentration
differences between the  two MSW-only
test  cells in  this  experiment  were
 (cell  16 as a  percent of cell  15):  cad-
mium  128%, chromium 107%, lead  243%,
manganese  115%,  zinc  101%,  iron  188%,
sodium 138%,  and chloride  112%.  No  sin-
gle significantly higher concentration
of any  of  the  parameters included  in
this  report was  seen  (except perhaps  for
pH).

      The  apparent  lack of any  signifi-
cant  effects  of  added untreated  EPW
 compared  to  the MSW-only test  cells
 suggests  the  treatment processes are
unnecessary.   EPW treatment,  in fact,
appeared  to  be counterproductive for
a majority of  the waste constituents.
 Leachates from the test cell  containing
 process A (cement-based)  treated EPW
exceeded both those from the MSW-only
and untreated EPW-MSW test cells for
both maximum concentration and total
mass leached for cadmium, chromium,
manganese, zinc, and chloride.  Only
for copper and iron were the total
masses leached below (but by less than
10% below) both the MSW only and un-
treated EPW-MSW test cell leachates.
Process A was particularly ineffective
for immobilizing cadmium and chromium.

     Process B (fly-ash pozzolan based)
also produced treated EPW which gave
erratic treatment benefits in that its
products released slightly lower accu-
mulated masses of chromium, copper, and
iron but lost three times as much cad-
mium and nearly twice as much zinc as
the MSW-only test cells.
CONCLUSIONS

     1.  Codisposal of untreated elec-
troplating waste (EPW) with municipal
solid waste (MSW) by dispersing up to
34% dry weight of EPW in two lifts
throughout the MSW does not signifi-
cantly alter the quality of the emerging
MSW leachate over the first 1050 days of
leaching at test rate used (1.26 cm per
week).  The majority of the constituents
(cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, manga-
nese, zinc, and chloride) included in
this report were lost to leaching waters
in lower total amounts when the un-
treated EPW was included in the MSW.
This was probably due to the higher
pH observed in the leachate from the
cell containing untreated EPW.  In this
cell only the total mass of zinc was
different from the MSW-only test cell
by a factor of two or greater.  This
was however no more different  than
differences between identical  MSW-only
test cells.

     2.  Waste solidification/stabiliza-
tion by cement or fly-ash/pozzolan-based
methods prior to disposal offered no
benefits over codisposal of the un-
treated EPW directly in the MSW.  Test
cells containing EPW treated by either
process A or B lost equal or greater
levels and amounts of the majority of
constituents included in this  report.
No elevated pH was observed in leachate
from these tanks.  The low pH  may
account for greater pollutant  mobility.
                                           312

-------
     3.  Preliminary evidence indicates
that continued leaching of the test cell
containing untreated EPW will show
altered leaching patterns due to the in-
crease in pH and changes in biological
activity associated with the mixing of
the strongly basic EPW sludge with the
decomposing MSW.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

     This study was part of a major
research program on the chemixcal fixa-
tion technology, which is now being
conducted by the U. S. Army Engineer
Waterways Experiment Station and funded
by the Environmental Protection Agency,
Municipal Environmental Research Labora-
tory, Solid and Hazardous Waste Research
Division, Cincinnati, Ohio under Inter-
agency Agreement, EPA-IAG-D4-0569.
Robert E. Landreth is the EPA Program
Manager for this research area.
REFERENCES

1.   Bartos, M. J., Jr., and M. R.
     Palermo.  1977.  Physical and
     Engineering Properties of Hazardous
     Industrial Wastes and Sludges.
     EPA-600/2-77-139, U. S. Environ-
     mental Protection Agency, Cincin-
     nati, OH.  89 pp.

2.   Bromley, John, and D. C. Wilson.
     1981.  Codisposal of toxics:  A
     legitimate option.  Waste Age,
     March 1981, pp. 52-53.

3.   California State Water Control
     Board.  1954.  Report on the Inves-
     tigation of Leaching of a sanitary
     landfill.  Publication No. 10,
     Sacramento, CA.  92 pp.

4.   Eifert, M. C., and J. T.
     Swartzbaugh.  1977.  Influence of
     municipal solid waste processing
     on gas and leachate generation In:
     Management of Gas and Leachate in
     Landfills, Proceedings of the Third
     Annual Municipal Solid Waste
     Research Symposium, EPA-600/9-77-
     026, U. S. Environmental Protec-
     tion Agency, Cincinnati, OH.
     pp. 55-72.
5.    Houle, M. J.  et al.,  1977.
     Effects of municipal landfill
     leachate on the release of toxic
     metals from industrial wastes.  In:
     Management of Gas and Leachate in
     Landfills, Proceedings of the Third
     Annual Municipal Solid Waste
     Research Symposium.  EPA-600/9-77-
     026, U. S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Cincinnati, OH.  pp.  139-
     148.

6.    Jackson, A. G., and D. R. Streng.
     1976.  Gas and Leachate generation
     in various solid waste environ-
     ments.  In:  Gas and Leachate from
     Landfills: Formation Collection and
     Treatment.  EPA 600/9-76-004, U. S.
     Environmental Protection Agency,
     Cincinnati, OH.

7.    James, S. C.   1977.  Metals in
     municipal landfill leachate and
     their health effects.  American
     Journal Public Health 67(5):
     429-432.

8.    Lehman, J. P. 1980.  The United
     States waste regulatory program.
     In: Toxic and Hazardous Waste Dis-
     posal, Volume 3, Ann Arbor Science
     Publishers Inc. Ann Arbor, MI.
     pp. 13-22.

9.    Mahloch, J. L., D. E. Averett, and
     M. J. Bartos, Jr.  1976.  Pollutant
     Potential of Raw and Chemically
     Fixed Hazardous Industrial Wastes
     and Flue Gas Desulfurization
     Sludges.  Interim Report.
     EPA-600/2-76-182, U. S. Environ-
     mental Protection Agency, Cincin-
     nati, OH.  117 pp.

10.  Malone, P. G., et al.  1981.
     Estimation of pollution poten-
     tial of industrial waste from
     small-scale column leaching studies.
     In:  Land Disposal:  Hazardous
     Waste, Proceedings of the Seventh
     Annual Research Symposium.
     pp. 103-118.

11.  Menser, H. A., and W. M. Winant.
     1980.  Landfill leachate as a
     nutrient source for vegetable
     crops.  Compost Sci./Land Utiliza-
     tion 21(4) 48-55.
                                           313

-------
12.   Myers,  T.  E.,  et al.   1979.   Gas
     Production in Sanitary Landfill
     Simulators,   pp. 58-73.   In:
     Wanielista,  M. P.,  and J.  S.
     Taylor.  Municipal  Solid Waste:
     Land Disposal.  Proceedings  of the
     Fourth Annual  EPA Research Sympo-
     sium.  EPA-600/9-79-023a.   U. S.
     Environmental  Protection Agency,
     Cincinnati,  OH.   437 pp.

13.   Myers,  T.  E.,  et al.   1980.
     Chemically Stabilized Industrial
     Wastes in a Landfill Environment.
     In:   Schultz,  David.   Disposal of
     Hazardous Wastes.  EPA-600/9-80-
     010.  U.  S.  Environmental Protec-
     tion Agency,  Cincinnati, OH.
     pp.  58-73.

14.   Myers,  T.  E.,  D. W. Thompson, and
     P.  G. Malone.   1980.   Methane
     Production in Sanitary Landfill
     Simulators.   Presented at DOE
     Symposium on Landfill Methane
     Utilization.   Asilomar,  CA
     24-26 March.   8 pp.

15.   Newton, J. R.   1977.   Pilot-scale
     studies of the leaching of indus-
     trial wastes in simulated land-
     fills.  Water Pollution Control
     76(4):  468-480.
16.   Perlmutter,  N.  M.,  M. Leiber, and
     H.  L.  Frauenthal.   1963.   Movement
     of  water-borne  cadmium and Hexava-
     lent chromium waste in South
     Farmingdale, Nassau County,
     Long Island, New York.  U. S. Geol.
     Surv.  Prof.  Paper 475-C,  Art 105.

17.   Perlmutter,  N.  M.,  and M. Lieber.
     1970.   Dispersal of Plating Wastes
     and Sewate Contaminants in Ground-
     water and Surface Water,  South
     Farmingdale - Massapequa Area,
     Nassau County,  New York.   U. S.
     Geol.  Surv.  Water Supply Paper
     1879-G.  U.  S.  Geological Survey,
     Washington,  DC  67 pp.

18.   Shafer, R. A.,  et al.  1981.  Gas
     Production in Municipal Waste Test
     Cells.  In Schultz, D. W. Land Dis-
     posal:  Municipal Solid Wastes.
     Proceedings of  the Seventh Annual
     EPA Research Symposium.  EPA-600/
     9-81-002a.  U.  S. Environmental
     Protection Agency,  Cincinnati, OH.
     pp. 94-103.

19.   Wilson, D. C.  1978.  Recent Devel-
     opment in the Management of Hazard-
     ous Wastes.   AERE-R 9269, AERE
     Harwell, Oxfordshire, England.
     47 pp.
                                           314

-------
                   EXPLORATORY STUDIES ON THE ENCAPSULATION OF SELECTED
                       HAZARDOUS WASTES WITH SULFUR-ASPHALT BLENDS
                                     Walter Brenner
                                       Barry Rugg
                                  New York University
                             Department of Applied Science
                                New York, New York 10003
                                        ABSTRACT

     Hazardous wastes which are being generated at an ever increasing rate are now recog-
nized as an environmental problem of national scope.   While the generation of hazardous
wastes produced as residues of industrial  processes cannot be prevented, they must be con-
trolled.  Recent developments have emphasized the need for more cost effective and techni-
cally viable treatments for hazardous wastes.  Sulfur-asphalt binder systems are viewed
as offering significant advantages over currently studied materials, especially when used
in conjunction with a continuous encapsulation process.
INTRODUCTION

     Hazardous wastes which are being gen-
erated at an ever increasing rate are now
recognized as an environmental problem of
national scope.   According to a recent EAR
estimate as much as 57 million metric tons
were produced as residues of normal indus-
trial processes  in 1980 (1).  While the
generation of such wastes cannot be pre-
vented, their ultimate disposition must be
carefully controlled.  Even though the
technology to do so has advanced signifi-
cantly in the last decade, the need for
more cost effective and technically viable
treatments for hazardous waste control and
disposal has become steadily more acute.

     One approach which has been studied
in considerable detail and is being used to
some extent, involves the encapuslation of
hazardous wastes with binders, mainly as-
phalts and cements.  Considerable progress
has been achieved in the practical imple-
mentation of this approach in recent years
due in large measure to the development of
improved process technologies. A highly
developed process of this type, termed Vol-
ume Reduction and Solidification System
(VRS), stabilizes and solidifies hazard-
ous wastes with  a thermally liquefied as-
phalt binder.
      The VRS process is a one step, non-
chemical process that uses an extruder-eva-
porator which evaporates unwanted water from
the waste while simultaneously mixing and
kneading the wastes into the hot asphalt
binder.  Once the waste/asphalt mix has
homogenized in the extruder-evaporator, it
is discharged into containers.  A signi-
ficant volume reduction takes place once the
waste/asphalt mix has been cooled.  This can
amount to a factor of five or better, a sig-
nificant advantage for waste disposal and
storage needs.  Figure 1 is a schematic of
the VRS process used in the stabilization/
solidification and disposal of plating
wastes.

      Recent bench scale experimental stu-
dies carried out at New York University's
Department of Applied Science (NYU/DAS) have
shown that sulfur-asphalt blends containing
up to 60% and more by weight of sulfur of-
fer immediate promise as a more cost effec-
tive and also technically more attractive
binder compared to asphalt which is pre-
sently used by the VRS waste encapsulation
process.  Sulfur/asphalt blends are concep-
tually very attractive alternates to asphalt
in view of both recent major increases in
the cost of asphalt (from $140-$190/ton)
and the large potential availability of low
cost sulfur from secondary sources such as
                                           315

-------


c:

j-
O)
C7>
C.
•r-
S- 1
01 1
(O
2
01 [
^ 3
O °

vVV
I






r~^
  c
  o
   (O
  10 I—
                                             0>    UJ

(/I

s

CP
c

+J


CL
                                                              §
                                                              +J
                                                             -a
                                                              c
                                                              TJ
                                                             T3
                                                              
                                                              (D
                                                              O
                                                              01

                                                              3
                                                              CD
                                                  a.
                                                  3  4-
                                                   i   ai
                                                  QJ 4J
        316

-------
stack gases and petroleum refineries as well
as coal processing.

     The NYU/DAS experimental  investigations
have found that surprisingly large amounts
of various inorganic and also  organic mater-
ials can be successfully encapsulated with
sulfur-asphalt blends to give  durable,
leach resistant composites with good phy-
sical strength properties.  A  wide range of
sulfur-asphalt compositions has been found
suitable for producing high quality encap-
sulates which exceed IAEA free water, leach-
ing resistance requirements, etc., at a
quite favorable cost compared  to all-asphalt
binders.

     Specific experiments relating to the
encapsulation of a simulated inorganic waste
with sulfur-asphalt binders are described
below.  Under a recently awarded EPA grant
NYU is currently involved in scaling up this
waste treatment work by employing it in con-
junction with a continuous high productivi-
ty processing technology such  as is offered
by the VRS process.   The objective of this
continuing investigation is the design, pro-
curement, installation, operation and eval-
uation of a pilot plant facility for the
continuous encapsulation of selected hazard-
ous wastes with sulfur-asphalt binders for
the purpose of their subsequent safe dispos-
al.  An estimated cost comparison of this
process with that of commercial hazardous
waste treatment and disposal processes is
shown in Table 1.
 SULFUR-ASPHALT  BINDERS AS ASPHALT  REPLACE-
 MENTS  FOR THE ENCAPSULATION OF HAZARDOUS
 WASTES
      Asphalt,  a  naturally occurring product
 duplicated  by  man  in tightly monitored com-
 puter-controlled refineries to meet Feder-
 al  and  ASTM standards,  has been  investiga-
 ted in  much detail  for  the stabilization/
 solidification and  disposal of toxic and
 hazardous wastes.  (2)   The refineries pro-
 duce  two types of asphaltic products,
 namely, blown  or oxidized and emulsified
 materials.  (3)  The oxidized types of as-
 phalts  are  recommended  as binders for waste
 disposal.   Table 2  lists typical product
 properties  of  an asphalt found suitable for
 this  application.   Asphalts of this type
 are readily available from a number of com-
 panies.  Costs range currently from $140 to
 $190/ton as noted above.
       Such blown asphaltic materials fea-
ture many attractive properties.  They are
waterproof, durable, light weight, inert to
bacterial attack and highly resistant to
leaching by water, most acids and salts.
Furthermore, they exhibit good resistance
to the effects of ionizing radiation.  They
constitute thermoplastic, non-proprietary
binders that are widely produced in both
the liquid or solid form and can be readily
processed with simple mechanical equipment
on either a batch or continuous basis.

       Sulfur-asphalt blends have been ex-
tensively investigated as an alternate to
asphalt binders, primarily in connection
with the development of low cost road pave-
ments and other construction uses. (3-6)
The partial replacement of asphalt with
sulfur up to 50% of the asphalt was found
to offer significant advantages in terms
of saving of valuable petroleum derived
asphalt for other uses such as energy as
well as offering a new market for recov-
ered sulfur.  The good field performance
of such compositions enhanced their commer-
cial appeal particularly in view of their
lower cost potential.

       The basic technology involved com-
prises mixing liquefied sulfur, molten
asphalt and aggregates within a suitable
temperature range, e.g., 270 F (132 C)
to 300 F (149 C).  The molten mixtures are
then deposited on a conventionally prepared
road bed using standard asphalt pouring
equipment.  Solidification takes place and
the road bed is ready for traffic after the
composition has cooled to ambient tempera-
tures.  The serviceability of such road
pavements has been confirmed by years of
testing.  At present there are many indica-
tions that such sulfur/asphalt blends are
poised for early industrial paving
usage.(7)

       Due to the extensive past work on
sulfur/asphalt blends for paving materials
that the basic properties, methods of pre-
paration and processing of sulfur/asphalt
blends have been widely described in the
technical literature. (3-6)  Sulfur, with
a specific gravity of 2.0 has a melting
point of 235 F (113 C) and is liquid in the
temperature range of 235 F (113 C) to 300F
(149 C).  The liquid viscosity is in the
range of 8-10 poises but increases sharply
due to sulfur polymerization as the temper-
ature is raised above 318 F (159 C). When
sulfur is added to asphalt, the recommended
                                           317

-------
  TABLE 1:   COMMERCIAL HAZARDOUS WASTE TREATMENT AND  DISPOSAL  COSTS*


 Method of Treatment	Cost Range*
 1.    Recovery                               Variable
 2.    Chemical Treatment                     $0.015 - 0.030/#
 3.    Incineration - Liquids                 $0.018 - 0.035/#
 4.    Incineration - Solids                   $0.037 - 0.75/#
 5.    Landfill (Secure)                      $0.075 - 150/#
 6.    VRS Treatment (Asphalt Binder)          $0.015 - 0.035/#
 7.    VRS Treatment (Sulfur-Asphalt Binder)   $0.012 - 0.025/#**
 *Costs are based on June 1981 prices and are increasing at a rate of
  25% to 50% per year.
 *Costs given do not include transportation to disposal  site which
  averages $2.30 to $2.50.
**Estimate based on July 1981 prices.
 TABLE 2:   TYPICAL PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ASPHALT BINDERS FOR TOXIC
                      AND HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL*
 Test	Specification
 Softening point                             200 F or 33 C
 Flash point of volatiles                    550 F or 288 C (min)
 Percent volatiles by volume                 0.1%
 Ignition point                              600 F or 316 C
 Specific gravity (g/y)                      1.0
 Vapor pressure                              max. 1 mm Hg
 Vapor density (air-1)                       max. 0.01

 *Meets Federal Specification SS-A-666d.
                                318

-------
mixing temperature is between 270 F (132 C)
and 300 F(149 C).  At temperautres above
300 F (149 C), sulfur and asphalt react
with the formation of fumes consisting
mainly of hydrogen sulfide and sulfur. At
temperatures above 350 F (175 C) the fumes
are mainly sulfur dioxide.

     A review of the pertinent published
literature on sulfur/asphalt binders for
use in low cost paving materials suggests
that there is an optimum sulfur/asphalt
ratio for specific types and amounts of
aggregates.  (3-5).  Also the mode of mixing
and the sequence of the addition of sulfur,
asphalt and the aggregates were found to
affect the mix properties to a significant
degree.  Specific mixing procedures investi-
gated were:  1) premixing the aggregates
with sulfur followed by asphalt addition;
3) premixing the aggregates with asphalt
followed by sulfur addition; 3) premixing
sulfur and asphalt followed by aggregate
addition; 4) simultaneous mixing of the
sulfur, asphalt and the aggregates.

     In the paving application sulfur/as-
phalt mixes with aggregates have been char-
acterized by traditional tests for asphalt
pavements. Pertinent measurements included
both physical and chemical tests.  Specific
important tests on sulfur/asphalt compo-
sites with aggregates are Marshall stabil-
ity, tensile strength, flexural strength,
fatigue resistance, stiffness at both high
and low temperatures, resistance to various
media such as fuels, oils, etc., also per-
meability to such media.  While quite an
extensive amount of work has been carried
out on the microscopic examination of such
blends with emphasis on ascertaining the
role of the sulfur, such studies have not
been able to account for property differ-
ences obtained with various sulfur contents
and/or mixing sequences during processing.

     According to the road pavement studies
sulfur/asphalt blends feature higher physi-
ccal strength properties including better
compressive strength, superior fatigue re-
sistance as well as improved retention of
the physical strength properties upon pro-
longed immersion in various hydrocarbon
fuels and other chemicals including water
compared to all-asphalt binders.  Further-
more, a high degree of impermeability even
at high air void contents of a mix, was
found to be characteristic of sulfur as-
phalt mixes.  These results have been veri-
fied by field tests (4,5).
       The performance characteristics of
sulfur/asphalt composites with aggregates
for paving use are of obvious interest for
the stabilization/solidification and dis-
posal  of hazardous wastes.  The information
developed on their processing and charac-
terization offers much of value if it is
considered that the aggregates are replaced
by the waste in such composites. In view of
the success reported with straight asphalt
binders for the treatment of hazardous
wastes, the sulfur/asphalt blends were
therefore deemed to warrant appropriate ex-
perimental investigations including full
product characterization as offering po-
tentially significant performance and cost
advantages for hazardous waste encapsula-
tion.

       Utilizing available technical infor-
mation, NYU/DAS commenced a program of ex-
perimental investigations on the utiliza-
tion of sulfur/asphalt blends as more cost
effective and also technically more attrac-
tive binders for the encapsulation and dis-
posal  of hazardous wastes.  Major advan-
tages  of sulfur-asphalt blends over the
presently used asphalt include the preser-
vation of expensive petroleum supplies for
energy and/or chemicals uses; a new market
for sulfur recovered from secondary sources
such as stack gases and petroleum refining
from sour crudes; a good potential  for
lower  costs and certain improved perfor-
mance  of the waste disposal matrix, notably
higher physical strength, superior chemical
resistance and reduced permeability. This
work is summarized below.
NEW YORK UNIVERSITY EXPLORATORY STUDIES ON
THE ENCAPSULATION OF HAZARDOUS WASTES WITH
SULFUR/ASPHALT BINDERS
       During the past year, the encapsula-
tion of hazardous wastes has been experi-
mentally studied at New York University's
Department of Applied Science.   A detailed
survey of the published technical literature
on sulfur-asphalt blends which  was found to
relate almost entirely to their possible
use for road paving materials,  was first
carried out.  This survey was supplemented
by personal contact and discussions with
personnel of companies engaged  in the pre-
paration and usage of sulfur/asphalt blends
for such construction applications.  The
purpose of this phase of the investigation
was to develop suitably detailed data on
                                            319

-------
the present state-of-the-art of sulfur/
asphalt matrix technlogy.

     Exploratory experimental  investigations
were commenced on encapsulating selected
hazardous wastes with sulfur/asphalt bind-
ers.  The experimental  program consisted of
bench-scale laboratory studies on the pre-
paration and later evaluation  of various
sulfur/asphalt compositions -- first alone
and later with different amounts of simu-
lated hazardous waste.   With positive re-
sults, a logical follow-up would he a scale
up to a pilot plant facility using a con-
tinuous high productivity processing tech-
nology such as is offered by the VRS pro-
cess.  This pilot plant facility would then
be operated and evaluated with selected
hazardous wastes.

     The sulfur and asphalt materials were
obtained from commercial suppliers. Because
of its high water solubility and ready
analytical detection, copper sulfate was
used as a simulated waste.  Other simulated
wastes included dyestuffs, a carbon sludge
and some organic chemical  compounds. An
1/3 HP laboratory intensive mixer was em-
ployed to produce various sulfur-asphalt.
composites containing different quantities
of simulated wastes.  The product compo-
sites were typically sized 9"xl4"xl/2"
(22.86cmx 35.56cm.x 1.27 cm).

     Initial experiments concentrated on
developing bench scale preparative proce-
dures for encapsulating a solid simulated
waste such as the copper sulfate with a
binder comprised of sulfur/asphalt blends
in varying proportions.  Encapsulation
studies with all-asphalt binders were used
as a comparison.  It should be noted that
when substituting sulfur for part of the
asphalt, since sulfur is about twice as
dense as asphalt, it requires  approximately
double the weight of sulfur to replace an
equal volume of asphalt.  Two  methods of
using sulfur in the asphalt binder were  in-
vestigated.  They were a sulfur/asphalt
emulsification method and a fulfur/asphalt
direct substitution method.

     Emulsified sulfur/asphalt binder was
prepared by combining molten sulfur and
liquefied asphalt in a -2-1/2"  (6.35 cm)
diameter, vertical Gifford Wood colloid
mill.  A rotor-stator gap of 0.018  in at
7000 rpm was used.  The mix was recircu-
lated for about 8 minutes at 285 F  (141  C)
to  300 F  (149 C).  The emulsified  binder
was  then  immediately combined with  the
simulated waste such as for example, copper
sulfate which had been preheated.  It was
then mixed for about 2 minutes at 290 F
(144 C) - 305 F ( 152 C) to prepare the
waste containing asphalt composites which
were then cast into 9" x 14" x 1/2")
22.86 cm x 35.56 cm x 1.27 cm) aluminum
pans and cooled.

       In the direct substitution method
molten sulfur and liquefied asphalt were
mixed together at 290 F (144 C) - 300 F
(149 C) and then combined with heated sim-
ulated waste at 295 F (146 C) - 310 F
(154 C).   The three materials were mixed
for about 2 minutes.  An alternative pro-
cedure consisted of mixing the simulated
solid waste into the molten asphalt follow-
ed by the addition of the liquefied sulfur.
This latter method was preferred as produc-
ing consistently more uniform quality com-
posites even at high loadings of the waste.
The latter direct substitution mixing
sequence was used for the preparation of
all subsequent encapsulates because it gave
greater processing ease and better encapsu-
late uniformity, especially compared to the
use of emulsified asphalt binders.

       Using the above described direct sub-
stitution method blends consisting of from
90% asphalt and 10% sulfur to 20% asphalt
and 80% sulfur were mixed with varying
amounts of simulated heavy metal waste. Up
to 70 parts of the simulant solid waste per
100 parts of the sulfur/asphalt blend
(weight basis) could be compounded to pro-
duce remarkably strong and water-resistant
composites.  These encapsulates are being
evaluated in terms of physical strength
properties and leach resistance.  Some pre-
liminary data are shown in Table 3.

       The performance characteristics of
the encapsulates were found to depend upon
both the composition of the sulfur/asphalt
blend and the amount of the waste loading.
Composites prepared with all-asphalt binder
proved to be mechanically weak yet highly
leach resistant.  As the amount of sulfur
in the binder increased, the composites ex-
hibited significantly higher mechanical
strength properties with little  if any loss
of of leach resistance.  When 70% or more
of sulfur was used in the sulfur/asphalt
binder, the composites were mechanically
strong but brittle and leach resistance was
somewhat lower.

       Based upon the experimental prepara-
tions made to date,the preferred sulfur/
                                           320

-------











co
UJ
1—
>— t
CO
o
a.
O
o
1 —
_j
~r"
Q.
CO
=t
1
o:
:r>
u_
_j
3
co
Q
UJ
Q
g
_1
UJ
h-
<
u_
_1
ZD
CO

cc
LtJ
a.
Q.
0
o
UJ
o
co

U-
o

co
Lfnl
1—
a:
UJ
D-
O
o:
O-

_i
ef.
O
>— 1
O_
>-
| —


. *
CO
UJ
	 1
CO

0) >,
a: to
Q
o +->
to c:
d) to
_i -1-1
*
a> -r-
> c/l
••- Q.
t/i
to "
0) ^
S- +->
Q. cn
E c
o a>
0 S-
4-*
CO

01
c

TD
to
S_ 0
 —1
CX
D. OJ
0 4->
O IO
<*-
^
CO


*
en
c
-P
10
o
o






O)
+J
to
14-
6« 'ris
CO
^
o ai
a.
1— 1 Q.
o
h- 0
i — i

co
+j
O i —
to
D- r-
O.
^^
O

CJ

s_
^
q_

^
co




a> s_
i — ai
CX-Q
E E
to 3
co z:



















•It *
•It *
* + + + + -X +
1 CV1OOO 1 ^-I^HC3OO
i — iCTiCTiCTi /\/\(TlC\JCT»







OOOC3OOOOOOO
oco^fto« — icM*3~r--CT!*d-ir>
COCOCOCvJCMLT)'— 1 i— ICMLDLT)
«« ^ « • r, r> «
CO r-H i — 1 »—) f-H t— f i — 1

1









































































i oocMCMO-3-coor-.r^
^DVD^COLOCOCOtO«^-^(-







1 + + + + + OO+ + +













1 OOCMC\JO**-CQOr-.tD
^O VO ^^" OO LO CO C*") *JD ^" ^d"











1 LDCMCOOCTlUD^- o
tO •!->
0 OJ
u

o to
E. • CD
tO r—
+ c o
•a a) i:
(DEC
•— U Q-
Q- a)
Q- O- •>
to t/> CD
c
C VI +J
•r— O) tO
-1-1 -!-> O
to O
O CO
O +-1
" O
+-1 OJ OJ
i — CD^
to n3 S_
-C S_ O)
O- ai a.
to > E
-— - _-f . 1
cl. d. 1— I
* * *
* *
-K
321

-------
asphalt blends contained 40% to 60% sulfur.
With the copper sulfate simulated waste,
loadings of 50-70 parts per 100 parts of
combined sulfur/asphalt binder gave repro-
ducible strong and leach resistant laminates
The optimal mixing temperature was 285 F
(141 C) - 305 F (152 C).

     The experiments showed that with pro-
per mixing the major leaching problem was
due to some partially encapsulated parti-
cles on the surface of the composites. Var-
ious coatings were experimentally studied
to eliminate this problem.  These coatings
included two-component room temperature
curing epoxies, polyvinyledene chloride
applied from both organic solvent or aque-
ous systems, and asphalts.  The best solu-
tion was found to be a thin asphalt coating
applied by dipping or hot spray. The weight
of such asphalt coatings could be limited
to less than 5% of the weight of a compo-
site.  Additional coating did not produce
any improved resistance to leaching.

     Table 3 summarizes typical test results
for a series of copper sulfate loaded sul-
fur/asphalt composites.  Unless otherwise
stated all these composites were provided
with a thin asphalt coating in order to
cover any partially encapsulated metal salt
particles.  In this test series, composi-
Lion #'s>3,9 and 11 gave the best results in
terms of strength and leach resistance vs
loading.  These compositions included as
much as 60% copper sulfate by weight and
contained 40% binder made up of almost twice
as much sulfur than asphalt on a weight ba-
sis.  It thus appears that 60% loadings are
entirely feasible for sulfur/asphalt treat-
ment.  All-asphalt binders (compositions
3 and 6) gave substantially lower strength
composites than do sulfur/asphalt blends.

     It should be noted that this conclu-
sion applies only to the specific labora-
tory scale experiments described.  A contin-
uous high intensity mixing process such as
the VRS system proposed for larger scale
work, can be expected to yield stronger and
more leach resistant composites with signi-
ficantly higher waste loadings.  Mixing
studies with other inorganics such as py-
rites serving as simulated wastes, indicate
loadings of more than 80% are readily
achievable.

     Experiments were also carried out on
the encapsulation of a liquid waste stream
with sulfur/asphalt blends.  This was done
by first solidifying aqueous copper sulfate
solutions with various absorbents.  The
solidifying aqueous copper sulfate solutions
with various absorbents.  The solidified
copper sulfate waste was then treated with
molten asphalt and liquefied sulfur, the
mixing taking place at 285 F (141 C) 310 F
(155 C) for two minutes.  Figure 2 shows
the amounts of various absorbents required
to solidify different concentration copper
sulfate solutions with sawdust found to be
most cost effective.  As much as 35 parts
of copper sulfate solids -- employed in the
form of 20% aqueous solutions -- has been
successfully encapsulated with sawdust used
as the solidifying agent in 100 parts of
sulfur/asphalt blend.  Work is continuing
on this approach for the purpose of maxi-
mizing the quantity of aqueous wastes which
can be handled in this manner.

       Exploratory experiments have like-
wise been performed on the encapsulation of
organic compounds with sulfur/asphalt bind-
ers.  Two simulated wastes which were used
for this work were Milori Blue 60-1750
(a ferric ferrocyanide complex) and Cyan
Blue GT55-3297, both dyes made by the Or-
ganic Chemicals Division of American Cyani-
mid Co., Bound Brook, NJ.  Xylene solutions
of these materials were treated first with
activated carbon and then encapsulated with
sulfur asphalt binders.  Similar work was
carried out with a latex sludge which was
obtained from National Starch and Chemical
Co., Bridgewater, NJ.  The initial results
obtained were quite promising so that fur-
ther investigations have been initiated.

       The experimental investigations which
have been performed during the past year at
NYU/DAS showed that both solid and aqueous
inorganic materials as well as organics
could be readily stabilized and encapsu-
lated with binders of sulfur/asphalt blends.
Even with the simple bench scale equipment
used thus far, remarkably large amounts of
such materials -- serving as simulated
hazardous wastes -- were successfully
treated with a relatively small quantity
of a sulfur/asphalt binder to produce mech-
anically strong and leach-resistant compo-
sites.. A wide range of sulfur/asphalt com-
positions was investigated and a data base
relating binder composition to pertinent
physical and chemical properties of such
composites is being developed.  This will
make it possible to design sulfur/asphalt
binder compositions for specific hazardous
waste disposal problems.
                                           322

-------



a
z
UJ
CD
| , I
—I

3
3C

ai
o
•r-
a:
ii
O
a>
o
o
t-
o

^
u
•

OJ
•P
•r—
r—
OJ
o
II
<

E
2
a>

I/I
3
•o
2

-------
Q
•z.
	 1
co
i
(__
IE
Q.
00
«C
\
a;
— i
u.
	 i
rj
oo
<
3:
I —
i — i
3

oo
LU
1—
OO
<;
3

CO
o
0
o:
«c
M
•=E
u_
o
i»-
oo
00
a:
P*
CC.
o
LL.
oo
UJ
I—

03
•X i:
•Z. Q.
O (/)
h- 03
D£. r—
1 1 i , 	
Q. ra
CO =tt=
o; -^.

l— i —
OO DO






O O O O
ro in ro in
' i i i
oo r^ oo r^
c^J •=!- CM ^j-




1

O i
CJ 4->

3=.1o
O ^:
t-i a.
1— in
<: «t
_j i
^ i-
00 3
Q- f-

-c:
a> en
4^ *i—
in oj
03 3










0}
c:
§
r— -^
O CD
>• ai
O) ~-~-
J_> (/i
•t-' l/J
in c
03 O
3H- |

r~- 

















M—
o

1 (/)
•4-J
i-
03
CL
03
^
cr
HI
4-
O
T3
CD
1 -J2
^
1 E
O
u
S-
ai
TO
c:
•r-
^^
4-
O •
+J
in jc
4-> CD
i- •*-
03 CD
CL S
0 >,
**• xi
T3 4->
CZ r—
03 03
c"
OJ CL
4J in
in ra
03
3 -0
C
4- 03
O
i-
in 3
4J 4-
S- •—
03 3
O. 10
O
ID
*T~




































C
O
•r—
4J
03
N
•r—
•4-J
i_
O
ro
in
O)
•o
13
(J
X
LU
*
324

-------
       While the experimental work is not
  complete, the data being obtained show
  that the encapsulation of hazardous wastes
  with sulfur/asphalt binders offers signi-
  ficant advantages over both all-asphalt
  binders and also other disposal methods
  now in use or under consideration. Fur-
  thermore, utilization of a continuous pro-
  cess such as the above described VRS sys-
  tem, will further enhance the performance
  of sulfur/asphalt binders for the encap-
  sulation of hazardous wastes.  The advan-
  tageous properties of these binders are
  summarized below with the cost estimate
  shown in Table 4 reinforcing the poten-
  tial utility of this process.

  •    Versatility; applicable to solid and
       aqueous inorganic as well as organic
       waste streams whether dilute or
       concentrated.

  •    High waste loadings; loadings up to
       75-70 parts of waste per 100 parts
       of sulfur/asphalt blends (weight
       basis) obtainable with continuous
       processing equipment.*

  •    Volume reduction; volume reductions
       of 2.5 to 5.0 have been demonstrated
       for typical wastes.

  •    Superior physical properties; higher
       structural integrity; compressive
       strengths over 1200 psi with waste
       loadings of 60%.

  •    Excellent leaching and chemical  re-
       sistance; surpass IEAE leaching
       resistance requirements; high chemi-
       cal inertness.

  •    High productivity; availability of
       continuous processing equipment with
       short processing times enhance pro-
       cess economics.

  •    Low cost; sulfur replacement of as-
       phalt in binder reduces encapsula-
       tion costs over all  aslphalt binders
       and frees petroleum based asphalt for
       energy and chemical  usage.

  •    Ready availability;  new market for
       sulfur recovered from petroleum re-
       fining,stack gases,coal processing.

^Loadings up to 60 parts per 100 parts  sul-
 fur-asphalt binders achieved in bench
 scale experiments.
RJTIIR'  PLANS
       The positive results of the explora-
tory hpnch scale studies were deemed to
warrant expanded experimental investigations
and S'tiie up.   Considering the flexibility
and PIOVPH record of performance of the VRS
sysifi" with asphalt binders and the poten-
tial lethnicdl and economic benefits of
empl'i\mq sulfur/asphalt blends in their
place, a two phase program of research and
development was proposed.  This program
which is now being implemented by an EPA
grant , is directed towards the development
of a demonstration unit for the disposal
of selected hazardous wastes by encapsula-
tion with a sulfur/asphalt blend using the
VRS proip^s equipment.  A truck-mounted
unit tor deployment wherever such wastes
need -o be disposed of promptly and effec-
tive!/, i<- considered to be a particularly
altt'i', five embodiment of this technology.

       Phase 1 of this program consists of
the development of appropriate encapsula-
tion technology for the treatment and dis-
posal of selected hazardous wastes from
the bench scale to pilot plant operations.
A mu'.t important task of this phase of the
program is the evaluation of the durability
and other pertinent performance properties
of s,,ch encapsulates in terms of repro-
ducible physical and chemical measurements.
Parti, ular attention is being paid to the
studv' of the effects of processing param-
eter for encapsulation on the performance
profile of encapsulated waste products.
Phase II encompasses the design, establish-
ment and operation of such a demonstration
scale disposal unit for hazardous wastes
arid the development of an adequate data
base for regional stationary or truck-
mounted portable disposal facilities based
on the use of a modified VRS process with
sulfui-asphalt binders.
                                           325

-------
REFERENCES
1.     Engineering Handbook for Hazardous
      Wastes Incineration. September 1981.
      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
      Office of Research and Development.
      SW-889.

2.     Doyle, R.D. 1979.  Use of an Extruder/
      Evaporator to Stabilize and Solidify
      Hazardous Wastes. Chapter 4 in "Toxic
      and Hazardous Waste Disposal," Vol. I.
      ed. by R.B. Pojasek. Ann Arbor Science
      Publishers, Inc., Ann Arbor, Mich.

3.     Werner & Pfleiderer Corporation.  1980.
      Technical Bulletin.  Asphalt Treatment
      of Radwastes.  Werner & Pfleiderer
      Corporation, Ramsey, New Jersey.

4.     McBee, W. and T.A. Sullivan. 1978.
      Sulfur-Asphalt Paving Materials.
      Adv. Chem. Series, p. 165, et al.

5.     Dome, I. 1974.  Processing of Sulfur-
      Asphalt Mixes. Proceedings of Associa-
      tion for Asphalt Paving Technology,
      43, p. 465-90.

6.     Dome. Let al.  1975. Sulfur in Sulfur-
      Asphalt Paving Mixes. Adv. Chem.
      Series, p. 140 et al.

7.     Kennepoh,G.V. and L.W. Miller. 1975.
      Sulfur-Asphalt Binders Technology for
      Pavements. Adv. Chem. Series, p.  165
      et al.

8.     Chemical Engineering, November 19,
      1979.
                                            326

-------
                EXPERIMENTAL EVALUATION OF THE RCRA EXTRACTION PROCEDURE
                          Robert J. Larson and Philip G. Malone
                    U. S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station
                              Vicksburg, Mississippi  39180
                                        ABSTRACT

     A study was initiated for the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency to determine
the accuracy with which the Extraction Procedure (EP) , employed in the regulations
promulgated under Section 3001 of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act  (40 CFR
261.24), simulates the leaching an industrial waste would undergo when codisposed with
municipal refuse in a non-secure landfill.

     The simulation of the codisposal of municipal solid waste (MW) with untreated
industrial waste (IW) was initiated 28 October 1980.  The .91 x 1.8 m cylindrical test
cells were designed to simulate sanitary landfill environments.  The 5 types  of indus-
trial wastes were oil reclaiming clay, petroleum refinery incinerator ash, paint manu-
facturing sludge, solvent refining sludge, and tannery waste.  Fifteen test cells were
loaded providing triplicate samples of each IW leachate.  All test cells have received
an 8.4 liter (1.27 cm infiltrated rainfall) addition  of deionized water each  week.
Leachate samples have been collected from the MW and  beneath the MW-IW wastes on a
monthly basis.   Results of analyses for 7 inorganic parameters from leachate  collected
below the MW and below MW-IW are reported for the first 3 sample periods.

     The increase in concentration of the metals in the below MW-IW layer is  compared to
the change in concentration produced in the extractant in the EP testing.  When the pub-
lished concentration criteria (100 time primary drinking water standards) are applied
only to the specific metals in those waste that had exceeded the levels in the EP test-
ing, the test cells also showed a concentration that  exceeded the criteria.   The EP con-
centrations are generally lower than the concentration of the same constituents from the
same wastes in the test cells.  For the 5 wastes studied, the EP can be considered a use-
ful indicator that will probably underestimate the release of potentially toxic metals.
INTRODUCTION

     The U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency is charged with implementing the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA).   Under the terms of RCRA, EPA
must promulgate regulations to identify
those wastes which pose a hazard to human
health or the environment if improperly
managed.  One relatively common form of
Industrial waste mismanagement is to dis-
pose of  the waste in conjunction with
municipal refuse in a sanitary landfill.
Under such conditions, the question
arises as to the character (i.e.,
identity and concentration of toxic
species) in the leachate that will be
generated.  The character of such
leachate is important in light of the
potential for wastes to contaminate
groundwater aquifers situated below dis-
posal facilities.  In order to conduct
such a characterization, the EPA devel-
oped the Extraction Procedure (EP)
[40 CFR 261.24],

     The EP is employed in the hazardous
waste regulations as one of the methods
used to identify wastes which need
controlled management to prevent environ-
mental damage.  Wastes which, when tested
using the EP, yield an extract containing
                                           327

-------
higher than specified levels of a number
of toxic species are required to be man-
aged as hazardous waste.  Threshold
levels have been established for 8 inor-
ganic elements and 6 organic compounds
based on the National Interim Primary
Drinking Water Standards.

     The U. S. EPA EP is a waste testing
technique based on a disposal scenario
wherein toxic wastes are codisposed with
actively decomposing municipal waste in a
landfill overlying a groundwater aquifer
(9).  The aggressive leachate media
generated in municipal waste (MW) may
remove contaminants from the codisposed
industrial waste (IW) and contaminate an
aquifer despite some attenuation of the
toxicants in geologic materials between
the landfill and the aquifer.  The sim-
ulation of the landfill leaching of toxic
constituents is conducted by exposing a
test specimen of IW to a stirred bath of
dilute (0.1 N) acetic acid  (pH 4.9 to
5.2) and adding a specific amount of acid
to maintain an acidic pH.  Leachates from
actively decomposing landfills are mildly
acid and contain poorly dissociated or-
ganic acids, such as acetic acid.  Prob-
lems associated with comparing the
release of contaminants from any anaero-
bic landfill and an aerobic EP testing
procedure have been discussed extensively
in the literature (1,2,4).  Several
large-scale industrial/municipal waste
codisposal investigations have been re-
ported in the literature (5,6,7,8,10),
but the EP test results from the co-
disposed industrial waste have usually
not been available for  comparison with
the leachate composition.   In one large-
scale codisposal study, preliminary data
suggested the EP testing did not predict
which constituents might present the
greatest potential pollution problem.
This report involved only the initial
leachate obtained from  the  codisposal
test cells  (3).

     The objective of this  study is to
ascertain the reliability of the EP test
in mimicking  the highest concentration  of
IW toxic constituents released under
landfill codisposal  conditions.  Fifteen
test cells were loaded  with municipal
waste and  five  industrial wastes.  The  MW
and IW were in  contact  within the cells
to  simulate actual  landfill codisposal
conditions.  The IW  was beneath  the MW  to
facilitate  the  retrieval of a below MW
leachate and a below MW-IW leachate
sample.  The below MW leachate represents
background data on leachate characteris-
tics for comparison with leachate from
beneath the IW.

     This report provides a description
of the test program and presents prelimi-
nary results obtained through the first 3
leachate sampling periods.  Only a pre-
liminary interpretation of the results
has been attempted for this report since
the study has not been completed.  Dis-
cussion of results is limited to metals
included on the EP toxicity list (exclud-
ing silver).
METHODS AND MATERIALS

     Representative hazardous wastes were
selected for emplacement in the test
cells on the basis of contaminant types
and concentrations, and national indus-
trial output volumes.  Five 55-gallon-
(200-liter) sludge samples were obtained.
The 5 wastes used and the activities that
produced them are listed in Table 1.
Concentrations of selected elements from
the bulk analyses are given in Table 2.

     The character of the wastes varied
considerably.  The oil clay contained
adsorbed metals and metal particulates
collected in the purification of waste
oil.  The incinerator ash contained vari-
ous metals primarily in the form of
oxides.  Iron should be in the ferric
form and chromium should be in the hexa-
valent state.  The paint production and
the solvent sludge contained a signifi-
cant amount of chromium and a very high
concentration of lead in the form of
oxides used as pigments.  As expected,
very low concentrations of metals were
found in the solvent refining sludge.
The tannery waste is strongly reducing
with abundant hydrogen sulfide, thus, the
iron and chromium found should be in a
form having a low oxidation state.

Extraction Procedure Testing

     Samples of the  industrial wastes
were subjected to the EPA Extraction Pro-
cedure as described  in the Federal
Register (40 CFR 261.24, Appendix 1).
Separation of solid  and liquid phases was
accomplished using pressure filtration  in
a Millipore pressure filter  (Model YT 30
                                           328

-------
                   TABLE 1.  INDUSTRIAL WASTES SELECTED FOR TESTING
                 Waste Type
     Oil Reclaiming Clay
     Petroleum Refining Incinerator Ash
     Paint Manufacturing Sludge
     Solvent Refining Sludge
     Tannery Waste
                             Activity
              Filtration and cleanup of waste oil
              Incineration of still and tank bottoms
              Cleanup of mixing and pouring line
              Still bottom
              Waste water treatment sludge
     TABLE 2.  AVERAGE BULK ANALYSIS FOR SELECTED METALS IN INDUSTRIAL THE WASTES

INDUSTRIAL WASTE TYPE
Oil Reclaiming Clay
Petroleum Refining
As
0.
33.
93
15
Ba
191
136
Cd
1.28
2.48
Cr
15
7400
.80
.00
0
0
Hg
.06
.05
Pb
758
685

.00
.00
Se
0.04
8.80
     Incinerator Ash
     Paint Manufacturing
     Sludge
     Solvent Refining Sludge   0.05   3,680  0.05     0.50   0.07       0.50
     Tanning Waste             0.02     139  0.07  6365.00   0.10      18,70
0.05  56,500  2.04  1825.00  28.3   46,350.00    0.50
                                                 0.20
                                                 0.50
     NOTE:  All concentrations expressed as rag/kg dry weight.
142 HW Millipore Corp., Bedford, MA
01730).  Adjustment of pH was performed
using the manual acid addition technique.
An all-glass extraction vessel (Pyrex
beakers with Phipps and Bird stirrers)
with glass paddle stirrers was employed.

Test Cell Design

     Steel test cells capable of holding
approximately 1 cu m of waste were de-
signed and constructed (Figures 1 and 2).
Figure 3 shows the 20.3-cm-diameter steel
pipe samplers that were designed to col-
lect leachate from above the industrial
waste to provide leachate that has not
contacted the industrial wastes.   Three
samplers were welded to each false floor
plate as shown in Figure 4 prior to
installation of the sampler/floor plate
system.  All metal surfaces inside the
tank and the samplers were coated with
                epoxy paint to prevent corrosion.  The
                subwaste leachate sample was collected
                through the valve on the bottom of each
                tank (Figure 5).  The water distribution
                systems, perforated Plexiglas pans 89 cm
                in diameter with 1.6 mm holes on 2.54 cm
                centers, were attached to the underside
                of the tank tops.  An opening in the tank
                lid allows water to be introduced in the
                pan so that the water uniformly wets the
                top of the refuse.

                Test Cell Loading

                     The day before the industrial wastes
                and refuse were loaded, gravel and sand
                were placed above the false floor
                (Figure 5).  Municipal solid waste (MSW)
                was mixed using a front-end loader and
                plastic garbage bags were removed (to
                prevent their covering of the above-
                sludge samplers and thereby affecting
                                          329

-------
                     APPROXIMATE £ 45.7 Cm
                            TEFLON
                            BULKHEAD
                            COUPLING
                            SAMPLE a PROBE PORTS
              LvVJ
                 20 3 on
         TEST CELL WITH SAMPLE PORTS

     Figure  1.   External view  of typical test  cell
     showing positions of  temperature monitoring
     and leachate collection ports.
Figure  2.   Test cells for  the  EP-verification  study.
                         330

-------
L-,
, h ,,,i


T
3 8cm
1
1 1 II 1 1 1 1 -
j LJ L,
4-

=4
-.--.j- — - LEACHATE FLOW
r— **"^ DIVERSION RING
^"—-PERFORATED PJ.ATE
-*— . 	 	 SAMPLE RESERVOIR
SAMPLE EXTRACTION PORT
_, / PERFORATED FALSE FLOOR
r^ /
	 1J 	 U 	 »
   CROSS ^FCTION OP MUNI(TPAT SOI ,D WASTE IFACHATF COUECTOR


      Figure  3.   Cross-section  of municipal
      waste  leachate  collector.
  FALSE FLOOR
                                        PERFORATED PLATE
                                        IN MUNICIPAL SOLID
                                        WASTE LEACHATE
                                        COLLECTOR
          PERFORATED FALSE FLOOR WITH ATTACHED MSW LEACHATE COLLECTORS
Figure  4.   Perforated  false floor  with  attached
MSW leachate  collectors.

                                          WATER DISTRIBUTOR
                                          WASHED PEA GRAVEL
                                          PERFORATED FALSE
                                          FLOOR
                             -SUBSLUDGE SAMPLING PORT


             CROSS SECTION OF TEST CELL
    Figure 5.   Cross-section of  test  cell.
                         331

-------
sample collection).   The mixed refuse was
then crushed by bulldozer to simulate
landfll operation conditions.

     The industrial wastes were loaded
into the designated tanks first and
spread directly on the sand layer cover-
ing the false floor.  Each test cell
received 15.9 kg of the particular indus-
trial waste designated for that test cell.
Three teams (one per test cell) simultan-
eously loaded successive lifts of MW.
After each lift was added, the refuse was
tamped with a drop weight.  Consistent
density was achieved by compacting spe-
cific weights of refuse to known volumes.
The total weight of refuse in each test
cell is approximately 317.5 kg loaded in
a series of 5 to 7 lifts.  After addition
of the refuse was completed, a layer of
pea gravel was placed on top of the
refuse to ensure uniform distribution of
the water across the top of each cell.
The tank tops with the water distribution
systems attached were then placed on the
cells.

     Immediately after all cells were
loaded (28 October, 1980), each test cell
received 8.4 liters of deionized water
which is equivalent to a 1.27 cm of in-
filtrated rainfall.  Thereafter, each
test cell received 8.4 liters of deion-
ized water every seventh day.  This rate
of water addition will continue until
completion of the study.  The volumes of
water added to each test cell prior to
the third sampling was approximately
313 liters.  With two exceptions, the
appropriate volumes of below IW leachate
were collected for each sample period
(Table 3).

Sample Collection, Preservation,
  and Processing

     Leachate was first collected from
the test cells when liquid level indi-
cators on the industrial waste samplers
indicated that sufficient liquid was
available for analysis.  It required
137 days for the refuse to reach field
saturation and for sufficient leachate to
accumulate in the samplers for the first
sampling.  After the initial sampling,
leachate was collected at approximately
30-day intervals.

     All samples of leachate except  those
used for volatile organics analysis were
drawn by suction from the test cells
through Tygon tubing into a 500-ml,
stoppered, glass aspirator bottle.  Sub-
samples of the leachate were then pre-
pared under a helium atmosphere in a
glovebox.  The subsamples for metals
analysis reported in the study (except
mercury) were preserved by adding ultra
pure HNO  (to pH 2 or less) while still
under a helium atmosphere in the glove-
box.  Subsamples for mercury analysis
were collected separately in glass
bottles (without acidification) for
analysis within 24 hours.

Sample Analyses

     A summary of the methods of analysis
and lowest reporting concentrations for
parameters reported here are given in
Table 4.  The same methods of analysis
were used with the extracts and
leachates.  A quality assurance (QA)
program was established to ensure the
scientific reliability and comparability
of water quality data.  National Bureau
of Standards and EPA standard materials
are used to verify analytical techniques
throughout the laboratory.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

     Two approaches are  taken  in  inter-
preting the data obtained  in this proj-
ect.  First, the EP testing is used  as
indicated  in the Federal Register to
predict which toxic elements in which
industrial wastes will be  released at
concentrations above  the published limits
in  leachate from codisposed wastes.  The
usefulness of the prediction is deter-
mined by comparing the decision produced
from the EP testing with the results ob-
tained from the codisposal test cells
containing the identical wastes.   The
appearance of concentration for any  of
the critical 7 metals above the published
limits in  both EP testing  and  leachate
obtained from any of  the 3 first  sam-
plings is  assumed to  indicate  the EP
produced a useful prediction.

     Secondly, the relationship between
the actual concentration of a  metal  in
the EP test and the highest concentra-
tion observed in the  leachate  from the
same waste is evaluated  by calculating
the ratio  between the average  EP  con-
centration and the highest average
                                           332

-------
     TABLE 3.  WATER ADDITION AND TEST CELL SUBSLUDGE LEACHATE COLLECTION VOLUMES

Sample Volumes (1)
Sample Period 1
(May 6, 1981)
Test Cell Waste Day 191
Oil Clay A*
Incinerator Ash A
Paint Sludge A
Solvent Sludge A
Tannery Waste A
Oil Clay B
Incinerator Ash B
Paint Sludge B
Solvent Sludge B
Tannery Waste B
Oil Clay C
Incinerator Ash C
Paint Sludge C
Solvent Sludge C
Tannery Sludge C
138.5
133.2
129.1
9.1**
135.1
148.4
146.5
135.1
169.2
100.3
134.7
148.0
140.8
140.8
39.1**
Sample Period 2
(June 11,1981)
Day 227
46.2
44.3
42.4
48.1
45.4
43.1
43.9
39.4
42.0
46.2
41.6
17.0
40.1
43.1
28.8
Sample Period 3
(July 13,1981)
Day 259
32.9
31.4
31.0
87.4
31.8
31.8
33.3
31.4
32.6
36.3
26.9
32.9
30.7
33.7
65.5
Total for
First Three
Periods
217.6
208.9
202.5
144.6
212.3
223.3
223.7
205.9
243.8
182.8
203.2
197.9
211.6
217.6
133.4
Volume of water added
to each test cell prior
to sample collection.
229.2
41.8
41.8
312.8
 *  Leaking subsludge storage.

**  Letters indicate replicates.
                                          333

-------
     TABLE 4.  METHODS OF ANALYSIS OF LEACHATES AND EXTRACTANTS
Parameter
    Procedures and/or Instrumentation*
Lowest Reporting
 Concentration
      (ppm)
As
Ba
Cd
Cr
Hg
Pb
Se
PH
Determined with a Perkin-Elmer Atomic Absorption  0.01
Unit with Hydride System

Determined with a Spectrametrics Argon Plasma     0.01
Emission Spectrophotometer Model II

Determined with a Perkin-Elmer Heated Graphite    0.0001
Atomizer Atomic Absorption Unit

Determined with a Perkin-Elmer Heated Graphite    0.001
Atomizer Atomic Absorption Unit

Determined by standard cold vapor technique on    0.0002
Perkin-Elmer Atomic Absorption Unit

Determined with a Perkin-Elmer Heated Graphite    0.001
Atomizer Atomic Absorption Unit

Determined by standard gaseous hydride tech-      0.01
nique on Perkin-Elmer Atomic Absorption Unit

Electrometric
*  Mention of trade names or commercial products does not constitute endorse-
   ment or recommendation for use.
                                      334

-------
concentration seen for the same metal in
leachate from the same waste from the co-
disposal experiment.  This coefficient
would be equivalent to a "correction
factor" for the EP concentration.

Extractant Analyses

     The concentrations of many metals in
the extractants from the EP testing are
at or below the limit of detection for
each metal.  Table 5 gives a statistical
summary of the analyses of the extrac-
tants.  For the purpose of averaging,
concentrations less than the limit of
detection were set equal to the limit of
detection.  For the 7 elements reported
here, this presented no problem because
the levels of interest were very much
higher than the limits of detection
(Table 4).  On the basis of the extrac-
tant analysis and the criteria published
in the Federal Register (Table 6), only 2
of the wastes would be considered hazard-
ous due to high concentrations of metals.
The EP extractant generated from the
incinerator refinery ash had an average
concentration of 88.3 ppm chromium and
the extractant generated from the paint
waste had a concentration of 5.8 ppm
lead.  Both of these concentrations are
in excess of the maximum allowable con-
centration of 5.0 ppm for each metal.
The only other waste having a metal con-
centration in the extractant approaching
the limit was the tannery waste, where
the average chromium concentration was
2.06 ppm.

Leachate Analyses

     A compilation of data gathered
through the third sampling period on the
chemical characteristics and strength of
the leachate collected is given in
Tables 7-11.  In most cases, samples of
leachate from the IW were available, so
that the contribution of any particular
metal in any IW can be determined.
Several unusual effects can be noted.

     In all of the wastes, the leachate
from above the IW were higher arsenic and
barium than leachate collected after con-
tact with  the IW.  The IW hold up arsenic
and barium in leachate moving through
them.

     In general, the cadmium concentra-
tion from below the IW sample was higher
than that above the IW indicating cadmium
was being released.  The greatest contri-
bution of cadmium was from the IW in the
initial leachate sample.  In general, the
chromium concentrations in the above-IW
leachate samples were lower than in the
below-IW samples indicating some contri-
bution of chromium by the waste to the
below-IW leachate.  The chromium concen-
trations tended to decrease between
successive sampling periods.

     The concentrations of lead in the
above-IW leachate samples demonstrated a
small upward trend between successive
sampling periods.  This increase resulted
in the above-IW leachate concentrations
for the tannery waste and the refinery
incinerator ash exceeding the below-IW
leachate concentrations for the second
sampling period.  The lead concentrations
in the below-IW leachates declined
between successive sampling periods with
the exceptions being those associated
with the refinery incinerator ash and the
oil clay.  The concentrations associated
with these 2 wastes increased during the
second sampling period although there was
a wide range in the concentrations be-
tween the 3 tanks for this sampling
period.

     Mercury was only detected in small
quantities in the leachate moving through
the paint manufacturing waste.  Selenium
was never observed above the detection
limits in any leachate samples.

Comparison of EP Analyses and Maximum
  Increase in Concentrations in Test
  Cell Leachates

     Table 12 presents the comparison of
the average concentrations of 7 elements
from the EP testing of the 5 wastes
(Column 1) along with the maximum in-
crease in the average concentration of
each element as seen in 3 successive
leachate samples from the test cells
(Column 4).  The values in Column 4 were
obtained by finding the maximum increase
(or smallest decrease for arsenic and
barium) in the concentration in the
leachate from below the IW layer compared
to the above-IW layer.  Where an insuf-
ficient volume of above-IW leachate pre-
vented an analysis, concentrations from
the previous samplings were used.

     In the two cases where the
                                           335

-------
                      TABLE 5.   STATISTICAL SUMMARY OF ANALYSES OF
                                EXTRACTANTS FROM THE INDUSTRIAL WASTE

Industrial
Waste Type
Oil Reclaim-
ing Clay





Petroleum
Refining
Incinerator
Ash



Paint
Manufacturing
Sludge




Solvent
Refining
Sludge




Tannery
Waste





Element
As
Ba
Cd
Cr
Hg
Pb
Se
As
Ba
Cd
Cr
Hg
Pb
Se
As
Ba
Cd
Cr
Hg
Pb
Se
As
Ba
Cd
Cr
Hg
Pb
Se
As
Ba
Cd
Cr
Hg
Pb
Se
Mean
0.0100*
0.0100*
0.0001
0.0010*
0.0002*
0.0023
0.0100*
0.0787
0.1093
0.0020
88.33
0.0002*
0.0093
0.0240
0.0100*
0.0162
0.0051
0.0010*
0.0002*
5.83
0.0100*
0.0100*
0.0100*
0.0002
0.0087
0.0002*
0.0020
0.0100*
0.0100*
0.0322
0.0003
2.06
0.0002*
0.0007
0.0100*
Standard
Deviation


0.0001


0.0023

0.0144
0.0045
0.0004
1.34

0.0035
0.0040

0.0018
0.0001


0.5305



0.0002
0.0091

0.0017


0.0253
0.0001
0.2685



Minimum
Value


0.0001


0.0010

0.0680
0.1050
0.0015
86.80

0.0060
0.0200

0.0145
0.0050


5.29



0.0001
0.0020

0.0010


0.1050
0.0002
1.76



Maximum
Value


0.0002


0.0050

0.0950
0.1140
0.0023
89.30

0.0130
0.0280

0.0180
0.0052


6.35



0.0004
0.0190

0.0040


0.1550
0.0004
2.29



NOTE:  All concentrations are In mg/1 (or ppm),
    *  All values below limits of detection.
       All extracts were done in triplicate.
                                          336

-------
                TABLE 6.  MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION OF SELECTED CONTAMINANTS
                          FOR THE CHARACTERISTICS OF EP TOXICITY

Contaminant
Arsenic
Barium
Cadmium
Chromium
Mercury
Lead
Selenium
Maximum Concentration
(mg/1)
5.0
100.0
1.0
5.0
0.2
5.0
1.0

From:  Federal Register, 45(98) 33122
    TABLE 7.  CHEMICAL ANALYSES OF LEACHATE FROM WASTE OIL RECLAIMING CLAY

Waste Position
Oil
Clay
Oil
Clay
Oil
Clay
AS
A BS
BS
BS
BS
B BS
BS
BS
C BS
Sample
Number
1
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
As
0.05
0.02
0.04
0.02
0.01
0.2
0.01
0.02
0.01
Ba
1.78
0.15
0.32
N
0.20
0.06
N
0.10
0.11
Cd
0.0063
0.0036
0.0036
0.0016
0.0024
0.0059
0.0007
0.0053
0.0020
Cr
0.610
0.690
2.080
0.592
0.143
0.168
0,093
7.440
1.590
Hg
<0.0002
<0.0002
•^0.0002
<0.0002
<0.0002
< 0.0002
<0.0002
< 0.0002
<0.0002
Pb
0.434
0.253
42.000
0.202
4.340
0.197
0.359
0.019
0.300
Se
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01

AS =
BS =
N =
Above IW
Below IW
Not Done
























                                          337

-------
              TABLE 8.  CHEMICAL ANALYSES OF LEACHATE FROM PETROLEUM ASH

Waste
Incinera-
tor Ash A


Incinera-
tor Ash B



Incinera-
tor Ash C
Posi-
tion
AS
BS
BS
BS
AS
AS
BS
BS
BS
BS
BS
Sample
Number
I
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
As
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.14
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.01
Ba
0.27
0.06
0.05
N
1.15
U3&
0.09
0.12
N
0.14
0.11
Cd
0.0005
0.0130
0.0024
0.0012
0.0012
0.0033
0.0027
0.0006
0.001
0.0008
0.0008
Cr
0.301
144.000
44.000
19.900
10.900
0.192
76.750
21.300
4.855
205.000
26.200
Hg
<0.0002
<0.0005
<0.0002
<0.0002
<0.0002
<0.0002
<0.0002
N
<0.0002
<0.0002
<0.0002
Pb
0.033
0.055
0.591
0.020
0.026
5.480
0.021
0.180
0.050
0.220
0.720
Se
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01

AS = Above Waste
BS = Below Waste
 N = Not Done
         TABLE 9.  CHEMICAL ANALYSES OF LEACHATE FROM PAINT MANUFACTURING WASTE

Waste Position
Paint
Sludge A
Paint
Sludge B
Paint
Sludge C
BS
BS
BS
BS
BS
AS
AS
BS
BS
Sample
Number
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
As
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.01
0.01
Ba
1.23
0.35
N
0.73
0.31
1.87
0.85
0.75
0.21
Cd
0.3500
0.1320
0.0680
0.3640
0.1010
0.0083
0.0057
0.2930
0.1040
Cr
1.720
1.310
0.662
1.180
0.266
0.143
0.097
0.677
0.244
Hg
0.0640
0.0350
0.0195
0.0540
0.0475
0.0020
0.0022
0.0025
0.0130
Pb
672.0
351.0
258.0
750.0
433.0
13.1
18.2
428.0
186.0
Se
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01

AS = Above
BS = Below
Waste
Waste
















N = Not Done
                                           338

-------
        TABLE 10.  CHEMICAL ANALYSES OF LEACHATE FROM SOLVENT REFINING WASTES

Waste
Solvent
Sludge A




Solvent
Sludge B
Solvent
Sludge C
Position
AS
AS
AS
BS
BS
BS
BS
BS
BS
BS
Sample
Number
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
As
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.01
Ba
0.34
0.18
N
0.07
0.04
N
0.18
0.04
0.12
0.09
Cd
0.0026
0.0007
0.0005
0.0440
0.0086
0.0083
0.0350
0.0047
0.0110
0.0042
Cr
0.081
0.120
0.095
0.208
0.177
0.134
0.408
0.261
0.229
0.1600
Hg
<0.0002
<0.0002
<0.0002
<0.0002
<0.0002
<0.0002
<0.0002
<0.0002
<0.0002
<0.0002
Pb
0.032
0.062
0.083
0.150
0.122
0.126
0.310
0.117
0.199
0.129
Se
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01

AS = Above Waste
BS = Below Waste
 N = Not Done
             TABLE 11.  CHEMICAL ANALYSES OF LEACHATE FROM TANNERY WASTE


Waste
Tannery
Waste A




Tannery
Waste B



Tannery
Waste C


AS = Above
BS = Below

Position
AS
AS
AS
BS
BS
BS
AS
AS
BS
BS
BS
AS
BS
BS
BS
Waste
Waste
Sample
Number
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
2
1
2
3




0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0



As
.04
.10
.03
.02
.03
.01
.16
.07
.06
.03
.02
.01
.01
.01
.10



Ba
1.08
1.10
N
0.53
0.33
N
1.99
0.80
0.72
0.39
N
1.14
0.58
0.50
N



Cd
0.0004
0.0019
0.0004
0.0002
0.0002
0.0001
0.0004
0.0004
0.0011
0.0028
0.0012
0.0019
0.0002
0.0006
0.0003



Cr
0.118
0.131
0.020
1.010
0.168
0.347
0.175
0.101
0.434
0.228
0.181
0.273
0.562
0.599
0.473




<0
<0
<0
<0
<0
<0
0
<0
0
<0
<0
c.0
<0
<0
<0



Hg
.0002
.0002
.0002
.0002
.0002
.0002
.0008
.0002
.0006
.0002
.0002
.0002
.0002
.0002
.0002



Pb
0.012
0.213
0.110
0.056
0.025
0.025
0.013
0.031
0.131
0.063
0.051
0.019
0.041
0.017
0.034



Se
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01


N = Not Done
                                          339

-------
concentrations of a metal in the EP
extractant were above the maximum per-
missible concentrations (chromium in the
petroleum refining ash and lead in the
paint manufacturing waste), the concen-
trations in the initial test cell
leachates were also very high and the
contribution from the IW as measured by
the change in concentration of the
leachate passing through the waste was
very high (136 ppm for chromium in the
incinerator ash and 603 ppm for lead in
the paint waste).

     In the oil reclaiming waste, the
lead concentration reached an average of
over 14 ppm in the second leachate sam-
pling.  Unfortunately, an insufficient
volume of above waste leachate was ob-
tained and no determination of the lead
levels in the above-IW leachate is avail-
able.  The average of 14 ppm in this sam-
pling is larger due to a determination of
42 ppm lead made on leachate from repli-
cate cell A.  The other two replicates
(B and C) showed 0.20 and 0.30 for the
same sampling.  The high level of release
was not observed in cells B and C and
cannot be shown to have originated from
release in the IW.  Some unusual com-
ponent in the very heterogenous MSW is
probably responsible for this one-time
high concentration.

     The EP testing procedure used with
the published maximum concentrations for
potentially toxic metals  (Table 6) did
indicate which IW types would interact
with landfill leachate to release metals
at concentrations above 100 times drink-
ing water standards.  From this stand-
point the EP succeeded in its goal of
discovering the potentially hazardous
concentrations that could occur with the
5 industrial wastes included in this
study (Figures 6, 7, and 8).

     Table 12 also presents a coefficient
for each element in each waste that is
the ratio between the maximum average
change in concentration attributed to
contact with the IW and the concentration
in the EP extractant.  No coefficient was
developed for arsenic or barium because
the IW caused a net loss in concentra-
tions of these elements in the test cell
leachates.  Values range  from 0.3 to
5970.  The ratio is largest where very
low levels of metal were  observed in the
EP extractant and moderate amounts could
be attributed to the IW leaching as  in
the waste oil reclaiming clay.  Consider-
ing the varying amounts of water put
through the wastes (Table 3) and the dif-
fering nature of the leaching solutions;
the range of coefficients is reasonable.

     When the results from the only  inor-
ganic waste used in this study (petroleum
incinerator ash) are examined, the coef-
ficients relating the EP and leachate
composition are close for different
metals and remarkedly low.  For the ash,
the contribution to the leachate from the
IW was 2.3, 1.5, and 7.4, respectively,
for cadmium, chromium, and lead.
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

     The evaluation of EP has only pro-
ceeded through the first 3 sampling
periods; but some tentative conclusions
can be stated at this point.

     a_.  In the 2 cases (chromium in the
         incinerator ash and lead in the
         paint waste) where the concen-
         tration of a metal in the EP
         extractant was above the maximum
         permissible concentration pub-
         lished in the Federal Register;
         the maximum increase in concen-
         tration for these metals in
         leachate from contact with the
         industrial waste was also
         greater than the published
         standard.

     _b_.  These two cases were the only
         examples of high metal levels in
         leachate where the increase in
         concentration in the leachate
         could be shown to be due to con-
         tact of the leachate with the
         industrial waste.

     c_.  The coefficients relating the
         concentration of particular ele-
         ments in the EP extractant to
         the maximum change in concentra-
         tion of the same element attrib-
         utable to the release of the
         material from the TW ranged from
         0.3 to over 2000.  The IW con-
         taining no organics (incinerator
         ash) produced the most consis-
         tent low coefficients.  More
         complex wastes such as the oil
         clay and the paint waste
                                           340

-------
                  A
              SAMPLE PERIOD
                              klow Sludge
                              Concentration
                              Minus Above
                              Sludg*
                             \

                             \
                                                                        SAMPLE PERIOD
Figure  6.   Lead Concentration in  the
            EP Extractant  and Lysi-
            meter Leachate from Waste
            Oil  Reclaiming Clay.
Figure 7.  Chromium Concentration in the
            EP  Extractant and Lysi-
            meter Leachate from  Petro-
            leum  Refining Incinerator
            Ash.
                                                           Concentration

                                                           B.low Sludge
                                                           Concentration
                                                           Hlnu* Above
                                                           Sludj.
                                                           Caoceatr«(lon
                                           SAMPLE PERIOD
                         Figure 8.  Lead Concentration  in the EP
                                     Extractant  and Lysimeter Leachate
                                     From  Paint Production Sludge.
                                              341

-------












H W
< O
EH
U E3
EH EH
X <
[V] p>
£-4
M 2
tE W
£ O
O U W
OS EH
PM 2; cn
en ts
12 W
O en j
H <1 <
H W H
 H S

(—1 53
fa iz O
O < H
EH
B5 - U
o w <5
C/} QH On
M P W
OS P EH

^03^
d M ^ H
II E o ^
3 C
^ E o

/^•s O

C 60 "§
M
IH B
0) 0
< M-l





U
60 ^-N
CD g e
t-i O CL
a) >-j a

^ — \ ^
CM * ^
3 •
e y &
•H C O
><; o IH
n) o a)
£ rO

0 C

O 4-1
0 0 ,-x
^ we
r-< ai vj fx
•— < 60 *-> CL
*" [3 ^^
OJ
P> a
•< «H
4-J
C
01
E
Qi
W



rH (U
w a

H H
co ai
3 V
•a co
C n)
M IS
CO
0)


O -d"
• ,
1 1 1 O <3 o -<3
I 1 1 -^" 2 f~^ ^
rH CJN
CM IO
-7
CO
01
CO O ^D O
vO OO CM O CM
S £ g 3 S5 £ |
O i— 1 O CM CO








^ T
4-J 4-J
CO CO
ai ai
•K *
CO O CM o O
o in vo o o -a- <->
m oo o rH o co o
o r— o vo o •* o
O rH O O O O O








•K *
CM O CO O CM O
co r- co o O ^o *— i
CM i — I O U~l O v£> O
O O O r^ O i-H O
o o o CM o  rH
co y
W 01
S OS




CO LO -d"
• • *
!fXJ , — | <^J (-^ <^
£5 is






en \o to o*>
0 5§ ° ^ 0 ^
O O O VC O
1 1 CO












-K -K

IA i — i o i — i o cr> >-H
rH rH O O O CM O
o r- o vc o o O
o o o m o o o








* *
CM O
CM U~l IO O O C^ i — 1
rH C^ CD CD C^ C^ C?
OOOOOOO
0 0 0 rH 0 0 0

rH






*
r^- co o o CM co o
oo c^ CM o o o -cr
1 — O O CO O O CM
O rH o CO O O O
O O O 00 O O O
oo


y) (C *"O M GO i-D D
•
                                                                        C
                                                                        o
342

-------





















S-*.
T3
0)
•O
3
rH
O
C
o

•—4
PQ

H





























y*^
1 	 1 	 -
^•^ 0) 4-J
~v. o c c
/-v C *H CO
-3-0) 4->
--• VJ • O
01 O CO
II <4-l P (-1
14-1 O 4->
m n w
^•s en o
^-^ Q)
1 l-i 01
^ U 3 ^
CM C T) B
^ H a
• CX
n e o •—
3 C
^~, e o

^ o
CO 01 J2
v_> 00 CO
CO
n e
01 O
>lj
H
 t*-t ^.^
/^  60 4-1 CX
CO X Vw'
0)
> G
•5 -H
§
01
w
rH 01
CO CX
*rH ^i
t-l H
4J
CO 01
3 -M
T3 CO
C CO
M ;2




r^ CM co
• • .
1 1 co co  7S



CM co ~3" in r^-
•^ in r~- rH r*^
i — 1 i — 1 CM O  CM O O CM rH
CM CO O 00 O CO O
O CO O O O O O
0 0 0 0 O 0 0




* -K
cc r~. o m CM r- o
-3" CO O rH O CT* i — i
rH CM CO CO O rH O
O rH O CM O CM O
o o o o o o o





•K
o o o r~- CM o
rH O CM OO O CM *
O rH O O O O rH
O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O


co co -a i-i 00,0 cu
< W c_> u EC a. en




4J C
C -H
oi c

rH IW
O 01
en PC;




co co r-
• • •
1 1 O O  o \o Z; o K
• • • • •
O 0 O 0 0
1 1







* *
O O >3- r- CM in o
^o in c^ *«^ co CM rH
CT> CO O rH O rH O
o m o o o o o
O rH O O O O O




•K *
r- o in f~~ CM o o
OO -* O CO O VC rH
CM rH o \£> O t^- O
o ^o o ^o o o o
o o o o o o o





*
O O CO O CM 1 —
0 CM 0 0 O 0 *
rH CO o VO O O rH
0 rH 0 0 O 0 0
O O O CM O O O


CO CO TJ t-i 00 42 01
<£ w u cj cc pu en




H 00
01 R
,e -H
*-" C
01 eg
rJ H




































•
•H
e
•H
rH

e
o
4_j
o
Ol
0)

^
o
rH
01
,0
CO
a>
rH
CX

CO
CO

rH
rH
o
II
.£



ssive samplings.
0)
o
CJ
3
CO

01
01
1^
4J
01
^c
4-1

c

T)
c
3
o
U-l
e
o
•H
CO
^
4->
c
eu
o
o
CJ

0>
00
CO
0>
CO

4-J
CO
01
r-!
00
*rH


0)
4-1
CO
•H

0)
00
CO
01
£>
cfl

E
3
E
•H
^
CO
s
II
•K
*



•
TJ
o
•H
^_l
Ol
CX

60
c
•H
rH
CX
e
cd
CO

01
•H
rH
p
CO
0)
g
o
14-1
•o
4)

rrt
p
4-1
co
01

01
3
CO
^
•1
Ol
rH
J3
CO
rH
•iH
CO

CO
Ol
cfl
f
o
CO
01
rH
j2
rH

01
>
o
,£)
CO

o
&
II
.
4-<
CO
cu





















































•
01
N
{>-,
rH
CO
c
CO

4-1
0

II
^
py;


343

-------
          produced more erratic results.       REFERENCES
          For the complex waste and
          materials that do not effec-          1.
          tively wet in the EP testing
          (such as the oil clay and the
          paint waste) the ratios are
          larger and less uniform metal
          to metal.

          In the 5 wastes involved in
          this investigation, the concen-
          trations of metals in the EP          2.
          extractants were generally low
          (except in the case of cadmium
          and chromium in the tannery
          waste).  The EP would have to
          be considered a useful indi-
          cator that would probably             3.
          underestimate the release of
          potentially toxic metals when
          used with wastes such as those
          included in this study.

          Initial results from this pro-
          gram suggest that the published
          EP testing procedure produces
          data that can be useful in            4.
          estimating the effects of co-
          disposal of a specific waste.
          This study involved only 5
          industrial wastes.  Testing
          more waste would allow a
          broader data base to be devel-        5.
          oped.  The present testing
          sequence has not been com-
          pleted; leaching will continue
          until a quantity of leachate
          equals that required to produce
          the same solid-to-liquid ratio        6.
          employed in the EP extraction
          testing.  As the testing pro-
          gresses, a more complete inter-
          pretation of data will be
          available.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

     This study was part of a major re-
search program on the chemical fixation
technology, which is now being conducted
by the U. S. Army Engineer Waterways Ex-
periment Station and funded by the Envi-
ronmental Protection Agency, Municipal
Environmental Research Laboratory, Solid
and Hazardous Waste Research Division,
Cincinnati, Ohio under Interagency
Agreement, EPA-IAG-AD-F-1-347.  Robert E.
Landreth is the EPA Program Manager for
this research area.
Ham, R. K. et al.  1978.  The devel-
opment of a leaching test for indus-
trial wastes.  In:  Land Disposal of
Hazardous Wastes:  Proceedings of
the Fourth Annual Research Sympo-
sium.  EPA-600/9-78-016, U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency,
Cincinnati, Ohio,  pp 33-46.

Ham. R. K. et al.  1979.  Compari-
son of Three Waste Leaching Tests.
EPA-600/2-79-071, U. S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency, Cincinnati,
OH.  234 pp.

Larson, R. J. et al.  1981.  Evalua-
tion of the extraction procedure
testing of hazardous industrial
wastes.  In:  Hazardous Solid Waste
Testing:  First Conference, ASTM
STP 760.  American Society for
Testing and Materials, Philadelphia,
PA (draft).

Lowenbach, W. A.  1978.  Compila-
tion and Evaluation of Leaching
Test Methods.  Tech. Rept.
MTR-7758, Metrek Division, Mitre
Corp., McLean, VA.  Ill pp.

Newton, J. R.  1977.  Pilot scale
studies of the leaching of indus-
trial wastes in simulated land-
fills.  Water Pollution Control
76(4):468-480.

Newton, J. R.  1977.  Pilot-Scale
Experiments on Leaching from Land-
fills.  Leaching of Hazardous
Wastes.  Report No. SC 300/3/12,
Water Research Center, Stevenage,
England.

Streng, D. R.  1977.  The Effects
of Industrial Sludges on Landfill
Leachates and Gas.  In:  Management
of Gas and Leachate in Landfills:
Proceedings of the Third Annual
Municipal Solid Waste-Symposium,
EPA-600/9-77-026, U. S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency,
Cincinnati, OH.  pp 41-45.

Swartzbaugh, J. T., Hentrich, R. L.,
and Sabel, G. V.  1978.  Co-disposal
of Industrial and Municipal Waste in
a Landfill.  In:  Land Disposal of
Hazardous Wastes.  Proceedings of
                                          344

-------
the Fourth Annual Research Symposium.     10.  Walsh. J. J. and Kinman, R. N.
EPA-600/9-78-016, U. S. Environ-               1979.  Leachate and gas production
mental Protection Agency,                      under controlled moisture conditions.
Cincinnati, OH.  pp 129-151.                   Municipal Solid Waste:  Land Dis-
                                               posal Proceedings of the Fifth
U. S. Environmental Protection                 Annual Research Symposium.  EPA
Agency.  1980.  Hazardous waste and            600/9-79-023a, U. S. Environmental
consolidated permit regulations                Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH.
(Parts II and III).  Fed. Register             pp 41-57.
45(98) pp 33066-33135.
                                     345

-------
                      STUDIES ON LEACHATE AND GROUNDWATER TREATMENT
                                 AT THREE PROBLEM SITES
                                    Alan J.  Shuckrow
                                     Andrew P.  Pajak
                                Michael Baker,  Jr., Inc.
                                   Baker/TSA Division
                                    Beaver,  PA   15009
                                        ABSTRACT

     This paper provides  previously  unpublished information on experimental bench scale
treatability studies  conducted at the  Ott/Story site  in Muskegon, Michigan.   Similar
treatability studies conducted on contaminated groundwater from Gratiot County Landfill,
Michigan and  underway at Marshall  Landfill in  Boulder,  Colorado  are described.   The
nature and  concentration  of  contaminants  differ substantially among the sites and thus,
indicated treatment process trains also differ widely.
INTRODUCTION

     Hazardous  leachates,  and  contam-
inated ground  and surface waters  often
are  associated  with  unsecured   waste
storage   and    disposal    sites.     In
instances where  treatment  of  these con-
taminated aqueous  streams is  indicated,
selection   of    the   most   appropriate
treatment   technology  can  be   a   com-
plicated undertaking.  Two major factors
which contribute to this are:

1.   the   inability   to   characterize
     completely  the  contaminated stream
     due  to   technical  and   economic
     limitations, and
2.   the paucity of information on  the
     effectiveness   of   techniques  for
     treating  the   broad  spectrum   of
     organic   and   inorganic   compounds
     frequently    present   in    these
     streams.

     The U.S.  Environmental  Protection
Agency  has  underway  a  project  being
conducted   by   Baker/TSA  to   evaluate
techniques  for  concentrating  hazardous
constituents of  aqueous  waste  streams.
A  literature  review,  desktop  evalua-
tions,   and   laboratory   bench   scale
experimental studies  form the  basis  for
judging the potential of numerous
candidate technologies.

     The literature review, desktop evalu-
ations and early  experimental  work at the
Ott/Story site in Muskegon,  Michigan have
been described previously (1,2,3,4).  This
paper presents general findings based upon
the  Ott/Story site  experimental  studies
and describes bench scale studies current-
ly  underway  on contaminated groundwater/
leachate from two other sites:  (1) Gratiot
County Landfill,  Michigan and (2) Marshall
Landfill in Boulder County, Colorado.
OTT/STORY SITE STUDY

     Groundwater at the  Ott/Story  site is
contaminated  by a  variety  of toxic  and
hazardous organic compounds  but  is essen-
tially free  of serious  inorganic  contam-
ination.

     Table 1 presents a summary of contam-
inated  groundwater  composition  data  as
represented by  composite  samples  from two
wells in the  contaminant  plume which were
used in the treatability studies.   Ground-
water  samples  from other  wells  in  the
problem   area  differ   substantially  in
composition from those presented below.
                                          346

-------
                TABLE 1. OTT/STORY GROUNDWATER CHARACTERIZATION
       Parameter

PH
COD
TOC
NH3-N
Organic N
Chloride
Conductivity
IDS

Volatile Organics:

Vinyl chloride*
Methylene chloride*
1,1-Dichloroethylene*
1,1-Dichloroethane*
1,2-Dichloroethane*
Benzene*
1,1,2-Trichloroethane*
1,1,2 ,2-Tetrachloroethane*
Toluene*
Ethyl benzene*
Chlorobenzene *
Trichlorofluoromethane*
Chloroform
Trichloroethylene
Tetrachloroethylene

Acid Extractable Organics:

o-Chlorophenol*
Phenol*
o-sec-Butylphenol***
p-Isobutylanisol*** or
p-Acetonylanisol***
p-sec-Butylphenol***
p-2-oxo-n-Butylphenol
m-Acetonylanisol***
Isopropylphenol***
1-Ethylpropylphenol
DimethyIphenol*
Benzole acid
MethyIphenol
Me thylethyIphenol
Methylprophylphenol
3,4-D-MethyIphenol

Base Extractable Organics:

Dichlorobenzene*
Dimethylaniline
Composition Range**

10-12
5400 mg/1
600 - 1500 mg/1
64 mg/1
110 mg/1
3800 mg/1
18,060 ymhos/cm
12,000 mg/1
140 - 32,500
<5 - 6570
60 - 19,850
<5 - 14,280
0.350 - 111 mg/1
6 - 7800
<5 - 790
<5 - 1590
<5 - 5850
<5 - 470
<5 - 140
<5 - 18
1400
40
110
<3 - 20
<3 - 33
<3 - 83

<3 - 86
<3 - 48
<3 - 1357
<3 - 1546
<3 - 8
<3
<3
<3 - 12,311
40
20
210
160
<10 - 172
<10 - 17,000
                                    (Continued)

                                      347

-------
                                    TABLE 1. (Continued)
     m-Ethylaniline
     1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene*
     Napthalene*
     Me thyInap thalene
     Camphor
     Chloroaniline
     Benzylamine or o-Toluidine
     Phenanthrene* or
     Anthracene*
     Methylaniline
      <10 - 7640
      <10 - 28
      <10 - 66
      <10 - 290
      <10 - 7571
      <10 - 86
      <10 - 471

      <10 - 670
      310
       * - A priority pollutant
      ** - All concentrations in yg/1 except as noted
     *** - Structure not validated by actual compound

     Experimental  studies  to  evaluate            .
technologies  for  treating this  contam-
inated  groundwater  have  been  described
in several recent reports (2,3,4).

Technologies  which   were  investigated
alone   and   in   various   combinations
include:                                            ,

     •    Chemical coagulation,
     •    Aerobic biological treatment,
     •    Anaerobic biological treat-
          ment ,                                     •
     •    Carbon adsorption,
     •    Resin adsorption,
     •    Stripping (steam and air), and
     •    Ozonation.

Results  of completed  studies are  sum-
marized below.

     •    Chemical  coagulation  of  raw
          groundwater does not result in
          significant removal  of organ-            •
          ics as  measured by TOC reduc-
          tion nor does  it  appear to be
          necessary in order to maintain
          flow  through  downflow  packed
          bed granular activiated carbon
           (GAC) columns.
     •    An  aerobic biomass  could not
          be  acclimated  to  treat  raw
          groundwater.        Biological
          treatment  provided about  60%
          TOC     reduction;     however,
          stripping   due  to   aeration
          appeared  to account for about
           two-thirds  of  what was accom-
          plished   in   the   biological
           treatment process.
Addition  of  powdered  activated
carbon  to  the  aeration  chamber
at   concentrations   of   about
10,000 mg/1  did not aid acclim-
ation  to  raw  groundwater,  nor
improve  TOC  removal  or  mixed
liquor appearance.
Batch  adsorption   studies  for
four different carbons and three
resins indicated that no sorbent
was able to  reduce residual TOC
to less than 230 mg/1.
Granular activated carbon (GAC)
employed   in   continuous   flow
small columns was not capable of
sustaining  high  levels  of  TOC
removal.   TOC  removal  declined
to <50%  after  processing <5 bed
volumes    (BV),    subsequently
declined  to  10%  to  15%  after
processing  100  to  160  BV,  and
remained at this level for up to
200 BV.
GAC  adsorption  was capable  of
sustaining high levels of organ-
ic priority pollutant  removals
even   when   TOC   removal   had
declined to 35% and effluent TOC
levels  were  approximately  600
mg/1.   In  both  batch and  con-
tinuous flow adsorption studies,
some  volatile  priority  pollu-
tants   were  detected   in  the
effluent.
None of the acid or base-neutral
extractable   organic   priority
pollutants  detected in  the raw
groundwater  were  found  in  GAC
effluent after  processing  up to
71 BV of groundwater.
                                          348

-------
           TABLE 2. ORGANIC POLLUTANT ANALYSES OF RAW AND TREATED GROUNDWATER
                                FROM WELLS OW-9 AND W-17d
Compound

Vinyl Chloride (?)
Methylene Chloride (P)
1,1-Dichloroethylene (P)
1,1-Dichloroethane (P)
Chloroform (P)
1,2-Dichloroethane (P)
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (P)
2-Ethoxypropane
Trichloroethylene (P)
Benzene (P)
Perchloroethylene (P)
Toluene (P)
Chlorobenzene (P)
2-Chlorophenol (P)
Phenol (P)
Benzyl Alcohol
Benzoic Acid
Hexanic Acid
Cresol
Methyl Propyl Phenols
1,2-Dichlorobenzene (P)
Aniline
Methyl Aniline
n.n-Dimethyl Aniline
2-Chloroaniline
Camphor
Benzonitrile
Substituted Benzenes
1,4-Dichlorobenzene (P)
TOC
                           Raw Water (mg/1)
                           well         Well
                           OW-9         W-17d
              Treated W-l_7d Water  (mg/1)

              ASEffl.       AS/GAC Effl.
                            2.33
                            0.60
                            0.18
                            1.03
                            0.87
                          103
                            0.13
                            0.18
                            0.01
                            0.12
                            0.01
                            0.24
                            0.022
                            0.12
                            0.091
                            0.06
                            6.80
                            0.95
                           ND
                           37
                           ND
                            0.089
                            2.6
                           19.6
                            0.075
                           20.7
                            0.019
                            9.7
                           ND
                         2222
  0.044
  0.086
  0.044
  0.12
  0.20
  5.58
  0.05
 ND
 ND
  1.83
  0.15
  0.29
 ND
  0.051
  0.087
 ND
 ND
 ND
  0.065
 18
  1.6
  0.075
 ND
 29
 ND
 16
 ND
 11
  0.075
270
 ND
 ND
 ND
 ND
 ND
 0.12
 ND
 ND
 ND
 ND
 0.032
 0.016
 ND
 ND
 ND
 ND
 ND
 ND
 ND
 0.031
 0.095
 ND
 0.051
 5.4
 ND
 ND
 ND
 6.3
 ND
95
 0.011
 ND
 ND
 ND
 ND
 0.63
 ND
 ND
 ND
 ND
 0.070
 ND
 ND
 ND
 ND
 ND
 ND
 ND
 ND
 0.015
 0.015
 ND
 ND
 0.98
 ND
 ND
 ND
 0.06
 ND
63
       AS/GAC effluent sample collected during the period during which 300 to 700 bed
       volumes were processed by the GAC unit.
b

(P) -

ND  -
C.-C, compounds

a priority pollutant

not detected at a detection limit of 0.010 mg/1
                                           349

-------
          Continuous flow,  small  column,
          resin    adsorption    studies
          resulted  in  TOC  breakthrough
          curves  similar  to  those  for
          GAC adsorption.
          However,   TOC    breakthrough
          occurred  more   rapidly   with
          resin than with  carbon.
          GAC   pretreatment   of    raw
          groundwater  enabled develop-
          ment of  a culture  of  aerobic
          organisms  capable  of  further
          treating  GAC   effluent.    In
          excess of 95% TOC  removal was
          achieved   by   this   process
          during  the  period  when  GAC
          removal  of  TOC   exceeded  30%.
          After  this  initial   period,
          process    train    performance
          declined  as   GAC  performance
          declined.
          Several    organic   priority
          pollutants were  detected  in
          off-gas from activated  sludge
          reactors;    these   included
          methylene    chloride,     1,2-
          dichloroethane,       benzene,
          tetrachloroethylene,       and
          toluene.
          Anaerobic  treatment   (upflow
          anaerobic filter, UAF) of GAC
          pretreated   groundwater    was
          possible.    UAF   performance
          appeared  to   decline  as  GAC
          performance   declined.     The
          GAC/UAF  process   train   per-
          formed  more  poorly than  the
          GAC/activated sludge  process
          train  in  the  sense  that  it
          never was able  to  achieve the
          same degree  of TOC  removal as
          the latter process train.
Based   upon   these   results,
observations are possible:
several
          The removal of priority pollu-
          tants  by  the  granular  acti-
          vated   carbon   and   the   air
          stripping    unit    processes
          generally   corresponds   with
          other  published  information.
          (5)
          A considerable fraction of the
          TOC is made up of non-priority
          organic    compounds.     This
          fraction  of  the  TOC  is  more
          difficult to  remove  than  the
          priority pollutants.
          The need for removal of the
TOC attributed  to  the  non-priority pollu-
tants  needs  to  be closely  assessed.   A
limited  number  of  static bioassay  tests
with  Daphnia   Magna   on   carbon  treated
groundwater  suggest significant  residual
toxicity; whether  this  is attributable to
the compounds present  or  to  low dissolved
oxygen levels is not known.

     Results of the treatability  studies
to  date  suggest  that  a  process  train
consisting  of   granular  activated  carbon
followed by  aerobic biological  treatment
is the most  technically feasible approach
to treatment of this groundwater.

     This process train which, in general,
is applicable to  high  TOC wastewaters in
situations where organic components may be
toxic  to  biological   cultures  is  illus-
trated in  Figure 1.  The  rationale  is to
utilize  the  activated  carbon to  protect
the   biological   system   from   toxicity
problems.  Therefore,   the  carbon  can be
allowed  to "leak"  relatively high  concen-
trations of TOC  (organics) rather  than be
operated to  achieve maximum  reduction of
organic compounds.  Allowable leakage must
be based upon   determination  of  the  point
at  which  the   carbon  treated   effluent
becomes toxic to the subsequent biological
process.    Thus,   the   selection  of  the
allowable  TOC  or organics leakage (i.e.,
breakthrough) from  the  carbon contractors
is  crucial  to  the  performance  and  cost
effectiveness   of   this   process   train.
Higher   organic  loads  handled   by   the
biological   system  result   in   greater
service  life of  the granular carbon and
consequently, lower  costs related to the
carbon treatment phase.

     The  flowsheet depicted  in  Figure  1
includes   a   chemical  coagulation   step
(including   settling   and   filtration).
Although not necessary  in  the  Ott/Story
case,  these  processes  could be  used  in
situations   where    soluble   inorganics
removal or particulate removal to minimize
head  losses  and  frequent backwashing in
carbon contact columns may be necessary.

     Disadvantages  associated   with  the
treatment   system  given   in  Figure  1
include:

     •    the carbon  utilization  rate to
          maintain  effluent   TOC   levels
          below  100  mg/1   is  substantial;
          and
                                          350

-------
   \f
    pH adjustment

            chemicals

               COAGULATION
            SETTLING
                                                  off gases
                                                                          GRANULAR
                                                                          ACTIVATED
                                                                          CARBON
      jffluent
             I	I
           FILTRATION
            (optional)
FLING
is
r> «
i sludge

s
c /
JLOGICAL
V
                                waste sludge
           FIGURE 1.  SCHEMATIC OF CARBON SORPTION/BIOLOGICAL  PROCESS  TRAIN
activated
contains
compounds .
  sludge
stripped
                                 off-gas
                                volatile
Other factors  which must be  considered
in  evaluating  this   approach   include
carbon   regeneration  feasibility   and
sludge disposal alternatives.

     As  previously  stated,  groundwater
samples from other wells  in  the problem
area  vary  widely   in  composition.   To
investigate  how    this   could   affect
selection  of  a process  train,  selected
studies  were   undertaken  using  ground-
water  withdrawn   from  the   individual
wells  (OW-9 and W-17d)  previously used
to   construct   the   composite   sample.
Wells OW-9 and W-17d  are significantly
different  in composition as indicated by
TOC  values which   typically  are  about
2000  mg/1 for OW-9  and  200  to  300 mg/1
for  W-17d.  Table  2  illustrates  com-
position    differences   for   specific
organic compounds .

     As  illustrated  on Figure 2,  TOC in
W-17d was  more rapidly sorbed by GAG
than was TOC  in the composite groundwater
(OW-9 and W-17d) or OW-9 groundwater.  GAG
effluent TOC ranged from 12 to 78 mg/1 for
W-17d and  350  to  1310  mg/1  for OW-9  as
loading on the carbon increased.

     Aerobic  biological  treatment  study
results are summarized below:
                                             Well OW-9   Well W-17d
                         TOC  reduction due
                         to aerobic bio-
                         logical  treatment
                         (including air
                         stripping)

                         TOC  reduction due
                         to air stripping
                         alone
                                                           35-65%
                                  25-57%
                                                           15-40%
                                   9-43%
                          For  the OW-9  waste stream, combining GAC
                          with  aerobic biological  treatment resulted
                          in    improved   performance   over  either
                          process   separately.    However,   process
                          train effluent TOC  ranged from about 200
                          to 800 mg/1 and overall  removal efficiency
                          was less than  90%.   Activated sludge
                                          351

-------
 treatment  of  GAC  treated  W-17d water was
 of   marginal   utility  because   organic
 carbon  concentration  appeared  to  be
 inadequate to  support   a   conventional
 activated   sludge mixed  liquor  during
 portions of the GAC  loading  cycle.

      Because  a  GAC/AS process train had
 limited  applicability  to W-17d  water,
 carbon treatment  in  a polishing rather
 than  pretreatment   mode  was  examined.
 Results  of this investigation are shown
 in  Table 2.   These data indicate  that:

      1.    Several  compounds  were  not
           reduced below  the  detection
           level  by the activated sludge
           process; these  included:

               Toluene (P)*
               1,2-Dichloroethane (P)
               Perchloroethylene  (P)
               Methylpropyl  Phenols
               1,2-Dichlorobenzene (P)
               n,n-Dimethylaniline
               C  -C,  Substituted
               Benzenes

           These    compounds   represent
           volatile,   acid,   and   base-
           neutral   fractions   of   the
           organic   spectrum.    Removal
           efficiencies for the compounds
           noted  above ranged  from  42.7
           to  99.8%;  however, removal of
           most was better than 94%.

      2.    Several compounds  also broke
           through the  AS/GAC  process
           train;  these included:

               Vinyl  Chloride  (P)
               1,2-Dichloroethane (P)
               Perchloroethylene  (P)
               Methyl Propyl Phenols
               1,2-Dichlorobenzene (P)
               n,n-Dimethylaniline
               C.-C,  Substituted
               Benzenes

           Toluene passing   through  the
           activated   sludge  process  was
           completely   removed  by   GAC
           while   methyl   propyl  phenol;
           1,2-dichlorobenzene;      n,n-
           dimethylaniline;  and the sub-
           stituted   benzenes  all  were
           further reduced in concentra-
*(P)  indicates a priority pollutant.
tion  by  GAC.   However,  vinyl  chloride;
1,2-dichloroethane; and  perchloroethylene
(all  volatile   compounds)  were  found  in
greater  concentrations  in  GAC  effluent
than in the AS  effluent.

     These data  suggest  that  groundwater
composition  and  thus  treatment  process
results at the  Ott/Story site are strongly
dependent upon  the location in the contam-
inant plume from which the  groundwater is
drawn.  Moreover,  at  any given  location,
the  composition of  the  groundwater  will
change during the time period necessary to
decontaminate  the  aquifer.   Thus,   any
selected treatment system must be flexible
and  able  to accommodate changes  in  in-
fluent  conditions.  This may  require  the
addition  or deletion of  unit  treatment
processes as decontamination progresses in
order to maximize cost-effectiveness.
GRATIOT COUNTY LANDFILL

     Although the Gratiot  County Landfill
located  near St.  Louis,  Michigan  served
primarily as a disposal site for municipal
solid waste, it also was used to a limited
extent  for  the  disposal  of  industrial
residues.   These  included  some  269,000
pounds  of  waste  containing  60  to  70%
polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) disposed of
at the  site  between 1971  and  1973.   Site
investigations  at  the  landfill  in  1977
indicated  contamination  of  on-site  soils
by PBB,  as  well  as several other organics
and  metals.  (6)    Groundwater  below  and
around  the  landfill  also  was  found  to
contain  metals,  PBB,  and  several  organic
compounds.   Remedial  actions  planned  for
the  site  involve  encapsulation  of  the
landfill by installation of an impermeable
cover   and   subsurface    barrier   walls.
Dewatering  of the  encapsulated area  and
treatment  of  removed water are  antici-
pated.   Pumping  and  treatment  of  ground-
water   in   selected   areas  beyond   the
boundary  of  the  barrier   walls  also  is
contemplated.

     Table    3    summarizes   groundwater
composition  data  from several  monitoring
wells  in  and  surrounding  the  landfill
area.  Investigations  have shown that well
DW-7  consistently   was   among  the  most
severely  contaminated  wells.  Consequent-
ly,  well DW-7 was  used  as  the  source of
groundwater   for   laboratory   technology
screening studies in  this  investigation.
                                           352

-------
o
o
E
o
o
o
111
m
ir
o
o
o
1-
100


 90


 80
 40
    20
• COMPOSITE WATER


A  RAW W17d WATER


•  RAW OW9 WATER
             SO
                    100
                                                         3SO
                                                                 400
                           150     200     250     300


                         TOO loaded (mg TOC/gram GAG)


  FIGURE  2.  TOG  LOADING  DATA FOR  INDIVIDUAL  AND  COMPOSITE  GROUNDWATER
              TABLE 3.  COMPOSITION OF GROUNDWATER IN AND
              SURROUNDING THE GRATIOT COUNTY  LANDFILL (7)
        Parameter

 BOD
 COD
 TOC
 PBB
 Chloride
 Arsenic
 Ammonia nitrogen
 Phenol
 TKN
 Bicarbonate alkalinity
 Sulfide
 Sulfate
 PH
 Hardness
 Specific conductance
 TDS
 Beryllium
 Cadmium
 Chromium
 Copper
 Iron
 Lead
 Magnesium
 Nickel
 Zinc
 Cyanide
                                        Concentration  Range  (mg/1)

                                            <5  -  240
                                            <0.3  -  15,000
                                            0.2 - 1,380
                                            <0.01 - 13 yg/1
                                            0.8 - 11,000
                                            0.003 - 0.13
                                            <0.01 - 290
                                            <0.003  - 12
                                            <0.02 - 48
                                            22  -  1,150
                                            <0.01 - 27
                                            1.8-2,600
                                            6.2 - 11.6 units
                                            22  -  2,850
                                            290 - 5,500 ymhos/cm
                                            72  -  23,000
                                            0.002 - 22
                                            <0.002  - 0.14
                                            <0.004  - 0.73
                                            <0.01 - 0.82
                                            <0.05 - 400
                                            <0.01 - 3.6
                                            0.006 - 0.11
                                            <0.01 - 1.2
                                            0.11  -  180
                                            0.0001  - 0.55
                                 353

-------
     Samples  from well  DW-7 were  col-
lected by Michigan Department of Natural
Resources' personnel in July and August,
19S1.   Samples   were   placed   in  five
gallon polyethylene  carboys  and shipped
immediately to the Baker/TSA laboratory.
The  time  span  between  sample collection
anu   receipL   ai  tne   ^aooratory   was
approximately  24  hours.    No   preser-
vatives  were  added  at   the   time  of
collection  or  receipt.   Instead,   one
carboy was  selected  for  immediate  use
and others were frozen until needed.  As
required, carboys  were  allowed  to  thaw
at room  temperature  prior  to use in the
laboratory.    Table  4  summarizes  well
DW-7   groundwater    composition   data
obtained  during   these  studies.   These
data  indicate  that:   (1)  only  a small
portion  of  the  metals  exist   in  the
soluble   form;   (2)   total   cadmium,
chromium, lead,  nickel,  selenium,  zinc,
and iron concentrations equalled or only
slightly exceeded primary drinking water
standards —  in  the  soluble form,  only
cadmium  and   possibly   nickel   are  of
concern;   (3)  PBB present  in the sample
is  associated with  sediment;  and  (4)
organics  content  is low  —  the  only
organic  priority  pollutants   detected
were  methylene  chloride  at  0.045  mg/1
and di-n-butylphthalate at <0.01 mg/1.

     Because  the  data  indicated  that
metals in the  insoluble  form  are  the
primary  concern, gravity  sedimentation
and   granular   media   filtration  were
selected  for   initial laboratory study.
Table  5  contains results  of laboratory
evaluations  of  these  processes.   The
data   indicate  that   sand   filtration
effectively    removed    the   insoluble
fraction  of  each  metal leaving  essen-
tially the dissolved fraction.

     Gravity  sedimentation  was  repre-
sented   by   quiescent  settling  in  a
beaker.   Initially,  turbidity was  used
to  measure  performance.   Results  in-
dicated  that   turbidity decreased  from
150  NTU   to  100  NTU in 15  minutes and
stabilized at about  85  NTU after one to
three  hours.    In   a  second  settling
study,  a supernatant  sample was drawn
after  one  hour  for  analysis  of  the
metals of concern.   As  shown in Table 5
sedimentation  without   pH  adjustment or
chemical  additives  resulted  in  signif-
icant metals removal.
     It was  concluded  that  these physical
separation  processes  effectively  remove
metals  associated  with particulate matter
in  the  sample.    Because  PBB  also  pre-
dominantly is adsorbed  onto  the sediment,
it is  expected  that these processes  also
would achieve significant PBB removal.

     If  well   DW-7   samples   accurately
reflect groundwater  conditions  at Gratiot
Landfill,  a  process  train   consisting  of
granular  media   filtration   followed  by
granular  activated  carbon   (GAC)   would
provide  treatment  adequate  for discharge
to   surface   water.     Filtration   should
remove  the insoluble species (both metals
and  PBB)  and  safeguard  the   GAC  from
plugging due to sediment.  The GAC process
probably  would  not   be  a   primary   PBB
removal system, but rather would provide a
safety  factor  to  minimize  the  risk  of
release of  PBB or  other organics passing
through the filter.  Thus, service life of
the  GAC  in  this  application  should  be
considerable.

     It should  be noted  that  this treat-
ment  train will  generate two  by-product
streams — filter  backwash and  spent  GAC.
Both  would   require   careful   management
because  they  could  contain concentrated
amounts  of  the  substances   of  concern.
PBB-laden  carbon  probably can  be handled
(disposed of  or  regenerated) in  the  same
fashion   as   PCB-laden   carbon.    Filter
backwash could present  more  of  a problem
because the volume of backwash and mass of
pollutants could  be significant.   It may
be  possible  to  apply   a  dewatering tech-
nique   to  further  concentrate  backwash
solids  with  removed water being returned
to the  aqueous  treatment train.  Stabili-
zation  or  fixation of  the   solids  may  be
applicable  because of  the  predominantly
inorganic nature  of the  waste.  However,
potential leaching of  PBB from  the stabi-
lized matrix would require evaluation.
MARSHALL LANDFILL

     The  Marshall   Landfill  located  in
Boulder  County,  Colorado  is  a  privately
operated  site which  is  predominantly  a
municipal   solid  waste   landfill   that
accepted   some  industrial   wastes   from
surrounding    light    manufacturing    and
fabricating  industries.   In  1979  seepage
was observed to be draining from the fill
                                           354

-------
      TABLE A. GRATIOT COUNTY LANDFILL GROUNDWATER COMPOSITION DATA (WELL DW-7)
Parameter
Arsenic
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Mercury
Nickel
Selenium
Silver
Zinc
Iron
PBB (in water)

PBB (in sediment)
TOC
            July 6, 1981
Total (mg/1)'

   <0.02
   <0.002
    0.02
    0.05
    0.20
    0.11
    0.0001
    0.10
    0.055
   <0.01
   12.8
   31.6
                                                Soluble (mg/1)
                                                              D,C
  <0.02
  <0.002
   0.01
  <0.02  to 0.2
   0.02
  <0.03
  <0.0005
   0.03  to 0.06
   0.008 to 0.0097
  <0.01
   0.4   to 1.56
  <0.03  to 0.04
      ND at 0.001 pg/1

            0.68 mg/kg
           <5    mg/1
                            Aug. 27, 1981
           Not Analyzed
           Not Analyzed
           Not Analyzed
           Not Analyzed
           Not Analyzed
           Not Analyzed
           Not Analyzed
           Not Analyzed
           Not Analyzed
           Not Analyzed
           Not Analyzed
           Not Analyzed
           ND at
              0.007 yg/1
              0.55 mg/kg
a.   Sample was digested for total metals
b.   Sample was filtered and acidified before analysis
c.   Range represents analyses from different containers collected on the same day
ND - Not Detected
                           TABLE 5. GRATIOT COUNTY LANDFILL
                  RAW AND TREATED GROUNDWATER METALS DATA (WELL DW-7)
   Parameter
   Cadmium
   Chromium
   Lead
   Nickel
   Zinc
   Iron
                            Raw
                        Groundwater
      Soluble
       (mg/1)

       0.01
      <0.02 ,
      <0.03
       0.06
       1.56
      <0.03
  Sand
Filtration

 Effluent*
  (mg/1)

   0.01
   0.07
  <0.03
   0.04
   2.88
   0.20
                                     Gravity Sedimentation
                                     	Supernatant	
Total
(mg/1)
 0.02
<0.02
<0.03
 0.04
 3.00
 2.28
Soluble
 (mg/1)

 <0.01
   *Analyzed "as is" without filtration or digestion.
                                          355

-------
into  a  small  surface waterway  used  to
convey water from  Marshall Lake  to  the
Louisville  Reservoir  which  is  part  of
the   cnnkinL     water    supply    fcr
Louisville,  a   nearby   Boulder  County
municipality.  Analysis  of  the  seepage
indicated   the   presence  of   numerous
priori;:}    aiiw   noii-priorii}    orgar.ic
compounds at concentrations varying from
less  than  detection levels  to  about  6
mg/1.   Table 6  summarizes  seepage  and
groundwater   composition   at   several
sampling locations at the landfill.

     Seepage collected in an impoundment
designated  as Lagoon  2  was selected for
use  in  the  laboratory technology evalu-
ations.   Although  less  composition data
were  available   for  this  location,  the
TOC   was    significant.    Moreover,   an
adequate  volume  of  sample  for  use  in
treatability studies  could be collected
easily and  dependably which  was  not the
case  for other locations.   Samples were
collected  in five gallon  polyethylene
carboys,  express  air  shipped  to  the
laboratory  and  either used  immediately
or  frozen.   Generally,  sample handling
procedures  were   similar  to  those  for
Gratiot   County    Landfill  groundwater
samples.

     At   the  time   of   this  writing,
studies  with  this leachate  have  been
underway  for only a  short time.  Thus,
the  results  discussed   below are  pre-
liminary  in  nature  and  should be  so
regarded.

     Data  from  batch adsorption  tests
are  presented in Table 7.  Doses of the
following sorbents ranged  from 0.5 to 25
g/1:

   *Activated Carbon:  Calgon FS 300
                       Westvaco
                         Nuchar  SA
                       Darco HOC

   *Resins:  Rohm  and Haas XAD-4
               (polymeric)
             Rohm  and Haas XE  340
               (carbonaceous)
             Rohm  and Haas XE  347
               (carbonaceous)

Generally,   the  carbons   all  performed
comparably   as   did  all   the  resins.
However,  TOC  adsorption  capacity  was
substantially greater for  the  carbons
than for the resins.

     Following   isotherm   studies,   con-
tinuous   flow  adsorption   studies   were
initiated  using  Calgon  FS  300  granular
activated carbon.  Experimental conditions
were as follows:
          2  columns  in  series each  0.75
          in. ID (1.90 cm)
          Column 1 - 174 ml GAC (87 g GAC)
          Column 2 - 160 ml GAC (80 g GAC)
          influent pH - 8.3
          influent TOC - 126 to 137 mg/1
          contact time -
               Column 1-6.7 min
               Column 2-6.2 min
          hydraulic  loading, rate
-  2.24
          gpm/ft  (1.54 L/m  sec)
Initial   results   of   this   study   are
presented in Table 8.  These data indicate
that  GAC  could   provide  up  to  91%  TOC
removal.  This study is continuing so that
the carbon exhaustion rate can be defined.

     Activated  sludge  organisms  obtained
from  a  large municipal  treatment  works
having   a  substantial   industrial  con-
tribution were used  to seed  reactors for
biological treatment studies.  One reactor
then was fed Lagoon 2 wastewater at a rate
that maintained a hydraulic retention time
of  6  hours.   Visual  observations,  and
analyses  of  mixed  liquor  suspended  and
volatile   suspended    solids   indicated
toxicity to the sludge cultures.  Effluent
TOC  analyses  indicate  no  TOC  removal.
Since  raw wastewater appeared  to inhibit
biological  activity,   studies   were  in-
itiated   to   investigate  treatment  with
commercially  available  mutant  bacterial
cultures and pretreatment with GAC.

     Studies on activated sludge treatment
of   GAC  pretreated  seepage   have  been
initiated  but results  are  unavailable at
this  writing.   Processes  applicable  to
treatment   of  this  seepage   cannot  be
proposed  until additional data are avail-
able.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

     The  work upon  which  this  paper  is
based  was performed pursuant  to Contract
*Use of  trade names does not  constitute  an
endorsement  of  the product.
                                           356

-------
                    TABLE 6,  ANALYSES OF WATERS AT MARSHALL LANDFILL
                                                   Concentration (mg/i)
    Contaminant                     Well 1             Leachate Seep            Lagoon 2
methylene chloride                2.00,  2.183         0.061, 0.200
1,1-dichloroethane                0.100, 0.413         0.045, 0.100, 0.194         *
1,2-dichloroethylene              0.053                0.050, 0.130
benzene                           0.100                                           0.011
toluene                           0.724, 1.200        <0.010, 0.020
ethylbenzene                      0.100, 0.110              *
1,1,1-trichloroethane             0.021                0.100, 0.227
chlorobenzene                          *
vinyl chloride                    0.182               <0.010, 0.014
trichlorofluoromethane            0.112               <0.010, 0.078
1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane                                   *
2-ethoxypropane                                             *
trichloroethylene                 0.300, 0.616         0.010, 0.040, 0.053
chloroform                             *                    *
chloroethane                           *              <0.010, 0.018                *
1,2-transdichloroethylene         1.000, 5.647        <0.010, 0.020, 0.062
1,2-dichloropropane               0.014
methyl chloride                   0.010
dichlorodifluoromethane           0.292                0.065
tetrachloroethylene               0.300, 0.616         0.035, 0.100, 0.162
1,3-dichloropropylene                                       *
bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate                           <0.010, 0.012                *
acenaphthene                                                *
butylbenzyl phthalate                                       *
di-n-butyl phthalate              0.033                     *                      *
diethyl phthalate                 0.217                     *                     0.012
phenol                            0.088              272                           *
2,4-dimethylphenol                                                                 *
acrolein                                                                           *
TOC                                                                             168
^Detected at less than 10 yg/1

                                           357

-------
TABLE 7. BATCH ADSORPTION DATA AT NATURAL pH  (7.95) - MARSHALL
               Conditions:
T = 22 C
1 hr snaKe test
initial TOC = 168 mg/1

Sorbent

Calgon
FS-300

Nuchar
SA

Darco
HOC

XE-347

XE-340


XAD-4


Blank
Dose (g/1)

0.5
5.0
25.0
0.5
5.0
25.0
0.5
5.0
25.0
0.5
5.0
0.5
5.0
25.0
0.5
5.0
25.0
-
Effluent TOC
(mg/1)
113
26
10
108
43
23
126
49
18
155
143
152
148
145
150
140
119
164
mg TOC ads/g
of sorbent
102
28
6.2
112
24
5.6
76
23
5.8
18
4.2
24
3.2
0.76
28
4.8
1.8
-

  TABLE 8. GRANULATED ACTIVATED CARBON COLUMN ADSORPTION DATA

Operating
Time
(min)
15
30
60
120
180
240
300
360
420
480
540
600
660
720

Influent
TOC
(ppm)
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
126
126
126
126
126

Effluent
TOC
(mg/1)
21
23
25
36
43
47
53
52
55
59
65
69
69
69
Column 1
% TOC
Removed

85
83
82
74
69
66
61
62
60
53
48
45
45
45

Bed
Volumes
Processed
2.2
4.5
8.9
17.8
26.7
35.7
44.6
53.5
62.4
71.4
80.3
89.2
98.1
107.0

Effluent
TOC
(mg/1)
12
18
19
24
26
29
28
31
32
30
32
35
38

Column 2
% TOC
Removed

91
87
86
82
81
79
80
77
77
76
75
74
70


Bed
Volumes
Processed
1.2
2.3
4.7
9.3
14.0
18.7
23.4
28.0
32.7
37.4
42.0
46.7
51.4

                              358

-------
No. 68-03-2766 with the Environmental
Protection Agency.

     The cooperation and assistance of
Cordova Chemical Company, the present
owner of the Ott/Story site, is greatly
appreciated.  The assistance of Gary
Klepper and Leonard Lipinski of the
Michigan Department of Natural Resources
and Mark Parsons and Jan Brower of the
Boulder County Health Department in
providing information and coordinating
sample acquisition is acknowledged and
appreciated.
REFERENCES

1.   Shuckrow, A. J., Pajak, A.  P.,
     Osheka, J. W.,  "Concentration
     Technologies for Hazardous Aqueous
     Waste Treatment," EPA 600/2-81-019,
     U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio.  1981.

2.   Shuckrow, A. J., Pajak, A.  P.,
     Osheka, J. W. and James, S. C.,
     "Bench Scale Assessment of Tech-
     nologies for Contaminated Ground-
     water Treatment," Proc National
     Conference on Management of
     Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites,

3.   Washington, D.C.  October 1980.
Shuckrow,  A.  J.   and  Pajak,  A.  P.
"Bench   Scale   Assessment  of   Con-
centration Technologies for Hazardous
Aqueous Waste Treatment," Proc of the
Seventh  Annual  Research  Symposium,
EPA  600/9-81-002b,  Land  Disposal:
Hazardous Waste.

James, S.  C.,  Shuckrow,  A.  J.,  and
Pajak,  A.  P.,  "History  and  Bench
Scale  Studies  for  the Treatment  of
Contaminated   Groundwater   at   the
Ott/Story  Chemical  Site,  Muskegon,
Michigan, Proc National Conference on
Management of  Uncontrolled Hazardous
Waste    Sites,   Washington,    D.C.
October 1981.

Shuckrow,  A.  J.,  Pajak,  A. P.,  and
Touhill,    C.   J.,   "Management   of
Hazardous  Waste  Leachate,"  SW-871,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Cincinnati, Ohio.   September 1980.

Shah,    B.    P.,    "Hydrogeological
Investigation     and     Engineering
Alternatives for  Control   Measures  -
Gratiot  County Landfill,  Michigan."
Resource Recovery  Division,  Michigan
Department of Natural Resources, June
1979.

Michigan   Department    of   Natural
Resources, Unpublished Data.
                                          359

-------
                   THE BEHAVIOR OF HEAVY METALS DURING LANDFILL DISPOSAL
                                    OF HAZARDOUS WASTES
                 Frederick G.  Pohland,  Joseph P.  Gould, R.  Elizabeth Ramsey
                                  and Daniel! C.  Walters
                                School  of Civil  Engineering
                              Georgia Institute  of Technology
                                  Atlanta, Georgia 30332
                                         ABSTRACT

     Research investigations on the production and control  of leachates  from simulated
landfill columns operated with leachate recycle and containing residential-type  solid
waste codisposed with heavy metal  sludges are discussed with emphasis  on the chemistry
of the leachates generated and the reactivity and fate of the heavy metals  contained
therein.  Changes in leachate ionic strength  and resulting  activity coefficients are
presented to indicate that activity corrections in the metal  sludge-containing columns
decreased from about 0.8 for monovalent ions, to 0.4 for divalent  ions,  and to 0.12  for
trivalent ions.  The impact of these decreases in activity  are interpreted  in terms  of
probable chemical and biological  interactions within the columns and leachate.

     Heavy metal solubilities are  shown to depend on the precipitating capability of the
sulfide present under the reducing conditions of the landfill environment,  and the
mobilization effect of humic acids present in the leachates and acting as complexing
agents.  A strong positive correlation between aromatic hydroxyl concentrations  and
several of the heavy metals in the leachates  was found.

     Collectively the data emphasize the ability of leachate recycle to  moderate and
provide equilibration between leachates and solid waste constituents.   The  significance
of this in terms of both leachate  quality and predictability is discussed within the
perspective of landfill  management practices.
INTRODUCTION

     The heterogeneity of waste materials
deposited in landfills will  be reflect in
the production of leachates  of extraordi-
nary chemical  complexity. As landfills
mature and leachates form, all processes
which control  chemical composition and the
distribution and nature of dissolved
species in the leachates will undergo com-
plicated sequences of interrelated changes.
Accordingly, available free  oxygen will be
rapidly consumed with consequent develop-
ment of anaerobic conditions.  These con-
ditions will then favor further microbial
conversion of organic and inorganic
materials, i.e., the generation of organic
acids and their conversion to methane and
carbon dioxide, the reduction of sulfates
to sulfides, and the production of re-
duced forms of metals such as Fe+2, Cr+3,
Mn"1"^ and Hg^.  However, the generation of
such species might also be inhibited or
prevented altogether by the presence of
materials toxic to the same organisms
primarily responsible for their formation.
Such inhibition may suppress a process
permanently, delay its initiation or,
where appropriate feed-back mechanisms
exist, lead to cyclic behavior.  Collec-
tively, knowledge of these factors will not
only have a major impact on understanding
the distribution, speciation and mobility
of heavy metals and other leachate consti-
tuents, but will greatly enhance the pre-
dictability of leachate generation and
                                           360

-------
migration in time and space and thereby the
adequacy of design and management of land-
fill disposal sites.

     The objective of the research report-
ed here was to extend previous investiga-
tions on the reactivity and fate of poten-
tially toxic heavy metals during landfill
disposal of solid and hazardous wastes.
This objective was accommodated with fur-
ther investigations of the codisposal  of
residential-type municipal solid wastes and
metal plating sludges in simulated landfill
columns operated with leachate containment,
collection and recycle.  The experimental
strategy used included a chemical charac-
terization of the leachates generated, an
identification of the distribution and
speciation of toxic heavy metals in the
leachates, and an assessment of the factors
controlling heavy metal solubility and mo-
bility.
INITIAL CONSIDERATION

     Initial studies have addressed the
chemical complexity of leachates generated
from the simulated landfills1'2.  Short and
long-term changes in many of the physical
and chemical indicator parameters were
measured and recorded including variations
in pH from distinctly acid to slightly
alkaline conditions and in oxidation-reduc-
tion potentials from positive to negative.
These two parameters were given pivotal
roles in determing the inherent chemical
form and reactivity of various leachate
constituents.  In addition to these measure-
ments, concentrations of several potential
inorganic and organic complexing agents
have been determined including chloride,
sulfate, ammonia, humic substances, amino
acids and volatile acids.  All of these
leachate parameters affect or are reflect-
ed in the ionic strength which, in turn,
determines the extent to which chemical
activity will cause a deviation in measured
concentrations from the true concentration
and reactivity of constituent species.

     To further explore and evaluate the
reactivity and fate of heavy metals during
landfill disposal of solid wastes, opera-
tion of the four simulated landfill columns,
described in detail previously1'2 and
illustrated in Figure 1, was continued.
The control  column (Column 1), charged with
residential-type solid waste, and the test
columns (Columns 2, 3 and 4), also
including varying quantities of metal
plating sludge of quantity and composition
given in Table 1, continued to receive
moisture from rainfall or tap water addi-
tion to permit leachate production and re-
cycle.

     During the 711-day operation of these
columns, both dilution and evaporation of
leachate occurred.  This resulted in peri-
ods during which there was insufficient
leachate available to permit recycle on a
continuing basis.  One such period of
approximately 150 days, during which lea-
chate could not be withdrawn for analysis,
was incurred.  While this resulted in an
interruption in the analytical results, it
did provide an opportunity to examine lea-
chate characteristics and behavior during
low leachate production periods analogous
to those encountered in actual practice.
The dry and often warm to hot weather con-
ditions causing the substantial evaporation
losses of leachate increased the concentra-
tions of high solubility conservative
species such as chloride and sodium.  This
reduction in volume coupled with an  in-
crease in constituent  concentrations had
a noticeable effect on microbial activity
and ionic strength, both of which will be
emphasized in the ensuing discussion.
ANALYTICAL METHODS

      Leachate from the columns was analyz-
ed  for  inorganic components by conventional
techniques; metals by digestion and atomic
absorption spectroscopy, chloride and
sulfide by electrochemical techniques, and
ORP,  pH and conductivity by the usual in-
 strumental methods.  Analyses for the
organic constituents discussed herein in-
volved direct aqueous injection gas chro-
matography for volatile organic acids and
the Folin-Dennis method for aromatic
hydroxyl  groups3.  For equilibrium analysis,
constants were obtained from the classic
compilations of Si 11 en and Martel1*'5.
ANALYTICAL  RESULTS

Conductivity,  Ionic Strength and Activity

     As  has  been reported  previously2, the
high ionic  strength of leachates and  its
relationship to chemical activity repre-
sents a  significant factor  in considering
the fate of  leachate constituents from
                                           361

-------
                                                            .<>(•«•* *«•'•«•!•
CONTROL  UNIT
                                                  TEST UNIT
Figure 1. Simulated  Landfill  Columns  with Leachate Collection and Recycle
               TABLE  1.   CHARACTERISTICS OF METAL SLUDGE
                           USED  IN  COLUMN INVESTIGATIONS
Moisture Content, %
Volatile Solids, %
Zinc, mg/kg dry
Chromium, mg/kg dry
Nickel, mg/kg dry
Cadmium, mg/kg dry
Copper, mg/kg dry
Iron, mg/kg dry
Sulfate, mg/kg dry
Sludge Added:  Column 2, kg
               Column 3, kg
               Column 4, kg
                                                       84.7
                                                       24.6
                                                    317,000
                                                     21,000
                                                        400
                                                     13,100
                                                        185
                                                     94,000
                                                     30,000
                                                       33.6
                                                       65.8
                                                      135.2
                                    362

-------
land disposal sites.  To illustrate this
influence, the specific conductance of
leachate generated in four simulated land-
fill columns was plotted with time and the
corresponding ionic strength, v, in Figure
2.  In this determination, y was estimated
according to the linear approximation de-
veloped by langelier6, Russell7 and Lind8,
or
     = 1.6 x 10"  x conductivity, ymho.
                                              strength are clearly related to the initial
                                              composition of the wastes placed in the
                                              respective columns.  As presented in
                                              Figure 2, the first 200 days for the con-
                                              trol column were characterized by a smooth
                                              and rapid decrease in ionic strength with
                                              a decrease of about 70% from initial levels.
                                              While simple washout of mobile conservative
                                              ions such as chloride and sodium was a
                                              major contributor to this decrease, bio-
                                              logical  conversion of such potentially
          3,000
        in
        o
        x
        >-
        I-
          6,000-
          2,000
                                                           • COLUMN 1
                                                           0 COLUMNS 2-4
                                                              CP.
                                                          I
               0
                                                                          0,12
                                                                          0.10
                                                                          0.08
                                                                              Ct
                                                                              H
                                                                              oo
                                                                          0,06 §
                                                                          0.04
                           200           400            600            800

Figure 2.   Ionic Strength and Conductivity  as  a  Function  of Time  Since  Loading  Columns.
For comparison with the control  column
(Column 1), the ionic strength values for
the test Columns 2-4 were consolidated,
since no significant systematic  differences
were found between the leachates from the
three columns containing metal sludge.
These latter ionic strengths were consist-
ently higher and reflect the presence of
leachate inorganic species contributed
primarily by the metal sludge contained in
the three test columns.  It is also sig-
nificant that the differences in conduc-
tivity/ionic strength were dimishing during
the latter stages of the study,  thereby
indicating that excess Teachable consti-
tuents in the metal sludge-bearing columns
may have been approaching depletion or
some type of equilibrium conditions.

     Temporal trends of conductivity/ionic
                                              ionic species as sulfate and organic acids
                                              was also considered to be important to the
                                              reduction in ionic strength.  Leachate
                                              from the metal  sludge-bearing columns
                                              generally behaved in a similar fashion
                                              except that a distinct pause was noted in
                                              the decrease of ionic strength between 50
                                              and 150 days.  This pause has been ascrib-
                                              ed to a period  during which heavy metal
                                              inhibition was  limiting the biologically
                                              mediated reduction in ionic strength.  It
                                              should also be  emphasized that the resump-
                                              tion of the rapid decrease in ionic
                                              strength for Columns 2-4 corresponded
                                              closely to the  reduction in zinc (Figure
                                              3), a measurable and reliable tracer of
                                              heavy metal contamination in the leachate,
                                              to levels below about 50 mg/1 .  This tend-
                                              ed to support the premise that biological
                                              activity significantly influenced decreases
                                           363

-------
in ionic strength during the early stages
of the investigations.
                     the resumption of leachate generation on
                     Day 529 and termination of sampling at
     450


     400

     350


  ^ 300
  E

  I  250
  r-j

     200

     150


     100

      50
                                                        1981
      O As measured
      • Corrected for Evaporation
        & Dilution Effects
                                                                       Column 2
                                               I
                                                          I
                 100
200
600
700
800
                                   300       400     500
                                      Time since Loading, days

Figure 3.   Concentration of Zinc in Column 2 as a Function of Time Since Loading Columns
      Following  the  initial decrease  in
 ionic  strength, a substantial  increase was
 observed  between 200  to 400 days  for both
 the control and the metal  sludge-containing
 columns.  The leachate from the metal
 sludge-containing columns  recovered  almost
 70% of the  initial  decrease, while the re-
 covery for  the  control column  was only
 about  30% of the initial decrease in ionic
 strength.   This increase in ionic strength
 was considered  dependent on a  corresponding
 pH increase with its  attendant ionization
 of organic  acids.   (Supplemental  data on
 elevated  volatile acid levels  in  the lea-
 chate  from  Columns  2-4 yielded a  far
 greater concentration of anions  in re-
 sponse to a pH  increase than observed for
 the control column.)  This accumulation of
 volatile  acids  was  again likely due  to  in-
 hibition  of their biological conversion to
 methane caused  by the excessive concentra-
 tions  of  heavy  metals in the leachate from
 Columns 2-4.

      Ionic  strength data collected between
                     Day 711 show some overlap  between  the  con-
                     trol column ionic strengths  and  those  of
                     the metal sludge-containing  columns.   A
                     gradual increase, amounting  to about 25%
                     of the  initial value,  was  observed for all
                     columns during this  period while the pH
                     remained relatively  constant.  These
                     analytical data  tend to  reflect  the effects
                     of evaporation and attendent concentration
                     of leachate constituents and ionic strength
                     for this stage of the  investigations.

                          To underscore the importance of chan-
                     ges in  leachate  ionic  strength,  activity
                     coefficients have been computed  for mono-,
                     di- and trivalent ions as  a  function of
                     time and are presented in  Figure 4, again
                     consolidating data for Columns  2-4. The
                     activity coefficients  indicated  in this
                     figure  were calculated by  means  of the
                     extended DeBye-Hiickel  equation9  or
                                -log
                                        _ 0.5
                                           1  +
                                            364

-------
 0.9
 0,8
 0.3 -
 O.Ql
                                • COLUMN 1

                                0 COLUMNS 2-1
     1=2
             200
                       100
                    TIME, DAYS
                                600
Figure 4.
Activity Coefficients as a
Function of Time since Loading
Columns
Inspection of these data indicates a dis-
tinct inverse relationship to ionic
strength.  Moreover, the activity correc-
tion coefficients are clustered around 0.8
for monovalent ions, 0.4 for divalent ions,
and 0.12 for trivalent ions.  The relative
magnitude of these coefficients and their
important impact on the behavior of ionic
species in leachate have also been discuss-
ed in detail previously2.
                                    control will be only rarely  vested  in the
                                    solubility of metal hydroxides  in  normal
                                    landfill leachates.

                                         Carbonate Species.   The decomposition
                                    of organic matter  in landfills  provides a
                                    continuing source  of inorganic  carbon.
                                    Examination of leachate  total  inorganic
                                    carbon data from the landfill  columns in-
                                    dicated that this  parameter  showed  random
                                    rather than systematic variations  and
                                    averaged about 5.5 mM.   Using this  as a
                                    typical value for  total  carbonate  species
                                    in the leachate from the columns,  a pH-pC
                                    diagram for carbonate  CO^2   has  been con-
                                    structed in Figure 5.  Several  heavy metal
                                    carbonates and basic carbonates have the
                                    potential to control the solubility of
                                    metals in those instances where sulfide
                                    may not be present; solubility of  the
                                    heavy metals then  will be inversely depen-
                                    dent on the prevailing carbonate  concentra-
                                    tion as shown in Figure  5.
                                       pCOj2
                                         10
                                         11
                                                            CARBONATE SYSTEM CT •= 5.5 x 10"3H

                                                              pCT - -LOG CT - 2.25      PC -pCT
                                                     H2C03* *  HCOj + H+, pKA =6.1

                                                     HCO; =  co;2 + H+, PK. =10.1
                                                                             10
Solubjjity Control in Leachates

     The factors controlling metal solu-
bility in landfill leachates include: the
concentrations of potentional precipitant
species such as hydroxide, carbonate and
sulfide; the existence of complexing agents
which will tend to increase metal solubil-
ity; and, the pH-ORP relationships which
will impact on both heavy metal and
precipitant speciation.

     Hydroxide.  Previous investigations2
have indicated that, with the exception of
trivalent chromium which is controlled by
the solubility of its hydroxide, solubility
                                    Figure 5.  pH - pCO^  Distribution  Diagram
                                               for Carbonate  in  Leachates
                                         Sulfide.  Analytically,  sulfide
                                    measurements present complications.   Un-
                                    like carbonate, which  is generally a
                                    modest precipitant at  pH 8 or lower,
                                    sulfide, S~2, is such  a powerful  precipita-
                                    ting agent that, even  at low  pH  values  and
                                    very low sulfide concentrations,  most of
                                    the sulfide generated  will be bound to
                                    heavy metals as metal  sulfides.   As an
                                    example, the measured  total dissolved
                                    sulfide concentrations in the leachates
                                           365

-------
from the test columns have averaged
approximately 0.5 mg/K, or 1.6 x 10~5 M(1.8
x ID'12 M S-2 at pH 7).  Since the solu-
bility product of ZnS is 10~25, the actual
solubility of zinc was 6 x TO-14 moles per
liter.  Thus, the presence of even sub-
milligram per liter levels of total dis-
solved sulfides at relatively low pH values
implies the presence of a strong sulfide
precipitating capacity.

     Complexing Agents.  The role of com-
plexation in complicated matrices such
as leachates involves considerable un-
certainty.  Complexing agents, by con-
verting sparingly soluble salts to soluble
complexes, can counteract the impact of
precipitant ions and thus increase the
solubility of metals.  Previously reported
investigations have discounted significant
complexation between even the most abun-
dant  inorganic ligands, such as chloride
and sulfate, and any of the metals common
to the metal sludges used in this research2.
Likewise, with one important exception,
identified organic species including
carbonyls, carbohydrates and volatile acids
are simply too weak ascomplexers to be of
substantial  influence  in heavy metal
solubilization.  The one exception  is
represented analytically in  these  studies
by  the  aromatic  hydroxyl  (ArOH) compounds,
a measure of the moderate to  high molecular
weight  tannin  and  humic acid  substances.
Such  compounds are of  pivotal  importance
in  the  control of  solubility  of certain
heavy metals.

      Oxidation-Reduction  Potentials  (ORP).
The ORP of a  leachate  will  have  consider-
able  impact  on its chemical  speciation.
Thus,  the  reducing conditions  to  be  ex-
 pected  in  a  landfill  environment  will  favor
the biological  conversion of sulfate to
 sulfide and  the  production  of methane from
organic substrates.   In  addition,  the con-
version of Fe+3  to  Fe+2  and  Cr+6  to  Cr+3,
with  consequent  major  impact on  solubility,
will  be favored.

      While sampling  and  analytical  diffi-
 culties limited  exact ORP determinations,
 the presence of significant concentrations
 of reduced iron  and  sulfide ions provided
 confirmation of the  presence of highly re-
 ducing conditions within the landfill
 columns and  leachates.  Figure 6 is a pH-
 pe diagram for the sulfate-sulfide system
 and indicates conditions necessary to
 favor the presence of sulfide.  Clearly,
oxidation-reduction potentials within the
landfills and leachates must be strongly
reducing since sulfides predominate at ORP
values no more positive than -450 mV
relative to the saturated calomel electrode
(Ec) at 25°C.
  +500
  +250
^-250



  -500


  -750



-1,000
                    so?
H2S
HS"
Figure 6.  pH-E  Diagram for the Sulfate-
           Sulfur-Sulfide System
     Another factor of importance in the
sulfate-sulfide system is biological
activity.  Since most sulfate reduction in
leachates of organic waste origin is bio-
logically mediated, high levels of  in-
hibitory materials such as heavy metals
may preclude sulfate reduction even under
favorable pH-pe conditions.  Similar con-
siderations apply to methane formation
with requisite ORP and pH values of about
-500 mV Ec and 7.0, respectively.
Heavy Metal Solubility Control in Leachates

     Among the metals commonly regarded as
heavy metals, routine monitoring was con-
ducted during these studies for cadmium,
chromium, copper,  iron, manganese, nickel
and zinc.  Due in  part to the composition
of the admixed heavy metal sludges and to
the general solubility behavior of these
metals, the only elements measured with any
analytical consistency in the leachates
were cadmium, nickel and zinc which origi-
nated primarily from the metal sludge.
                                            366

-------
     Since zinc was  the  major  heavy metal
in the admixed sludge (Table 1)  and attain-
ed the highest concentrations  of any  of the
heavy metals in the  leachates, an initial
examination of the solubility  behavior of
this element provides significant direction
regarding solubility control  in landfill
leachates.  Shown in Figure 7  are pre-
dicted pH-pC diagrams for zinc solubility
based on hydroxide control  and on average
concentrations of available carbonate and
sulfide in the leachates.
PZn
      _    o
                            O COLUMN 1

                            O COLUMN 2

                            Q COLUMN 3

                            ^ COLUMN 4
                       pH
Figure 7.  Solubility Diagram for Zinc in
           Leachates
      Inspection of the predicted curves in
 Figure 7 indicates that the major potential
 solubility control is associated with sul-
 fide  as the precipitant, with carbonate
 providing the next most effective precipi-
 tant  and hydroxide being the least likely
 solid zinc species in these leachates.  By
 plotting the actual measured pZn versus pH
 values from these studies also on Figure?,
 certain observations can be made.  First,
 the three metal sludge-laden columns indi-
 cated no obvious differences in the pZn-pH
 values.  Apparently, all three of these
 columns were at saturation in terms of
zinc and the leachate environment.  Sec-
ondly, while these data tend to cluster
mainly between the carbonate and hydroxide
solubility curves, those at high pH exceed
the solubility limits of the hydroxide
solubility control.  Therefore, whatever
solid phase is controlling zinc solubility,
there is superimposed upon this system
some factor which acts to increase solubi-
lity.  Although not as dramatic, this
influence appears also to be exerted on
the data for the control column.  The
most obvious explanation is the presence
of some complexing agent.

     As indicated previously, the most
likely complexing agents in leachates are
the moderate to high molecular weight
phenolic compounds arising from the decom-
position of plant materials and generally
referred to as humic substances.  The
aromatic hydroxyl (ArOH) groups measured
in the leachates from these studies pro-
vided an effective measure of these sub-
stances.  The ArOH levels were generally
high during the initial  phases of leachate
generation in all four columns and de-
creased rapidly to essentially constant
levels during the mid-period.  While this
constant ArOH level was  maintained for
the control column and for Column 2 during
the balance of the studies, a later in-
crease in ArOH for Columns 3-4 was noted.
This probably reflected  a sequence of
microbial inhibition followed by acclima-
tion in the metal sludge-bearing columns.

     In order to assess  the relationship
between ArOH and soluble zinc concentra-
tions, a plot of Zn versus ArOH is pre-
sented in Figure 8 where it is evident
that a marked positive correlation between
aromatic hydroxyl and zinc solubility
exists.  This strongly supports the concept
that humic substances, as quantified by the
aromatic hydroxyl analysis, played a major
role in zinc solubility  in these leachates.
Moreover, in an effort to arrive at an
estimate of the magnitude of the Zn-ArOH
complex interaction, several  assumptions
have been applied, including the premise
that fundamental  solubility control lies
in the domain of sulfide solubility and
that a polynuclear complex between Zn+2 and
the ligand, L, exists.  Using these assump-
tions, the following equilibria can be
formulated:
2ZnS
-Zn2L  +  2S"
log K  = -26.2
                                           367

-------
          -2
2Zn 2 + 2S
or;
2Zn+2 + L 5=^ ZnoL
2ZnS
2 log
= +49.6
                                 sp
        log B = +23.4
where,

L = some complexing ligand.  [L] = 40  M

K  = solubility of solid ZnS to yield Zn2L

K   = solubility of solid ZnS to yield Zn 2
 sp   and S-2

3 = formation constant of complex from Zn 2
    and Ligand

The resulting formation constant is in
reasonable agreement with Reuter's estimate
of +20 for the log of the formation con-
stant of a heavy metal-humic acid com-
plex11.

      Based on the promising results with
zinc, similar plots for cadmium, manganese
and nickel versus ArOH have  been prepared
and are presented in Figures 9 through 11.
Although these data are more scattered
than in the case for zinc, the positive
correlation between the respective metals
and ArOH is again obvious.  The tendency
toward a leveling of metal concentrations
at high ArOH values may suggest that for
some metal species and ArOH  concentrations,
as the metal-ArOH complex increases in
concentration, some competing reaction
comes into play to counteract the complex-
ing effect of the humic substances.  Over
the concentration ranges observed, no such
influence was detected in the case of zinc
or cadmium.  This similarity between zinc
and cadmium was not unexpected since these
metals classically show very similar
chemical behavior.

Metal Behavior and Recycle

      The results reported herein have
important implications with  regard to the
use of leachate recycle as a solid waste
management option at landfill disposal
sites.  Since one of the objectives of
leachate recycle is to provide an increased
opportunity for contact between the liquid
and solid phases within a landfill, there-
by permitting the liquid phase to attain
the closest approach possible to equili-
brium in terms of the chemical, biological
and physical interactions, evidence of
improved equilibration attained by recycle
strongly enhances the relative merits of
this process in terms of both fundamental
process understanding and application.
That leachate recycle should have benefi-
cial effects on the predictability of
leachate quality and the reduction in
potential  for environmental impairment has
been emphasized previously1'2.  By increas-
ing effective contact and homogem'ety,
conversion efficiency tends to be substan-
tially increased over single contact sys-
tems, i.e., systems without leachate con-
tainment and recycle.

     The present studies have particularly
demonstrated that leachate recycle acts to
ensure a high degree of equilization of
leachate characteristics, thereby markedly
reducing the substantial short-term vari-
ations in concentrations of constituents
typical of leachate from single contact
systems.  This attribute permits increased
predictability of leachate composition and
facilitates improved design and operation
of controlled landfill disposal systems.
Moreover,  leachate recycle accelerates
the opportunity for acclimation to possible
biological inhibition by reducing shock
loadings and enhancing the neutralization
of toxic ingredients.

     Data from this research have provided
additional assurance that such equilibra-
tion can be attained.  Conductivity, a
parameter which depends on both washout of
mobile ions and the general evolution of
chemical and biological reactions within
the columns and leachate, showed very
smooth trends with only modest short-term
variations.  Moreover, the strong correla-
tions of zinc concentration with pH and
ArOH virtually assured that virtual equili-
brium between the liquid and solid phases
had been achieved for this constituent
and, by implication, that equilibrium with
other solid phase systems was also en-
hanced.  Therefore, the value of leachate
recycle was augmented not only by its
ability to promote and sustain consistency
in leachate characteristics, but by its
role in providing an environment more
susceptible to didactic and predictive
analysis.
                             SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

                             The containment, collection and recycle of
                                           368

-------
             50      100    150      200
                 AttOH, MG/L AS TANNIC ACID
            50       100     150"    200"
                 A&OH, MG/L AS TANNIC ACID
Figure 8.   Concentration  of Zinc as a
            Function of Aromatic Hydroxyl
            Concentration.
Figure  9.   Concentration  of Cadmium  as a
            Function of Aromatic Hydroxyl
            Concentration.
 10-
 -6
                                 I
                                        I
          50      100     150      200     250
             ApOH, MG/L AS TANNIC ACID
                                                    1.2
                                                    1.0
                                                    0.8
                                                  J 0.6
                                                    0.2
                                                    0.0
             50      100     150     200      250
                   , MG/L AS TANNIC ACID
Figure 10.   Concentration  of Manganese  as
             a  Function of  Aromatic
             Hydroxyl Concentration.
Figure 11.   Concentration  of Nickel  as  a
             Function of  Aromatic Hydroxyl
             Concentration.
                                              369

-------
landfill  leachate has been shown to sub-
stantially enhance homogeneity with respect
to the biological and chemical  processes
occurring within the solid waste mass and
leachate.  In addition, promotion of such
homogeneity can significantly moderate the
normal short-term and long-term variations
typical of landfill  systems without leach-
ate recycle.  As a consequence, an improved
degree of both immediate and extended pre-
dictability of leachate properties is
possible, thereby facil il^ittng plains for
design and operation of landfills and
associated leachate  management systems.

      The reactivity and fate of heavy
metals in leachates  and their potential
for adverse environmental  impact were
determined to be dependent upon an under-
standing of solubility equilibria operative
under defined environmental conditions.
Heavy metal  concentrations in the leachates
were found to be indicative of the attain-
ment of solubility equilibrium with the
metal sludges used and codisposed with
residential-type solid wastes.   Solubility
data, combined with  the persistence of low
levels of dissolved  sulfides, were confirm-
atory evidence of a  sulfide precipitant
control mechanism, modified to some degree
by the presence of other complexing influ-
ences.  Strong correlations of dissolved
zinc, cadmium, nickel and manganese levels
with the concentrations of aromatic hydrox-
yl groups in the leachates provided impor-
tant evidence that the major supplemental
complexing effect was likely due to the
presence of humic substances and tannins in
the leachate.  These latter results were
consistent with humic substances-heavy
metal interactions reported elsewhere.

      The demonstration of fundamental
sulfide control of heavy metals in leach-
ates, even when exposed to heavy metal
inhibition of associated microbially medi-
ated processes, provided additional assur-
ance that, with very few exceptions, co-
disposal  of heavy mstals with residential-
type solid wastes can be an effective
technique for accommodating limited quanti-
ties of such materials.  The results of
this research should lead to a better
understanding of this process and a deter-
mination of heavy metal loadings that can
be safely included in landfill  disposal
operations.  Of the heavy metals available
in the plating sludge employed during this
research, only zinc  exhibited high concen-
trations in the leachate and only briefly
during early phases of stabilization.
therefore, provided that the microbially
mediated processes necessary for production
of sulfides and other species are not
impeded by heavy metal toxicity, metals
such as Cu, Cd, Pb, Zn, Ni, and Fe should
be effectively removed by precipitation
and filtration as metal sulfides, particu-
larly when managed with leachate contain-
ment and recycle.  Moreover, due to the
highly confining nature of most landfills,
such removal  should be relatively perma-
nent and thereby should help alleviate
long-term closure concerns.
REFERENCES

1.  Pohland, F. G.  and Gould, J. P.
    1980. Stabilization of Municipal
    Landfills Containing Industrial Wastes.
    In:  Proceedings of the Sixth Annual
    Symposium.   Disposal of Hazardous
    Waste.  EPA-600/9-80-010.  U.S.
    Environmental  Protection Agency, Cin-
    cinnati, Ohio   242-253.

2.  Pohland, F. G., et_ a]_. 1981. Contain-
    ment of Heavy  Metals in Landfills
    with Leachate  Recycle.  In:  Proceed-
    ings of the Seventh Annual  Symposium.
    Disposal of Hazardous Waste.
    EPA-600/9-81-002a.  U.S. Environmental
    Protection  Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio
    179-194.

3.  Folin, 0. and  Denis, W. 1912. On
    Phosphotungsitc-Phosphomolybdic
    Compounds as Color Reagents, Jour.
    Biol. Chem. 12, 239.

4.  Sillen, L.  G.  and Martell,  A. E.
    1964. Stability Constants of Metal -
    Ion Complexes.   London:  The Chemical
    Society, Special Publication No. 17,
    753 pp.

5.  Sillen, L.  G.  and Martell,  A. E.
    1964. Stability Constants of Metal-
    Ion Complexes,  Supplementl   London:
    The Chemical Society.  Special Publi-
    cation, No. 25, 860 pp.

6.  Langlier, W. F., 1963.  The Analytical
    Control of Anti-Corrosion Water Treat-
    ment.  Jour. Amer. Uater Works Assoc.
    28, 1500.
                                           370

-------
 7.  Lind, C. J. 1970, Specific Conductance
     as a Means of Estimating Ionic
     Strength, U.S. Geol.  Surv. Prof.  Paper
     700D 272-280.

 8.  Russell, L. L. 1976.   Chemical  Aspects
     of Groundwater Recharge with Waste-
     waters Ph.D.  Thesis,  University of
     California at Berkeley.

 9.  Snoeyink, V.  D.  and  Jenkins, D.  1980.
     Water Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons,
     New York, 463 pp.

10.  Stumm, W. and Morgan, J. J. 1970.
     Aquatic Chemistry:  Wiley Interscience,
     NY 583 pp.

11.  Reuter, J. H. and Perdue, E. M.  1977.
     Importance of Heavy  Metal-Organic
     Matter Interactions  in Natural  Waters.
     Geochim. et Cosmochim. Acta 41,  325.
                                           371

-------
               DEGRADATION OF PENTACHLOROPHENOL AND PENTACHLORONITROBENZENE
                             IN A LABORATORY COMPOSTING SYSTEM
               L.  J.  Sikora,  D.  D.  Kaufman,  M. A. Ramirez,  and G. B. Willson

               Biological  Waste  Management and Organic Resources Laboratory
                          and Pesticide Degradation Laboratory,
                          AEQI, USDA, ARS,  Beltsville, MD 20705
                     and Maryland Environmental Service, Annapolis,  MD.

                                          ABSTRACT

    Methods were developed to determine the  degradation rates of organic compounds under
both composting and constant  temperature conditions to aid  in evaluating the relative
effects of composting as a means of treating hazardous industrial wastes.  Sewage
sludge-woodchip mixtures were treated with either l^C  labeled pentachlorophenol (PCP)
or pentachloronitrobenzene (PCNB)  at a concentration of 50  mg/kg (dry weight), and were
placed in a self-heating,  laboratory composter designed to  simulate composting
conditions, and a constant-temperature respirometer.  Peak  1^C02 evolution occurred
at temperatures in the thermophilic range (>55 C) in the composting studies which
indicates that thermophilic organisms may have the capability of degrading PCP or PCNB.
Preliminary data indicated that  composting was no more efficient in degrading PCP and
PCNB than degradation at a constant temperature of 25  C.
INTRODUCTION

    The use of composting as a means of
degrading organic industrial wastes has
received considerable attention recent-
ly.  A proposed benefit of a closed
reactor or an in-vessel composting system
is that it is a controlled system for
containment of toxic constituents that
may be subject to volatilization and/or
leaching during degradation.  Another
benefit is that temperatures could be
regulated during composting to maintain
rapid or efficient degradation if it
should occur in the thermophilic range.
Composting may partially degrade or
"soften" organic compounds that are re-
sistant to degradation by more conven-
tional means, thus allowing the more
traditional means of treatment such as
land disposal to become more successful.

    Although some research has been con-
ducted in this area, the data are consid-
ered preliminary and inconclusive.  Rose
and Mercer (1968) found that the insecti-
cides diazonin, parathion, and dieldrin
degraded rapidly when composted with
cannery wastes.  They also reported that
DDT was relatively resistant to degrada-
tion, probably because reductive
dechlorination of DDT requires anaerobic
conditions.  Deever and White (1978)
found significant reduction in the amount
of toluene-hexane extractable grease and
oil after composting petroleum refinery
sludges.  Epstein and Alpert (1980) sug-
gested that several classes of compounds
should be amendable to composting in
their review of data dealing with the
composting of crude and No. 6 oil, TNT,
pulp and paper mill wastes, and pharma-
ceutical wastes.  Mullins et al. (1981)
reported that 79% of diazinon added to a
mixture of dairy cattle manure and saw-
dust was lost after composting for 10
days and 68% of the chlordane added was
lost after composting for 16 days.

    The study reported herein involved
the evaluation of pentachlorophenol (PCP)
and pentachloronitrobenzene (PCNB)
degradation under both composting and
constant temperature conditions.  A
                                            372

-------
self-heating laboratory composter which
simulates field composting conditions in
the laboratory was used along with
constant temperature respirometer system
to follow the degradation of PCP and PCNB.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

    A newly designed self-heating,
laboratory composter which is described
in detail elsewhere (Sikora et al., 1982)
was used to examine the degradation of
PCP and PCNB under composting condi-
tions.  The laboratory composter consists
of a covered, double-walled, insulated
tank, an inner mesh cylinder which holds
the organic material, a heat-circulator,
and a differential temperature control
system (Fig. 1).  Constant temperature
studies were conducted using a manifold
system similar to that described by Parr
and Smith (1969).  Both systems allowed
for continuous aeration with C02- and
NH3- free air.  Two batches of wood-
chips (60% woodchips recovered from cured
compost by screening and 40% new chips)
and raw, limed, sewage sludge (filter
cake at 20% solids) were prepared in a
volumetric ratio of 1.8:1.  A mixture of
unlabeled and ^C-PCP was added to one
batch such that the final concentration
was 50 mg/kg on a dry weight basis with a
total radioactivity of around 10 micro-
curies.  Approximately 3 kg of the
mixture was placed in the laboratory com-
poster and 0.5 kg was placed in each of
two 3 1 jars and attached to the manifold
system.  Both unlabeled and 14C-PCNB
were added to the other batch to
establish the same concentration and
radioactivity for the composting and
respirometer studies.
    The composting and constant tempera-
ture studies were initiated simultaneous-
ly and sampled on a daily basis for 14
days, and less frequently thereafter.
Carbon dioxide was trapped in standard-
ized NaOH and determined by direct
titration of the remaining base after
BaCl2 addition.  One ml of the base was
added to 10 ml of Ready-Solv MP scintil-
lation cocktail 3/ and counted in a
scintillation counter to determine l^c
activity.  The condensates were also
analyzed for 14r, activity.
    Polyurethane plugs were placed  in the
exhaust line preceding the NaOH trap and,
in the case of the laboratory composter,
after the condensate collector  (Fig. 1).
The plugs were changed weekly,  extracted
with hexane, and analyzed for 14c
activity.

    Temperatures of the bath and the
sludge-woodchip mixture in the  laboratory
composter were recorded continuously
using a multipoint recorder.  The differ-
ence in temperature or the temperature
gap between the water bath and  sludge-
woodchip mixture for both the PCP and
PCNB studies were set at 0.5 C.  The
respiration experiments were conducted  in
a constant temperature room held at
25 C.

RESULTS

    Temperature differences were observed
between the PCP- and PCNB-treated
materials in the laboratory composter
(I.e.) (Fig. 2 and 3).  The differences
however, were not a result of the
amendments but a technical problem  that
was discovered after approximately  two
weeks.  The temperature gap monitored by
thermocouple readings was 0.5 C for the
I.e. containing PCNB, but 2.0 C for the
I.e. which contained PCP.  The  larger gap
results in a system with less insulating
qualities and hence less heat buildup and
lower maximum temperatures.  Because of
this larger gap, peak temperatures  were
not sustained for as long and the return
to ambient temperature was more rapid in
the I.e. containing PCP.
    The rate of total C02 evolution was
characteristic of studies using the same
sludge-woodchip mixture without an
organic chemical amendment (Sikora
et al., 1982).  The largest COg rate
occurred near day 7, followed by one or
two secondary peaks about day 13.  An
additional temperature peak occurred near
day 45 in the PCNB studies (Fig. 3) which
3J  Trade names are used in this
publication to provide specific informa-
tion.  Mention of a trade name does not
constitute a guarantee or warranty of the
product or equipment by the U.S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture nor an endorsement
over other available products.
                                            373

-------
O
cc
UJ

<
0

c
mt
t
<
L
C
a

a:
UJ
r—
u:
u.
o
\

1
s
c
1
1
i
•V
^
I
1
u
0
*
0
1
c
3
1
•m,
-*>
1
o
u_
o
J

cc
UJ
\-
LlJ
*

0.
<
or
h-
ft
Q.
1-
>
M
I
J
t
\\
(


X
mimt
P°
\
icz
ito

4

4
;
1
p^^^r 	
1 d39NVHOX3 1V3
^_L_
_'


«il
5J .







»(
i


1


b







1





j^
1







/




t-C
SnC
o
o
r

I
L


CA
THERMOCOUPLE
/




»
)
<
<






^

V




t»-





o:
o:
UJ







-------
375

-------
0>
                                 o      o     o      o              o
                                                                                                       LJ
                                                                                                                 ex
                                                                                                                 (O
                                                                                                                 O)
                                                                                                              OJ
                                                                                                              s_  s-
                                                                                                              .£-§-
                                                                                                              x: 01
                                                                                                              O JC
                                                                                                              o u
                                                                                                              cr>
                                                                                                              XJ
                                                                                                              E  Oi
                                                                                                              O  E
                                                                                                              S- •!-

                                                                                                                  O)
                                                                                                              C  0.
                                                                                                              O  X
                                                                                                              •r-  01

                                                                                                              3  O)

                                                                                                              o ••-

                                                                                                              01  in
                                                                                                                  o
                                                                                                              CM a.
                                                                                                              O  E
                                                                                                              CJ  O
                                                                                                             ^-   o

                                                                                                                  C7)
                                                                                                              -o  c
                                                                                                               CM
                                                                                                              O "a
                                                                                                              CJ  O>
                                                                                                                 -a

                                                                                                                 U
                                                                                                               O  O)
                                                                                                              4->  i.
                                                                                                                  ,
                                                                                                                  i
                                                                                                                 O
                                                                                                               Q; -r-   .
                                                                                                              »—  2: O
                                                                                                                     t/l
                                                                                                                     lO
                                                          376

-------
coincided with an increase in total C02
evolution.  This was not observed in the
PCP study as the system cooled more
rapidly.  There was no significant
difference in cumulative C02 from the
PCP- and PCNB-treated composts during the
initial 22 days (Fig. 4).  The PCNB study
continued for an additional 38 days until
its temperature returned to room
temperature.
    The constant temperature respiration
experiments which included sludge-wood-
chip mixtures both with and without PCP
or PCNB indicated that these chemicals
had no significant effect on the decom-
position process as determined by total
C02 evolution (Fig. 5, 6, and 7).  The
total C02-C per 100 g dry material was
the same, or less, for untreated versus
the PCP- or PCNB-treated mixture.  In
comparing cumulative C02-C from the
constant temperature experiment with that
from the I.e., there was no substantial
difference based upon 100 g dry weight,
which indicates that decomposition of
carbonaceous materials at high tempera-
tures was not more rapid than at 25 C.
(Fig.4)

    The cumulative C02-C data indicated
that the PCP or PCNB at 50 mg/kg concen-
tration did not affect the decomposition
of the sludge-woodchip mixture.  Decom-
position rates (g C02-C/24 hr) were in
the 5 to 7 range which approximates that
recorded in several previous studies
(Sikora et al., 1982).  The constant
temperature respiration studies indicated
that the PCP- or PCNB-treated samples had
decomposition rates equal to the
unamended controls (Fig. 4).

Recovery of 14C as 14CQ9 from
Pentachlorophenol

    Peak 14C recovery as 14C02 in
the composting of the PCP-treated mixture
occurred on day 11 with increases in
activity starting on day 4 (Fig. 2).  A
steady decrease in 14C02 evolution
occurred after day 11.  Peak 14C02
evolution did not coincide with the
maximum total C02  evolution which
occurred on days 4 and 5.  Peak
activity did take place while tempera-
tures were above 60 C which indicated
that a thermophilic population may be
involved  in the degradation of the PCP
molecule.  The percentage recovery of the
added  14c-PCP as 14C02 was approxi-
mately 2.3%.

    Degradation of PCP under constant
temperature conditions resulted in
distinct  14C02 peaks during the first
week of incubation (Fig. 5).  This was
followed  by a relatively constant level
of 14C02  production until day 20, at
which point there was an increased level
^4C02 evolution.  This latter
increase  coincided with an increased
total C02 output.  These data suggest
that the  microbial population in the
sludge-woodchip mixture may have adapted
to the degradation and metabolism of PCP.
    The percentage recovery of the added
14C-PCP was approximately 2.6%,
slightly higher than the recovery from
the laboratory composter.  These data
correlated with total C02 data which
indicated a slightly higher cumulative
C02 from the constant temperature
versus the laboratory composter studies
(Fig. 4).

Recovery of 14C as 14CQ2 from
Pentachloronitrobenzene
    The recovery of 14C02 from the
compost studies was similar to that
observed in the PCP studies for the first
23 days (Fig. 3).  The maximum 14C02
rate appeared near day 11 and declined
thereafter to near day 22 when an
increase was observed.  A secondary peak
was recorded on day 35 followed by a
decline and another peak on day 45, which
coincided with an increase in total C02
and temperature at that time.  The
largest peak occurred at a temperature of
80 C, which indicated that some
degradation of PCNB may have been by
thermophilic organisms.  The secondary
peak occurred at temperatures of 63 and
55 C which is still in the thermophilic
range.

    The evolution of 14C02 from PCNB
under constant temperature conditions
coincided closely with the increases and
decreases of total C02 evolution (Fig.
6).  The percent recovery for ^4C as
C02 in the constant temperature and
composting systems were about the same
                                         377

-------
Ld

O
g

\
UJ
ID
O
O
O
O
 .CM
     8.0
6.0
      4.0
      2.0
        O-
-O UNAMENDED  MIX-RESR

-• PCNB  AMEND.-COMPOST
             O
        A-
-O PCNB  AMEND.-RESP.


-A PCP  AMEND.-COMPOST

-D PCP AMEND.-RESP.
                  10
                     20       30      40

                          TIME  (days)
                                 50
60
    Fig. 4 Cumulative C02-C based on 100 g (dry weight) recorded from mixtures in

    constant-temperature respirometer or laboratory composter.
                                378

-------
     oo      o
 S2  ro      CM
rt\V-H\	r
O
              10
              I
                                                                     o
                                                                     CM
                                                                     10
                     to


                    ;o


                    LU
                                                                     LO
             O
             o
to

6
o
10
LO
C\J
6
                                           X +->
                                           •r- 01
                                           E E
                                             O
                                           Q. S_

                                           -C CL
                                           U 00
                                           T3 <1J
                                           O S-
                                           o

                                            I O
                                           Ol
                                           "O CO
                                           3 • —

                                           00 O)

                                           e^
                                           o +->
                                           S^ ro
                                           i+- S-
                                             (V
                                           C Q.
                                                                                   O £=
                                                                                   > ro
                                                                                   0) +->
                                                                                     00
                                                                                   CM C
                                                                                  o o
                                                                                  (_> u
 <\J
o -o
c_> O)
  -a
<— S-
 IC o
-(-> U
 o a)
I— s-

  Q-
LD C_J
  Q-
 • I
 cno
                                            0-200
                                         379

-------
01  *  WdQ
                                                   4->
                                                   *i—

                                                    3T




                                                    CD
                                                    0)

                                                    •t-J
                                                   -P >>
                                                    x -o
                                                   •i- 3
                                                    e •<->
                                                      (/)
                                                    CX
                                                   •i- i-
                                                   _e cu
                                                    o -i-'
                                                   -o 
                                                    i. ITS

                                                    4- S-
                                                      O)
                                                    C Q.
                                                    O E
                                                    •r- (1)

                                                    -(-> -(->
                                                    13  I
                                                    < — ' 4^>

                                                    O <=
                                                    ~> «}

                                                    OJ -I-"
                                                      c/l
                                                    CMC

                                                    O O
                                                    O O
                                                    "ST
                                                    (O Z5
                                                      -a
                                                    ' — S-
                                                    (O O

                                                    -)-> O
                                                    O QJ
                                                      CQ

                                                     • 2:
                                                    <£> C_)
                                                      Q_

                                                     • I

                                                     C71CJ
            o-zoo
      380

-------
-»M
                          381

-------
(2.06% versus 1.97%, respectively)
suggesting that degradation at mesophilic
versus thermophilic temperatures was
approximately equal.  Although there was
a minor increase in 1^C02 evolution
on day 23, there was no further major
increase in ^COj evolution such as
was observed at the conclusion of the PCP
experiment (Fig. 5).
DISCUSSION

    Methods have been developed to
determine the degradation rates of
organic compounds under both composting
and constant temperature conditions which
will aid in evaluating the relative
effects of composting as a means of
treating hazardous industrial wastes.

    Degradation of 14C-PCP and
14C-PCNB with evolution of 14C02
occurred under both thermophilic and
mesophilic conditions.  In the laboratory
composter, degradation of both compounds
was maximum around day 11, 2 to 3 days
after the total C02 maximum was
recorded.  Degradation of PCP and PCNB to
C02 normally involves several steps,
possibly by different groups of
microorganisms, and this mechanism may
have resulted in a delayed ^4C02 peak
past the peak total C02 activity.

    The preliminary data presented herein
indicated that PCP and PCNB can possibly
be degraded by thermophilic organisms in
a compost environment, but that
degradation may have proceeded at about
the same rate as in the constant
temperature system.  The data also
indicated that a concentration of 50
mg/kg of PCP or PCNB did not inhibit
degradation of carbonaceous materials in
the constant temperature or composting
systems.  In fact, a stimulation of C02
evolution was recorded, similar to what
Doyle (1979) recorded in manure or sludge
amended soils.

    In conclusion, preliminary data
indicate that PCP and PCNB may degrade at
about the same rate under composting as
constant temperature, aerobic
conditions.  Thus, composting could
possibly be used as a means of treating
PCP or PCNB containing materials.  Data
which still remain to be collected on
these samples are byproducts formed
during composting versus constant
temperature degradation, analyses for
nitrogen compounds,  and determination of
byproducts in condensates collected
during composting.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

This study was performed under
Interagency Agreement No. AD-12-F-0-055-0
between the U.S. Department of
Agriculture and U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency.  The authors
acknowledge the guidance and support of
Dr. Richard Mahler,  Project Officer, and
Dr. Carlton Wiles of the Municipal
Environmental Research Laboratory.

REFERENCES

Deever, W. R., and R. C. White.  1978.
Composting petroleum refinery sludges.
Texaco, Inc., Port Arthur, TX.  24 p.

Doyle, R. D.  1979.   The effect of dairy
manure and sewage sludge on pesticide
degradation in soil.  Ph.D. Dissertation
Univ. of MD., College Park, MD.

Epstein, E., and J.  E. Alpert.  1980.
Enhanced biodegradation of oil and
hazardous residues.   _Iin Proc. Conf. on
Oil and Hazardous Material Spills.
Information Transfer, Inc., Silver
Spring, MD.

Mullins, D. E., J. A. Petruska, R. W.
Nicholson, E. R. Collins, and R. W.
Young.  1981.  Preliminary studies
evaluating composting as a means for
pesticide disposal,   pp. 283-290.  _[n_
Land Disposal:  Hazardous Waste.  Proc.
Seventh Ann. Res. Symp., Philadelphia, PA.

Parr, J. F., and S.  Smith.  1969.  A
multipurpose manifold assembly:  use in
evaluating microbiological effects of
pesticides.  Soil Sci.  107:271-280.

Rose, W. W., and W.  A. Mercer.  1968.
Fate of pesticides in composted
agricultural wastes.  National Canners
Association, Washington, D.C.  27 p.

Sikora, L. J., M. A. Ramirez, and T. A.
Troeschel.  (1982)  Design and evaluation
of a self-heating laboratory composter.
(Submitted to J. Environ. Qua!.).
                                           382

-------
        THE FATE OF MUTAGENIC COMPOUNDS WHEN HAZARDOUS WASTES ARE LAND TREATED
                        K. W. Brown, K. C. Donnelly and B. Scott
                         Texas Agricultural Experiment Station
                           Soil and Crop Sciences Department
                                   Texas A&M University
                              College Station, Texas  77843
                                       ABSTRACT

     Land treatment may well be one of the most economical and environmentally sound
methods of waste disposal.  In order for land treatment to become a viable alternative,
a system is needed for evaluating waste degradation which can be used to determine the
environmental fate of mutagenic, carcinogenic, or teratogenic constituents of wastes
which are disposed of by land treatment.  Such a system is needed in order to prevent
contamination of the environment and possible transmission of genetic defects to future
generations.  A battery of three short-term bioassays are being investigated in the
development of a program for evaluating hazardous waste degradation.  Initially, the
cytoxic effects of ten wastes were evaluated in Aspergillus ni-dulans, Bacillus subtilis,
and Salmonella typhimuriwri.  From the ten original wastes, three were selected for
chemical fractionation and characterization of the mutagenic activity of the subfractions
in the three biological systems.  The three wastes selected for the characterization
phase of the project include a wood-preserving bottom sediment, methyl ethyl ketone
waste, and the liquid stream from the acetonitrile purification column.  Biological
analysis indicated that the most genotoxic waste was the wood-preserving bottom sediment.
This waste induced a strong positive response in all three bioassays.  The methyl ethyl
ketone waste induced genetic damage in the Aspepgillus bioassay only, while the
acetonitrile waste induced genetic damage in all three bioassays.
INTRODUCTION

     Land application of waste is a
method of disposal which when properly
designed provides for the recycling of
nutrients and water while toxic organic
constituents are retained and degraded in
the upper layer of soil.  Soil disposal of
hazardous waste is restricted by EPA
regulations to include only those wastes
which are rendered less or non-hazardous
by land treatment.  This research was
begun in order to develop a series of
biological test systems which can be used
both to evaluate the effect of land
application on the hazardous characteris-
tics of a waste, and as a monitoring tool
for a land treatment facility.

     The use of chemical analysis alone
is insufficient for several reasons.
First, it is difficult, if not impossible
to  predict the synergistic, antagonistic,
or additive interactions of the components
of a complex mixture from chemical
analysis alone.  In addition, certain
chemicals may be broken down into meta-
bolites that are more toxic than the
parent compound (Wright, 1980).  Under
such circumstances, a chemical analysis
would indicate degradation of the parent
compound, but would not necessarily
provide an indication of the increased
toxicity of the partially degraded
metabolite.  Finally, in some instances,
microbial activity can form genotoxic
compounds from non-toxic precursors, such
as occurs when nitrosamines are formed
from nitrite and primary amines in sewage
sludge (Alexander, 1981).  The analytical
                                          383

-------
scheme which is being developed utilizes
biological analysis to detect mutagenic
samples, followed by a chemical analysis
to define the composition of the mutagenic
sample.  Such a combined testing protocol
has been employed by Rao et_al., (1981) to
identify mutagenic fractions of synthetic
fuels, by Nestman et_ al_. , (1980) to
identify the mutagenic constituents of a
pulp and paper wastewater, and by Tabor
and Loper (1980) to identify the mutagenic
constituents in drinking water.

     In order to provide maximum sensiti-
vity in the bioassays, a battery of test
systems are being investigated.  The bio-
logical systems which are being evaluated
in the current study were selected to
detect a range of genetic damage including
point mutations, various types of chromo-
some damage, and inhibition of DNA repair.
The complete group of bioassays utilized
in this study, and the type of genetic
damage which they detect are given in
Table 1.  These test systems were selected
to respond to the various types of genetic
damage, to detect the anticipated compounds
in the wastes, and to provide for the
incorporation of metabolic activation in
the standard testing protocol.  All of the
test protocols include provisions for
solvent controls and positive controls.
These controls demonstrate the sensitivity
of the test system, the functioning of the
metabolic activation system, and also act
as an internal control for the biological
system.

     This research project is being
conducted in three phases.  In the waste
characterization phase, the acute toxicity
of ten hazardous wastes were evaluated in
the three microbial systems.  The acute
toxicity characterization is being
followed by a characterization of the
genetic toxicity of waste subfractions in
order to select three wastes for use in the
greenhouse and lysimeter study.  The
objectives of the greenhouse study (Phase
II) are to evaluate the genetic toxicity
of three wastes which have been applied to
two different soils, to monitor movement
and/or translocation of mutagenic waste
constituents into runoff water or plants,
and to monitor degradation of mutagenic
waste constituents in soil.

     In Phase III of the project, two
wastes will be applied  to two soils
contained in 55 gallon  lysimeters.  The
goals of the lysimeter study are to
evaluate the genetic toxicity of two
hazardous wastes applied to two soils.
Three short-term bioassays will be
utilized to monitor leachate water quality
as well as movement and degradation of
mutagenic waste constituents in soil.
This report will discuss the results
obtained thus far in Phase I (Waste
Characterization)  and the initial results
from Phase II (Greenhouse Study).
MATERIALS AND METHODS

Soil

     Two soils were selected to represent
a range of soil textures.  These soils
were a Norwood sandy clay (Typic Udiflu-
vent) and a Bastrop clay (Udic Paleustalf).
The characteristics of these soils are
given in Table 2.  Soils were analyzed
for mutagenic activity using the
Salfnonella/m'Lc'cosQme. assay only.
Waste

     Ten wastes were initially selected
for the project (Table 3).  Criteria for
the selection of the wastes were the
wastes amenability to land treatment and
large volume of production.  The acute
toxic effects of each waste were evaluated
in three bioassays.

     Fractional survival was determined
for the crude extract of all ten wastes
using at least one strain in each of the
microbial bioassays.  Overnight cultures
of the appropriate strain were grown to
a cell density of approximately 1 x 10.9
cells per ml and serially diluted from
10"1 through 10-6.  TO 2.0 ml of top agar,
0.1 ml of the microbial culture and 0.1
ml of the crude extract of each waste
were added, mixed on a vortex mixer, and
plated on a complete medium.  Cells were
exposed to a minimum of four dose levels
of the crude extract.  The plates were
incubated for 24 hours at 37°C and
fractional survival  (N/NO) determined by
comparing cell counts on exposed plates
to the cell count on plates exposed to
the solvent DMSO without the waste extract.
Three of the 10  wastes were then selected
for characterization of the chronic toxic
effects and for use  in the greenhouse and
lysimeter study.
                                           384

-------
                       TABLE 1.  BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS USED TO DETECT CEUOTOXIC COHPOUNDS IN HAZAKDOUS WASTE
Genetic Event
Organ! ora Detected Advantage^
PRQKARYOTES

subtilis damage in DMA cid^s, inorganics; can
repair deficient evaluate several DMA
strains. repair mechanisms ; large
data base.
typhimurium defined; end- point.


Di s ad van t ages


tiles; difficult to
quantify .


tiles; toxic mutagens,
certain chlorinated
hydrocarbon i>.

References


(1979).
Kada et al.
Tanooka et
(1978).
Skopek B £ i.
(1978).
liaroun dnd
(J981).



.,(1974)
al.,

-ii . ,
Ames,

         WHOLE PLANTS

         Trad&soctnti-a ap.
         Glyaine max
Point mutation;
chromosome
damage.
Point mutations;
chromosome
damage.
                                          Detects range of genetic
                                          damage including terra-
                                          togens; good correlation
                                          in compounds tested;
                                          chromosome organization
                                          similar to humans.
Trculssctmtia sensitive
to volatiles; cnroraobome
organization faimiiar to
humans;  good correlation
in compounds tested.
                     Linited data base;
                     inbufficient
                     number of trained
                     peryonnd,
Limited data ba&e;
cannot utilize
mammalian metabolism;
cell wall impermeable
to some compounds.
                  Scott et aZ.,(1982)
                  Scott et al., (1978).
                  Bjgnami el al,,
                  (1981).
                                                       Nauman et al., (1976).
                                                       Vlg, (1975).
                TABLE 2.  CHARACTERISTICS OF THE UNAMEHDEU SOILS USED IN THE GREENHOUSE AND LYSIMETER STUDY
                                                                                i<_ Activity
!(evertants/mg Revertant6/m;;
Soil
Series

Norwood
Bastrop
Sand Silt Clay Organic % Moisture
, Matter _„ ,«,* ur tf c«Tttl

48.2 15.2 36.6 1.4 7.69 12 18 33
60.3 10.0 29.7 1.0 6.86 6 22 25
of Organic
Extract of the Soil

47
365
Soil


.028
.292
        t     UP - Wilting Point.
        tt    FC - Field Capacity.
        ttt   SAT- Saturated.
      Dichloromethane was selected from a
group of agents to extract the organic
fractions of  the wastes and  the soil,  since
it  consistently provided the greatest
extraction efficiency  for the wastes used
(McGill and Rowell, 1980).   Six volumes of
dichloromethane were added to the waste or
waste soil mixture and mixed in a Waring
blender for thirty seconds.   This extrac-
tion was repeated twice or until the
extracting solvent remained  colorless.
Solvent extractions were then combined and
taken to dryness on a  Brinkman Bucci Rotary
Evaporator.   The residue from this  extrac-
tion was partitioned into acid, base,  and
neutral fractions following  the scheme
outlined in Figure 1.   The neutral  fraction
          of  each waste was  further  separated into
          four subtractions  using  sequential solvent
          extraction on a  silica gel column.  This
          extraction approximately separated the
          neutral fraction into saturate,  aromatic,
          and condensed ring fractions according  to
          the procedures of  Warner et_ al. ,  (1976) .


          Biological Analysis

                The  ability of samples to  induce
          genetic damage was measured in  three micro-
          bial systems  (Table 1).   Th.i bioassay using
          an eukaryotic organism,  Aspergillus
          nidulans  (a fungus) can  be used to detect
          point mutations  and small deletions induced
                                                 385

-------
in a haploid genome, or can be used as a
diploid organism to detect chromosome
abberations, mitotic recombination, gene
mutation, non-disjunction, recombinogenic
events, recessive lethals, and spindle
poisons.  These systems are capable of
detecting changes in the genetic entity
that are of relevance to the human species
and are sensitive to compounds not detect-
ed in the Salmonella assay (Lilly, 1965;
Scott et. al., 1978; Scott et &\^. , 1982).
In the first phase of this study, the
Aspergillus bioassay will be used to
assess the mutagenic potential of the acid,
base, and neutral fractions of hazardous
industrial wastes by evaluating the induc-
tion of mutations at the methionine
suppressor loci. Conidia from a different
single colony of the laethGl biAl
(requiring methionine and biotin) Glasgow
strain of Aspergillus nidulans grown for
5-6 days on a complete medium at 37°C were
used for each experiment.  Using the
methionine system, a response is consider-
ed positive if there is a positive slope
on the mutation induction curve, or  the
induced mutation frequency for at least
two exposures is more than twice the
spontaneous mutation frequency.  Samples
were tested at a minimum of three dose
levels and four exposure times. The proce-
dures used were the same as Scott et al.
(1978).  Mutant colonies were assayed by
spreading exposed cells on a methionine
free medium.  Mutant colonies were scored
after incubation for 5 days at 37°C.
Colonies were divided by physical appear-
ance into three classes, A, B, and C; and
the total number of mutant colonies. Using
the methionine system, mutant colonies can
be divided into three classes, each of
which involves two genes.  The colony
morphology of Class A colonies appear
green, Class B brown, and Class C green
with a white hyaline edge.  The frequency
of mutations induced by a  sample was
determined by subtracting from the total
mutation frequency in Classes A, B, C and
the total, the frequency of spontaneous
mutations which occurred in Classes A,B,C,
or the total.  A sample was considered
mutagenic if there was a positive slope on
the mutation induction curve, or the
induced mutation frequency for at least
two exposure times was more than twice the
spontaneous mutation frequency.  Positive
controls included  8-methoxpsoralen  (Sigma,
St. Louis, MO) plus near UV light without
activation, and benzo(a)pyrene  (Aldrich,
Milwaukee, WI), with metabolic activation.

     A microbial DNA repair assay was used
to measure the capacity of a sample to
produce increased lethal damage in DNA
repair deficient strains.  Six different
strains of B. subtilis deficient in
different recombination (Rec ) and/or
excision (Exc ) repair were used to test
for lethal DHA damage.  These included the
Rec~ strains rec A8_, rec B2, rec E4, mc-1;
Exc~ strain hcr-9; and Rec~, Exc~ strain
fh 2006-7.  All of these strains are
                 subti-lii
isogenic with
has all repair intact.
strain 168 which
                        These strains were
kindly supplied by Dr. I. C. Felkner of
Clements Assoc., Washington, B.C.  Over-
night cultures were grown in brain-heart
infusion broth (Difco, Detroit, Ml)
incubated at 37°C.  Each strain was streak-
ed radially on a nutrient agar plate to a
centrally placed sensitivity disc contain-
ing 100 pi of the test chemical.  After
incubation at 37°C for 18 hours, the
distance of growth inhibition from the
disc was measured in millimeters (Kada
et al., 1974).  A response was considered
positive if the distance of growth inhi-
bition was more than 2.5 mm greater in
one of the repair deficient strains than
in the repair proficient strain 168.
Mitomycin C (Sigma), methylmethane sulp-
honate (Aldrich), and sensitivity to
ultraviolet light, were  used as appro-
priate positive controls.  Quadruplicate
plates were run at each dose level for all
samples.

     Fractional survival (N/N ) was
determined for those strains showing the
greatest sensitivity (inhibition) to the
test chemical.  Brain heart infusion broth
was inoculated with the appropriate strain,
incubated at 37°C for approximately 16 h
until an OD ,_ of 0.3 was reached
(approximately 1.2 x 10^ cells per ml).
The cells were then diluted with brain
heart infusion media to an  OD,.,., of 1.16
(approximately 1.2 x 10$ cells per ml);
serially diluted with Spizizen's Minimal
Salts from 10"^ through 10~6 and plated
onto nutrient agar (Felkner _et_ _al. , 1979).

     The 5aZ.moneZ.Za/microsome assay as
described by Ames £t_ al.,  (1975) was used
to measure the ability of a sample to
revert strains of bacteria  to histidine
protrophy.  The subfractions of  three
wastes were tested with strain TA 98, a
                                           386

-------
            TABLE 3.  CHARACTERISTICS OF THE HAZARDOUS WASTE
Waste
                            EPA NO.
Physical       % Oil &     Suspected Genotoxic
  State         Grease        Constituents
Dissolved Air
  Floatation Float (DAF)     K048
Slop-Oil Emulsion
  Solids (SOE)               K049

Combo Sludge
  (API Separator and         K051
   Wastewater Treatment)
Storm-Water Runoff
  Silt  (SWRI)
Liquid Stream from
   Acetonitrile Purifica-    K013
   tion Column (ACN)

Methyl Ethyl Ketone
   (MEK)

Bio-Solids-Phenol            K022

Bio-Solids-Ag. Chem.

Wood-Preserving
   Bottom Sediments
   (Penta-S)                 K001
Wood-Preserving
   Wastewater
 Sludge            5




 Slurry           89


 Sludge           41
         Polynuclear
         Aromatic hydro-
         carbons
 Sludge




 Liquid



 Slurry

 Liquid

 Liquid



 Sludge




 Liquid
21




 1.8



97

 0.2

 0.2



27
         Polynuclear
         Aromatic hydro-
         carbons
Polynuclear
Aromatic hydro-
carbons
Ac etamide



Methyl cyanide

Phenols

Biocides
Pentachlorophenol
dioxin, Poly-
nuclear Aromatic
Hydrocarbons
         Pentachlorophenol
         dioxin, Poly-
         nuclear Aromatic
         Hydrocarbons
frameshift mutant, and TA 100, a base-
pair mutant, which were kindly supplied
by Dr. B, N. Ames of University of
California at Berkeley, Berkeley, Calif.
Overnight cultures were grown in Oxoid
No. 2 (KG Biological, Lenexa, KA) at 37°C.
Samples were tested in the two strains at
a minimum of four dose levels with and
without metabolic activation from Aroclor-
   1254 induced rat liver from Litton Bione-
   tics (Kensington, MD).  Positive controls
   as well as solvent and sterility controls
   were run.  The control which was used to
   verify metabolic activation was 10 yg
   2-acetylaminoflourine (Sigma)*, while
   * Mention of brand names  does  not
     constitute endorsement.
                                          387

-------
                                      CRUDE SAMPLE IN MECi_2
                                         EXTRACT WITH
                                               NAOH
                       ORGANIC
                                      AQUEOUS 2
                 I BASE AND NEUTRALS
                hXTRACT
         I
    2N NAOH   AQUEOUS
        _L
N HO.
                                            ACID
WITH  IN HCL
                                                              EXTRACT
       BASE
    EXTRACT WITH PIECL2
    ORGANIC   AQUEOUS
                                                  MECL2
                                    ORGANIC
    AQUEOUS

1
J\NE



SlLIC

I PE
it M
              Figure 1.  Fractionation scheme for waste-amended soils.
positive controls for TA 98 and TA 100 were
25 ug 2-nitrofluorine and 2 ug N-methyl-N*-
nitro-N-nitrosoguanidine, respectively. A
sample was considered to be mutagenic in
the Salmonella assay if the number of
mutant colonies at two successive dose
levels were more than twice the number of
spontaneous mutations which occurred in
the presence of the solvent alone.  In
order to differentiate histidine- indepen-
dent mutants from non-mutated survivors of
a toxic sample, selected mutant colonies
were transferred to a histidine free
medium.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Waste Characterization

     The acute toxicity of  eight hazardous
industrial wastes in three  biological
systems are presented in  Figures 2A-D  and
3A-D.  These studies were conducted  in
order to establish maximum  dose  levels for
the chronic toxicity study,  and  to
determine the potential short-term effects
of waste application on bacteria and fungi.
                         The acute toxicity of the bio-solids
                         phenol and bio-solids Ag. chem. wastes
                         are not included in these figures because
                         these wastes had very low organics
                         content and almost no toxic effect in the
                         bioassays at the levels tested.  Thus, it
                         was concluded that these wastes were not
                         of value to the project.  For most of the
                         wastes studied, the toxic effects were
                         greatest in prokaryotic Salmonella and
                         Bacillus; and least in eukaryotic diploid
                         Aspergillus.  Only the crude extract of
                         the methyl ethyl ketone waste  (Figure 3B)
                         was more toxic in the eukaryotic system
                         than in the systems using prokaryotic
                         organisms.  For the Aspergillus system,
                         only the wood-preserving liquid waste
                         (Figure 2C) exhibited a definite increase
                         in toxicity with increasing dose of the
                         waste, while the slop-oil emulsion solids
                         exhibited a slight increase in toxicity
                         with increasing dose.  For the Salmonella
                         and Bacillus systems, all waste extracts
                         studied produced an increase in toxicity
                         with increasing dose.  At least one dose
                         level was determined for each waste at
                         which less than 10% of the exposed prokar-
                         yotic cells survived.  This dose will be
                                            388

-------
                             STrPHIMURIUM {HAPLOID TAIOO)
                             B SUSrlLIS (HAPLOtD 160 wt )
                             A N1DULANSI DIPLOID)
                  DOSE/PLATE (mg)
                                                   <" 40
                                                                               S^TVPHIMUHIUM (HAPLOID TAIOO)
                                                                               B_SUBTILIS I HAPLOID I6B»I)
                                                                               A NIOULANS  (OIPLOID)
                                                                   DOSE/ PLATE (mg)
 Figure 2a.  Percent  survival of B. subtilis
             strain 168,  S.  typhimuvium
             strain TA 100,  and A. nidulans
             Diploid  109.  The cells were
             plated on a  complete medium
             after exposure  to various  con-
             centrations  of  wood-preserving
             bottom sediments waste.  The
             percent  survival (N/No x 100%)
             was then determined.
Figure 2b.   Percent  survival of B. subtilis
             strain 168.  S.  typhimuyium
             strain rA 100,  and A. nidulans
             Diploid  109.   The cells were
             plated on a  complete medium
             acetonitrile purification
             column waste.   The percent
             survival (N/No  x 100%) was then
             determined.
                            sjrvpimiyniuM ( HAPLOID TA 100)
                            B SUBTILIS (HAPLOID 168 wt)
                            A NIOULANS t OIPLOID}
                          X S TYPHIMURIUM IHAPLOIO TA100 I
                          0 R SUBTIL^ (HAPLOIOI68»II

                          " A NIDULANS I DIPLOID)
                                                                    DOSE /PLATE (mg)
                 DOSE/PLATE Img)
Figure  2c.   Percent survival of B. subtilis
             strain 168,  S,  typhimurium
             strain TA  100,  and A,  nidulans
             Diploid 109.   The cells were
             plated on  a  complete medium
             after exposure to various con-
             concentration  of wood-preser-
             ving liquid  waste.  The percent
             survival (N/No x 100%) was then
             determined.

used as  the maximum dose level for all sub-
sequent  testing with the waste as  well as
with soil  or water extract.
Figure  2d.   Percent survival of B. subtilis
             strain 168, S.  typhimurium
             strain TA 100,  and A.  nidulans
             Diploid 109.   The cells were
             plated on a complete medium
             after exposure  to various con-
             centrations of  slop-oil emulsion
             solids waste.   The percent
             survival (N/No  x 100%) was then
             determined.

     The potential genotoxic effects of the
subfractions of three hazardous wastes are
being evaluated in three microbial assays.
                                               389

-------
>
o:
<0 40
                           S TYPHIMURIyM{ HAPLOID TA100)

                           B^SUBTJLIS (HAPLOID 168 wt )

                           AJUDULANS (PIPLOID)
               DOSE/PLATE (mo.)

Figure 3a.  Percent survival of B.  subtilis
            strain 168T S. typhimurium
            strain TA 100. and A. nidulans
            Diploid 109.  The cells were
            plated on a complete medium
            after exposure to various  con-
            centrations of dissolved air
            floatation float waste.  The
            percent survival (N/No  x 100%)
            was  then determined.
                         X S TYPHIMURIUM (HAPLOID TAIOOt

                         o B SUBTILIS (MAPLOIO 166*11

                         A A NIDULANS (OIPLOID)
                         0 ?_SUBT1LIS {HAPLOID 168 wl)

                         & A NKWLANS ( DIPLOID)
                                                                 DOSE/PLATE(mq>
Figure 3b.   Percent survival of  B.  subtilis
             strain 168, 5.  typhimur>ium
             strain TA 100,  and A.  nidulans
             Diploid 109.  The cells were
             plated on a complete medium
             after exposure  to various
             concentrations  of methyl ethyl
             ketone waste.   The percent
             survival (N/No  x 100%)  was then
             determined.
                         X S TYPHIMURIUM ( HAPLOIO TA IOO)

                         o BjiUBTU-IS (HAPLOIO 168.11

                         A A NIOULAN3 (DIPLOID)
                                                               nn<;F / PI ATF fmn)
                 DOSE/PLATE (mg)
Figure  3c.   Percent survival  of  B.  subtilis
             strain 168, 5.  typhimurium
             strain TA 100,  and A.  nidulans
             Diploid 109.  The cells were
             plated on a complete medium
             after exposure  to various
             concentrations  of storm-water
             runoff impoundment waste. The
             percent survival  (N/No x 100%)
             was then determined.
Figure  3d.   Percent survival  of B.  subtilis
             strain 168, S.  typhimurium
             strain TA 100,  and A.  nidulans
             Diploid 109.  The cells were
             plated on a complete medium
             after exposure  to various
             concentrations  of combined API
             separator/waste-water treatment
             sludge waste.   The percent
             survival (N/No  x  100%) was
             then determined.
     The  distribution of mutagenic activi-
ty in  the subfractions of  the  liquid
stream from the acetonitrile purification
column (ACN)  is given in Table 4.   These
results  indicate the presence of both
direct  and indirect acting mutagens in all
subfractions of the ACN waste.   At the
highest  dose level tested,  the basic
                                             390

-------
                     TABLE 4.  MUTAOENIC ACTIVITY OF LIQUID STREAM FROM ACETOMITHILE
                            PURIFICATION COLUMH AS MEASURED WITH S. typhimunum
                            STRAIN TA98 AND TA100 WITH AND WITHOUT METABOLIC ACTIVATION
Strain
Sample Doae Level
(mg/plate)
Acid 5
2
1
0
0
0
.0
.5
.0
.5
.1
.01
Base 5.0
1
0
0
0
Neutral 10
5
1
0
0
.0
.5
.1
.01
.0
.0
.0
.1
.01
TA 98
TA 100
+ S.9 - S.9 + S.9
Revertant Colonies per nlate *~S.D.
*162
*122
* 45
30
30
20
*328
* 97
*62
35
20
*126
*106
* 55
J6
21
± 31
+ 2
+ 13
± 5
± 14
± *
± 5
i 32
± 1
t 15
± 2
± 10
± 21
± 5
± 19
+ 3
*69 -t 2.5
36 + 5
32 + 5
NT
15 ± 4
17 ± 4
*77 ± 12
36 ± 4
NT
20+1
17 ± 0
*67 ± 1
*55 ± 2
27 1 8
13 ± 1
15 ± 3
197

145

140

*366
173

120
140
*326
*289
87
97
79
±
NT
±
11T
+
NT
±
±
-
±
±
±
±
i
t
±
13

14
- S
188
149
85
.9
±
+
±

58
1
11
HT
18

76
4

18
8
47
15
34
39
25
80
80
109
112

92
87
131

102
93
85
±
+
i
±
-
±
+
±
-
i
i
*-
9
5
5
17

14
15
21

35
20
4
              N.T. Hot tested.
               *  Significant Increase. (Greater than two times background).
fraction of the ACH waste induced a muta-
tion rate ten  times background in strain
TA 98.

     The results  of testing the subtrac-
tions of the Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK)
waste in the Bacillus.,  Salmonella and
Aspergillus assays are  presented in
Tables 5, 6 and 7, respectively.  The
order of toxicity of  the  subfractions in
B. subtilis is acid>base>neutral; however,
one of the fractions  induced increased
lethal damage  in  DNA  repair deficient
strains.  The  acid fraction was considered
to be most toxic  because  it did induce a
slight increase in lethal damage in the
DNA repair deficient  strain mc-1; and,
because at dose levels  greater than 2.5mg
per plate, the toxic  effects of the acid
fraction were  such that no bacterial
growth was observed.  In addition, none of
the MEK waste  fractions induced a signifi-
cant increase  in  mutations in Salmonella
(Table 6).  While the acid and neutral
fractions did  induce  a  slight increase in
the mutation frequency  for strain TA 98
with metabolic activation, the increase
was not greater than  two  times background.
The neutral fraction  of the MEK waste did
induce an increase in the mutation
frequency in Aspepg-'llus.  The results in
Table 7 show  that  after  80  min exposure,
the total induced  mutation  frequency was
thirty times  greater  than the total
induced mutation frequency  at time 0.
The results with the  methyl ethyl ketone
waste indicates that  none of the waste
fraction interfere with  DNA repair or are
capable of inducing point mutations in
S. typhimurium.  Preliminary results do
however indicate that the constituent(s)
of the neutral  fraction  is  capable of
inducing forward mutations  in Aspergillus.

     The wood-preserving bottom sediments
induced genetic damage in all three micro-
bial assays.  In the  Bacillus assay, the
acid fraction produced increased lethal
damage in the recombinant repair deficient
strain rec E4 both with  and without meta-
bolic activation (Table  8).  The level of
mutagenic activity induced  by the wood-
preserving waste subfractions in
S. typhimurium  are given in Table 9. These
results indicate that the acid, base, and
neutral fractions  were mutagenic in
Salmonella.   All fractions  required meta-
bolic activation in order to reach their
ultimate mutagenic form. The acid
fraction was  most  mutagenic in strain
TA 98 (frameshift  mutation); while, the
base fraction was  most active in strain
                                           391

-------
                TABLE 5.
                             OF ^ACTIONS OF METHYL ETHYL KETONE HASTE TO INDUCE INCREASED
                          LEINAL DAMAGE IN DBA REPAIR DEFICIENT STRAINS 01? B. eubtilie
	 	 	 	 • 	 	 	 	 	 	 onc-t-t t-t-t.
Waste
Fraction
Acid
Base
Neutral

°°se Growth Inhibition fmm)

(«,g/pla,.e, Strain: 168 wt. recE4 ' recAS hcr-9 	 fn'2006-7 '
2'5 6.3 5.1 6.6 6.3 6.
10'° 2-0 L9 2.6 1.7 o.
10.0 15 14 28 27

.3
,0

,5

mc-1
8.4
1.4

2.3

             TABLE  6.   MUTAGENIC ACTIVITY OF M-E-K WASTE AS MEASURED WITH
                        5.  typhimurium STRAIN TA 98 AND TA 100 WITH  AND
                                  WITHOUT METABOLIC ACTIVATION
Strain
Sample

Acid



Base





Neutral



Dose Level
(nig/plate)

2.5
1.0
0.5
0.1
5.0
2.5
1.0
0.5
0.1
0.01
5.0
1.0
0.5
0.1

+

*43
22
29
14
33
18
24
28
29
22
«,*
25
24
24
TA 98
S.9
Revertant
± 3
± 2

J 1
t 2
i 1
± 1
± I
± 1
i 2
i 6
± 8
± 1
± 8

- S
TA 100
.9 -1- S.9

- S.9
Colonies per plate ± S.D.
30
22
27
40
36

21
18
17
17
20
21
18
25
± 9
± 7
i 9
i 23
±4 65+3
7 ±
±6 78 i 1
± 1
±2 70 1 2
± 4
t 6 100 ± 14
±7 79 ± 5
t 2
± 4
77 ±9
;0 tl
80 2
74 iO
94 ±5
84 J5
75 ±5
81 ±1
80 +2

110 ±16
67 ± 2
73 ± 4
86 ± 2
             * - Significant increase.(Greater than twice bac
TA 100 (base-pair substitution).   The
results in Tables 10-12 show that the acid,
base and neutral fraction  of the  wood-
preserving waste induced increased mutation
frequencies in Aspergillus nidulans.   In
the eukaryotic system, none of  the waste
fractions required metabolic activation to
induce a significant  increase in  the muta-
tion frequency.  These results  indicate
that genotoxic compounds are present in the
acid, base, and neutral fractions of the
wood-preserving waste; and, that  these
fractions require some form of  activation,
either intercellular  as in Aspergillus or
metabolic as  in Salmonella, to  reach their
ultimate mutagenic form.
kground).
  mixed with the Norwood soil at a rate of
  4.5  g extractable hydrocarbon per 100 g
  soil are  shown in Figures 4-7.  These
  results demonstrate the ability to recover
  approximately equal amounts of mutagenic
  activity  from the acid and base fractions
  of the waste, and the waste/soil mixture.
  The  results in Figures 6 and 7 indicate
  that greater amounts of mutagenic activity
  can  be recovered from the neutral fraction
  of the waste/soil mixture than from  the
  waste or  soil alone.   The adsorption of
  the  higher molecular weight, and perhaps
  more toxic compounds, may have allowed a
  greater expression of the non-adsorbed
  mutagenic compounds.
Greenhouse Study

     The results obtained from testing the
subfractions of the  wood-preserving waste
obtained immediately after the waste was
   CONCLUSIONS

        These results demonstrate  the  appli-
   cability of short-term bioassays  in the
   analysis of complex environmental mixtures
                                            392

-------
                TABLE 7.  THE EFFECT OF THE NEUTRAL FRACTION OF A METHYL ETHYL KETONE WASTE ON THE
                             FREQUENCY OF INDUCED MUTATIONS IN Aaper'gillus nidulans.
Expos
Dose
(mg/plate)
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
ure
Time
(minutes)
0
15
20
30
45
80
Number of
Cells Plated
2.4
2.8
1.4
1.7
1.3
0.9
x 1Q1
xlO7
xlO7
x 107
*107
xlO7
Surviving
Fraction
1.0
0.89
0.83
0.55
0.72
0.52
Mutation
A
4.27
6.19
1.44
1.06
1.71
Frequency per 10 Survivors
0 C TuLol
2.27 7.68 6.61
9.67 2.22 13.3
4.80 4.09 19.6
9.59 3.93 19.9
1.11 5.44 30.6
            TABLE U.  CAPAdTY OF FRACTIOUS OF WOOD-PRESERVING WASTE TO !NDUCE INCREASED LETHAL DAMAGE
                         IN DNA REPAIR DEFICIENT STRAINS OF 8. Bubtilis.

Waste Metabolic
Fraction Activation ~~
Acid +
W ng/pt
Baaa +
10 mg/pt
Neutral +
10 mg/pt
Growth
Strain: 168 wt. recE4
13.9 17.6*
12.0 14.6*
U o
0.38 0.35
0.43 0.37
2-3 2.2
Inhibition (nm)
recAB
14.6
11.?
1.2
0.68
0.20
3.0
hcr-9
15.3
12.9
0
0
0
l.fl

15.0
13.4
1.1
0.2
1.0
2.3

14.2
12.9
1.5
0
0
2.1
	
          * Significantly Inhibited.
such as hazardous  wastes.  The results
obtained from biological analysis of  three
hazardous wastes  indicate that not  all
hazardous wastes  will contain appreciable
levels of mutagenic activity.  Biological
analysis indicated the presence of  muta-
genic and DNA damaging compounds in the
wood-preserving waste, and mutagenic  com-
pounds in the acetonitrile waste.   By
utilizing biological analysis, we were
able to isolate the source and define the
type of genotoxic activity in waste sub-
fractions.  While the complexity of waste/
soil interactions prevent the extrapolation
of these results  to other wastes and  soils,
these short-term  tests can provide  a  more
accurate and  less  expensive means of  assay-
ing the hazardous  nature of a complex
mixture.  More research is needed to  better
define the  limitations of the various
biological  systems and to improve the
chemical analysis  of the mutagenic  sub-
fractions.  While biological analysis may
be capable  of identifying and aiding in the
isolation of  mutagenic subfractions,
improvements  are needed in the  chemical
analysis in order to identify the  compo-
nents of a  mutagenic subfraction.   If
these forms of analysis can be  refined and
improved, then this type of combined
testing protocol should provide a  rapid and
accurate risk assessment for any complex
mixture in  the environment.
                                             393

-------
TABLE 9.  LEVEL OF MUTAGENIC ACTIVITY INDUCED BY SUBTRACTIONS OF WOOD-PRESERVING BOTTOM
            SEDIMENT AS MEASURED 111 S.  Typhimurium STRAINS TA 98 AND TA 100.
Sample Dose
(mg/plate)
Acid 1.0
0.5
O.I
0.01
0.05
0.005
Base 5.0
2.5
1.0
0.5
0.1
0.01
Neutral 2.5
1.0
0.5
0.1
0.05
0.01


Strain
TA 98
^ S.9
Toxic
Toxic
*70 +
*66 ±
36 +
14 ±
Toxic

*59 +
M ±
*41 1
*43 +
37 i
*63 ±
*49 +
* 58 ±

22 t



29
11
13
4


36
12
29
3
14
26
11
31

4
- S.9 + S.9
Toxic
Toxic 118 ±
28 ± 8 *238 +
20 ± 6 84 i
148 +


Toxic
19 ± 5 *480 ±
*246 +
18+3
24+4 114 ±
34+9 Toxic
27+5 171 +
111 ±
21+5 122 ±
67 1
18 t 4 122 ±


TA 100


98
146
41
106



299
66

28

123
67
36
9
32
- S.9


65 ± 5
66 ± 10



Toxic
*237 + 37
70+8
72 i 8
91 i 3






  * Significant increase.  (Greater than twice background).
 TABLE 10.  THE EFFECT OF THE ACID FRACTION OF A HOOD-PRESERVING BOTTOM SEDIMENT ON THE FREQUENCY
                       OF INDUCED  MUTATIONS IH Aapergillus nidularis
Exposure
Dose Time
(mg/plate (Minutes)
0.05 0
0.05 15
0.05 30
0.05 40
0.05 60
TABLE 11. THE EFFECT
Exposure
Dose Time
(mg/plate) (minutes)
0.5 0
0.5 15
0.5 30
0.5 60
Number of Surviving
Cells Plated Fraction
1.5 x 107 1.00
1.1 x 107 0.73
5.3 x 106 0.39
2.2 x 106 0.14
4.0 x 105 0.02
.Mutation Frequency per 10
A B C

5.1 1.7 7.9
1.4 6.1 3.8
5.0 1.8 4.5
1.2 4.8 3.8
Survivors
Total

14
80
72
110
OF THE BASE FRACTION OF A WOOD-PRESERVING BOTTOM SEDIMENT ON THE
REQUENCY OF INDUCED MUTATIONS IN Aapergillus nidulona
Number of Surviving
Cells Plated Fraction
2.0 x 107 1.0
2.0 x 107 0.98
1.4 x 107 0.71
1.2 x 107 0.62
Mutation Frequency per 10
ABC
.
4.36 0 5.36
1.77 1.76 1.06
1.46 3.06 4.99
Survivors
Total
-
1.32
20.50
18.20
                                               394

-------
          TABLE 12.   EFFECT OF  THE NEUTRAL FRACTION OF A WOOD-PRESERVING BOTTOM SEDIMENT ON THE
                                       FREQUENCY OF  INDUCED MUTATIONS  IN Aspergi I Ins nidlllans

Exposure
Dose Time
(ing/plate) (minutes)
0,1 0
0.1 15
0,1 18
0.1 30
0,1 45
0.1 30
0.1 140
Number of
Cells Plated
1.9 x 107
1.5 x 107
1.4 x 107
1. 1 x 107
0.90x 10'
0.47x 107
0.24x 107
Surviving Mutation Frequency per 10 Survivors
Fraction A
1.0
0.79 5.76
0.73 11.70
0.58 8.52
0.49 14.30
0.26 19.8
0.12 95.6
B
_
2.12
1.21
2.36
3.64
4.71
10.83
C
-
4.40
7.03
2.65
4.20
4.08
-..18
Total
-
31.
24.
34,
54,
71.
208,

.3
. 6
.8
,9
,0
,1
                                          X  NORWOOD SOIL (CRUDE)
              .4      .«      .1
                  DOSE/ PLATE(mg)
                                                                                                                    X  NORWOOD  SOIL (CRUDEI
                                                                                                                    o  WOOD-PRESERVING
                                                                                                                       WASTE (BASE )
                                                                                                                       WASTE < SOIL
                                                                                                                    •  (BASE - DAY 01
                                                                                 4      .<      8      I
                                                                                      DOSE/PLATE (mg)
                                        X  NORWOOD SOIL (CRUDE)
                                        o  WOOD-PRESERVIN8 WASTE
                                           NEUTRAL)
                                        •  WASTE* SOIL
                                           (NEUTRAL-DAY 0)
                                                                                                                 X  NORWOOD SOIL (CRUDE)

                                                                                                                 o  WOOO-PRESERVIN8 WASTE
                                                                                                                    (NEUTRAL)
                                                                                                           • WASTE* SOIL
                                                                                                             (NEUTRAL-DAY 0)
.1         .8                I
           DOSE/PLATE (mg)
                                                                                           S                ITS
                                                                                              DOSE/PLATE (mg)
e b.  Initial Effect of Soil. Application on the Mutagenic Activity .if Neutral
    of Wood-preserving Waste as Measured wfch S, Ty^hi^unur Strains IA 98 w
                                                               395

-------
REFERENCES
1.  Alexander, M.  1981.  Biodegradation of
    chemicals of environmental concern.
    Science Vol. 211: 132-138.

2.  Ames, B. N., J. McCann, and E.Yamasaki.
    1975.  Methods for detecting carcinogens
    and mutagens with the Salmonella/mamma-
    lian microsome mutagenicity test.
    Mutat. Res. 31: 347-364.

3.  Bignami, M., G. Conti, R. Crebelli and
    A. Carere.  1981.  Growth-mediated
    metabolic activation of promutagens in
    Aspergillus nidulans.  Mutat. Res. 80:
    265-272.

4.  Felkner, I. C., K. M. Hoffman and
    B. C. Wells.   1979.  DNA-Damaging and
    Mutagenic Effects of 1,2-Dimethylhydra-
    zine on Bacillus subtilis Repair-
    Deficient Mutants.  Mutat. Res. 68:
    31-40.

5.  Haroun, L. and B. N. Ames.  1981. The
    Salmonella Mutagenicity Test: An Over-
    view, pp. 108-119.  Ill H. F. Stich and
    R. H. C. San (ed.). Short-Term Tests
    for Chemical Carcinogens. Springer-
    Verlag, New York.

6.  Kada, T., M. Morija, and Y. Shirasu.
    1974.  Screening of pesticides for DNA
    interactions by REC-assay and mutagenic
    testing and frameshift mutagens detect-
    ed.  Mutat. Res. 26:243.

7.  Lilly, L. J.   1965.  An investigation
    on the suitability of  suppressors of
    methAl for the study of induced and
    spontaneous mutations.  Mutat. Res. 2:
    192-195.

8.  McGill, W. B.  and M. J. Rowell.  1980.
    Determination  of oil content of oil
    contaminated soil. The Sci. of the
    Total Environ. 14: 245-253.

9.  Nauman,  C.H.,  A. H. Sparrow, and
    L. A. Schairer.  1976.  Comparative
    effects  of ionizing radiation and  two
    gaseous  chemical mutagens on somatic
    mutation induction in  one mutable  and
    two non-mutable clones of Tradesaantia.
    Mutat. Res. 38: 53-70.
10.  Nestmann, E. R., E. G. H. Lee,
     T. I. Matula, G. R. Douglas and
     J. C. Mueller.  1980.  Mutagenicity
     of constituents identified in pulp and
     paper mill effluents using the
     SaZmoneZ-Ia/mammalian-microsome assay.
     Mutat. Res. 79: 203-212.

11.  Rao, T. K., B. E. Allen, D. W. Ramey,
     J. L. Epler, I. B. Rubin, M. R. Guerin
     and B. R. Clark.  1981.  Analytical
     and biological analyses of test mater-
     ials from the synthetic fuel techno-
     logies. III. Use of Sephadex LH-20 gel
     chromatography technique for the
     bioassay of crude synthetic fuels.
     Mutat. Res. 85: 29-39.

12.  Scott, B. R., A. H. Sparrow, S. S.
     Lamm, and L. Schairer.  1978.  Plant
     metabolic activation of EDB to a
     mutagen of greater potency.  Mutat.
     Res. 49: 203-212.

13.  Scott, B. R., E. Kafer, G. L. Dorn,
     and R. Stafford.  1982.  Aspei-igillus
     nidulans: systems and results of  test
     for induction of mutation and mitotic
     segregation.  Mutat. Res.(In press).

14.  Skopek, T. R., J. L. Liber, J. J.
     Krowleski, and W. G. Thilly.  1978.
     Quantitative forward mutation assay
     in Salmonella typhimwfium using 8-
     azaguanine resistance as a genetic
     marker.  Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci.  75:
     410.

15.  Tabor, M. W. and J. C. Loper.  1980.
     Separation of mutagens from drinking
     water using coupled bioassay/analyti-
     cal fractionation.  Int. J. Environ.
     Anal. Chem. 8:197-215.

16.  Tanooka, H., N. Munakata, S. Kitahara.
     1978.  Mutation induction with UV-
     and x-radiation in spores and vegeta-
     tive cells of Bacillus subtillis.
     Mutat. Res. 49: 179-186.

17.  Vig, B.  K.   1975.  Soybean  (Glycine
     max):  a  new  test  system  for study of
     genetic  parameters as affected by
     environmental mutagens. Mutat. Res
     31: 49-56.
                                            396

-------
18.  Warner, J0 S.  1976. Determination of
     aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons
     in marine organisms»  Anal. Chem0 48:
     578.

19.  Wright, A. S0  1980.  The role of
     metabolism in chemical mutagenesis
     and chemical carcinogenesis.
     Mutat. Res. 75: 215-241.
                                            397

-------
                             EVALUATION OF SUBSURFACE EFFECTS
                                 OF LONG-TERM LANDFARMING

                                      R.L. Huddleston
                                        Conoco,  Inc.

                                        J.E.  Rucker
                                American Petroleum Institute

                                 K.W. Brown and L.E. Deuel
                                    Texas A&M University
                                         ABSTRACT
   A study has been conducted  at  five  old petroleum industry  landfam sites  to  evaluate  the
potential for migration of key waste constituents.  Results have shown that refinery oily
wastes loaded onto the soil have been degraded without  appreciable migration of  degradation
producte,, and metals have remained in the waste application zone.
 INTRODUCTION

      The addition of wastes to soil as a
 treatment-disposal mechanism is an ancient
 practice,  but only in recent years have
 there been significant efforts to  manage aid
 limit such additions in order to maximize
 environmental protection and treatment
 efficiency.   The planned,  controlled appli-
 cation of  wastes to soil for treatment-
 disposal has become known  as land  treatment
 or  landfarming and is becoming an  increas-
 ingly utilized waste management practice,
 especially for solid wastes.

      One category of wastes for which land-
 farming has  been extensively used  is oily
 refinery wastes.   Such wastes come from a
 variety of sources including wastewater
 treatment  facilities, tank cleaning, or
 specific process facilities.  The  oil in
 these wastes is not effectively decomposed
 in  anaerobic landfill environments, and
 the wastes'  water content  typically makes
 incineration an expensive, fuel-consuming
 process.  Thus, landfarming has become
 an  increasingly important  mechanism for
 handling these materials.   Additionally,
 the aerobic  biodegradation of oil  in the
 soil may add beneficial matter to  the
 soil matrix.
     Raymond et al. (1975) showed that oil
applied to soils at the rate of 100 bbls/
acre resulted in no oil lost in either run-
off or leachates generated.  However, they
did report significant ether extractable
materials in leachate waters,   suggesting
incomplete degradation and possible mobil-
ity of some oil components.

     Subsurface water quality  could be
adversely affected by low  redox potentials
associated with saturated  soil conditions
or overloading the soil with highly bio-
degradable matter, if contaminant solubi-
lities are significantly enhanced.  Fuller
(1977) reported enhanced mobilities for
As, Cr, Cu, Fe, and Zn under reducing
environments (unoxygenated).   Movement of
metals through soluble metal-organic com-
plexes were also reported  as a potential
means of enhanced mobility.


     Applications of organics  to soil tend
to increase soil acidity (Briton et al.,
1976), and most metals have increased solu-
bilities under acidic soil reactions
(Chaney, 1973; MacLeon and Dekker, 1976).
The potential for an enhanced mobility
will largely depend upon pH and buffering
capacity of the soil.
                                            398

-------
     Anions present special problems with
respect to rate of movement through soils
relative to water (Thomas and Swoboda, 1970).
The phenomenon is apparently dependent on
the cation exchange capacity in that
negatively charged clay surfaces repel
anions, effectively reducing the volume
of water needed to leach a given anion.

    Numerous studies over the past few
years indicate that many oily wastes can
be safely and effectively managed by land-
farming.  Data has been generated to show
that at least over the short term, waste
oil is slowly but progressively degraded
by the soil microbial flora and that oil
and metals leaching are not problems.
However, these studies have not provided
data to adequately evaluate potential long
term waste migration problems.  Clearly,
the availability of such long term data
would be of considerable value in better
judging the environmental safety of land-
farming oily wastes and could apply, to
some extent, to landfarming of other wastes.

     The primary objective of this study
was to determine the potential for down-
ward migration of constituents following
the long term utilization of specific sites
for land treatment of refinery waste
sludges.

EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN

     A simple technique, whereby natural
background levels of a given parameter
are compared to values measured for
treated soils, at corresponding depth
intervals, was employed to evaluate
mobility of waste constituents or lack
thereof.

     Five sites which had been used for
land treatment of oily wastes for more than
five years were selected for study.  They
were selected principally on the basis of
geographical and climatological diversity,

Sampling

     The scheme employed was dictated by
field conditions.  All sites were cored
to a depth of 12 feet, with the exception
of site A, where consolidated parent mater-
ial was intercepted at approximatjly 48
inches.  Multiple soil cores were taken
within the treatment facility and composited
with respect to a given depth interval.
Analyses were made for the parameters of
interest following transport of the samples
to the laboratory.  Samples were trans-
ported and maintained in cold storage
until analyzed.

Analyses

     Soil Properties:  Appropriate soil
analyses were made to provide a data base
for correlative interpretation of the over-
all study results.  These included pH,
Peech, 1965; specific conductance,  Bower
and Wilcox, 1965; texture, Day 1965; cation
exchange capacity, Chapman, 1965a; soluble
and exchangeable cationic distribution,
Chapman, 1965b.  In addition, soils were
analyzed for NCs-N, Bremner, 1965, and
chloride and sulfate by specific anion
electrode technique,

     Metals :  Subsamples of each composite
were digested with nitric acid and hydrogen
peroxide.  The latter was added to facili-
tate the destruction of organics and oxida-
tion of the various metallic species.  Fol-
lowing digestion, metals were analyzed in
accordance with EPA protocol (EPA methods
206.3, 213.1, 218.1, 245.1, 239.1, 270.2,
249.1, and 286.1).  Atomic absorption
spectroscopic technique was used for speci-
fic metal analyses, with the exception of
 arsenic;  which was analyzed by colori-
metrlc technique following conversion to
its hydride and complexing with silver
diethyldithio-carbamate in a pyridine base.
An aliquot of the metal digest was eva-
porated to a very low volume in the presence
of a sulfuric, hydrochloric acid matrix
to purge traces of nitric from the sample
prior to arsine generation.

     Organics: In addition to the above
inorganic soil properties and/or consti-
tuents, each segmented core was analyzed
specifically for total organic carbon,
Allison, 1965; and extractable oil and
grease by a modified procedure of
Dibble and Bartha, 1979.

      Orpanics  extracted  fror  the  first
 three  depth intervals were  column  fraction-
 ated  prior  to  pas  chromatograDhic  analysis
 (GC).   KO attempt was made  to  fractionate
 organics  in samples  from lower  depths prior
 to GC  analyses  due  to relatively  low  ex-
 tractable levels.   Extracts were dried  over
 anhydrous Na2SO,/f  and reduced  to a known
volume  by vacuum  distillation.  Methylene,
 chloride was  evaporated  froir  an aliquot, and
pravimetrically assayed  to  determine  the
                                            399

-------
extractable residue level.  Another aliquot
was evaporated with a gentle stream of dry
nitrogen, and constituents resolubilized in
hexane for loading onto a silica gel
column, and subsequent fractionation into
saturates, aromatics, and higher condensed
polynuclear aromatics.

     Fractionation was achieved by loading
a 0.2% solution of hydrocarbons onto lOg
of activated silica gel.   The sample vial
was rinsed with approximately 2ml petroleum
ether, and rinse transferred to the column,
followed by elution of saturates with 25ml
of petroleum ether.  The sample vial was
rinsed with 2ml of 20% methylene chloride
in petroleum ether, loaded onto the column,
followed by elution of aromatics with 50ml
of 20% methylene chloride in petroleum
ether.  A final rinse of the sample vial
was made with methylene chloride and loaded
onto the column, followed by elution of
carbazoles and some higher condensed poly-
nuclear aromatics.  Lastly, the silica gel
was rinsed with methanol to recover some
of the higher molecular weight materials
retained by the column.  This fraction was
analyzed by High Pressure Liquid Chroma-
tograpy (HPLC).

     Characteristic GC profiles were devel-
oped using a temperature programmed Tracer
Model 560GC, equipped with a flame ioniza-
tion detector.  The GC was fitted with a
6ft. by I/A inch ID glass column packed with
3% OV-1 on 80/100 mesh phrochromosorb W.
Column temperature was programmed between
100°and240° C  at 3° C per minute, with an
initial hold setting of 10 minutes and
final hold of 40 minutes.  Quantitation was
accomplished by comparing detector response
measured electronically as an integrated
peak area, relative to the total carbon in-
jected for known materials.  A myriad of
saturates, aromatics, and polynuclear aro-
matics were routinely employed in assessing
detector response.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Particle Size Distribution

     Physical properties of a soil are
defined as those characteristics, processes,
or reactions of a soil which are caused by
physical forces, but for all practical
purposes integrally related to particle
size.  The particle size distribution
determined for treated sites and adjacent
soils with respect to depth are shown in
Tables 1 through 5, along with their
corresponding USDA textural classifications.
Site A reflects a medium textured (loam)
surface over a clay.  Treated and untreated
soils at site B ranged from medium to coarse
texture throughout the profiles.  A coarse
texture (sand) dominated the profile
developed at site C.  Site D was typically
medium textured, becoming coarser with
depth.  Site E can best be described as a
heavy clay.

     The mobility of most constituents
would be favored by open coarse textured
soils such as found at site C.  Anionic
mobility may be greater in deep clay pro-
files.  Textural discontinuities, such
as demonstrated at sites A,B, and D would
tend to impede water transmission and down-
ward movement of soluble constituents.  The
greater macroporosity of coarse textured
soils tends to favor aeration necessary
for efficient microbial oxidation of
organics.  Textural discontinuities in
high rainfall areas may prove detrimental
to degradation rates of organics as a re-
sult of lowered gaseous exchange rates.

Cationic Distribution

    Profiles reflecting CEC and cation
distribution are shown in Tables 6
through 10.  Some of the calcium and
magnesium reported as exchangeable cations
exceed CEC values due to sparingly soluble
sulfate and/or carbonate salts.  CEC
levels generally reflect corresponding
clay contents.

     Some of the treated sites have higher
CEC values than their control areas and
this is attributed to organics in the
wastes applied.  High sodium saturations
are generally reflected in both treated
and untreated profiles.  The data suggest
that after the utilization of these sites
in the land treatment of refinery waste
sludges there has only  been a slight
alteration of the cationic distribution
towards sodium.  There is some evidence
that the sodium levels were attenuated
through the land treatment of refinery
sludge at site A.

Soil Reaction

     Comparative soil reactions are pre-
sented in pH profiles developed for both
untreated and treated soils at  the respec-
tive sites  (Figures 1 through 5).  Site
                                           400

-------
Table   1   .   USDA Texture and Particle Size Distribution  of  the  Untreated
              and Treated Soils at Site A.
Site
A- Untreated
Soil






A-Treated
Soil






Depth
(cm)
0-15
15-23
23-30
30-53
53-76
76-102
102-127
127-152
0-15
15-23
23-30
30-53
53-76
76-102
102-127
127-152
Depth
(in)
0-6
6-9
9-12
12-21
21-30
30-40
40-50
50-60
0-6
6-9
9-12
12-21
21-30
30-40
40-50
50-60
USDA
Texture
SCL
L-CL
C
C
C
SCL
C
CL
SiL
C
C
C
C-CL
C
C
C
Particle Size (%)
Sand
48
44
31
24
30
46
22
36
30
44
42
4?
38
40
43
41
Silt
23
29
27
27
23
27
25
29
51
9
4
13
22
17
15
8
Clay
29
27
42
49
47
27
53
35
19
47
54
44
40
43
42
51
                                      401

-------
Table  2 .   USDA Texture and Particle Size  Distribution of the Untreated
            and Treated Soils at Site 15.
Site
B-Untreated
Soil










B-Treated
Soil










Depth
(cm)
0-15
15-30
30-46
46-61
61-76
76-91
91-122
122-152
152-183
183-244
244-305
305-366
0-15
15-30
30-46
46-61
61-76
76-91
91-122
122-152
152-183
183-244
244-305
305-366
Depth
(in)
0-6
6-12
12-18
18-24
24-30
30-36
36-48
48-60
60-72
72-96
96-120
120-144
0-6
6-12
12-18
18-24
24-30
30-36
36-48
48-60
60-72
72-96
96-120
120-144
USDA
Texture
L
SL
SL
S
S
S
LS
L
L
SL
SL
SL
SL
SL
L
L
LS-SL
SL
SL
SL
SL
SL-SCL
SCL
SCL
Particle Size (%)
Sand
42
72
76
93
91
94
82
41
48
66
54
55
53
54
46
43
76
75
65
65
70
62
47
48
Silt
35
17
14
3
2
2
10
37
31
21
44
43
30
30
36
41
18
19
19
17
16
18
27
26
Clay
23
11
10
4
7
4
8
22
21
13
2
2
17
16
18
16
6
6
16
18
14
20
26
26
                                        402

-------
Table  3  .   USDA Texture and Particle Size Distribution of  the  Untreated
             and Treated Soils at Site C.
Site
Depth
(cm)
C- Untreated 0-15
Soil










C-Treated
Soil










15-30
30-46
46-61
61-76
76-91
91-122
122-152
152-183
183-244
244-305
305-366
0-15
15-30
30-46
46-61
61-76
76-91
91-122
122-152
152-183
183-244
244-305
305-366
Depth
(in)
0-6
6-12
12-18
18-24
24-30
30-36
36-48
48-60
60-72
72-96
96-120
120-144
0-6
6-12
12-18
18-24
24-30
30-36
36-48
48-60
60-72
72-96
96-120
120-144
USDA
Texture
SL
LS
S-LS
LS
SL
SL
SL
SL
SL
SL
LS
S
SL
LS
SL
LS
S
LS
LS
LS-SL
LS
LS
LS
S
Particle Size (%)
Sand
81
86
88
88
80
74
81
83
83
30
85
93
73
84
77
87
92
85
87
82
85
85
85
90
Silt
6
8
6
3
6
11
4
2
2
2
2
5
17
5
9
4
3
3
4
6
5
4
5
1
Clay
13
6
6
9
14
15
15
15
15
18
13
2
10
11
14
9
5
12
9
12
10
11
10
9
                                      403

-------
Table  4  .  USDA Texture and Particle Size Distribution  of  the  Untreated
             and Treated Soils at Site D.
Site Depth
(cm)
D-Untreated 0-10
10-20
20-30
30-46
46-61
61-76
76-91
91-122
122-152
152-183
183-244
244-305
305-366
D-Treated 0-10
Soil 10-20
20-30
30-46
46-61
61-76
76-91
91-122
122-152
152-183
183-244
244-305
305-366
Depth
(in)
0-4
4-8
8-12
12-18
18-24
24-30
30-36
36-48
48-60
60-72
72-96
96-120
120-144
0-4
4-8
8-12
12-18
18-24
24-30
30-36
36-48
48-60
60-72
72-96
96-120
120-144
USDA
Texture
SL
SL
SCL-SC
SC
SC
SC
SCL
SC
SCL
SCL
SCL
SCL
S
SCL
SCL
SCL
SCL
SCL
SCL
SCL
SCL
SCL
SCL
SL
LS
S
Particle Size (")
Sand
75
77
56
47
48
54
53
51
65
68
63
67
91
64
60
58
60
53
57
53
51
52
54
70
86
90
Silt
15
12
9
6
12
10
15
12
9
10
12
12
1
13
11
9
8
15
12
18
19
17
18
11
5
4
Clay
10
11
35
47
40
36
32
37
26
22
25
21
8
23
29
33
32
32
31
29
30
31
28
19
9
6
                                       404

-------
Table  5  .   USDA Texture and Particle Size Distribution of the Untreated and
             Treated Soils at Site E.
Site
E-Untreated
Soil









E-Treated
Soil









Depth
(cm)
0-30
30-46
46-61
61-76
76-91
91-122
122-152
152-183
183-244
244-305
305-366
0-30
30-46
46-61
61-76
76-91
91-122
122-152
152-183
183-244
244-305
305-366
Depth
(in)
0-12
12-18
18-24
24-30
30-36
36-48
48-60
60-72
72-96
96-120
120-144
0-12
12-18
13-24
24-30
30-36
36-48
48-60
60-72
72-96
96-120
120-144
USDA
Texture
C
C
C
-
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Particle Size (%)
Sand
25
20
28
-
17
21
14
11
11
16
16
25
16
16
15
18
16
18
13
15
13
16
Silt
29
32
22
-
23
21
11
7
22
18
11
25
31
29
24
21
21
18
25
24
29
26
Clay
46
48
50
-
60
58
75
82
67
66
73
50
53
55
61
61
63
64
62
61
58
58
                                      405

-------




c
o
•H
4J
to
3
CO
S
•H
-o
O
CO

a
o
>-j
OJ
An

T)


(/) •
C <
o
•H 01
u «->
tO -H
OVA
VJ
0) U
H 10
tO OJ
0) rH
60 -H
C 0
aS CO
X!
X 01
[=3 W
IS
X l-i
4J H
i-l
o -a
tO C
Cu to
cj -a
CO
o) w
60 to
to >j
C* ^j
w ^
C X
O "
ij c
10 -H
O
vO
4)
^Q
to
H



C
o
^j
«
tO M S-?
a a
4J
tO
CO




tn
c
0
•H
tO
Cj

(U U 00
r-l O
-0 O
tO r-l
OCT\
H rH rH



CM rH 0 O O 0

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
>H CM co ^t ir\





CM I^ CM
1/"1 CO O CO \& O CM \O
rH CM CO UO r*^ rH rH rH
' ' ' ' co ' ' ri
i— 1 CM co uo r^ o CM
rH rH
•a
01
to
01
^>
£ -1
5 iH
1 O
< CO
                       OO
                                      OO
                            CM


                             I
                                             I


                                            8
 I     I
O   O
                   I     I     1    1     1     I     I
                                                      (N



                                                       I
                   to
                   01
                   (-1  .-I
                  H  iH
                   L  °
                  <  co
406

-------



s
o
•H
4J
rt
3
rt
co
e
,5
XI
0
en
CO
u
M
0)
CU

c
rt

CO
C •
O 00
4_) Qj
O -r-l
CO
CO
2 rt
rt
co in
60 r-l
C,^
ri
03 O
rd CO
O
X XI
iJ
X 1)
u
m xi
o. c
CQ Ctf
o
XI
CO QJ
t>0 4J
C fd
OT 01
r; )_i
O *-•
X C3
W tD
C CU
O Ji
4J ^
nj c
0 ^1


fc.^



OJ
iH
43
(0
H
6
•H
« »<
rt VH
Z 3

rt
CO




x5
tn
d
o
•H
4J
CJ O 0
o
CO r-l
r~l -^
43 CT
(0 CJ
W 0
C X

4=
CJ
X
w

z




M
O
W r-l
O --,
u-
OJ
E


•C x™v
U •
o. e
O ^-^









j: x-v
4-1 •
s* §

s>3







2
•H
W
^CNOc.vnH rH
rH r-l r-l r-H rH







OOr-lrHr-lc>JCS*OI~~U^t^inrO OOOO-^^CNf^-^tOCyiOCO "I
rHOOOOOOfO-nMCNCSi o^^^^or-imntn^sr



.n^C^r-COvCvfi^CNvO^O OOOOvO^cnrvcNO^^^
r-l CN CM




r— (OOOOOOr-lr-lr— ICMfN O<"OPO(NCNr- tr-lr-lrHr— (rH "H
OOOOOOOOOOOO OOOOOOOOOOOO





^^r-l^^r-lr-trHr-lr-lr-lrH ^^^l^rH^^^,-,,-,,-,^
oooooooooooo oooooooooooo





rH>*ooo's»<*«*''nsri'>io mmoor-.r^m^tncNivDvoo
^(MiH>-ii-iO'-(inis>«^u*i>^ (ri~3'<-rrir-icNCM-j-m>d-vo^o





O -* CJ •&
CNJ 00 ^^ J3 ^D 00 CO CM *O fS "^ CM 00 *^ C^ vO 00 C^ (^ ^O CN] *^f
\£J r— 1 r— 1 (N <*1 OO *^ VO '**• C^> iH rH VO rHr— ICM^Ity^^'^D^CT>rH rH
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
I— 1 r-l CM f) ^ ^ *X3 r^ CA CN r— 1 rH CM ^ f*^ -^ \O r^ C7> CM
r-l rH







CMCMflvl-mvO CM(MfO<3-u-i^D
mOvOr-HvOr-ICs|inOO«fOvO r-ICMinOO-l r-l
IS T< H ft
1 O 1 O
M CO A CO
407

-------
 C
 o
 td

 3

       O-
             id      
-------


0)
Si

c
'
c
o
4-1
CO
3
4J
CO
c/2

e
3
•o
O
to

4-1
c;

p
QJ
CM

•o
C
CO

en
O
•H
4J
CO
0
OJ Q
i— t
CO 4-1
OJ -H
00 (/I
C
CO 4-1
x: co
CJ
X 01
W rH
- O
>, C/)
4-)
•H 'O
CJ OJ
rO 4J
p. CO
<5 2
H
01
00 13
C C
CO CO
0 -X3
U 4_j
CO
C 0)
O 1-*
•H 4J
to 3
u
B



ON







rH CO CO CO
\o -y o\ o
rH




cocjNoo
m^-mcocococMCM





CO-3-COinrHcMrHC
crieovDrHr^ooo-*
rH CO CO rH CM CO CO




COCOCOCOcNCMCMCM
OOOOOOOO







fO CO ON LO CO rH "^ OJ
 OCCO^3COvOOOOO<^-*O\u-|
in osooa\cMoovoocsivoooooo
CM rHrH COCOfOrOCOCOCMCOcMCM




CM OOOOOOOOOOOOO
0 OCOOOOOOOOOOO







vr rHcMcM<7>cMc^u-iinooinfOr^»— IrHrHCM^CO
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Jj. 1

CO rH rH rH CM m



T3

4J
CO
QJ
>•! f-l
H ^
Q CO
409

-------


01
u
c
T-l
a
o
•H
3
rt
CO
e
J

•o
o
CO

u
(1)
o
(-1
01
&4

"0

rt
TO
U)
G
o
•1-1
rt
o
•
r5
(D tJ
>co
»J
•r-i -a
U OJ
rt u
a. n
cd cu
O u
H
oo -a
G g
rt TO
o 13
X J
•H JJ
U C
rt D
O


o

cu

n
H
G
O
•rt
rt s<
tr) n
a 3
n)
to


sf
w
d
O
1-1 n)
*J O OC
0) O
0 0
r-l
C1J ~-
r-l O"
jD rr13'~3'O-*'*flO-*Or»








o -*

,_>( p-^ fsj fr^ oo xj vD r^* ON rH rH
i i i i i i i i i i i
rH





csi CN co *^ 10 vo
O^Or-l\Or-(r>jinOO-*OvO
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
fH H iH CM CO

T3
tu
4J
a)
M
4J t
S r-l
•H
1 O
H CO
                  OOOOOOOOOOO

                  OOOOOOOOOOO
                        i-IOO
                                              '-lr-leN
-------
t
0
I-

2-
3-
4-

5-
PH
6789
IBII
"^ °\
TREATED SOIL— *% \^J»ATIVE
N i SOIL
\S
\No
It
\
\
• O
/
/
/
o
/
1
1
i
o
\ '
\\
o

.5

1.5 2
X
Q.
UJ
2 Q
2.5
3

             Figure  1.   pH profile developed at site A.
                                411

-------







J-^
£
t
uj
Q






0
1-

2-
3-
4-
5-

6-
7-
8-
9-

10-
II-
12-j
PH
4567
ill*
TREATED 	 J( ' °^-^ 	 NATIVE SOIL
SOIL ^^A.
^
\ '?
\°Vx
•\>
• q
) »
• o
\v •
X. No
\ ! •

1 I .
• o

-

.5

1

1.5

2 ^
y:
a.
2.3 £

3

3.5

4
Figure 2.  pH profile developed at site B.
                    412

-------
0

1-
2

3-
4

5
£ 6

I

o. 7-
uJ
O
8-


9
10

1 1
12-
PH
6.5 70 75 8.0
y

• ^.Q
\ ^-NATIVE
TREATED — -» & SOIL
SOIL i ^ ^X
-------
              PH
                            8
V
1-
2-


3-
4
5-
£ 6
X
*- 7-
0. '
UJ
O
8

9

10-

1 1
12

	 	 O *
°SG1 %^*TREATEO SOIL
®v *x.
X"* *~"n "N>**
,^,,TW -W.U. ^. ^X
O •
\ / -
;' /
!/ '
\
f
'
1
1
Qi
Tl
\\
\ \



.5



1

1.5
2 §
a.
UJ
a
2.5



3


3.5

4
Figure 4.  pH profile developed at site D.
                    414

-------
               PH
      6
8
9
o
1
2

3
4-


5-
£ 6
X
t 7-
tu
o
8-

9-

10-
II-
12-

/' L 	 TREATED SOIL
 «^

-------
A demonstrates the typical acidifying
effect when organics undergo degradation
in soil.

     For the most part the influence of
land treatment on soil pH was found to be
attenuated within the upper 3 to 6 feet.
Attenuation is reflected by convergence of
treated and native soil values.

     The divergence of profiles shown for
sites B and C are attributed to coarse
soil texture and associated low buffering
capacity (CEC).   Even in these cases it
should be noted that values differ generally
by less than one pH unit.

     It is desirable for the soil to have
a pH between 6 and 8 in a land treatment
facility.  This range is the most favorable
for soil microbial activity and for heavy
metal immobilization.

Soluble Constituents

     The distribution of soluble cations
found in the soil  samples (Tables 11
through 15) does not clearly relate to
migration tendencies due to the complicated
anionic interactions involving precipitory
mechanisms of less soluble species.  The
presence of soluble sodium salts within
treatment facilities tended to decrease
solution levels  of background calcium and
magnesium salts.

     Profiles developed for the electrical
conductivities are presented in Figures 6
through 10.  Values generally reflected
near surface salt accumulation in waste
treated soils and downward migration in
all but the more acid site A.  The extreme
salinity noted between 1 and 3 feet (0,5
and 1m) of the control soil at site D
was indicative of a subsurface saline
seep (a natural phenomenon),

     Chloride, sulfate, and nitrate anions
were measured for each depth interval
sampled (Tables 16 through 20),  and
correlated to the corresponding EC value,
using the following multiple linear
regression model.

   EC = bn + (Cl~) + b  (SO,=) + b, (NO")
         0            2    4      J    J
To test how well the variability in EC
corresponds to the three anions measured,
computed values were linearly correlated
to the observed values.
     Regression coefficients and  the co-
efficient of determination  (r^) comparing
calculated and measured EC  values are
given in Table 21.  The data show that
the variability of EC values can be
described by a three component anion
model when EC is adjusted to a saturated
paste value.  (Saturated paste values
better approximate salt levels at field
moisture levels).  Treated  site E did not
conform well to a linear model (r^ = 0.33).
The variability in EC measured for a 1:1
soil:water ratio  was somewhat attenuated
when converted to a saturated paste
moisture level, such that a linear model
could not resolve subtle differences below
the surface foot and a half.

     The correlation of measured and cal-
culated EC values for treated site D is
shown in Figure 11.  While  somewhat
scattered about the idealize regression
line, the data demonstrate  a strong posi-
tive correlation, supportive of the fact
that variablity in EC with  depth  can be
discerned by the changes in the respective
anion concentrations.

     A comparison of anion  concentrations
averaged over depth is given in Table  22.
Treated site A shows essentially no change
in either the distribution  or total salt
loading, as reflected in the EC profile
 (Figure 6).   The principal salinity
increase at treated site B  can be attri-
buted to chloride and sulfate salts.  Salt
loading at site C is attributed to sulfates.
The saline seep sample for  comparative
assay at site D somewhat pales the slight
increase in the nitrate level.  Chloride
dominates the total salt increase at treated
site E; although, there was a significant
sulfate increase noted  at the 0-12 depth
interval.

     While it is always tenuous to extra-
polate data of this nature,  it appears that
the impact of salt loading  from land treat-
ment  of refinery waste sludge is attenuated
with depth in properly managed facilities.


Heavy Metal Distribution

     In general, trace minerals tend to have
an enhanced soluble phase in high organic-
containing soils - principally through
chelation mechanisms.   Under such conditions
mobility is controlled by soil surface ad-
sorption and precipitery mechanisms.
                                            416

-------




•H
IT.
•-'
o
•H
U
It
0-

C
O
•H
"
C
u;
•o
<•
E
3
•O
O
CO
•o
c
nj
C
0 J
•H <•
« a)
(_> U
"H
1) W
r- i
3 rt
r-i
O OJ
C/} i-H
•H
_" °
"S.
•O
• 01
U ft
•rl 0)
•H H
tj -a
3 C
0 13
O 01
rH It
Ifl 0)
O t->
•H iJ
o a)
W "u

•

rH

«
-~
H






























































r<
iy}

bO



nj
O
P
o) a)
4-1 4->
rH -H
10 iH
v> • —
cr
(U U
"§ Xi
i-H
0
to




m





a



B
u
~-^
O OS
a o
.g
g





j- /_^
0. C




iJ •
a e
o v!d





S)
4J
>r^
to
covcr^ro^^^^ orocn^o^
,— t ,_( ft^ LO *^ ^O ^H t^J LO ^H '^ fO
or^-OO^oo^O oococotno
CsJCOcOvJ-C^tnrOsf lOiH r-HCMO
i— * CO i— (

OOOOOOOO OOOOOO
^._^_^. (TtCOCO-sJ'fOi/^
i-HfOr^n rH rH CN ^
#s *.
CO rH




o«-*ooocooococsj J" CO (NJ rO f*^-
Csi oo ro •j-'>^'fr)Ln rHf-HcMfO-j'


CT^ CO c*4 CO 'J' c^ OJ CO vO ^" CO rH «~H ^H
r^» oo oo co co co co co "^ r^* r^ co oo oo





OCM^r^sOvO^ COCT^OOiHCNJf^
• OCTNinmr^f-HO rocOxj-^^rH
"^^^"^ ^ rHi-HCO







-------
3
to
•U
(3
ed

c
o
 ex
 M
 o
•o
 o
CO
 n)
 01
 C
 O
 m   oi
O   4J
 v  co
 •3  «
i-l
 O  w
CO  iH
    •H
  • O
K  to
 a
    ts
  «   v<
•*  H
4J
 O  T3

•a  S

 o  •«
u  oi
    u
rH  
-------





C
f — s
'
o
JJ
CO
Pi

C
o
• r(
4J
a
o
0)
3

E
3
•H
-o
0
•o
g
in
C
o •
•rl C_)
| J
CO Ol
O *J
01 C/3
rH
"3 CO
(— J
o in
O3 rH
•rl
j: °
"S.
T3
* QJ
•H 01
> l-l
•H H
4J
0 T3
3 C
"O CO
O *CJ
O 01
rH CO
CO (U
U M
•H •U

U
Ol 0)
rH Si
W I '
t

CO


rH
• Q
H

3-rxi-~r-.
r-~rx.|-xfx.rx.vOvOvO




«3-rHr-.rHOOvOrHCO
CTN 00 rO 
rH O






o
vO CM
ON rH
1 1
CM VO
fx* ON




^ m
rxrx.




CO s3 vo 00 rx CM x3" CM fx* CJN O rx
CO fx. CO CO COx^-COCO x^rHCMrH
CO





O xT
CM CO -3- OvOOOO CMvOCNxT
VO rH rH CM COCOxTvD rx. CT, rH r— 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
O vo CM CO x3"OvoOO OcNvDO
rH rH CNCOCOxJ vOI — ONCN
rH



CM CN CO xT in vo
in O vD rH vOrHrMin COx3-OvO
rH CO -3- v£) rx.ONrHrH 1-HCMCOfO
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
O in O VO rHvOrHCM CMCO-3-in
rH CO xj \O px, ON CN m CO >xt O
•H rH rH CM CO

TJ
01
CO
01
IH rH
1 O
o w
419

-------
                                                                                                                     O- CO  in
                                 oovAcNOOfiooocMvor^r-io
                  I?
                                                                                     OOOOOOOOOOO-3-r^
4-1
 n)
 c
 o
•rl
4-1
 D.
 to
 O
 (It
    0)
   O
 n
 u
!-|
 (0
W

 01
 -fl
 n
                                 OOOOO*— (

                                 cr)\J3(Nsrcsl-3'
                                 CM  t-H OCOtNHOOCMOCSCMCMCMO
                                                                                     CNCSICMCMCNCMCMCMCMCN'CNOO
•A
•a
 o
in
-o
    to
•H  H
4-1
 CJ  T3

•a   ra

 §•«
o   ai
     4-1
r-<   A
 «J   OJ
 CJ   ^
•rl   4J
 U
 0)  01
 W
     a. c
                                                                           I   I
                                                                                      I   I
                                            CM CM  «*> •* lO
                  ooovOr-ivO'-icMirioo-aio>
                  r-ttMHIvJ-vOr^OVrHiHiHCMfO
                    I   I   I   I   I    I   I   I   I   I    I   I
                  OOOOvOrHOi-HCM(NC'l
                   vt
                                ID
                                4-1
                                0)
                                to
                                                                                   •o
                                                                                    (U
                                                                                    a)
                                                                                    a)
                 A  °
                 O w
                                                                  420

-------
 o
 •H
 u
 e
 o
 CO
 •o
 cd
 u
 e
 o
   4J
 3  cd

, O  oj
CO  -H
     •H
  « O

%W
     •d
  • Q)
 O "O

 •a  3
rH  CD
 CO  II
 U  H
 o
 a)  -(  CM ro
33
 I  O
a  co
 n)
 aJ
 M  i-(
E-i  -H
 1   O
W  CO
                                                               421

-------
         ELECTRICAL  CONDUCTIVITY (mmhos/cm)


               5         10         15        20
        TREAT

        SOIL
NATIVE
    3

x
                                                      .5
                                                       1.5
               2    =



                    1
                    ui

               2.5  °
                                                       3





                                                       3.5
            Figure 6.  EC profile developed at site A.
                              422

-------
x
t
   0



    I



    2



    3-

    *
    4-



    5-
           ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY (mmhos/cm)

                1234
    8-
   10-


   II-


   12
TREATED  SOIL
                               .5
                               1.5
                               2.3
                              3.3
           Figure 7.  EC profile developed at site B.
                           423

-------
ELECTRICAL  CONDUCTIVITY  (mmho*/cm)
w
1-

2-
3-
%*
4
5
C 6
£
i 7
&
Q 8-
9-

10
II
12
^ ^Fr|n
_. i»-* "13*
^•^^^ 	 TREATED SOIL
V»
TX. .^NATIVE SOIL
• Q,./^
y ^
>^ V
i ^
V'''
./^
y/r/
If
'
9-
« •
I
4 I

.



.5
1
I
1.5
2 J

1
2.5 S

3

3.5

4
     Figure 8.  EC profile developed at site  C.
                      424

-------
    0




    I





    2




    3-




    4




    5




I  6




t  7
Ul
Q


    8




    9




   10-




    II-




   12-
ELECTRICAL  CONDUCTIVITY (mmhot/cm)


       1234
                                                   .5
                                                   I.S
                                                   2    ^
                                                   2.8  §
                                                   3.5
      Figure 9.  EC profile developed at site D.
                      425

-------
  ELECTRICAL  CONDUCTIVITY (mmhos/cm)
    0.5         1.0         1.5        2.0
















ji-
lt.
X
o






u
1 -


2-

3-

4-


5-

6-
7-


8-
9-

10-

II-

12-1
.-O •
^ •
I
<-f •
\ S
\ /
\ K 	 TREATED SOIL
S T
•.• >«BU »^ _1 1
NATIVE. *fa .
SOIL T T
O •
I .X
1 X
Pr
/x
/ I
o •
. /
1 /
> /
1 /
I I
1
1
1 1
? I

-



.5


I



1.5


2 5
x
I-
2.' g


3


3£


4
Figure 10.  EC profile developed at site E.
                  426

-------








•

cu
u
•H
CO

u
CO

co
•H
o
CO
cu
as
M
H
•o
c
rt
•o
cu
jj
CO
cu

JJ
c


CU
JZ
4J

c
•rl
UJ
c
o
1-1
^

H
>J |f>
•H "
! |
CT
CU
e
c
•H
d
o
•u
CO II
M 'vj"
•u O
C co
cu
o
e
o
0
c
o
•H
•3
i
u






_c
J_l ^^
o. c












X!
o.'s'
cu u
o ^~^













cu
4J
•H
CO

fMr-IOOOrHr-IO O









f—\ v_p r^» ^j ^j- N^- fsj (^ s^-
^ O "*J" *H 00 vO O*> 00 CO
t— 

-(-
427

-------






^
PQ
fll
4J
•H
C/5

4-1
td

t/1
i-H
•H
O
CO
T3
0)
4-1
0)

H
C
CO
T3
OJ
4-1
CO
cu
l-l
4-1
a

01
4J
en
CO
a
-a
0)
4-1
l-l
4J
to
to
rrl
o
^j

ai
•H
4-1
CO
rH
01

CO
3
tfl
a-
428

-------









o


•H 55
r-l
tr

o
c:
6
c
o
•H
1
r-l
CJ






45
4J X-.
& C
41 iH
Q v-'







45
13








0)
•H
CO
Qr-(C7\rHOOOOONf^in-*lO CO
OOr-IOi-IO'-l'-IOOOOO O3
iH






oomvo ^ tntno oo r-icMo> o
OOC-CM-tfOr-ICNCMC^CNO O
^- c»J rH r^
01





oooofl-ootnoo'r«j»3-inrMi/-> .






O sr
CS CO *S" O ^O 00 O CS v£ CM ^
1 1 1 *V 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 *?
i-H







«M fvl O1 •* |T( VO
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ^ 1 1 1
-*-< ^« ^


01
4J "X3
n) oi
41 4J
M rt
4J 41

1 O 1
O co O

^.HrHrHH^rHOOO






(Svfl-CHU-.OOOMAOM^r
i~.ois3-v4p-3-eri*cOf~-escM
(**) rH rH rH rH






oovooo^cs-n^.oc.rH
cr*mooooooo^o-tfr-j CM n -3- m vo
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
rH rH rH (^ 00







rH
q
EO
                                                          X
                                                          a)
                                                          •o
                                                          
-------
 111
4-1
•rt
•a
 a)
 4-1
 to
 ai
 r<
H

•a
 C
•a
 
-------
 01
 4-1
 •rl
 t/2
 T3
 01
 4J
 (fl
 0)
 a;
 M
 4-1
 C
•rH

 U)

 O
 3
rH
 O
O
tN
 Ol
i-H
JD

l_l
01
4J
•H
r-l
cr
0)
e
c
c
O
•H
«
ri
C
fO^O~3-flrMrHrH
to






,,0=0. -.=-H
rH
O *J O ^
rHi-ltSrOfO^-vOr-~O>rHrH rHrHCMfOfO-3-\Of>.<3\rHrH
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
rH rH
CNlc^fO^^^O CMCMfO 
-------
Table   21  ,  Regression Coefficients and Corresponding  Coefficient
               of Determination.
Site
A- Untreated
A-Treated
B-Untreated
B-Treated
C- Untreated
C-Treated
D- Untreated
D-Treated
E-Untreated
E-Treated
Constant
9.0
-0.3
-1.07
-1.71
0.21
0.48
0.4
5.07
0.40
1.18

ci-
1.4
-3.9
0.75
1.46
0.08
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.67
0.08
Anion Coefficient
sv
0.10
0.12
0.16
0.12
0,10
0.03
0.29
0.14
-0.06
0.03

N03
-9.2
+9.4
0.40
-2.26
0.32
1.57
0.22
-0.10
-1.04
-0.35
R2
0.98
0.91
0.77
0.86
0.96
0,99
0.87
0.75
0.85
0.33
                                    432

-------
  10
,
4-1
-H
o  5
T3
O
O
eg
o
                                                    Idealized  Regression r »1.0
                                                        Data  r =0.75
                              5                      10
                      Electrical Conductivity (Calculated)

     Figure  11.   Correlation of observed and calculated EC values
                  for treated site D.
                                       433

-------
Table  22  .  Mean Cl~, SO   , and NO ~ Values Averaged Over Depth for
              Both Treated and Untreated  Soils.
Site
A- Untreated
A-Treated
B-Untreated
B-Treated
C-Untreated
C- Treated
D-Untreated
D-Treated
E-Untreated
E-Treated
Cl"

1.91
3.38
0.67
2.51
40.3
40.4
60.8
29.5
1.48
6.00
Anion
S04=

272
258
9.54
31.6
8.58
41.2
13.7
12.8
4.25
6.68
NO ~

0.95
0.76
0.54
1.08
2.24
1.71
9.01
16.8
0.25
0.31
                                     434

-------
     Metal concentrations found as a func-
tion of depth are presented in Tables 23
through 27.  Chromium was found to be
significantly higher in all treated sur-
face horizons.  Lead was higher in all
but treated site E, compared to untreated
background soils.  The only other element
of significance was the mercury accumulated
at treated site B.

     While chromium, lead and mercury at
the one site, were accumulated in signifi-
cant quantities, only the mercury level
could be considered abnormally high relative
to naturally occuring metal concentrations.
Considering the low CEC of this site (Table
7), it probably is at a maximum safe level.

     There was no evidence of downward
migration of metals, including those
normally considered as anionic in charac-
ter (As, Cr, V).

Organic Distribution

     Comparative analyses of both total
organic carbon and extractable oil and
grease are given in Tables 28 through 32.
An analysis of variance (ANOVA), using
total organic carbon and oil and grease as
duplicate measures of the same parameter,
was employed to evaluate hydrocarbon
levels between treated and untreated
soils, and hydrocarbon levels between
depth intervals within sites.  Hydrocarbon
levels at site A were significantly higher
in the treated soil with an F test indi-
cating the difference to be significant
at better than a 1% level.  The least
significant difference (LSD) computed for
site A was used to compare oil and grease
levels with depth in the treated site.
This test suggested that oil and grease is
retained within the surface 9 inches of
soil.

     The ANOVA for site B indicated that
the greater hydrocarbon levels in the
treated soil were significant at a 1%
level.  Variance with depth was signifi-
cant at the 5% level.  Oil and grease
at this site was attenuated within the top
2 feet of soil.  No attempt was made to
split out the variability due to
technique of measuring hydrocarbons from
that of the error mean square.  This
reduces the sensitivity of assessing real
differences in the hydrocarbon concentra-
tion as a function of depth.
     Data evaluated for site C do not
reflect a statistical difference between
treated and untreated soil hydrocarbon
levels, although values decreased
significantly with depth.  GC profiles
are currently being evaluated to determine
more accurately the penetration depth of
surface loaded hydrocarbons.  Simple
comparisons to the untreated soil are not
possible due to the presence of high
hydrocarbon levels in the reference soil
to appreciable depths.

     Hydrocarbons at site D (Table 31)
reflect the general trends found at sites
A and B, in that the treated soil differed
significantly from the untreated soil.
The organics were attenuated within the
surface foot of soil.

     Site E (Table 32) reflected no
statistical differences due to treatment,
and correspondingly no differences with
respect to depth.  These data suggest that
hydrocarbons loaded onto the soil have
degraded without an appreciable migration
of degradation products.

 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

      This study has been funded through
 a cooperative agreement between the
 American Petroleum Institute and the U.S.
 Environmental Protection Agency.
                                            435

-------
p-l
PL.
£
M
CO
cn
Q
W
S
a
H
Q
U
H
es
g
H
PL,
CO
H

W
H

§
U
H
8
 CM

 w
          00
         a
         JS -•>
         4J   •
         a  e
          >H'r>oCT\-li-ICOOO
                     CM     CMCMCMCOCMCMCM       iTyCMCMCMCOrOcMCM



                     VO    >j3vO\OvOCMCMvO      CMCMvOCOv43r-lr-tcM

                     O    OOOO--lr-(O      i-tt-(OrSOHl-ti-l




                     -*     cnaooiHo>

                     (Ti     CMr~-inOOO\vOlTl       CM-»vO*OOOCMHc-l
                     CM     C^rMrMCMCMCMCM       OO«apCMCMCM-3''*C'1
                                                                    c-1


                     OO     ^*a>CMCM°OCOr^       r-ti-IOOrMCM'HMO

                     r-l     (sij-icMfM^i^,^       CMCMi-ICMCMCMCMCM





                     csi     cMcOvDcnr^-vocM      r~cMr^ooc\irHcoo>
r-l   O   O   O   O
CM   CO   -4"   IA   vO
 I     I     I     I     I
CM   iH   Q   O   O
CM   rH  O   O   O   O
r-l   CM  CO   •»

               O
               ro
                                                                      I     I     I     1     I     I     I    '
                                                                    OvOCT^CM'-IPOO
                                                                                              CM   r-   CM
                      1
                     O
                     -O
                      V
                      9)
                                                                      1     1
                                 cMcoinr-ocM
                      u
                         arH
                         •H
                      L  o
                               u
                               r4  rH
                              H  -H

                              4:5
                                                        436

-------
in

H
O
in

Q
H
H
Q



Q
03

g
5
s
w
H
O
o
H
O
H
          a)
          en
          00
          K
          p
          O
         O
          u   •
          0. C
          
                                                        O
                                                            tMvO
                                                                      O
                                 1    1     1
                   •o
                   HI
                  i£
                                                                               \o   i^.   n
                                                                                                                     i-l   i-t   C-l   r-l
                                                                                Oi-(c
o   o  o   o   o   o  o
         v   v    v    v  v


                                                                                                                
-------
o
w
H
en

H
O
en

Q
W
H
H

O
a
H
«
s
W
H

§
O
H

g
W


I
           u
           48
            a. c
            (U  -H
           Q  ^
           JS
           *-> /-N
            a S
           •H
           en
CS   00   CS|   O    rH
  •     •    •     •     •   ro   o    ft   **"*   *^   O   i~H
•d-   CM   m   co    f>	
corOi—(r-4(—tiAirj*Au")ir>oin
                                 w                    H


                                                                             O   •*
 1     1     1     II     1     1     1     1     1     1     1
ovocMOOst-o^oeaoeMvoo
                                       -
                                              1    1     1     1     1     1    1     1
                                             HvOt-lcSCMt^srm
                                             »or^cT>{Ninoosj-o
                                                             1-1    t-i   i-i   es   f>
                        T3
                        0)
                        fl
                        0)
 10
U  CO
COiHr^r^-3-~3-OSOO\O\OOvO


u-\i-(t-it-l              r-Hi-l         r-lrHf-l
                                                                                                   i-IOrHOOOOOOrHO
                                                                                             O   i-l   r-l   i-H

           CMi-l«-l
            I      I     I     I     1     I     1     1     I
                                                                                               1     1     1     1     1     1     1     1
                                                                      •O
                                                                       0)
                                                                      4J
                                                                       
-------
H

Q
en

H
O
en

Q

H

S
H
Q
W
«

£
P-.
U
Q
cn
H
^
tJ
H

§
H
O
•H
0)
CO
XI
Pw
oo
X
u
•o
u
.c
a.
a)
Q
.u
a
01
•H










c
•H

?


                                                                                                                                         "'r"-

                       m   iri    iH

                       CD   O    r-I


OOOOOOOOOOOOO

v         vvvvvvvvvvv
                                                                                                  fNJfMU-iOOlA^^CTxON^^f")


                                                                                                  r^r^Ou^iOf^r^'     r^r^-rHM
                                                                           r^   CN   ^5    tH

                                                                           n   n   r-<    n-i

                                                                                                  rO   i-(   i-t

                                                                           v         v          vvvvvvvvv
                        1     1     l     l     1     1     1     1     1     1     1     1     t          l     1     I     I     1     t     l     1     t     1     1     i
                        1     1      i     1     |     |
                       T3
                        01
                                                            a\e\iinoo
-------
  e
  c.
  c.
 w

 01
 o


 Tl
 0)


 H
 n)
 •o
 OJ
 O
"4-1
 a.
 Hi
Q

X

•H
 01
 JJ
 C
 o
o
 o
H
O.C
           D-E
                                                                           O   O   O   O  O   O
                                                                                     V        V   V
             I    I
            CM  CO
 I    I
-»   O
 I
vO
                                                       CM
                                                                                                      O



                                                                                                       I
                                          1    1
                                                                                                 1    1     1
                  I  O
                  H  CO
                                                                         -0
                                                                          Q)
                                                              vs
                                                              td  CO
                                                              440

-------









•<
M
M
c/>

Q
in
!2

O
CO
Pi
g

w
58
pj
PQ
o
w

h? ^c
< H
i Q
n y
O Pd

M ex,
ij

1*
2 >
H M
>< 0
W

Q
5J
„,
O

2
2

u
M
1
O

, 1
^2
H
o
H
*
00
CM
a
3
H








*
*
_J
O
C/3
Q
e
ti
H














i-J
o
en
Q

t_J
•*^
g
5





























•a 01
C to
ctf (O
01
rH 1-4
•H O




o
•H

co e
00 O
o-S
CO
rH O
CO
o
H





•a a)
c in
CO CO
U)
rH >J
•H O
o





o
•H

CO O
CO

CO

o
H







JC ^— ^
4-1 •
a c











£~
aUT

CO .O O O O

in o r^> in CM
m v£> o o O
• • • • •
m o o o o







rH t^ 00
vO O CO rH rH
-3- rH O O O








in rH ^O CM CM
O 0 0 rH O

O O O O O









in in oo r^« r^*
vO CO CM CM rH
O 0 O O 0













CN rH O
SO 
T) *
S rH

to in
4) O
3 •
rH O
0)


01 U
CO
q) 4J
0) CO
GO 4-1
T3 01
B M
co a)
UH
•H t-l
o -o

00
CM
O

I

m
0

0
w
OJ

CO
1-3


441

-------












03

H
M
CO
X
Q
En

r_n
1 *
M
0
CO

cd
o

H
CO

g
o w
0
Q <
^ P
M Dd
O W
PM
3 Z
w w

H ,^
U M
•rf ^
W H
K
W

C3
jz

ex B
£-2

cOjDo-a-OTi'O'O'a

o\cocnrHOOcMCOoorn
^^ O^ vO r^ f*l vO C^ ^^ rH
tnf^rHOOOOOO











•HO iA O CS
^3 in 10 c.3 "^ ^o f^ ^o ^^
vO ^O ^O O r— I i— 1 O O O

V













•"•J1 lO ^O vO fO «J tO ^J1 "^
(MO»-r-~CJ\rHrHrH
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
OmO^OrHvOrHCMCM
rH fn -3" vc r^ CT» CM in
iH rH

•o 13 -a

r^ vo *>O
o o o
o o o











•* rH M>
CM O ~*
O 0 0

V













*& ~*f rH
O O 0
O 0 0








,H r-* o
O ,
r-t
4-1
c
CO
o

<4-l
•t-l
rl
£>C
•H
CO

CO
OI
M-J
y-i
•H
13

rH
OI
tl)
rH

B
o
•£
CO
o
0
•a
JX,
(-^
iH
•H
o
CO

•a
cu
00
01
r<
H
•K
•K




4-1
0

(J
t-l
il
c
00

CO
01

CO

CO
D.
t-l

CO
D
CO

(,
QJ
^J
^_J
0)
r— 4

c
01
(-1
o>

.
"TD •
rH
x; oi
4J >
•H 0)
S -H
co m
01 o
3 .
rH O
CO
> 0)

CD 4J
CO
CO 4J
OI CO
Ot 4-1
c
•a ai
C M
CO 0)
rH UH
•H -H
o -c

^3
CO

0
II

in
o

o
4J
«
J-)
C/D





442

-------










o

W
H
C/3

52

g

to
M
O
to
S

W
52
lw
S "***
tjjj IH

H
i-4 O
O W
PD
M

l|
K rH


W
e
1

z
0
S
*^j


M
^
cri
O

HH
2
tH
O
H

0
CO
u
hJ
sa
H





>J
M
O
to
O

EH
^
S
H















tJ
W
o
to
Q
LJ
CH

H
5





























•a
a v
cd tn
cd
•H rl
O O





U
•H
c
R) C
00 O
Vi o
0 M
cd
rH O
(S
4J
0
EH







•a
c at
CCJ CO
CO
rH CO
•rt M
O O






U
•H
00 O
o-S
CO
rH O
C8
U
H






.C /-N
a e
S ci











x:
4J ^-\
£• §
Q ^*^
T3 -O T3
BJ^lOeJCJCJT3CJ
^D ^3 ON O^ O^ **J1 vO O^
COvoirir^ O O O
o o o o









CO vO rH rH
CO O O O
o o o o

V V











O rH rH i-H
rH 0 O O
O 0 O 0








00 rH *-H NO
O O O vO
o o o o

v v








o •*
CN NO CN -3"
r^ ON *H rH
O CN NO O
*O r^ ON CN
i









co -d1 in NO
oo >^ o NO
rH CN <") CO
1 1 1 1
CN co sir in
in oo xf o
H rH CM CO


t
rH
a)
>
a)
i-H

i-H
O
to

•O
A)
4-1
96
u

4-1
3

o
Vi

i-H
4J
rl
rt
U
•H
S,
OO
-H
CO

,.
(U
*-H
•H


4-1
§
•o
•H
-O

^
41
i-H

(3
0
•{j
0)
o
o
I-l
_g-

iH
O
ca

•o
4)
4-1
cd
a)
EH




rH
4J
c,
cd
O
•H

TH
e
00
-H
(0
a)
rl
cd

to
(X

l-i
o
m
,a
3
Cfl
r<
4)
4-1
4-1
01
4_)

4)
01
•iH
•a «
rH
J2 O
4J ^
•H a)
£t rH

to m
4) O
3 •
r^ 0
cd
> «
OJ 4J
« 4J
a) R)
i-i
00 4J
c
•O 41
cd 4)

• i-H
TH •T'l
to *^


ON
-3-
O
V
m
0
•
o

•W
cd

a
to
•t




443

-------












a

H
i— i
w

s
§

C/3

M
O

OS
o
W

X M
w o
-^
S
^5
^*
rZ3
o
i*?
2
?3
^
QJ

5
s
O
3
H
O
H
m
rH
CO
3
a






He
rJ
O
to
Q
W
> C7» rH 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
O *3* 00 CM 00 ^ O vO 00 O CM vO
rH rH CM *O CO N3~ vO r^ O> rH






CM CM 3" IO vO
O O O vO i— 1 vO rH CM u^ 00 >3" O ^O
iHcMCO-a'vOr^cyirHrHrHcMCOCO
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
OOOOvOrHvOrHCMCMCO-3-m
rH C^ ^O *J *«O f^ O^ ^^ iO 00 *^ ^D
iH rH i-* CN f>














•
I-l
•H
o
co
•a
CU
4J
cd
CU

C


I
U-l
pf
• I
4-1
cd
CJ
•H

•H
H

•H
CO
co
Vi
0)
M-l
•0

rH
CU
I-l

C
O
•e
CO
0
o

•a

JZ
•H
0
co
•o
CU

u
I-l
H
*



i-l
e
rt
o
tH
vt
DO
•rH
10

CU
I-l
CO
CO
p.
•H

o
co
CO

M
CU
Jj
CU
1-1
JJ
C
CU
CU
M-l
U-l
•H
•a •
1— 1
.c cu

•H fl)
& 1— 1

CO 1/1
CU O
£3 •
rH O
cd
> CU

C
•a at
C M
0) U
14-4
•H -H
C3 ^3


vO
ro
•
,Q
u
0
0
•M

p
t/5
>-J


444

-------






W

e
M
CO

3C
§


co
M
O
co
S
^
s
o
a w
JZ CD
<* 

H O
Q

O
U
w

«
O
H
O
H
CN*
CO

W
1
•a
a cu
co en
cO
rH 4)
1-1 rl
0 0
M
0
CO
O
a -H
W G
H CO
•j ^5 ^3 fH
o o o o

V





rH 00 >^ rH
rH CO O CO
O O O 0









rH O O
O CM i-l rH
rH O 0 0






CM ° 5

r*** o\ ^H ^H
1 1 1 1
O CM xO O





co «
-------
REFERENCES

1.  Allison, L.E. 1965.  Organic Carbon.
    In; Methods of Soil Analysis Part 2.
    Chemical and Microbiol. Properties.
    Chap. 90.  C.A. Black (ed.) American
    Society of Agronomy, Madison,
    Wisconsin.

2.  Bower, C.A. and L.V. Wilcox.  1965.
    Soluble Salts.  In: Methods of Soil
    Analysis Part 2.  Chemical and
    Microbiol. Properties. Chap. 62.  C.A.
    Black (ed.)  American Society of
    Agronomy, Madison, Wisconsin.

3.  Bretnner, J.M. 1965.  Inorganic Forms
    of Nitrogen.  In; Methods of Soil
    Analysis Part 2.  Chemical and
    Microbiol. Properties.  Chap. 84.
    C.A. Black (ed.) American Society of
    Agronomy, Madison, Wisconsin.

4.  Britton, W.A., B.A. J.A. Lawson and
    D.O. Bridgham.  1976.  Land
    applications of food processing
    wastewater.  Agron. Abstr. 21 pp.

5.  Chaney, R.L.  1973.  Crop and food
    chain effects of toxic elements in
    sludges and effluents.  Ini  Proc.  of
    Joint Conf. on Recycling Municipal
    Sludges and Effluents on Land.
    Chanpaign, 111. U.S. EPA, U.S.D.A.  and
    Nat. Assoc. of State Univ. and Land
    Grand Coll., Washington, D.C.  pp.
    129-141.

6.  Chapman, H.D.  1965a.  Cation Exchange
    Capacity.  In:  Methods of Soil
    Analysis Part w.  Chemical and
    Microbiol. Properties. Chap. 57.
    C.A. Black (ed.) American Society of
    Agronomy, Madison, Wisconsin.

7.  Day, P.R.  1965.  Particle
    Fractionation and Particle Size
    Analysis.  In:  Methods of Soil
    Analysis Part  1.  Physical and
    Mineralogical Properties, Including
    Statistics of Measurement and
    Sampling.  Chap. 43.  C.A. Black
    (ed.).  American Society of Agronomy,
    Madison, Wisconsin.

8.  Dibble, J.T. and R. Bartha.  1979.
    Leaching Aspects of Oil Sludge
    Biodegration in Soil.  Soil  Sci.,
    127:365-370.
 9.  Fuller, W.H.  1977.  Movement of
     selected metals, asbestos, and cyanide
     in soil: applications to waste
     disposal problems.  U.S. EPA.
     EPA-600/2-77-020.

10.  MacLeon, A.J. and A.J. Dekker.  1976.
     Lime requirement and availability of
     nutrients and toxic metals to plants
     grown in acid mine tailings.  Can. J.
     of Soil Sci. 56:27-36.

11.  Peech, M.  1965.  Hydrogen-Ion
     Activity.  In:  Methods of Soil
     Analysis Part 2.  Chemical And
     Microbiol. Properties, Chap. 60.  C.A.
     Black (ed.).  American Society of
     Agnonomy, Madison, Wisconsin.

12.  Raymond, R.L., J.O. Hudson and V.W.
     Jamison.  1975.  Assimilation of oil
     by soil bacteria.  In:  Proc. 40th
     Annual Midyear Meeting API Refining.

13.  Thomas, G.W. and A.R. Swoboda.  1970.
     Anion exclusion effects on chloride
     movement in soils.  Soil Sci.
     110-163-166.

14.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
     1979.  Methods of Chemical Analysis of
     Water and Waste, Cincinnati, Ohio.

15.  Warner, J.S.  1976.  Determination of
     Aliphatic and Aromatic Hydrocarbons in
     Chemistry 48:578.
                                             446

-------
                            FIELD EVALUATION ON
                     LAND TREATMENT OF TANNERY SLUDGES
                Lam  V.  Ho,  Hang-Tan  Phung,  and  David  E.  Ross
                               SCS Engineers
                         4014 Long Beach Boulevard
                       Long Beach, California  90807
                                  ABSTRACT
     The study presented in this paper is designed to (1) assess potential
adverse environmental impacts of land treating tannery sludges; (2) deter-
mine the accumulation and movement of contaminants in soil; (3) optimize
site design and operational procedures; and (4) estimate the costs of full-
scale practice.  The project began in August 1980, and will be completed  in
August 1985.  During its first 15 months, the project staff has (1) made
the site selection and acquisition; (2) obtained approval from local and
state regulatory agencies; (3) completed site design and construction; and
(4) established baseline data for sludge, soil, surface water, and ground
water in the experimental area.  Preliminary data regarding the effects of
sludge application and on-site storage on soil  chemical  characteristics
have also been compiled.
INTRODUCTION

     Approximately 40,000 to 50,000
dry tons of tannery sludges are gen-
erated annually in the United
States.  These sludges have gener-
ally been disposed of in conven-
tional landfills or dumps, or spread
on land as an organic soil amendment
or fertilizer supplement.

     Currently, tannery sludge is
not considered a hazardous waste by
the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA).  However, if a partic-
ular sludge fails the EP toxicity
test (e.g., if Cr(VI) in the extract
is >5 mg/1), it is subject to con-
troT under the hazardous waste regu-
lations.  If a sludge is classified
as a hazardous waste, it will need
to be hauled to and disposed of at
an approved hazardous waste facil-
ity.  The cost for such disposal
could be very high in comparison to
costs for disposal at a nonhazardous
waste facility.  High disposal costs
could force the closure of produc-
tion facilities.

     Since tannery sludges are rich
in proteinaceous residues, land
treatment could become a viable
alternative to landfill ing.  Land
treatment (also called landfarming,
land cultivation, land spreading, or
soil amendment) is defined as a
technique which uses naturally oc-
curring microorganisms in the soil
to biodegrade organic wastes.
Although land application of tannery
sludges has been practiced to some
extent in the United States and
other countries, only limited data
on their environmental impacts are
available.  These data have been
based on short-term greenhouse
studies and small field trials.
                                    447

-------
     There has not been a definitive
field study to provide data on the
design, operation, and closure of
land treatment sites which accept
tannery sludges in accordance with
applicable state and federal  regu-
lations.  Thus, EPA is funding a 5-
year study on land treatment  of tan-
nery sludges (from August 1980 to
August 1985) with the following
obj ect i ves :

     •  Assess potential  adverse
        environmental impacts of
        land treatment.

     •  Determine the accumulation
        and movement of contaminants
        in soil.

     •  Optimize site design  and
        operational procedures.
     •  Estimate the costs
        scale practices.
of ful 1 -
     This paper reports progress
achieved during the first 15 months
of the project (August 1980 to
November 1981).
SUMMARY OF PROJECT PLANNING

Project Team

     The team consists of the Tan-
ners Council of America (TCA) as
prime contractor, and SCS Engineers
(SCS), University of California at
Santa Cruz (UCSC), and Salz Leathers
(Salz) as subcontractors (see Figure
1).  SCS assisted in designing the
land treatment test  plot layout, was
responsible for designing the field
plot configuration,  loading rates,
and application method, and conduc-
ted the soil and plant monitoring.
UCSC was responsible for monitoring
surface and ground waters,  and esti-
mating water balance.  Salz provided
the sludges, and contributed to
project funding and  technical liai-
son.  Under contract to Salz, Weber
and Associates (Weber) performed
site selection and characterization,
and designed the initial field plot
1ayout.
            Permit Application

                 Although the proposed study is
            solely research-oriented, regulatory
            agencies were initially informed of
            the project scope and planned acti-
            vities in order to determine the
            need and procedures for permitting
            waste disposal activities at the
            site.  These agencies are the Cali-
            fornia Department of Health Servi-
            ces, the Central  Coast Regional
            Water Quality Control Board, the
            Coastal  Commission, and the Solid
            Waste Management  Board.  Except  for
            the Coastal Commission, which re-
            quested  a public  hearing in January
            1981, all of these agencies ex-
            pressed  an interest in the project,
            but did  not require a permit for the
            project  work.
Land Procurement
                 The site selection criteria
            were as fol1ows:

                 •  Relatively close (<20 mi) to
                    the  Salz  tannery.

                 •  Not  readily accessible to
                    the  public.

                 •  Typical geology of the Santa
                    Cruz coast.

                 t  Gentle slope (_£12 percent).

                 •  Mature soil with a wel 1-
                    developed "B" horizon.

                 t  Shallow perched water table
                    (controlled "worse case"
                    condition to facilitate
                    ground water monitoring).

                 •  Owner agreeable to a long-
                    term lease.

                 One of  three candidate sites
            met all of the above criteria, and
            was ultimately leased for the study.
            The site is  about 8 ha (20 ac) in
            size,  and is located 13 mi north of
            the city of  Santa Cruz, California,
            and approximately 0.75 mi from the
            Pacific Ocean.  It is readily
                                    448

-------
a:
a
CO
U
HH
Z
X
U
UJ
       z
       3
       a
       ct
       CD
   a.
   UJ











u
t-H
^
UJ
£
I.
U_
o
HI
U
z
D
0
(rt
UJ
o:
UJ
z
z
^
1-










































u
U_ tH
O Z N
o: D
• o a:
> LL O
Z J <
3 < H
ol z
CO

<
tO|
o:
UJ
UJ
z
M
Z
UJ
CO
o
CO
u

«
r
u
III
LU
CD
Z
o
_J
































^
co
111
l-
^
01
_1
M
J

-------
accessible from Santa Cruz along
paved roads,  except for a short dirt
access road leading from the county
road to the site.
Equipment and Labor Arrangements

     A general  contractor was hired
to construct the experimental plots
according to written specifications
prepared by Weber and SCS.  Equip-
ment for sludge hauling, land prep-
aration, sludge application and mix-
ing, and seeding was rented locally.

     Labor for  fieldwork was par-
tially provided by graduate students
under UCSC subcontract.  Local  la-
borers were hired as needed.
MATERIAL AND METHODS

Site Geology and Soi1  Characteris-
tics

     The site lies within the Scott
Creek Valley in western Santa Cruz
County, California.  It is situated
on a small, almost level  marine ter-
race remnant lying 107 to 122 m (350
to 400 ft) above the floor of Scott
Creek.  This small level  area lies
within rugged and steep mountainous
terrain on the western flank of Ben
Lomond Mountain.  The  low slopes
fall off abruptly into the deep,
steep-walled (MOO percent)  canyons
that lie northwest, southwest, and
west of the site.  Similar steep
slopes lie above the site to the
northeast.

     The marine terrace remnant is
of middle Pleistocene  age, and con-
sists of moderately indurated sand-
stones, siltstones, and conglomer-
ates.  The bedrock, Santa Cruz Mud-
stone, is of late Miocene to early
Pliocene age, and is primarily com-
posed of well indurated fine-grained
clays, silts, and silica  f^om the
skeletal remains of microorganisms.
The fine-grained Santa Cruz  Mudstone
has low intergranular  porosity and
permeability, and acts as an aqui-
fuge or aquiclude, except in areas
of fracture porosity.   There is no
indication that any large faults or
fracture zones cross the test site.

     The soils on the site have been
mapped as part of the Watsonville
and Watsonvi11e-Tierra complex
(USDA-SCS, 1980).  The soils are
typically formed on alluvial  and
marine terraces in coastal Santa
Cruz and San  Mateo County.  Both the
Tierra and Watsonville soils are
very deep (_>_! • 5 m, or 5 ft thick)
with a thick,  wel1-developed B hori-
zon, and are  moderately well  to
somewhat poorly drained.   Permeabil-
ity of both soils is very low.

     Table 1  shows the chemical
characteristics of the soils prior
to sludge application.  The soils
are slightly  acidic, and  have a mean
cation exchange capacity (CEC) of
17.1 to 20.3  meq/100 g.  Mean value
of total lead  (Pb) ranges from 6.8
to 8.5 ug/g,  and total chromium (Cr)
from 38 to 41  ug/g.  No Cr(VI) was
detected in the soil.  The organic
matter content of the analyzed soil
is low.  Mean  total organic carbon
(TOC) ranges  from 0.47 to 0.62 per-
cent.  Mean total Kjeldahl nitrogen
(TKN) of the  natural topsoil  is only
0.22 percent,  and decreases with
increasing soil depth.
Site Design and Construction

     Figure 2 shows the site layout,
including fences, wells, berms,
roadways, and drainage systems.
There are a total of eight test
plots:  Cj (normal rate, chrome
sludge); C2 (high rate, chrome
sludge); H} (normal rate, hair-burn
sludge); H2 (high rate, hair-burn
sludge); Mj (normal rate, mixed
sludge); M2 (high rate, mixed
sludge); M3 (exceedingly high rate,
mixed sludge); and the control plot
(no sludge).   Six of the 0.20-ha
(0.50-ac) test plots (Ci, C2, Hls
H2 , M}, and M2) lie on 5 to 10 per-
cent slopes;  the 0.20-ha (0.50-ac)
control plot  lies on 5 percent
slope; and the 0.10-ha (0.25-ac)
plot (M3) on  3 to 4 percent slopes.
The test plots are surrounded by
berms and ditches which divert
                                    450

-------









00
— 1
t— H
o
oo


o
c
»— t
1—
ct
~
cy
LU
1 	
o
et

^
°>-<
z_,
_l*
00^
CCS
^ce
Q_
i— |UJ
>- ;~
^1-
Z. j_
•<
_,
ct
O
i — i
H-
00
t— i
1—
1 —
OO

,
1 — 1
LU
_J
CQ
1—












1

I*- 1
1
r—
H3 1
O *-~-
(— cn
*"*^
en
^
-Q
CL. I
r— 1
+J I
O
1— i

o
LO
en
i — i





00
, — 1
1
o
c^-


i — i
I
I
•z. i
1 1

-~.
55

i
8 ,
i —
i
i
cn
o
o
CJ> f— 1
LU ^
o cr
D i^,
LO LO «— 1
000


OO CO «d-
• • 1 —
O CO •
OJ "— ' «*



UO ^d" LO
OJ OJ O
o o o






o en oo
LO O ,-H
OJ OJ i— I




OJ CO ID
^D LO 1 — 1
ID ID 0






ro+~

ro -o cs
2: S oo




en
^t
en
CM





oo
! 	 1
1
O
00


o
i — i
0
CO
o

o

CO
ID
O
1
cn
LO
o
^_
CM
OJ
'i
LO
t— 1
CTl
i — 1
O
1
o
*
o


^J-
LO
•
oo
LO
LO
OJ

OJ
cn
ID
ID
LO
ID



E
O
Ol
O cn
ID C
i ce

o
00


co f^ o
OO OO i— 1







LO O «d-
co cn «^-





CT> O ,—(
O I-H O
coo





CM f~H *d"
ID ID O
O O O


CO CO CO
. . CTl
CO CO •
<—< •— 1 OJ



t-H < — 1 O
o o o






LO UO LO
i— I CM ^f
OO OO OJ




i— 1 !*~ ID
r— ID i— i
ID ID o





c
ro
C •!- •
ro T3 c
OJ  ID
0 0
0 0





r~ oo
0 0


.—i r~
i— i i— i



r-^ co
r-H 1 — 1
0 0






r^v ID
00 OO




,-H CO
uo ^i-
ID ID





C
ro
c; -i-
ro ^3
y y~





OJ
i — t







ID
UO





i — i
O
O





oo
o
o


oo
OJ
1 — 1



LO
o
0






CO
0




1 — 1
UO
o







•
Q
oo

































CD
1"
Q
l/l
s-
o
ro
<1J
^j
ro
f—

^
ro
ai
s_
O)
w
OJ
CL
E
ro
to
£
t/>
o
a.
^

o

^
o
U-

*












































c
o
TJ
ro
'>
CD
o
-a
t_
ro
-o
c:
ro
i ^
oo

u

0
•
00

4-
451

-------

                                                                   3
                                                                   O
                                                                   O)
                                                                  
-------
surface runoff into collection boxes
at the base of each test plot.  A
system of 20-cm (8-in) PVC pipes
connects the runoff collection boxes
with concrete sedimentation ponds,
which are equipped with a V-notch
weir for discharge measurements.

     Ten shallow monitoring wells
and one deep well  were installed to
measure ground water level fluctua-
tions and quality.  The shallow
wells, 6 to 14 m (20 to 45 ft) deep,
are downgradient from the test
plots, and extend  through the ter-
race deposits several meters into
the underlying bedrock.  They are
cased with slotted PVC pipe and
gravel-packed the  entire depth,
except for the upper 1.5 m (5 ft),
which are grout-sealed .  The deep
monitoring well is about 76 m (250
ft) deep, and is located down-slope
from the upper six test plots,
roughly 15 m (50 ft) south of plot
Sludge Characterization
     To provide a basis for inter-
preting future data and calculating
application rates, Salz hair-burn
and chrome sludges were sampled four
times over a period of 12 months.
The first two sets of samples were
taken shortly after the sludges were
conveyed to the plant's storage con-
tainers.  The last two sets were
taken from on-field stockpiles prior
to spreading.  At the time of the
third and fourth samplings, the
hair-burn sludge was 12 and 27 days
old, and the chrome sludge was 3 and
18 days old, respectively.  For each
sludge type, sludge was scooped ran-
domly at several  places,  and placed
in labeled glass containers.  Each
sample was frozen and shipped to
SCS's laboratory in a cooler packed
with blue ice.  The sludge samples
were allowed to thaw in the labora-
tory.  A mixed sludge sample was
then prepared by thoroughly mixing
one part of hair-burn sludge with
three parts of chrome sludge.  This
ratio represents the proportion of
each sludge type generated at Salz.
All sludge samples were tested for
moisture content, pH, electrical
conductivity (EC), sodium adsorption
ratio (SAR), TOC, TKN, nitrate-
nitrogen (NOo~-N), ammonium-nitrogen
(NH4+-N) , total  Cr, and Pb.

     In addition, total calcium
(Ca), magnesium  (Mg), sodium  (Na),
copper  (Cu), mercury  (Hg), nickel
(Ni), and zinc  (Zn) were also deter-
mined in the third and fourth sets
of sludge samples.  Analytical  pro-
cedures employed for  the selected
parameters are  given  in Table 2.
Sludge Application and Seed Broad-
cast! ng

     Salz sludges are applied once
per year.  Based on the chemical
analyses of the first two sets of
sludge samples, the application rate
for hair-burn sludge (plot H^) was
determined using the annual  nitrogen
requirement of Sudan grass (Sorghum
sudanses, plant species selected for
the study) estimated at 224 kg N/ha
(200 Ib N/ac), and the nitrogen min-
eralization rate suggested for sew-
age sludge at 0.15, 0.06, 0.04, and
0.02 for successive years (Keeney,
et al.,  1975).  For chrome and mixed
sludges, the total Cr allowable
limit (i.e., 2,240 kg/ha, or 2,000
Ib/ac) was used.  For test plots Cj
and Mi, it was determined that 896
kg Cr/ha (800 Ib Cr/ac) would be
added from the sludge in the first
year, and 448 kg Cr/ha (400 Ib Cr/
ac) in each of the next three con-
secutive years.  For test plots H2,
G£, and M£, the rates for plots Hj,
C]^, and M}, respectively, were
doubled.  Plot M3 received a triple
amount of mixed sludges over the
total Cr allowable limit.  Plots \\£ ,
Co, M2, and M3 were designed to sim-
ulate conditions most likely planned
for full-scale sludge disposal
sites.  Annual sludge application
rates and corresponding N and Cr
loadings are shown in Table 3.

     In order to provide a balanced
macronutrient supply to Sudan grass,
276 kg/ha (246 Ib/ac) of superphos-
phate, and 338 kg/ha (302 Ib/ac) of
muriate of potash (potassium
                                    453

-------
      TABLE 2.   ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES FOR SLUDGES AND SOILS
Parameter

Moi sture


PH



EC



SAR



TKN



TOC



NH4+-N


N03--N

CEC
Cr, Cu, Ni
Pb, Hg, Zn,
Ca, Mg, Na

Cr(VI)
   Method of Determination

Oven-dry for 24 hr at 105°C
followed by weighing

1:1 sludge (or soil): 1^0 equilb-
rium, followed by electrometric
measuremen t

Water saturation extracts, fol-
lowed by Wheatstone bridge mea-
surement

Water saturation extracts, fol-
lowed by the determination of Na
Ca, and Mg by atomic absorption

Digestion and distillation, fol-
lowed by titration  (Kjeldahl
met hod)

Bichromate oxidation, followed
by titration (Waikley-Black
met hod)

KC1 extraction, followed by dis-
tillation and titration

Cadmium reduction method

NaOAc extraction followed by
titration

HN03/HC104 digestion, followed
by atomic absorption
       extraction, followed by
s-aiphenyl carbazide complexation
and spectrophotometric measurement
Reference

Gardner, 1965


Peech, 1965
Bower and
Wilcox, 1965
Richard, 1965
and EPA, 1976
EPA, 1976



Allison, 1965



Bremner , 1965


Hach, 1978

Chapman, 1965


EPA, 1976
Ba rtlett and
Kimble, 1976
                                 454

-------















CD
_
O
^
O
a.
ii i

Qi
Qi
O

0*
^- oo
et CD

GO i— i
l_ul O
«£ O
f^£ i


O ZD


< O
C-5 fy*
—I CJ>
O. Q
^r

L-i-J
CD 2£

C^ | ' j
3 0
J ^}
co fy


•~ ^
"n
Z.
z.


CO


UJ
ffl

I 	


















*
*
01
c
•r-
73
TO
O - — •*
_J TO
c~
E ' — ~
3 Ol
•r- NX
E^
0
<-
O



*
*
Ol
C

73
TO
O
_J
t 	 -
C TO
CU -C
o a>
t_ -^
4_j v 	 *
'r~
^

, —
TO
4-J
O
1—






QJ
ro TO
fV C"
**-^
C. -4-J
0 E
••-
+^ 4"*
rO OJ
U 3-
p_
Q- fO
O c~
e£ *^^
4-3
QJ E
cn
~o >>
13 C.
i — O
CO















1 —
s:






T—
O





31





I —
5:





cT







re





=*fc
r—









=te
o










•i-
t—
a:






t_
TO
CU
>-

VO CO CO CO
Ol ^~ ^" *^"
CO ^J" ^~ ^"





LD CO 00 CO
Ol ^3- «^- ^±
oo *± <- •*




Ir-H CO *fr St
^ CM CM CM




CO i— t ^H T— t
O LO LO LO
cr\ *j- ^.j. ^j-





t-H t— t r-H •— t
C\J **O ^O (-O
r^ ro co ro






ro LO o o
CTi 00 
VO CO CO CO
1*-- ro co co


*^- oo CM c\j
oo r~H «— ' •~l




CO O^ O^ O>
LO CM CvJ OO

r-"- O*i CT> O"i
1 — 1





-— ^
^- *• — <. /— ^ . — X
CO O CO CO
i — i cr> r--. r^~
N 	 -. 	 N. 	 N 	 •

co r— CM oo
CO CM OO OO





«— I CM CO «xt"



o
^J-
00
n
OJ



o
^f
OJ
n
CM


f~-
1 — 1
, — 1



ID
LO
CM

CM



o
CO
••
1 — t




01
1 — 1
«
^

. 	 .
0
01
1 — t


o
LO




LO
*fr
— ,

^J-
^~



. — *
o
CO
CO
N 	

01
o
, — 1



, —
TO
4_>
0
1—
1
to -o Q- 1
CU CU «t -i-
•r- T3 i —
t- 73 Q.
CO 03 • Q.
to to =1
to t_
C tt- -i- TO
O O O) •
E >i >>
4-J >, 3 i—
TO 4-> •»— 4-> CU
N ••- E c: >
•r- (/I O CU 'r-
TO CU ^ CT O
t_ > O CU CU
c c: i — -Q to
• -1-^3 TO 3 CU
10 E 4-> to L.
cu « o
i — c: >, 4-> c "
Q- CU CU -r— 1 — 1
E en c: it- E:
TO O CU O t3
to t- CU CU "O
4J i^ 4-> "O c:
CU -i- C: T3 TO
C71 C t_ CU TO •
TD CU O i — i to
3 TO 4-> I- to O CU
i — 4- CU -t— to
to to TO • CL L- >>
CU s~' « — i 4-J O i —
t- E in >, c t- ro
o o to 4_> cu c;
to t- M- t- U CU TO
to to ID O O t- to
4-> ro cu LJ_ cu o cu
cu >-> cu a-_c en
to 73 i — 4-J 73
c cu -Q • o rs
O TO > ^ CJ1CM M— i —
S -i- O c O to
4-> " to 73 -1—73
C to 73 C CU O
4J CUCUtO TOTOi — ^
to en o -i— O _c 4->
t- 00 r— - 3
•i- t- 3 C\J CO 4^
t- 4-Jto;r EO73» to
•i- 3 ••- t-i L.
CD C L- £— «i— JJ CU y~ «n*
-C O O E ro 6- U-
-M U M— 4— OO«T34—
•^ L. -r- 0 QJ
4— C CM QJ t~ r— OJ ^C
O roO^-J OD.21CU 4->
Cn • ro D_ r—
to !_Ct_ r- «3 -0 Q. t-
00 C73C 4^, -i-CO OD1 4J OJ
r— TO *^- 4O 73 CM Z3
TO 4- 4-1 =1 O tO i —
C O«TO Ui — 'r— TO
TO ^J~ (_) TO 1^1 t— ^>
O O -i- ^^ O CO

TO ^^ C O. , — TO TO
CJ ^1 Q_ CU to t_ CU
.,- ^«<3; O>>cuo E
E LO O 1 4J 4-
OJ O C C 4J TO CU
_c: o»» "tot_cu .c
 4->
C -i- C TO
C C-T- C  to
ID TO**-T- TOCi — TO TO
CO COO3 CD-i-Q-O CD

* 4- =tt -X
*
455

-------
chloride) were added prior to sludge
incorporation to each of the eight
test plots, including the control.

     Sludges are scheduled for ap-
plication during each September of
the first 4 years of the project
(before the rainy season starts).
However, because of delays caused by
site acquisition and permit ap-
proval, the first-year sludge was
not applied until after the rainy
season.  Hair-burn and chrome
sludges were hauled separately to
the site, and were stockpiled on
appropriate test plots until  suffi-
cient quantities were obtained.  The
sludges were spread with a sludge
spreader, and mixed with the surface
soil by rototilling.  Supplemental
fertilizers were applied prior to
the sludge application.

     Sudan grass was selected for
the experiment because of its high N
requirement and salt-tolerant char-
acteristics.  The seeds were broad-
cast after sludge application at a
rate of 34 kg/ha (30 Ib/ac) by use
of a hand-held seed spreader.
Site Mon i to ri ng

     Soil, surface, an'd subsurface
waters will be monitored regularly
throughout the project life.  During
the first  year, monitoring activity
focused mainly on the compilation of
baseline data.
Soil  Moni to ri ng--

     Samples from sludge-amended
soil  were taken at depths of 0 to 30
cm (0 to 1 ft), 30 to 60 cm (1 to 2
ft),  and 60 to 90 cm (2 to 3 ft)
from  all test plots.  At each test
plot, a composite sample was made
for each depth from nine equidistant
locations.  To prevent sludge con-
tamination of soil at lower depths
from  loose particles falling into
the sampling holes, the top layer
was first sampled using a large
auger with a 10-cm (4-in) diameter
bucket.  The area around the hole
was then cleaned to remove loose
siudge-amended soil.  A smaller
auger (2.5 cm in diameter) was used
to collect soil  samples at the lower
depths.  When sampling was com-
pleted, the holes were plugged with
bentonite pellets and water to pre-
vent contaminated material  from
entering the holes.

     Soils from the original  sludge
pile locations on test plots Hj, ^2>
and f\2 were sampled in the same man-
ner as described above to determine
the potential for downward migration
of organic carbon, NO-j'-N, soluble
salts, and heavy metals during o n -
site storage.

     Soil samples were analyzed for
pH, CEC, SAR, electrical conductiv-
ity (EC), TOC, TKN, total Pb, Cr,
and Cr(VI).  Analytical procedures
were the same as those used for
sludges  (see Table 2).
Baseline Water Duality Samples--

     Seven baseline surface and sub-
surface water samples were collected
and analyzed in March and May of
1981.  The purpose of the sampling
was to characterize the background
chemistry of the water prior to
sludge application.  The water qual-
ity data are presented in Table 4.

     Water samples were collected
from the following locations:

     •  Sediment retention box below
        Plot M-3.

     t  Sediment retention box below
        Plots M-2, H-l, and H-2.

     •  Sediment retention box below
        PIots C-l, C-2, and M-l.

     •  The deep monitoring well.

     •  A spring at the base of the
        bowl-shaped area adjacent to
        and east of the control
        plot.
                                     456

-------









*£
r—
et
LU
1— 1
	 1
LU
C/}
e£
OC
LU
I—
<£
3

§
ID
C
Ct
CD

c.

~
"^

Cd
LU
1—
5
LU

U-
C£
(X)



•
•=1-

LU
— 1
cc
e£
r—


















c
*
CD .C
•*-> 3
+-> 0
ro t-
<-> h-

cn
c
*r~
a.
co

^
CM
 1C CM
0 1
Q_ CM
z:



ro
cn 1
>, c s:
> •!-
ai ID o
3T O r—
— 1 Q.






C
o
>r—
^_>
ID
O
0


cu
"a.
E


1 	 1
OO
(£>
~^


. — I
OO
10

LO

i-H
00
LO
CVJ
""••s.
CO

, — 1
00

CM

ro



t_-4
00

LO
CM

ro
i — i
CO

CM
ro




,__4
00

CM

CO









-D
CU

"a.
E
ro
(X)
cu
•u
ro
O

*d- -f-
^




CM -T-
^O




^
to o
LO
T-H



*i-
lO LO
^J-





LO
i — 1
•
r^ LO
vo



CTi
^O O







CO
ID O
CO


^^
(J
*• —
O
E
3
v 	

>^
4_)
•r—
>
•r-
^_j
O
3
C.
in o
a. o

CO O CD CM
<3- f~-- T-H r-1 O
r-H lO NX NX


ro
VO O^ r~~i r~~i LO
OO CO CM T-H T-H O
r-H CO NX NX


LO
LO ^*- «j- o o c
i-H NX NX NX



1 —
o o> o c o LO
«3- «H^ f-H T— 1 T-H T-H
r-H 1 — NX NX





10
o CM ai
» • • iii
^- <^ f— i
r—l LO


O
LO OO LO C? O LO
LO O O t-H T-( CM
,-H CO NX NX







O CM O C O 00
LO OO LO .-H i-H O
,-H CTi NX NX






, — .
O
o
^— * T^
r— E
CU E i— ^-
L > — c cn ^ — .
3 01 ~^ 3 r-
4J 3 Cn ID
ID 3 « 4J
t- « t/) O
CU 1 r. , — ^_)
Q. ro i ID —
e o o-i •!->
OJ <—> O CO -O i- CO
I— 1C ZL 'SL C^. iJ LL.

O O 0
T-H T-H r-H
NX NX NX



0 O 0
T 	 1 < 	 1 1 	 1
NX NX V



O 0 c
NX NX NX




O C 0
T-H f-H »-H
NX NX NX







1 1 1





o o o
f-H t-H T-H
NX NX NX







O O O
T-H , — 11 — 1
NX NX NX



















3 £ i

LO LO LO
c o ro
NX NX



LO LO CO
O O 00
NX NX



LO LO LO O LO
C O LO O CM
NX NX T-H rO t-H




LO LO C O C
O O tO CM LO
NX NX T-( t-H







1 1 1 1 1





LO LO LO LO C
C O LO CM LO
NX NX rt T-H







LO LO C LO LO
0 0 CO CM 0
NX NX f-H CM



















C "O Cn ro ID
M o z: z o






































.
c.
0

.1 1
ro

'i
ro

c
0
^
o c
•r- O
-(->
-t-> <->
, — ^

O CU
CL- s;
* -t-
457

-------
     •  A cattle
        near the
watering trough
site entrance gate,
     •  Scott Creek  at a point
        southwest of the gate to the
        site.

     All  surface water samples were
collected in areas  of active flow.
The samples from the sediment reten-
tion boxes were collected at the
weir overflows during a storm event
on March  25, 1981.   The deep
monitoring well was  sampled with a
nitrogen-charged mini-pump.

     Temperature, pH, and conductiv-
ity were  measured on site at the
time of sample collection.  Samples
were collected in containers cleaned
according to EPA guidelines, and
packed in ice for transport back to
the laboratory.  Tests for alkalin-
ity and nitrate concentration were
run within 24 hours  after collec-
tion.   Concentrations of major ions
and heavy metals were determined for
unfiltered samples  by standard
atomic adsorption methods, as out-
lined  in  the EPA publication,
"Methods  for Chemical Analyses of
Water  and Wastes."
DISCUSSION

Sludge Characteristics

     The chemical  characteristics of
Salz sludges are presented in Table
5.  The sludges contained high solu-
ble salts (as indicated by high EC
levels) and particularly high solu-
ble Na (as indicated by high SAR).
Land treatment of these sludges
could thus cause salt injury to
vegetation and impairment of soil
structures, resulting in poorer
drainage and increases in surface
runoff and erosion.

     Mean TOC and TKN contents of
the sludges ranged from 19.0 to 31.6
percent, and from 3.9 to 4.1 per-
cent, respectively (see Table 5).
Since the total N03~-N and NH4+-N of
each sludge type accounted for about
0.2 percent, most N found in the
sludges was organic in form.  A
rough estimate of the organic
C:organic N (C/N) ratio yields
values from 5 to 8, depending on
sludge type.  This would suggest
that inorganic N would be released
through mineralization, once the
sludge is incorporated into the
soil.  The mineralization rate of
the sludge used in this study has
not, however, been determined.  The
inorganic N can be taken up by
vegetation, volatilized (e.g., NH3),
or leached through the soil (e.g.,
N03--N) .

     No N03~-N was detected in the
sludge stockpiled in the field.
This would suggest that significant
denitrification and/or NH3 volatil-
ization had occurred during stock-
piling and storage.

     Salz sludges were alkaline and
contained relatively high concentra-
tions of  Ca, Mg, and Na.  With the
exception of total Cr in chrome and
mixed sludges, concentrations of
other heavy metals in the sludges
were comparable to those found in
mineral soils (see Table 5).  The
high concentrations of Cr in the
chrome and mixed sludges may limit
the useful life of land treatment
sites accepting these sludges.
                      Soil  After Sludge Application

                           In the first year, the two sets
                      of soil data do not allow for as-
                      sessment of contaminant migration,
                      since the period between sludge in-
                      corporation and soil sampling was
                      only 2 weeks.  The period was rela-
                      tively dry; as such, the potential
                      for contaminant migration in the
                      soil  wa s ve ry 1ow.
                      Chemical  Characteristics of Sludge-
                      Amended Soi1s--

                           Table 6 presents analytical
                      data on the soil samples taken
                      shortly after sludge incorporation.
                      The data  will  be interpreted by com-
                      parison with the background data
                      shown in  Tab!e 1.

                           In general, N03~-N and Cr(VI)
                      concentrations in the sludge-amended
                                    458

-------
                                    LO  CO  LC
                                        CO  CTi   CO
                                                                               CO   C\J   i—I
                                                                               ro   co   cr.   r*-

                                                                               O   CM   CO   ro
                                                                                    ro   CM   c\j  ro
                                                                               O   CM   CO   O
                                                                               CM             ro
                                                                                              o


                                                                                              co  r-.  LO   LO

                                                                                               i     I   O    1
                                                                                              O  CTt    •   r-«.
03
O
GO

M
O

GO
I— I
GO
                                    ro  0*1  en   ro
f^.   CO   UD  •-<

oo   co   •—i  *=r
                                                                      co
                                                                  I    t-H
                                                                  I    CO
                                                                               LO   LT)   O   O
                                                                               LO   ro   LO   o
                                                                                                            CNJ   ro   O
                                        CO   -H   LO
                                   I    LO   •—t  LO
                                        111.
                                  o   o   o  o  en
                                  ro   CM   O  O
                                  t\l   LO   i—'  O*>

                                  •3-   <-<   co  o
                                                                                                            CO   LO   ro
                                                                                                       O   CM   cr>   <-*
                                                                               CM   CM   ro  r^-.    .
                                                                               ro   CO   
-------









CO
	 1
>— 1
0
CO

o
LU
o
z
LU
1
LU
iS
0
t
CO
U.
o

CO

1
eC

«£
[
O
*™H
1 1 1

0
VO

LU
I
CO
. '
!_ 1
O
1
t_ 1
o
, 	
(T3 1
4_J
O Ol
ON


1
.a
Q- 1

, — t
TO
0
1
Z 1
1
CO 1
o


Z 1
:*£
l— i
a?

O 1
o
l— i
VJ

0 0
[^ I f-

>^-

Cd
OO




•T~
0.






£
O
oo

000
V V V




O LO CO
CM CO «*







^f VO ON

LO i-H VO



* 1-H
z z *-*

Or — uo
-a- o o

CD O O

•3- CM CO
•— i vo co
CM O C

VO ON CM
CM VO VC
CM I-H I-H

CM O VO
VC VO CO
LO 1 — CO



VO  U O O
o
,— 0 O 0
Q- CO VO ON
III
CMO O 0
3: co vo

O 0 0
v v v




OO VO 10
•a- LO co







|-~ «3" LO

i-H ^H CO



0
o « o
Z 1-H Z

i-H ON "^
CM O O

0 0 CD

1 i — 1 ON
LO OO CM
CM O O

LO i — 1 ON
CM LO CO
I-H O O

O LO 00
CM t^- LO
<* ^- oo



l~~ «* CM
...
r-^ vo LO



S£
o
o
•— o o o
CL. CO VC Ol
1 1 1
,-HO 0 0
O CO VO

* • •
CD CD CD
V V V




^- vo vo
vo r-i co







LO t~"i ^^«

VO CO i-H
CO l-H


0
o . o
Z 1-H Z

ON OO VO
l-H O O
...
o o o

vo o r-»
co oo co
CM CD O

o r-^ LO
«* CM CM
coo

CO 00 ^~
co vo *i-
LO ^- oo



LO ON ON
...
f — vc vo



g E E

o
i— O O O
O- CO VO ON
III
CMO 0 0
O CO VO

o o o
V V V




i— i vo r-.
CO CM f







ON Ol CM

CO i-H CO



000
z z z

CM r~- vo
CM O O

o o o

vo r~~ CM
^- VO CM
CM O O

ON O CO
O CM CM
•-H O O

ON LO i-H
r~- vo to
LO 00 i-H



CM CO ^~

vo vo vo



BEE
+J U U VJ
o
i— O O O
Q- CO VO ON
1 1 1
i-HO 0 0
S co vo

coo
V V V




VO ON CO
00 CM CM
CM






co r-. vc

ON LO VC



O o •
Z z i— i

CO •* l-~-
CM i-H O

o o o

CO ON O
oo r- oo
CM i-H O

«3- ON i— 1
CO I-H <3-
CM O i— 1

ON CM LO
•— ' CM ON
I-H LO l-H



CM r-^ co
...
VO LO VO



E E E
+J VJ O (J
o
,— O CD O
Q_ CO VO Ol
III
CMO O O
s: co vo

o o o
V V V




CO CO CM
r-~- co co







00 OO ON

CO OO CO



O O 0
z z z

i — 1 ON t^-
CM O 0

o o o

LO CM P-
LO OO ^J-
CM O O

OO LO CM
CM i-H CO
CM O O

r-~ co «a-
10 <- oo
CM «* O
1-1


CM i-H LO
...
vo vo vo



§E E:
o O
o
,— 0 O 0
O- CO VO ON
1 1 1
coo o o
S co vo








































.
01
-I-J
u
•fj
Ol
o
(L
c
0
z

II
o
z
*
460

-------
soil were nondetectable.  There was
no indication of contaminant
migration resulting from sludge
application.

     With the exception of SAR, the
discussion in this section focuses
primarily on the sludge incorpora-
tion zone (0 to 30 cm, or 0 to 1
ft).

     Sludge application resulted in
appreciable increases in soil  pH of
the hair-burn and chrome plots.
Plots that received mixed sludge
showed slight decreases in soil pH.
These decreases are not expected
since the mixed sludge was alkaline.
Further sampling will be needed to
verify these data.

     Sludge application increased
the EC and SAR values of the surface
soil (0- to 30-cm layer), irrespec-
tive of sludge type.  However, these
EC levels are not sufficiently high
to pose salinity hazard to Sudan
grass,  a species which is relatively
tolerant to soluble salts (Richard,
1954).   As an indicator of the rela-
tive availability of exchangeable Na
in soil solution, SAR is generally
used to assess potential  Na phyto-
toxicity and poor soil drainage
caused  by soluble Na.  Although
sludge  incorporation has not re-
sulted  in greatly elevated SAR's for
the surface soils, high sludge SAR's
and continual  use of tannery sludge
suggest that SAR for sludge-treated
soils should be monitored periodi-
cal ly.

     Some of the SAR values of
sludge-treated soils at the 30- to
60-cm and/or 60- to 90-cm depths
were found to be higher than those
in untreated soils.  It is possible
that the high SAR values were  a
result  of the significant decrease
in Ca concentrations at these
depths, rather than increases  in Na
concentrations.  Further field sam-
pling will be needed to verify these
data.

     The TOC concentrations in the
surface layer increased following
sludge  application, while the  TKN
values remained unchanged in most
cases.  These TKN concentrations
appear to be low, indicating that
the effect of the first sludge
application on soil  TKN levels was
insignificant.

     Total Pb in the surface soil
did not change, while total  Cr con-
centrations in the surface soils
treated with chrome and mixed
sludges increased considerably fol-
lowing sludge incorporation.  These
Cr levels, however, were not appre-
ciably higher than those commonly
reported for mineral  soils.


Migration of Contaminants from
SIudge Stock piling--

     At locations where hair-burn
and chrome sludges were stockpiled,
soluble salt and water contents in
the first and second layers  were
higher than those found in other
locations of the same test plots
(see Table 7).  There was no indica-
tion of N03~-N, Cr, or Pb migration,
Since N03~-N levels in the sludges
were low, the data suggest that
short-term stockpiling of sludge in
the field prior to spreading would
not result in NOo~-N migration to
1 ower soil depths.
CONCLUSION

     The first 15 months of this
project have been devoted to:
        Site select i on
        tion.
and acquisi-
     •  Permit approvals.

     •  Site design and construc-
        tion.

     •  Establishment of baseline
        data for sludge, soil, sur-
        face water, and ground water
        in the experimental area.

     The project experienced a slow
start, but is steadily progressing.
The data reported in this paper will
be used as a basis for discussion of
                                    461

-------





ZT
0
1—
oo
o
o_

21
o 	
o
_l ^
<: ,_
i— i °
	 i
Ljj ^~
_
—'— f 	
00
_^
ctL
i
— ' o
cT °°

Ljj Q
^
= W
	 1 _-
OO
"^
Ul- ^j
0 o

0 =

E"
U- .
UJ U-
C^

1-
LLJ


CQ
2





O)

•r—
n

OJ
Cn
"§
0^
Ol
_c


[ \
m
CO
ex
E
oo

cu
f—
cn
.,—
oo





cx
E
oo

O)
+->
to
o
o.
o
<_J





e


o
cn
1
O
IO

O LO IO
i — ir^i — ito^oCD CM
• •••••• •
OILO-— I«3-OO>— ILOCO
^H l£>



e
o

o

1
o


i — I «=3" G
r^t-n^^O'-HCTi co
• •••••• •
CMLOCMO"— ICCMO-— <
i— 1 i-H CM



£


cn
5^ E ^^
o cn

CD
"QJ

^
^_
ft3
CL.

O) o cn cn
^3 E ^^ ^^ z Cn cn

t/) ^ ^ i
• f— ^ rv C_J Z CO n ^
OlO
c
o

n

a
z;

*
462

-------
findings compiled within the next 3-
1/2 years.
REFERENCES

 1.  Allison, L.  E.   Organic Car-
     bon.   In:   Methods of Soil
     Analysi s,  Part  2.   Black ,  C.
     A.,  ed.   Amer.  Soc.  Agron.,
     Inc., Madison,  Wisconsin,
     1965.  pp.  1367-1378.

 2.  Bartlett,  R.  J.,  and J. M.  Kim-
     ble.   Behavior  of  Chromium  in
     Soils:   II  Hexavalent Forms.
     J.  Environ.  Dual., 5:383-386,
     1976.
 3.
 4.
 5.
 6.
 7.
Bower, C. A., and L. V. Wilcox.
Soluble Salts.  In:  Methods of
Soil  Analysis, Part 2.  Black,
C. A., ed.  Amer. Soc. Agron.,
Inc., Madison, Wisconsin, 1965.
pp. 1179-1237.

Bremner, J. M.  Inorganic Forms
of Nitrogen.  In:  Methods of
Soil  Analysis, Part 2.  Black,
C. A., ed.  Amer. Soc. Agron.,
Inc., Madison, Wisconsin, 1965.
pp. 1179-1237.

Chapman, H. D.  Cation-
Exchange-Capacity.  In:
Methods of Soil  Analysis, Part
2 .  Black, C. A., ed.   Amer .
     Soc .  Agron,
     Wisconsin,
           ,  Inc., Madison,
           1965.  pp. 891-901
Environmental  Protection
Agency.  Methods for Chemical
Analysis of Water and Wastes.
EPA-625/6-74-003a ,  1976.  298
pp.
fia rdner
In:
Part
Ame r
son ,
127.
    W. H.   Water Content.
Methods of Soil  Analysis,
1 .   Bl ack , C. A.,  ed .
 Soc.  Agron., Inc.,  Madi-
Wisconsin, 1965.  pp.  82-
                                  10,
                                  11
                                       12,
                                  Keeney, n. R., K. W. Lee, and
                                  L. M. Walsh.  Guidelines for
                                  the Application of Wastewater
                                  Sludge to Agricultural Land in
                                  Wisconsin.  Tech. Bull. 88.
                                  Dept. Nat. Res., Madison, Wis-
                                  consin, 1975.  36 pp.

                                  Peech, M.  Hydrogen-Ion Activ-
                                  ity.  In:  Methods of Soil
                                  Analysi s, Part 2 .  Black , C.
                                  A., ed.  Amer. Soc. Agron.,
                                  Inc., Madison, Wisconsin,
                                  1965.  pp. 914-926.
                                  Richard, L. A., ed.
                                  and Improvement of
                                  Al kali  SoiIs.  U.S.
                                  Agric.  Handbook No.
                                  i ngton , D.C. , 1954.
  D i a g n o s i s
Saline and
 Dept.
 60,  Wash-
  160 pp.
                                  U.S. nepartment of Agriculture.
                                  Soil Conservation Service, Soil
                                  Survey of Santa Cruz County,
                                  California.  National Coopera-
                                  tive Soil Survey, USDA and Uni-
                                  versity of California Agricul-
                                  tural Experiment Station, 1980.
                                  148 pp.
     Hack  Chemical  Company.   Waste-
     water Analysis  Handbook.   Love-
     land, Colorado,  1978.   631  pp.
                                    463

-------
           LEACHATE QUALITY IMPROVEMENTS AFTER TOP  SEALING
                         William W. Beck,  Jr.
                            Alison L. Dunn
                           Grover H.  Emrich
                            SMC MARTIN  INC.
                        Valley Forge, PA   19482
                               ABSTRACT
 The  landfill in Windham, Connecticut was  operated  from  the  late 1940s
 until  1979.  In 1976,  it was  shown  to  be  generating  leachate  and to be
 contaminating ground water moving downgradient  toward a public  water
 supply reservoir.   In  1978-1980, SMC Martin designed and implemented a
 closure  plan for  the landfill which included  regrading,  installation
 of an  impermeable PVC  top seal, and revegetation.  Total closure costs
 amounted to $0.44 per  square  foot.  During subsequent monitoring of
 ground-water quality,  reductions of up to 80  percent were observed  in
 most constituents sampled at  a well downgradient.  At the same  time,
 the  area of the plume  of contamination, based on contour maps of
 specific conductance,  was found to  have been  reduced by 30  percent.
 It is  concluded that the top  seal installed over the landfill has
 effectively reduced generation of leachate and  resulted in  an accel-
 erated rate of water quality  improvement  for  the area.
INTRODUCTION

     SMC Martin, under contract to
U.S. EPA (#68-03-2519) developed
and implemented a program of reme-
dial action at an inoperative waste
disposal site and monitored the
effects of such action on water
quality.  Based on a number of
physical and institutional criteria
(landfill size, accessibility,
representativeness; existence of a
serious pollution problem; availa-
bility of basic engineering and
geologic data for the site; avail-
ability of co-funding; freedom from
litigation), an extensive evalu-
ation of more than 400 landfills
was conducted and the Windham,
Connecticut landfill selected as
the most suitable for implemen-
tation of the project.
     After a preliminary inves-
tigation of site conditions,
several possible remedial actions
were evaluated.  The principal
purpose of remediation was to
reduce the generation of leachate
at the landfill and minimize its
impact on surface and ground-water
quality.  The methods considered
included surface diversion ditches,
a slurry trench cutoff wall, a
subsurface drainage system or a
network of wells designed to lower
the water table, and an impermeable
top seal.  This last was found to
be the most practical and cost
effective for the site and was
applied to the landfill in con-
junction with regrading and reveg-
etation.  This paper reviews physi-
cal conditions at the landfill and
the specifics of landfill closure
                                     464

-------
and discusses water quality improve-
ments that resulted from remediation.
PHYSICAL SETTING AND EXISTING
CONDITIONS

Windham Landfill is located in
east-central Connecticut, just
north of the City of Willimantic
 (Figure 1), on a site framed by the
Windham Airport to the south and
southeast, Mansfield Hollow reser-
voir to the east and northeast, and
Willimantic reservoir to the west
 (Figure 2).  Both reservoirs are
situated on the Natchaug River.
The stage in Mansfield Hollow
reservoir, operated by the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers for flood con-
trol, is generally 6 meters
 (20 feet) higher than in Williman-
tic reservoir, a public water
supply.

     Subsurface materials in the
area consist of granite gneiss
bedrock overlain by more than
100 feet of fine-grained, poorly-
sorted stratified glacial drift.
Surface topography is highly ir-
regular, marked by the hummocks and
kettles characteristic of glacial
terrain.  Many surface depressions
between the landfill and Williman-
tic reservoir are filled with small
ponds.

     Ground water occurs under
water-table conditions in the
unconsolidated drift at a depth of
7.5 to 9 meters (25 to 30 feet)
near the landfill.  Two types of
material were distinguished during
drilling: a buff-colored, poorly-
sorted medium to fine-grained sand
and gravel near the surface, and a
gray, fine-grained sand and silt
occurring below a depth of about
7.5 meters  (25 feet).  These
materials are highly heterogeneous
and only moderately permeable.  An
aquifer test performed in July 1978
yielded values of transmissivity
between 1 and 10 m^/day  (10 and
100 ft2/day).  The estimated
velocity of water in the formation
is 0.2 ft/day.  Water is recharged
to the area by infiltration of
precipitation and by seepage from
Mansfield Hollow reservoir.  It
flows northwestward from Mansfield
Hollow reservoir to the east and a
high area south of the airport and
discharges into Willimantic
reservoir.

     The Windham Landfill began as
an open-burning dump adjacent to a
pond in the 1940s.  The pond was
eventually filled in and the wastes
covered with 5 to 6 m  (15-20 ft) of
demolition materials.  Landfill
operation continued in excavated
trenches west of the old fill. In
1978, the site consisted of two
mounded fill areas separated by a
drainage pipe for the airport,
occupying a total area of 10 hec-
tares (25 acres).

SITE INVESTIGATIONS PRIOR TO CLOSURE

     An initial investigation was
conducted at the Windham Landfill
site in 1975 and 1976 under the
direction of the Connecticut
Department of Environmental Pro-
tection (Griswold and Fuss, Inc.,
1976).  Further background data
were gathered by SMC Martin during
a drilling and sampling program
from 1977 to 1979 (A. W. Martin
Associates, Inc., 1978; Emrich and
Beck, 1979).

     Results from this phase of the
study indicated that the thickness
of fill underlying the older east-
ern section of the site reached
15 m  (50 ft) with 6 m  (20 ft)  of
refuse occurring below the water
table.  The newer western section
had a total thickness of 10 m
(33 ft)  occurring entirely above
the water table.  A plume of con-
tamination, defined by means of an
electrical resistivity survey and
ground-water sampling, was found to
emanate from the landfill and
extend west-northwest and down-
gradient to the Willimantic reser-
voir.  Chemical analyses of ground
water from two wells sampled in
May 1979,  one upgradient and one
downgradient from the landfill, are
reproduced in Table 1.
                                    465

-------
                       oVERNON
STORKS
O
    O
  HARTFORD
                O MANCHESTER
         0JUTONBURY



            CONNECTICUT
                                    TOWN OF WINDHAM
Figure  1.   Location of the Windham Landfill,  Windhara, Connecticut.
                 OM
                                              a to-ii- mi utwntM
Figure  2.   Location of monitoring points  at the Windham  Landfill,

              Windham, Connecticut.
                                  466

-------
LANDFILL CLOSURE: METHOD AND COSTS

     The closure plan developed by
SMC Martin for Windham Landfill was
designed to effectively seal out
vertical seepage to the landfill
and to meet requirements of the
Connecticut Department of Environ-
mental Protection.  The plan in-
cluded regrading of the landfill,
excavation of surface diversion
ditches around the landfill,
installation of an impermeable
cover over the entire surface of
the landfill and under the diver-
sion ditches, and revegetation.
The landfill cover actually con-
sists of four layers  (Figure 3): an
intermediate sand and gravel cover
immediately above the regraded
waste materials, a 10-cm (4-in)
sand bed designed to protect the
overlying membrane, a 20-mil flex-
ible PVC membrane, and a 45-cm (18-
in) final cover of sand and gravel.
Sewage sludge and composted leaves
were subsequently harrowed into the
final cover and seeded with grass.
The closure was begun in July 1979
and completed in March 1980.

     The costs involved in the
closure of the Windham Landfill
have been summarized in Table 2.
Total costs amounted to approxi-
mately 44C per square foot, with
the cost of the liner representing
80 percent of the total.  It
should be noted that sand and
gravel used in the intermediate
and final covers were obtained free
of charge from nearby borrow areas.

MONITORING

     The monitoring network in-
stalled in and around the landfill
during the course of this project
is depicted in Figure 2.  It in-
cludes the following:

     1.    Twenty-eight monitor
     wells in and around the
     landfill to obtain ground-
     water samples and ground-water
     level measurements.
     2.   Three pairs of suction
     lysimeters installed in each
     of the two landfill sections
     and upgradient from the land-
     fill to obtain samples of soil
     moisture and leachate from two
     depths in the unsaturated
     zone.

     3.   Four pan lysimeters,
     including three in the land-
     fill and one in sand and
     gravel, to check on the rate'
     of vertical infiltration.

     4.   Two surface ponds down-
     gradient from the landfill to
     obtain samples for analysis
     and additional water-level
     measurements.

     From February to July 1979,
water levels were measured weekly
and samples taken monthly in ex-
isting wells and lysimeters.  From
July 1980 to the present, water
level measurements have been made
and samples taken on a bimonthly
basis.  Temperature, pH and spe-
cific conductance were measured on-
site in all samples.  Laboratory
analyses were made for nine other
parameters: total solids, alka-
linity, chloride, total organic
carbon, iron, manganese, sodium,
copper, and lead.

WATER QUALITY IMPROVEMENTS AFTER
CLOSURE

     Inspection of water quality
records generated during the mon-
itoring program indicates that
substantial abatement of pollution
from the landfill has been
achieved.

     Samples from Well 111, located
downgradient from the landfill, are
representative of long-term trends
in ground-water chemistry given the
present understanding of local
hydrogeology.  Temporal fluctu-
ations' of several water quality
parameters in Well #11 between
February 1979 (before remedial
actions) and November 1981 are
shown in Figure 3.  These indicate
a general decrease in specific
                                    467

-------
                              TABLE 1

              CHEMICAL PARAMETERS OF GROUND WATER
          UPGRADIENT AND  DOWNGRADIENT FROM THE LANDFILL
                  BEFORE  CLOSURE (MAY 16, 1979)
Well #1
Parameters (upgradient)
Temperature (°C)
PH
Specific Conductance
(jumhos)
Total Solids (mg/1)
Alkalinity (mg/1)
Chloride (mg/1)
Total Organic Carbon (mg/1)
Iron (mg/1)
Manganese (mg/1)
Sodium (mg/1)
Copper (mg/1)
Lead (mg/1)
11
7.2

200
368
25
15
6.2
2.83
0.23
3.7
0.03
<1D.03
Well #2
(Downgradient)
12
6.4

1000
738
376
90
28.0
176.00
2.05
45.0
0.03
<0.03
                                 TABLE 2

                         CLOSURE COSTS FOR THE
                     WINDHAM, CONNECTICUT LANDFILL
Item
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Grading and
Compaction
Sand Blanket
Liner
Final Sand and
Gravel Cover
Seeding
Costs,
Total
105,000
48,000
219,000
80,000
22,000
in Dollars
Per Acre
4,200
1,920
8,760
3,200
880
Per Square
Foot
0.096
0.044
0.201
0.073
0.020
6.   TOTAL
474,000
                                        18,960
0.435
                                  468

-------
    SPECIFIC     KC
   CONDUCTANCE   no
   TOTAL IOLIDS
     I »«MI
   ALKALINITV
    I •« / 1 I
  MANGANESE
    (B1J/I)
               LC9
               1BO-
               an
               OJO-
TOTAL OMANIC     B.
   CARBON
  TEMKKAtuKE
      •C
                                                                                                      OJO
                                                                                                      •O.A
                 FI8UNE 3. FLUCTUATION OF CHEMICAL PARAMETERS IN GROUND WATER SAMPLE  AT WELL II.
                                              FEBRUARY 1979  TO NOVEMBER 1*81
                                                 469

-------
conductance, total solids, alka-
linity, chloride, sodium, and
manganese, and a slight increase in
pH.  The iron content fluctuated
but did not exhibit a distinct
trend, and total organic carbon
increased slightly.  The changes
which occurred in each parameter
between May 16, 1979 and Novem-
ber 11, 1981 have been summarized
in Table 3 as percentages of the
May 1979 value.

     The degree of water quality
improvement which has occurred is
clearly illustrated in a comparison
of Figures 4, 5, and 6.  In these
figures, values of specific con-
ductance measured on three differ-
ent dates have been contoured to
depict the plume of contamination
spreading west-northwest from the
landfill.  Background values of
specific conductance, measured at a
well south of the airport, range
from 100 to 400 umhos/cm.  Ground
water exhibiting a specific con-
ductance higher than 500 umhos/cm
has been assumed to be contaminated
by leachate.  Between May 1979 and
May 1981, there was a 30 percent
reduction in the area of contami-
nated ground water, but the degree
of contamination beneath the east-
ern section of the landfill, where
waste materials where partially
saturated with ground water, was
still very high.  By November 1981,
however, the plume had receded even
further and conductivities measured
beneath the eastern half of the
landfill had decreased by 30 percent
from their May 1979 values.

     As part of an interim report
to the Environmental Protection
Agency, SMC Martin presented an
estimate of the reduction in
leachate production beneath the
landfill.  This calculation, based
on water volumes measured in the
pan lysimeters and chemical anal-
yses of samples from the suction
lysimeters, is reproduced in
Tables 4 and 5.  It indicates that
there has been an average reduction
of 96 percent  in the mass of con-
stituents contributed to ground
water from the landfill.
CONCLUSION

     In November 1981, water
quality in the area surrounding
Windham Landfill had been monitored
for 34 months, including 20 months
since top-sealing of the landfill
had been completed.   During that
time, substantial reductions in
constituent levels were observed in
wells downgradient from the land-
fill , and the plume of contamina-
tion emanating from the fill
appeared to recede both in area and
in intensity.  It can be concluded
that a significant decrease in the
mass-loading of ground water down-
gradient and of the Willimantic
reservoir by the Windham Landfill
has been achieved.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     This paper addresses one phase
of a multiphase project being
conducted by SMC Martin under
U.S. EPA Contract No. 68-03-2519,
Donald E. Sanning, Project Officer.
Other phases involved the selection
of an abandoned waste disposal site
for study; the production of Guidance
Manual for Minimizing Pollution
from Waste Disposal Sites (EPA-
600/2-27-142), a comprehensive
discussion of remedial measures and
estimates of their costs; the
design and implementatLon of
remedial neutralization procedures
at the Windham, CT Landfill, and
the implementation of a monitoring
program to determine the effective-
ness of the procedures.

REFERENCES

1.  A.W. Martin Associates, Inc.,
    1978.  Hydrogenologic Assessment
    of Remedial Measures Proposed
    for the Windham Landfill, Town
    of Windham, Connecticut.
    Report prepared for the
    U.S. Environmental Protection
    Agency, Cincinnati,  Ohio, EPA
    Contract No. 68-03-2519, 25 p.

2.  Emrich, Grover H. and William
    W. Beck, Jr., 1979.   Remedial
    Action Alternatives for Munic-
    ipal Solid Waste Landfill
                                     470

-------
                                   TABLE  3


                 CHEMICAL  PARAMETERS OF GROUND WATER
           AT WELL  #11, May  16, 1979  and November 17, 1981
Parameters
PH
Specific Conductance
(umhos)
Total Solids (mg/1)
Alkalinity (mg/1)
Chloride (mg/1)
Total Organic Carbon
Iron (mg/1)
Manganese (mg/1)
Sodium (mg/1)
Copper (mg/1)
Lead (mg/1)
May 16, 1979
6.8

200
238
55
33
(mg/1) 6.1
1.21
0.90
17.0
0.03
^0.03
Nov. 17, 1981
7.4

85
87
22
21
7.7
0.47
0.74
2.72
0.01
^0.03
Percent
Change
+ 8.8

-57.5
-63.4
-60.0
-36.4
+26.2
-61.2
-17.8
-84.0
-66.7
~~*
    o

    (E
    UJ
                                                              KEY




                                                              CONTROL POINT




                                                              VCCIFIC COMOUCUMCC

                                                               t«ncr«»kM/cn )



                                                              > tsoo




                                                              IOOO-Z500




                                                              I» 00-1000




                                                              MOO -IIOO




                                                               too-iooo
FIGURE  4.
DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE, MAY  16,  l»7t
                                          471

-------

                                                                                               KEY



                                                                                               CONTROL POINT


                                                                                               VCCJFIC CONDUCTANCE
                                                                                                 (micr*M


                                                                                               > MOO


                                                                                               aooo-25oo


                                                                                               IIOO-1000


                                                                                               MOO -I5OO



                                                                                                 »00-IOOO
FIGURE  S
                  DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE,  MAY 19, 1981
                                                                                                KEY



                                                                                                CONTROL MINT


                                                                                                SPCClflC CONDUCTANCE
                                                                                                 l*icr»k*4/c> )


                                                                                                > MOO


                                                                                                2000-2SOO


                                                                                                IJ00-IOOO


                                                                                                1000-i too



                                                                                                 too-1000
 FIGURE   6.
DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE, NOVEMBER  17,  1981
                                                     472

-------
                          TABLE 4.   MASS LOADING OF THE WINDHAM RESERVOIR
                                     BY THE WINDHAM LANDFILL*
                                          BEFORE CLOSURE
                             Old Landfill
                                                    New Landfill
    Hydraulic  Load:
 15,000 gpd recharge
+12,000 gpd ground water

 27,000 gpd
 x 8,34
225,000 Ibs H20/day
 23,000 gpd recharge
 x 8.34 Ibs/gallon

191,800 Ibs/day
                                                                              Total Load
Constituent
TOC
Total Ions**
Sodium
Chloride
Iron
Manganese
mg/1
242
4,212
85
80
61.3
4.5
Ibs/day
54
948
19
18
14
1
mg/1
663
8,736
580
510
270
3.5
Ibs/day
127
1,677
111
98
52
.7
Ibs/day
181
2,625
130
116
66
1.7
ibs/yr
661,000
958,000
47,600
42,300
24,000
615
    *    Based  on chemical  analyses from March 1979 MP 124 and 126;
          background concentration of all constituents negligible (MP 128)

    **   Specific Conductance  x  1.56 - Total Ions
                                         TABLE 5.
                           MASS LOADING OF THE WINDHAM RESERVOIR
                                 BY THE WINDHAM LANDFILL*
                                       AFTER CLOSURE

Constituent
TOC
Total Ions**
Sodium
Chloride
Iron
Manganese
Old Landfill
™3Zi
43.3
2808
32.2
73
14.1
Q.20
Ibs/day
4.33
280.61
3.22
7.30
1.41
Q.02
New Landfill
mg/1
3.6
7800
290
312
51.2
0.11
Ibs/day
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total Load
Ibs/day
4.33
280.61
3.22
7.30
1.41
0.02
Ibs/year
1580.45
102422.65
1175.30
2664.5
514.65
7.3
% Reduction
in Total Load
Between 1979
and 1981
99.8
89.3
97.5
93.7
97.8
98.8
                                                                              Average: 96.2
Hydraulic Load:  12,000 gpd ground water
                    (no recharge)
                 x 8.34
                100,080 Ibs H20/day
                            (no  ground water)
                            (no  recharge)	
                              5Ibs  HjO/day
*   Based on chemical analyses from March 1981 for MP 124
     and May 1981 for MP 126.

**  Specific Conductance x 1.56 •« Total Ions.
                                               473

-------
     Sites, MERL/SHWRD U.S. EPA
     Hazardous Waste Symposium,
     EPA-600/9-79-023, p. 324-342.

3.    Emrich, Grover H.,  William W.
     Beck, Jr., and Andrews L.
     Tolman, 1980. Top-sealing to
     Minimize Leachate Generation.
     MERL/SHWRD U.S. EPA Hazardous
     Waste Symposium, EPA-600/9-80-
     010, p. 274-283.

4.    Emrich, Grover H. and William
     W. Beck, Jr., 1981. Top-
     sealing to Minimize Leachate
     Generation - Status Report,
     MERL/SHWRD U.S. EPA Hazardous
     Waste Symposium, EPA-600/9-81-
     002b, p. 291-297.

5.    Griswold and Fuss,  Inc., 1976.
     Ground-Water Impact Study at
     the Solid Waste Disposal Area,
     Town of Windham, Connecticut.
     Report prepared for the State
     of Connecticut, Department of
     Environmental Protection,
     Solid Waste Section, 54 p.

6.    Sanning, Donald E., 1981.
     Surface Sealing to Minimize
     Leachate Generation at Uncon-
     trolled Hazardous Waste
     Sites, unpublished manuscript.
     U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Municipal Environ-
     mental Research Laboratory,
     Cincinnati, Ohio,  16 p.
                                     474

-------
                          EVALUATION OF LANDFILL REMEDIAL ACTION
                         ALTERNATIVES  THROUGH GROUNDWATER MODELING
                                      Charles R.  Cole
                                          Battelle
                               Pacific Northwest Laboratory
                                Richland,  Washington  99352
                                         ABSTRACT
     This is a preliminary paper describing a groundwater modeling study currently  in
progress for the LaBounty disposal site in Charles City, Iowa.  This study  is being
funded by the Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Division of EPA and has as  its objec-
tive, the use of mathematical modeling technology to predict and evaluate the effective-
ness of existing and proposed remedial action alternatives at the LaBounty  landfill.
This paper discusses the approach being taken, the progress to date, and presents some
of the initial monitoring data gathered prior to and subsequent to the  installation of a
clay cap at the site.
INTRODUCTION

     The LaBounty landfill was an active
chemical waste disposal site from 1953
through 1977.  During this period it is
estimated that some 6.4 million cubic feet
of chemical waste were disposed in this
3.44 hectare (8.5 acre) site located in
the flood plain of the Cedar River in
Charles City, Iowa (see Figure 1).  Waste
consisted primarily of arsenical sludge
and organic wastes associated with the
manufacture of feed additives and veteri-
nary Pharmaceuticals.  Disposal ceased in
December 1977 following studies by the
Iowa Department of Environmental Quality
(IDEQ) and Iowa Geologic Survey (IGS) and
the discovery by EPA Region VII of ortho-
nitroanaline (ONA), a compound used in
the manufacture of a poultry growth stimu-
lant, in the water from shallow alluvial
wells along the Cedar River in Waterloo,
Iowa which is approximately 105 rivers
kilometers (65 mi) downstream from Charles
City and the LaBounty landfill site.

     The LaBounty landfill has been under
intensive investigation since that dis-
covery [see the bibliography of documents
regarding LaBounty prepared for IDEQ,
Hickok (1)] because the Cedar River and
the Cedar Valley aquifer, which underlies
the shallow alluvial aquifer at the dis-
posal site, together supply drinking water
to over 300,000 people, about one-third
the population of Iowa.  Contaminant load-
ing of the Cedar River occasionally
exceeds federal guidelines for arsenic
(the major pollutant at LaBounty in terms
of disposal mass, see Table I).  There
are also significant loaaings with
organics, ONA and 1,1,2-trichlorethane
(TCE).  These significant river loadings
together with analyses of LaBounty leach-
ate, which indicate the presence of up to
36 compounds and metals of which 28 are
priority pollutants, has caused the site
to be identified as a Superfund priority
canidate by the IDEQ in the event that
the company fails to complete all neces-
sary remedial actions.

     Local contamination of the upper
portion of the Cedar Valley Aquifer in
the vicinity of the LaBounty dump has
occurred.  The Cedar Valley aquifer,
which underlies this alluvial system, is
not currently thought to be in danger of
regional  contamination, Munter (3),
because the site is located in the
                                           475

-------
                                                   s_
                                                   O)
                                                   i.
                                                   Ol
                                                   Q.

                                                   E

                                                   O

                                                   S-

                                                   
                                                   QJ  03
                                                   T3 r—
                                                   O  Q-

                                                       01
                                                   O  +->
                                                   •r-  to
                                                   -l->  (J
                                                   ro  -i-
                                                   o  -a
                                                   o  c
                                                    O)
                                                    s_
                                                    3
                                                    en
476

-------
  TABLE I. ESTIMATE FOR MAJOR COMPONENTS
  OF LABOUNTY WASTE, HICKOK  (2)
   Chemical
 Amount Kg
   Arsenic

   Orthonitroanaline

   Nitrobenzene

   1,1,2-Trichlorethane

   Phenol
 2,750,000
(6,000,000)
   680,000
(1,500,000)
   127,000
  (280,000)
    32,000
   (70,000)
    12,300
   (27,000)
discharge zone of the alluvial system.
The alluvial system is also separated
from the lower Cedar Valley aquifer by a
thick sequence of limestone and dolomite
interbedded with shale.  The artesian
head in the lower Cedar Valley aquifer is
up to 15 feet greater than that of the
alluvial system.

     A portion of the wastes are satu-
rated which results in leachate formation.
The shallow alluvial groundwater system
then transports leachate from the land-
fill to the Cedar River.  The driving
forces for this saturated condition, and
leachate production, has not yet been
defined.  Possibilities include precipi-
tation and infiltration, and flow of
groundwater through the wastes.  Leachate
may also form as rainwater percolates
through wastes in the unsaturated zone.
The remedial program undertaken attempts
first to limit the driving force and thus
reduce or eliminate leachate production.
Additionally,  leachate may be collected
or portions of the waste may be excavated.

Current Status and Plans At LaBounty

     EPA Region VII required Salsbury
Laboratories to install  an effective
monitoring system at LaBounty and to
design and implement interim remedial
measures aimed at final  closure of the
disposal site.
     The remedial  activities at LaBounty
are being  implemented  in phases separated
by appropriate monitoring  periods  in order
to gauge the effectiveness of each reme-
dial action.  Actions  completed thus far
include:

  •  installation  of a network of moni-
     toring wells  (completed in September
     1979),

  •  initiation of monitoring in October
     1979  in order to  obtain baseline
     data  on the site,

  •  installation  of a two foot thick
     clay  cap with an  erosion control
     cover, surface water runoff ditches,
     and other erosion controls at the
     toe of the landfill to protect
     against the Cedar River floods (com-
     pleted in November 1980),

  •  continued monitoring of the site to
     gather data on the effectiveness of
     the initial capping and surface
     water diversion actions.

Additional activities of interest to
researchers at LaBounty, include efforts
to evaluate the feasibility of various
methods for in situ stabilization of con-
taminants, and the groundwater modeling
effort described in this paper.

     Efforts on the groundwater modeling
phase are  in the initial stages at the
time of this writing.  A discussion of
the objectives, approach and progress to
date should prove valuable since it will
illustrate how groundwater modeling tech-
nology can be used to evaluate various
remedial action alternatives by providing
a means to predict the effectiveness of
various proposed remedial activities.

     The objective of the groundwater
modeling effort at LaBounty is to develop
and calibrate a 3-dimensional model of
the site through the application of an
existing 3-dimensional  groundwater flow
and transport code, Gupta (4), based on
the extensive site characterization and
monitoring data that has been gathered
during previous efforts.  The groundwater
model  of the LaBounty site, once devel-
oped,  will then be used to predict the
eventual effectiveness  of the already
                                            477

-------
implemented clay cap, erosion control, and
surface water diversion measures, as well
as, any future remedial actions that might
be required such as:

  •  upgradient cutoff wall,

  •  downgradient intercepting wall with
     pumping and treatment,

  •  limited excavation,

  •  limited bottom lining via grouting,

  •  in situ stabilization,

  •  biodegradation,  and

  •  leachate collection and treatment.


APPROACH

     The overall objective of site resto-
ration efforts is to  minimize health and
environmental effects from residual con-
tamination.  In situations where leachate
serves as a major transport mechanism,
this objective can be met by minimizing
or eliminating leachate where possible.
Hence, there is great value in first
determining the importance of the leachate
mechanism and then the likely effect on
leachate quantity and quality of various
proposed engineering  measures.  The basic
issues involved in such a determination
are discussed by Dawson and Brown (5).
As noted there, modeling has proven to be
an effective means in aiding the analysis.

     Models for groundwater, surface-
water, and atmospheric transport, can be
used to predict the transfer, transforma-
tion, and transport of chemical substances
released from hazardous waste disposal
sites.  Predictions from these models,
regarding the intensity and duration of
environmental exposure to chemical con-
taminants, can then be used, directly or
in conjunction with public health and
environmental criteria and standards, to
investigate the effectiveness of various
remedial action alternatives prior to
their implementation.

     Mathematical models (actually general
purpose computer codes) for describing
fluid flow and contaminant transport in
air, surface-water and groundwater have
been developed, tested and employed to
solve a wide variety of contamination
problems over the last two decades.  The
use of these mathematical models to
assess and design remedial action for
chemical waste sites, is described by
Cole and Dawson (6).

     Models can only be a limited repre-
sentation of any real system.  However,
they allow one to examine an entire system
by providing a means to organize and
incorporate expert understanding of these
complex systems with the generally limited
and expensive field data in a form that
can be tested against monitoring observa-
tions of system response to various driv-
ing forces.  Disagreements between model
and observation can be used to guide
further field studies or to cause initial
interpretations of the system to be modi-
fied in plausible ways.  Models, in gen-
eral, are not static; they must be dynamic
unless the system being modeled is very
simple.  A model acts as a storehouse for
all the pertinent information assimilated
on the system, and our understanding of
the important processes or mechanisms
which occur in the system.  A model can
be instructive in the sense that under-
standing of the processes at the site can
be improved; and data deficiencies can be
identified.  Continued monitoring, model
updating and maintenance, is an integral
part of any effort involving models.

     Models provide one with the ability
to organize, interpret, and better under-
stand what is presently occurring at a
site, and in addition, they provide the
ability to predict what will occur in the
foreseeable future.  It is these capa-
bilities that are of particular value in
the evaluation of landfill remedial action
alternatives.  One should be cautioned,
however, that mathematical modeling is
simply a tool and like any other tool can
be misused.  The use of mathematical
models requires some expertise.  Model
output, as well as the model itself always
needs careful evaluation by competent pro-
fessionals familiar with the data on the
site and the physical and chemical mecha-
nisms at work for the site being evaluated.
PROGRESS

     The stages for this project coincide
nicely with the basic steps involved in
any mathematical modeling effort and
include:
                                            478

-------
 1.  Definition of the problem and
     objectives.

 2.  Collection and assessment of data on
     the system.

 3.  Formulation of a conceptual model of
     the system.

 4.  Selection of the computer codes(s)
     that will be applied to model the
     system.

 5.  Translation of the conceptual model
     and data on the system into the form
     required by the codes being utilized
     to model the system.

 6.  Calibration and validation of the
     model of the system with currently
     available data on the system.

 7.  Analysis of the sensitivity of the
     model to input data and interpreta-
     tion errors.

 8.  Use of the model as a predictive or
     investigative tool.

     As indicated earlier, the groundwater
modeling effort is in the initial stages.
The definition of the problem and objec-
tives is complete.  The already installed
clay cap, erosion control cover, and sur-
face runoff diversions at the site, pre-
clude the need to consider the air and
overland contaminant transport pathways
in any modeling effort at the site.
Although contamination of the Cedar River
(the surface water pathway) occasionally
exceeds federal  guidelines, the ground-
water system at LaBounty is the primary
concern since it is the source of the
river contamination.  The problem and
objective are, thus, to develop a model
of the LaBounty landfill site that can be
used to predict the movement of contami-
nants from the waste source through the
shallow alluvial groundwater system to
the Cedar River and/or the regional Cedar
Valley aquifer.   This model must be cap-
able of simulating the effects of the
already implemented remedial  actions, as
well as, the additional alternative reme-
dial actions discussed previously.

     Complete monitoring data has been
made available by the EPA Regional VII
office, along with copies of the many
reports and site characterization data
that have been generated on and collected
at LaBounty respectively during the pre-
vious site evaluation and characterization
efforts.  These reports and data, in con-
junction with a field trip to Charles City
for inspection of the site and discussions
with the Salsbury, IDEQ, EPA Region VII,
and NEIC personel familiar with the
LaBounty site and hydrology, have been
used to formulate an initial conceptual
model of the site.

Initial Conceptual Model

     The initial conceptual model of the
groundwater system at the LaBounty site,
based on an independent analysis of the
data and site, corresponds in most details
with those of Munter (3) and Sisk (7).
The potential contours for the alluvial
aquifer system at LaBounty are shown in
Figure 1.  These contours indicate ground-
water movement from the west through the
landfill area and then off to the Cedar
River in a diverging pattern to the north-
east, east ana southwest.  As can be seen
from the potential levels, for the time
period shown in Figure 1, the Cedar River
acts as a discharge site for the alluvial
system.  There are other time periods dur-
ing flooding when the river is a source
of recharge waters for the alluvial sys-
tem, since the flood waters cover the
alluvial system to the toe of the capped
landfill (see Figure 1).

     The cross section in Figure 2, from
Munter (3) and Sisk (7), shows precipita-
tion and infiltration as sources for
infiltrating recharge waters to both the
alluvial and upper bedrock (upper Cedar
Valley) aquifer systems.  These infiltrat-
ing waters served as a source for leachate
production for wastes which lay in the
unsaturated zone above the water table,
at least prior to the installation of the
clay cap.

     According to the data collected by
Hickok (8), some wastes are disposed of
below the water table,  see Figure 2. These
wastes will serve as a continual source
of leachate until the contaminants in
these areas have completely leached or the
groundwater level is lowered.

     Also illustrated in Figure 2 is the
fact that the shallow Cedar Valley bedrock
aquifer underlaying the alluvium, is dis-
charging to the Cedar River through the
                                           479

-------
V-6/ZOW -»
a-6/zow -»
                                                        c
                                                        3
                                                        O
                                                       co
                                                        fO
                                                        CO


                                                        o
                                                        4-
                                                        Ol
                                                        c
                                                        ^
                                                        o
                                                        s_
                                                        CD
                                                        CL

                                                        O)
                                                        -(-> -r-
                                                           oo
                                                        S *
                                                        O)

                                                        > ro
                                                         o  c
                                                         Ol  3
                                                        "1  S-
                                                        U1  O)
                                                        o +->
                                                        1- M-
                                                         Ol
                                                         S-
NOIIVA313
   480

-------
alluvial system and thus serves as an
additional recharge source for the allu-
vial system and therefore could poten-
tially serve to supply enough water to
the alluvial aquifer to keep some portion
of the wastes below the water table even
if a shallow upgradient cutoff wall were
installed to divert all alluvial water
upgradient of the landfill.

     Another important aspect in the ini-
tial conceptual model is illustrated in
Figure 3 from Munter (3).  Figure 3 illus-
trates the interpreted arsenic contaminant
plume for the same cross section as shown
in Figure 2.  The contaminant plume
appears to have migrated downward into
the shallow Cedar Valley bedrock aquifer
against an upward potential gradient (see
Figure 2).  One potential explanation
involves density gradient arguments which
reason that relatively fresh waters,
either from meteoric or alluvial aquifer
sources, upon moving through the gypsum
sludge wastes (which contain the contami-
nants) become high in total dissolved
solids and thus denser than the waters
migrating upward from the Cedar Valley
aquifer.  Downward migration continues
until dispersive forces have diluted this
denser stream to the point that density
gradients cease to overide upward poten-
tial gradients.  Other potential explana-
tions for this migration might involve
arguments related to dispersion, resolu-
tion, or contamination as a result of
reversals in potentials prior to the
monitoring period, such as ponding in the
borrow pits which previously characterized
the LaBounty site.

     Based on the initial conceptual model
discussed above, the Coupled Flow Energy
and Solute Transport code (CFEST), Gupta
(4), was selected for use in preparing a
groundwater flow and transport model of
the LaBounty site.  CFEST is a fully three
dimensional finite element code and is an
extension of the FE3DGW groundwater flow
code, Gupta et al. (9).  CFEST solves the
coupled set of mathematical equations
which describe groundwater flow as well
as solute and heat transport.  CFEST can
also account for effects related to den-
sity gradients resulting from temperature
or solute concentrations.

     A two stage modeling effort is envi-
sioned.  A regional groundwater flow model
of the scale shown in the second level in
Figure 1, will be used to define ground-
water boundary conditions for the more
detailed groundwater flow and transport
model of the scale shown in the third
level of Figure 1.  Translation of the raw
data to the form required by the CFEST
code for these two scales has begun.
ANALYSIS OF MONITORING DATA

     The monitoring data from the monitor-
ing wells and stations was key punched
checked and plotted from October 1979
through August 1981.  Figure 4 shows
example arsenic contamination and water
level history plots for a representative
monitoring we 11.

     The contaminant concentration his-
tory plots, which cover the time period
of approximately one year before installa-
tion of the clay cap and one year after
the installation of the clay cap, were
qualitatively analyzed to determine
whether any trends could be discerned in
these concentration time histories which
would indicate the effectiveness of the
capping in reducing groundwater contamina-
tion at the site.  Figure 5 illustrates
the results of this qualitative analysis
for arsenic.

     This initial, very qualitative analy-
sis (through August 1981) reveals no clear
trends in groundwater contaminant concen-
trations.  Groundwater systems are complex
and additionally generally respond slowly
to changes in system parameters so that
the effect of any decrease in infiltration
and subsequent leaching may simply take
longer than the current period of monitor-
ing to manifest itself in the form of
significantly reduced groundwater concen-
tration levels.  This is essentially the
same conclusion that Sanning (10) reached
regarding judging the effectiveness of
the sealing operation at LaBounty.  "In a
complex hydrologic situation 6 months of
post remedial action monitoring has not
proven to be adequate to determine effec-
tiveness."  The model of LaBounty, once
developed, can be used to predict when or
if the clay cap will be effective in
reducing groundwater contamination.

     It must be remembered, however, that
the capping, erosion controls, and surface
water diversions  at LaBounty were neces-
sary for and have been successful in
                                            481

-------
                                                                    O)
                                                                    I/I
                                                                    s-
                                                                    C
                                                                    <«

                                                                    cn
                                                                    c/l
                                                                    3
                                                                    0>
                                                                    O    •
                                                                    s_  >•>
                                                                    4-  4->
                                                                        e
                                                                      •> 3
                                                                    ui  o
                                                                    S_  CQ
                                                                    =3  ro
                                                                    O  _1
                                                                    +->
                                                                    C  +->
                                                                    O  ro
                                                                    O
                                                                        
                                                                    (/>  C
                                                                    • r-  n3
                                                                     c  ro
                                                                     0) +->
                                                                     01  C
                                                                     s-  o
                                                                    =C  U
                                                                    n

                                                                     O)
                                                                     ZJ
                                                                     en
                                                S       8
482

-------
    o.
    a.
    O
    O
    l/l
    a:
        102
        101
                    100
200
 300       400


  TIME (DAYS)
                                                                  WELL M0979A
500
600
700
       1010
       1000
        970
   S   980
        970
        960
                    100
200
                                        I
                                                 I
300        400


  TIME (DAYS)
                                                                  WELL M0979A
500
600
700
Figure  4.  Example  plots of  the LaBounty mom'torrng system  data for concentration

           and water level histories  (time zero  is  October  1,  1979).
                                          483

-------
                                                               (O
                                                              +->
                                                               C.
                                                               O
                                                               s.
                                                               O)
                                                              -a
                                                               o
                                                               s-
                                                               cn
                                                              a>  to
                                                              >  3
                                                              •i-  O)
                                                              4->  3
                                                              CO  cC
                                                              +->
                                                              •i-  -C
                                                              •—  en
                                                              >
                                                                 4->
                                                              0)  C
                                                             JZ  13
                                                             -»->  O
                                                                 QQ
                                                              C7>  "3
                                                              to  (O
                                                              S-
                                                              Q. c
                                                              ro o
                                                                 O
                                                                 (->
                                                              O)
                                                              i-
484

-------
eliminating exposure pathways via air  sus-
pension of wastes,  uptake by plants,  over-
land transport,  and surface water runoff.
REFERENCES

 1.  Hickok,  Eugene A.,  and Associates.
     1981.  "List of Documents,  Salsbury
     Laboratories, Charles City, Iowa."
     For:   Iowa Department of Environ-
     mental  Quality, Des Moines, Iowa.

 2.  Hickok,  Eugene A.,  and Associates.
     1977.  "Waste Characteristics,
     LaBounty Site, Salsbury Labora-
     tories,  Charles City, Iowa."   For:
     Iowa  Department of  Environmental
     Quality, Des Moines, Iowa.

 3.  Munter,  J. A.  1980.  "Evaluation of
     the Extent of Hazardous Waste Con-
     tamination in the Charles City
     Area,"  Iowa Geologic Survey,  Iowa
     City, Iowa.

 4.  Gupta,  S.  K., C.  R. Cole,
     C.  T. Kincaid and F. E. Kaszeta.
     1980.  "Description and Applications
     of  the  FE3DGW and CFEST Three-
     Dimensional Finite-Element  Models."
     In:  Proceedings, Workshop  on Numer-
     ical  Modeling of  Thermohydrological
     Flow  in  Fractured Rock Masses,
     LBL-11566, Earth  Sciences Division,
     Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory,
     University California, Berkeley,
     California.

 5.  Dawson,  G. W., and  S. M.  Brown.
     1981.  "Risk Assessment as  a  Means
     of  Evaluating Remedial Action Alter-
     natives,"   ASCS preprint 81-534,
     St. Louis, Missouri.
 6.  Cole, C. R., and G. W. Dawson.
     1981.  "The Use of Mathematical
     Models to Assess and Design Remedial
     Action for Chemical waste Sites."
     Presented at:  2nd World Congress of
     Chemical Engineering and World
     Chemical Exposition, BN-SA-1362,
     Battelle Northwest Laboratories,
     Richland, Washington.

 7.  Sisk, S. W.  1981.  "Rainfall
     Effects on Leachate Production at
     the LaBounty Site, Charles City,
     Iowa," April 6, 1981 letter from
     S. W. Sisk to M. Steincamp, EPA
     Region VII, Kansas City, Kansas.

 8.  Hickok, Eugene A., and Associates.
     1977.  "Soil Characteristics,
     LaBounty Site, Salsbury Labora-
     tories, Charles City, Iowa."  For:
     Iowa Department of Environmental
     Quality, Des Moines, Iowa.

 9.  Gupta, S. K., C. R. Cole and
     F. W. Bond.  1979.  "Finite-Element
     Three-Dimensional  (FE3DGW)—Formula-
     tion, Program Listings and Users'
     Manual," PNL-2939, Battelle, Pacific
     Northwest Laboratory, Richland,
     Washington.

10.  Sanning, D. E.  1981.  "Surface
     Sealing to Minimize Leachate Genera-
     tion at Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste
     Sites."  Published in the Proceed-
     ings of:  National Conference on
     Management of Uncontrolled Hazardous
     Waste Sites, Washington D.C.
                                           485

-------
                      CASE STUDY OF REPAIRING ERODED LANDFILL COVER
                      R.  J.  Lutton, V.  H.  Torrey III,  and J.  Fowler
                                 Geotechnical Laboratory
                     U.S.  Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station
                      9            Vickstmrg,  MS   39180
                                        ABSTRACT

     This paper emphasizes the need for expedient,  inexpensive techniques for repairing
landfill covers by reviewing some methods used recently.   Repair and maintenance plans are
expected to receive increased attention in the future.
INTRODUCTION

     This paper summarizes a portion of a
study of covers for solid and hazardous
waste by the U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
Experiment Station (WES).  From 1977 to
1978 this study was concentrated on assem-
bling and developing guidance on the
design, construction, and evaluation of
covers (1,2).  As an extension of these
basic efforts, the study has subsequently
concentrated on methods of predicting perco-
lation through covers (3) in recognition of
the importance to design.  More recently
other efforts are underway in addressing
problems that may develop on or within the
cover including those subsequent to closure
of the landfill.  The most extensive effort
presently is in investigating the use of
the geotextiles not only for construction
of new covers but for use in remedial ac-
tion.  This paper reviews the experience at
one landfill where geotextiles were used as
a part of the necessary repairs.
HISTORY OF POSTCLOSURE PROBLEMS

     The closure of the Windham municipal
landfill in 1979 and 1980 was carried out
as an EPA-sponsored demonstration project
(Figure 1).  The details of this previous
work have been reviewed in previous sym-
posia (4,5,6) and also in another paper in
this symposium.  The primary feature of the
closure cover (Figure 2) is an impermeable
PVC membrane, which is overlain and
protected by locally available gravelly,
sandy soil.  A topsoil was produced from
aged sewage sludge to upgrade the sandy
soil for suppo'rting vegetation.  The clo-
sure cover was designed to block percola-
tion that was generating leachate and con-
tributing to a groundwater pollution
problem.

Placement of Cover

     Section B of the landfill (northeast
half) was covered and seeded in September
and October 1979.  Section A on the south-
west was still being covered at this time
although the engineers reported that about
one-third was completed as far as placement
of the membrane and gravelly sand.  This
covering operation continued intermittently
into the winter.  Covering was completed
and seeding accomplished on A in March
1980.  The covers on sections A and B are
approximately the same except for the aged
condition of the sludge (see CAUSES OF
PROBLEMS).  The contractor described the
condition of vegetation on both A and B in
June 1980 as so lush as to make the mowing
of grass difficult.


Cover Erosion

     According to the engineers, erosion
of the cover on section A was first noted
during an inspection in April, one month
after seeding.  The membrane was exposed in
the swale between A and B and at the
                                           486

-------
Figure 1.  View to south across landfill showing locations of repairs on section A cover.
   .  .
  • &
.   '
0 • •
'
                   SLUDGE
                FINAL  COVER
                                       •„
                                       • '.'&•' 0 -^ '<>•'
          INTERMEDLATE COVER
         '• O '  '  ' '  '     '" '
                                     'Q ''£> '
  Figure 2.  Original cover on landfill.
northwest corner of A.  Figures 3 and 4
show the scars as they existed several
months later and the locations are indica-
ted on Figure 1.  A visit was made by a WES
engineer in November 1980 to examine the
cover deterioration and to recommend reme-
dial action according to the guidance being
developed in the cover design project
(1,2).  At the time of this visit two
specific problems were identified.  First,
there were relatively deep erosion scars
(Locations 1-4 on Figure 1) located in
paths of concentrated drainage, three of
which exposed the membrane. These scars
were the same ones noted in April.  Second,
along the steep north slope of section A,
there was a separate problem (Location 5
on Figure 1) best described as shallow,
rill erosion.  It was also apparent that
vegetation though successful on B had degen-
erated on section A, and this deficiency
facilitated the erosion.
     Each deep erosion scar (Figures 3 and
4) physically consisted of bare membrane
over a width of about 1 m between abrupt,
steep sides of the original cover soil.
The scar in the swale between sections A
and B was clearly localized along a path of
drainage convergence and concentration, not
only from the immediate flanks but also
from the back side of the landfill.
                                           487

-------
             Figure 3.  View south along erosion scar in swale (Location 1).
     Those scars located to the west
(Locations 2 and 3 on Figure 1) apparently
represented intermediate stages.  The
lesser severity here seemed to correlate
with the configuration and extent of the
drainage area, i.e. these features were
located in drainageways for only subtly
apparent watersheds of small size in com-
parison with the two slopes and runway area
above the swale between A and B.  The least
severe of the scars (Location 4) was a 2-m-
wide strip free of sludge and consisting of
a concentration of pebbles and cobbles at
the surface.  Apparently the sandy matrix
originally present had been preferentially
removed by the downslope migration of water
on and below the soil surface.
     Very little difference could be found
in the condition of erosion scars during
WES visits in April and August 1981, as
compared with the condition in the previ-
ous November.  The implication was that
the concentrated erosion and exposure of
the membrane along drainageways was not
continuous but instead probably had devel-
oped in response to one or a few heavy
storms starting in March or April 1980.
     The second problem, rill erosion
(Figure 5), had preferentially removed
broad strips of sewage sludge along the
slope of A.  These bare strips converged
down the slope to almost complete denuda-
tion near the base.  At the time of the
visit in November ground frost was aggravat-
ing the situation.  Needle ice was
observed to be present during the morning
and to disappear after exposure to sun-
light.  This ground ice had the effect of
bulking the sludge and making it even more
susceptible to erosion.  On the subsequent
WES visits in April and August 1981, it was
observed that the rill erosion had pro-
gressed and the sludge had been removed
from most of the north slope of section A.
The failure of vegetation in the previous
year probably made this progressive dete-
rioration inevitable.
CAUSES OF PROBLEMS

     The problems with the cover on sec-
tion A are directly attributable to the
failure of vegetation and to the effects of
                                           488

-------
                 Figure 4.  View south along erosion scar (Location 2).
heavy rainfall events.  Grass was estab-
lished early and continued to grow on
section B, but on A appreciable erosion
along drainage paths had occurred immedi-
ately after seeding.  Then the failure of
vegetation in the summer left the sludge
topsoil particularly susceptible to rill
erosion.  The contractor has suggested that
this early failure of vegetation probably
reflects the relatively short aging of
sludge used on section A, in contrast to
well-aged sludge used on B (roughly two
months versus more than one year).   A con-
tributing factor appears to have been the
intermittent formation of ground ice, which
tended to bulk the sewage sludge to a condi-
tion more susceptible to erosion.
     Table 1 shows the history of heavy
precipitation from the completion of sec-
tion A through the focusing of attention on
the problems.  The concentrated erosion in
drainageways was apparently associated
with one or a few, particularly intense
storms.  On the other hand, the broad de-
nudation of the north slope of section A
was apparently a progressive deterioration
resulting not only from several individual
storm events but also from the ice-bulking
phenomena.  The fact that somewhat gentler
slopes on section B, where vegetation was
reasonably successful, experienced much
less erosion confirms the importance of
vegetation.  Apparently a healthy stand of
grass on section A would have prevented
most of the slope cover deterioration.
PROBLEM POTENTIAL

     The problems developed at Windham
landfill were relatively minor as far as
repair costs, threat to the environment,
                                           489

-------
                Figure 5.  View southwest along eroded slope (Location 5).
  TABLE 1.   HEAVY PRECIPITATION ON COVER*
   Date
11 March
18 March
22 March
26-31 March
10 April
23 April
29 April
mid-June
30 June
6 July
30 July
3 August
18 September
4 October
26 October
11 November
3.25 (1.28)
2.62 (1.03)
10.41 (4.10)
*• '
(harrowed and seeded A)
5.41 (2.13)
(scars discovered)
3.00 (1.18)
(grass growing well)
2.67 (1.05)
2.92 (1.15)
9.53 (3.75)
3.18 (1.25)
2.82 (1.11)
4.47 (1.76)
5.21 (2.05)
(inspected cover)
* Only daily precipitation exceeding 2.5 cm
 (1.0 in) according to NOAA Climatological
 Data, Mansfield Hollow Lake,  Connecticut,
 March to mid-November 1980.
 and interference with operations.   However,
 a considerable potential for problems is
 manifested in this  case.   The increasing
 usage of impermeable membranes to  intercept
 and divert percolating waters on waste
 landfills and trenches indicates that such
 problems will be occurring more frequently
 in the future.   In  addition,  the use  of
 impermeable membranes in  cover appears to
 be a  special  design that  is  inherently
 conducive to  such erosion effects.  There-
 fore,  the recognition of  this  potential
 problem  and the  understanding  of quick,
 early  action  to  repair damage  and to pre-
 vent further  occurrences  are helpful.  The
 evaluation  of the problems and  the recom-
 mendations  for remedial action  at Windham
 landfill  have been  emphasized accordingly.
 The methods of repair  are presented here
 as options  for consideration for use in
 future problems that may be expected to
 develop on  such cover  systems.
COVER REPAIRS

     All repairs at Windham addressed two
concerns, correction of the immediate
                                           490

-------
  .1
              Figure 6.  View northeast along repaired slope (Location 5).
condition and prevention of a recurrence of
the same problem in the future.  Repairs
were accomplished on section A in October
1981.  The repair work was designed to cor-
rect the problems as defined and evaluated
in the previous visits to the site and to
serve as possible prototypes for repairing
any future problems of this nature on land-
fills elsewhere, particularly those in
which an impermeable membrane is a basic
element.
Repair of Eroded Slope

     The repair of the denuded north slope
of section A was accomplished by placement
of a layer of rock tailings across the
entire deteriorated section.  This coarse
material (Figure 6) is expected to provide
permanent and stable protection against
further erosion.  An alternative plan to
repair the cover according to the original
design, i.e., to replace the missing sewage
sludge and then reseed, might have been
more attractive in the spring when vegeta-
tion could have been more confidently
started.  The boundary between the gravel
slope protection and the old vegetated
portion of the cover located upslope should
be inspected in the future for potential
deterioration.  However, the decrease
in slope at the top should substantially
reduce the tendency for erosion of the
remaining sludge.
Repair of Erosion Scars

     The repair of the erosion concen-
trated in drainageways was viewed with more
concern since erosion there represented
more than simply the consequence of a fail-
ure of vegetation.  The use of impermeable
membranes in closure covers may be inher-
ently vulnerable to the development of such
erosion.  Clearly there is an important
limitation on the amount of water that can
infiltrate even permeable soils such as the
gravelly sand at Windham landfill, i.e.,
the soil will become saturated quickly.
The average runoff coefficient in this set-
ting will be unusually high and erosion
will be a common threat.
     Correction of the deteriorated con-
dition at location 1 in the swale was
                                           491

-------
                                   r^'"%'^ f^'\  ^'v   'z^^s^£f'*&&* **^T:
                                   ^Jftfyj^ ^   *^, *>  ^^ _ _ ^^  ."'J*  . *• **!*%*  T.*lft^»w
                                         ^A   ' *v-?*
                                         ^^ :^--
     Figure 7.  View south along swale  showing placement of geotextile over backfill.
 accomplished by simply backfilling to the
 original grade line with freely draining
 gravelly sand.  Prevention  of  a recurrence
 of the same phenomenon was  addressed by
 placing a geotextile sheet  over and beyond
 the regraded volume (Figure T) to preserve
 the backfill and adjacent portions of the
 original cover by preventing the migration
 of fines.   The geotextile sheet is com-
 posed of woven polypropylene yarn and has
 about 20 percent open  area  in size equiva-
 lent to  that of U.S. Standard Sieve No.  70.
 The geotextile was  covered  in turn with a
 layer of rock tailing  (Figure 8)  to sta-
 bilize the  channel  for surface drainage.
      The scars  at locations  2 and  3 were
 repaired by backfilling with free  drain-
 ing rock tailings.  These permeable chan-
 nels- facilitate seepage from adjacent
 areas.   The  center line of each repaired
 strip was kept lower than the  flanks so
 that the surface water will  not be  di-
verted to the side into new  paths
 susceptible to erosion.  The coarse
 rock tailings are expected to  reduce
the velocities of surface water and
seepage water sufficiently to pre-
vent erosion.
      A third technique was  used  on  the
 least deteriorated of the four scars,
 where the erosional process  apparently
 involved a partial removal of the fines of
 the cover soil.   It was  decided  that the
 best course here  was  to  overlay  the scar
 with more gravel  to complete the process
 that seemed to be taking place naturally,
 i.  e.,  an open, highly permeable channel
 was formed to convey  drainage from sur-
 rounding areas without the threat of re-
 moval of fines.
 Cost of Repairs

     The cost of repair of the cover at
 Windham was only fractional in comparison
 with the original cost of the closure
 cover.  The importance, however,  is  brought
 out by consideration of the extent to which
 deterioration had developed within only a
 few months of completion of the job.   It  is
 reasonable to assume that the deterioration
would have continued to a lesser  extent if
 it had been left unattended.   The repair
 cost breakdown is shown in Table  2.   Obvi-
ously,  costs will vary considerably
                                          492

-------
Figure 8.  View north along swale showing placement of rock tailings to complete repair.
TABLE 2.  COSTS OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

Rock Tailings (860 tons, metric)
3
Sand and Gravel (67 ra )
o
Geotextile (1003 m )
Dozer Rental with Operator

$ 5334
484
1700
1232
a
b
c
d
  (41 hours)

Loader Rental with Operator
(11 hours)

Other
495
100
                                     $ 9345
depending upon the circumstances.   Organiza-
tions with equipment and personnel available
may be able to handle such repair work in
house.  In any case, comparable repair work
should be accomplished for less than the
cost incurred in this special repair study.
     Despite the modest cost of repairs,
it is obvious that such deterioration
should be avoided to the extent possible in
future design.  Translated into cover
design features, this concern amounts to
placing considerable attention on:
         Configuration for areal drainage.

         Drainage system layout.
         Slopes of drainageways.
         Age and condition of sludge
         (where sludge is used).
     e.  Conditioning and fertilizing of
         soil.
     f.  Incorporation of topsoil or scar-
         ification of subsoil interface.
     g.  Time of seeding.
     h.  Frequent early postcompletion
         inspection.
In anticipation of the unexpected, the
closure plan should include an item for
expedient repair.

FUTURE INVESTIGATIONS

     Repair of the Windham landfill cover
was regarded as an opportunity to evaluate
one use of geotextiles in the cover over
                                           493

-------
solid and hazardous waste.   Geotextiles are
a promising class of materials for use not
only in primary cover construction but also
for repairs on deteriorated covers.  This
subject is currently a major thrust of our
cover design studies, and the results of
the state-of-the-art review and new devel-
opmental work will be reported in the
future.
REFERENCES

1.   Lutton, R. J., G. L.  Regan, and L.  W.
     Jones.  1979.  Design and Construction
     of Covers for Solid Waste Landfills.
     EPA-600/2-79-165, U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio.
     250 pp.

2.   Lutton, R. J.  1980.   Evaluating Cover
     Systems for Solid and Hazardous
     Waste.  SW-867, U.S.  Environmental
     Protection Agency, Washington, B.C.
     57 pp.
3.  Perrier, E. R.,  and A. C. Gibson.
    1980.  Hydrologic Simulation on Solid
    Waste Disposal Sites.  SW-868, U.S.
    Environmental Protection Agency, Wash-
    ington, D.C.  Ill pp.

4.  Emrich, G. H., and W. W. Beck, Jr.
    1979.  Remedial  Action Alternatives
    for Municipal Solid Waste Landfill
    Sites.  EPA-600/9-79-023, U.S. En-
    vironmental Protection Agency, Cincin-
    nati, Ohio.  pp. 324-342.

5.  Emrich, G. H., W. W. Beck, Jr., and
    A. L. Tolman.  1980.  Top-Sealing to
    Minimize Leachate Generation.
    EPA-600/9-80-010, U.S. Environmental
    Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio.
    pp. 274-283.

6.  Emrich, G. H. and W. W. Beck, Jr.
    1981.  Top Sealing to Minimize Leach-
    ate Generation - Status Report.  EPA-
    600/9-81-002, U.S. Environmental Pro-
    tection Agency,  Cincinnati, Ohio.
    pp. 291-297.
                                           494

-------
                             RECLAMATION OF  ASH  DISPOSAL  AREAS

                                            by
                                   Dr.  Wladyslaw Wysoski
                                         Poltegor
                                  Wroclaw, Poland 51-616
                                            and
                                      Ronald D.  Hill
                        Solid and  Hazardous  Waste Research  Division
                                   Cincinnati, OH  45268
                                        ABSTRACT

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has been conducting a cooperative research
project with Poltegor, the Central Research and Design Institute for Openpit Mining,
Wroclaw, Poland.  This project has dealt with developing methods to vegetatively reclaim
ash disposal ponds.  Ash produced from the combustion of bituminous and lignite coals
has been investigated.  A series of greenhouse pot experiments were conducted.  Based on
the results a series of 120 field plot experiments were installed.  Nine different ash
treatments and four plant combinations were included.  These treatments were evaluated
over a five-year period.  The addition of 10-20 cm of fertile soil to the ash gave the
best results.  Fertilization was critical for plant establishment.  The 120 plots were
later over planted with barley to determine if an agricultural crop could be established
on pretreated ash dumps.  After two years those areas that had received organic matter
as a conditioning step produced the highest yields.  A six-year companion study of tree
growth in ash was also conducted.  The particular species of tree grown was the most
important factor in survival in bituminous ash, whereas, the ash treatment was most
important in lignite ash.
INTRODUCTION

    The U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency has been conducting a cooperative
research project in Poland with Poltegor,
the Central Research and Design Institute
for Openpit Mining.  This project has
dealt with developing methods to reclaim
and vegetate ash disposal ponds.  Ashes
produced from coal  fired power plants
create major solid  waste disposal problems
in both the United  States and Poland.  The
magnitude of this problem is illustrated
in Table 1.

    As noted both bituminous and lignite
coals are burned in Polish power plants.
In Poland ashes are classified by the type
of combusted coal and the chemical compo-
sition of the ash.   For example, ash from
lignite can be divided into three classes
according to its chemical composition:
    1.  sulphate - calcium from the Konin
lignite region,
    2.  silicate - aluminum from the
Miocene deposit of Turoszaw, and
    3.  calcium - aluminum from the
Miocene desposits of Belchatow.

    From the reclamation standpoint, the
method of ash disposal is important.  When
the ash is disposed by hydraulic transpor-
tation, the disposal area is characterized
by having a dike of mineral soil, and
level  top.  Considerable fractionation
taking place during settling results in a
stratified structure within the ash
bed.There is also considerable
cementation.  When the dry ash is
pneumatically disposed, belt transported,
or hauled by trucks, the disposal area has
a level surface and heterogeneous chemical
and grain size composition.
                                           495

-------
                                 TABLE 1.   ASH PRODUCTION
                          (million metric  tons and cubic  meters)
      Poland
          Bituminous
          Lignite
          Total
      USA
          Total
               1977
   tons  mil cubicTmeters   mil tons
                                                                      1990
                                                                    miTcUb i c  meters
17.5
12
29.5
                                                 ---- estimated  data ----
30             30             50
24             35             70
54             65            120
                                           296              125             537
    Hydraulic transport is more favorable
from the reclamation viewpoint since con-
siderable amounts of toxic boron and
chlorides are leached from the ash and the
pH is lower (8-9 as compared to 12-12.8,
for dry deposition) as a result of the
salts being leached.

    The chemical and physical properties
of typical Polish ashes can be seen in
Table 2.  The small grain size of the
ashes makes them very susceptible to wind
and water erosion.  In addition they have
unfavorable soil/gas properties, low water
holding capacity, and poor nutrients
sorptive properties.  Silica is the main
component of ashes, however, considerable
amounts of aluminum oxide (ashes from
Turoszaw), calcium (ashes from Konin), and
iron (bituminous ashes) are found.  Fresh
ashes are highly alkaline with a pH up to
12.8.  Upon aging, salts are leached from
the ash and the pH decreases.  Except for
potassium and boron the nurient content is
low.  Toxic levels of boron and sulphur,
as well as magnesium and iron, are some-
times found.  Bituminous ashes may contain
relatively high concentrations of
P205, but under highly alkaline condi-
tions,  it is not available to plants.
Chloride concentration up to 2 percent by
weight has been found in some ashes.  This
level of chloride inhibits plant germin-
ation and growth.

    As noted, both the physical and
chemical properties of ash make it a dif-
ficult material to reclaim by revegetation.

RESEARCH OBJECTIVES

    The objective of this investigation
was to solve the following problems:
                 (1)  Control of air and water erosion from
                 ash disposal areas; (2)  Vegetation of ash
                 disposal areas with grass and legumes;
                 (3)  Reclamation of ash disposal areas for
                 forest production; and (4)  Reclamation of
                 ash disposal areas for agricultural culti-
                 vation.

                 RESEARCH PLAN

                     Two ash disposal sites were selected
                 for study.  The first area was located at
                 the Halemba power plant which is fired
                 with bituminous coal mined underground
                 from the Upper Silesia Coal Region.  The
                 second area was located at the Konin power
                 plant which is fired with lignite coal
                 mined by surface extraction methods from
                 the Konin Basin.
                    Both power  plants hydraulically trans-
                ported their slag  and fly ash to  earth
                diked basins (4.6  m high).   The earth
                dikes at Halemba were raised  to a second
                level with ash.

                Pot Experiments

                    In order to select the treatments to
                be applied to the  ash in field tests, a
                series of greenhouse pot experiments were
                conducted.  Twenty-seven different treat-
                ments were evaluated utilizing White Mus-
                tard (Synapis alba)  as the test plant.
                Each treatment  was replicated four times.
                The results of  pot studies are shown in
                Tables 3 and 4.   The different treatments
                are compared on the basis of  dry mass of
                plant material  produced (average of four
                replications) with the control pot (fer-
                tile soil + NPK) being rated  as 100.
                Details of these studies are available in
                reference 1.
                                           496

-------























IS)
LU
:c
oo
=t
i—
•z.
=r
— i
Q-
o:
LU
0
D.
u_
o

IS)
LU
(—1
1—
C£.
LU
D.
O
o:
Q.
CM
LU
_J
CO
<
t—































QJ
4-^

C
Ol

, —

E
0
s_
4-
l/l
O)
JZ
l/l
<










to
+j
C
ro
C r —
•r— Q.
C
O S-
s> 
C
ro
3 i—
O O-
S-
rs s-
— QJ
2
O
o.





E i/i
0 Z5
S- O
i+- C •—
••- ro
10 E O
QJ Z5 o
JZ +->
to -i—
=t -o











l-
OJ
-l->
CU
E
ro
S-
ro
(X













o
i— en IJD
CO
c c
CMro r^ro LOOCXJLO
i — JZ .JZCM OO..«
CMIOU3CO •)-> OLO4JOO OCOOO
oo n CM i un i
QJ QJ
CM i- S- O
. O O CM
co E E






LO LO
CM ' — CM CM 1 — OO O
• • • • • • •
O 03^0*0 co CM Or~- O I-~.CMOOCMOO
1-^ i — OO CM i — i —









CO
• r—
CM
«— tn LO 
•r-  •— O C EO 4->
O E i — • • 
C C +J >, QJ U C
QJ O O 1 1 4J i— V CU
N -r— •(— l/l ••— JD QJ E
•i— -4-J 4_> O ' — l/>OC ro Q.QJ
tO CJ- l(-W- ••- OO -r- D-i^S: O i- COOSSM
ro l/l O O
S^ _l« l/l *X3 "^
tD CL| < O SI
497

-------
                  TABLE 3.   RESULTS OF POT EXPERIMENTS WITH HALEMBA ASH
                   Treatment                                         Rating

1.   control I - fertile soil + NPK                                    100.0
2.   ash + NPK + m + 1  cm layer of silt                                 89.3
3.   ash + NPK + low moor peat 31.4 g/pot                               88.3
4.   ash + NPK + m - at 80% max.  water capacity                         85.6
5.   ash + NPK + m + low moor peat 31.4 g/pot                           81.9
6.   ash + NPK + m - strongly pressed                                   81.4
7.   ash + NPK + m + light soil (25% of volume)                         80.8
8.   ash + NPK + m + high moor peat 31.4 g/pot                          79.7
9.   ash + NPK + m + green manure from legumes 80.5 g/pot               78.5
10. ash + NPK + m + high moor peat 31.4 g/pot                          78.5
11. ash + NPK + m + green manure from cereals 80.5 g/pot               75.4
12. ash + 2 (NPK Mg)                                                   74.2
13. ash + NPK Mg                                                       72.6
14. ash + 2 (NPK Mg) + high moor peat 31.4 g/pot + sulphur             71.8
    10 g/pot
15. ash + NPK + m                                                      70.1
16. ash + NPK + m + sulphuric acid 125 ml/pot                          68.6
17. ash + NPK + m + gypsum 31.4 g/pot                                  66.9
18. ash + NPK + m + high moor peat 31.4 g/pot + sulphur                54.2
    10 g/pot
19. ash + NPK + m + low moor peat 31.4 g/pot + sulphur                 47.7
    10 g/pot
20. ash + 2 (NPK Mg) + 2 m + low moor peat 31.4 g/pot                  42.3
21. ash + low moor peat 31.4 g/pot                                     38.4
22. ash + NPK + m + green manure from cereals 322 g/pot                34.1
23. ash + 25% of barren river sand                                     33.3
24. ash + high moor peat 31.4 g/pot                                    32.8
25. ash + NPK + m + green manure from legumes 322 g/pot                13.6
26. control III = pure ash                                             12.4
27. control II = washed barren river sand                               7.3
Note:     m - microelements
        NPK - Nitrogen, Potash and Potassium fertilizer
                                    498

-------
                     TABLE 4.   RESULTS POT EXPERIMENT WITH KONIN ASH
                   Treatment                                         Rating

1.   control I = fertile soil + NPK & Mg                               100.0
2.   ash + NPK + m + low moor peat 31.4 g/pot                           59.9
3.   ash + NPK + m                                                      57.6
4.   ash + NPK + m + high moor peat 31.4 g/pot                          52.6
5.   ash + NPK + m + 1 cm layer of silt                                 51.1
6.   control III = pure ash                                             44.1
7.   ash + NPK Mg                                                       43.5
8.   ash + NPK + m + light soil - 25% capacity                          42.9
9.   ash + NPK + m + high moor peat 31.4 g/pot                          40.1
10. ash + NPK + m + green manure from cereals 31.4 g/pot               38.7
11. ash + NPK + m + low moor peat 31.4 g/pot                           31.1
12. ash + NPK + m + sulphuric acid 1 n 125 ml/pot                      31.1
13. ash + 25% of barren river sand                                     26.0
14, ash + low moor peat 31.4 g/pot                                     20.3
15. ash + high moor peat 31.4 g/pot                                    20.3
16. ash + NPK + m + green manure from legumes 80.5 g/pot               18.9
17. ash + NPK + m + gypsum 31.4 g/pot                                  14.1
18. ash + NPK + m + strongly pressed                                   14.1
19. ash + NPK + m - at 80% max. water capacity                          8.4
20. control II = washed barren river sand                               7.3
21. ash + 2 (NPK Mg) + 2 m + low moor peat 31.4 g/pot                   6.8
22. ash + NPK + m + low moor peat 31.4 g/pot + sulphur 10 g/pot         3.4
23. ash + NPK + m + high moor peat 31.4 g/pot + sulphur 10 g/pot        2.5
24. ash + 2 (NPK MG) + 2 m + high moor peat 31.4 g/pot                  2.3
25. ash + NPK + m + green manure from cereals 322 g/pot                 2.3
26. ash + 2 (NPK Mg)                                                    1.7
27. ash + NPK + m + green manure from legumes 322 g/pot                 1.1
Note:     m - microelements
        NPK - Nitrogen, Potash and Potassium fertiziler
                                    499

-------
    Results of the pot experiments indi-
cated that methods to improve alkaline
soil conditions such as addition of sul-
phuric acid, flowers of sulfur, and gypsum
were successful to a limited degree.   It
was also evident that the Konin ash was a
more difficult material on which to estab-
lish vegetation than was the Halemba ash.

Field Experiments-Grasses and Legumes

    Based upon the results of the pot
experiments, a field study was designed.
Nine different ash treatments designed to
change the soil properties, plus a control
were included (Table 5).  In addition four
plant combinations were tested.  Each plot
was replicated four times.  Thus, a total
of 120 plots of 4 x 5 m were utilized.

    Covering the ash with a thick layer of
soil (greater than 30 cm) had been shown
by other investigators  (2)(3) to be an
effective method of establishing vegeta-
tion on ash.  Since layers of this thick-
ness are very costly and had already been
proven successful, this study concentrated
on thinner layers, i.e., 20, 10, and 5
cm.

    Some NPK fertilizer was applied to the
ash when treatment took place.  More was
applied during sowing of the seed and as
topdressing.   In the following years the
plots were fertilized in the spring and
after the first cutting.  The amount of
NPK applied was determined from the pot
study and from analysis of soil samples.
 Different amounts were used at Halemba and
 Konin.   Details of the fertilization pro-
 gram are given in reference 1.

     The four seed mixtures used in the
 field trials are shown in Table 6.  Seed
 bed preparation was begun by loosening the
 ash.   At Halemba mechanical equipment was
 used for this purpose,  while at Konin it
 was necessary to loosen the ash with
 explosives.   The amendments and initial
 portions of  fertilizer were rototilled
 into the ash to a depth of 20 cm.   After
 6-10 days the remaining mineral fertilizer
 was raked in.   A few days later the var-
 ious seed mixtures were broadcast, raked
 in, and rolled.

     Cuttings were taken from the plot in
 the spring and fall.   Dry matter yields
 were determined and analyses of plant
 matter were  made to determine the uptake
 of heavy metals by the plants.  Five years
 of data were collected.
                                TABLE 5.  ASH TREATMENT PLOTS
        1.   Covering  of  ash  with fertile  soil  layer  of 20,  10 or 5 cm plus  addition of
            NPK  fertilizer.

        2.   Covering  of  ash  with  1 cm  layer  of bentonite  (100 m-Vha) plus NPK
            fertilizer  (Halemba only).

        3.   Covering  of  ash  with  5 cm  layer  of tertiary sand  (500 +/ha) mixed with
            coal  plus NPK  fertilizer (Konin  only).

        4.   Mixing  of low  moor peat  (10 Mg/ha  dry  basis)  plus NPK fertilizer.

        5.   Mixing  of garden peat  (10  Mg/ha  dry basis) plus NPK fertilizer.

        6.   Mixing  of farm manure  (20  Mg/ha) plus  NPK fertilizer.

        7.   Mixing  of corn green  manure plus NPK fertilizer with double dose of
            phosphate.

        8.   Addition  of  NPK  fertilizer only.

        9.   Addition  of  NPK  fertilizer with  double dose of  phosphate.

        10.  Control - no treatment.

                                       r   500                           _

-------
                 TABLE 6.  SEED MIXTURES USED IN FIELD TRIALS
Seed Mix 1
                                                                Seeding rate
a)  Halemba
         alfalfa (Medicago Sativa)
         white melilot (Melilotus albus)
b)  Konin
         sainfoin (Onobrichis viciaefolia)
         crown vetch (Coronilla varia)
Seed Mix 2
kg/ha
    Grass mixture
         meadow fescue (Festuca pratensis)
         orchard grass (Dactylis glomerata)
         smooth bromegrass (Bromus inermis)
         meadow grass (Poa pratensis)
         creeping fescue (Festuca rubra)
         white clover (Trifolium repens)
         black medic (Medicago Lupulina)
                                                 Total
                                                 Total
         white melilot (Melilotus albus)
         tall rye-grass (Arrhenatherum elatius)
         bentgrass (Agrostis stolonifera)
                                                 Total
Seed Mix 3
         alfalfa (Medicago sativa)
         orchard grass (Dactylis glomerata)
                                                 Total
Seed Mix 4
 50 kg/ha
 10 kg/ha
         white melilot (Melilotus albus)
 60 kg/ha
140 kg/ha
 70 kg/ha
210 kg/ha
 12 kg/ha
  4 kg/ha
 12 kg/ha
  5 kg/ha
 17 kg/ha
  3 kg/ha
       7

  5 kg/ha
 13 kg/ha
  4 kg/ha
 82 kg/ha
 36 kg/ha
  6 kg/ha
 42 kg/ha
 50 kg/ha
                                      501

-------
 Field Experiments - Agricultural Crops

     One object of this research study was
 to determine if an agricultural crop could
 be grown on the reclaimed ash.   It was
 highly unlikely that a crop could be sown
 directly into ash.  A more promising tech-
 nique was to build up the ash into a
 material with suitable physical and chemi-
 cal soil properties by utilizing soil
 amendments and plants.  After several
 years of this management, an agricultural
 crop could be planted.  The 120 field test
 plots used in the earlier study were per-
 fect for such a project.  The ten treat-
 ments in the earlier study could be used
 to determine which were best for preparing
 the ash for later use for growing agricul-
 tural crops.

     Winter barley (Hordeum vulgare) was
 selected as the test crop.  Deep-rooted
 crops were unsuitable because of the thin
 soil layer that had been formed.  In the
 fall of 1979 the plots were plowed and
 harrowed, and fertilizer was applied
 (P205-90 kg/ha, K?0 - 100 kg/ha).
 Winter barley (200 kg/ha) was seeded and
 lightly harrowed.  Details are available
 in reference 4.

     The barley crop was harvested in 1980
 and 1981 and the dry matter yield was
 measured.


Field Experiments - Forest Culture

    The field test on forest cultivation
included the evaluation of twelve trees
and shrub species (Table 7).  These
species were selected because of their
previous use in vegetating disturbed
land.  The trees were planted in pits dug
in the ash.   The size of the pits and
treatments are shown in Table 8.  The
willow and poplar cuttings were not placed
in pits,  but were planted in ash that had
been top dressed similar to grass plots 1
(20 cm soil), 2, 3, and 8 in Table 5.

    The criteria used to assess the vigor
and growth of the trees and shrubs were:
(1) to determine the survival rate of each
species,  and (2) to measure the increase
in height.  Visual observations of the
plants were made for signs of disease and
stress.  These observations and measure-
ments were made each May and September
over a six-year period.  Details of the
tree and shrub studies are available in
references 1 and 4.
Other Studies

    During the course of the study, soil
samples were taken and analyzed from each
of the grass plots to determine the
changes that were occurring in the soil/
ash with time.  Results of this study are
available in reference 1.

    During the establishment of grasses
and trees, tests were made to determine if
a thin layer of latex sprayed on the ash
surface would reduce the amount of blowing
dust that damages young plants.  It was
found that the latex successfully agglom-
erates ash particles forming a flexible
cover about 0.5 cm thick,  which survived
until the first frost.  Frost and snow
destroyed the cover.  The period of
control with latex is long enough to pro-
tect against windblown dust before the
plants germinate and their roots consoli-
date the surface layer.  Thin layers of
latex (less than 0.10 mm)  increased grass
and legume production because it hindered
evaporation.  Thicker layers interfered
with seed germination.

RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS

Grasses and Legumes

    The total dry matter yields obtained
from the various plots for the 1975-1980
 period are shown in Table 9.   As  noted the
 10-20 cm of fertile soil  gave the best
 results.   The data also show that fertili-
 zation is critical for plant establish-
 ment.

     A grass and legume combination was the
 best seed mixture at Halemba while medic
 with orchard grass was the best  at Konin.

 Agricultural Crops

     The barley yields for 1981 are pre-
 sented in Table 10.   It should be noted
 that during the 1977-1980 period  (before
 barley was planted)  half  of the plots were
 fertilized and the other  half were not.
 Results of the test indicate that a grass-
 legume cover could sustain itself without
 further fertilization,  but the yield was
 lower.

     As noted in Table 10, the barley
 yields were higher on plots that  had
 received organic matter (fertile  soil and
 plant)  as a conditioning  step.  The yields
                                            502

-------
                                                                                                    1
on the bituminous ash were also higher
than those on the lignite ash.

Forest Culture

    Six years of data have been collected
on tree and shrub growth and survival.
The survival data are summarized in Table
11.  Survival was not affected by the pit
treatment at Halemba, the major difference
was due to the particular species grown.
Trees at this site were also impacted by
airborne fluorine and S02 from nearby
industry.  They were also subject to
disease, which may have been a result of
their stressed condition.  The pit treat-
ment made a major difference in tree sur-
        vival at Konin.  The mixture of ash with
        soil and soil alone gave the best
        results.  Losses at Konin were attributed
        to the toxic nature of the ash,
        atmospheric pollution, and rabbits eating
        the young trees.

            Growth increments were measured for
        those trees and shrubs that did survive.
        As noted in Table 11, the pit treatment
        did not make a major difference in growth
        at Halemba, but did at Konin. The gray
        alder had the greatest growth rate at
        Halemba, while  locust was the best at
        Konin.
                   TABLE 7.  SPECIES OF TREES AND SHRUBS GROWN ON ASH
                        Poplar robusta I (Populus robusta Schn.)
                        Poplar robusta II (Populus robusta Schn.)
                        White birch (Betula verrucosa Ehrh.)
                        Gray alder (Alnus incana Moench.)
                        Black alder (Alnus glutinosa Geerth.)
                        Locust (Robinia pseudoacacia L.)
                        Larch (Larix decidue Mill.)
                        Pea shrub (Caragana arborescens Lam.)
                        Gray willow (Salix cinerea cross with Salix viminalis)
                        Sea buckthorn (Hippophae rhamnoides)
                        Willow cuttings (Salix alba cross with Salix fragiles)
                        TABLE 8.   ASH MIXTURES USED IN TREE PITS
              I.        Fertile soil and ash mixed in proportions of 1:3 plus NP
              Ila.      Ash mixed with bentonite 9:1  plus NP (Halemba only)
              lib.      Ash mixed with tertiary sand  intermixed with coal
                        3:1 plus NP (Konin only)
              III.      Ash mixed with peat (8 kg peat mixed with 1 m3 ash)
                        plus NP
              IV.       Ash plus NP
              V.        Fertile soil plus NP (Konin only)

              Note:  NP - Nitrogen and potash fertilizer
                        Poplars
                        Other Trees
                        Bushes
 Pit Size

0.7 m x 0.7 m x 0.7 m
0.5 m x 0.5 m x 0.5 m
0.3 m x 0,3 m x 0.3 m
                                           503

-------













oo
O
— 1
Q.
	 |

1—
2:
UJ
s:
UJ
D.
X
UJ

s co
§ «
u. s:
o"ct
co Q
1
uo ~r
P*^ ^
°* TO
1 JZ
5^
rK

=t

5- Q
o ' —
^Z.^
>- 3
ct ~:
^~ O
u.— -
o

GO
D-
O
o;
0
oi
UJ
	 1
co

1—
































00
TO
c
•r- QJ
C ^ >
O T-
M C
en



















c~
to
TO

TO TO
•i °
E o
O>
r" ~ VI
TO ZJ
:c o
c
E
Z!
JD
































































O)
S-
ZJ
^_)
x

E



























































"O 4-J CD
S- -,- C
TO 2 i_
O 01 U
S- OO Z5
O TO i —
cn








00 00
OJ JZ O)
OO 4J E
OO "r" Z5
TO 5 en
i- (U
en r—







_^
-o ••- c
S- 5 S-
TO UJ
jc to u
O 00 3
S- TO •—
O S-
O)









OO 00
O> JZ OJ
oo +j E
TO S cn
S- 
O

Q.





CM O ^ ^sf" r^ O U^ CM LD t~^
«?fCMCO CMOIPOCM i — CO O
^~ CO VO ^i" CO CM OO ^f~ C3 CT»
^* ^d* co ro co co co co co CM











co *~~ t~* LO r^ r^ f") CM r~^ ^^

tncMtn uncoior — "a-^d" Ln
^d~ *=3" co co co co ^J~ co co CM









01 F^ co i^^ co cji cji in CM r^
• — CO«3-CT1 COOILOUD Id 1^5

COCMCMCM CMCMCMCM CM CM













«d" CO Ol' — CNJCOCOLO -e^- i —

OCOCMr— OCMCOO1 CO ^~
LOCOCOCM COCMCMCM CM CM






Q-
^
SX XX NX C C
Q- Q- Q- S- TO
-z.-z.-z. o
^ O CD
+ + + Q. C
^y |i_ .^
r- r- r- OS

O O O i^ Q- <1J 00
00 00 00 "D Cu 2: i.
!Z Z ^ n -0
OJOJOI TO+Q- !Z C
r— r— r— VX OO + "^ TO O
•i- -^ -I- O. 4-> E U
Jt^> 4-> ^ z >)+-> TO + a;
1- i- I- i- n)  s- z> s- s- cu
14— *4— U;— -4-* i- S- O C Cn -4-> -4-J
OOO'i-OJOOTO Cl»-
C+JOEE + ore
S B £ 0 B u
- TOCMCMQ.-CJZ
CM r~ f~1 TO i — • JZ M— 7^ 2T 21 OO OO
TO ro
ai at
JZJZJZJZJZJZJZJZJZ-CJZ S- S-
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOZJZI


























































































































































ro
c~
— ^
00
c
0
-t->

o
•r—
S-
4_}
CD
s:


. — X
1 —
—



504

-------














00
1 1 1
y
Z3

O UJ
	 1

TO 3:
en H-
i — i — i
3
2
i— i Q
LU
Q X
LU i— i
Q£ SI
LU
IE OO
< CO O
~||
K-H
CC ' 1 II
C£ O
+ o"z
CO O
1 1 1 t—1
LU LO 1 —

ic en z.
CO i— i-l
— - co
2: "Si
•>- i— i O
LU • 	 -C_>
	 1
o: Q. LU

O CO
cj; h-
0 O
	 1
D_

O _J
i — =C
1 —
LU Z.
	 1 LU
co s:

c
en
]i-.
e
0
S-

JC
CO











r_
o
o
CO
o
c
• r—
E
JO

E
o
4-
JC
CO

f\J O
•i- CO
1 — 1
S- en
4-
c c
O -r-
^



•, —

^3 C^
01 CO
N 1

•r- en
4_3 r—
Ol
4-






~
1 —
•r—
o
CO
.c
CO

(O
c
JO
E
o



JO
f^s, f«^ Q^ ^^ ^^ ^^ ^j ^^ ^^ f«^
• • . t • • • . | . • .
CO LT> »O UO OO ^" LO ^J" d" i—








fD -O
OP-^O r^sOoo^d" oocNjo^
. * . 1 . . » . I . . •
OC\JC\J ^Or^r— IO LOO1^
O Is-* f*-. t>& VD Lf) LT> WD r^. CO
f—







_o
o^
r^ooro^d" LO» — CNJOO i — LO
cor-iocvj r^LOt^^- LO







JO
f~^ LO C\J f^ LO ^™ CO OO 10 ^~

f~^ LO LO f^ CNJ to LO (JO r"~ VO
r^




XX ^£ XX C
a. Q. a. S-
•z. -z. z. o
xx cj
+ + + 0-
2: 4-

•f— 'f- *r~ -f- xx r~
O O O ^ OL. Ol O
COOOCOT3Q-Z 1- i-
C Z ^ 3 •(->
Ol Ol QJ fO + f^ C c~
i — i — i — i^CO+ ^ «3 O
•i- -i- T- Cu -4-> E O
s_ s_ i- s_ re a> c
OJ OJ CU H~ 'O Ol <^ QJ QJ ^
4-4-4- -i- D. S- QJ CO
a> •<-> s_ =3 s_ ro
4_4_Ci-+JS_S-OC O)
§(O ~o
E + OJ
E E E 0 E N
OOO+->T3 J^Ei^i«; •»-
c-i- S en S- Q.D- ^ i—
OOLO OJO O-i— lOCVICNJCUT-
CNJ i — jo fO *~" f~ 4_ "Z, Z, "Z. +J
i.
+ + + ++ + + + ++ + QJ

t~ c~ r e~ c~ ^" c~ .e~ f~ c^ e~ ^
CO CO CO COCO CO CO CO COCO CO O

to
c
»^—
JO
E
0
o

c
0

CO
Q.
O
J^_
O
S
en
c
0
CO

QJ "O
4-> C
•f- O
C U
O) Ol
•«— CO
r—
i.
0 $
i. 4—
4~ ^3

oo -a
Ol C
CO
A3 VO

c en
O i—

< c
•r—
c
0 C
r- 0
4J .^-

S-
C 0)
O 4-

co S-
Q. O)
0 •»->
i- 4-
<-> <



(D JO
505

-------
       TABLE  11.   SURVIVAL  AND GROWTH  OF  TREES  AND SHRUBS  ON ASHES  FROM
                            BITUMINOUS AND  LIGNITE COAL



Increment3

Halemba
in height
ash from

bituminous
cm Survival
Pit treatment (see Table 8)
I
Ha
lib
III
IV
V
Species of trees and shrubs
Poplar I
Poplar II
White birch
Gray alder
Black alder
Black locust
Larch
Pea shrub
Willow
Sea buckthorn
Willow cuttings
Poplar cuttings
Average

0.33
0.34
-
0.32
0.32
—

0.17
0.20
0.11
0.74
0.63
0.45
0.37
0.37
0.25
-
0.14
0.20
0.33

_
-
-
-
-
-

H
H
L
L
M
H
M
H
M
-
L
L

and surviva
coal
Konin
lignite
cm

0.38
-
0.36
0.28
0.26
0.38

0.37
0.30
0.47
0.21
0.48
0.67
0.07
0.35
0.14
0.25
-
0.24
0.33
lb



Survival

_
-
-
-
-
-

M
M
L
H
L
H
L
H
M
M
-
L

a   Increment of growth during sixth year

b   Survival:  H - High,  M - Moderate,  L - Low
                                       506

-------
'Acknowledgements

     This project is  J-5-533-12 of the Sci-
 entific  Activities Overseas - Special
 Foreign  Currency Program of the Environ-
 mental Protection Agency.   The final
 report for the project should be available
 in December 1982.

                 REFERENCES

 1.   Wysocki,  Wladyslaw.   Reclamation  of
     Alkaline  Ash Piles and Protection of
     Their Environment Against Dusting.
     USEPA Publication EPA-600/7-79-128,
     Cincinnati,  Ohio, July 1979.

 2.   Hodgson,  D.  R. and Townsend,  W.  N.
     The  Amelioration and Revegetation of
     Pulverized Fuel  Ash.  In:  Ecology and
     Reclamation of Devastated Land.
     Edited by R. J.  Hutnik and G. Davis,
     Gordon and Breach Publishing, New
     York, 1973,  pp.  247-271.

 3.   Maly, V.   K Otazce Zemedelski
     Rekultivace Slozist  Elektraren.   In:
     Vedecke Prace Vyzkumneho Ustavu
     Melioraci, Praha 1969, No. 10, pp.
     91-108.

 4.   Wysocki,  Wladyslaw.   Reclamation  of
     Alkaline  Ash. Interim Report to  EPA
     for  period October 1,  1979 to November
     30,  1980,  USEPA,  Cincinnati,  Ohio,
     November  1980.
                                            507

-------
                           REMEDIAL ACTION RESOURCE DOCUMENT:

                                BUILDING ON THE EPA TRD'S

                                           By

                          John R. Ehrenfeld and Jeffrey M. Bass

                                 Arthur D. Little, Inc.
                             Cambridge, Massachusetts  02140
                                         ABSTRACT
      For  several years,  the Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory  in Cincinnati
 (MERL-Cin.) has been  involved in a program  to develop approaches  for  the design  of  en-
 vironmentally-safe  treatment, storage and disposal facilities  (TSDF)  for hazardous  wastes.
 One  important  facet of  this program has been the  collection of  information on  these
 technologies and its  dissemination to a broad community of interests.  This  paper de-
 scribes a project which utilized this information to prepare a  background document  for
 the  technologically related subject of remedial responses at uncontrolled hazardous waste
 disposal  sites.
     With the passage of the Comprehensive
Environmental Response Compensation and
Liability Act (CERCLA) Public Law 96-510,
federal, state and private sector interests
have become deeply involved in remedial
actions at uncontrolled disposal sites.
More specifically, to meet statutory re-
quirements, the National Contingency Plan
(NCP) must provide a means to make cost-
effective choices for remedial actions at
priority disposal sites.  At the time this
abstract was prepared, the draft NCP
(October, 1981) set forth a decision-making
process by which the On-Scene Coordinator
(OSC) can determine objectives for remedial
action at a given site, set forth alter-
natives to achieve those objectives, and
select the most cost-effective approach.

     The latter steps, as well as a number
'of considerations earlier in the priority
setting and decision-making process,
require a broad background on the tech-
nologies available for remedial response,
their applicability to the site in question,
costs, and other related information.  Much
of this background is available in the body
of knowledge developed under the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), Public
Law 92-580, program for application to con-
trolled facilities.  The project  described
in this paper  extracts information from
that source and molds it into a context
applicable to remedial actions at uncon-
trolled hazardous waste sites.

     The major sources of information for
this project are eleven Technical Resource
Documents (TRD) prepared by MERL-Cin.
describing different aspects of hazardous
waste disposal sites.  These eleven TRDs
are:
     Evaluating Cover Systems for Solid and
     Hazardous Waste (PB-81-166-340)*
     Hydrologic Simulation on Solid Waste
     Disposal Sites (PB-81-166-332)*
     Landfill and Surface Impoundment Per-
     formance Evaluation (PB-81-166-357)*
     Lining of Waste Impoundment and
     Disposal Facilities (PB-81-166-365)*
     Management of Hazardous Waste Leachate
     (PB-81-189-359)*
     Guide to the Disposal of Chemically
     Stabilized and Solidified Wastes
     (PB-81-181-505)*
     Closure of Hazardous Waste Surface
     Impoundment (PB-81-166-894)*
     Hazardous Waste Land Treatment
     (PB-81-182-107)*
                                            508

-------
10.
Soil Properties, Classification and
Hydraulic Conductivity testing
Methods for the Prediction of Leachate
Plume Migration and Mixing
11.  Landfill Closure Manual.

     *Draft copies are available through
      NTIS.  Final copies of the eleven
      TRDs should be available in 1982.

In addition, the work draws extensively
from an EPA study of the cost of remedial
action unit operations-'- and an EPA report
on remedial techniques.   The emphasis
is on using readily available information;
some limited examination of the general
literature has been done to cover subjects
not described in the primary references.
Current remedial activities are examined on
a sampled basis.

     The overall technological framework
has been designed to cover a broad range of
approaches to the several major types of
problems arising at uncontrolled sites.
Table I shows the techniques included ar-
ranged by five major problem areas.
Emphasis was placed on those techniques
which have been used in practice in set-
tings comparable to uncontrolled disposal
sites, but techniques which are still
evolving are also described.  Key factors
in the discussion of each technique or
group of related techniques are:

  •  applicability to the problems and
     dependence on site specific
     characteristics

  •  state-of-the-art;  reference to
     known applications
  •  engineering performance data;
     what can be expected
  •  design data requirements; what
     must be known in order to develop
     a conceptual design and form en-
     gineering plans and specifications
 SCS Engineers,  Costs of Remedial Responsa
  Actions at Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste
  Sites;  EPA Contract No. 68-01-4885;
  undated draft.
2
 JRB  Associates,  Inc.,  Manual For Remedial
  Actions At Waste Disposal Sites; EPA
  Contract No.  68-01-4839;  dated draft
  final report,  June 1980.
  •  post closure care requirements

  •  cost

     To the extent practical, the discus-
sions will separate the techniques into
discrete unit operations to facilitate
tailoring composite approaches for each
site-specific case.  Much of the background
cost information exists in this general type
of format.  This format will also simplify
future update.

     Inclusion of design data requirements
should support a more integrated view of
the overall remedial action process, par-
ticularly in designing the remedial inves-
tigation called for in the latest NCP draft.
By anticipating the engineering data needs
of a variety of potential remedial ap-
proaches, field studies can be configured
to gather these data as well as data to
describe the nature and extent of the
problem at a site.

     The initial step, a careful review of
the existing EPA resource documents, indi-
cates that much of the information on the
operation and closure of controlled
treatment, storage and disposal facilities
is directly transferable to the context of
remedial actions or can be translated with
little effort to that context.  The tech-
nical areas of most direct application to
remedial situations covered in the eleven
TRDs include:

  •  leachate collection and treatment

  •  waste solidification/stabilization
  •  cover systems

  •  runoff controls
  •  site closure
  •  post closure care and monitoring

Technologies designed for the collection
and treatment of leachate at a RCRA-
permitted secure landfill, for example,
could be applied to the treatment of
contaminated groundwater. At such a facility
leachate is collected before it can con-
taminate groundwater.  It is then treated
and safely discharged downgradient.  At an
uncontrolled site  groundwater is often
already contaminated.  Collection of
contaminated groundwater, however, can be
accomplished through pumping and subsurface
drains just as leachate is collected at
controlled facilities.  Once contaminated
                                           509

-------
















H

fd
, t
pa
H

























































cn
w
| 	 |
8
j_j
o
3d
0
w
EH

2;
o
^1
cj
<
J

M
Q

*rj
W







































ation
4J
0)
60
0)
>
CU
Pi










































01
4-1
cfl
Xi
O
cfl
0)

— _
14
cu
4-1
CO

T3
d
3
O
IH
O
(sedimentation basins, ponds)
ge (seepage basins and ditches)
01 IH
60 cfl
cfl X!
rl CJ
o cn
4-1 -H
cn ea























d
o
•H
4J
O

IH CU
M 01
cfl 43
pa co

cu -
rH cn
43 d
CO -H
0) cfl
Es 4-1
1-1 V-1
0) 3
CX O
B
rH




rect Waste
and Containment
ion
g
ndling
•H rH 4-J d Cfl
O O cfl -H S3
^ > 60
Tj 4-1 CO T3 B
d d cj cu 3
Cfl O X H rl
CJ WOO
.,_(
o

.
CO











4J
d
0)
g
4J
CO
3
•r-)

Cfl

CU
rH
XI

4-1
l-l
CU
4-1
Cfl
^

,-~,
60 4-1
d d
•H CD
ex B cfl
a a B
3 -H 0)
IXl CO 4-1
4-1 Cfl
IH d >-.
CU O CA
4J CJ 4-1
co cu d
$ CU 60 CU
nd B co 60 B
d 3 d d 4-1
3 rH -H -rl Cfl
o ex cfl d cu
l-l 14 -H >-i
O 0 rJ H


.
pa
nt
I/Chemical
Vitrification
n Mining
adation
ion
zat ion/ Sol id if ication
(U cfl O l-l 4-1 -H
B CJ 3 -rH 60 CJ rH
4-1 -H 4-1 4-1 CU Cfl -rl
Cfl Cfl -H 3 -d IH X>
CU ts CD i-H O 4J CO
s-i xi d o -in x 4J
EH fn M cn pa M cn

•
pa





























CJ
cn
•H
T3

rH
cfl
CJ
0) -H IH d
60 60 CU O
T3 O 4-1 -H
3 rH rH 4-1
rH O -H cfl
CD -H MH O
XI -H
t) 60 rH
rH CU 60 d CX
Cfl 4J Cfl d 'rl CX
CJ Cfl (3 -rl rH CO rH
•H > O 4J ^ CO
60 -H O cfl CJ TJ cj
O 4-J 60 4-1 -H d -H
I-H 0 cfl o i-i co e
O CO rH )-l 4J rH 0)
•H Xi
P3 U




ation
, Containment and Collection
pipe, trench)
s
ion Systems
Sealing
IH i— 1 *— ' l-i 4J CU
CU O 01 CJ CJ
d l-i CD -H CU cfl
•H 4J 4-1 rl rH MH
CJ d d rJ rH ^1
d O CD cfl o 3
M cj > pa cj cn
^
•H
drH -rl
i
Xi
(X,




4->
d
CU

4J
cd
0)
l-l
H

*
pa































d
o
•H
4-1
d
cu
4-1
cu
•a

d
0
•H
4J
cd
N
•H
rH
cfl
3
cr1
CU






or pt ion/ Absorption
to

3

co
cd
O







































d
o
•rH
4J
ex
i-i
0
cn
•a
cd

d
0
XI
IH
CO
O






Oxidation
rH
Cfl
g

01
XI
H









































cn
•H
cn
o
6
CO
o

cu
to
M
CU
>
cu
}-j






Techniques (remote sensing, water
ty analysis)
Aeration (soil analysis, lysimeters,
ysical well logging)
CD -H MH 4-
60 CJ rH O CX
d cfl nj o
•H MH 3 CU CU
|_l l-i CJ1 d 60
O 3 O
4j cn NI
d
o
S
.
LO


















d
o
•rl
4-1
O
CU
i-H
i-H
O
CJ

-d
d
CO

d 4-1
o d
•H 0)
4J S
co d
l-i -H
Cfl CO
ex 4-1
cu d d
60 Cfl O O
d -H cj
•H >-, 4J 14
ex 4-1 cfl cu
CX -rl ^1 4-1 rH
•rl Cfl 4-1 CO O
l-l d rH S rl
4J CU -H 4-1
CO T3 MH CU d
CJ 0
Cfl U
MH
P
3
cn 
•H
a




o
to g
^ CO
o
>-l MH
H
<














f — *
CO
rH
rH
Cfl

•a
0
0
rH
MH

•s
CD
CU
0)
>
CD
rH
* — '

CO
V4
cu
•H
l-l
M
cfl
pa

d
o
•H CO
4J rH
CJ Cd
01 CU
4-1 CD
O
IH CU
CX O
*rj [0
O MH
O M
rH 3
P« cn




























^— ^
cn

ex
•rl
CX

•3
o
-d

#v
cn
CD
4-1
3
xi
CJ

*
to
£>-,
§

1-1
CJ
4-1
Cfl

v— '

d
0
•rl
4J 60
CJ d
CU -H
rH -0
rH Cfl
O M
O O




510

-------
groundwater is collected, it can be treated
in the same manner as dilute leachate.

     The leachate treatment technologies
discussed in the TRDs can also be applied
to the direct treatment of aqueous waste
from surface impoundments, tanks, or drums.
Various biological treatment techniques,
for example, which are used at RCRA-
permitted facilities for leachate treatment,
could be applied to directly treat certain
organic wastes at uncontrolled sites.
These wastes are more concentrated than
leachate, but similar treatment techniques
may be applicable.  Although the informa-
tion on leachate collection and treatment
was intended for controlled facilities, it
is directly applicable to similar situa-
tions at uncontrolled facilities.

     Contaminated soils represent another
set of problems not found at controlled
sites.  Waste solidification and stabili-
zation techniques, as described in the TRDs,
could be used to reduce the soil's poten-
tial hazard.  In some cases, then, it might
be possible to utilize the stabilized
materials for berms or similar surface
water diversion means.  In others the
stabilized materials might be landfilled
on-site, in conjunction with groundwater
controls (impermeable barriers, pumping,
subsurface drains), and surface covers or
caps.  In either case, using techniques
developed for controlled hazardous waste
management, the remedial response design
might avoid the need for removal to a
separate controlled site.

     The report includes similar examples
of applications of the other major tech-
nical areas covered in the TRDs.  For
remedial approaches such as on-site incin-
eration, not  extensively described in the
TRDs, other recent EPA and general refer-
ences were used.
                                            511

-------
                  HANDBOOK FOR REMEDIAL ACTIONS AT WASTE DISPOSAL SITES
                         Paul J. Rogoshewski and Roger S. Wetzel
                                     JRB Associates
                                 McLean, Virginia  22102
                                    Donald E. Banning
                     EPA Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory
                                 Cincinnati, Ohio  45219
                                        ABSTRACT

EPA has sponsored the development of a handbook on remedial actions for use by technical
personnel involved with the clean-up of hazardous waste sites.  The handbook explains the
nature of contamination at waste disposal sites and describes some of the remedial actions
that can be applied for the clean-up of each contaminated medium.  This paper highlights
the information contained in the handbook and briefly describes how it can be used0  Reme-
dial actions are designed to control, contain, treat or remove contaminants from uncon-
trolled hazardous waste sites„  Remedial actions are divided into surface controls,
groundwater controls, leachate controls, direct treatment methods, gas migration controls,
techniques for contaminated water and sewer lines, and methods for contaminated sediment
removal.  This paper also describes the remedial action decision-making process and the
utility of the handbook.
INTRODUCTION

     The effects of improper disposal of
our nation's hazardous waste have become
the environmental problem of the eighties.
To deal with this problem, Congress enacted
two major pieces of legislation, the
Resource Conversation and Recovery Act of
1976 (RCRA) and the Comprehensive Environ-
mental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act (CERCLA) of 1980, nicknamed
"Superfund."  RCRA deals mainly with the
regulation of active facilities engaged in
the storage, transportation, treatment
and/or disposal of hazardous wastes.
Superfund provides a mechanism and funding
for the clean-up of abandoned hazardous
waste sites that are polluting the environ-
ment and are threatening public health and
safety.

     Research to identify the active faci-
lities and the abandoned sites has uncov-
ered thousands, many requiring some form
of upgrading or remedial action.  Under
the CERCLA program, EPA has addressed prob-
lems of limited resources for clean-up by
prioritizing the inactive sites by degree
of hazardo  EPA has selected 115 sites that
are considered most hazardous and in need
of remedial action^  These prioritized
sites occur in forty-four States and terri-
tories of the UoS., as shown in Figure 10
A total of $1.2 billion dollars has been
allocated for the clean-up of these sites,
In addition, regulation of hazardous waste
disposal facilities under RCRA will result
in closure/post closure costs estimated to
be over $300 million annually„

     The costs of remedial actions,
along with the severity of the problem
itself, have prompted EPA to initiate
research into state-of-the-art and
advanced techniques for the purpose of
facilitating remedial efforts at hazardous
waste siteso  One of these research efforts
has been the development of the "Handbook
for Remedial Actions_at Uncontrolled Haz-
ardous Waste Sites0"   This document is
                                            512

-------
       Figure 1. Map of Superfund sitesc
geared for technical personnel in govern-
ment, consulting, and industry involved in
the clean-up of hazardous waste disposal
sites, industrial surface impoundments, and
industrial and combined landfills.  It rep-
resents the most complete work on remedial
actions done to date<>

     The objectives of the handbook are
twofold:  (1) to provide the reader with a
generalized understanding of the pollutant
pathways involved in a waste disposal site,
the remedial actions as they apply to con-
trolling pollution with respect to these
pathways, and the process of selecting
remedial actions at a waste site; and (2)
to provide detailed information on specific
remedial actions including applications,
state-of-the-art, design, construction,
and/or operating considerations, advan-
tages, disadvantages, and costs0

     With this information, the reader can
then develop a preliminary remedial action
plan and cost estimate,,

     The remainder of the paper will high-
light some of the information contained in
the handbook.

THE NATURE OF CONTAMINATION AT HAZARDOUS
  WASTE DISPOSAL SITES

     Land-disposed waste materials, whether
disposed in landfills, surface impound-
ments, or other types of land disposal, are
subject to various transport processes
which may lead to environmental contamina-
tion.  These transport processes involve
an initial transformation to a more mobile
phase, usually by solubilization, volatili-
zation, or a chemical or biochemical reac-
tion to form soluble or gaseous reaction
products.  Figure 2 presents a simplified
view of the processes involved in pollutant
transport.  Volatile and water soluble com-
ponents can also be formed from microbial
degradation and chemical reactions with
other wastes.  Oftentimes, chemical and
biochemical reactions can cause explosions
and fires resulting in emissions of parti-
culates to the atmosphere as well as com-
bustion productso  Particulates can also be
entrained by surface runoff coming into
contact with the waste material„  Wastes
have the potential to be mobilized in any
phase, given the right conditions.

     When transport mechanisms predominate,
the waste materials may migrate outside a
disposal site and pollute the groundwater,
surface water, air, and terrestrial and
benthic environments.  Water plays an espe-
cially important role in the mobilization
and transport of waste materials from the
disposal site to these different media.

     Leachate may travel downward vertical-
ly to contaminate groundwater, or it may
travel laterally and emerge as surface
seepage, depending on local geology.  It is
important to recognize the hydraulic rela-
tionship between groundwater and surface
water, and that either can contaminate the
other, given the right conditions.

     The establishment of an effective
remedial action plan for a polluting waste
disposal site must take into account all of
the pathways involved in the transport of
    AIRBORNE    /VOLATIUZATJ
    PARTICULATES
     Figure 2.  Hazardous waste transport
                processeso
                                            513

-------
contaminants through the environment and to
receptors.
         TABLE 1.  SURFACE CONTROLS
REMEDIAL ACTIONS

     Remedial actions include methods to
remove, control, treat, destroy, or contain
improperly disposed hazardous wastes.  The
"Handbook for Remedial Actions" categorizes
well over 50 of these techniques into seven
major groupings, as follows:

     •  Surface controls

     •  Groundwater controls

     •  Leachate controls

     •  Direct treatment methods

     •  Gas migration controls

     •  Techniques for contaminated sewer
        lines

     •  Methods for contaminated sediment
        removal

Descriptions for specific  techniques  under
each category include applications, state-
of-the-art, design and operating considera-
tions,  advantages, disadvantages,  unit
capital and operating costs,  and example
costing scenarios„

     A  summary description of the  tech-
niques  under each category is given below:

Surface Controls

     Surface controls are  those remedial
techniques designed to reduce surface water
infiltration and  control runoff at waste
disposal  siteso  They also serve  to reduce
erosion and  stabilize  the  surface  of  cov-
ered landfills.  These controls minimize
hazardous leachate  generation and  reduce
off-site  erosive  transport of cover mater-
ials and  exposed  wastes0   Surface control
measures  include  surface  sealing,  runoff
diversion,  collection, and treatment  sys-
tems.   Table 1  is a summary of the tech-
niques  that  fall  under the Surface Control
category.

     Most surface  controls are common meth-
ods used  to  control runoff, erosion,  and
flooding  in developed  areas.  Surface seal-
Method
Surface Seal (A)
Diversion and
Collection
(A)
Ditches,
Diversions,
Waterways (A)
Chutes and
Downpipea (Ai
Levees (A)
Seepage Basins &
Ditches (A)
Sedimentation
Basins/Ponds (A)
Character is tics/ Remarks
Expensive; high upkeep; very hard to place; highly
effective; approximately 20-year life
production
fairly effective; temporary structures: prevents

Inexpensive; low upkeep, very easy to place;
fairly effective; temporary structures, no special
tools or material required
Moderately expensive; high upkeep; permanent
structures, guard against flooding; effective
Moderately expensive; high upkeep, easy placement,
fairly effective; permanent structures, prone to
clogging
Inexpensive; low upkeep; easy placement; fairly
effective; easy to design and install, permanent
structures
             (A) - Coflmcrcially available
ing, or capping, is a specialized technique
by which waste disposal sites are covered
by various materials to prevent surface
water infiltration, control erosion, and
isolate and contain contaminated waste and
volatiles.  A variety of impermeable cover
materials and sealing techniques are avail-
able for such purposes.  The choice of
sealing material and method of application
is dictated by site-specific factors such
as local availability and costs of cover
materials, desired functions of cover ma-
terials, the nature of the wastes being
covered, local climate and hydrogeology,
and projected future use of the site in
question.  A typical cap, or surface seal,
is shown in Figure 30
CLOVER, VETCH ft RYEGRASS
  Figure  3.  Cross  sectional of  a clay capc
                                             514

-------
Groundwater Controls

     Groundwater that has been contaminated
by an uncontrolled waste disposal site can
be dealt with in a number of ways.  Imper-
meable barriers constructed of bentonite
slurry, cement or chemical grouts, or
steel sheet piling can be installed verti-
cally to (1) prevent groundwater from mi-
grating away from the site; or (2) divert
groundwater so that contact with waste
materials is prevented.  In recent years,
because of its relatively low cost and
effectiveness, the slurry wall technique
has largely replaced other methods such as
grout curtain cut-offs0  The change in the
groundwater table produced by these barrier
methods is shown in Figure 4.

     Another conceptual  method of dealing
with contaminated groundwater is  to allow
it  to flow through permeable treatment beds
(limestone, for example) in which the con-
taminants would be removed as the ground-
water flowed through the bed0

     The pumping of  groundwater with  subse-
quent surface treatment  may be possible  in
some  sites, except  this  is a continuous
process with operating  costs that will  ac-
cumulate to a major  expense over  a period
of  years.   Pumping  of groundwater can be
designed to lower  the groundwater table  in
the area of a disposal  site, as  shown in
Figure  5.

      Bioreclamation is  an  in-place ground-
water  treatment  technique  based  on the  con-
                 BEFORE PUMPING
                 AFTER PUMPING
       Figure A. Lowering of water table
                 by barrier wall.
Figure 5. Lowering the water table to elim-
          inate contact with a disposal
          site
cept of utilizing microbial organisms com-
bined with aeration and nutrient addition
to accelerate biodegradation of ground-
water contaminants.  It has been previously
demonstrated to be an effective method of
clean-up for underground hydrocarbon
spills, and may prove applicable to hazard-
ous waste sites as well.  A summary of the
above groundwater control technologies is
given in Table 20

Leachate Controls

     Leachate controls are designed to con-
tain or intercept leachate before  it  con-
tacts groundwater underlying a hazardous
waste site.  Leachate collection systems
consist of a series of drains which inter-
cept the leachate and channel it to a sump,
wetwell or appropriate surface collection
point.  The drains may consist of  open
ditches or trenches which may or may  not
include pipes or tile drains.  The sump,
wetwell or other collection basin  is  also
part of the collection system and  from here
                                             515

-------
      TABLE 2o GROUNDWATER CONTROLS
Method
Impermeable
Barriers
Slurry Walls (A)
Grout Curtains
(A)
Sheet Piling (A)
Permeable
Treatment Beds (Z
Groundwacer
Pumping
Water Table
Adjustment (A)
Plume
Containment (A)
Contaminated
Water Treatment
(A)
Bioreclamation
(A)
Characteristics /Remarks

tion
longlasting
Very expensive; very low upkeep; fairly effective;
companies
Inexpensive ; very low upkeep; very easy to place;
fairly effective; used to stop formation of H.W.
Expensive; high upkeep; easy to place; marginally
effective; prone to ponding; sensitive
Lowering of water table to avoid leschate forma-
tion and for treatment
Inexpensive; high upkeep; easy to place; fairly
effective; reliable when properly monitored; has
a large construction flexibility
Expensive; high upkeep; easy to place; fairly
effective; very flexible as far as design and
operation are concerned
Expensive; high upkeep; easy to place; fairly
effective; highly flexible and reliable
Inexpensive; high upkeep; easy to place; fairly
effective; fast, *afe, doesn't remove all contain-
inants
             (A) - Conmercially available
             (B) - Research and development acage
the water is pumped to treatment„  Leachate
treatment will be highly variable depending
on the composition and strength  of the
leachate.

     Bottom sealing is a developing,  but  as
yet unproven, remedial technology for un-
controlled sites.  Slurries or grouts may
be injected under the site to form a  bottom
seal under certain limited conditions.
Specialized techniques of directional dril-
ling, kerf cutting, and fracturing tech-
niques may alsobe required.  The above
techniques are summarized in Table 30

Direct Treatment Methods

     Direct treatment of hazardous wastes
involves one or more of the following
approaches:

     •  Physical removal of the wastes  to a
        better engineered or environmental-
        ly less sensitive area (excavation,
        hydraulic dredging, and  land  dis-
        posal) ;

     •  Physical removal followed by  waste
        stabilization (solidification and
        encapsulation);

     •  Waste destruction  (incineration,
        wet air oxidation, molten salt,
        microwave plasma detoxification  and
        microbial degradation);

     •  Chemical waste treatment  within  the
        site  (neutralization  and  solution
        mining).

     Many of these direct  treatment  methods
are not fully developed and the applica-
tions and process reliability are not well
demonstrated.  Use of  these techniques for
waste treatment will require  considerable
research and pilot plant testing. Others
such as excavation and land disposal are
widely used0  In addition, the combined
costs of excavation  (or dredging) with sub-
sequent treatment can  be exorbitant  if a
large volume of wastes is  involved.   A
summary of direct treatment methods  is
given in Table 4.

Gas Migration Controls

     Gas migration controls are aimed at
limiting both the lateral  movement and
atmospheric emissions  of toxic vapors.  The
degree of control varies,  from passive pipe
and trench vents affording the least level
of control, to induced ventilation systems
with gas collection  and treatment prior  to
discharges  Various  configurations of pipe
vents are shown in Figure  6»   A summary
of gas migration control techniques  is pre-
sented in Table 5.
        TABLE  3o LEACHATE  CONTROLS
Method
Subsurface Drains
(A)
Drainage Ditches
(A)
Liners (A)
Leachate
Treatment (A)
Bottom Sealing (B)
Characteristics /Remarks
Expensive; high upkeep; easy to place; fairly
effective; system requires continuous and careful
monitoring, fairly reliable, considerable flexibi-
lity available
Inexpensive; extremely high upkeep; easy Co place;
fairly effective; requires extensive maintenance;
useful in collecting side seepage and runoff
Expensive; moderate upkeep; very hard placement;
fairly effective; virtually impossible to use on
existing sites, complicated and difficult to place,
Highly dependent: on the method, strength of the
waste, and desired output
Still in the R&D stage
               (A) - Commercially available
               (B) - Research and development stage
                                            516

-------
      TABLE 40 DIRECT TREATMENT METHODS



Hydraulic
Land Disposal (A)


Wet Air
Oxidation (A)
Cement-Based
Solidification (A/
Solidiflcation(A)
Solidification (A>
Solidification (B>
Self -Cement ing

(B)
Encapsulation (B)

(C)
Solution Mining 
Neutr a 1 iiat ion/
Detoxification (C)
Mlcrobial
Degradation (C)
Other Direct
Treatment
Techniques
Molten Salt (C)
Plaaaa Reduction
(C)

Chara e cs
{
waste disposal; backhoe and dragline are typical
excavation tools
Includes surface impoundments, land-filling, and
disposal form
or gaseous state; expensive; causes air pollution;

sludges
Involves sealing waste in Portland cement; effec-
tive, but tends to leach
medium; creates a porous solid that must b« either
landfilled or sealed
or polyethylene; forma a stable solid which isn't
leach— prone ; expena ive
substance famed is biodegradable and will readily
release pollutants
to be solidified; expensive, forms a stable solid
expensive; very stable
very stable; yet to be attempted on a large scale
Flood the land disposal area with a solvent and
Joints; ln«xp*naiv«; only amenable to certain waates
Inject the land disposal area with a substance that
iBBMbillZM or destroy* pollutant; Mist have a
degradabie w«c«; expensive
Seeding a va*te with microorganism* to achieve
degradation; sensitive; expensive
Techniques u**d to control vaate froaj refuse siLea
Combustion of waates with salt; th* salt reacts
with undesirable waste by-products; expansive
Any organic waste may be destroyed; done by
severing bonds In waste material
                              TABLE 50 GAS  MIGRATION CONTROLS
           (A) - Co«wrcUlly available
           (B) - Research mad development stage
           (C) - Conceptual
                                  TO ATMOSPHERE
                                  OR TREATMENT
                             •LOW PERMEABILITY
                                  SOIL
                             •4-6" SLOTTED
                               PVC PIPE
                             -GRAVEL
(A) ATMOSPHERIC (B) ATMOSPHERIC
    VENT         VENT
MUSHROOM TOP     "U" TOP
 (C) FORCED
VENTILATION






Gas Barriers (A)
Gas Collection
Systems (A)
Gas Treatment
Systems (B)



fairly effective, forced ventilation is by far th

effective; induced draft is by far the Tiost effec
tive method (over atmospheric dissipation, which
Highly dependent on the materials used, expensive

tive, and easy to upkeep, but can oniy be aopliet
to a 5- to 6-acre site; manifold collection syste
Is more complicated, costly, and requires a great
deal of upkeep
Highly dependent on the method used; site specs w
designate the method; generally expensive



e

is


m
ill
Figure 6. Design configurations of pipe
          vents.
                                                              (A) - Coimercially available
                                                              (B) - Research and development: stage
Techniques for Contaminated  Water and Sewer
  Lines

      Sanitary sewers and municipal water
mains located down gradient  from hazardous
waste disposal sites may become contaminat-
ed by infiltration of leachate  or polluted
groundwater through cracks,  ruptures, or
poorly sealed joints in piping„

      When contamination of sewers or water
lines occurs, two basic remedial options
are available:  (1) in-place cleaning and
repair,  or (2) removal and replacement,,

      The specific options available for
dealing  with contaminated water and sewer
pipes are summarized in Table 6.

Methods  for Contaminated Sediment Removal

      Remedial techniques for contaminated
sediments generally involve  removal and sub-
sequent  disposal of the sediments.  Sedi-
ment  removal methods include well-estab-
lished mechanical excavation and  hydraulic
dreding  techniques.  Dredged materials
("spoil")  management includes techniques
for drying,  physical processing,  chemical
treatment,  and disposal.  Dredging in wet-
lands may require revegetation  of the area0

      A summary of the methods used for
dealing  with contaminated sediments is
given in Table 7 0
                                             517

-------
                                               CHOOSING THE BEST ALTERNATIVE
TABLE 6. TECHNIQUES FOR CONTAMINATED WATER
         AND SEWER LINES


In-Situ Cleaning
Mechanical and
Hydraulic
Scouring (A)
Bucket Dredging
and Suction
Cleaning (A)
Chemical
Leak Detection
and Repair (A)
Pipeline
Inspection (A)
Grouting (A)
Pipe Relining
Removal and
Replacement (A)


Methods used to clean, ins

Buckets are dragged along
thus dredging them; also s
clean sewer lines of toxic
Foams and gels that absorb
flushed
Location — repairing meth
Several different techniqu
as using dyes, audiophone
In-situ treatment of pipe
a gel-like grout
Very simple and inexpensiv
pipes; effective results
Very expensive; when no ot


pect, and repair clogged

the base of sewer pipes
uction can be used co
liquid and debris
and bind liquid pollu-
es are available, such
leak detectors, etc.
cracks or ruptures with
e sealing alternative;
her alternative Is left
              (A) - Commercially available
              (B) - Research and development stage
TABLE 7. METHODS FOR CONTAMINATED SEDIMENT
         REMOVAL
Method
Mechanical
Dredging (A)
Low-Turbidity
Hydraulic
Dredging (A)
Dredge Spoil
Management (A)
De water ing and
Transport (A)
Storage and
Dispoaal (A)
Treatment (A)
Revegetacion (A)
Characteristics/Remarks
A viable alternative for shallow small streams; if
water flow Isn't detoured excessive turbidity
results; limited use
This is an expensive undertaking, utilizes well
established technology; effective, requires a good
deal of equipment
Methods for dewatering, transporting, storing,
treating and disposing of contaminated sediments
Solidifying slurry and loading it on barge, train
or truck such that it can be transported to
treatment
Pumped slurry is placed in a containment basin for
either permanent disposal or temporary storage
Dewatering and stabilization of slurry such that it
is suitable for land disposal
When marshland is dredged, it must be refilled with
clean fill and revegetated Co insure ecological
integrity
              (A) - CoraMrcially available
     In order to select the most approp-
riate remedial action(s) for a waste dis-
posal site, a thorough evaluation of waste-
associated problems, site characteristics
and remedial action options is required„
For any given site, one must go through the
process of comparing site characteristics
with remedial action options to determine
which options are best in terms of feasi-
bility, effectiveness and cost.

     A summary of this procedure follows:

     (1)  Evaluate nature and extent of
contaminat ion»  Prior to the selection  of
any remedial program for an existing site,
it is necessary to have at least a general
indication of the extent of contamination
at the site.  Data on groundwater, surface
water, soil, biota and air contamination
must be developed if this was not previous-
ly done for the site0  Monitoring of these
various media will allow a more detailed
assessment of the nature and extent of
pollution0

     (2)  Collect data on physical charac-
teristics of the site.  Since the selection
of remedial actions is highly site-specif-
ic, physical characteristics are important
criteria for selection of the best remedial
approacheso  It is best to collect as much
necessary site-specific information as
early as possible in the remedial action
selection process.  In addition to provid-
ing more detailed information on specific
media, this data should include general
site characteristics which may indirectly
affect the choice of remedial measures.
Characteristics include quantity and homo-
geneity of waste material, the climate  of
the area, subsurface geology, aquifer char-
acteristics and uses, proximity to various
receptors, existing land use, and others0
Soils and geology at the perimeter of a
site used for assessment of the feasibility
for slurry trench and grout curtain cut-off
methods would normally fall in this cate-
gory.  However, this information is gener-
ally gathered after remedial options are
identified.

     (3)  Determine remedial options.   For
each environmental medium that is contamin-
ated, a given set of options exists that
may be applicable for a particular site.
Some potentially applicable remedial
                                             518

-------
options have been addressed in earlier sec-
tions o  In the Handbook, remedial tech-
niques are listed in several tables accord-
ing to the contaminated environmental media
which are to be remedied or controlled —
surface water, groundwater, air/soil pores,
soil/sediments, waste materials, and con-
taminated sewer and water pipelines.  Each
technique presented can be applied to treat
the contaminated medium, directly or indir-
ectly, or control the transport of contam-
inants away from the site.  In addition to
summaries of techniques by the media for
which they are applied, the Handbook gives
functions and applications or restrictions
for each technique.  This information
should help give guidance on remedial
action selection0  Each technique listed is
cross-referenced within the manual so that
additional information on a given technique
may be found more easily.

     (4)  Adjust remedial options to
reflect physical characteristics and
select the best option,.  Site physical
characteristics developed previously can be
compared to the applications and restric-
tions for each remedial technique to
assess feasibility.  Each technique can be
evaluated and ranked in relative order
based on a consideration of effectiveness
and costs in addition to engineering feasi-
bility.  In this step, certain remedial
actions will be excluded because of infeas-
ibility, while others will be singled out
as most appropriate.  This process should
result in selection of on* or two remedial
measures best suited for application to
each specific medium.  At this point, a
preliminary remedial action plan (Step 5)
can be compiled0

     (5)  Recommend specific alternative.
This general model is applicable only for
preparing a preliminary remedial action
plan.  Because of the tremendous environ-
mental impact of polluting waste disposal
sites and high costs for site clean-up,
the need for a more detailed analysis of
each remedial measure is paramount before
final recommendations can be made.  The
preliminary plan is, nevertheless, a use-
ful planning tool for remedial action im-
plementation0

USING THE HANDBOOK

     Examples of situations where the Hand-
book would provide useful input include the
following:
        Reference document for site inves-
        tigators

        Planning tool for Federal, state
        and local governments

        Introduction to remedial actions
        for public interest groups

        Reference document for design and
        cost estimating for engineering
        firms

        Reference document for industries
        owning or operating hazardous
        waste disposal sites
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     The Project Officer for the Handbook
effort was Mr. Paul Des Rosiers, EPA Office
of Research and Development.  Co-Project
Monitors were Mr. Michael Kllpatrick of the
Hazardous Waste Enforcement Task Force and
Mr. John Frisco of EPA Region II.  The
Handbook for Remedial Actions was drafted
by JRB Associates under the direction of
Mro Paul Rogoshewski.  Mr. Donald Banning,
Municipal Environmental Research Laborato-
ry, provided technical review and guidance.
Peer review was conducted by WAPORA, Inc.,
Best Environmental Service and Technology,
Ltd., Environmental Resources Management,
Inc., Midland—Ross Corporation, and Rollins
Environmental Services.

     The authors would also like to thank
Mr0 William Librizzi, EPA Region IV, Mr,
Glenn Shira, Office of Environmental En-
gineering and Technology, and Mr. Clarence
demons, Center for Environmental Research
Information.
REFERENCES

1.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency0
    1980.  The Resource Conservation and
    Recovery Act Subtitle C - Hazardous
    Waste Management: Regulatory Analysis.
    Office of Solid Waste, April 30, 1980,
2.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency0
    1982.  Handbook for Remedial Actions at
    Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites,
    Municipal Environmental Research Labor-
    atory, Cincinnati, Ohio0
                                           519

-------
      SUPERFUND:  COPING WITH ORPHANED HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES AND SPILLS*
                       Roger C.  Dower and Edward J.  Yang
                          Environmental  Law Institute
                            Washington,  D.C. 20036
                                   ABSTRACT
In response to one of the most pressing environmental problems of the decade,
Congress enacted the Comprehensive, Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act (Superfund) in 1980.  The purpose of this legislation was to
address unadequacies in the existing common law and federal and state
regulatory structure for coping with cleanup of "orphaned" or abandoned
hazardous waste sites and hazardous waste spills.  This paper presents a
preliminary qualitative economic assessment of Superfund.  In particular, the
papers shows how cost/benefit concepts can be used to shed light on the
ability of the act to achieve its stated goals.  Further, economic analysis is
shown to provide some insights on appropriate Superfund regulation design.
The article concludes that unless opposing incentives are adopted, Superfund
may inhibit the flow of information on the existance of sites or spills or at
least achieve less than expected benefits.  In addition, several important
economic relationships are identified that will affect the costs of Superfund
and its ultimate impact.
     Of the range of problems presented
by hazardous wastes, perhaps none are
more difficult to cope with than those
associated with past dumping practices
and accidental spills or discharges.
More than 30,000 chemical waste
dumpsites may currently exist, and as
many as 2,000 of those may pose a
significant risk to businesses,
residents and wildlife located near the
site. (1)  Although responsible parties
have often made efforts to locate and
clean-up such sites, at least two
factors limit the number of sites to
which this applies.  First, waste sites
are often "orphaned" to the extent that
the original responsible party is no
longer known or that the current or past
owner is not able to cover financially
the clean-up costs and potential
compensation damages.  Second, a strong
incentive exists for responsible firms
or individuals to withhold information
on a particular site; if they withhold
the data and are not caught, they are
far better off.
     In addition, if toxic wastes were
accidently spilled or discharged, few
avenues, until recently, were available
for individuals or the government to
mitigate potential environmental and
health risks.  Particularly given the
heavy information requirements to bring
common law actions.  Though several
federal statutes provided some basis for
action, they were limited in their
scope.  Finally, given the potentially
high costs of volunteering information
on a spill or discharge versus the low
probability of being caught and held
liable if a party withholds relevant
data, there was little incentive to come
forward and take responsibility for an
accident.

     In direct response to these, and
other problems, Congress enacted the
Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act in the
fall of 1980 (hereafter referred to as
Superfund).  In essence, the bill
provided broad federal government
                                           520

-------
emergency response authority for
hazardous waste spills and provided
tools for coping with orphaned sites.
This paper will describe the statutory
shortcomings that led to the enactment
of Superfund and will then review the
Act in light of those limitations.
After establishing the statutory
background the analysis will then
attempt to cast Superfund in a
qualitative cost/benefit framework.
This will demonstrate the usefulness of
such an approach for identifying the
critical policy questions to be
considered before promulgating Superfund
regulations.

BACKGROUND

     The law existing before Superfund
was inadequate for cleaning up abandoned
hazardous waste sites.  Although at
least 21 federal statutes provided some
authority for controlling hazardous
waste sites,(2) with the major
provisions being in the Clean Water Act
(CWA) (3) and the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA), (4) the federal
government was limited in its ability to
respond to dangerous hazardous waste
disposal sites or to require the
responsible parties to take clean-up
actions.  Recovering the government's
costs associated with cleaning up a
dangerous site was in most circumstances
nearly impossible.  In addition, the
government could not compel companies
and individuals to disclose the history
of their waste dumping practices and the
location of their dumpsites, further
restricting its ability to identify the
sites in need of remedial action and as
well as to build cases against the
responsible parties.  These points are
discussed in more detail below.

Response Authority

     Before the passage of Superfund,
three sections of statutory law provided
some limited response authority.
Section 311 of the Clean Water Act
allows the government to take remedial
action, or require the responsible
parties to do so, for spills of oil or
approximately 300 designated hazardous
chemicals in navigable waters.  This
response authority is characterized by
several notable deficiencies.  First, it
applies to only a small portion of the
actually hazardous chemicals; some
observers claim that several thousand
chemicals should be considered
sufficiently dangerous to be included
among those chemicals for which the
government has response authority.(5)
Second, spills into navigable waters
constitute only a small portion of the
hazardous releases into the environment;
spills often contaminate groundwater,
soil, or air without affecting navigable
waters and cannot be addressed under
this section of the Clean Water Act.
Finally, as of May, 1980, the fund used
to finance the government's initial
clean-up operations under Section 311
was virtually depleted.(6).

     Section 504 of the Clean Water Act
(7) (CWA) also provides broad authority
for response, enabling the government to
provide assistance in any pollution
emergency.  However, the $10 million
designated to be placed in a fund for
providing such assistance was never
appropriated; in any case this amount
would have been too small to cope with
the hundreds of abandoned hazardous
waste sites.

     Section 7003 of RCRA permits the
government to bring an enforcement
action against any person contributing
to the release of hazardous waste which
presents an imminent and substantial
endangerment to public health and the
environment.  Although intended to
address directly the problem of spills
and orphaned sites, the judicial
proceedings under this provisions are
cumbersome, slow, and expensive.
Further, it requires that the government
identify the responsible parties before
bringing suit and that such parties have
the resources necessary for cleaning a
site up before any remedial action could
be taken.  Under this process remedial
action could have taken several years.

Cost Recovery

     Before Superfund the government
could not recover emergency response
costs of all hazardous waste
contamination incidents.  Sections 311
and 504 of the Clean Water Act (CWA)
empowered the government to recover only
those costs associated with cleaning up
spills in navigable waters of oil or the
designated hazardous substances;
                                           521

-------
recovery was obtained through civil
actions.  Because of the dependence on
the judicial system, years could pass
before the government would be
reimbursed for the expenditures made to
clean up a spill.  Thus, the
government's ability to recover costs
was limited to a relatively narrow
subset of potentially dangerous spills,
and was subject to the normal delays
found in judicial proceedings.

Reporting and Notification

     Although requirements for reporting
spills and notifying authorities about
hazardous waste contamination of the
environment existed before the passage
of Superfund, they were not broad enough
to cover all hazardous wastes.  The only
spills that responsible parties were
required to report were those where oil
and designated chemical substances were
spilled in navigable waters.

Summary

     In summary, statutory law existing
before the passage of Superfund left
serious institutional and legal gaps.
More than 21 federal statutes pertained
to hazardous waste management, but the
only spills that were required to be
reported to government officials were
those of oil or a limited number of
hazardous chemicals which contaminated
navigable waters.  Many other spills,
either those of different substances or
those not contaminating navigable
waters, were never disclosed so that
authorities and pollution victims were
unable to take action to force clean-up
and compensation payments.  Similarly,
the government had authority for
cleaning up and recovering costs only
for those spills covered under Section
311 of the CWA, which left out a large
number of sites.  Even for spills
covered under Section 311, EPA was given
inadequate resources to finance clean-up
operations.  Judicial proceedings to
force clean-up of spills often took
years to resolve.  Superfund and the
many versions which preceded it sought
to address these issues.  The approach
taken in Superfund to resolve each of
these problems is described below.
PROVISIONS OF SUPERFUNO

     Superfund expands the scope of
government response authority to cover
more substances—not only those under
CWA, but also substances listed under
specific sections of RCRA, the Clean Air
Act, and the Toxic Substances Control
Act.  In addition, the government can
designate additional hazardous
substances if needed.  In general,
response authority is provided for "any
pollutant or contaminant which may
present an imminent and substantial
danger to the public health or
welfare."(8)  With the exception of
certain statutorily excluded substances,
such as most petroleum fractions and
various forms of natural gas, response
authority under Superfund appears to
include a broad class of substances.

Response Authority

     Superfund authorizes the federal
and state governments to undertake
removal and remedial actions necessary
to protect public health and welfare or
the environment.(9)  The government is
to broaden the scope of the National
Contingency Plan developed under the
Clean Water Act to respond to releases
or to substantial threats of releases of
hazardous substances.  The sole
exception is if the President determines
that the party responsible for the
release will conduct the removal or
remedial actions properly.  The
responses include, but are not limited
to, containing or treating the wastes at
the site and providing alternative water
supplies and monitoring.

     Funding of governmental response
efforts comes from the Hazardous
Substance Response Trust Fund.  This
fund will contain 1.6 billion dollars
over a 5-year period, of which 12.5%
will come from government general
revenues and 87.5% from taxes on
industry.  The taxes are to be levied on
feedstocks, inorganic chemicals, and
oil.(10)

Cost Recovery:  The Liability Provisions

     Considerable controversy surrounded
the development of the liability
provisions of Superfund.  The original
Senate version would have authorized the
                                          522

-------
recovery of removal costs  incurred by
the government or any person by
mandating strict, joint and several
liabilitity against parties involved in
the generation, transport, or disposal
of hazardous wastes.(11)   The
responsible parties would  also have been
liable for certain other damages, such
as resource restoration and
replacement.  The final bill makes no
mention of strict, joint and several
liability and does not provide victims
with direct access to federal courts.
On further examination, however, the
liability provisions may be, due to
precedents in interpreting similar
wording in other statutes, very close to
strict, joint and several  liability.

     Strict liability is the holding of
parties involved in a disposal process
liable regardless of nay negligence.
The standard of liability  in the new law
is intended to be the same as that
imposed in Section 311 of  the Clean
Water Act, which has been  interpreted to
be strict liability.(12)   Certain
specifically enumerated defenses are
available, namely showing  that the
release was caused by (1)  an act of God,
(2) an act of war, or (3)  an act or
omission of an independent third party;
however, the third party defense is
narrowly defined to exclude the actions
of employees, agents or contractors.(13)
This would make a generator liable for
the actions of its transporters and
disposers.  The weight of  this evidence,
particularly the precedent of the
interpretation of similar  language in
Section 311 of CWA, suggests that
Superfund applies strict liability to
parties involved in hazardous waste
management.

     Whether the parties involved in
hazardous waste disposal will  be held
jointly and severally liable is a more
difficult question.  Joint and several
liability could make any participant
liable in an action, regardless of the
extent of participation.   For example,
under these liability rules a single
generator could be held liable for all
costs and damages caused by the combined
wastes disposed at one site by several
generators.  Costs could be recovered
from one generator while distribution of
the costs and damages among the other
contributing parties is left to future
law suits.  Support for assuming that
parties involved in hazardous waste
management are jointly and severally
liable under Superfund is found in the
language of the Act which states
"nothing in (it) shall affect or modify
in any way the obligations or
liabilities under other Federal or State
law, including common law, with respect
to releases in hazardous
substances."(14)  According to the
Department of Justice, common law
provides for joint and several liability
where the act or omission of the
responsible parties results in an
indivisible injury.(15)  Further support
for holding the parties jointly and
severally liable is found in several
pending suits in which the Department of
Justice interprets Section 311 of the
Clean Water Act as applying joint and
several liability.(16)  The issue of
whether joint and several liability will
be imposed on parties contributing to a
hazardous waste site will be developed
and clarified through case law.

Reporting and Notification

     Superfund establishes requirements
for reporting and notifying authorities
about unpermitted hazardous waste
facilities and hazardous substance
spills (Section 102).  It requires any
person in charge of a vessel or facility
that is releasing hazardous substances
that are equal to, or greter than, a
given quantity to report immediately the
release to the National Response
Center.  Failure to do so exposes the
person to the threat of up to $10,000 in
fines or up to one year imprisonment, or
both (Section 103).

     Under Superfund, the existence of
unpermitted facilities must be reported
to EPA within 180 days of the law's
enactment.  Failure to report these
facilities may result in up to $10,000
in fines, or one year imprisonment, or
both, for may person involved in the
hazardous waste site.  In addition,
Superfund prohibits any person from
knowingly destroying records that
specify, in accordance with EPA
regulations, the location of and
hazardous constitutents present in a
facility.  This prohibiton applies for
50 years after the enactment of the Act,
or 50 years after establishment of a
                                          523

-------
record, whichever is later.  Any person
who violates this requirement may be
fined up to $20,000, or imprisoned for
up to 1 year, or both.(17)

COST/BENEFIT ANALYSIS

     The problem of coping with past
disposal practices is a classic case of
an externality.  Before RCRA and
Superfund, few regulatory or economic
incentives existed for generators,
transporters, and disposers of hazardous
wastes to take precautions against
adverse health and environmental
effects.  In addition, high transaction
costs in terms of informational
uncertainty and identification of
responsible parties led to fewer
negotiations between affected parties
before an activity commenced and fewer
tort actions after the fact.  Therefore,
costs imposed by hazardous waste
activities were not internalized by the
responsible party, and the level of
safety reached in dealing with hazardous
wastes did not fully reflect society's
risk preferences.  These transaction
costs were exacerbated by problem sites
where a financially viable owner no
longer existed.

     In many respects Superfund directly
addresses the root causes of the
externalities associated with hazardous
wastes.  It implicitly recognizes the
role played by transaction costs in
inhibiting economic/legal transactions
that would internalize the social costs
of unsafely disposed and treated
wastes.  High costs resulting from
informational uncertainties (i-e«. the
location of past dump sites, current
spills, and composition of the wastes)
are intended to be lessened through the
notification requirements.  This
intention corresponds to a theoretical
argument that in the case of uncertainty
over the least cost avoidance of an
externality, responsibility for
avoidance should be placed with the
party who can estimate these costs most
cheaply, in this case, generators,
transporters, and disposers of
wastes.(18)  The liability provisions,
to the extent that they are interpreted
as meaning strict, joint and several
liability, also shift the burden of
transaction costs to the private
sector.  The effects of uncertainty
concerning exact casual relationships is
somewht mitigated in favor of the
damaged party and the use of the fund
does not require the identification of
all of the responsible parties.

     Reviewing Superfund within a
cost/benefit framework can be done at
two different levels.  First, one could
evaluate the relative value of the Act
itself.  That is, the marginal costs and
benefits of Superfund could be compared
to other options available to Congress
to determine if the chosen route
maximizes net benefits.  Alternatively,
one could take Superfund as a given and
assess alternative agency actions within
the Act to assure tht costs and benefits
are equated at the margin for each
selected action.  The latter approach is
clearly more relevant for the EPA in the
sense that it must choose among
alternatives that fit within the
legislative mandate; the more detailed
and restrictive the Act is, the less
flexibility EPA has in determining
efficient regulatory and implementation
policies.  This paper offers a general
analysis that applies at both levels
mentioned above.  By identifying the
major cost and benefit elements of the
Act, some specific concerns in revising
Superfund and in implementing its
requirements can be isolated.  For
example, cost/benefit concepts can be
used to organize regulatory program
information in order to determine its
effectiveness in addressing problems
such as data requirements and
uncertainties and gaps or overlaps with
existing legislative or market
mechanisms.

Benefits
     The general class of benefits from
Superfund is the value of damages
avoided from improperly disposed
wasts.  These benefits are generated
through several avenues.  Shortened
clean-up response time for dangerous
sites or spills is expected to lessen
potential damages.  For example, the
benefit of controlling a site that has
been leaking a particular substance that
harms surrounding plant life is defined
by the value of the difference in plant
damages averted as the result of acting
promptly.  The liability provisions
create an additional  incentive for the
                                          524

-------
firms handling hazardous wastes to be
more cautious.  Benefits therefore
result in the present and future as
firms re-design or close existing sites
and as they incorporate better control
technologies to reduce their potential
liability.  Again, the benefits are
defined in terms of the value of damages
avoided as a result of these actions.

     The earlier discussion isolates two
specific classes of damages from
hazardous wastes: health (chronic and
acute) and natural resource (including
wildlife).  Because Superfund permits
the government to seek compensation for
natural resource damages as well clean-
up costs, reduced natural resource
damage and reduced clean-up costs are
direct benefits from the program.  Even
though Superfund does not explicitly
address personal injury damages, there
will be health benefits from the Act.
To the extent that the internalization
of other social cost elements acts to
induce safer behavior on the part of
firms, health damages will also be
averted.

     Benefits from the fund mechanism
and tax scheme are more difficult to
generalize.  On one hand, that part of
the act represents solely an income
transfer mechanism and the only benefits
that accrue are those that result from
the emergency response authority and
increased compensation payments to
injured parties.  Where the money comes
from is of little interest from an
efficienty standpoint.  On the other
hand, the tax does act as a partial
incentive to control hazardous waste
streams.  It states, in essence, that a
firm must buy the right to generate
wastes.  Ideally, some firms, depending
on their cost structures, would pay the
tax, and others would opt for changing
production processes and not generating
wastes.  The limitations of this
incentive from the Superfund scheme will
be discussed later.  At this point, it
is sufficient to note the possibility of
some benefits resulting directly from
the taxing authority of the act.

     Actual estimation of the benefits
from Superfund involves a process
similar to the estimation of benefits
from any other regulatory program.
Estimates must be made of:  1) the
change in ambient environmental
concentrations—for Superfund this means
the difference in the number of
uncontrolled or cleaned up sites now and
in the future;  2) the change in the
number of exposed individuals and
natural resources (acres of land, or
numbers of animals) resulting from
Superfund;
3) the change in the level and type of
exposure experienced by the population
(for example, ten fewer people will be
exposed to contaminated groundwater);
4) the relationship between the level of
exposure and resulting health or damage
effects—for health effects, exposure
will be defined in terms of dosage—for
resource damages, the relationship will
be defined as level and duration of
exposure to toxic chemcial;  5) the
change in number of adverse health or
natural resource damages—for example,
as a resuslt of Superfund there will be
5 fewer nortal cancers each year for the
30 years and 2000 fewer destroyed
wetland breeding habitats; and  6) the
economic value of the change in health
and natural resource damages.

     Obtaining numerical estimates for
each stage of the computational
procedure is thwarted by data,
methodology and technology uncertainties
that are common to any benefit
assessment.  In addition, there are
several problems with obtaining accurate
estimates that are somewhat, but not
entirely, unique to hazardous wastes.
These will be briefly discussed in turn.

     Conducting a prospective rather
than retrospective analysis is always
complicated by having to superimpose a
regulatory program, in this case a
legal/economic/regulatory scheme, on
existing patterns of behavior at the
individual and market level.  Where the
regulation specifies a particular target
level, predicting the number of sites
that each year will be brought under
control by the government can be
approximated by the amount of funds
available for clean-up actions and the
average clean-up cost per site.  The
number of future sites or spills, the
clean-up of which will be avoided
because of more cautious industry
behavior, requires a number of
assumptions.  These would include, for
example, the ultimate effect of the tax
                                          525

-------
on producer behavior, the degree of
change in the level of uncertainty and
therefore transaction costs associated
with bringing personal injury actions,
and the extent to which the costs
internalized through recovery of clean-
up and natural resource damage costs
accurately reflect true social costs.

     Computation of economic values is
made difficult by the wide variety of
potential damages within the two general
classes of benefits.  Some of these
benefits may be reflected in property
value changes for land located near or
next to a site.(19)  Estimates of
property value changes that have
occurred at a few known sites could be
used to value expected benefits if the
degree of change could be characterized
by size of site, type of chemicals,
location, geo-physical variables, etc.
The value of expected health benefits,
assuming health effects can be
quantified, could be estimated by one of
the several techniques.  Of course, the
relevant uncertainties still hold.  The
problems of placing values on benefits
to future generations of clean-up
activities resulting from Superfund have
already been mentioned and are
complicated by the selection of an
appropriate discount rate.

     Short of computing dollar values
for the positive effects of SUperfund, a
less demanding measure of effectiveness
could be designed that would provide
useful information to the policymaker.
For example, it may be possible to
define a series of categories for
orphaned hazardous waste sites that
reflect varying degrees of health or
environmental risks.  For example, sites
that pose a large risk of causing human
health effects would be placed in a
higher class than sites which have a
risk of destroying the productive
capacity of surrounding land, but not of
damaging health.  The effectiveness of
Superfund, or alternative implementation
strategies, could then be measured in
terms of the number of sites or spills
in each class that were controlled or
averted.  As will be discussed later,
this type of approach might be useful in
a cost/effectiveness analysis.
Costs

     In general terms, the costs of
Superfund are:  the change in clean-up
and restoration costs; direct costs to
firms of reporting and notifying EPA of
spills; increased compensation costs to
firms resulting from common actions
involving personal damages; and the fund
tax.  Ideally, estimates of private
costs accruing to the firms should be
translated into social costs, i.e.,
estimates of consumer and producer
surplus losses.  The most important
steps are summarized generally below.
1)  Estimte the number of sites or
spills that will require clean-up action
at each point in time.  2) Estimate the
costs associated with those operations
including restoration costs and natural
resource damage costs, compensation for
which can be obtained through the fund
and, later, responsible parties.  Most
likely these cost estimates would only
be approximated by the average cost of
clean-up per site.  A further refinement
would allow estimates based on certain
site characteristics such as size or
type of wastes.  3) Estimate the total
costs of the clean-up operation.
4) Estimate the shift in the cost or
production functions of affected firms.
5) Estimate the resulting shifts in the
supply and demand of the goods, the
production of which generates hazardous
wastes.

     If each step is carried out
properly, it is possible to determine
how much of the costs of Superfund are
passed onto consumers in the form of
higher prices, and therefore consumer
surplus losses, and how much are pased
on to stockholders or input suppliers.
But inadequate data, complex market
relationships and methodological
uncertainties interact to limit the
accuracy and usefulness of cost
estimates.  Although these problems
characterize almost any cost assessment
for a regulatory program, the different
type of incentives in Superfund further
conplicate the analysis.  Predicting the
net effect of the liability provisions
of the Act on producer behavior is a
particularly difficult task.  Yet, it  is
this mix of producer responses that
determines not only how much less waste
will be produced or more cautious
disposal techniques will be applied, but
                                          526

-------
also whether firms will comply with the
notification provisions or try to
conceal potentially hazardous sits or
spills.

     Although it is not possible to
evaluate all of the specific
cost/producer response relationships
that are important from the standpoint
of understanding the cost elements of
Superfund and their impact, two
particularly interesting and potentially
critical effects are discussed in more
detail below.  The first looks at the
effect of cost changes on market
structure brought on by the change in
liability provisions.  This relationship
will determine, in part, the disposal
facility capacity shortfall, an issue of
current interest at EPA.  The second
briefly looks at the relationship
between compliance costs and the level
of compliance.  This often neglected
interplay ultimately determines one
major part of the benefits and costs of
regulatory programs and has a
significant role in selecting optimal
implementation mechanisms.

Types of Liabilities and Changes in
Market Structure

     To predict the economic impacts on
market structure of imposing strict,
joint, and several liability, it is
necessary to determine their effect on
the cost functions of relevant firms.
Although there may be several types of
structural changes, the focus of this
section is on the choice of disposing
on-site or off -site. (20)

     Assume, for simplicity, that the
total cost function of a representative
firm generating hazardous wastes is
given by:
               n
(1) ..... TC =£  XiWi
                        + YW   + ZW
 with wy =  f(cy;i
cY'2(lTy,i' V2
                                       })
where X are the production inputs, other
than hazardous waste disposal; Y is the
waste disposed by generator; Z is the
waste dispossed by outside service; Wi
are the input prices or unit costs; Ci  1
                       are expenditures on constructing and
                       maintaining a disposal facility; Ci,2are
                       expenditures for health and
                       environmental damages due to improper
                       release of the hazardous wastes (i=y and
                       Z);TT^ ,1 is the probability of improper
                       release (i=y and z); and 711,2 is the
                       probability of being held liable.

                            Some of the more important
                       relationship within the function are:
                                   >0
                                               >0
                                                           >o
                                                  ac.;
                       where j = 1,2
     The total cost function includes
disposal service as an input into
producing a given output, with on-site
and off-site disposal services as
substitutes.  The cost of either service
consists of construction, operating and
maintenance costs and the expected value
of restoration costs and health and
environmental damages if the wastes are
improperly released.  The latter cost is
an inverse function of the disposal cost
element since as disposal expenditures
increase, the probability of a release
of hazardous wastes decreases (assuming
increased expenditures mean safer
sites).

     In the absence of Superfund, where
high transaction costs limit the
liability of irresponsible disposers,
assuming on-site and off-site disposal
costs are the same, generators may often
opt for contracting the disposal to
outside services.  This is because the
probability of being held liable is
smaller with outside disposal (^y, 2was
usually smaller than7rz  ,2 ); the less
the generator has to do with the wastes
the better.  This conclusion is
especially true if the off-site disposer
thinks that the probability of being
caught and held liable is insignificant,
and does not incorporate the expected
value of the damages into the price the
disposer charges (Wz ).

     The introduction of strict
liability through Superfund causesirj.,2
to increse, since the disposer is
responsible for the damages regardless
of the amount of care taken.  The
generator may now be more hesitant to
dispose of the waste on-site although
                                           527

-------
the option of using an outside disposer
is also less attractive if the
likelihood of being held liable is
reflected in the higher price.  The net
outcome (holding all other variables
constant), depends on the relative
probabilities of being caught. (TTV 2 vs
TTZ,2) •                         J '
     Joint and several liability
introduces the term Wx to the
generator's cost function:

 2....TC =  +w
where W   = f (T3,CZ ,2 ,) and  ir3is
      113   : the probability that the
party who contracted for off-site
disposal is held jointly liable for
damages caused by the contractor either
because the transporters and disposers
cannot shoulder the cost of damages or
simply because a court apportionment is
made.The cost of outside disposal is now
represented by the last two elements in
equation (2).

     The damage expenditures, Cz,2,
appears in both parts of the costs of
outside disposal.  In the first
expression, liability influences the
price the disposer charges as a risk
premium, i.e., the amount the disposer
must be rewarded for accepting the risk
of a spill or leak.  The actual premium
is difficult to predict and would
depend, in part, on risk adverseness of
the particular firm.  The second
expression shows that damage costs can
be a direct cost to the generator under
joint  liability.

     If the generator attempts to
minimize costs, the addition of the last
term increases the incentive for on-site
disposal of wastes, holding all other
variables constant.  For those firms
that have no current on-site capacity,
the total costs of constructing,
operating and maintaining a site must be
compared to the sum of the last two
terms in equation (2).  If the final
decision is to continue to use off-site,
the generator will seek to minimize the
probability of being held jointly or
severally liable.  This might be
accomplished through contract terms that
stipulate various proper management
techniques or selecting responsible
disposers.  This will, in turn,  increase
off-site disposal costs and generate a
further incentive to dispose on-site.

     It is possible to imagine at least
two specific types of responses to the
increased incentive to dispose on-site.
First, generators can construct new
facilities on their own property or
expand existing capacity.  The fact that
most generators have sites adjacent to
production sources points to many
advantages of this approach such as
proximity, complementarity to existing
production technology and total control
over disposal firms.  Such vertical
integration can allow the firm to
control the entire process of disposal
and maintain, if necessary, economies of
scale by accepting outside wastes.  In
addition, it is possible that hazardous
waste disposal firms will be forced to
horizontally integrate.  This might
occur if only large firms could put
together adequate financial resources to
meet potential liability payments or
insurance premiums.  The importance of
this latter element is growing as
generators demand that contractors carry
insurance to cover spills or accidents.

     Of course, the actual effects of
changes in the industry's cost function
can only be determined empirically.
Although it seems safe to assert that
the increased costs of disposal (through
increased probability of being held
liable for a spill or leak) will tend to
concentrate the disposal industry and
lead to increased on-site disposal, the
degree of these shifts is difficult to
predict in the absence of good data.
While it may rarely be feasible to
conduct such a detailed analysis of
every regulatory alternative, it is
important to understand, if only in
qualitative terms, the major
interactions that characterize
regulatory cost elements.

Incentives to Provide Information

It was suggested earlier that the
benefits and costs of Superfund would
depend partially on the degree of
compliance with the regulations
promulgated under the act.  Although
analyses of regulatory costs and
benefits normally assume 100%
compliance, there are at least two
important reasons for incorporating some
                                           528

-------
assessment of potential noncompliance.
A model that allows for less than full
compliance will, in many instances, (1)
provide a more realistic picture of the
likely effects and (2) identify certain
behavioral relationships that, if taken
more explicitly into account, would
result in greater benefits at less
cost.  The private decision process that
will determine compliance with the
notification and reporting sections of
Superfund is abstacted below and several
important issues highlighted. (21)

     A firm deciding whether or not to
comply with the Superfund notification
requirements will compare the private
costs and benefits of doing so with the
costs and benefits of noncompliance.
Simply put, the firm's decision -making
process will be:
(3)  C  +  Ci  +  C2 >7r (C  +
     noncompliance
                                  + Pn)
(4)  C  +
Pn)  compliance

where :
               +  C2 <7T (C  +
C  = Damage claims

Cl = Clean up costs

C2 = Reporting and notification costs

Pn = Penalties

TI  = Probability of detection

     The left hand side of these
relationships represent the costs
associated with notifying the government
of the existence of a site or s spill
occurrence.  Assuming that once reported
all sites are cleaned up, a complying
firm will bear the costs of monitoring,
remedial measures, and damage
compensation payments awarded through
the courts, as well as the notification
costs themselves.  The right hand sides
of (3) and (4) are noncompliance costs
and are shown as expected values.  That
is, there is some probability (T) that
failure to comply will result in having
to pay clean-up and damage costs as well
as a penalty or fine for not complying.
Clearly, the decision to comply or not
depends, assuming equal clean-up and
damage costs either way, on the
probability of being caught and on the
level of the fine and penalty.  Under
Superfund, there is a maximum penalty of
$20,000 ($10,000 for failure to notify
EPA of the existence of a site and
$10,000 for failure to establish an
adequate insurance fund) and one year in
jail for both offenses.  In addition,
and perhaps more importantly, violators
of Superfund requirements are no longer
subject to any limit on their liability,

     For example, if the expected clean-
up costs and claims are $2 million and
the penalty is $20,000, the probability
of detection must exceed 0.997 for the
owners of the abandoned site to have an
incentive to reveal information about
the site.  Even if one accounts for the
fear of imprisonment, loss of corporate
image or liability limits, the balance
still generally tips in favor of not
revealing the abandoned sites, unless it
is almost certain that the site will be
detected.  In addition, the reporting
costs are not included; but inclusion
would only serve to buttress the
incentive for noncompliance.  As the
expected claims and clean-up costs rise,
the firms' incentive to further reveal
sites declines.  This argument can be
illustrated using data on several
hazardous waste dump site case
studies.(22)  Although the releases
discussed in these cases occurred before
Superfund, they provide some evidence of
the likely magnitudes of the relevant
compliance/noncompliance cost
elements.  Clean-up costs and
compensation payments, where available,
are presented in Table 1 for four
sites.  Again, reporting and
notification costs are not included.  As
in the previous example, assuming
maximum fines of $20,000, the
probability of being caught would have
to be over 9Q% in all the cases for the
disposer to be indifferent between
compliance or noncompliance.  Further,
if one were to asume a detection
probability of 30%, (23) the intangible
costs (loss of corporate prestige,
serving a jail term, etc.) would have to
be valued at a low of $585,150 in the
Dover, N.J. case to $7 million in the
Bui lit County case to lead to
compliance.  These figures could also be
interpreted as the fine or penalty level
that would make the disposers
indifferent.
                                           529

-------
     It should be clear that the cost
figures used in these two examples
provide only a very rough gauge on which
to judge the incentive structure of
Superfund.  Additionally, the compliance
model itself abstacts from reality in
several important respects.  Most
notably, a large percent of individuals
and companies comply with the law even
though a strictly rational decision
model would suggest otherwise.
Nevertheless, the model serves several
important purposes.

     First, it demonstrates the possible
strong incentives for the private sector
not to comply with Superfund reporting
and notification requirements.

     Second the model provides a crude
method by which the level of compliance
can be more explicitly taken into
account in regulatory policy analyses,
asuming data on the cost and probability
elements (the latter, of course, could
be subjected to sensitivity analysis to
determine its importance).

     Third, it highlights the critical
role played by other policy control
varibles, which though carefully
considered by Agencies, are not often
made part of a formal analysis.
Certainly, a more complete and realistic
analysis would provide for simultaneous
manipulation of the standard level,
fines, penalties, and the enforcement
level to design optimal regulatory
programs.

     Fourth, and finally, the compliance
model suggest alternative means of
structuring the requirements of
Superfund that would meet the goals of
the Act at potentially lower costs.
This might include, for example, placing
strict limits on the liability of
disposers who comply (lowering the
private costs of compensation and clean-
up) or using economic incentives to
induce owners or operators of sites to
voluntarily reveal information (this
option actually adds a negative cost
element to the model, offsetting the
positive costs).  Of course, these
alterntives would have to be judged in a
cost/benefit analysis to determine if
the costs of the incentives to the
government or society are offset by
increased compliance and therefore
greater damages avoided or benefits.
                                           530

-------
             TABLE  1  COSTS  HAZARDOUS  WASTE  SPILLS:   SELECTED CASES
   Case    Chemical
             Volume
               Compensation
                   for	

                 Clean up
                Cost ($)
                  Health and
                  Environment
                   Damage ($)
Bullitt      Organic
County, KY   Compounds

Chester, PA  Hazardous
             Materials
North
Carolina

Dover, NJ
PCBs
Organic
chemicals
                17,006
                drums

                50,000
30,000
gallons

5,500
barrels
3,148,000


1,250,000-
3,000,000

1,580,000


   49,350
210,000
       Not quantified
                                         531

-------
                                  FOOTNOTES

(1)       Douglas M.  Costle, Foresight vs. Fear:  Learning the Right Lesson
         from Love Canal.   Portland, Maine:  Remarks prepared for the Maine
         Hazardous Waste Conference, May 30,  1980.

(2)       Durwood Zaelke, Attorney, Land and Natural Resources Division, U.S.
         Department of Justice.  Materials for Workshop on Investigation and
         Control of Hazardous Waste Sites.  Prepared for a workshop at the
         National Enforcement Investigations  Center, Denver, Colorado, April
         30 - May 2, 1979.

(3)       33 U.S.C. Section 1251.

(4)       42 U.S.C. Section 6901.

(5)       The Need for Additional Legislation  on Hazardous Chemicals:,  Hearing
         on H.R. 85.  Before the Water Resources Subcommittee of the House
         Committee on Public Works and Transportation, 96th Cong., 2d Sess.
         (1980)  (Statement by Kenneth S. Kamlet).

(6)       U.S. Senate Committee on Environmental and Public Works.
         Environmental Emergency Response Act.  Report No. 96-848, Washington,
         D.C.:  U.S. Government Printing Office, July 11, 1980.

(7)       33 U.S.C.  section 1364

(8)       Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
         (CERCLA) Section 104 (a) (1) (B).

(9)       CERCLA, Section 104.

(10)     26 U.S.C. 4611, 26 U.S.C. 4661.

(11)     S. 1480.

(12)     See Testimony by Rep. Florio, Congressional Record, Dec. 3, 1980, p.
         H-ll 781.

(13)     CERCLA, Section 107 (b).

(14)     "Superfund - How It Will Work, What It Will Cost," Chemical Week,
         December 17, 1980, pp. 38-41.

(15)     See, Testimony by Rep. Florio, Congressional Record December 3, 1980,
         p. H-11787; and Letter by Alan A. Parker, Assistant Attorney General,
         U.S. Department of Justice, Congressional Record, December 3, 1980,
         p.H 11788.

(16)     Ibid.

(17)     CERCLA, Section 103 (d).

(18)     Calabresi, Guido, and A. Douglas Melamed, "Property Rules, Liability
         Rules, and Inalienability:  One View of the Cathedral, " Harvard Law
         Review, 85, No.6 (April 1972), pp. 1089-1128.

(19)     The theory and practical application of property value studies is
         reviewed in:  The Benefits of Environmental Improvement, (Johns
                                          532

-------
         Hopkins University Press, 1979)

(20)      For the rest of this section, the term off-site will be used to refer
         to facilities owned and operated independently of a generator.

(21)      The issue of noncompliance in hazardous waste regulation is studied
         in:  Ed Yang and Roger Dower, "Compliance vs. Noncompliance:  The
         Case of Hazardous Waste Disposal,"  Forthcoming in Environmental
         Professional.

(22)      See, Environmental Law Institute,  Economic Analysis and Risk
         Management:  An Application to Hazardous Wastes, Environmental
         Projection Agency .Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Division,
         1981.  In this report the costs associated with illegal and abandoned
         hazardous waste dump sites are described in some detail.
                                         533

-------
                         COSTS OF REMEDIAL ACTIONS AT UNCONTROLLED
                                   HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES
              James J. Walsh
            Dennis P. Gillespie
               SCS Engineers
         Covington, Kentucky 41017
             Howard L.  Rishel
             Sheila M.  Kennedy
               SCS Engineers
       Long Beach, California 90807
                                         ABSTRACT
     Subsequent to passage of the 1980 Superfund legislation,  the  U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) and other enforcement officials  have been  faced with the  di-
lemma of selecting appropriate remedial  action scenarios for uncontrolled hazardous waste
disposal sites.  This paper summarizes the contents of a document  which can  aid  enforce-
ment officials in their Superfund related decision making process.   The project's report
outlines the steps to be taken in costing alternative remedial  action unit operations,
and combining these unit operations to yield relative cost data for an  entire remedial
action scenario.  This paper contains typical remedial  action  unit operation costs for
each of 21 remedial actions.  Examples are provided of the costing methodology for re-
medial action at each of a medium sized  landfill  and medium sized surface impoundment.
Lastly, an example has been included for compiling the costs of an entire remedial action
scenario (consisting of multiple unit operations) at a specific site.
INTRODUCTION

     In December 1980, the U.S.  Congress
enacted the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
(CERCLA, also known as Superfund or P.L.
96-510).  This Act was proposed  to provide
funds for the EPA to assist in the mitiga-
tion of pollution problems at uncontrolled
hazardous waste sites through the use of
remedial actions.  The responsible offices
within EPA (the Oil and Special  Materials
Division and the Office of Enforcement)
requested the Office of Research and De-
velopment to provide technical information
to support this process.  As part of this
effort, SCS Engineers was contracted to
review, compile, update, and integrate
existing data on the costs of such remedial
action.  This was to be done in  terms of
discrete unit operations which could then
be assembled into complete remedial action
scenarios.

     This type of review-and-update approach
was considered more appropriate  than addi-
tional conceptual  design efforts since
much conceptual  design work had already
been performed.   The design work which
does exist, however, was found to be some-
what scattered and incomplete, and often
inconsistent in  methodology.  Much of it
was also found to be somewhat out of date,
and vague either about the methods used
to arrive at a cost figure, or about what
components the cost figure included.

     Using the approach proposed for this
project, a consistent methodology on the
existing data in terms of scope, location,
time frame, and  cost computations was im-
posed.  In addition, the missing details
were identified  and results presented in
a somewhat uniform format with a minimum
of overlap among individual unit operations.
The resulting document presents existing
data in a framework of a broad and consis-
tent methodology with enhanced detail.

     It is appropriate to emphasize that
no new conceptual  design work was done
for this project.   Where data was found
                                            534

-------
to be incomplete,  some detail was  added.
Nonetheless,  the thrust of this work  was
to enhance  previously existing conceptual
design data,  and to make it more available
and useful  to enforcement personnel respon-
sible for overseeing the retrofit  opera-
tions.  Because  the document was  intended
for use in  applying remedial actions  to
existing uncontrolled sites, the unit oper-
ations examined  may not be applicable to
new or proposed  facilities.
REMEDIAL ACTIONS

     A total  of 21  remedial action  unit
operations  were costed in the course of
this project.   These were derived primarily
from previous  EPA reports that  identified
and classified remedial actions  at  waste
disposal sites.  [1], [2],  [3]   These
remedial action unit operations  are iden-
tified in Table 1.   As indicated, they
have been generally classified  into a total
of four areas  including (1) surface water
controls,  (2)  ground water  controls, (3)
gas migration  controls, and  (4)  waste con-
trol s.

     Surface water controls were found
to include  regrading and surface water
diversion,  surface sealing  (with asphalt,
clay, plastic  membranes, or fly ash), re-
vegetation,  cutoff trenches,  basins and
ponds, and containment berms.   As  shown
in Table  1,  the first five of these were
found applicable to landfill  facilities,
while a slightly different set of  five
controls  were  found applicable to  surface
impoundments.   Surface water  controls are
usually considered short-term measures
and can be effective in controlling immi-
nent pollution dangers and discharges to
surface waterways.  Often, however, they
need to be used in conjunction with ground
water controls as described subsequently.

     Ground  water control measures were
found to  include bentonite slurry  trenches,
grout curtains, sheet piling  cutoff walls,
grout bottom sealing, underdrains, well
point systems, deep well systems,  and well
injection systems.  All eight  of these
remedial  action unit operations were found
to be applicable to both landfills and
surface impoundments.  Ground  water con-
trols are generally considered to  be more
long-term in nature than are  surface water
controls.  While curtailing the more long-
term environmental impacts  such as ground
water pollution, they can also be  expected
to require more sophisticated  technologies,
longer lead  times, and larger  sources of
funding.
       TABLE 1.   IDENTIFICATION  AND APPLICABILITY OF  REMEDIAL ACTION UNIT  OPERATIONS
                        _Re me diaj_ Actij)n Unrt 0f)erati j) n s
                                                      Landfills
               Surface
              Impoundments
                       Surface Water Controls

                         Regrading and Surface Water Diversion
                         Surface Seal ing
                         Revegetation
                         Cutoff Trenches
                         Basins and Ponds
                         Containment Berms

                       Ground^ Water Controls

                         Bentonite Slurry Trench
                         Grout Curtain
                         Sheet Piling Cutoff Wall
                         Grout Bottom Sealing
                         Underdrains
                         Well Point System
                         Deep Well System
                         Well Injection System

                       Gaj^ M i g r a t ion Cp n tro 1 s

                         Gas Venting Trench
                         Gas Extraction Wells

                       Waste  Controls

                         Treatment of Contaminated Water
                         Chemical Fixation
                         Chemical Injection
                         Excavation and Rebunal
                         Leachate Recirculation
                                              535

-------
     Ground water controls can be cate-
gorized into active and passive systems.
Generally, slurry trenches, grout curtains,
sheet piling walls, grout bottom sealing,
and underdrains are considered passive
systems.  While installation costs may
equal or exceed those for active systems,
O&M requirements are expected to be low.
Active systems include well point systems,
deep well systems, and well injection sys-
tems.  Capital costs here are likewise
not expected to be low.  In addition, on-
going operation and maintenance require-
ments usually exist for active ground water
controls, including pump servicing cost
as well as the likely need to treat ex-
tracted ground water.

     Gas migration controls identified
in Table 1 were found to be applicable
to both landfills and surface impoundments.
Organic wastes buried in landfills or
closed/capped surface impoundments often
generate combustible quantities of methane
gas.  In many cases, combustible gases
have been found to migrate laterally from
such facilities posing the risk of explo-
sion or fire at nearby structures.

     Gas migration controls can also be
classified in general as active and passive
systems.  Gas venting trenches are con-
sidered passive systems and may be incor-
porated by excavating trenches around fa-
cility perimeters.  Gases migrating later-
ally from the site are intercepted by these
trenches and vented harmlessly to the at-
mosphere above.  Venting trenches are
usually limited to situations where combus-
tible gases are migrating at depths no
greater than 20 ft below the surface.  Where
gases are found to be migrating at greater
depths, an active gas extraction/recovery
well system is likely required.  These
systems consist of multiple, large diameter
extraction wells connected by header pipes
to a central blower facility.  Gases are
then actively extracted from the subsur-
face and either vented to the atmosphere
or flared.

     The final category of remedial action
unit operations costed on this project
were those labeled waste controls.  Waste
control actions include treatment of con-
taminated water, chemical fixation, chemi-
cal injection, excavation and reburial
of the waste, and leachate recirculation.
While all five of these were found appli-
cable to landfills, the first four were
deemed appropriate for surface impoundments.
Both chemical fixation and injection have
been alleged to be effective in stabi-
lizing waste masses and preventing further
emission of contaminants.  Treatment of
contaminated water, and leachate recircu-
lation  have been proposed as treatments
for discharges of waste leachates and waste-
water.  The final remedial action proposed
under this category is that of "excavation
and reburial".  This likely is the most
expensive of all remedial action unit op-
erations addressed by the project, and
should be used only as a last recourse.
High costs are likely to be encountered
in excavating the material due to the
hazardous (and usually unknown) nature
of the waste.  In addition, expenses in-
curred in transporting and ultimately dis-
posing of the wastes at a secure landfill
are expected to be equally high.
COSTING METHODOLOGY

Cost Variations

     In identifying, characterizing, and
costing remedial action unit operations
for waste disposal site application, costs
were examined for their sensitivity to
both (1) geographic location and (2) fa-
cility size.  With regard to geographic
location, costs for each remedial action
unit operation were computed at three
separate cost levels.  These include (1)
upper U.S. average, (2) lower U.S.  average,
and (3) specific costs encountered in 1980
at Newark, NJ.  With regard to facility
size, remedial action unit operation costs
were examined at each of five separate
scales of operation for each of landfills
and surface impoundments.  This paper will
concentrate on the third, or medium scale
of operation.  Surface areas for medium
size facilities included 5.0 ha for the
landfill, and 0.32 ha for the surface im-
poundment.

     In computing specific remedial action
unit operation costs, each unit operation
first had to be broken down into its spe-
cific component requirements.  (See Tables
2 and 3 for identification of the component
cost items which are affiliated with each
remedial action unit operation.)  For ex-
ample, selected components for bentonite
slurry walls were found to include
                                            536

-------
(/>

UJ
O
CJ
O
o-
s
O-
eC
O
t/)
O
I—I

s
UJ
O-
 O
 i—f
 H-

 
-------
                         TABLE 3.  REMEDIAL  ACTION UNIT OPERATIONS VS.
                                   O&M COMPONENT COST  ITEMS
                      Remedial Action Unit Operation
                      Surface Water Controls
                        Regrading and Surface Water
                         Diversion
                        Surface Sealing
                        Revegetation
                        Cutoff Trenches
                        Basins and Ponds
                        Containment Basins

                      Ground Water Controls
                        Bentomte Slurry Trench
                        Grout Curtain
                        Sheet Piling Cutoff Wall
                        Grout Bottom Sealing
                        Underdrains
                        Well Point System
                        Deep Well System
                        Well Injection System

                      Gas Migration Controls
                        Gas Venting Trench
                        Gas Extraction Wells

                      Waste Controls
                        Treatment of Contaminated Water
                        Chemical Fixation
                        Chemical Injection
                        Excavation and Rebunal
                        Leachate Recirculation
bentonite  material, bentonite  transport,
trench excavation, and slurry  wall instal-
lation.   In  addition, each  component cost
item could be further defined  in terms of
subcomponents, with specific costs assigned
to labor,  materials, and equipment/supplies.

     On  this project, assigned costs were
in terms  of  mid-1980 dollars for the U.S.
upper and  lower cost averages  in the conti-
nental 48  states, as well as for the ex-
ample location of Newark, NJ.   After costs
were assigned to each component cost item,
conceptual design capital and  operating
cost estimates were accumulated and allow-
ances for  overhead and contingencies ap-
plied.   Total and average life cycle costs
were then  computed for each unit operation.

Derivation of Component Costs

     In  most cases, 1980 editions of the
Dodge and  Means Construction Cost Guides
[4], [5]  were used to obtain the needed
costs.  Costs  were then expressed primarily
in terms  of  metric units,  although equiva-
lent  English units were provided as total
life  cycle  unit costs for  each remedial
action.

      Regional  adjustment indices presented
in the Dodge Guide were used to modify
the metric  versions of the cost estimates
for geographical differences.  These  in-
dices were  applied to obtain revised  ma-
terial and  labor costs for the upper  U.S.
average,  lower U.S. average, and Newark,
NJ estimates.   No index was applied to
equipment costs since it was assumed  that
equipment costs are somewhat the same
across the  nation.  Because the Dodge and
Means Guides present costs differently,
assumptions  were made so that the regional
adjustment  indices could be used for  both
texts.   For example, in the Means Guide,
labor costs  were not identified as a  sepa-
rate  entry,  but were included as part of
installation.   Thus, whenever Means
                                              538

-------
was  used  to  present costs, the Dodge Guide
Regional  Adjustment Index for Labor was
applied to installation costs.

      Frequently, neither the Dodge nor
Means Guides  itemized costs into the re-
spective  categories of labor, material,
and  equipment, but rather simply presented
a total estimate.  Depending upon which
reference was used, the following rules
were  applied.  In the Dodge guide, if only
a total cost  was presented, an average
labor/material index was applied to the
unit  cost.   In the Means guide, the total
costs include an overhead allowance of
25 percent.   This allowance was removed
before the labor/material index was applied.
In all cases, costs were adjusted so that
overhead  allowances were not included at
the  subcomponent level.

      As the  scale of operation changed,
the  quantity  of any one component required
for  a unit operation also changed. The cost
of each component presented in the unit
operation conceptual design cost table
typically included the sum of costs for
any material, labor, and equipment subcom-
ponents.  These total  costs for each com-
ponent do not include overhead and contin-
gencies.  Once all the components within
a given unit  operation were costed, the
costs were summed giving a subtotal capital
cost for the  unit operation.  This subtotal
capital cost was then used to obtain an
overhead allowance (always 25 percent),
and a contingency allowance (between 10
and 40 percent depending upon the unit
operation).  The subtotal capital cost
was added to  the overhead and contingency
allowances to obtain the estimate of total
unit operation capital cost.  This method
was used for all  scales of operation.

Life Cycle Costing

     Once total  capital  and operating costs
were determined for the lower and upper
U.S. averages and for  Newark, NJ, total
and average life  cycle costs were computed
to ensure that any subsequent cost compari-
sons of unit operations could be equitably
accomplished.

     Although operation and maintenance
(O&M) cost estimates  are  for the year 1980
as the first  year of operation,  O&M compo-
nent quantity requirements  were  estimated
to accurately reflect  requirements for
each of the  first 10 years  of remedial
operations.  This 10 year life of the con-
ceptual design means that life cycle evalu-
ation of operating costs only addresses sub-
sequent inflation and appropriate discoun-
ting of these O&M component costs to their
mid-1980 present values.  It was further
assumed that capital costs would not be
amortized and discounted, but would be
considered as fully incurred in the first
year of operation.  As a result of these
assumptions, average annual compounding of
inflation rates for electricity and for
all other O&M components were derived using
estimates from the April 1980 Survey of
Current Business. [6]  These inflation
rates were derived as shown in Table 4.

     In determining the present values
of future expenditures, the March 1980
Gross National Product Implicit  Price
Deflater [7] of 174.51 was similarly evalu-
ated in terms of its 1972 base year to
estimate an annual general inflation rate
of 7.4 percent.  To this, an assumed 4
percent social time preference rate was
added to create a total annual discount
rate of 11.4 percent.  The life cycle cost
methodology was then followed, in which
inflated operating costs were discounted
to their mid-1980 present values, and sum-
med  with total capital costs to determine
total life cycle cost over the 10 year
life span of each unit operation.  Average
life cycle costs were then computed by
dividing this total by the site profile's
appropriate unit of measure.
SITE PROFILES

     Site profiles (or hypothetical dis-
posal sites) were developed for landfills
and for surface impoundments (i.e., waste-
water pits, ponds, and lagoons).  Each
of these were portrayed at five different
scales of operation.   The resulting site
profiles were configured to conform to
uniform sets of design criteria and envi-
ronmental conditions.  For both landfills
and surface impoundments, the selected
scales of operation were developed in terms
of total surface area.  This emphasis on
surface area is appropriate for closed,
abandoned, uncontrolled waste sites.   Daily
input of wastes (in tonnes per day or cubic
meters per day) would not be appropriate
since these facilities are usually inactive.
Total storage volume  (in cubic meters)
would not be appropriate since the depths
of these facilities are often unknown
                                           539

-------
                          TABLE 4.   INFLATION RATES FOR O&M COSTS
Type of OJM Cost
Relevant Published Cost Index
March 1980 Index Value
Average Annual Percent Increase in
Index Value Since Base Year of
1967 (when Index - 100)
Assumed Future Inflation Rate
: Electricity
: Electric Power Index
: 305.7
: 9.160 percent
: 9.2 percent
All Other O&M Costs
Consumer Price Index
239.9
7.104 percent
7.1 percent

(CPI)



pending significant subsurface investi-
gation.

Landfills

     Table 5 shows the size of the five
hypothetical landfill disposal facilities.
The range of scale sizes was developed
from data presented in references [8] and
[9].  In addition, the following assump-
tions were made:

• The surface area for each landfill  is
  square.
• All landfills are cut and cover opera-
  tions, with cut slopes at a 2:1 ratio,
  and fill slopes at a 3:1 ratio.
• Operation at each landfill extended for
  a 10 year period before the site was
  closed.

• Compaction rate was approximately 0.596
  tonnes/meter.

     Figures 1 and 2  show the layout of
the hypothetical landfill site, without
reference to scale of operation.  To all
comparisons of remedial actions among sites
operating at different scales, the follow-
ing environmental conditions are also held
constant:
• Ground surface and ground water gradient
  are at one percent slope.
t Ground water is 4.0 m below the ground
  surface.
t Low permeability strata  (less than 10~^
  cm/sec) is 15 m from the ground surface.
t Unconsolidated earth materials have a
  permeability of 10-5 cm/sec or greater.

Surface Impoundments

     Table 6 shows the scales of operation
for surface impoundments.  The range of
scale sizes was developed from data in
references [10] and [11].  In this case,
the scale of operation is also given in
terms of total surface area.

     Figure 3 shows a section view of the
hypothetical surface impoundment without
reference to the scale of operation.  The
following design criteria were common to
all surface impoundment site profiles:

• The site operated for a 10 year period
  before closure or abandonment.
• Sediment was removed from pond bottom
  every 2 years.
t Wastewater contained 100 mg/1 settleable
  solids.
                      TABLE 5.  FIVE HYPOTHETICAL LANDFILL SCENARIOS

Landfill
Scenario
Number
1
2
3
4
5

Surface
Area
(ha)
1
3
5
13
19
Landfill Dimensions
Depth of
Waste
(ml
11
12
13
14 1
15 2

Storage
Volume
(m3)
40,000
200 ,000
400,000
.200,000
,000,000
Depth
To Ground
Water
(m)
4
4
4
4
4
from Original
To Waste
Bottom
(m)
5
5
5
5
5
>Grade
To
Bedrock
(m)
15
15
15
15
15
                                            540

-------
                                                                                       1
  GROUND SURFACE(1X
        V.
    GROUND WATER
                                             3 I 1  SLOPE
                                            X*'1 SLOPE   [
                                   FLOW OF GROUND WATER
                    ^

                     Low Permeability Strata
      Figure  1.   Section view of hypothetical  landfill.
                                                   FLOW OP
                                                   GROUND WATER
        Figure  2.   Plan  view of hypothetical landfill.
  TABLE 6.  FIVE  HYPOTHETICAL SURFACE IMPOUNDMENT SCENARIOS
Impound-
ment
Scenario
Number
1
2
3
4
5
Impoundment Dimensions
Surface
Area
(ha)
0.01
0.03
0.32
1.55
9.54
Depth of
Waste
(m)
0.5
1.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
Storage
Volume
44
342
6,362
46.575
381,428
Depth
To Ground
Water
W
0.5
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
from Original
To Waste
Bottom
M
4
4
4
4
4
Grade
To
Bedrock
M
15
15
15
15
15
                             TOTAL
                             LENGTH
             - BERM-4

GROUND SURFACE  ^_^^"° "*T6R SURFACE   (^_'
                                         FREEBOARD
   GROUND WATER TABLE
Figure 3.  Section  view  of hypothetical surface impoundment.

                             541

-------
• Density of solids is  2 g/ml.

• Sludge is 70 percent moisture by weight
  when removed.

t Wastewater was recirculated after allow-
  ing 3 to 10 days for solids settling.

• Because of short detention time and
  sludge on bottom, precipitation, evapo-
  ration, and percolation losses are con-
  sidered neglible when compared to the
  volume involved.

t Average percolation is less than or
  equal to 8.14 1/day/nr.

     To help compare remedial action for
each of the scales of operation, the fol-
lowing environmental conditions surrounding
each pond were developed:

• Ground surface and ground water gradient
  are both at 1 percent slope.
0 Ground water is 4.0 m beneath the ground
  surface.

• Low permeability strata at K less than
  10~6 cm/sec is located 15 m below the
  ground surface.
t Unconsolidated earth materials have a
  permeability of greater or equal to
  I0~b cm/sec.
UNIT OPERATION COSTS

     Selected unit operation costs have
been included with this paper as Tables
7 and 8.  As indicated, Table 7 provides
costs for each of the 21 remedial  action
unit operations assuming (1) a geographic
location of "lower U.S. average",  and (2)
the medium scale of operation for each
of the example landfill and surface impound-
ment.  Table 8 assumes (1) a geographic
location of "upper U.S. average" and (2)
medium scale of operation'for each of land-
fill and surface impoundment.  As indicated
by these tables, unit operation costs have
been presented in terms of dollars per.
unit most appropriate for the respective
remedial actions.  For example, large scale
surface water control techniques such as
revegetation and regrading have been pre-
sented in terms of dollars/hectare.  More
sophisticated passive ground water control
techniques have been presented in terms
of dollars/m^ in the vertical plane.

     These tables include citations for
capital costs, present value of O&M costs,
and total life cycle cost.   Comparisons
among these three figures,  and between
figures for landfills and surface impound-
ments for each remedial  action allows the
reader to draw some interesting conclusions.

Bentonite Slurry Trench

     As demonstration of how individual
remedial action unit operation costs are
derived, the cost calculations for bento-
nite slurry trenches have been included
as Tables 9 and 10, with economies of scale
demonstrated in Figure 4.  Table 9 demon-
strates the assumptions used for applying
bentonite slurry trenches at landfills.
At all five scales of operation, the cutoff
wall was to extend to the low permeability
strata at 15 meters.  A mix ratio of one
part bentonite to ten parts water was
further assumed.

     Table 10 identifies all of the compo-
nent cost items which are constituent to
bentonite slurry trench costs at large.
As demonstrated, capital costs include
performance of a .geotechnical investiga-
tion, slurry trench excavation, acquisition
and delivery of bentonite,  an overhead
allowance, and a contingency allowance.
O&M costs are slight and include only
sample collection and analysis.  O&M costs
were assumed to be incurred at face value
for the first year, and slightly inflated
values for each of nine subsequent years.
After these values have been back dis-
counted to a present value they are added
to capital costs to derive total life
cycle cost.  The average life cycle cost
per appropriate unit of measure can then
be derived.  For bentonite slurry trenches,
costs were found to range between $61 and
$103 per square meter for a medium sized
landfill.

     Bentonite slurry trench economies
of scale are demonstrated in Figure 4.
As shown, costs are not seen to
vary that much for the five scales of land-
fill operations examined herein.  In fact,
for each of the geographic.locations de-
lineated in this figure, costs were found
to vary no more than about $10 per square
meter depending upon scale of operation.

Well Point System

     Derivation of unit operation costs
for well point systems is described in
Tables 11 and 12, and Figure 5.  While
                                           542

-------


UJ
CD
UJ
00
UJ
1
1
I/O
(~
o
o
_
o
1 — 1
oi
UJ
Q-
0
t— <
•z.
o
JH
^
3J
Q
UJ
UJ
€
UJ
CQ
•"






-a
o
a.
OJ
MeSdiun !!

^
1
£
5
0
-
3
_j
L/1
OJ
s:















«
S "^
°3

a. a
5°

•s
(_J w
£"
— '


gt
0 0

•0
4J 4-J
d Q
O

QJ
0)
0
J§



c
0
o.
o
g
*
-o
i
a:

ooorr) i — o'^-coo'd'crir— co r-~*j- rootoo
co i — n i — <*>
in t—

OCMO^ f^ O^O^OOStsjro^- O^f f— QOCft
!XI ^t- UD U3
CO

8S8^S, Sg^§KSSS £§ "§£S8
i— li) i — CTi CO ' —
CN
LTl


§ § " gS^^S " §~ §
•~" °" ' ?" •"" 2 *

gr§; si,l^ g, ~gs,§
CM CVJCM
E E E
^E £^£ t! L! E E
^ fO - ' » "* ^ • - '^'iH
ssslsl sssss- sa EC aslls
££S£5E -^=^S S5 55 gsS^S
,,^^^M» ^^^^^ w« ^^^^,0
c
E
1 1
B ?
5 ^ ^ 5
U "3 13 <0 C
^-T3 t/it-1 S- O 'oJ +JCOQJ^-
S ^Jl|-g£ fc "tlS^'s I SS £ ^£g
-o u ai "*- ci >- 3 c •ocujC'— • i- QJX o Eouiot
Ol-l*-QJO'~*-' "O-*-»3QJ3OJ'— Cl.i — r~ (oEEiO
LO O o| 3:
543

-------
O O OLO


O   Ln


t»   r-"
                                                     O3OC'' — • —

                                                     r— OJ O m CO C
CJJ

o:
00




C£
LU


D-



  I
O
CJ
Q.

O
s
LU
o:
oo

LU
—i
CO
                                                   CO i— LO O W ^ O ID       CMCM
O O O O CO
O O O OJ CM
                                                    - r- O O O CO O> Lf)


                                                     U3    O en      ID
                                                                -
                                                    i oooooi
                                                                I- (-  I

                                                    ~ ^ ^- *J  CL*J +J ^
                                      -v T) U
                                      U  C OJ

                                      Z  O CD
                       1_   O *-O

                       = £=,£
4-> OJ
  C

>i tn  O
t^ >, r-
                                                      -           -
                                                   t-eja.eos-o o tn o o
                                                              3 (U +J j
                                                              O 4J IA  '
                                                                                           !     C -Q
                                                                                           i  C  O (U
                                                                                           :  o  i- ct:
                                                                                             So  u m
                                                                                             r-  r- >


                                                                                          eu aj  01 <-»

                                                                                          |_ (_) U LU
                                                   544

-------
    TABLE 9.   BACKGROUND ON  BENTONITE  SLURRY  TRENCH  AT  LANDFILLS
        yse.           A  slurry-tench cutoff wall is an underground barrier used  to prevent
        	          leachate formation and horizontal  subsurface movement of leachate.

        Configuration:  The process  entails digging a trench, filling it with beontonite slurry
        	as excavation progresses, and backfilling with excavated material.

        Conjunctive Uses.  Contour  grading and revegetation are commonly used.  Surface seal-
                      ing is used  as wel1.

        Assume:        1.  Extend cutoff wall to low permeability strata (15 m).

                      2.  Slurry is mixed 1 part Bentonite to 10 parts water.

                      3.  Ordinary, untreated bentonite is used (i.e., chemically treated
                         and/or saline-resistant bentonites were not assumed).

                      4.  Slurry mix ratio is 3 parts hydrated bentonite to 7 parts soil.

                      5.  All soil used in the bentonite slurry has been excavated from
                         the trench.   Imported soil for this purpose is not required.

                      6.  Slurry weights 0.610 t/m3.
                      7.  Subcontractor has applicable license for slurry  trench instal-
                         lation (all patented processes).
TABLE  10.   COSTS OF  BENTONITE SLURRY  TRENCH  AT MEDIUM  SIZE  LANDFILL
Component Costs
Capital Costs:
Geotechmcal Investigation
Slurry Tench Excavation (10,800 m3)
(720 m x 15 m x 1.0 m)
Bentonite, Delivered (419 tonnes)
Capital Cost Subtotal
Overhead Allowance (25 percent)
Contingency Allowance (30 percent)
Total Capital Costs
OWt Costs:
Monitoring
Sample Collection (12 d/yr, 96 hr/yr)
Analysis

Lower U.S.

$ 3,850
347,760
27,830
$379,440
94 ,860
113,830
$588,130
$ 760
7,900
Average Costs($)
Upper U.S.

$ 6,520
588,710
74.200
$ 669,430
167.360
.__?00i839
$1,037,620
$ 1,570
7,900

Newark, NJ

$ 5,720
516,670
$591,960
147,990
177,590
$917,540
$ 1,370
7,900
            - Primary  & Secondary Parameters
            - 12 background/yr
            - jj? downgradient/yr
              24 samples/yr

         Total 04M Costs                            $  8,660          $    9,470         $  9,270

       Total Costs:

         Total Life Cycle Cost (over 10 years)        $661,40           $1,117,450         $995,690
         Average Life Cycle Cost*
          Per m2                                  $  61.22          $   103.47         $  92.19
          Per ft?                                 $   5.69          $    9.62         $   8.57


       *  For a 10,800 m2 wall  face at a medium size site (5.41 ha).




TABLE  11.    BACKGROUND ON  WELL POINT  SYSTEM AT  SURFACE  IMPOUNDMENTS
             Use:          A well point system is utilized to collect and remove leachate
                           plume from ground water.

             Configuration: A row of well points are driven into soil and extend just be-
                           low bottom of leachate plume.  A system  of headers  and punps
                           conveys leachate away from site.

             Conjunctive Uses:  Contour grading, revegetation, surface sealing, cutoff walls
                           Tgrout, slurry, sheet piling), and leachate treatment.

             Assume:        1.  Bottom of leachate plume  is within 5 m of surface.

                           2.  Geotechmcal investigation.

                           3.  Discharge to adjacent sewer.
                                               545

-------
                    UPPER U.S
                     ,LOWER U.S.
     Figure 4.   Unit costs of bentonite
slurry trench at five hypothetical  landfills.
                                                                            1.20O
                                                            INTERCEPT FACE AREA IN
Figure 5.   Unit costs of well  point system
    at five hypothetical impoundments.
              TABLE 12.   COSTS OF WELL POINT SYSTEM AT  MEDIUM SIZE IMPOUNDMENT
Component Costs
Capital Costs-
Geotechnical Investigation
Drill Rig Rental (1 day)
Well Points (26 m)
Well Point Fittings (5)
Pump, Centrifugal (1)
Capital Costs Subtotal
Overhead Allowance (25 percent)
Contingency Allowance (25 percent)
Total Capital Costs
OSM Costs:
Monitoring
Sampling 12 days (96 hr/yr)
Analysis (24 samples/yr)
Electricity (10,000 kwh)
Total O&M Costs
Total Costs:
Total Life Cycle Cost (over 10 years)
Average Life Cycle Cost*
Per m2
Per ft2
* For a 300 m2 intercept face area at a

Lower U.S.
$ 9,500
280
1,040
40
1.600
$12,460
3,120
3,120
$18,700
$ 760
7,900
500
$ 9,160
$96,280
$ 321
$ 28
medium size site
Average Costs ($]
Upper U.S.
$ 19,500
470
1,760
70
1,600
$ 23,400
5,850
5,850
$ 35,100
$ 1,570
7,900
500
$ 9,970
$119,510
$ 398
$ 35
(0.468 ha).
! 	 F&aTkTSJ
$ 16,950
420
1,540
60
1 ,600
$ 20,570
5,140
5,140
$ 30,850
$ 1,370
7,900
500
$ 9,770
$113,580
$ 379
$ 33

                                             546

-------
the previous example was for landfill  ap-
lication, this example applies a well  point
system application to a surface impoundment.
Component cost items constituent to well
point systems (see Table 12) include a
geotechnical investigation, drill rig ren-
tal, installation of well points and well
point fittings, application of centrifugal
pump, an overhead allowance, and a contin-
gency allowance.  Component cost consti-
tuent to O&M considerations include sample
collection and analysis and electricity.
Combining capital and O&M costs over a
10 year period, average life cycle costs
were computed to range between $321 and
$379 per square meter of intercepted face.

     Differences in scale of operation
are shown to be more significant for ap-
plying well point systems at impoundments
(see Figure 5).  While the medium scale
of operation was shown previously to vary
only between $321 and $379 per square meter,
total variation of this application over
all five scales of operation is between $100
and $800 per square meter.  Considerable
savings in large scale operations are most-
ly due to "once-incurred" costs such as
geotechnical investigation, drill rig mo-
bilization, and a centrifugal  pumping fa-
cility.
HYPOTHETICAL PROBLEM

     This section has been included to
demonstrate the combination of remedial
action unit operations into a total clean-
up scenario appropriate for a given pol-
lution situation.  In this example, an
abandoned hazardous waste site has been
investigated and found to have contami-
nated surface and ground water.   It is
decided that the site must be isolated
by (1) preventing surface runoff from en-
tering the stored hazardous waste, (2)
preventing ground water migration through
the site, and (3) implementing a moni-
toring program to confirm the effectiveness
of the steps taken.  Specific unit opera-
tions required are as follows:

• Contour grading and surface diversion.

• Surface sealing.

• Bentonite slurry trench cutoff wall.
  (Monitoring is included in this unit
  operation.)
     For purposes of this example, it was
assumed that the hypothetical  site has
the following dimensions:

 • Surface area = 4 hectare.
 t Site is square, at 200 m each side.

 • Average depth of bentonite  slurry
   trench cutoff wall must be  10 m to
   impervious material.
 • Hydrogeologic investigation indicates
   that the bentonite slurry trench cutoff
   wall must extend around three sides
   of the site to cutoff ground water mi-
   gration through the site.

     The procedure for estimating the cost
of this hypothetical remedial  action sce-
nario is as follows:

1.  Refer to the pertinent tables in the
    project report, and list the appro-
    priate capital and O&M components of
    the unit operations selected.  This
    step is shown in the first column of
    Table 13.

2.  Refer to the price list in the appendix
    of the project report and  determine
    what units will be required to measure
    the cost of each component (e.g., hec-
    tare, square meter, etc.).  This step
    is shown in Table 13 in the second
    column.

3.  Calculate the number of units of each
    cost component required for the site.
    This step is shown in Table 13, in
    the third column for the  hypothetical
    site used in this example.

4.  Refer to the price list in the appen-
    dix of the project report  and list
    the unit cost for each cost component
    required.  A decision will have to
    be made on whether to use  upper U.S.
    average, lower U.S. average, or Newark,
    NJ costs.  For this example scenario,
    upper U.S. costs were used and are shown
    in Table 13 in the fourth  column.

5.  The final cost calculation requires
    multiplication of the number of units
    (Step 3 above) by the unit cost (Step
    4 above) as appropriate, and summation
    of the cost components to  arrive at
    a total cost.   For this example! see
    Table 13 in the fifth and  sixth columns.
                                           547

-------
TABLE  13.   SAMPLE  CALCULATION OF  REMEDIAL ACTION  COSTS  FOR HYPOTHETICAL  LANDFILL
     Unit Operations and Components
                         Upper U.S.    Total       Unit
               No.of      Component      Cost     Operation
  Unit of     Units This Cost Per Unit Component     Total
Measurement _  Scenario       ($)	[|]	($)
Unit Operation 1. Contour grading and surface water
diversion.





1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Excavation, and recontouring of site, labor plus
equipment
Excavation and grading soil, labor plus equipment
Diversion ditch
Capital cost (subtotal)
Overhead allowance (25 percent)
Contingency allowance (15 percent)
m3 0.
40
20
m3 0.
40
12
m3 4
x
16


5 m x 1 . 93
,000 m2 =
,000 m3
3 m x 1.05
,000 m2 *
,000 m3
m x 2 m 3.63
200 m =
,000 mj


36
12
5
55
13
_a
,600
,600
,800
,000
,750
i2JO
     7.  Total  capital cost

     8.  Maintenance and repair cost, diversion ditch two
        times  per year

     9.  Total  O&M cost (present value of outlays for 10 years)

    10.  Total  life cycle cost
             1,600 m3       3.60
             x 2 = 3,200
11,520
 77,000




 97,000

174,000
   Unit Operation 2. Surface  sealing.

     1.  Excavation and grading waste (Included in unit
        operation No. 1; thus not duplicated here)

     2.  Excavation and grading soil (Included in unit
        operation No. 1; thus not duplicated here)

     3,  Surface seal, bituminous concrete cap (0.08 m thick)
        installation and materials

     4.  Capital cost (subtotal)

     5.  Overhead allowance  (25 percent)

     6.  Contingency allowance (35 percent)

     7.  Total  capital cost

     8.  Maintenance and operation cost  (none)

     9.  Total  life cycle cost
             40,000 m'
                           4.55
                                     182,000
                                               291,200
                                               291,200
Unit
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Operation 3. Bentonite slurry tench.
Geotechnical investigation lump sum
Slurry trench excavation and installation of m3
bentonite slurry
Bentonite, delivered tonnes
Capital cost (subtotal)
Overhead allowance (25 percent)
Contingency allowance (30 percent)
Total capital cost
Maintenance and operation , sample collection hour
Maintenance and operation, sample analysis sample
Total O&M cost (present value aoutlays for 10 years)
Total life cycle cost

1 6,500
220 m x 3 x 54.5
10 m x 1 =
6,600 m*
6,600 m3 x 177
0,039 tonnes/
m3 » 257
tonnes



96 hrs/yr 16.60
24 samples/yr 330



6,500
359,700
45,500
411,700
102,900
123,500

1,600
7,900








638,100


80 ,200
718,300
                                                            548

-------
     For the hypothetical remedial action
scenario used here as an example, the es-
timated costs were calculated as follows:

  Total Capital Costs	$1,006,300
  Total O&M Costs During
    10 Years	$  177,200
  Total 10 Year Life
    Cycle Cost	$1,185,500
SUMMARY

     From the review of the literature
performed on this project, it was seen
that little has been done in estimating
the cost of hazardous waste clean-up at
uncontrolled, abandoned hazardous waste
sites.  Those sources which address re-
medial responses frequently followed a
case study or national/industry-wide ap-
proach.  Cost information if provided,
was too highly aggregated for costing se-
parate remedial action unit operations.
Those sources which did develop cost es-
timates at the unit operation level fre-
quently omitted critical components or
allowed substantial overlap in the scope
of each unit operation.  This study has
attempted to overcome such deficiencies,
as well as to quantitatively bound the
effects which scale economies and regional
price differentials are expected to have
on the cost of implementing 21 different
remedial action unit operations.

     The primary product of this study
has been a costing methodology which was
consistently applied to each of these unit
operations.  The resulting cost estimates
would seem to lend themselves readily to
(1) comparing costs for alternative unit
operations which perform the same function,
or (2) computing combined cost estimates
for unit operations which comprise a com-
plete remedial response scenario.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     The project which this paper described
was performed under U.S. EPA Contract No.
68-01-4885, Directive of Work No. 12.  The
authors would like to thank the EPA Project
Monitors including Messrs. Oscar W. Albrecht
and Donald E. Sanning, both of the EPA
Municipal Environmental  Research Laboratory,
Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Division
in Cincinnati, Ohio.
REFERENCES

1.  A.W. Martin and Associates, Inc.  Guid-
    ance Manual for Minimizing Pollution
    from Waste Disposal Sites.  EPA-600/2-
    78-142.  U.S. Environmental Protection
    Agency, Cincinnati, OH.  1978.

2.  JRB Associates, Inc.  Remedial Action
    for Waste Disposal Sites:  A Decision
    Makers Guide and Technical Handbook.
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington, D.C.  1980.

3.  SCS Engineers.  Draft Manual for Clos-
    ing  or Upgrading Open Dumps.  U.S.
    Environmental Protection Agency, Wash-
    ington, D.C.  1980.

4.  McMahon, L.A.  1980 Dodge Guide to
    Public Works and Heavy Construction
    Costs.  McGraw-Hill, New York, NY.
    1979.

5.  Robert S. Means Company, Inc.  Building
    Construction Cost Data for 1980.  1979.

6.  Bureau of Economic Analysis, U.S. De-
    partment of Commerce.  Current Busi-
    ness Statistics, Survey of Current
    Business, Volume 60, No. 4.  April
    1980.

7.  Bureau of Economic Analysis, U.S. De-
    partment of Commerce.  National Income
    and Product Table, Survey of Current
    Business, Volume 60, No. 4.  April
    1980.

8.  Fred C. Hart Associates, Inc.  Analysis
    of the Technology, Prevalence, and
    Economics of Landfill Disposal of Solid
    Waste in the United States - Volume
    II.  U.S. Environmental Protection
    Agency, Washington, D.C.  1979.

9.  SCS Engineers.  Study of On-Going and
    Completed Remedial Action Projects.
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
    Cincinnati, OH.  1980.

10. Geraghty and Miller, Inc.  Surface Im-
    poundments and their Effects on Ground
    Water Quality. U'.S. Environmental Pro-
    tection. Agency, Washington, D.C. 1978

11, SCS Engineers.  Surface Impoundment
    Assessment in California. U.S. Environ-
    mental Protection Agency, Washington,
    D.C.  1980.
                                           549
                                                             • US GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1982-559-092/3376

-------